# Dragonborn Saga - Don_Dokhmesy - Ongoing 450 To 523

Saga -Don_Dokhmesy-Ongoing450To523 Dragonborn

Dragonborn Saga - Don_Dokhmesy - Ongoing 450 To 523

Dragonborn Saga - Don_Dokhmesy - Ongoing 450 To 523

Origin: http://samlib.ru/c/chernij_a_w/dragonbornsaga-don_dokhmesy-ongoing450to523.shtml

Создан: 15/04/2020, изменен: 15/04/2020, 2223k

Стихотворение: Foreign+Translat

Series: @Other

____________________________________________________________

## Dragonborn Saga

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•


Description Dragonborn Saga

Tags: Adult, Action, Adventure, Comedy, Fantasy, Harem, Mature, Romance

The Dragonborn is a mortal with the blood and soul that of a dragon.

The Last Dragonborn appeared on the on the Tamriel Continent in the world of Nirn to slay the World Eater 'Alduin' and the other dragons that returned to the world following the events of the Civil War in the Kingdom of Skyrim. His legend also contained...

You are reading

Dragonborn Saga

ebook which is a free download at

wWw.EbookUpdates.Net

.

Download more ebooks for free at

Ebook Updates . Net

.

451 Trouble in Elsweyr

Elsweyr, a region that lies on the southern coast of Tamriel, and is home to the feline Khajiit. It is divided into two major climates: savannahs, badlands and dry plains in the north, and fertile lands of jungle and rainforests in the south.

Over the ages, many kingdoms ruled over the region starting with the ancient Sixteen Kingdoms, over to the two kingdoms of Anequina and Pellitine, then united into the Elsweyr Confederacy, and once more separated in two kingdoms in the Third Aldmeri Dominion.

Elsweyr is bordered by Valenwood to the west and by Cyrodiil to the north and east, with access to Topal Bay and the Padomaic Ocean to the south.

The northern half of Elsweyr is the Kingdom of Anequina. The region is dominated by harsh badlands and dry plains which gave rise to a hardened warrior culture among the local Khajiit that viewed their neighbors to the south as decadent and depraved.

The southern Kingdom of Pellitine being fertile and rich for its jungles, rainforests, and river basins; its Khajiit held their northern neighbors as uncouth barbarians. Pellitine is also the seat of the Mane, the spiritual leader of Elsweyr.

In the northern Anequina, many martial schools were established since ages old. Somewhere near the city of Orcrest, the Desert Wind Adeptorium has long since stood famed for its Martial Arts. This school was established long ago to shelter many refugees of a Khajiit Tyrant known as the Golden Beast who lived in the First Era so the history of this temple is deep and profound by all means. It was even said that a thousand years ago, this temple has participated in the fight against the threat of Dragons that were unsealed from the Halls of the Colossus.

Jon has arrived at the Desert Wind School following his friends Mirren and Miranda as Isha wanted a peaceful place to stay far from Hammerfell. Elseweyr's north may resemble Hammerfell for the open barren land of endless sand but it was quite different.

Seven months have passed since their arrival and the days passed slowly and peacefully. Martial Arts were something basic in Isha's daily life that didn't make her feel out of place and to Jon, it was a new realm to discover and prove his talent in. As for Miranda and Mirren who are Core Adepts in the school, that was home.

Some Khajiit might find it strange for two humans and two elves to stay in one of the most prestigious schools in northern Elsweyr but every story had its origin.

For Mirren and Miranda, the two were left in the care of the Grand Adept since childhood by their relatives. Many secrets involved their origin but Martial Artists do not care for politics way much less than Mages, the skill of the twins made a lot of Elder Adepts interested in teaching them despite their inability to learn the Claw-Dance as they are not Khajiit.

For Isha, she was accepted as an Exchange Martialist from the Martial School of the Spear from the Citadel of Ebonarm. The Citadel is famed for its Martial Tradition and by being a friend to the Altmer Twins, things went easy for her.

The problem was Jon. He had no martial background and introduced himself as Krilon, a humble mercenary. He even revealed his face as a Nord and revealed his name to the Grand Adept to be Jon, nothing more nothing less.

This was a bit strange for Nords are enemies to the Dominion which Elsweyr is part of and are rarely sighted in the badlands of Anequina. Still, Jon managed to earn a place in the Adeptorium.

How?

Money. As a walking coffer of gold, Jon has experimented on many the best methods to find his way to power. Bribes were merely the beginning as money can be spent under many forms, in many images and for many more reasons than anyone can imagine. Charities, Alms, Gifts, Donations, Offering, and even Buying and Selling. One must learn his way around all those methods to be acceptable in every situation, location and duration.

Seeing how well Jon managed to find himself a place in the school, Isha started calling his money the 'Blood Money'. She wasn't wrong though, during the last half a year, Jon has gone on a lot of Bounty Hunting quests issued by the Government of Anequina and begged the Garrison Quartermaster many times to give him the permit of hunting the infamous criminal Jon Dare but it that permit was ranked as the highest difficulty.

"Khajiit understands how eager you are but this mission is suicide. It would pain Khajiit to see one with potential die in vain, you are one of the good ones after all."

That's how the Garrison Quartermaster replied.

If only he knew… well, that's a story that is unlikely to happen.

All in all, Jon didn't have any difficulties fitting in with the help of his fake identities, background stories and deep pockets. He even made friends in high and low places.

"Pulu."

In a certain slum in the lower part of Orcrest, Jon stood on a wall looking around for anyone coming or going.

"Oh! Pulu's favorite human is here."

"Don't let Nefertiti catch you saying that."

The one called Pulu was a cat, or rather an Alfiq Khajiit, a furstock of Khajiit that looks exactly like house cats save for their sense of fashion.

[A/n: Furstock is a term used to describe the 17 known variations of the Khajiit.]

Pulu is an Alfiq who is a friend to Nefertiti and Jon as well as part of their information network.

"Brought you some Moon Sugar, rare quality." Jon said as he passed a pouch to Pulu.

"Always a pleasure working with you." Pulu snatched the pouch, hid it behind the wall then returned to Jon, "Now, what do you want to know from Pulu?"

Jon thought for a while then asked.

"The situation in Skyrim… how is it?"

"Pulu is not usually interested in far sands but Pulu thought you may ask so we snooped around for a bit."

"And?"

"There is a rebellion going on. Some governor decided to take on the Imperial authorities and the King of Skyrim is mediating for peace." Pulu said.

"So it finally started."

Jon wasn't expecting that a fight would happen this early in the year 4E 200 but must be some early skirmishes to test one another. The real Civil War is still not on yet.

"What else?" He asked.

"Not much about Skyrim."

"Then is there any lead for the Worm Cult or any big groups of Necromancers?"

"No. You can't come across such news easily without the whole city knowing, you know."

"Then what about the Dominion? Is there any movement regarding the hunt for their most wanted?"

"None. The Dominion doesn't bother much with Anequina so you won't find any information here. Try Reaper's March."

There wasn't much information right at the moment about what Jon is after. Detailed information about the state of Skyrim are hard to come by and usually comes later by a month since happening. Information about the Aldmeri Dominion is mostly classified while information about the Worm Cult makes people freak out so most do not look in its way.

It didn't bring either comfort of worry to Jon but rather anxiety. No news is Good News but sometimes the calm before the storm. Whether he liked it or not, the only thing he is capable of is to go back and sharpen his nails and teeth for the next adversary.

"I have information regarding the Star Haven Temple."

The Star Haven Temple is where the Desert Wind Adeptorium is located alongside other schools of the arts.

"What kind of information?"

"It seems like they are sending many Adepts to Rimmen in secret lately."

"Yeah, not really a secret though."

"No but… no new reaches from Rimmen. Even the Thieves Guild does not send people anymore. From what we heard, the city is on lockdown and the Governor is hiring Adepts and Mercenaries for various missions. Some say it is related to the many Argonians refugees locked in the Border Pass."

"Oh. That's vague… but interesting." Jon said as he passed another pouch of Moon Sugar.

"Always a pleasure! Always a pleasure! Pulu never knew Nords are this good with business. Much better than High Elves."

"Thanks."

The Alfiq girl said what she wanted to say and slipped into the narrow alleyways.

Jon remained in his place thinking. There was no much interest for him to take in Rimmen. It is the city to the east of Anequina as large as Orcrest, the city he was in right now.

Still, Northern Elsweyr was indeed a magical place and Jon liked the idea of spending a vacation here from time to time. The deserts were not as dry and deadly as Hammerfell with many mounties providing shade and covered all over the canyonlands. The night sky of Elsweyr was way more beautiful than the North of Tamriel where the night was seen as a symbol of terror. The two moons Masser and Secunda appeared very clear in the sky more than ever lightening up the night sky.

Elsweyr wasn't just a beauty in its nature but also in its architecture and culture. The Warrior Monks and Adepts were among the friendliest people Jon met and the cities and buildings were straight out of a fairy tale. The savannah wood triangular roofs with pointy ends on the heavily decorated yellow sandstones mixed with the green gardens surrounding buildings and the rose-colored flowered climbing these walls… the image was just fantastic.

Even cities like Orcrest were built on a hill with high stone walls that were decorated to tell historical tales and carried many statues for many heroes of the Khajiit.

"When this is all over, I may think of having a Mafia Boss Villa in the wild on some mountain near this city. It will be worth it."

While having his dreams of the future, Jon noticed a Thalmor Patrol coming his way.

Without much thinking, his instincts from the days of Riften kicked in and he changed his direction many times to lose any tail while keeping the Thalmor within his perception.

"From here… the Nord was walking this way." A Khajiit Dagi boy said while leading the Thalmor inside the slum.

"Hm? That's good. A Nord will suffice to cover up for the prisoner who escaped. This way the commander won't have our heads." A Thalmor whispered to another.

"I don't know… I just don't like it. The prisoners transported from Rimmen are all like… I don't know how to say it. I think a Nord will stand out a bit too much, especially if he made a fuss." The other Thalmor replied.

"Don't worry, we only need to break his legs saying he tried to escape and knock him out or poison him. He will look like the prisoners this way."

"Tsk! Those filthy outsiders! They run to us when things go south, their useless Empire is even doing nothing."

"No one can do much on the borders, you fool. Those Argonians who fled through the Empire came to us with their filth and disease. They even transferred that illness to the other humans and elves. We had to kill every last one of them lizards just to keep it clear. That's why we are moving on the borders with an excuse to contain the disease."

"Then just kill the humans. Why take them prisoners and risk the whole thing?"

"The Commander said that races react to disease differently in most cases. Having a lot of specimens will help the healers know what disease is this faster."

"What a pain, let's just find the Nord and get going."

The conversation went on but Jon learned a whole lot.

A disease outbreak in Rimmen coming from Black Marsh through the Empire, Thalmor activity, arresting the refugees, and an infected on the run.

It all started to remind Jon with what happened in Morrowind during the 6th Labour when they and the Old Woman stopped an outbreak Narsis.

More to that, Mirren and Miranda were dispatched to Rimmen once but they didn't say anything about a disease. It was just an escorting and security job.

'Seems like all the fun is in Rimmen. Can't possibly miss that out, can I? Jon thought.

Find authorized novels in Webnovel，faster updates, better experience，Please click www.webnovel.com for visiting.

He took out a mirror, fixed his by a Transformation Potion and made a Telepathic call to Nefertiti to prepare things.

He then walked out of his hiding.

"Hey, shitheads! Looking for me?"

~~~~~~~~~~

• P4TRE0N

(Goal: 5 Extra / Next: 6)

pat-reon.com/eldokhmesy (remove - )

•PayPal (+10$ = Extra)

Paypal.me/eldokhmesy

• Extras by Votes: 5000 / 8000

• Discord discord.gg/gKcKva7s

• Twitter @eldokhmesy22

You are reading

Dragonborn Saga

ebook which is a free download at

wWw.EbookUpdates.Net

.

Download more ebooks for free at

EbookUpdates.Net

.

452 The Cursed Disease

Double Chapter! Daily + Extra

~~~~~~~~~~

(Part 1)

The plan was to take a patch of Prisoners from different races and ages to study the Disease that struck the border area. Due to the variety of symptoms that appeared, the dispatched medics couldn't figure out what sort of disease they are up against.

But when the Dominion Soldiers escorted some of the refugees to a Thalmor camp near the infection site, one of them escaped and the Thalmor sent people after him hoping that the infection doesn't go widespread.

Yet due to the nature of the mission, it was impossible for a normal Elf or a Khajiit to find someone who escaped in the middle of the Scar, the desert in the south of Anequina Kingdom. That's why those soldiers stopped at the nearest city which happened to be Orcrest and looked for any convenient person to grab as a substitute for the prisoner.

And lo and behold, a human. And not just a human, but a Nord, the kind of Humans High Elves dislike the most.

"Catch him!" A Soldier shouted.

"No! They are coming at me!" Jon screamed frantically and started running around aimlessly.

The Thalmor Soldiers gave a chase and surrounded him.

"Now!"

As they hopped on him at once, Jon started waving his arms around.

"Leave me be! Perverts! Help!"

It was safe to say that there was no winning side in the fight. They hit Jon with their batons and Jon punched around like a child. One baton hit Jon's elbow and caused his nerves to react unintentionally, his arm bashed the man that hit him in the guts.

"!!"

The man felt a sweet taste in his mouth as his guts were squished and he fell on his knees with teary eyes. Jon and the others stopped what they were doing and looked at him.

The man felt his image was getting ruined so he smiled casually.

"Just an upset stomach… carry on. Beat him up!"

The fight returned once again with the Thalmor Soldiers running after Jon to beat him with their batons and Jon waving his arms around. Still, many got their guts squished, their balls kicked, their eyes poked, their feet stumped on, and suffered a lot of bruises.

In the end, they caught Jon.

"You can't do this. I have my rights."

"Shut up!"

"My lawyer is called Karen. She will come and deal with your manager."

"Take him out of here." The Captain of the Soldiers said as he locked Jon in steel wagon.

Looking behind him, the captain saw his soldiers lying on the ground in a sorry state.

"Auriel! It is over."

"This was so hard. I thought I might see my ancestors."

"Did we really catch him?"

"I feel like it is the other way around."

"... Stand up, you lazy twats! We are transferring the prisoner back to the camp." The Captain shouted at his subordinates as he tried not to limb until he reached his horse.

***

The road from Orcrest to Rimmen would take four days but as the Thalmor camp was set on the edge of the State of Rimmen near the Scar Badlands, the trip lasted for three days.

Jon was quite the silent prisoner and kept to himself most of the time. The wagon transporting him wasn't anything fancy, he can break its walls with a punch and bend the steel cage surrounding it with a little bit of Aura.

At the sunset of the third day, the carriage passed a bridge over a steep canyon on the road to Rimmen.

"Hey, guard. How long till we reach that blasted camp of yours?" Jon asked.

"Look who is speaking! Why do you care, Nord? You are dead as soon as you arrive. Lady Wendlain is going to dissect you as soon as she gets her hands on you." The wagon driver said.

"True, I once saw her gut an Imperial. She cut his chest and stomach open like a Y letter and took everything out then started studying it. By Mara! It gave me nightmares. Those Justiciars can be weird." Another guard confirmed.

"It is called Forensic Pathology, dimwit." Jon replied.

"Foren- what?"

"Forensic! For your simple minds to understand, it is the science of opening people up to figure out what killed them."

"Humph! Shut up, Nord. What is a northern monkey like you know of the ways of the Elves?" The Captain hit the wagon with his baton to scare Jon.

"You don't believe me, Captain? Fine, if your Forensic Pathologists are as good as you claim then they won't find it hard as they figure out that you died from inner bleeding and that guy over there died from choking."

"... What are you saying?"

"Also, we don't have monkeys in the north."

With the last word he spoke, Jon's staff appeared on his hand and spells started flying in every direction. The Captain got paralyzed as he fell from his horse with his face twisted with pain, his second in command started choking, the wagon driver bled from his everywhere, another guard turned pale as he started freezing… so on and so forth until every Thalmor Soldier died to a different cause.

"I will be very interested in seeing your Forensic report one day." Jon said as he walked out of the wagon by teleporting.

"I don't think they will examine some low leveled soldiers, especially when they are short on hand." A voice replied from the end of the bridge.

Jon turned around to see a brown-skinned woman in a hippie sense of fashion and a girl in a gothic black dress. It was a weird combination but a welcome one nonetheless.

"Isha, Nefertiti. I assume that your journey was fast." Jon said.

"Faster than you at least. We have been here for a day and reconned the area." Isha said.

"Sorry for being late then. I was extracting some information from those… dead gentlemen."

"That's an understatement. You overkilled them, man." Isha said while poking a corpse with the end of her spear.

"Did you catch the infected man who ran from the Thalmor?" Jon asked.

"Yes. He was dying but we managed to get some answers from him. I put him to mercy afterward." Isha replied.

"So what did you find?"

"A few Thalmor camps packed with infected refugees. Imperials, Khajiit, Orcs, and Argonians with a mix of other races in small numbers. The disease seems to have come from outside Elsweyr through the borders which explains the number of Imperials and Argonians. The nature of the disease is still unknown." Isha said.

"Hmmm… interesting!"

"What are you interested in? Did you find out something?"

"Nope. Absolutely nothing." Jon replied with a psychopathic smile.

"..." "..."

Isha and Nefertiti felt something was going wrong.

"What is going on?" Isha asked.

"Hooman and I are connected but it is a pain seeing through his head lately so I don't know." Nefertiti replied.

"Why is that?"

"He was going through some anxiety lately."

"Anxiety?"

Jon looked at the two and smiled.

"Don't you get it? After eight months of silence, there is finally something." Jon explained.

"What do you mean?"

"My Labour. It was on hold for a long time. Eight months with no accidents, no trouble, everything is peaceful and no problems at all…"

"Isn't this a good thing?" Isha tilted her head.

"What? No! I have been stirring up trouble for eight months straight for my Labour to continue and finally… a sign."

To the overexcited Jon, Isha let out a deep sigh.

"Cat, do something to your Hooman or whatever."

"Leave me out of it. In these times, we better watch from afar as he does his thing."

As the two started complaining about him, Jon butted in.

"Ladies, focus. We have a Disease outbreak. We need to investigate. I have too many plans and expectations so let's work hard." He said.

"Do like me, Isha. Yay! Go for it, Hooman." Nefertiti said.

"Yay! We believe in you." Isha copied Nefertiti.

"Fine. I don't want your help. Where are Miranda and Mirren?"

"With the rest of the Adepts in Rimmen. They investigate in secret as their usual." Isha said.

"Good, Rimmen is our next stop then."

***

Rimmen is found in the greater region of Anequina, which is known for its harsh deserts and dry savannahs. However, Rimmen is found in the Rim Territories, where the grasslands are more somewhat vibrant and lively.

Rimmen is a large walled-off city with water canals and domed buildings built from ivory-colored stone and lush tropical greenery. The canals get water from the aqueducts that span across the Kingdom of Rimmen. In the city, they empty in the town square, into relaxing pools of water where several people pass the time to relax and meditate. However, today was no such day.

It was said this morning that a lot of refugees are trying to pass through the borders as a disease outbreak happened to the east. By the orders of the Royal Family of Anequina, all those who passed the borders during the past week were to be brought to the central plaza alongside anyone who came in constant contact with them.

The rapid response resulted in a fast containment of the situation and everyone who was suspected to be infected was quarantined right away. The Federal Thalmor Embassy of the Aldmeri Dominion was mobilized in order to identify the disease and find a Cure. Mercenaries and Adepts were called to help with the jobs the government was short on hand with.

Mirren was walking on a street surveying the poor slums and looking for those who didn't submit to the check-up.

{Thalmor, Ten o'clock.} A voice rang in his head as he was walking.

Mirren nimbly walked to the shade of a wall and hid his presence.

As the Thalmor patrol passed, he returned the Telepathic call.

"You're starting to talk like Jon, sister."

{Less words, more meaning.}

"You… sigh!"

Mirren could only ask a little as his sister wasn't really a great person to have a conversation with.

{Why did you hide?} She asked.

"Thalmor."

{They don't know you.}

"... I guess old habits are hard to get rid of."

No matter what, Mirren was always suspicious of Thalmor and hated walking across them. He and his sister are talented in hiding their presences, sneaking and teleporting short distances making them ideal assassins but all these skills were honed only to shake off their true enemies, the Thalmor.

The Altmer Twins and their family were a target for the bloodline genocides that happened in Summerset many years ago in the name of getting rid of lowly bloodlines mixed with other none Altmer. Despite the young age of the twin, they were very aware of the dangers they are facing and never revealed a hint of their existence to the Thalmor, which includes not running into them and or leaving witnesses.

{Three patrols around you. Proceed with caution.}

Mirren turned to look to the high tower in the middle of the district.

"You seriously need to stop talking like that."

{I like it.}

"No, you like him."

{...}

"He is married and basically a playboy, sister. Don't get mixed up with that."

{... When did you know?}

"Please! You are not giving him a cold shoulder, that's enough to know."

Find authorized novels in Webnovel，faster updates, better experience，Please click www.webnovel.com for visiting.

{Roof watchman, two blocks ahead.}

As the two kept arguing through Telepathy while sneaking around the city, they managed to find a few people who were afraid of the general check-up and hiding in their houses. What Mirren needed to do was to attract the city guards here by any way available like burning something or breaking a wall.

Soon after, their patrol was over and they returned to the Elder Adept in charge of them to report then got dismissed to rest.

**********

(Part 2)

Mirren and Miranda sat on the rooftop on the higher part of the city of Rimmen in their rest hours.

The two always have a secret strategy discussion for themselves during every situation as two fighters who are mostly dependant on one another.

"Doesn't this situation bring back awful memories?" Mirren said.

"Narsis." Miranda replied.

"Yes, our last Labour. It was a terrible plague so let's hope this one doesn't turn into a disaster."

"It won't." She said.

"And how do you know?"

"This is different, not much infection but the disease is severe."

"... I don't think I know much about infections and disease but those Thalmor are dissecting living people to get to know the disease, it is barbaric!"

"Life."

"You were to eavesdrop on them, did they find anything out after this many deaths?"

"Yes." She nodded, "Organ failure, Necrosis, slow death."

"That's terrible." This was supposed to be Mirren's reply but someone else said it.

Mirren turned around with a pale face to see someone familiar but in a strange appearance.

It was Jon but not exactly Jon. It was a ghost that looked exactly like Jon.

"What is going on?" Mirren asked as he jumped on his feet.

"Guess what!" The Ghost of Jon acted as smug as his owner.

"You are dead and the world is finally at peace but you will haunt me for life." Mirren guessed as he was told.

"TaDaaa!" The Ghost of Jon didn't deny it.

"What?" Mirren freaked out.

"He learned the [Astral Projection] spell." Miranda interrupted.

"Oh! You scared me. I thought I'll be haunted for real."

The [Astral Projection] is an Expert level Mysticism spell that allows the casters to project spectral holograms of themselves and do various things through it. The real Jon, who is miles away outside Rimmen, can use the Astral Projection to scout, communicate and even cast some spells.

"What do you want?"

"Meet me outside the city to the south at the border pass, there is something you need to see." Jon's projection said then disappeared.

The two siblings sighed as they knew deep inside that things are going to get noisy from this point on.

***

A few hours passed until Jon and Isha met up with Mirren and Miranda.

The four briefed themselves with the situation on all fronts and made a plan to look around.

"So, you said you found out something." Mirren spoke to Jon.

"Right. Here, take a look." Jon passed his spyglass to Jon.

Their location was on a hidden area near the mountain range that separates Elsweyr from Cyrodiil south to Rimmen. They had a great view of the encampment of the Thalmor blocking the road to the border pass.

"What am I looking for exactly?" Mirren asked.

"Do you see the refugees imprisoned in cages?"

"Yes."

"Did you notice what they are?"

"Diseased poor folk?"

"Come on, you can do better."

Mirren looked once again but didn't spot anything strange.

Isha used her Aura to look further while Miranda took the spyglass from Mirren.

"Aha."

"I see."

"So I am the idiot here." Mirren was dissatisfied with Isha's and Miranda's responses.

"I was just teasing you. I don't know what's wrong either." Isha said while winking at him.

"Thanks… that sure made me feel better." Mirren said in self mockery.

"There are Argonians." Miranda said.

""Hm?""

"There are Argonians and they are very sick." Miranda said.

"Bingo!" Jon agreed with her.

"And?" Isha questioned.

"Argonians have a natural resistance to all sorts of Diseases, they even carry diseases without noticing." Jon said, "The main reason why no one really wanted to invade that infested land of Black Marsh was because of the Hist and their use of Biological Weapons to fend off the invaders. Wasn't the Hist of Tear the reason behind the Plague in Narsis?" Jon said.

"I see. So the Argonians are making everyone sick." Mirren said.

"Nope. I just said the Argonians are sick which is a very rare thing to happen. With that number of diseased Argonians, there is one assumption we are safe to consider."

"Which is…?"

"This is not a Disease."

The four remained silent for a while.

"Not a disease? People were working hard to find a cure for this thing and you're saying they were wrong all along?" Mirren asked.

"Yes. The main symptoms are Organ Failure and Necrosis. These are endgame symptoms and appear with the highly contagious disease in most cases. This thing is not contagious but only to a very low extent. More so, there is an obvious state of madness that doesn't fit in with the whole thing." Jon explained.

"People are getting mad too?" Isha asked.

"I know it is nasty but something is really wrong. So, based on my educated guesses, I would say it is a Curse." Jon said.

"Why?" Mirren asked.

"Because no mage is infected. Mages have better resistance to Magicka in general." It was Miranda who replied.

"Right. I didn't see any infected Mages who are supposed to be people with low physical constitution."

"So that sums everything up? We are up against a curse that can go viral?" Mirren asked for confirmation.

"Indeed. And a very weird one at that."

The four returned to silence once again. The situation was now more outlined than before.

"But a curse can't go viral." (Miranda)

"Indeed." (Isha)

"Then how is this happening?" (Mirren)

"Maybe it was cast with the condition to go viral." (Isha)

"That's way too advanced. Let alone the skills required to do so, Curses need a medium. If I want a curse to go viral, I would cast on a Rune Spell to work as a trap and have a better result." (Jon)

"And what about the madness?" (Miranda)

"No idea." (Jon)

"Let's get our own test subject then." Miranda said, "We won't know much this way."

To her suggestion, the others started thinking about it.

"Okay." Jon agreed.

"You are considering this?" Isha was not approving.

"At least it is something to do."

***

And so they had their Argonian test subject.

"The 6th of First Seed (March), year 200 of the Fourth Era. I performed a magical examination on the subject: Ja-Meen, 37, male, infected with a mild curse that developed through the innards and the outer limbs. Halting the curse was successful but reversing it is impossible until the Medium is broken. No traces of the Magicka causing the curse were found but the subject's mental health is degenerating due to unknown reasons as the brain is intact as far as I can tell. Record, over."

Jon finished his examination on a victim and turned around.

"That was brutal." (Isha)

"Stone Cold." (Mirren)

"Sexy!" (Miranda)

"What?" (Mirren)

"I like… the systematic way." (Miranda)

That was a lie, she was imagining herself tied to a bed with Jon holding a scalpel over her and saying mad researcher words.

But more importantly, Jon returned the subject back to consciousness.

"Ja-Meen, looks like you are fine. How do you feel?"

Ja-Meen opened his eyes to see himself in a cave surrounded by lights made magic and bring looked at by four strong presences. Anyone in their right mind would be nervous but Ja-Meen was frenzied.

"He is close! Close by! Troll Head! Troll Head is coming! He will come and eat us. Troll Head eats us! He is eating us! Now he is eating me! I am being eaten."

Ja-Meen kept going in a frenzy and Jon wasn't being able to calm him.

"As you can see, he is having fantasies about that Troll Head thing. This madness is not natural." Jon said.

"Meaning?"

"According to what I know, the madness that gives such a deep insight is not some mental failure. They were driven mad but that is not a part of the curse. Whoever it is, he is my Uncle's favorite errand boy."

"Oh, please! Don't remind me." Isha said as she massaged her head.

"Troll Head! He is eating! I am eating! No! Being eaten. I am scared! Mommy! Help me! Help…"

Seeing an adult cry for help in such a desperate situation, even Jon felt sympathy for the Argonian.

The Curse and that Madness are making each other worse.

"Hey, Ja-Meen. When did Troll Head find you for the first time?" Jon asked.

"Troll Head? You know him? You are his friend? Please, I'll tell you all I know…"

After a few attempts of making heads and tails of what the Argonian was saying, Jon came to the conclusion that Troll Head is the person who cast the curse.

The purpose is unknown but the suffering is real here.

There were also more details. According to Ja-Meen, the Troll Head came out from an old ruin and wherever he passed, the curse followed.

"So it was undead that appeared first in Black Marsh." Mirren concluded.

"Or a Necromancer. Who knows!" Jon added.

"The important thing is the whereabouts of the one behind all this no matter the identity." Isha said.

"Mad people can't answer too complicated questions." Miranda said.

In this investigation, every step they took was hindered by more mystery and would take too long to figure out what to do next.

But Jon had the right idea on what to do next.

"If you want to understand a madman, you need a madman who can understand madmen." Jon said.

Jon stuffed his hand into the Cube and recovered something. He did so then ran to the forest beside the cave they stayed in followed by his companions.

"What are you doing?" Mirren asked.

"He is here. Watch but never learn." Jon replied as he looked with excitement around the forest.

What he held in his hands were yarn rolls with various colors. He took the end of each yarn and started throwing them around all over the place.

The scene was strange but it wasn't the first strange scene today.

Anyway, the yarn rolls went deep in various directions. Jon sat in front of them and patiently waited.

It was a minute later when a yarn thread reacted. Jon held if right away and started pulling.

"What is that?"

"I am fishing... or catting. Oh! Catting is a really nice verb.."

As he said so, the yarn thread came to an end and what Jon catted appeared.

It was a cat… or rather a Khajiit Alfiq with grey fur and black stripes. The Alfiq was entangled in the yarn thread in every impossible way.

"What is that? The yarn is coming to life! My oh my… this is a new one! I am excited! So exciting... let me hold you. Here! Here! And here too! Oh! It is everywhere! If feels weird... and nice! Weird and Nice. I like it! Hey, stop dragging me." The Alfiq Khajiit said in a dramatic tone.

Jon looked at him and coughed.

"Hm? Is it you? Who are you to summon me? Wait..." The cat looked at Jon with curious eyes, "Aren't you this mortal! MY MORTAL! Wait! What are you doin..."

Jon walked forward and held the cat up from its fire like a little cub.

"Hey! What the Fluff? Put me down at once." The Alfiq became annoyed all of a sudden.

"Hey..."

"I said put me down. This is when I should smite you. Give you a serious smiting. Completely smitten. You know that move, don't you? The third move of the Meowjestic Paw Art, Mighty Paw Smite!" The Khajiit started throwing a tantrum while waving his paws but not reaching Jon.

Jon sighed before calling the man.

"What's up, Uncle Sheo?"

~~~~~~~~~~

• P4TRE0N (Goal: 5 Extra / Next: 6)

pat-reon.com/eldokhmesy (remove - )

•PayPal (+10$ = Extra)

Paypal.me/eldokhmesy

• Extras by Votes: 5000 / 8000

• Discord discord.gg/gKcKva7s

• Twitter @eldokhmesy22

You are reading

Dragonborn Saga

ebook which is a free download at

wWw.EbookUpdates.Net

.

Download more ebooks for free at

EbookUpdates(dot)Net

.

453 Dealing with Sheogorath

A/n: Some of you are cringing cuz Sheogorath appeared as Cat thinking I am taking things Hardcore with Catisism again.

Truth is… In Elsweyr, they have a God for Madness and Skooma called the Skooma Cat, Sheggorath – That's all in the Lore, check ESO Quest "The Lunacy of Two Moons" where he makes an appearance.

~~~~~~~~~~

"What's up, Uncle Sheo?" Jon said with an ever-so-patient expression.

"Nephew! Put me down, this is rude!"

"Here you go." Jon let go of the large Alfiq on a small rock.

The other three looked at the striped grey Alfiq waiting for Jon to explain. This was, after all, that very infamous Uncle they heard about.

"What are you doing here, Nephew? Cheese hunting? Wine surfing? Oh, wait! Don't tell me… you are Mushroom hopping?"

"No, no and no. You know me, uncle. I try to keep original in my work. Right now, I am trying to figure out how to kill a bunch of people in a unique way each."

"Oh! That's a nice idea! Can you make one die from excessive cheese eating?"

"You mean dipping people in liquidated food? Hmmm… you know what… this is actually a good idea. We can make all kinds of soups then dip people in and see which kills faster. My money's on the Tomato soup."

"I will go with melted cheese."

Find authorized novels in Webnovel，faster updates, better experience，Please click www.webnovel.com for visiting.

"Hah! You'll lose miserably. Getting dipped in melted cheese is the very definition of heaven. Try a Tomato soup."

The two were getting along in an instant despite the dumbfounded faces around them.

But that didn't last long as the two noticed someone staring daggers at them. It was a black cat that appeared on Jon's head and seemed very annoyed.

"You should shapeshift." Jon said.

"Wise idea."

The Alfiq struggled as he started to take another form while being entangled by all the yarn around him. In the end, he took the form of an elderly Breton gentleman with a particular appearance in a pink brocade suit… still entangled in yarn.

"HAHA! It's me! Bet you didn't know that, did you? All surprised now, I see, I see." Sheogorath looked at the ones around him and said with a proud face.

Other than Nefertiti who was cringing, the others didn't know whether to act surprised or cringe. This particular Daedric Prince can be brutal if he was displeased.

"Act as if your Boss said a joke." Jon gave a pro tip as he noticed the ones behind him being in a dilemma.

"... Oh! Amazing."

"Incredible."

"Wow."

With the Gore Flag fully avoided, Jon wanted to get this over with.

"What are you doing around these parts, Uncle?"

"Woah! Straight to the point aren't we, Nephew? Don't you want to play a game first with your old uncle?"

"Something is telling me we are going to play whether I liked it or not."

"You understand me well, nephew."

"And with many lives at stake."

"You really understand me. Here's how it goes, I'll go catch some mortal playthings and throw them in the air, you must shoot them before they drop dead or you'll lose." Sheogorath said.

"Nope. You can throw people all the way to Daggerfall for all that you care about. It won't be fair."

"Haha! You want a Daedric Prince to play fair."

"I want to play fair because if you don't play fair, I won't play at all. Good luck tossing Mortals around on your own. I'll go toss Mortals with my friends someplace else."

"Okay, Okay! How about this one… a music contest with Mortal corpses."

"Says the man who discovered music by using some woman's vocal cords."

"Fighting contest."

"Says the man who won against the fiercest beast Hircine made by a little chick."

"Sparrow! You know him? He became a large Roc later on but that's not in the story. Fine, what about a Nightmare contest?"

"Both you and I know that you wiped the floor with Vaermina last time you two played that."

"Catapult racing?"

"Too high."

"Tunnel spooning."

"Too low."

"Dragon riding."

"Too early."

"Dwemer hide and seek."

"Too late."

"Playing a prank on Molag."

"Already did that."

"Playing a prank on Dagon."

"Did that as well."

"You played a prank on Dagon?"

"I blackmailed him with a scene from your memories when the Avatar of Akatosh whipped his Daedric ass."

"Seriously? How did you get that? Wait! Was it censored?"

"Is there uncensored?"

"A Daedric Prince as tall as a tower walking in the streets of the Imperial City mostly naked? Hah! Of course there is uncensored. His Daedric Dong was all over the place."

"No way!"

"Yes way."

"Daaaaaayum! Must have missed that mod."

"So, what do you want to play?"

"How about my favorite game of all time? It is called [Truth and Dare]."

"Wasn't it 'or' not 'and'?"

"No, that's the sissy version. Jon Dare's version is [Truth and Dare]."

"Fine! I feel like I love it already. How do we play?"

"I ask you a question and I dare you lie to me."

"I feel like I don't love it after all."

"You already agreed."

"Fine, I go first."

"You sure?"

"Humph!"

"You'll ask me a question and you'll Dare me?" Jon asked again to confirm.

Sheogorath had to think twice before that one.

"You've got me, nephew."

"Fair and square."

"Fine, you go first."

Jon sighed after bypassing the mental burden of dodging the troublesome stuff Sheogorath wanted to throw at him.

"What is going on with that Curse around and why are you turning people mad?"

"I always turn people mad. That's what I do. I am the Mad God."

"And the Curse that is killing people? Your madness is making things difficult for me here, Uncle."

"Oh! You got it all wrong, Nephew. I am not harming anyone here."

"You seriously expect me to believe that?" Jon looked doubtful.

"You expect a Daedric Prince to lie?"

"Yes."

"Well, believe it or not, we are concerned about this event." Sheogorath said ignoring Jon's doubts.

"We?"

"Me, Azura, Boethiah… the whole lot."

"Wait wait wait! This 'Whole Lot' is our faction in these Labours, right?"

"Right."

"Why wasn't I invited then?"

"Azura didn't call for you? I thought she did… that's why I didn't want to tell you much."

"No, she didn't. What is going on?"

"Hmmm… You see, nephew, you are basically the Last Labourer on our side with still one more task to perform."

"I know."

"And the other faction still has one Labourer too… other than the ones you have already killed."

"Why is this the first time I hear of that?"

"Because we weren't sure about the identity of the Labourer you are up against and… we still don't know."

"... You're serious now?"

"Dead Serious… or is it Daedra Serious? No, Dead Serious. As serious as a bunch of cheese rolls rolling down on a hill with me tied up on its foot. That's as far as serious goes in my book."

"Great. So, what do you know of that Labourer?"

"Not much. Only that he just received his Labour Artifact and passed through this place. The reason for the Curse you are after is mostly thanks to him and the reason why I am driving people insane, other than me being the Mad God, is to control them. Once these people die, they will turn into Undead and cause damage we don't understand so here I am saving the day and doing what you Heroes should do. Please don't mind the competition, Nephew."

Jon and the rest sighed.

To sum up the rambling of Sheogorath, he is making people insane to halt the Curse. This Curse is caused by a mysterious Labourer on the other Daedric faction.

"Couldn't you just find that out from the start?" Mirren said holding his dizzy head.

"Believe me, when it comes to Uncle Sheo, it is wise to take the extra mile and make him talk his heart out, else you will find yourself going on a literal Fool's Errand to hunt some Butterflies in a Basilisk's nest." Jon replied.

"You know me to a frightening degree, Nephew."

"I am afraid you think highly of me, Uncle. Is there any more information about that Labourer?"

"Sadly, nothing. He was very well done hidden from us by someone but I personally think it won't be long till they reveal that Labourer. You can as well start helping us, can't you? Azura was pleased with you during the last party, she drank a lot to the point where Boethiah had to carry her back to her realm."

"Daedric Princes… drunk?"

"You don't believe me?"

"I don't."

"Fine, I'll invite you to the next party and you will see for yourself."

"I'll hold you to that word."

Jon smiled at sheogorath and the latter returned the same foxy smile.

"But now. It is time I hold you to your word, Nephew. My turn in your 'Truth and Dare'." Sheogorath said.

"Hehe. You are going to Dare me after all, Uncle?" Jon was amused.

"Haha! Come on, I am not going to lose my Nephew for a mere question." Sheogorath said and smiled wider, "One of your friends can take your place in this, right?"

"That was not a rule."

"Neither was not accepting to be Dared. You owe me answers now."

To Jon's trick, Sheogorath forced his own rule into this. Jon wasn't pleased but it seemed that Sheogorath was insisting.

"Jon, it's okay." Isha said as she played defensive.

"..." Jon didn't reply and kept staring at Sheogorath.

"What say you, Nephew?" Sheogorath said with his lunatic smile growing wider.

Jon tilted his head looking at Sheogorath then he smiled calmly.

"You are not interested in any of those friends behind me, don't you? You are after someone else." Jon said.

Sheogorath became more amused.

"As I said, you know me too damn well."

"And you are wondering why." Jon stepped forward not fearing Sheogorath, "You just don't understand how I understand you well so you want to know how I shield my mind from your effect. Am I right?"

It now seemed to the others that Sheogorath and Jon were playing on a whole new Arena.

"You want to know, right?" Jon asked.

"If there is no harm." Sheogorath replied.

"What if there is harm?"

"What if?"

"I see. What do you know?"

"Not much other than what the others know. It hurts to be family and know little about each other"

"Fine, you will meet him." Jon said as he called [Greed] out of the Cube.

Sheogorath narrowed his eyes as he followed Jon's actions carefully.

Jon then called.

"Shadow, someone wants to meet you."

***

*Sometime later*

Jon, Isha, Mirren and Miranda took the road to the south towards the Thalmor camp.

"Let's brief it fast, we are looking for a Labourer who is very dangerous and can be anywhere. We can't trace him by one cursed patient so we need a lot of specimens to try all the methods we know. Our best bet is sadly in a Thalmor camp." Jon said as he grumbled.

The others followed him in silence while looking at each other.

"Jon… do you want to talk about what just happened?" Mirren asked.

"... We better not." Jon replied.

"Are you sure… that thing… it wasn't normal." Even Miranda spoke in a worried tone.

"It is nothing… really! You don't need to worry about Sheogorath going after us." Jon said.

"What about that thing that… appeared?"

A few minutes ago, those three witnessed something mortals can't withstand easily. Shadow spoke to Sheogorath in a language that made them shiver before both Sheogorath and Shadow disappearing somewhere together and Jon recovering [Greed].

Jon saw the worry on his friends' faces and sighed.

"Listen. I truly didn't want you to witness that. What you just heard was from a Higher Tonal Aptitude. Mortals of your level can't possibly comprehend it and as a person who experienced the Tower, I know better." Jon said trying to calm them down.

When higher existences meet, they don't just converse in the level of mortals. That would be like a first grader attending a Quantum Physics class. Even Jon was overwhelmed with the high level of thoughts.

He just couldn't put his hand on how Sheogorath figured out Shadow's existence but Shadow seemed okay with it.

"It is just impossible to unthink of all that." Miranda said.

When someone hears words they know but in a manner they don't get, they are normally confused. Take that to the level of Deities and compare to the level of mere Mortals, it gets really hard to unthink it.

Those who are powerful enough to withstand such an encounter will see through some mysteries of the mysteries of Royalty but those who don't may get traumatized.

"Listen, I'll explain things to you later as your training goes to the level of establishing the foundations of a Peak Physical Body. Once you start forming a Spirit Spark like me, you will be strong enough. Right now you may get traumatized and later would cause your ascendance in the CHIM to be affected negatively." Jon said.

"What on Nirn are you rambling about?" Mirren asked.

"What does the CHIM has to do with this?" Isha asked.

"Ascending the Tower of CHIM is my ultimate goal. Guiding my family through the CHIM with me is also part of that goal. You guys are a family to me and I am not leaving you behind." Jon said.

"But… we never really thought of climbing the Tower of CHIM." Miranda said.

"Sorry to drop the bomb on you but that's something you get as a part of the Dare Package." Jon said as he stopped walking and looked back at his team, "I know it is overwhelming to drag you into this. If you don't want to do something, I am not pushing you to it. I just want you to have my back as long as we are in this. Something is telling me that my 7th Labour is around the corner soon."

"..."

"..."

"... Fuck it. Just tell us what to do?" Mirren sighed and said so.

"Right now, I want you to forget what you just saw. Any further thinking about it will cause you to get more confused. I will explain it all once the time comes." Jon said.

"Fine." Mirren said.

"I'm good." Isha said.

Miranda nodded.

"Fine. Now to the matter at hand. There is a Thalmor Camp we are about to walk in. Any method to walk in there without killing every High Elf we see?" Jon asked.

"Offended but yes." Mirren said, "There is a Moon-Bishop leading the first aid operation from our Star Haven Temple. Her name is Zara and she is an Ohmes-Raht."

"Oh! Never seen one before."

Ohmes-Raht are a Khajiit Furstock that resembles humans and elves the most. They walk on their heels and have tails and light fur, they also paint their faces to appear more Khajiiti.

"So we have a contact in. How do we enter?" Isha asked.

"We can disguise as Adepts." Mirren said.

"Not enough." Miranda refuted.

"Actually it is." Jon said as he took out his stock of Transformation Potions.

"Ladies, time to let your inner Fluff out."

~~~~~~~~~~

• P4TRE0N

(Goal: 5 Extra / Next: 6)

pat-reon.com/eldokhmesy (remove - )

•PayPal (+10$ = Extra)

Paypal.me/eldokhmesy

• Extras by Votes: 5000 / 8000

• Discord discord.gg/gKcKva7s

• Twitter @eldokhmesy22

You are reading

Dragonborn Saga

ebook which is a free download at

wWw.EbookUpdates.Net

.

Download more ebooks for free at

Ebook Updates.Net

.

454 Chasing the Curse

It has been a week since the appearance of the mysterious disease on the eastern border area with Cyrodiil from and things were looking bleak in the First Response Camp that was established by the Federal Thalmor Authority.

Even if it was called the Thalmor Camp, it was actually the place where every authority has gathered its best first responders to contain the disease. The Royal Family of Anequina, the Moon Priesthood and the Thalmor.

The Thalmor's name may be associated with every evil there is outside the Aldmeri Dominion Territory but inside it, they are not that bad to their citizens. Surely the High Elves have a thing for looking down on other races and they treat both the Khajiit and the Wood Elves terribly but it is still a far cry compared to the other races.

That's why the treatment of the High Elves, Wood Elves and Khajiit in the First Response Camp was clearly much better than the treatment other races took. For example, those three races were housed in tents and under sheds while other races were thrown outside scattered across the camp under heavy surveillance. To make things worse, the Orcs were put in cages to keep them from acting violently.

This was all done by the order of the Thalmor Justiciar supervising the campsite, Lady Wendlain.

On the other hand, some of the Moon Priests were upset about the unfair treatment and the practices of Lady Wendlain as she dissected many living and dead for the sake of finding out the nature of the disease.

For that reason and many others, an argument broke out between Moon Bishop Zara and Justiciar Wendlain about how to contain the situation.

"It comes without a warning. We are not aware of the reasons behind the infection as there is no notable anomaly in any inner organs. The lungs, the heart, the liver… they all work perfectly until the disease strikes then everything starts to fail. On the outside, Necrosis starts to happen after a number of days especially without movement. What is more interesting is the ones who develop mental issues, they are resisting the disease more than the ones who are sane. I am not sure if psychology has anything to do with it but this disease is clearly not normal. That is why we need more subjects for our studies." Justiciar Wendlain said.

"Absolutely not. Zara can be tolerant if your so-called subjects are the deceased ones but the living need treatment, not research." Moon Bishop Zara replied.

"I am sorry, Moon Bishop, but I wasn't asking for your consent on this. The Thalmor have full authority to operate in this camp and we expect your cooperation and assistance. This disease is a threat and we will take the extra mile to find out what is the reason behind it even if we had to get our hands dirty."

"How dare you, Justiciar? Is that a threat?"

"Did anyone just say 'Dare'?" A concerned red-furred Khajiit butted in the conversation but was pulled away by his colleagues.

"Moon Bishop, this campsite is under my supervision and I run things around here. Hindering me is hindering a Formal Thalmor Investigation because that's what it is. If you don't want to receive a Thalmor Court Notice and be removed from my campsite by force then I suggest you do cooperate."

The argument ended as Lady Wendlain stormed her way in the care facility Moon Bishop Zara was working on and arrested a few foreigners.

Moon Bishop Zara and her helpers were pushed outside from the place as the Thalmor took over.

Frustrated, Moon Bishop Zara kept walking back and forth while sending the Adepts and the Moon Priests around her on various errands. It was then when she was approached by some Adepts who seemed out of place.

"Those Thalmor are brutal. No wonder they are being hunted by the Nords in Skyrim." The Khajiit from a while ago said.

The Moon Bishop looked at the large Khajiit not knowing what to do or say. She just wanted to vent her anger on something so she just kept going back and forth as she replied.

"They don't listen. Those people are being tortured and the Justiciars only want to gain personal glory by harvesting people's organs for research. This is infuriating! Zara cannot accept this any longer." She said as she was biting on her claws.

Despite being an Ohmes-Raht, Zara was the right mix between a Khajiit and a human having both the right amount of fur and cat-human features. She had green eyes, white body fur with dark fur over her face, hands, feet, and tail.

[A/n: Basically a Siamese Khajiit… and please don't imagine the Ohmes to be like those abominations of Taylor Swift's movie Cats. This pic may do some justice https://ibb.co/TWBBPMm]

"Should we blast those Thalmor away, Moon Bishop?" The Adept asked again.

"Heh heh!" Zara laughed in self-mockery and looked at the Adept, "Thank you, Adept, but let's not get ourselves into trouble. We are here to solve problems, not start ones."

Zara said as she looked over to her helps only to find them too busy to task them with anything more. She sighed then looked at the Adepts she doesn't know about.

"Adepts, which temple are you from?" She asked.

"Star Haven."

"Oh, Zara doesn't know you. Are you perhaps Outer Adepts?"

"Indeed."

"But all Outer Adepts were to help out in Rimmen. What brings you here?"

"Excuse us, Moon Bishop, but the situation in Rimmen is stable without any hitch. As the number one Outer Adept, this one was sent here to see if someone needs any help." Jonya said.

"Oh! Zara understands. We have a lot of tasks on hand, you and your friends are really welcome to help as long as you know what are you doing?"

"Yes, Moon Bishop. We will be of help."

"Zara is pleased. Please, go help with the back area and transfer more patients to the vacant places left by the ones the Thalmor took. Something tells Zara they won't be needing it anymore." She said as the last part was in a more depressed tone.

"Yes…" Adept Jonya said but he didn't move.

Zara looked at him questioning if he still has something to say.

"Moon Bishop, excuse Jonya for saying this but are you sure about the disease we are facing here?" Jonya asked.

"What do you mean?"

"This disease… can't it be a Curse or something?"

"A Curse? By the Moons! No, it can't be such a scary thing… those superstitious thoughts are by no means logical. Also, curses can't go viral." Zara dismissed Jonya's suggestion.

Jonya narrowed his eyes and scratched his furry chin.

"Is that so? Jonya can swear that his Blessed Amulet reacted when he came near a very ill man." Jonya said slyly acting all sad.

He looked with half an eye at Zara who reacted with a surprised face to Jonya's claims.

"Blessed Amulet? You have such a thing on you? Did it really react?" Zara asked with a serious face.

"Eh! No, it is nothing. Jonya is sorry. I will go to my task…"

"Wait here! Show me that Blessed Amulet and the reaction it made." Zara commanded.

"M- Moon Bishop, don't talk loudly, please. This… it may cause me trouble." Jonya said acting all careful and afraid.

"Hm? What is wrong?" Zara asked.

"It is just… if those Thalmor saw my Amulet, they will arrest me." Jonya said with a fearful face.

"Oh! Is that so? Fine, follow me." Zara said leading Jonya and the other three female adepts following him to a rural area in the camp.

The area had some ill people who seemed to be in an advanced state of the curse and mostly unconscious. Jon could finally feel the power of the curse in such a hazardous area.

"Show me your Blessed Amulet, Adept." Zara said.

"Yes."

Jonya recovered an Amulet from his pocket and showed it to Zara. As soon as she saw it, her eyes widened and she pushed Jonya's hand to his pocket.

"What is this? You can't show that around!"

Zara freaked out. After all, it was 'that' amulet. The [Greater Amulet of Talos] that was passed down to Jonya, or rather Jon, by Hilda.

"How do you have that? Do you want the Thalmor to execute you?" Zara said in a scolding tone.

"This one is sorry, Moon Bishop. Jonya may not look like it but Jonya is a collector. Jonya has many Divine Amulets and some Artifacts but this one is really valuable as it is the first in my collection." Jonya said.

It was true. The first valuable thing Jon ever possessed was this Blessed Amulet and the ring Nurina gave to him.

More to that, Zara could tell how powerful the Amulet was from just a glance.

"Fine, show Zara the reaction then hide that Amulet away."

Jon nodded and took out the Amulet near a patient. As divine artifacts, Blessed Amulet would react to the evil energy as a warning sign for its holder.

And it did react. The Amulet of Talos started vibrating left and right in Jon's hands.

"Moons! This is… this really a Curse… How could I not tell?" Moon Bishop Zara was dumbfounded as she learned the truth.

The reason why a holy woman like Moon Bishop Zara couldn't detect a curse was how faint it was and its disguise like a disease. Also, Zara seemed to not be carrying a Blessed Amulet on her. The reason was obviously the value of these items. The Amulets of the Moon were kept in the vaults of the temple for safety and only taken out when needed.

"We must report this!" Moon Bishop Zara said, "If Zara tells this to Justiciar Wendlain, she will surely stop the unnecessary killing. Of course, Zara won't say anything about your Amulet, Adept Jonya. Good work!."

Moon Bishop Zara started running back towards the camp leaving Jon and the other three behind.

"Won't you stop here?" Said a grey Cathay who was actually Isha.

"Why would I? I can see this going totally wrong from a mile away. Also, she will have no choice but to turn to us once she is rejected." Jon said.

"You are merciless, man. Why involve this Moon Bishop girl with us from the start?" Asked a tabby Suthay who was actually Mirren.

"She can do a ritual I can't do." Jon said.

"Fine, let's follow her just in case things go wrong." Mirren said and Isha followed him.

Jon watched them go and looked at the fourth person in their group. It was Miranda who was disguised as a tri-colored Khajiit.

Jon approached her and raised her chin with a finger.

"Girl, purr for me one more time."

"Purrrrr."

"Hehehe! We are definitely doing it tonight."

***

Just as Jon said, Zara was turned down and mocked by the Thalmor very badly.

Disheartened, she walked away with a depressed face around the camp.

"Moon Bishop, how did it go?" Jonya asked as he ran to Zara.

Zara put on a faint smile and looked at Jonya.

"Zara apologizes, Adept Jonya… Justiciar Wendlain accused me of trying to seek personal gain and… she pushed me off the operation." Zara said.

"Oh! How unfortunate! This is really not good." Jonya made up a grim face.

"Sorry to disappoint you."

"It is not your fault, Moon Bishop. An honest person like you would never seek personal gains like those blood-sucking Thalmor. They are worse than goblins." Jonya said.

Find authorized novels in Webnovel，faster updates, better experience，Please click www.webnovel.com for visiting.

"It's okay. Zara will inform the temple and we will send Adepts to investigate. You can rest assured." Zara said.

"Moon Bishop, Jonya thinks he can prove to be of more help." Jonya said.

"... Speak."

"Me and my team are skilled in fights and can survive anything but we lack guidance. Perhaps Moon Bishop Zara can help us help the people around here."

"What is in your mind?"

"If we tracked down the one who cast the Curse, we can destroy the Curse's medium. The only problem is… he can be anyone and anywhere."

"... How can I help you then?"

"Jonya has once read about that ritual, it is called the [Eyes of the Moon Beast]." Jonya said in a low tone.

Moon Bishop Zara froze in her place.

"This… this is really not good, Adept Jonya. This Ritual is not allowed to be used. It involves establishing a connection to the Moon Beast."

"Yes, Jonya knows as much. Thankfully, the Star Haven Temple puts the Warning before the Spell. Jonya knows someone who would just fall in love with this method instantly."

"Involving the Moon Beast is a Heterodox method, it is not acceptable." Moon Bishop Zara refused bluntly.

The Moon Beast she spoke of was a god in the Khajiiti Pantheon known as Lorkhaj, the one Elves call Lorkhan and Humans call Shor or Shezarr.

"Moon Bishop, let me remind you again how the Moon Beast was once held in reverence and later in contempt by the Moon Temples. You know exactly that the reasons behind the discrimination are political and mostly to suck up to the Aldmeri Dominion and the Thalmor." Jonya said.

His argument was sound, even Moon Bishop Zara was having a hard time weighing the gains and losses. Yet the more she looks at it, the more she saw that there is no losses as long as the Thalmor do not find out about the ritual.

"But that still means we are going after that person who caused all this by ourselves." Zara said.

"And Jonya told you we are good." Jonya assured her.

Zara sighed and nodded.

"The Eyes of the Moon Beast, a ritual that needs to be held at night to draw power from the Jode and Jone then direct them to search for anything that can be seen by the moon. Zara never tried this Ritual before but knows what to do." Zara said.

"Tell me what you need." Jonya said.

"First, we need Moon Dew drops and Moon Sugar so Zara can prepare mentally. Zara has Moon Sugar but the Moon Dew is a rare…"

"Here you go." Jonya passed a bottle of Moon Dew liquor to her.

"How do you have that?"

"It was in a Thalmor tent, that big one that belongs to the Justiciar. Somehow, this bottle slipped by itself into Jonya's pocket. Weird, right?"

"... Looks like you are blessed by Rajhin."

[A/n: Rajhin = Khajiit Thief deity.]

"Everyday and twice at weekends."

"This is good, the campsite here has sufficient Curse Magicka. We will contact the moons here and move on to the next half of the Ritual outside the camp."

"Sounds like a plan. Is there anything more I should prepare?" Jonya asked.

"Something to trap the Moon Energy."

"Meteoric Glass, check."

"A high-grade purification substance."

"Crystal Tears, check."

"Someone with good control over Magicka."

"Me, check."

"Let's save those people, Adepts."

Five Khajiits, except they are actually 1 Khajiiti + 1 Nord + 1 Redguard + 2 Altmer, set out on a noble quest to save the cursed refugees.

And the last half of the 7th Labour has officially begun.

~~~~~~~~~~

• P4TRE0N 💲💲

Goal: 5 Extra Chapters 🎈🎈

Next: 6 Extra Chapters 🎉🎉

pat/reon.com/eldokhmesy (remove / )

•PayPal (+10$ = Extra) 💸💸

Paypal.me/eldokhmesy

• Extras by Votes: 5000 / 8000 ☑️☑️

• Discord discord.gg/gKcKva7s 🗨️🗨️

• Twitter @eldokhmesy22 🐦🐦

You are reading

Dragonborn Saga

ebook which is a free download at

wWw.EbookUpdates.Net

.

Download more ebooks for free at

EbookUpdates.Net

.

455 Troll Head

A/n: A Double Chapter, y'all! Daily + 5K votes Extra.

Also, here is some ranting…

I've spent most of the weekend dusting off my knowledge about video editing which is from the Era of Windows Movie Maker (That's before the Dawn Era).

I wanted to upload this novel on YouTube as a sort of… TubeNovel or whatever. Then after all the work, I get to know that YouTube won't monetize videos with Slideshows or TTS which is kinda… you know… what I did.

Infuriating! I uploaded the video of chapter 1 anyway. https://youtu.be/_Bm2RoN_BnY

~~~~~~~~~~

(Part 1)

An hour earlier, Moon Bishop Zara started a ritual inside the first response camp to connect herself to the Moons and find the trail of the Curse's Magicka. After doing so, she had to start working on the [Eye of Moon Beast] Ritual.

It was very simple, a connection with Jode and Jone (the moons Masser and Secunda) must be established then one must trap a sufficient amount of Moonlight Energy. A sort of clairvoyance divination method can be used to visualize where it leads.

A simple ritual but weighed a lot on Zara's mind. The existence of the Moon Beast was something that is feared by all the Moon Priests. She was born in the age of discriminating against the reverence of the Moon Beast even though it was common knowledge in the Temple that the discrimination is rather political. Still, some lines were a bit hard to cross.

In the end, she stood in front of Jonya showing him the spell she combined to trace the Magicka of the Curse.

"Excellent." Jonya replied with a wide smile and handed her some items.

"Those are…?"

"The Meteoric Glass and a Purification Solvent known as the Crystal Tears."

Jonya forked out some of his best items. The raw Meteoric Glass he harvested from the Abyss was very precious and equaled a fortune in Tamriel. Also, the [Crystal Tears] was a solvent made of the [Lorkhan's Tears] provided by Master Alchemist Nurelion and [Kyne's Tears] harvested from Coldharbour which is one of the most dangerous realms in Oblivion.

Putting a price on those items will be kinda astronomical.

Zara looked between Jonya and the Top-grade items he prepared trying to keep as calm as she could.

"Did you rob the temple?"

"The Temple is that rich?"

"Then was it the Royal Family?"

"Nope, they had nothing that can attract Jonya's interest."

"Oh! I see…"

Seemingly logic was hard to work with Jonya, Zara decided to act now and ask questions later. She took five fist-sized pieces of the Meteoric glass and arranged them around.

"Why five?" Jonya asked.

"There are five of us so we need five eyes." Zara said.

Jon put a few more in front of her.

"Just in case." He said.

To him, there was still Nefertiti, Jax and Wrath on his team. Zara couldn't help but nod and proceed to work.

She was to purify the Meteoric Glass and reshape it into small flasks using Alteration Magic. A [Reshaping] spell was one of the high leveled spells in the Alteration School, the second least school Jon was proficient in.

As the Meteoric Glass was shaped into small flasks, Zara started filling them with the Crystal Tears and sealed them well. With that, she used [Telekinesis] to lift the ten or so flask up in the air and faced the two moons in the night sky then she started singing.

It was a chant of weird words that seemed incoherence at first but after using the [Eye of Magicka], Jon started to see the motion of the Moonlight Energy flowing in the flasks Zara made.

This singing was close to the druidic chants Alina uses to talk to animals and soothe wild horses. Jon smiled as he remembered his wife back home.

"Zara is done." Zara said as she took down the flasks and handed them to Jon.

"Oh! Jonya is impressed, these flasks look pretty."

Just like he said, the [Eye of the Moon Beast] flasks were like pearls of crystal with the size of a fist each. The Crystal Tears inside them seemed to be holding a large amount of Moonlight Energy as well. Observing closely, Jon judged that his method of trapping energy in Crystals like how he did to activate the Ansei Pyramid was much more efficient than using a chant.

Still, messing with rituals is inadvisable.

"What to do next?"

"Channel your Magicka through them and leave the rest to the Moon Beast."

Jon did as he was told and something he never expected happened.

"Wow!"

Just like a [Clairvoyance] spell, a trail was formed in front of Jon. It was not a hint of images or some highlightings of Magicka but rather a trail made of a colorful Moonlight. It was as if he was stepping on the Bifrost.

Those who saw the phenomenon were enthralled by its beauty and wonder.

"There is only one downside to this." Zara said.

"It doesn't work when the sun is up." Jon figured it out.

"Indeed."

"Then let's not waste any time. We will travel on horseback nonstop. This trail leads to the one who cast the Curse. I want all of you to be wary and careful. If sunlight caught us, we will travel towards the last direction we had." Jon said.

He extended his hand forwards and the Ring Cube brightened, in a second, a few horses appeared in front of them.

"Horses!" Zara freaked out.

Jon jumped on his horse Joergen and faced the west.

"Let's move."

***

Anequina Kingdom, the Northern half of Elsweyr, had a very infamous rocky desert known as The Scar. It is home to various desert predators and stray undead but today, these creatures were pushed a step down in the food chain.

A single silhouette roamed the desert alone with a spear in hand and an Orb in another. His head's size was uneven with the rest of his body but if one took a closer look, one can see that he was wearing a strange looking bone helm.

This man was walking through the desert in a straight line without food or water not even interacting with anything yet every living beast that felt the presence of that man ran as far as it could. Even the infamous man-eating desert plants didn't react towards him.

His clothes were minimal robes as if he wasn't bothered by the desert squall he is walking towards. His indifferent attitude seemed to be backed up by a great deal of power and combat experience.

As every creature was wary of the man, Men and Elves were not that smart and the same went for Khajiit and Argonians despite their bestial instincts. Those who tried to stop him were stabbed by the spear, those who ran from him were Cursed but the Orb.

Last night, this man walked by a settlement in The Scar Desert known as the Stitches, some guards tried to stop him for questioning but they were murdered in their place. The guard who survived kept hallucinating about the man calling him Troll-Head.

Yet once again, Troll-Head was interrupted.

*Swoosh* *Swoosh* *Swoosh*

Three arrows targeted his vital spots with absolute accuracy.

Troll-Head skillfully waved his spear and hit the three arrows like nothing. From afar, he could feel the shooter that barely hid him/herself.

Troll-Head took one step towards the shooter but the shooter didn't send any arrows towards him. He halted his steps and once he did so, the shooter fired another arrow.

*Swoosh* *Clink*

He easily blocked the arrow.

Now that this happened, Troll-Head could tell that he was getting lured into a trap. But who is idiot enough to do such a boring trick?

Troll-Head took another step then started running in zig-zag to shake off the arrows that kept coming at him. The lethality and the accuracy of these arrows increased with each one proving that the shooter is much more skilled than what he/she gave off.

But no matter how skilled they are, a being in the caliber of Troll-Head is unbeatable no matter whatever method used. He increased his speed to unimaginable pace and in a couple of seconds, he was stabbing towards the female Khajiit archer.

*Clink* *Clink* *Swoosh* *Swoosh* *Swoosh* *Swoosh*

Still, not sure how or when, the female Khajiit archer changed into a male Khajiit swordsman who parried the spear by his sword and stabbed at Troll-Head's eye by a hidden dagger. Following him from another position, the female archer shot four arrows instantly to the heart, tge legs and the Orb.

Troll-Head felt bothered by the two and decided to move faster. He moved his head to block Mirren's dagger by armored part of his Troll Skull Helm and waved his spear in an artistic way to block the arrows then retreated away.

"Wow!"

Mirren was taken aback by the dangerous spear skill he felt from the man then decided to give chase but Troll-Head ignored him and charged towards the shooter, Miranda.

Miranda shot an arrow towards Troll-Head and he dodged easily. Still, the one who received the arrow was Mirren. He cast [Reflect] on his sword before hitting the arrow giving it 180-degree turn in momentum and trajectory towards the back of Troll-Head.

And it hit.

It was exactly in the middle of Troll-Head's spine. He'll be paralyzed for life from now on.

Or so they thought.

Troll-Head stabbed the ground with his spear then took out the arrow with one hand and threw it aside.

"Fuck!" Mirren couldn't believe himself.

Troll-Head wasn't happy to be hit, he gave Mirren a glare then turned to Miranda and charged like lightning.

"Shit! Exchange!" Mirren shouted and exchanged positions with his sister.

*Clink* *Clink*

As he appeared in front of Troll-Head, he received two attacks and barely managed to parry them with his sword then retreated further as Miranda let loose a volley of exploding arrows towards Troll-Head.

Troll-Head evaded the bombardment like a fish in a narrow river and tried to go after Miranda once again but every time he gets closer, Mirren exchanges positions with her and fights him in melee.

The situation was getting dire for the Altmer twins who fought nimbly and skillfully. They didn't just use swords and arrows but also used many of the scrolls Jon gave them.

As the situation was about to escalate for the worse, a lightning strike descended down from the sky.

"We've arrived!"

**********

(Part 2)

Two days have passed since they went out to search for the perpetrator behind the Curse. The tracking process was easy during the first and second nights but the first day caused the group to go in circles. By the second day, the group decided to split in four teams.

Mirren and Miranda, Isha and Zara, Jon and Jax, Nefertiti and Wrath.

Safe to say, Zara didn't handle the existence of both Jax and Wrath that well. A Minotaur is always seen as a savage beast while an Undead is only friendly around its master which should always be a necromancer. The story of Wrath being a friendly independent and harmless undead didn't work on someone like Zara.

Anyway, the four teams spread out to find the one behind the curse and break his Magic Medium at the very least.

Mirren and Miranda found him first and the two assassins had one hell of a fight against him. He was identified as Troll-Head (which was fairly sufficient to describe him for his Troll Skull Helm) and the other teams were informed.

Due to the immense strength of Troll-Head, the Altmer twins (disguised as two Khajiit) were in trouble as they confronted him in direct combat. Thankfully, they were not direct fighters and their assassinating style made Troll-Head fight hot on heels.

"We've arrived!"

And thankfully, reinforcements were here.

The first team to arrive was Jon and Jax. Streams of Lighting hurled at Troll-Head from all possible directions giving him multiple burns but he wasn't bothered and turned to the direction where the magic came from.

Not too far, a Flame Hawk Atronach descended in a frightening speed with a red-furred Khajiit on its back and a Minotaur held in its talons.

The Khajiit held a staff and had a number of [Eye of the Moon Beast] crystals around his belt.

"You clearly like it there, Jax."

"Yes, Boss. I am flying!"

"... Whatever."

Jon let the Flame Hawk Atronach to Jax and jumped down beside Mirren and Miranda. Jax kept flying with the Flame Hawk Atronach and commanded it to go directly towards Skull-Head.

"HAAA! I'll stomp on you."

*DRUM*

Once Jax landed, Troll-Head slipped away as Jax's head caused a literal fire blast to occur.

Despite being a Minotaur Shaman, Jax was an excellent Pyromancer and considered himself to be the first disciple of Jon. His [Hell Stomp] was on bar with an Expert level flame magic.

Troll-Head landed away from Jon and Jax who seemed more annoying than Miranda and Mirren. Now in a four against one, the odds shifted greatly.

"Hey, whose Daedra do you Labour for?" Jon asked.

"..."

Troll-Head didn't seem to be willing to answer.

"Alright then, keep your secrets, Sam."

Jon raised his staff and cast a series of Lighting spells towards Troll-Head. Troll-Head raised his Orb and started shooting spells from it too.

"How ancient are you to use an Orb directly? Just put it on some twig and call it a staff for the love of heaven."

Jon tried to taunt Troll-Head to talk but the latter was silent as a rock.

The Magic Duel lasted for a good while before the two stop. Jon instantly narrowed his eyes.

"That's some Magical Resistance you have there." He murmured softly.

"Jon, he has a strange body too. This arrow hit his spine and he just plucked it like a splinter." Mirren said.

"Magic Resistance and an Odd Physique, that's a supervillain for you." Jon joked about it but in his head, he got as serious as he can get and focused on his opponent scanning every little detail.

Thin robes, signs of being rugged which may mean this guy has been traveling for a long while or was in some secret training. A very interesting Spear, clearly enchanted but Jon can't tell what enchantment it is from a distance yet it is very well-made. The Orb is interesting, this is surely the thing that should be destroyed for the Curse to break, the thing is that no one uses Orbs for casting spells these days without mounting them on staves, the man is clearly not equipped enough. Speaking of equipped, this man is traveling very light or even too light, he only has the clothes on him, the spear and the Orb… oh, and that Troll Skull Helm. The Skull Helm, clearly made of bone but unimaginably powerful, the power of enchantment on it is very high and surely serves a certain purpose to always be worn in plain daylight like that.

There was the strange Magic Resistance and the Odd Physique but these two need further investigation. The thing is… there is a life signal which means that the man is alive and not an undead… still, this a very weird life signal.

There was much to understand before battling such an opponent but there was not much time to think as Troll-Head was attacking.

Jax took the sky with the Flame Hawk Atronach carrying, Mirren and Miranda completely erased their presences and prepared for a lethal sneak attack while Jon prepared for a fight.

Troll-Head reduced the distance between him and Jon then stabbed with his spear. Jon used a fast [Blink] to teleport behind the man and waved the Ebony Blade that appeared out of the Cube.

*Clink*

The first clash caused sparks to ignite between the two weapons. It was rare to see a weapon stand its ground against the [Ebony Blade] when it is in Jon's hand especially when it is now awakened by 7/10.

"This spear is seriously good." Jon commented.

*Swoosh*

The cloak covering Jon's body moved on its own trying to capture the man but he slipped like a snake. The cloak was of course [Greed].

Jon threw [Pride] in the air and it floated on its own over Jon's head. It then aimed on its own towards Troll-Head and started casting a strong barrage of spells.

"FUS RO DAH!"

Jon even shouted the [Unrelenting Force] and pushed Troll-Head further and further.

With Jon's almost endless Magicka and dirty play of cutting all the roads around Troll-Head, it turned from a fight to a chase.

"Dammit! This is really messed up. Sis, contact the others and tell them we are changing locations." Mirren spoke to Miranda.

She nodded and informed the remaining two teams.

***

Jon and Troll-Head were running while fighting and fighting while running. The chaotic battle was balanced between the two and kept destroying everything in its wake.

From the sky above, Jax spotted something.

"Boss, a village up ahead."

"Warn them!"

"I am a Minotaur."

"Then terrorize them!"

"Yes, Boss."

From what it seemed, Troll-Head was being chased but indeed he was leading Jon to a place in his mind. Jon tried his best to bind Troll-Head in place but the latter proved to be a tough nut to crack.

This was indeed a troublesome fight especially when innocents are about to get dragged in the battle. Summoning Atronachs and Daedra proved to be useless as Troll-Head ripped through them like nothing.

A few seconds later, a village appeared down the valley. It was a large settlement with a temple and a large oasis, as Jax was flying above it, they tried to fight him rather than running.

"Dammit. Mirren, Miranda. Teleport over there and lead the people away, they will trust you." He may have spoken to nothingness but he was sure that the two heard him.

It was a minute later when Troll-Head ran into the town. Thanks to the Altmer twins, the villagers were already running towards the oasis.

Jon felt a bit relieved and released one powerful spell after the other. Troll-Head didn't stop and also matched Jon's power with his magic.

But soon after, Troll-Heads true aim was revealed. He was heading towards the village's temples or rather… its cemetery.

Once he stepped near the holy ground, he stopped and turned to Jon.

"Awaken!"

For the first time, Troll-Head spoke.

Regardless of his annoying hoarse voice, he just said awaken but cast no spells. Rather, the Troll Skull Helm he was wearing shone brightly.

And the land beneath him moved, and so did the dead turning into undead.

"No! The honored ancestors! The heroes!" An elderly Khajiit came out from the temple shouting and screaming.

"Hurry up and hide, old man." Jon shouted.

"No! You've got to stop him! The Ancestors!"

"I know dammit!"

Troll-Head's power soared up dramatically as he had undead around him. Rather than keeping them with energy, he was drawing energy from them.

But this was completely wrong! He was alive but only Liches can do such a thing. Only the undead can survive on another undead but this was also a very rare thing to see. The most common example was the Draugrs and the Dragon Priests in Skyrim, those ancient priests use their follower draugrs entombed with them to supply energy but… this Troll-Head was…

Jon became utterly confused.

It was the same thing as a Dragon Priest but the skill is mostly that of a Lich.

"Wait! The Troll Skull! It can't be…"

Jon instantly realized something but the situation changed all of a sudden.

"Hooman, we are here."

"Massstaaar!"

Nefertiti and Wrath appeared in an instant.

Seeing a large Senche-like cat and a Bone Colossus appearing, both the elderly Khajiit and Troll-head were taken aback for a second.

"Nefertiti, take the man away. Wrath, do your thing."

Nefertiti turned into a blur and took the old Khajiit away while Jax landed behind Troll-Head and the Altmer twin emerged from both sides.

Wrath took a step forward and…

*HOWL!*

Wrath screamed [Howl of Death] unleashing its effect at the dead around Troll-Head.

Troll-Head had a strange feeling as his control over the undead was interrupted right away.

The Dead that he raised just now were under Wrath's control. They moved to the places they were risen from and collapsed into dust.

"So, not only are you a Labourer but a member of the Worm Cult. This Troll Skull Helm, I know what it is. If my guess is correct, the last time it appeared was in Cyrodiil 200 years ago but it was later sealed by the Mages Guild somewhere to the South. I assume it was in Black Marsh and you were sent to recover it as a part of your Labours." Jon spoke.

"..." Troll-Head didn't reply.

"I guess I am correct then. Of all things, the [Bloodworm Helm]!"

To those words, Troll-Head was no longer calm. His spear was thrust towards Jon and his orb lit up with Magic trying to overtake Wrath.

"Idiot. Wrath is a part of me!" Jon deflected Troll-Head's attack and kicked him away.

The two engaged in another fast based combat but this time, things were going by Jon's terms.

Jax harassed Troll-Head from above, Miranda took every opportunity to launch an arrow towards his eyes. Mirren would attack from any random place then return to hiding, Wrath aimed his hand forwards and fired bone segments from his fingers with the power to knock down stone walls.

Troll-Head retreated towards the oasis while trying to minimize his injuries as much as he could. Nefertiti rushed towards the villagers who were fleeing the town and carried anyone left behind.

"We've arrived." Finally, Zara and Isha came racing on their horses.

Zara jumped off her horse and put both her palms on the ground. The sand under Troll-Head moved and his feet were trapped then more sand came up and wrapped the man.

"This… Alteration… Dayum!" Jon with strange eyes at Zara who just showed up and ended the situation.

The situation was wrapped up just like that. Well, if a beautiful girl came at the end when everyone is tired and took the credit… it is still more acceptable than a dude.

"Thanks for the assist." Jon said.

"You welcome but hurry, break the curse." Zara was more concerned about the curse than glory.

Isha walked towards Troll-Head with her spear up. The man was entombed standing but his Spear and Orb were still visible.

Once the Orb is broken…

"Wha…"

Yet all of a sudden, Isha froze.

Everyone looked towards her, Mirren and Jon sped up to her but they were the first to hear what followed.

"Impossible! How do you have that?" She said with eyes fixed on the spear in the hand of Troll-Head.

"Answer me!" She then shouted.

"Wait! Isha, he is not the talkative type…" Jon said so but soon he was baffled.

"Sis…ter." Troll-Head said.

As if everything stopped functioning, Jon and Mirren paused with their heads rebooting all of a sudden.

"... Zain?" Isha couldn't believe what she just heard.

The voice may be hoarse but the accent and the tone belonged to that man… to Zain.

"I see… you do not… have the spear." He said.

Hearing those words, Isha and the rest were baffled but the only one whose head was functioning at high speed was Jon. He noticed a small tension in Zain's thumb in the hand holding the spear.

"Shit!"

Jon moved in an instant pulling Isha from the nape of her clothes while waving the [Ebony Blade] by the other hand towards the Orb.

It all happened in a second. Zain stabbed towards Isha's heart, she was pulled back, Jon counter attacked towards the Orb and to clashes sounded.

*Crack* *Clink*

One is the [Ebony Blade] breaking the Orb and the other is the Spear grazing Jon through a gap under the [Ebony Mail].

The spear was pulled back with a millimeter worth of blood on its tip and the blade broke the orb to the half. The sand binding around Zain was broken and Isha was thrown to Mirren.

"Wait! Stop it!" Jon shouted to Zain who was retreating as fast as he could.

The Orb in Zain's hand was growing so fast, it probably was in the middle of casting some spell while the Magicka was interrupted causing a deviation to happen.

If more Magicka was supplied, a Magicka explosion will happen and it won't look good.

Still, Zain seemed to be aware.

His target was self-destruction… no, he was throwing the Orb towards Jon.

"Son of a…"

Jon warped the Orb by his Magicka and jumped in the middle of the Oasis.

The orb heat rose up and the glow intensified. Jon opened his eyes underwater and tried to contain it but to no avail.

The blast was imminent.

But what happened next was something more absurd.

Magicka tends to attract other Magicka and nearest items of Dense Magicka around Jon were the [Eye of the Moon Beast] crystal flasks in the belt around his waist and there was a bunch of them.

The rose up near Jon started absorbing Magicka from both Jon's Soul and the Orb. His Astral Energy was impacted by the sudden drain and he was not understanding which turn it would take.

This was a Magicka Anomaly, something Chaotic and uncharted.

Suddenly and without introductions, it went out of control.

"Fuck!" *underwater*

*KABOOM*

~~~~~~~~~~

• P4TRE0N 💲💲

Goal: 5 Extra Chapters 🎈🎈

Next: 6 Extra Chapters 🎉🎉

pat/reon.com/eldokhmesy (remove / )

Find authorized novels in Webnovel，faster updates, better experience，Please click www.webnovel.com for visiting.

•PayPal (+10$ = Extra) 💸💸

Paypal.me/eldokhmesy

• Extras by Votes: 5000 / 8000 ☑️☑️

• Discord discord.gg/gKcKva7s 🗨️🗨️

• Twitter @eldokhmesy22 🐦🐦

You are reading

Dragonborn Saga

ebook which is a free download at

wWw.EbookUpdates.Net

.

Download more ebooks for free at

wWw.EbookUpdates.Net

.

456 Lus

A day ago, a peaceful village on the edge of The Scar Desert was in chaos because of a fight between some experts that dragged to the place. A man took upon himself to jump in the oasis with a dangerous item that exploded with him creating a large water splash. This man was recovered later by his party but he was in a strange shape.

No one could explain how but the poor Khajiit seemed to have lost a lot of fur to the point where he looked like a human.

Anyway, he was carried to recover in the Temple as it seemed a Moon Bishop was accompanying the party.

The man in question is naturally Jon and since he took the exploding Orb to the bottom of the lake, strange things happened to him.

First, he was recovered by Mirren and Miranda but his disguise seemed to be exhausted and his face was green. As they stripped him from his armor, they noticed a small wound on his shoulder with a terrifying poison spreading through it.

Jon was barely conscious due to that poison, Nefertiti also showed the same symptoms as him. Knowing about his connection with her, they realized that Jon's injury was more than just physical.

After the mess was over, Isha remained trying to put herself together and Zara helped with Jon but kept demanding answers no one was having the mental capacity to answer.

In the end, the villagers acknowledged Jon and his party as their benefactor but still suspected him of dragging trouble towards them.

Jon woke up the next day with a terrible headache and a fevered head. He saw a ceiling he couldn't recognize but his head was still spinning.

"How did I get this drunk?"

"Aside from fishing you out of an oasis, you didn't do much drinking."

Jon looked beside him to see Mirren.

"What happened?"

"Nothing much. You took an exploding orb for us, the village is safe and Zain has escaped." As Mirren said so, Jon's memory was refreshed in an instant.

"Shit! What happened to Isha? Is she… *groan*" Jon tried to get up but a sudden pain assaulted him.

"Aaaand you are poisoned… badly."

Jon held his burning shoulder with a twisted face.

"What poison?"

"Green Cobra Poison." Mirren said.

Jon swallowed his salivary.

"How the fuck am I still alive?" Jon asked.

"Isha saved you. Surprisingly, she had the right antidote on her."

Jon looked at Mirren doubtfully, after all, what are the chances.

"It is something about her family using this poison as a signature. Her brother's spear is Enchanted with that Poison."

"Damn! This was close… how is she?" Jon asked.

Mirren sighed.

"She is okay. At least she didn't go into a trauma like last time but I can't say she is fine."

As he said so, the door to the room they are in opened and Zara walked in carrying a tray.

"Oh, you lived. Finally, Zara will get to hear an explanation."

"... Moon Bishop!" Jon and Mirren froze but Zara laughed it off.

"Miranda has already explained it. No need to be tense. Here, Zara made some herbal soup." She put the tray in front of Jon and looked around.

Jon thanked her and fixed himself up. He felt something strange with his lower half. He was about to pull the cover on him but Mirren held his hand.

Find authorized novels in Webnovel，faster updates, better experience，Please click www.webnovel.com for visiting.

"Let's not look down there now."

"Why?"

"Let's just not do it." Mirren said.

Jon looked at him doubtfully but he pulled the cover from the other side.

"What the…"

Jon's upper half was a human but the lower half seemed to be still a Khajiit. He looked to his legs then to Mirren several times demanding an explanation.

"Zara thinks that the poison has interfered with whatever concoction you use to transform and had some side effects inside you." Zara said.

"No. This can't be… the Transformation Potion was made with the best materials by the hands of a Master Alchemist. There is no way it conflicts with anything." Jon denied it.

He was poisoned many times and used several potions under the effect of the Transformation Potion but nothing happened like this before.

"Then Zara can't explain it. You must search through yourself and figure out what happened." She says and left the room.

Jon was bewildered as he looked at his legs.

"Mirren, can you help me up?" He said while stretching his hand to Mirren so the latter can pull him.

"Eh! Jon… your arm!" Mirren stepped back.

Jon looked at his arm and his jaw dropped down. His right arm alone was turning to an Argonian form.

"Okay! This is fucked up…"

Jon held his chin but he felt it is a bit wider than usual. He felt it again and again discovering two big fangs coming out from his lower jaw.

"And an Orc chin. Perfect!"

Even the [Transformation Potion] wasn't this powerful to transform some parts of the body on its own.

"Mirren, leave me alone for some time."

"You got it." Mirren walked out of the room running.

Jon let out a deep sigh and took out a small Light Screen from the Cube.

"System, show me everything."

--------------------

••• Status •••

• Name: Jon Dare

• Race: Human (Nord)

• Age: 19

• Level: Early Fire Dragon Heart stage

• HP: 4235

• MP: 4429

• Condition: Negative

- Poison

- Chaotic Metamorphosis

-------------------

••• Magic •••

• Mysticism: [Master]

• Destruction: [Expert]

• Conjuration: [Expert]

• Restoration: [Adept]

• Alteration: [Adept]

• Illusion: [Adept]

• Battle Spirit: [Advanced]

• Thu'um: [65 Words]

--------------------

••• Powers •••

[Nord]

- Battle Cry (Active)

- 50% Frost Resistance

[Firemane]

- Fireborn: 50% Fire Resistance

- Titanborn: Beast Master

[Astral Access]

- Vitality and Magicka Equilibrium

[Eternal Flesh]

- Disease Immunity

[Serpent Stars]

- Serpent Tyranny: All Constellation Compatibility

[Ahzidal's Genius]

- Ahzidal's Enchanting Knowledge

--------------------

••• Blessings •••

[All-Maker]

- Root of Power: 2500% Magicka Regeneration (Active)

[Talos]

- Fortify Thu'um: 50% Cooldown

[Kyne]

- Empower Thu'um

[Dragon Guardian]

- Dragon Affinity

- Ashen Flames (Active)

[Sheogorath]

- Mad Champion: 2500% Vitality Regen (Active)

[Hermaeus Mora]

- Bardic Knowledge (Active)

[Azura]

- Dawn's Beauty: 50% Absorb Magic Attacks (Active)

[The Shadow Stone]

- Hide in Shadows

- Blur

--------------------

"It has been nine months and my progress is this slow? Hmmm… let's see the effects… Poisoned and Chaotic Metamorphosis? What's that?"

"Next time, do the homework before I ask for it."

"Inhabited? Am I being possessed… like The Conjuring and Annabelle?"

"What is this crap? System, are you okay?" Jon didn't know whether to laugh or cry but he suddenly paused.

100% Energy, 100% Matter… a bearing made of energy and matter at the same time, there is only one being that has that weird combination and that is Greed, a Shadow Aether made of a Shadow Anomaly that was hammered with Jon's energy by force till it submitted to him.

In other words, this entity inhabiting Jon have the same qualities as the Aether.

But a matched energy signature only means one thing.

"What kind of absurdity did I create this time?"

Jon realized that he won't be able to pull out this thing without identifying it. To do so, he needed to meditate and scan himself manually.

"Sigh! Here we go again."

***

Outside the room where Jon was, several figures gathered under some shed.

"Moon Bishop, we are sorry once again for keeping our identities a secret from you." Mirren said.

"It's okay. Zara knows you have good intentions at heart but you must report to your master." Zara dismissed his worries. "More importantly, I have received a notification from the temple that the Disease has magically disappeared but some are still in bad shape so we ought to return and help. As usual, you siblings will stay clear from the Thalmor."

"About that…" Mirren shrugged lightly, "I think Jon and Isha will take the other direction."

"You want to follow your friends?"

"We are obliged to. Isha's brother and Jon's 7th Labour are not things we can put aside."

"Labour, huh? Just like you and your sister… this is some messy business indeed." Zara sighed and looked at the Altmer twins, "But your greater obligation is with the Temple. You are Core Adept."

"I understand but we will go either way." Mirren said.

"Fine, but disobeying the call of duty to the temple won't come cheap." Zara said.

"Demotion. We're fine." Miranda said.

"Then Zara wishes you best. You have spent twenty years to reach where you are. Zara hopes your choice is worth it." Zara didn't scold them or anything as she understood their motivation.

As the three conversed, Isha approached them.

"I am done with the injured villagers and helped fix the broken houses. Do you guys need anything from me?" She said.

The other three looked at her with complicated expressions.

"Isha, are you ok…" Mirren tried to ask about her but she interrupted him.

"I'm fine. If you don't need help with anything, I'll go check on Jon." She said and left.

Mirren watched her leave then let out a heavy sigh.

"She is not acting normally." Miranda remarked.

"I know."

"Talk to her."

"She doesn't want to listen."

After meeting her brother yesterday, Isha was shocked senseless but that didn't last long. Her shock turned into rage to the point where she kicked a boulder ten meters in the air out of rage. She then kept cursing every Daedric Prince she knows of.

She believed that her real brother is dead and whoever this imposter is, it tried to stab her with her brother's spear that he must have stolen it from his grave. A blood sin in Isha's book. Her real brother is a kind person and would never try to attack her. Hell, the real Zain was against the idea of her becoming a Martial Artist to begin with.

This was the most distasteful provocation she ever had and decided to support Jon in his Labour no matter what so she can bring this imposter down.

However, Mirren and Miranda knew better. Isha was clearly in denial.

"Let's go after her." Zara stood up and went towards the temple. The two followed her silently.

In there, Jon was sitting still with his eyes closed and kept meditating. His appearance was shifting between all the forms he changed into before.

Argonians, Orcs, Wood Elves, Khajiit… Jon abused the Transformation Potion too much during the past year for the sake of taking bandit forms and awakening the [Ebony Blade].

Isha was standing on the door of his room waiting for him to finish when the others came to her.

"He is busy training." She said so the others don't disturb him.

"What is he doing?" Zara asked.

"Jon has mastered the art of Inner Control. He can detect where the poison is, isolate it and stop it from spreading then force it out. He said he learned that after being bound to a cursed tree for two months."

"That's brutal!"

After some time, Jon finally opened his eyes.

--------------------

••• Status •••

• Name: Jon Dare

• Race: Human (Nord)

• Age: 19

• Level: Early Flame Core, Dragon Heart Realm

• HP: 4235

• MP: 4429

• Condition: Normal

-------------------

"Finally! Haha… show yourself, you little bastard."

His right hand came on top of his left as he started pulling out something from his left palm. The other four standing in the room got their eyes widened as Jon did so.

A few seconds later, Jon had a strange Crystal Orb in his hands. Jon supplied the Orb with Magicka and its size expanded then it changed its appearance from an Orb to a Sword then from a Sword to a Gem, then a Mirror, then a pair of Glasses, then many things. Jon was completely engrossed in analyzing what he just found.

It was another kind of Aether, a Crystal Aether. This thing was composed of the Power of Moonlight, the Crystal Tears, the Meteoric Glass, the Magic Anomaly caused by Zain's Orb and Jon's Astral Energy. All these light transparent materials formed an absurd Crystal Aether with a set of strange powers.

"Jon, what is that?" Miranda asked.

Jon looked at her then called out [Greed] from the Cube and put it beside the Crystal Aether in a matching form.

"Something similar." He said.

Crystal and Shadow were not that much of a pair. One symbolizes purity and the other darkness. Jon retreated [Greed] away and took the Crystal Aether around his hand to keep researching it without looking inappropriate.

"I am sorry, a strange discovery came out in a bad time." He said and looked at Isha. "How are you holding up?"

His question was innocent and Isha acted as if she didn't understand it.

"What are you talking about? about." She said.

"I mean… this thing with your brother." He said awkwardly.

"What are you saying? This wasn't Zain. Those accused Daedra won't stop trying to drive me insane but I know better."

"..." Jon was baffled by her reply and looked at Mirren who was sighing.

'This is not a good sign.' Jon thought.

"More importantly, how is your injury? Did you get rid of the poison?" She asked.

"Yes, look at the injury yourself." Jon turned his shoulder towards her.

Isha came closer and inspected the poisoned spot to see it clean, Jon also seemed to have returned to his normal appearance.

She then put her hand on the wound to inspect it but Jon held her hand.

"Hey, how are you feeling?" He asked.

Isha's face hardened. Her eyes looked hollow for a second then she turned towards Jon.

"My brother… he is alive… and he tried to kill me first thing he sees me. I… I feel like shit."

She stopped talking and her head pondered back and forth with a shocked face.

"I don't know what happened but someone did something. Whoever after that, I will murder them… I will… I will…"

Isha's feelings intensified but then she saw the look on Jon's and the rest's faces. They were bewildered by the killing intent and the anger she let out.

She noticed what she said and looked at Jon's hand holding hers, not feeling alright, she pulled her hand away.

Somehow, all the anger she felt turned into confusion but she knew something…

*slap*

And Jon was slapped.

She then stormed out of the room.

Mirren blinked a few times before going after her, Miranda was looked at Jon with narrowed eyes and Zara blended with the wall.

"Okay… I'll be Bastard of the Day."

Jon willingly admitted it as he looked at the Crystal Aether that was coating his hand.

====================

[Lust]

- Metamorphosis

- Truth Inducement

====================

~~~~~~~~~~

• P4TRE0N 💲💲

Goal: 5 Extra Chapters 🎈🎈

Next: 6 Extra Chapters 🎉🎉

pat/reon.com/eldokhmesy (remove / )

•PayPal (+10$ = Extra) 💸💸

Paypal.me/eldokhmesy

• Extras by Votes: 5000 / 8000 ☑️☑️

• Discord discord.gg/gKcKva7s 🗨️🗨️

• Twitter @eldokhmesy22 🐦🐦

You are reading

Dragonborn Saga

ebook which is a free download at

wWw.EbookUpdates.Net

.

Download more ebooks for free at

EbookUpdates(dot)Net

.

457 Be Careful What You Wish For

A/n: Double Chapter! Daily + Monthly Extra!

~~~~~~~~~~

(Part 1)

The next day, Jon opened his eyes under the same roof of the temple room, the only difference is… two beauties were snuggling on his left and right.

Figuring out that one was Miranda is basic but finding out that the other was Zara kept him thinking of what happened yesterday.

It started with him using the [Truth Inducement] power of the newly acquired sin [Lust] on Isha. After she spoke her heart out then slapped him, Mirren followed her and the two were angry at Jon realizing that he must have done something.

Miranda, being the sweet girl she is, brought a waterskin that was cooled by Magic to put on Jon's swelling face. Isha's slap, after all, was a slap from someone whose power defied sense.

This made Jon slightly regret passing down a version of his Magicka Training technique on her and the others. Isha found that training a good method to heal her first trauma and trained day and night for the past few months. Her piled up power and energy have gathered until she managed to gain an Astral Access and passed the first magic gathering stage.

Being in a level equal to the Dragon Frame stage, Isha's frame establishment stage in the peak of the Ironbone phase, a slap from her can twist normal people's heads.

[A/n: basically, this where I screwed up. I wanted to imitate the orthodox cultivation realms but I ended up tailoring it for Jon when I stuffed the word dragon between every word making it sound distasteful for the Non-Dragonborn people. What I did here was a little tweak based on the basics which (Magicka Gathering, Frame Establishment, Heart Formation, Oblivion Separation) while keeping the (Dragon Robbing, Dragon Frame, Dragon Heart and Dragon Rising) as Jon's unique method.]

Jon touched his face and sighed. He recovered fast but he still felt like an asshole for doing that to Isha. He waited for a day to talk to her but ended up drinking with Zara and Miranda all night under two full moons, the hype was strong and the three went at it.

Truthfully speaking, it was wonderful. Jon can't call himself a furry but Zara squeezed him like nothing he had ever experienced before. He used [Lust] on himself to morph into his Khajiit form and the potion on Miranda for a full-on Khajiit experience.

Now looking back at the present, he wasn't sure how the Moon Bishop would react when she wakes up so he kept acting asleep.

A few minutes later, she indeed woke up and caused a fuss. Moon Bishops were allowed to have relationships in the Khajiit Religion and she wasn't a virgin so it wasn't a big deal anyway. On the other hand, Miranda was dissatisfied.

"Do you prefer the real me or the Khajiit me?" She asked.

"The Khajiit you is the real you." Jon replied.

"Oh! I see what you are saying there… twisting my words on me."

"Well, I like the Altmer you more even if you fluff perfectly as a Khajiit."

Jon and Miranda stayed lazily in bed cuddling in peace silently. Jon was thinking about what to do from now on.

Isha is aware that Zain is her brother and Jon's current objective is to stop him by all means. Zain's aim was not known but answers can't be found here anymore. They are either to chase after Zain or to go look for clues in Hammerfell. Chasing him sounded more of a better plan at the moment but Jon is out of clues and Zain can be anywhere.

No, there was a clue yet Jon didn't want to be more of an asshole.

It was confusing. He wanted to be done with his Labours but his that he spent over a year with and battled with them back to back were family to him. If he needs to do something from now on, he must keep no more secrets.

"Sigh!"

"You are sighing a lot these days." Miranda remarked.

"It is just… I don't want to talk about it but it seems this is no longer an option." He replied.

"Not talking should be my thing." She said.

"Speaking of which, you were very talkative last night."

Last night as they were drinking, Miranda asked Jon to do whatever he did to Isha to her. Basically, she wanted him to use the [Truth Inducement] function on her.

Jon soon realized how dumb of a choice it was. Miranda, the very silent girl, turned out to be a very talkative big mouth under the Truth effect. She just kept complaining and talking and laughing. It was fun at first getting to know a part of her he never knew but it wasn't ending. This girl had many years worth of talking to let out.

Find authorized novels in Webnovel，faster updates, better experience，Please click www.webnovel.com for visiting.

"How about using [Lust] for our next play?" Jon asked.

"Sounds good to me… wait, you called it [Lust]?"

"Yes, it may not fit in at the moment but when it grows more, I foresaw a lot of potential." Jon said as he took out [Lust] and [Greed] together.

The Crystal Aether and the Shadow Aether moved in the shape of two fishes chasing one another in a circle.

"[Greed] has a very good combat potential, while of the same nature, [Lust] is more of a Magical nature on the Illusion side."

"Why do you give them such horrible names if they are this good artifacts?"

"Simple, these things contain parts of my soul and I intend to create seven of them. Each one will define my flaws and feed on it. When all the seven sins are fully matured, I will be able to face my… well, this is a little of a surprise even for myself as I don't know what to expect."

Jon said then walked out of the bed. He looked back at the naked Altmer looking up to him and exposing herself to seduce him back but he snorted and spanked her butt cheeks.

"We have things to do."

***

Outside the temple, Jon walked out and paid his respect to the Monks that allowed him to recover in. He was wearing loose long robes and letting his long hair flew behind him, his appearance reflected his mood being light and easygoing.

His direction where the shed on the small rocky hill overviewing the desert village and the oasis. Up there, he could see Isha resting her head on Mirren's lap.

"I hope you are feeling better than yesterday." He spoke after he snuck close enough.

The silent couple closed their eyes realizing this won't end well somehow. Isha was still pissed not particularly at Jon and Mirren was pissed specifically at Jon.

"Booze or sweets?" Jon asked as he joined the two and sat down.

"Too early for booze, to bitter for sweets." Mirren scolded.

"Fluff then, I can offer you to pat Nefertiti for a minute but I'll start charging you additional fees for extra pats." Jon said.

"You realize we are in Elsweyr?"

"Humph! I am aware that this is the land of Fluff but it is disappointing to see no therapy cats around. Therapy Cats… now that's a cure for cancer, global warming and racism all in one go!"

"What do you want, Jon?" Isha finally spoke.

Jon dipped his hand in his shadow and extracted Nefertiti by force.

"A peace offering." Jon said as he passed the struggling Nefertiti to Isha.

"Hooman, leave me out of it!"

Isha looked between Jon and Nefertiti then she took her from Jon. Nefertiti didn't resist Isha and just let herself be hugged.

"You feeling better today?" Jon asked.

"... Not really." Isha replied.

"I see… I am sorry about yesterday. It was rude of me."

"Whatever."

"Okay." Jon nodded and remained silent for a few seconds before speaking again, "And now what?"

Isha stopped patting the cat and looked at Jon for a few seconds before looking away.

"I have no idea." She said.

"I see… I am going after him. He is involved in my Labour so… I just wanted to let you know." He said bluntly.

Isha didn't react or reply.

"What do you intend to do?" Mirren asked.

"Not sure. Most of the [Eye of the Moon Beast] Crystals were destroyed when the Orb exploded in the lake but I have one or two still intact and functioning. Last night, pointed to the west." Jon replied.

"... What's in the west?" Isha asked.

"The western half of Elsweyr and Valenwood." Mirren replied.

"First thing I wanted to ask is… are you willing to join me and go after him?" Jon asked Isha.

She thought for a while before replying.

"I don't know. What will you do once you find him?" She said.

"I don't know either. Your brother is strong but badly equipped. What I know about him is that he is a Labourer for a Daedric Prince on the other side. We killed Malacath's and Peryite's Labourers while Molag Bal and Mehrunes Dagon do not have Labourers. This leaves a Daedra we are not aware of to be sponsoring Zain. From what we saw, Zain's condition is abnormal as he ignored a spinal injury as if it was a bee sting. He is aggressive and his eyes are dull which may mean that he is not in his right mind. Also…"

"Jon!" Isha interrupted Jon then looked at him right in the eyes, "Don't give me hope. Don't give me hope or I'll hate you once it is shattered on my head all over again."

The tone she spoke reflected the pain she was in.

Her blood and flesh brother made an appearance after he was presumed dead for all that time. More to that, he tries to kill Isha on sight… this was a bit hard to endure.

Jon had to choose his next words rather carefully.

"I won't give you hope. I'll tell you something that I've been silent about. Something I should have told you from the beginning."

Isha looked at Jon without expressions. Miranda and Zara were coming under the shed and heard Jon speaking so they kept silent.

"My Seventh Labour is to follow you, Isha."

**********

(Part 2)

"What the fuck!" Mirren jumped from his place holding Jon from his collar.

A while ago, Jon dropped a bomb by revealing his Seventh Labour to his group.

Nine months ago; Mirren, Miranda and Isha finished their Labours in Morrowind while Jon had one more run to go. He was told about it but what he disclosed to his friends was that his Labour will be taking a while to be passed to him.

The three promised him support which was ironic as it involved Isha, the one who was by Jon's side from the start of the Sixth Labour. Now knowing that Isha is involved whether she liked it or not was felt like they all ate shit.

Just what is a Labour? A twisted Daedric Quest that anyone marked as its objective is someone with a kill spot on his/her back.

Whoever hears what Jon said will suspect him of harming Isha. Mirren turned violent, Miranda closed her eyes in shock and Zara held covered her mouth in disbelief.

"Wait!" Isha held Mirren by the shoulder, "He said his Labour was to follow me, not to kill me."

Her words made Mirren feel doubtful and looked between her and Jon. Whoever knows Jon's modes will know that he becomes expressionless when it is too serious and that was the case. Jon wasn't even blinking.

"Go on." Isha said.

"I wasn't told a lot. Azura's message wasn't a complicated poem or anything. I just had to follow you around and my Seventh Labour would be revealed. Ever since then, your brother turned out to be absent with the whole Citadel of Ebonarm believing he is dead. Things don't add up with what happened two days ago, which means that's a mystery to look in to. When I was in the Alik'r, I was led to the Dead Sand zone and later entered the Abyss to face the Cult of the Black Worm in the two places. Your brother showed up with the [Bloodworm Helm] on his head means the involvement of the Worm Cult is real. I first thought that he was another body the stole and turned into a Zombie but he was too strong and had a life signal." Jon briefed what he knows.

"The [Bloodworm Helm]? What is that?" Isha asked.

"It is an evil troll bone helmet created by Mannimarco, the King of Worms. An artifact with repulsive nature due to its necromantic powers."

"Does this mean… my brother is Labouring for Mannimarco?"

"No. Mannimarco is a CHIM (Royalty) but not a Daedric Prince. There is a Daedra on the other side we don't know of. Not all the Daedric Princes are involved so no one knows what are their goals."

Isha remained silent and didn't reply.

The situation remained like this until she cracked the silence once again. This time she was laughing. She laughed and laughed hard. Mirren looked at her with worried eyes but she kept laughing as if she lost her mind.

"So… so you're telling me that the Daedra are not done with me yet? Hahaha! This good… this is great!"

Isha kept laughing until she calmed down. It was then when her face returned serious.

"Jon." She called.

"Yes."

"You are a bastard for not telling me." She said and continued before he could reply, "Without explaining yourself, I understand your reasons. To tell the truth, I would have hated you if you told me back then. I just finished my Seven Labours in two years only to discover there is one more. This shit is unacceptable."

"Okay."

"I will not hold a grudge against you if you promised me something."

"Shoot."

"I will go and look for the truth, I want you to have my back and help me until I find the bastard who did it and understand what happened to my brother." She said.

"Without even asking." Jon agreed right away.

"Even if I died." She added.

"Excuse me?"

"Even if I died, I know you are a bastard who can do anything and divines know what are you fully capable of. If I died, bring me back even if you used your damn necromancy. I want to have the last laugh in this no matter what." She said with a determined look.

"Even though I am okay with summoning undead, I am not much into reanimating any." Jon tried to pull back.

"This is my choice." She said.

"This is no good way, Isha. Please think it over." Zara said.

"True, don't waste your soul." Mirren said holding her.

"You won't make it to Far Shores this way, Isha." Jon added.

"My brother is not in Far Shores. Who am I supposed to join in the afterlife if not my family?" She said.

Seeing her determined, Jon couldn't help but sigh and nod.

"I'll then make sure that you never get harmed."

"Good." Isha nodded, "Now, what should we do?"

"First, take this back." Jon took out the [Spear of Bitter Mercy] and handed it to her.

"... Why?"

"The Daedra referred to you as the Maid of Bitter Mercy. This means the spear still has a role to play."

Jon tossed it to her.

She held it with a dejected face. Even if it was the best Spear in the World, it wasn't a thing she wanted to hold anymore.

"You never told us how you acquired this spear." Jon said.

"... Not something I want to remember." Isha put the spear aside and refused to answer.

"Well, you know what they say… 'the devil is in the details'. In your case, this is quite literal." Jon said and looked closer to her.

Isha looked away avoiding to answer.

"I suggest you tell us what happened Isha. We know that you killed some important Cultists of Boethiah and so you were forced to Labour but you never told the full story." Jon said.

"Hey! She doesn't want to talk." Mirren said.

"Jon is right." Miranda spoke to her brother, "He may have kept an important thing but we understand that he didn't mean harm, rather, he was worried about Isha."

"Zara may have no much of a say but if things became a mess, one must follow the parts he didn't check." Zara said.

Despite all what was said, Isha remained silent. Jon and the others realized that there is no point in asking her things she doesn't want to answer.

"If you ever want to speak about it…" Jon was about to say something but she spoke.

"I killed a child." She said.

"""..."""

Her expression darkened after she said so. She looked down broken and weakened. For a warrior, killing the elderly, the women or the children is the greatest of all shame.

Honor was a big deal to warriors, Jon may say that he understands but he came from a world where honor meant nothing so he could only nod.

He signaled for the other not to speak or react while keeping an eye on Isha. Mirren dejectedly remained silent as well.

"Every full moon, Zain wouldn't be able to resist the call of the beast. He would transform in the middle of the desert and we would keep an eye on him…" Isha started to tell her story.

Zain was cursed with Lycanthropy, those who bear the power of the beast never know rest and are always foul and angry. Zain was desperate for a cure as he became what he hated most and his desperation was transferred to his Wife and Sister.

The three looked everywhere for a cure but after one last trip to Hegathe, Zain was seriously tired and got bedridden. It was strange since Werewolves had a natural resistance to disease. Those who checked on him explained it as his mental state was affecting his physical state and his body was failing him.

Dying, Zain was in a strange state of peace as he promised his Wife and Sister that everything will be alright.

Isha wasn't aware of how Zain died as she seemed to have forgotten about the event but what she remembers was taking a horse and venturing across the Alik'r willing to make a pact with any Daedric Lord there is to save her brother.

She single-handedly raided and interrogated many Daedric cults but to no useful method. Almost losing all hope, a 'Being' came to her and told her that her wish can be granted for a price.

This 'Being' told her to go to a certain place and recover a spear then go to another place and kill every living thing in it by that spear.

Driven by the hope she found, Isha rushed to wherever she was pointed at, killed everything that stood in her place and recovered a spear. It was then when she killed a child in the process.

But that never came true, she couldn't find her brother no matter where she looked.

The story didn't add up to what the others know but it was then when Isha was confronted by Boethiah and her Prophet, Hafiz.

If she wants to meet her brother again, she was to Labour for the sin of killing the child that was being nurtured by Boethiah to create an unmatched champion. Isha was faced with no choice thinking that her brother was in the hands of Boethiah and agreed to Labour.

And that's how things started.

The story may not sound interesting but such as reality. Still, everyone could figure out the culprit that got Isha into the Labour… this thing she called 'Being'.

"What kind of being is it, Isha?" Jon asked.

"A being… I am not sure." She replied.

"Not sure?" Jon and the other exchanged weird looks.

"Why are you asking, it is not important…" She said but she herself could feel it is coming out strange.

"Not important? Any half-witted person can figure it out, Isha." Miranda was infuriated by Isha's dull behavior.

"Not… it is… it is really not important." Isha said faintly.

"Wait, sister." Mirren stopped Miranda and turned to Isha, "Love, if you are not suspecting whoever that is… if he or she were someone close or something…"

"No… it is just… I don't know." She said.

On the other hand, Jon and Zara were looking at Isha with narrowed eyes. The two figured out something.

"She is hypnotized." Jon said.

"What? No!" Mirren denied it.

"She is." Zara confirmed.

"Oh no." Miranda felt bad for yelling at Isha.

Isha herself looked like a lost child between Mirren's arms. Being told that what she knows is not true was harsh on her. She is already lost and can't afford to be more lost.

"What do you mean?" She asked faintly.

"To be honest, I never wanted to say this but it was all in front of us. Not remembering that your brother is dead, not knowing how he died and now not suspecting the being that implicated you into Labouring… it is all there." Jon said with pity.

Isha's eyes started tearing. She didn't cry but she was as pitiful as ever.

"You're saying… the truth… the truth is my head all along? And someone…. something messed with my head?" She asked in a shaken tone.

Jon nodded.

She took a minute of self-pity and crying. Mirren and Miranda kept close to her trying to calm her down. In the end, she looked at Jon with a broken spirit.

"Please… help me."

"I will." Jon didn't even think of leaving her like that.

He extended his hand for her and a Crystal appeared on his hand. This was [Lust].

"This thing has the power to induce the truth. Take my hand." Jon said.

She looked at his hand and slowly extended hers. They firmly locked hands and he let out a sigh.

"Isha." Jon spoke heavily, "What kind of a being was that thing that told you to recover the spear and kill the cultists?"

To the question, Isha's eyes stopped tearing and her face showed that she has arrived at some clarity.

"A dog." She said, "A talking dog. It came to me and offered me any wish I want… it called itself…"

"Barbas!" Jon continued.

The others around Jon felt his shock and questioned what the named meant in their heads. Isha, on the other hand, nodded slowly with wide eyes.

Jon's solid expressions meant a lot to those who know him.

"Do you know the origin of the saying 'be careful what you wish for'?" Jon asked.

The others listened to him silently.

"I know who is behind everything now. The Daedric Prince of Wishes and Bargains, Clavicus Vile."

~~~~~~~~~~

• P4TRE0N 💲💲

Goal: 5 Extra Chapters 🎈🎈

Next: 6 Extra Chapters 🎉🎉

pat/reon.com/eldokhmesy (remove / )

•PayPal (+10$ = Extra) 💸💸

Paypal.me/eldokhmesy

• Extras by Votes: 5000 / 8000 ☑️☑️

• Discord discord.gg/gKcKva7s 🗨️🗨️

• Twitter @eldokhmesy22 🐦🐦

You are reading

Dragonborn Saga

ebook which is a free download at

wWw.EbookUpdates.Net

.

Download more ebooks for free at

Ebook Updates . Net

.

458 Towards The Last Labour

A/n: I just want to say I am sorry for messing (and missing) the update rate lately. I have my own things (+ being a bit lazy) but I really find no real excuse for being a lazy ass. I apologize again especially for my amazing Patrons and all my readers in general, I'll smack that bitch ass of mine, go wash my soul in that rain and write this chapter even if it is the last thing I do.

~~~~~~~~~~

There are limits for what can understand, perceive, imagine and endure. The mind was always and will ever be this delicate thing in both structure and process, it can be affected by many factors but the most impactful one is the mental shock.

Loss of loved ones is shocking but the mind finds ways to protect itself from such shocks by explaining it through the knowledge available. For example, losing an old relative whose age has reached the upper limit of the human function is more understandable and acceptable than losing a healthy young relative. It, of course, doesn't mean people will accept both accidents at the same level of impact, everyone reacts according to how their minds translate this shock.

But what if the translation of the shock was lacking? What if our minds can't simply make heads and tails of what we just experienced?

Things like that translate into abnormal behaviors or emotions. It mostly depends on the mental fortitude of the person, their behavior, the environment they grew up in and how impactful was the trauma.

***

As a Redguard Warrior, Isha took pride in her set of skills along with her racial advantage. A Redguard barely runs out of stamina and is very durable with the fight dragging on. However, such a thing was only making her feel miserable today.

"Again!"

"You should have some rest."

"AGAIN!"

In order to stick her spear at the hearts of those who caused her and her family to suffer, she started grinding her power like crazy. Her team was made of powerful elites and a group training session was one of the fun routines they enjoyed ever since the days of Morrowind.

Still, Isha decided to turn those training sessions into a hell-like training.

"Are you done yet?" Jon called.

"Nope, she's still going." Nefertiti replied.

Isha was in the middle of a formation made by Mirren, Miranda, Jax, Wrath, Greed, Lust, Pride, Nefertiti, and Jon. They were playing their twisted version of 'capture the flag'. One flag, two teams. The offense team is made of one person and that is Isha who is trying to force her way through the defending team and capture the flag which Jon is taking a nap with. And if that is not twisted enough, then no one knows what else is.

Isha, the star of the show slipped away from the shadow traps prepared by Nefertiti and the bone projectiles shot by Wrath. She evaded and arrow from Miranda and lost her spear to Greed.

Jon wasn't too far just down that cliff, all she needs to do is to jump over and surprise him.

As soon as she slid away from Mirren, she launched herself down the cliff in a leap of faith style seeing Jon resting down there.

"Got you."

"Yaaawn!"

Jon was resting on some cushions with some liquor around him and didn't even bother to move. Isha approached closer and closer trying to land on him but as she was this close, her hopes alongside her body all crashed into a wall.

A small rock around moved on its own and it turned out to be Jax who was disguised by Lust. He intercepted Isha by ramming her midair to the wall of the cliff.

As Jon told him not to go easy, Jax held Isha and tossed her all the way back on the cliff where Wrath was waiting for her with a heavy fist.

Isha got tossed like a ragdoll then was thrown away.

Mirren and Miranda gritted their teeth seeing how extreme Jon was.

"Given up yet?" Mirren called.

"... Shut… up!" Isha staggered up looking for another round but her feet betrayed her and she fell on her butt.

"That's enough for today, Zara will take care of you."

From the spectators' area, the only spectator was Zara who also acted as both the medic and the referee. She went to check on at the work down Isha and deemed her not able to continue playing.

Jon teleported right between Mirren and Miranda after that.

"So, here she does again. It has been a week since this started." Jon said with a tired face.

"If you are so worried about her, don't play so heavy-handed." Mirren refuted.

"And endure her nagging for a full day afterwards? Nope."

"She is punishing herself." Miranda cut it.

The two boys sighed and put their argument aside. It was true, Isha found a way to deal with her shock by inflicting pain. She would go and ask for it every day until someone puts her down. She was simply keeping herself from thinking.

A week ago before this all begins, the group discovered the involvement of a certain Daedric Prince that no one wanted to deal with, Clavicus Vile, Prince of Deals.

Vile is a Daedric Lord notorious for his widespread meddling in mortal affairs and in the past has worked through mortal representatives to gain what he desires. It is possible, though by no means certain, that Clavicus Vile assisted Jagar Tharn in his temporary procurement of the Imperial throne. Clavicus Vile purportedly granted the Cyrodiil Vampyrum Order the ability to blend into mortal society undetected. He is basically Rumpelstiltskin but more of a dog person and his deals mostly end up with regret after turning on the other part.

A famous story about the Vile's deals is the story of a noblewoman called Avalea and the [Masque of Clavicus Vile]. As a young girl, Avalea was grossly disfigured by a spiteful servant. Avalea made a dark deal with Clavicus Vile and received the Masque in return. Though the Masque did not change her looks, she suddenly had the respect and admiration of everyone. A year and a day after her marriage to a well-connected baron, Clavicus Vile reclaimed the Masque. Although pregnant with his child, Avalea was banished from the Baron's household. Twenty-one years and one day later, Avalea's daughter claimed her vengeance by slaying the Baron.

Anyway, after discovering the involvement of Clavicus Vile, Jon and the rest went through a brainstorming session away from Isha to figure out how things went down.

Zain, Clavicus Vile, the Worm Cult, the Bloodworm Skull, Sithis, and the Labourers. Not all those words fit together but there was indeed a pattern.

Zain was cursed by Sithis, he looked for a cure and failed, he turned for Clavicus Vile wishing to get rid of the curse but had to Labour and he faked his own death somehow.

But there was also the Worm Cult, the reason why Zain attached Isha with the intention to kill, and the importance of Isha and the Bitter Mercy spear. These were unexplainable reasons that no matter how they looked into them, they weren't easy to explain.

Jon couldn't even reach priestess Aranea to have a talk with Azura. Even Shadow and Sheogorath were still talking.

In this lack of answers, the group decided to chase after Zain and headed west. Zara joined them but they all ended up at the western borders of Northern Elsweyr. If they pass this point, they will enter Reaper's Marsh which is a shared territory between Elsweyr, home of the Khajiit, and Valenwood, home of the Bosmer, the Wood Elves.

The only problem with Reaper's March is the existence of the Thalmor in this area. The Thalmor has a large stronghold in the area and all the roads are being watched.

That's why the group needed the help of an expert. A smuggler or a guide would be great so Mirren and Miranda had to call for an old acquaintance of theirs. That was a Bosmer known as Ilverios Ulriric.

"We can't usually go into the heavily guarded territories like Reaper's March so we tend to hire smuggler guild we are close to, Ilverios is an old friend that can be trusted." Mirren said.

[A/n: Ilverios Ulriric is a character sponsored by @tunder999]

"Great, but why is the situation in Valenwood this intense?" Jon asked.

"The more you go west the more radical the Thalmor get. The situation in Elsweyr is not bad as the Khajiit are too valuable to piss off and there is no need to provoke them. The situation is different with the Bosmer who see themselves as Elves with equal rights with the Altmer which is basically heresy to the Thalmor."

"Those Thalmor take things too far, man. I mean… have you heard about this theory that says those who live in a country with a tropical climate, fair weather, beautiful girls and palm trees are way less likely to think of leaving their land and invade the world unlike those who live in a harsh climate?"

"That's true?"

"It should be. We Nords live in the worst climate known in Tamriel, we raid sometimes like the Orcs when we are short on food but we do it. What reason does the Thalmor have to go out and invade?"

"... Cultural reasons." Mirren thought for a while before answering.

"Now that's messed up. If you are going to invade for something other than resources or to exact justice, then why bother everyone else?" Jon said.

"Well… this started with Ancestor Queen Ayrenn. She established the Dominion to protect Alinor…"

"And gain the Ruby Throne (Imperial Throne)."

"Yes, but that war a thousand years ago had its own reasons."

"I know, right. I remember Queen Ayrenn's reason was to never allow any human to sit on the Ruby Throne saying humans are too young and foolish to rule the world and the wiser races need to be in control."

"That is still the reason why they are aiming for the Empire other than Cyrodiil was once a land of elves."

"Whatever, man. Still, thirty years after she said so, big bad Tiber Septim walked in the house with the Numidium chilling."

"Don't say that in front of another Altmer. They'll hate you on the spot."

The two had enough with their cross-cultural political talk then started to fool around their camp as the girls were washing up nearby.

Jon faced the west thinking of what to expect when he enters Valenwood but all the fun he had in mind was erased once he started thinking of what to do when they catch up to Zain.

Playing Chase Capture Kill won't work this time. Zain is Isha's brother, Zahra's husband and a man they heard a lot of stories about before the situation in Hammerfell happens.

The Labour was to follow Isha but her brother being Clavicus Vile's Labourer meant that peaceful solutions are out of stock. There is a hefty price to pay for failing the Labours and that is being claimed by the Daedric Prince.

Isha will either be a liability or an asset but that depends on her mentality. Jon hoped to never make her choose but the cruel reality says that she is a key to the Last Labour which is basically what is going on.

Jon sighed a big time and came to a half-hearted conclusion. If Clavicus Vile, Mannimarco and Zain are up to something, it is best to figure it out fast and investigate from every corner. Isha won't handle the shock of putting down her brother by her hands.

"He's here." Mirren spoke.

"Who?"

"Ilverios… the guide."

"Oh, yes! The guide."

The two boys headed to the direction where they felt a presence and observed the road until one rider showed up.

Jon narrowed his eyes and stared closely not at the man but rather on what he was riding.

"Blasphemy! I am so… jealous!"

The words slipped out from Jon's mind to his mouth. He was looking at Ilverios' mount with a lot of shock.

Ilverios approached Jon and Mirren then stopped his mount.

"Mirren, you look pretty as always, my friend." The Wood Elf spoke Mirren.

"Ilverios, long time no see. To you as well, Chaz." Mirren replied to the Wood Elf and his mount.

"Chaz bids you well, Mirren." The mount Ilverios riding replied.

This mount was a Khajiit Senche Cat. A tiger-like breed of Khajiit that is rare to see around.

"Ilverios, thanks for agreeing to meet. This is my friend whom I mentioned. Krilon, this is Ilverios and his partner Chaz." Mirren took care of the introductions.

"Greetings. We are actually brothers rather than partners." Ilverios spoke to Jon.

"Yes, hello… how brothers may I ask?" Jon said.

"Adoptive siblings. I was adopted by the family of Chaz."

"Oh, I see!"

Jon may have been jealous of a non-Khajiit riding a Senche but it was understandable now.

Senche cats are a rare breed not because of anything genetic but rather because of the birth control process in the Khajiit society. It is much easier for a Khajiit to walk on two legs rather than four. This way they don't get mistaken for beasts by outsiders and grow up to find a good career in farming, martial arts of trading.

This doesn't mean that quadrupedal Khajiit can't do any of that but rather because of how easy it is to do things when you walk on two.

This is the reason why the Senche and Senche-Raht are rare to see especially during the Fourth Era. Those two kinds of breeds won't even agree to carry anyone on their backs other than someone they are really close to and that's what made Jon wonder.

"Anyway, my friends. I was told you wanted a way through Reaper's March, am I right?" Ilverios asked.

"That's right, we need a way in free from all Thalmor patrols." Mirren confirmed.

"And your destination is?"

"West."

"I mean the exact place you are going to?"

Mirren looked at Jon urging him to speak.

"Just west, we don't know the location but we need to follow a certain compass that points the way. It may be pointing all the way to Malabal Tor or to Summerset." Jon said.

"Damn…" Ilverios stared at Jon for a while before shaking his shoulders, "I'm sorry but my territory is Reaper's March. Even if you are willing to pay, I can't guide you further as I don't know the roads outside."

"Fine, I will take your offer. Here's an advance payment." Jon tossed a heavy purse of gemstones to Ilverios.

"Good gems! Unidentifiable and all… seems like we are dealing with another fugitive." Ilverios said and looked at Mirren.

"Fugitive!" Jon raised his brows and looked at Mirren, "You never told. I thought you are wanted for assassination."

Find authorized novels in Webnovel，faster updates, better experience，Please click www.webnovel.com for visiting.

"HA! That's merely the start of it." Ilverios said revealing Mirren's secret.

"Thanks, thanks… unlike you, Mr. Smuggler and Mr. International Serial Killers, an assassin work is ruined if he gets too famous."

"International Serial Killers? What is that?" Ilverios asked.

"I kill breakfast cereal every morning… everywhere… that's how I become international."

"I believe we will get along just fine then. Looking forward to a peaceful trip until Malabal Tor and back then."

"Cheers!"

"Cheers!"

Little did they know...

~~~~~~~~~~

• P4TRE0N 💲💲

Goal: 5 Extra Chapters 🎈🎈

Next: 6 Extra Chapters 🎉🎉

pat/reon.com/eldokhmesy (remove / )

•PayPal (+10$ = Extra) 💸💸

Paypal.me/eldokhmesy

• Extras by Votes: 5000 / 8000 ☑️☑️

• Discord discord.gg/gKcKva7s 🗨️🗨️

• Twitter @eldokhmesy22 🐦🐦

You are reading

Dragonborn Saga

ebook which is a free download at

wWw.EbookUpdates.Net

.

Download more ebooks for free at

EbookUpdates(dot)Net

.

459 The Enraged Woman

A/n: it has been ages since we met a new one so welcome aboard @Bon Bob to this ride.

Oh! Motivation…

Double Chapter everyone!

~~~~~~~~~~

(Part 1)

Reaper's March is a region connecting the jungles of northeastern Valenwood with the rolling plains of northwestern Elsweyr. The northwestern woodlands are called simply the Northern Woods, which give way to Jodewood in the south. Eastern Reaper's March is called Dawnmead. The Strid River forms its northern border, separating it from western Cyrodiil. It is home to the cities of Arenthia, Rawl'kha, and Dune, as well as some smaller settlements and Ayleid ruins. The walking city Falinesti has been known to spend the autumn in the Northern Woods west of Rawl'kha.

The March has a unique mixture of Bosmeri and Khajiiti culture, along with some Imperial influence. The senche-tigers native to the area are believed by the locals to have mystical alchemical properties. Despite the dry conditions of Reaper's March, the Khajiit have managed to farm and harvest moon sugar in the area for generations through extensive irrigation projects. While bandits and skooma smuggling are common, Daedra worship is minimal. Khajiiti temples in the region are noted for their awe-inspiring beauty, though there are many other monuments and grand structures that are decayed and ruined.

The team traveled through Northern Anequina for a couple of days until they reached the border fort of Sphinxmoth north to the city of Dune. There, the expert smuggler Ilverios Ulriric and his trusty Senche companion Chaz have made a few rounds of recon before heading to the secret roads. These secret roads spanned across the low savannah area to the high savannah forest and the rocky badlands until the group was officially in Reaper's March.

The only shortcoming of using unused roads is the low level of security that sometimes does not exist. Still, Jon mastered the art of aiming the staff out of the carriage's window, shoot a few spells and call it a day.

"This man Krilon knows his magic." Chaz commented.

"Believe me, you haven't seen him when he gets excited, and pray you won't." Mirren said.

But they will…

But as the team reached the official roads, the security was mostly lax and no one stopped them for inspection.

"Why is that?" Jon asked m

"It seems many men were pulled back by the Thalmor to handle a situation in the west. Where is your compass pointing again?" Ilverios said.

"The west." Jon replied.

"... Great."

"Yes, be positive."

Jon returned to the parked carriage where Zara and Miranda were eating dinner.

Find authorized novels in Webnovel，faster updates, better experience，Please click www.webnovel.com for visiting.

"Looks like we are heading towards some trouble." Jon said.

"Eat, can't face trouble on an empty stomach." Miranda passed a bowl of rice to him.

The Khajiit rice was famed for its long grain, the opportunity that Jon took to revive his obsession with his past life's food and some roasted mutton. It was to die for.

"Tell Zara about what to do." Moon Bishop Zara asked.

"Regarding?"

"The man we fought, Isha's brother."

"..."

Jon sighed and stopped what he was doing.

"I have a Labour I must do but I also have a friend who is looking for answers. I hope that the answers she wants can give me leeway in not putting down her blood relative." He said.

"If all came to the worst. What should be done?"

"I am not entirely sure what we are facing at the moment. Zain is out there aiming for something, we don't know if his mental state was affected by some sort of Hypnosis to attack his sister but I am sure if I have a sister, which I do, I would never allow anything in the world to so much get the faintest thought of harming her."

Jon revealed his anger towards Zain if what he did was out of real hostility because this means that a mortal clash will be the end of it between the two.

"What about what Isha thinks?"

"I will keep things go her way and hope it all works out. If she happens to screw up, I'll protect her and do things the way I see fit. She won't hate me by the end of things." Jon said.

"That's more diplomatic than the usual you!" Miranda said.

"I am not a bull-headed fool, you know… no offense, Jax."

"..." Jax was speechless.

"But Zara thinks that leaving her to screw up will make things worse and endanger someone."

"I know Isha is emotional right now but she is not a fool."

Jon ended the conversation right here, no matter what others think, Isha is apparently the key to this last Labour.

What Jon was worried about was the interference of Clavicus Vile and the other Daedra with him as well as Mannimarco, the King of Worms.

The CHIM and the Daedra may find it hard to act in the mortal world but Clavicus Vile has his dog Barbas, the Hound of Clavicus Vile. He is a shapeshifting Daedra, although he most commonly takes on the form of a dog or Skaafin. Barbas acts as a repository for around half of Vile's power, though behaves as his loyal servant rather than equal, often pining for his approval to little avail.

For this reason, Jon was keeping Nefertiti awake most of the time to keep an eye on any supernatural entity that gets close.

And on that routine, they arrived at Dune.

Dune is one of the eight major cities in the province of Elsweyr, serving as the largest Khajiiti settlement in the borderlands of Reaper's March. It is a prominent merchant town with a bustling crowd of caravans and herders. It is a city of artistry, with painted pavilions and statues that have intricate carvings of gold, red, and black. Dune is also known for the abundance of tea parlors. It was also one of the original sixteen kingdoms of Elsweyr, known for its moon sages and scholars.

As a large metropolis built on the hills that lead into the rest of Anequina, Dune is heavily fortified but not without its artistic attributes. The high walls and battlements of Dune are ornate, with crescent moons adorned across the walls. But despite this, Dune's walls are made out of wood, with some buildings falling into disrepair. But regardless, Dune continues to stand. The doors in Dune are decorative. The streets and thoroughfare have painted pavilions and decorative statues. They are also very clean for what it is, dung-free but with constant traffic from herders.

Once the group entered Dune, they were heavily inspected by the guards and a Thalmor officer. Jon morphed to become Jonya the red Khajiit and the rest blended in the way they always do.

Zara took Isha to visit the Temple of Two Moon Dances to acquire information about any unnatural activity or a sighting of a man wearing a troll skull on his head while Mirren and Miranda went to ask in the Thieves' Guild nearby. Jon was left with Ilverios and told not to cause a scene.

"As if!"

Jon walked dissatisfied in the Merchant District looking for new commodities to take notes off, business to learn from or any interesting Khajiiti spices.

While in the midst of wasting money, he stopped in front of a certain building as something caught his attention.

"So you found this place, Krilon. It is said that only the bravest of the brave dare to enter this establishment." Ilverios said from behind.

Jon's face reacted to the D word but he kept it in.

"I can understand why." He said.

Basically, this place is a brothel. The only thing that can make a brothel more special than another is the quality but this one had the taste.

An Orc brothel.

"Imagine a horde of beautiful Orc girls waiting to embrace you in there." Ilverios said.

"Is there such a thing as a beautiful Orc?" Jon refuted.

"You won't know until you try. I suggest that girl over there." Ilverios pointed at one.

"Oh, dear lord! Imagine getting a felatio from an orc mouth. Ochinchin won't feel kimochi at all." Jon said so and walked away.

"What is he saying?" Ilverios asked Chaz.

Chaz thought for a while.

"He must be speaking the language of Gods."

**********

(Part 2)

After fooling around in Dune, the group met at the inn they are staying in. They were to brief each other of their findings.

"The Temple had information about some trouble on the other side of the borders. The Dominion Soldiers refused to disclose any information or ask for help from the locals so there isn't much to know." Zara said.

"Did you guys know that there is an Orc brothel around the corner?..." (Jon)

"We didn't find a lot from the guild either but here is a map for the new areas that are being watched. Looks like we need to be more careful when we cross to Valenwood." Mirren spread a map on the table.

"... I was like 'nah, how can I do it with an Orc girl? Look at their teeth! What makes you so sure they don't have some of those down there as well?' You know… like that horror movie…" (Jon)

"After the temple, Zara went to someplace where the Dominion Soldiers hang out and spoke to Khajiit soldier. They said there were orders to keep the borders tight." Zara remarked as she agreed with Mirren's map.

"… But man! Who would know Orcs girls can be so tight and so stretchy? Despite their looks, which is not too bad after a heavy drink, you can have a really good chat…" (Jon)

"So, we are talking about walking into a place where we don't know much, right? I don't like it but we can just blend in or try to pass from Jodewood." Mirren adjusted the plan.

"... So I met that girl calling herself Candis. Pffft! An Orc with such a name? I know it's fake, I mean, she can be called Homromalakh Ghagarn for all I care about…" (Jon)

And here came the straw that broke the camel's back.

"SHUT UP, JON!" (Mirren)

"We're trying to think here." (Isha)

"Jon, not good." (Miranda)

"Can we just figure out what is happening on the other side of the borders now then hear your story later." (Zara)

"Oh! You mean the strange fire outbreak in Vinedusk village?" Jon said.

""""Hm?""""

"The strange Dominion army movements? There was a big fight in a village called Vinedusk and escalated to a big fire. There were traces for the fight talking moving towards Malabal Tor." Jon said casually.

The four paused for a second realizing what just happened.

"... How do you know about any of that?" Mirren asked.

"That Orc girl Homromalakh told me. Let's just call her Candis for short." Jon said, "I also bought some food on the way back, you really need to try this sugar cane juice when it is fresh and frosty. Tastes like heaven."

"Hey, focus! How did that hooker know all that?" Isha asked.

"Well, you guys went to your contacts in temples and guilds, I did what I do."

"Information hunting… from brothels?"

"Duh! It is the best place to do so. All brothel owners are information brokers under the table. I do the same since I have my business in Skyrim."

"You have a brothel in Skyrim?" Mirren questioned.

"Not a brothel, a bathhouse! Brothels are for you, southerners. A bathhouse is an honest work, we don't put girls on display like how things go down here." Jon refuted.

"Wow! I am having a whole new view of you now." Isha said.

"I think we should focus on what we know now, guys." Jon said acting all serious.

"You know what… let's keep the planning to our information expert over here." Mirren said and went away.

"Yes, Zara thinks so too."

And so did the rest.

"Seriously?"

***

Days passed since the group departed from Dune heading towards the west. The [Eye of the Moon Beast] amulets Jon was carrying still pointed to the west every night.

The team headed to Rawl'kha, a city on the border to the eastern bank of the Crescent River. Once they passed it by taking a smuggling ferry, the group was officially in Valenwood.

"Hey, Jon."

"Yes, Isha."

"That attack we discussed in that Vinedusk village. Isn't it possible that Zain is behind it?"

"We have already talked about that. It was an attack from Colovian Marauders."

"Are you sure?"

"What makes you so doubtful."

"Look, I know how military organizations act and react. If it is just a raid, they will fortify every place that they think Marauders shall attack, not pull the troops from everywhere and pretend there is a serious bandit hunt."

"Meaning?"

"Armies won't pull back like this unless the problem is bigger than what they announced. Maybe it is Zain or maybe not… just saying."

"Hmmm… good thinking."

Jon paused for a while and started thinking. Colovian Marauders are possible in some cases like if there is a famine in Colovia, the western half of Cyrodiil. But that is not the case, there is a good flow of trade and the empire is economically stable this year.

Other cases for Marauders from Cyrodiil would be an Imperial tactic. A war between the Empire and the Dominion is always possible so the intelligence agencies like to play cold while the armies disguise as bandits and exhaust the other armies in their land. Jon was familiar with these underhanded tactics but he was a bit of a dolt regarding large armies.

"Fine, we will investigate Vinedusk."

"Thank you."

But the real situation was much worse than what they thought. They reached the outskirts of Vinedusk village a couple of days later then all decided to wear as Dominion Soldiers. Jon had a lot of Dominion armor lying around.

Zara stayed with Jax at some distance to not cause a political issue if she was discovered while Jon, Isha, Mirren, Miranda and Ilverios started scouting outside the village.

This was the first ever Bosmer settlement Jon walks across. It was somewhat of a magical place the closest thing to relate to the elves from Jon's past world fantasies. In the middle of the village, there was a great Graht-Oak tree that is a distinctive feature to all Bosmer settlements. The houses of the Bosmer were hollow and sort of the graht-oak known as the pods.

The graht-oaks themselves are massive, ambulatory trees native to Valenwood. The Bosmer are known to build entire cities in the branches of these great trees. In their mighty boughs, Bosmer live alongside the ape-like Imga in a mobile ecosystem, coaxing the living wood into pathways winding around hide structures nestled in hollows.

The Bosmer never used wood in the way other races did. According to the Green Pact, Bosmer are not to eat anything made from plant life but only eat meat. When enemies are defeated, their flesh must be eaten, not left to rot.

This and many other things made a unique image to the Bosmer and their civilization.

As Jon took his fair share of looking around from afar, it was time to infiltrate and take action.

The village was calm and had no villagers walking around. This meant there was a curfew of a sort. There were also some patrols from the Dominion Soldiers so Jon and the group acted like some soldiers on a leave. The only place where they found activity was in the central graht-oak.

The tree that reached almost 50 meters in height housed many corpses of various origins. They were preserved with magic not to rot and were being investigated. It was clear that many of them were not warriors or locals but some were Nords, Khajiit and Dunmer which raised a lot of questions.

Jon and his group approached the area and kept looking from afar while pretending to be in a conversation.

Still, there was that strange thing that started to develop.

"Hey, I don't feel good." Ilverios said.

"What's wrong?" Jon asked.

"Don't know… something doesn't feel right. A lot of hate just possessed me all of a sudden."

"Hate?"

It was unclear whether the word hate meant anything in particular but it may be because of some Aura or any influence unnatural none knew about.

{Hooman!}

"Nefertiti, anything strange."

{There is someone strong nearby.}

"How strong?"

{Nurina strong.}

Jon paused for a second then looked around worriedly. Now that he thinks about it, the city guards are moving in designated spots and looking for strange happenings. If that's the case then…

"We should get out of here." He said.

"Why?"

"We are out of place. Those dead bodies are not Colovian raiders, the town is shut tight, they are looking for someone they don't that's why they are keeping the civilians in place."

Jon suggested a retreat but things weren't willing to go smoothly. As soon as the group moved away from the graht-oak, Ilverios started sweating heavily.

"What is wrong?" Jon asked.

"Not good. It is not natural." Ilverios said.

"What is it…" Jon asked but he was cut.

{Incoming!}

Nefertiti warned him and in a split of a second, Jon reacted. He turned around and caught a very powerful [Lightning Bolt] spell with his bare hands.

The magic dissipated in a cloud of electrical charges around Jon as he closed his hand to crush its energy.

Looking towards the central tree, Jon spotted a woman in a green dress walking closer.

"If I remember correctly, my orders were not to include Bosmer Soldiers in this dispatch. Now that there is this person blocking my magic like that, I guess I got some results after all."

Her expressions were visible with rage and her Aura was natural rather than a trained one much like the Beast Aura of werewolves. If Jon had to call it a name, it is more of a Primal Nature Aura.

"Hey, we don't want any trouble." Jon spoke.

"Silence!" The woman wasn't amused by Jon's reply and sent a stronger spell.

Jon circulated his Magicka to contain the spell and dispel it without making too much sound.

"You are skilled." The woman said as she kept approaching.

"..."

"..."

"Am I allowed to speak?" He asked.

"Oh, you will speak!" She shot another spell but Jon hurriedly handled it.

"Sorry about whatever is going on but can we clear the misunderstanding?" Jon said while signaling his group to retreat while supporting the exhausted-looking Ilverios.

"Sneaking to this place disguised only means one thing." She said as she kept approaching.

Jon felt the suffocating amount of Magicka this woman had as it manifested through her rage and hatred. She was a beautiful Bosmer lady that was most likely a noble, she wasn't a Thalmor but rather an orthodox Green Pact Bosmer from her clothing. Speaking of which, her dress was very revealing now that she got closer as her cleavage was visible to her torso and most of her arms and back were exposed as well.

Jon couldn't put his hand on her identity but he decided to distract her while the others retreat.

"So, you've seen through my disguise. I congratulate you." Jon said as he took off his Dominion helm exposing the Altmer face he uses.

He then transformed with [Lust] into an Imperial.

The woman paused as she didn't expect to see this one coming. A [Mimic] spell is not very unstable and easy to expose, this one wasn't even anticipated. The woman now had some doubts regarding what she is up against. Jon intentionally used [Lust] to cause this confusion.

"So, what was that thing about a Colovian raid?" He asked.

"A what?" The woman frowned.

"I mean the story that is being covered."

"Oh! That…"

The woman felt the urge to smack the one who came up with the Colovian raid idea for confusing her like that.

"... Was the attack your doing, Imperial?" She asked.

"My doing? Hardly. I am just here on a manhunt." Jon smirked while saying so.

"Insolent!" The woman shouted and cast an even stronger spell.

Jon had to take [Pride] out to stop this one but the spell caused a loud sound that alerted all the Dominion Soldiers nearby. They all flooded towards Jon's location and blocked every route.

"Shit!" The others were nervous from the number of soldiers around but Jon kept a calm attitude.

"Seeing you this angry means something bad happened, lady. Should we start once again but right this time? Nice to meet you, my name is Krilon, a member of the Sith." Jon stood straight and offered a slight now while going on with his usual bluff.

"The Sith? Is that from the Empire?" She asked.

"That's a tricky question!"

Jon paused to think about it. Technically yes but also no.

"Krilon, let's just get rid of them." Isha said while aiming her spear at the woman.

"You!" The woman evoked a strong spell towards Isha.

"Waiwaiwaiwait! Let's be rational here, Lady. This girl is a bit of a… Rogue One." Jon jumped in between to ease the tension.

"Hey!" Isha didn't like being called rogue.

"Calm down now, let me handle this situation… Solo."

He said and turned to the woman.

"Lady, please let's handle this peacefully, no one can handle… The Revenge of the Sith."

The woman was provoked but she wanted answers.

"What is the Empire doing here?" She asked.

"We're not really the Empire…"

"Was it revenge for last year's incident?"

"Well, in that case… the Empire Strikes Back."

"So it is you Imperial bastards who are behind this. There is no hope for you."

"There is always a… New Hope."

Jon's lips were twitching as he kept spamming movie titles whenever he talks, the woman noticed him and became enraged.

The Magicka around her moved as age shouted with rage.

"Don't bluff with me! What are you after?"

"A guy wearing a troll skull called Zain but I prefer to call him… the Phantom Menace."

Isha was taken aback but just Jon couldn't help it and leaked a laugh.

Still, mentioning the troll skull was exceptionally effective. The woman paused her actions for a second while staring at Jon with wide eyes then all of a sudden, her face twisted in a frightening glare.

"I knew it! You are with him!"

The woman was enraged beyond sense seemingly willing to pulverize over Jon.

On the other hand, he turned around and looked at Isha.

"So you were correct, the trouble here is related to him."

"Just get out of here!" The rest shouted at him.

"Nefertiti!"

Jon called for Nefertiti and many shadows moved on the ground. Several Shadow Hawk Atronachs appeared from the ground and carried a member of the group each.

But the madly enraged Bosmer woman wasn't willing to let them go.

"YOU! WON'T! GET! AWAY!"

She shouted and her voice echoed far and wide, an unnatural amount of Magicka glowed around her as she took up to the sky just by Magic.

"Well, that's what I call… The Force Awakens."

~~~~~~~~~~

• P4TRE0N 💲💲

Current: 6 Extra Chapters 🎉🎉

pat/reon.com/eldokhmesy (remove / )

•PayPal (+10$ = Extra) 💸💸

Paypal.me/eldokhmesy

• Extras by Votes: 5000 / 8000 ☑️☑️

• Discord discord.gg/gKcKva7s 🗨️🗨️

• Twitter @eldokhmesy22 🐦🐦

You are reading

Dragonborn Saga

ebook which is a free download at

wWw.EbookUpdates.Net

.

Download more ebooks for free at

wWw.EbookUpdates.Net

.

460 The Crazy Green Lady Bitch

Double Chapter! Daily + Monthly Extra

~~~~~~~~~~

(Part 1)

In the night sky, Jon rose up to a certain level on the Shadow Hawk Atronach looking down on the Bosmer woman who was levitating towards him.

Levitation is a slow magic compared to the flying ability of a Hawk Atronach. It solely depended on energy and no physics so Jon had an idea to play the woman in the air until she runs out of energy then smite her down to capture her. Even if she is as strong as Nurina, it is still a matter of debate regarding how skillful and resourceful a mage can be. A mage from the students of Divayth Fyr can't be disadvantaged in the field of skill by anyone in the general magic community after all.

But Jon overlooked one small detail. He is not the only one with an arsenal of Powers and Blessings… especially when it comes to that particular woman.

She, who was levitating in an aura of green Magicka, realized her disadvantage midair but it was only a matter of ability.

"Come to me!" The woman shouted and her voice echoed in the sky.

Jon snorted and aimed his staff at her preparing his best Lightning spell to chip off her Magicka as much as he can.

Evoke, Overcharge, and shoot.

The [Super Lightning Bolt] broke through the air between Jon and that woman aiming to devastate her Magicka but in a second, a shade moved in great speed and took the woman away from harm.

"Woah!"

Jon tried to keep up with his eyes and used the [Night Vision] spell but whatever that is was too fast to catch. In a manner of a second, that creature turned in the air and flew towards Jon with its claws aiming at Jon's Shadow Hawk Atronach.

"Move!"

Jon used every strand of his power to evade but the woman on the back of that creature used her staff to hit the Atronach and dispel it by force leaving Jon no foothold in the air.

Her speed was too hard for Jon to react to, she made a turn in the air and her creature kept hovering midair looking at the prey that was falling… or the prey that was supposed to fall.

Jon was still hovering midair too.

"So, a Griffin!" Jon identified the creature right away.

A Vulture Griffin from the regular brown-feathered species that is much larger than Alina's Lokthur.

The Bosmer woman tried to detect what method was Jon using to keep up midair and noticed that he was just floating normally. It was his turn to use the [Levitate] spell.

"You are really skilled, criminal. Shame on you."

"You really are not willing to listen, don't you, lady?" Jon replied with a tired face.

Jon was not falling for now but in front of that Griffin, he is lacking in all aspects of flight. Maintaining a spell with a hand and fighting with another is really inconvenient and armor was still that of a Dominion Officer so he had to revert to his own gear.

"Greed."

[Greed] jumped off the Cube and inside it was all of Jon's stuff. It enveloped Jon in one go and took his shape. From the outside, the scene looked grotesque and the woman decided to be careful but later, the Dominion Armor on Jon was spat out through [Greed] and the Shadow Aether took the shape of a cloak who was now geared up in full Ebony.

The woman felt restless and regretted letting Jon going in his armor but still had the upper advantage. The man in Ebony is still levitating and she had the Griffin.

"Phoebe, Go!"

She rallied her Griffin and it rushed towards Jon with its four limbs to shred him apart. Its claws were reinforced with Elven metal and seemed vicious and threatening.

Still, Jon took a step to the side… midair.

The woman adjusted her Griffin and focused on Jon once again studying his unnatural movement. It truth, [Ahzidal's Boots of the Apostle] were at play here. Jon kept the smug face as he saw the woman trying to see through his secrets.

"Again!"

The woman didn't give up and went after Jon once again with the Griffin, Jon took a few steps away again but the woman was after him with her staff shooting close-ranged Flame Magic blasts.

Jon covered himself with a [Quadrant Ward] and completely negated her attacks. He then started to shoot some of his own back but the Griffin was simply way too fast.

"Okay, I am bored."

His [Alarm] spell was advanced enough to warn him from attacks so no matter what speed he used, it was easy to evade.

Currently, the two were about 60 meters above the ground. Jon looked up then started to fly upward.

The woman was also done being careful as Jon wasn't revealing any hidden abilities so she went forward with a slow directly assault shooting a ton of magic at him. Jon who was being attacked from behind stopped his flight and fell downward toward the Griffin.

The Griffin was viciously trying to shred Jon again but at the zero distance, Jon skilfully evaded. Still…

"Nefertiti."

From the other side to the direction Jon was evading from, Nefertiti jumped out of [Greed] in a werecat form and slashed towards the woman.

*Screech* *Slash* *Growl*

It happened way too fast but when Nefertiti attacked, the Griffin noticed her and rotated to protect the woman taking the attack under its wing, Jon hurriedly reacted and attached the woman who was exposed to him but the Griffin also took the attack.

Nefertiti found her way inside Greed and the woman started to circle away from Jon to lessen the pressure on her Griffin but something she didn't anticipate happened.

Looking back to where Jon was, he wasn't there. She didn't feel any teleportation but when she looked behind her, she found him extending two chains from his gauntlets attaching them to the hind legs of the Griffin and skating on the air behind her.

"This thing is really fun. Go faster!"

"Insolent!"

Despite him being weaker than her, he was annoying and seemed as if he had a spell for every situation. But soon, the man actives his Aura which was blood red to the max. The woman had a bad feeling especially when Jon changed his position.

"HAAA!"

Jon excepted every bit of his power in [Ahzidal's Boots of the Apostle] and [Ahzidal's Evil Fists]. The Griffin started to slow down significantly.

"Dammit!"

Knowing that her partner Griffin is in danger, the woman turned around and shot a barrage of magic towards Jon but he was ready for that. He only needed her not to be looking ahead.

*Flash*

Out of nowhere, a staff was floating not too far away from the Griffin, it shot an overcharged [Chain Lighting] that lit up the sky. It was too late to react as the spell had already landed.

*Grraaaa!*

"Phoebe!"

Despite being hit by the chain together, the woman could ignore the damage but the Griffin wasn't that strong. Its power fell drastically and started losing attitude.

"Curse you!" The woman was full of hate as she cursed at Jon.

She had to focus on protecting herself and help the Griffin at the same time.

Jon's dirty plan was to target the Griffin from the beginning and make the woman distracted between defending herself and her Griffin and attacking back.

But she had another thing in mind.

She put both hands on the Griffin and poured an unimaginable amount of energy. Jon didn't know the magic she is using but he could only think of one use to that crazy amount of energy.

She was over-energizing her Griffin.

"You Crazy Psycho!"

He sent one of the chains to pick [Pride] that was blending in the dark sky to ambush the Griffin and caught it but before he could do anything, the Griffin was already on steroids.

*SCREECH!*

"Shit!"

It flapped its wings as strong as it could and unleashed itself at a frightening speed.

"Yo..u moth..er..fuc..ker!"

Jon was like a hanging banner behind an airplane that spews curses whenever it went.

{Jon!}

"Hel… meh!"

{We're coming to you!}

Miranda reached to him by Telepathy but the Bosmer woman decided to land down towards the forest nearby and kept bumping Jon in everything in front of her. The Dragonborn-to-be was in a totally disgraceful state when the woman decided to land down a few miles away to the west of Vinedusk village beat some city.

She had a violent landing as the Griffin too was at his limits.

Jon crashed on his face with no willpower to even stand up, his busy was all beaten up despite having a body that stands on the peak of the human level.

He was now just an armored guy lying down on his face in a puddle of mud.

As his chain extended, there was a Griffin lying on its side with a woman checking on it in a hurry.

"Phoebe! I'm sorry… I'm so sorry… this human! Ugh! Wait here."

The woman turned to Jon walking to him fuming with rage. She aimed her staff and towards him and kept a spell on charge to fire when he moves.

"You insolent criminal! You almost killed my husband and injured my friend. Don't think of dying easily." The woman said as she held Jon from the back of his armor and raised him up with his skinny arm.

She tried to remove the mask [Krilon] from his face but once she touched it, the mask shot a small spark of lightning at her hand.

"Dammit!" She retreated her hand with anger.

Jon always keeps a rune on the mask to prevent anyone from touching it.

"So… sorry… for… that." Jon spoke with a dizzy voice as he raised his finger to speak, he even politely removed his mask.

The woman looked at him with a disturbed face but once she saw the face behind the mask, she made an even more disturbed expression.

Jon's face kept changing between the forms he is used to as he was not fully getting a grasp of [Lust] in his situation. The woman felt the urge to back off but something kept her.

"You freak, what are you?"

"F… F…" Jon tried to say something but he was so dizzy after all the trashing.

"Huh?"

"F… Fu…"

"I don't hear you." The woman got her ear closer to hear him.

"FUS RO DAH!"

A sudden blast hurled with his voice to the eardrums of the woman. Her head was twisted in a very wrong direction and she flew like a ragdoll with her arms and legs spread everywhere.

Jon fell with his face to the mud again and she fell in the woodland nearby.

Jon managed to attain his dignity back in this situation by raising the middle finger and cursing her.

"Bitch!" *voice muffled in the mud*

**********

(Part 2)

A small girl emerged from Jon's shadow. She looked around and found [Pride] floating on its own nearby.

She held it and returned to Jon then poked him with the staff a few times.

"Hooman, I'm hungry!"

"Let me rest." He waved his hand at the staff.

"Meanie! Not helping you anymore." She said and entered the Cube leaving [Pride] to freefall on Jon's head.

"... You little!" Jon mustered his power to push his aching body up and sat back with his ass in the mud.

"This Bosmer bitch really got me." Jon complained as he assessed that damage.

———————————

Status

• Name: Jon Dare

• Race: Human (Nord)

• Age: 19

• Level: Early Flame Dragon Heart

• HP: 2218 / 4235

• MP: 3086 / 4429

• Condition: Bruised, Bone Fractures

———————————

"Seriously, man!"

Jon started healing himself and made removed the mud in him by a whim of his Aura. He then staggered up and looked around.

"Well, she should be dead or dying. Serves her right."

He turned around and walked in the other direction while putting his mask on his face once again.

{Jon, you hear me?}

Find authorized novels in Webnovel，faster updates, better experience，Please click www.webnovel.com for visiting.

Jon heard Mirren's voice in his head.

"Yes, I do. What's up?"

{Are you alright?}

"Yeah, thanks."

{What about the woman with you?}

"That skinny ass flat bitch? I fus-ro-dahed her shitty face across Tamriel."

{You did what?}

"What you heard."

{Shit!}

"Wh… why? What's going on?"

{Listen, Jon. We are coming your way. We met someone and he told us the true identity of the woman. It is now clear why she affected Ilverios once he got close.}

"Cut the crap! Who is that psycho?"

{It is the Green Lady.}

"..."

{Jon.}

"Emmmmm…"

{Jon! What happened to the Green Lady, Jon?}

Jon froze in his place not knowing what to do.

"I… may have… messed up! Just a little bit, okay? Let's just run away."

{What are you saying, Jon? We are accompanying someone important to where you are. Whatever it is, he will explain it.}

"Hey! Hehehe! Easy for you to say."

{One more thing. This person says you shouldn't fight with the Green Lady near the woodland around the city of Silvenar. It is said that this land is some sort of Domain to that Lady.}

"I'll keep that in mind."

Mirren hung up and decided to walk out of here as soon as possible. But once he took one step forward he couldn't pull the other leg.

Looking at it, there was a roof firmly rounded around his leg.

"Come on!"

The root tensed up all of a sudden and pulled towards the woodland behind Jon with frightening power. Jon splashed into the mud and got dragged all the way to the woods.

"That's official! I hate Valenwood."

His body was still hurt when he got dragged into the woodland. At a certain clearing, a lot of roots and vines sprung up and held him tight bound for display.

In front of him, he could see himself near a small river with the griffin Phoebe lying down and the woman who turned out to be the Green Lady was tending to it.

Jon followed the river by his sight to see some lights coming from afar.

"So that's the city of Silvenar." Jon cursed his bad luck.

He then turned to the woman and spoke.

"Psst! Psst! Green Lady, can we talk things out now, please?" Jon asked quietly.

The woman didn't turn to him and left him ignored. Looking closely, her ear seemed to have bled.

"Oh! Did you become deaf? 1, 2, 3… 1, 2, 3! Testing, testing! Oh, God! Is it my fault…"

"Shut up!" The woman shouted at Jon not wanting to hear his annoying voice anymore.

"Sorry!"

Jon kept quiet and looked around. Last time he was bound by a plant, he suffered enough for a lifetime but he can be considered a pro in the field by now.

The problem is, the one in front of him is the Green Lady and he is in her Domain.

The Green Lady is the title given by Y'ffre (the most important Bosmeri spirit) to the female Bosmer that represents the immortal aspect of Bosmer Strength. They are also widely known as the counterpart to The Silvenar (the representative of the immortal aspect of the Bosmeri Spirit). It is believed that their lives are entwined together and one cannot live without the other.

This Green Lady has mentioned a while ago that her husband has almost got killed or something along the lines. This can explain her wild behavior but she was a bit of an ass in Jon's book.

Anyway, once she finished applying medicine on the griffin and covered it with some big leaves, she turned around to Jon.

In this place, she can just absorb any amount of Magicka she needs, in other words, she is stronger than before.

"Criminal, you have nowhere to run to now." She said.

"Yep." Jon gave a short reply.

"Humph, still acting tough? I'll make you pay and torture you until you tell me where is that man who injured my husband." She said with a lot of contempt.

"Lady, I have no idea what happened. I am also on a manhunt for this guy. My investigation led me to your place. That's all." Jon said.

"You expect me to believe that?"

"Believe what you want, my friends are on their way and they will sort things out so." He said without indifference.

"Fool!" The woman was enraged by his tone and raised her hand commanding some vines to strike Jon like whips.

Jon's face changed from indifference to annoyance.

"Quit being a bitch already."

Without caring about a Green Lady or whatnot anymore, Jon activated the enchantment of the Ebony Mail, the Poison Cloak.

Plants and all kinds of living tend to avoid this enchantment in particular for its corrosive effect. The vines are root tying Jon up were either dead or retreated.

"You!"

"Me what?"

The Green Lady didn't care anymore about taking a hostage and attacked Jon upfront with Magic. Jon stopped her magic with [Pride] and returned the attack in a flash.

The Magicka around the grove moved towards the woman as she was back in combat form once again. Jon didn't take any chances either.

"Sheogorath!"

He called the Blessing of Sheogorath, the Mad Champion, to activate. Once it did, Jon's vitality started to regenerate at a crazy speed.

———————————

[Blessing of Sheogorath]

- Mad Champion: 2500% Vitality Regen

———————————

"Get him!" The woman called and the wild answered.

The racial ability of the Bosmer [Command Animals] was used by the Green Lady and a horde of tigers, bears, snakes and birds of prey started gathering from everywhere.

Jon looked around him and smirked.

"So that's it? This is your army?"

"Humph! You are dead." She said.

Jon didn't even bother with some animals, he was someone on good terms with nature. He retrieved the [Greater Token of Kyne] from the Cube then spoke.

"KAAN!" (Kyne)

———————————

[Greater Token of Kyne]

- Fortify Vitality

- Sooth the Elements

- Protection from Beasts

———————————

Just like that, all the beasts the Green Lady gathered dispersed away. She looked around then glared at Jon.

"Nordic Shouting?"

"I don't want to fight you."

"Too late."

The pig-headed woman insisted on breaking Jon for some reason and he was fed up with her shit. She used the Magicka supplied by the grove she is in and evoked a powerful Lightning spell at Jon. Jon replied with a [Lightning Strike].

She was a crafty one and sent vines to attack Jon from behind, Jon felt the threat and decided to push forward his game.

"All-Maker! Azura!"

He simultaneously activated the blessings of both the All-Maker and Azura, the [Root of Power] and [Dawn's Beauty].

———————————

[Blessing of the All-Maker]

- Root of Power: 2500% Magicka Regeneration

———————————

[Blessing of Azura]

- Dawn's Beauty: 50% Absorb Magic Attacks

———————————

Blue light came from his eyes as the Magicka was running wildly in his body. The Green Lady felt the threat he paused but what was even more confusing was the powers her used. One of them resembled [Highborn] of the Altmer and the other was [Dragonskin] of the Bretons.

Is he an Imperial, a Nord, an Altmer or a Breton?

She manipulated the vines around her then shot them from all directions.

"Useless."

Jon cast [Scatter Bolts] and shot a barrage of lightning at every moving thing. This time, Jon saw an opportunity and attacked her by a well-concealed spell.

The spell took a nice ark and hit the woman but her body disappeared in a puff. Jon paused trying to understand what happened but things were weird, no sign was seen for the woman.

But it wasn't long till someone appeared. A mirror image of Jon with his exact same artifacts standing up for him… then another, then another… the number reached ten to twenty.

"And that is?" Jon asked.

"You are troublesome, criminal. It is time to make you taste of my own poison." The woman spoke but Jon couldn't see her.

"... I think I get it now, you are an Illusionist in terms of study despite being this good at the Green Magic."

"You talk too much."

"If that's right then that explains your poor confrontation skills. You refused to believe that you can squish a mere human with brute Magicka but you finally came to play with your personal deck of cards. What a Green Lady you are!"

"Humph."

The Green Lady wasn't happy to be talked to that way so she attacked first.

Jon didn't do much except waving [Greed] like a whip at the clones she created. They were weak as that spell can't copy the effect of Jon's special Artifacts, Spells and Powers.

But the clones kept coming more and more then the Green Lady changed the strategy to launch weird attacks. Swords, arrows, animals all made of illusion came around to attack Jon.

"You really are getting on my nerves."

Jon waved a big Aura attack by the Ebony Blade, created an opening to retreat then decided to blast the remaining illusions by Magic.

But while he was casting a simple spell, the spell broke on its own and blasted on his hand holding the staff.

Jon could swear he cast a spell right and he would never do such a novice mistake but… he realized it was also an illusion. The Green Lady disturbed his senses and interrupted the spell to stop him.

He didn't like Illusion this much but he recognized the spell, the spell that the woman disappeared with was either [Invisibility] or [Ghostwalk], the spell she used to herself him was [Decoy], the spell that she used to clone him was [Evil Twin], the attacks she is shooting is a [Phantom Pain] spell and the one she used to interrupt him was [Backlash].

This Green Lady knew her Illusion but she didn't stop with just that. She used baits by the Green Magic and displayed more spells in Illusion.

Jon kept looking for her until he realized another spell was at play. She avoided his sight by seeing through his sight. A [Mind Vision] spell. He became sure of that after scanning himself.

"Oh! I see, you are a genius bastard of a Green Lady." Jon said and cast a vision spell called [Heat Vision].

The way he saw things changed, the world turned blue in the cold spots but started to show many dots and shapes of green, yellow, orange and red. Jon took a fast look around until he found a silhouette of a person.

"Gotcha!"

Several spells moved in strange arches from either the Green Lady or Jon. She, who hack Jon's vision, could see the method Jon found her with. She wasn't sure that she hid her life signal and all movements but that was something new.

The Green Lady decided to go with one last maneuver. She distracted Jon from the front and then launched a sneak attack from the back. She used the Green Magic because she wanted Jon to notice.

Jon indeed reacted to the Green Magic attack with his sword which decreased his magic casting rate by a tiny bit but that was all what she needed.

She made Jon's situation jump from Hardcore Mode to Hell Mode by a [Blinding] spell.

"Shit!"

Jon felt that his situation worsened with this last attack. He couldn't see, some illusions attacked him and other roots bound his legs.

He knew his lack of studying illusions got him here but he was also facing the Green Lady who is an Arch Wizard Illusionist.

From the outside, he was standing while being entangled by the trees. He was pierced with a number of arrows made of the illusion spell [Phantom Pain] which felt as if the attack is real.

"Human, you were really some annoying pest." The Green Lady walked out with a dagger in hand.

Jon heard her voice coming from everywhere as well as her presence which made it hard to tell which is true and which is fake.

He started working on a countermeasure to dispel her illusions but they were too complicated.

She walked closer to him claiming her hard-earned victory.

"Human, you will answer for all the crimes you have committed. You have hurt me, my friend, my husband and killed several other Bosmer and Dominion Agents. You will be interrogated into a boiling chamber and will see how fast you give up this troll skull masked friend of yours." She said.

"You crazy psycho bitch!" Jon cursed.

"Insolent fool! In your situation and you dare to insul…"

*Boom*

The Green Lady who was standing in front of Jon was nowhere to be seen after Jon's unintentional reaction. His fist was aiming forward and fuming after a very strong clash that just happened.

In a slow motion, Jon heard the D word, his body shivered with power, he used a [Thunder Cookie] to break his left hand free and that very left hand crashed into the face of the Green Lady from the right side making a sort of a ripple effect on her check while her mouth bleed out and her eyes were almost gouged out.

Ending the slow motion, the woman flew in a beeline towards God knows where and Jon managed to stop the illusions by figuring out how to use [Lust] to make the Truth Inducement effect work on him.

In a few seconds, he was out of his binds.

"Man! This bitch is crazy."

He looked around and started walking away. Green Lady or not, she can go fuck herself for all that he cares about. After all, today was a big day. He defeated the first Arch Wizard all by himself without relying on any outer method.

"Stop right there!"

But life wasn't willing to go easy on him today. Jon turned around to see who was calling him.

It was a tall old woman, high elf, paler than usual, she was in a traveling armor and carried a great elven sword. She was also supporting the half-conscious Green Lady up.

"You did this to her?" She asked.

Jon looked at the two women then looked around himself to see the place in a mess.

"That's a good question." He said.

"Is it?" The High Elf woman raised her brows amused by what she heard.

"The idea of me doing this to her or not is a fundamentally theoretical question. Her actions and reaction define what others act and react to her, in zamakhsharology we call what I said bullshit so that I can buy time to teleport away." Jon said with his hand behind his back casting magic.

"Oh, I see." The old High Elf woman smiled lightly as if she understood him.

"Ciao!"

And Jon disappointed in a second.

The old woman shook her head wryly and looked at the Green Lady she was supporting. She then put her down near a tree to recover in her Domain.

"Norril, you should really start hearing people out first before throwing your spells around." She said and walked to where Jon stood a while ago.

The Green Lady, Norril, recover her hazy consciousness and looked at the high elf woman.

"G- Great Ancestor!" She called.

The High Elf Ancestor looked back and saw Norril looking at her meaningfully.

"I knew what happened to Thoron but we have talked about this before. Even if you are the Green Lady, you mustn't lose your emotions like that. You clearly got the wrong person."

"You… you were watching?"

"I was. Don't put a shameful display like that again." The High Elf Ancestor said then started to scan the place in which Jon teleported.

"Great Ancestor, what are you doing?"

"I have a few questions for the boy, he reminds me of someone unpleasant so I must make sure history doesn't repeat itself."

She picked a trail on Jon and teleported after him.

~~~~~~~~~~

• P4TRE0N 💲💲

Current Goal: 6 Extra Chapters 🎉🎉

pat/reon.com/eldokhmesy (remove / )

•PayPal (+10$ = Extra) 💸💸

Paypal.me/eldokhmesy

• Extras by Votes: 5000 / 8000 ☑️☑️

• Discord discord.gg/gKcKva7s 🗨️🗨️

• Twitter @eldokhmesy22 🐦🐦

You are reading

Dragonborn Saga

ebook which is a free download at

wWw.EbookUpdates.Net

.

Download more ebooks for free at

Ebook Updates.Net

.

461 Martial Exchange

A/n: I was planning to publish a double but my Laptop has reached the end of its trip (again, maybe the last time this once but some Egyptian style mummification and it will be alright, I guess). I have ordered a new gaming PC that will arrive in a few days but until then… I am writing on phone

#Power_Thump

#Author_Goals

#Broke_Again

😭😭

~~~~~~~~~~

Back when Jon and the Green Lady faced each other in the sky above Vinedusk Village; Mirren, Miranda, Isha, and Ilverios headed to where Zara and Jax where stationed but things weren't what they expected.

Jax was surrounded by Dominion Soldiers, had a Flame Atronach carrying him from his shoulders and kept waving a [Lava Whip] around.

Zara was surrounded to but she was talking to someone.

"Hurry up! Free them." Isha jumped off the Shadow Hawk Atronach she was on and pulverized through all who were surrounding Jax.

"Cow head, you alright?"

"Where is Boss?"

"He is occupied."

"Be careful, the man talking to Zara is extremely powerful." Jax pointed at a hooded man who seemed to be arguing with Zara.

Mirren and Miranda snuck through the crowd of soldiers surrounding Zara and hurriedly took the hooded man as a hostage.

"Drop your Weapons! Now!" Mirren shouted.

The situation became tense as the soldiers aimed their weapons at Mirren refusing to surrender and it all became too hectic. The hooded man never acted or reacted but just kept a cool light attitude.

"Please, stop it." Zara called for Mirren.

"Will get you out of here." Miranda came behind Zara and pulled her away.

"No, Zara is not in danger. You are misunderstanding things." Zara said.

Mirren and Miranda paused to understand what's going on but the Dominion Soldiers seemed to be following the hooded man and all surrounding Zara, the same situation with Jax.

"Please, put down your weapon. This one will handle this." This time the one who spoke was the hooded man revealing himself to be a Khajiit.

His words were to the Dominion Soldiers who reluctantly retreated.

Mirren didn't understand what's going on but he wasn't letting a hostage go just because the current turned to his favor.

"Now nice and slow…" Mirren tried to hold the man from his shoulder but as soon as he did, his point of view started to spin and felt a slam to his back.

The hooded Khajiit simply twisted his shoulder while barely holding Mirren's hand sending him in circles. Miranda released an arrow soon after that the hooded man threw Mirren but the man showed some supernatural flexibility and reflexes evading an arrow from almost a point-blank.

The hooded Khajiit looked towards where Mirren was but he wasn't there any longer and so did Miranda. The pair magically disappeared but sure as hell they were around.

*Slash* *Swoosh*

An arrow and a blade moved at the same instant targeting the man's vitals. The man jumped and twisted his body evading the two attacks with a hair's width.

The Altmer twins wouldn't let such a chance of an enemy being midair pass by and so they returned with lethal attacks but the man managed to evade with graceful movements until he landed on a single foot and kicked Mirren without even getting a firm foothold.

Mirren was launched back like a stringless kite but he didn't resist, rather, he held his sword and dagger in a weird movement resembling a bow and arrow. Miranda took an arrow and ran recklessly toward the hooded Khajiit attacking as if she is holding a sword.

""Switch!""

The Hooded Khajiit felt a motion through the Space and all of a sudden, Mirren and Miranda switched places. Mirren was waving his sword and Miranda shot a very accurate arrow.

It was going to be a hit no matter how skilled the opponent is. This cooperation and understanding between the two have reached a ridiculous level that even startled the Hooded Khajiit.

But no matter what attack, this man was not someone to look down on. He adjusted his stance to firmness and waved his two hands together. All his ten claws brightened with the Moonlight revealing the Nature of his Aura.

With two hand waves, he stopped Mirren's sword by four claws and Miranda's arrows by two.

This stunning scene viewed the height of the martial arts this man has trained but what followed showed how terrifying it can go.

"Hya!"

The Hooded Khajiit shouted and pushed with his two arms at the same time. Towards Mirren was a palm attack carrying the unstoppable force of the Moonlight Aura. Towards Miranda was a claws attack as if blades of Moonlight Aura sliced everything in their path.

From point-blank, Mirren was hit and crashed on the ground nearby but kept rolling to avoid injury. Miranda performed an acrobatic side jump and evaded four claw attacks while sacrificing an arrow to block the fifth.

"Nice!" The Hooded Khajiit was impressed.

Mirren evaded a dangerous injury and Miranda went out of the situation swiftly.

The fight paused as the three exchanged looks.

"Senior." Miranda nodded to the Hooded Khajiit.

"Senior." Mirren stood up while holding his arm.

"Juniors." The Hooded Khajiit replied.

The three showed acknowledgment to one another.

"You two are Desert Wind? You must be from the Masters. Strange! Never heard about you two." The Hooded Khajiit said.

"We are Core Adepts… were. We disobeyed direct orders to operate on our own." Mirren said.

"Oh, that's bad."

"Senior must be from the Goutfang School." Miranda spoke.

"Indeed. How do you know?"

"Impressive defense, good stance, particular muscle mass."

"Wow! This one was seen through that much? But still… You are disadvantaged against me. You can ask your friends to join in if you want to make the odds somewhat even." The Hooded Khajiit said.

"We're busy trying to get a friend from trouble, senior. Will spar in a later chance." Mirren said.

"This one insists." The Hooded Khajiit showed a fair amount of fighting spirit, he wanted to keep the fun going.

"I'll entertain you." Miranda said.

The others looked at her doubtful but she threw her bow and loosened her quiver. She then grabbed two knives from her belt.

This was an unusual scene as Miranda never showed her skill in close combat that often.

Still, what's more strange was the sight of those strange knives. They were short curved blades in crescent shape held in a reverse-grip with a ring on top of each handle that the index finger goes through.

Karambit knives.

Those lethal things were very rare in these parts and a few knew how to use them. They were weapons that can easily resemble claws.

The Hooded Khajiit didn't turn down the offer and took a firm stance, to that, Miranda took a low stance on her fingertips.

"Hm?" The Hooded Khajiit noticed the stance but there was not much to react as Miranda was already kicking at him midair.

Strike, Block, Strike, Block, Strike, Block.

The kicks midair were blocked by the man's arm bracers but that was just the beginning. Miranda unnaturally went low and took a large circular lower leg attack at the man who resorted to hanging one leg up to avoid then kick it towards Miranda. She was anticipating this and her Karambits attacked the leg aiming for vital blood vessels.

The man retreated his leg in an instance and took three steps away to regain a stance. Miranda was impressed by the man's fast retreat that she couldn't prevent.

Usually, she should keep attacking but the man took three large steps to completely escape her range.

He wasn't underestimating her at all.

He looked at her blades with keen eyes noticing the vibrations through them.

"You are not Desert Wind but Whispering Claws. For a non-Khajiit, what a feat!" He couldn't help but praise her.

"Thank you, senior."

He looked at Mirren but the latter shook his head indicating that he doesn't practice that art.

The Desert Wind Martial Art, that Mirren used, relies mostly on dual-wielding swords which is extremely hard to master. Mirren uses many kinds of swords but his personal favorite is a one-handed sword combined with a dagger.

The Goutfang Martial Art that, the Hooded Khajiit used, is a style that is known for using the flow of energy through its user. It is a balanced and fast-moving martial art with a defense that is reminiscent of the Nord warriors. It has a versatility that requires coordination and strength, using aspects from other fighting styles, such as grappling. It is believed that even a quadrupedal furstock such as the Senche-raht can learn the Goutfang.

Find authorized novels in Webnovel，faster updates, better experience，Please click www.webnovel.com for visiting.

The Whispering Claw, that Miranda used, is a fast-moving and silent fighting style that is meant for taking another life, ideally for an assassin. Masters of that art are known for their quick reflexes and flight-like acrobatics. The style is considered the counter to the Goutfang.

"This is interesting. Two Altmer ladies are good at such arts. This is very rare. Let's fight a bit more." The Hooded Khajiit was all fired up.

"We are really late. Krilon is fighting that woman alone." Mirren said.

"That woman? You mean the woman in Vinedusk village?" The Khajiit asked.

"..."

No one wanted to disclose any information to him but he wasn't anyone dull.

"Forget about your friend, he's a goner. The Silvenar was injured and his Green Lady must be going berserk right now." The Hooded Khajiit said.

"Hm?" (Mirren)

"What?" (Miranda)

"Who?" (Isha)

"Where?" (Ilverios)

"When?" (Jax)

The others reacted in shocked expression there is to react with.

"The Green Lady, you know! The Spiritual Leader of Valenwood." The Hooded Khajiit said.

The others were well aware of the title but needed a minute to get it to their heads.

"Lord Mane was just explaining the situation to Zara when you interrupted us just now." Zara said

"Hm?" (Mirren)

"What?" (Miranda)

"Who?" (Isha)

"Where?" (Ilverios)

"Whose?" (Jax)

The Hooded Khajiit put down his hood showing his face that resembled a normal Cathy but had too many braids of various colors on his head.

The Mane, the Spiritual Leader of the Khajiit,

a unique breed of Khajiit. Khajiit tradition holds that only one Mane can be alive at one time. Manes can only be born under a rare alignment of the moons Masser and Secunda when, according to legend, a third moon actually appears.

The Mane of this generation, in particular, is known to be a top expert in martial arts to the point where he was known as a warmonger. Now, this friendly-looking Khajiit uncle has both the skill and the fire to fight but to think he is the Mane himself.

"Krilon is fighting the Green Lady and we fought the Mane? Who else is going to show up? My Grandmother?" Mirren went pale from the thought.

"It's okay it's okay, this one doesn't mind a good fight, let's just…"

"YOU CRAZY BITCH! SLOW DOWN!"

No one knew what had just passed but everyone had a good enough imagination to picture what's going on.

"That looks like fun." The Mane said, "Let's join them."

~~~~~~~~~~

• P4TRE0N 💲💲

Current Goal: 6 Extra Chapters 🎉🎉

pat/reon.com/eldokhmesy (remove / )

•PayPal (+10$ = Extra) 💸💸

Paypal.me/eldokhmesy

• Extras by Votes: 5000 / 8000 ☑️☑️

• Discord discord.gg/gKcKva7s 🗨️🗨️

• Twitter @eldokhmesy22 🐦🐦

You are reading

Dragonborn Saga

ebook which is a free download at

wWw.EbookUpdates.Net

.

Download more ebooks for free at

EbookUpdates.Net

.

462 Jon vs an Ancestor

A/n: I think I shouted Elemental Fury in my thumb cuz I write a double Chapter on phone.

Daily + Monthly Extra!

~~~~~~~~~~

(Part 1)

"Well, I don't remember owing you money."

"You don't."

"Good, because in a matter of fact, I don't owe anyone any money. However, if you want money, that's a different story."

"Ohohoho! What is your best offer?"

"Clingy High Elves discount, a wee lesser than Family and Friends discount."

"Nord, huh? You can't fake an accent in front of me."

"Come on! I just shouted that Green Lady twice, of course I'm a Nord."

"Been a while."

"Since?"

"Meeting a Voice Master. One must admit that unlike Common Nords, Voice Masters are more… wise and pick what they say carefully."

"I was told I have a big mouth, and I ain't wise, Lady."

"Heh heh! Will see about that."

"What's so funny?"

"Hmmm… unlike my kin, I don't hate Nords. Your race is the purest Human race remaining… descendants of the Old Atmorans."

"Same goes for you Altmer, descendants of the Old Aldmer. You know… I hate to admit it but Altmer and Nords share too much."

"I tend to disagree. We are the complete opposites."

"Really? How about this… a Nord and an Altmer walk into a bar, an hour later, some Guards come in saying they are looking for a wanted man who is tall, good-looking, won't stop talking about their ancestry and had a stick up his arse. Who do you think the people will suspect?"

"This is oddly convincing."

"Actually, if you pay attention, the stick up the arse thing is totally Altmer."

"I beg your pardon…"

"Ain't giving."

"... Altmer are the most mannered race in Tamriel by far."

"No, you folk are just too hard on yourselves. Who lives in a goddamn tropical island and go out to conquer the world. We Nords have more right in that one."

"We either go out or they will come in."

"Ugh! Thank goodness there is no oil around."

"Hmph! You are indeed a Nord with a month."

"Told you. Now what?"

"Let me ask you a few questions."

"Interview? I'm a Mercenary alright but I ain't for hire."

"Not hiring."

"Inspecting?"

"You can say so."

"Do I have to record any birthmarks or tattoos?"

"No?"

"Do I have to record how many Daedra I can summon or how cute my cat is?"

"No. Just show me your Aura?"

"My Aura?"

"Yes, that art that you humans became so good in. It reflects what kind of man you are?"

"Well, in that case…"

Jon didn't hide his hostility anymore and let loose of his Tyrant Aura. The moment he met that woman, he just wanted to turn and leave but that wasn't much of an option as soon as she showed up after him.

His agitated Aura that he held back since the beginning was if a fire spreading on a surface of gasoline, fast and violent then steady and still.

The High Elven Ancestor felt the Aura that is ever so domineering and sadistic, it's rhyme wasn't unsteady but perfectly controlled. Moreover, it has this Chaotic Good feeling to it.

"Alas, It is what I feared." The Altmer woman said faintly.

"..." Jon didn't reply waiting for her to go on.

"Another Monster." She said and reached out to the Great Sword resting on her back.

Jon said nothing, he just smiled faintly but after some thinking, he spoke.

"Oh! I see… I see." Jon nodded understanding the woman's reasoning.

He looked carefully at that Altmer old woman. Unlike him who was akin to a Dark Knight in his full Ebony, she was akin to a Paladin in light white armor.

Her armor was an Elven breastplate with arms and legs well-covered then she had a white robe over that with a small hood covering her white hair and revealing her aged face. Despite the wrinkles, she seemed to have aged taking care of herself despite being abnormally pale.

Still, her sword felt strong and powerful. A High Elf is rarely seen fighting with such a big sword let alone a Female Altmer. This should be one hell of an experience.

But just like High Elves, she cast [Empower] and [Accelerate] before a fight.

Jon focused his Aura to battle mode thinking the outer shell and thickening it while taking out the [Ebony Blade] and completely reinforcing it.

He held it with two hands and faced the woman. The two were silent for almost a minute but that minute was already how the fight started. In their heads, hundreds of simulations happened.

Defend, Counter, Lose.

Attack, Attack, Lose.

Evade, Attack, Evade, Counter, Win.

But it wasn't that simple at all once the fight started. The two bounced on each other with one kill move at the same time.

It is all for who is faster now.

*CLINK* *SCREECH* *Swoosh*

The two swords met, the two wielders passed one another exchanging places.

The result was…

Jon's sword was sent flying.

The woman's sword was cut in half.

The two turned back to one another with disbelief shown in their eyes.

His sword was better.

Her skill was better.

"My sword is Mithril." She said.

"My skill is seven paces of ten near perfection." He said.

Her Mithril sword was no match for the indestructible Ebony Blade. The [Fortify Swordsmanship] enchantment had a 7/10 effect of its top potential due to the enchantment [Awakening], once it passed 5/10, the sword was already incredible in all aspects and enhanced Jon's skill by a great deal.

Still, that woman took his sword down and he cut hers.

"How did this even happen?" He asked.

"Ha! Haha! I have no idea." She said but her laugh turned to a decisive one a second later.

She stood between Jon and his sword, held her hand out and cast [Bound Greatsword].

Find authorized novels in Webnovel，faster updates, better experience，Please click www.webnovel.com for visiting.

"What about you?" She asked.

Jon checked his options. He can call [Pride] or [Greed] but as weapons, they won't add much to his skill right now.

He thought about it and came up with something.

First, he cast [Empower] and [Accelerate] like her. This alone added 10% to his power and speed which were already buffed by his Aura. Second…

"QAH ULD HAAS!" (Armor Might Health)

A very pure and mystic power exploded around Jon and returned around his body creating a knight armor made of energy on top of his armor.

His appearance was astonishing but to the eyes of the Altmer woman, he was still unarmed.

"Are you done?" She asked.

He extended his arm to the side and all of a sudden, the Ebony Blade stuck far away in the ground started twitching and jumped out of its place back to Jon's hands.

"Now I'm ready." He said.

The woman didn't expect to see a weapon flying back to the hands of its owner but that can be expected from the kind of opponent she is facing.

Then two went at it again.

*TINK*

And again.

*TINK*

Two exchanges in one seven, the three in one and the speed kept rising.

How those two swung their swords was a mystery even to them. It was all depending on the thrill, the momentum and the survival instincts of a warrior. Even though she was using a Bound Sword, her skill in Magic was as amazing as her skill in swordsmanship and she maintained and reconstructed it during the battle against a terrifying sword suck as the Ebony Blade.

Between the two, a blade storm of dangerous energies and irritated Magicka laid waste to the terrain. They were fighting in a clear area not far from the travelers' road but the effect of the battle could be heard from the nearby city of Silvenar.

A few seconds after that last exchange, the Green Lady arrived near the two waiting for a chance to support the Altmer woman.

"Great Ancestor! I came to help."

Her words marked the end of the exchange between the two. Jon retreated away leaving two straight trails in the ground after him and the woman jumped to the back. The two showed signs of breathing hard as they seemed to have put some stamina in the last few moves.

"Ancestor? Who?" Jon looked at the Green Lady and then to the woman in front of him, "You?"

"Stay out of this, Norril." The Altmer woman spoke to the Green Lady.

Jon was at a loss for words. An Altmer Ancestor, a Green Lady… who else left? The Khajiiti Mane?

But what is terrifying right now is how he managed to stay his ground in front of an Ancestor.

Putting her in the same regards as Divayth Fyr is kinda blasphemous but at least an Ancestor is someone he needs to be very careful with.

On the other hand, the Altmer Ancestor woman was in a state of wonder. There are what is known as Monsters in this world. These are simply people who have frightening talents and great luck to grow further. Those people are either saviors or conquerors.

But Jon had a different view of the term. To him, the term "Monster" may refer to many things but it is mostly used by those people who reached their mental capacity to understand and perceive things.

Something like "Witches are Evil" was said in the Middle Ages. Even though with the probability of the existence of supernatural powers on Earth, many women of knowledge, herbalist and astronomers were dragged in public and burned on the stick.

It is just the same way people think. If someone is too strong, they will use and abuse their strength making common weak people see them as "Freaks of Nature" and "Monsters".

In a magical world, those "Monster" people are a different case than from non-magical worlds. Magic has tremendous abilities as it is and combining a heaven-defying talent with such a force gives birth to those "Monsters". People who perceive themselves as capable and get affected by their own power that pushes them towards great things.

For example, if someone uses a certain method for magic casting and it happens to be Necromancy, the vile art. Those necromancers have no respect for graves or the honored dead making use of every corpse they come across while in fact, they may have shunned that practice if they were not yet to become necromancers but now that they are ones and got a taste of that power, they won't simply go back and revert easily. The same goes for Pyromancers who burn people alive despite who cruel it is and how horrible it is to smell a burnt corpse.

In the end, the people referred to as "Monsters" are not much different. They are talented ones who can't give up their talents and drown in their powers more and more. Jon can't deny this is the case with him.

Now he is facing a.

"Do you know what is the only thing that can break a monster?" She asked.

Jon shook his head.

"It is another Monster." She said.

**********

(Part 2)

"Do you know what is the only thing that can break a monster?" She asked.

Jon shook his head.

"It is another Monster." She said.

A Monster… of all the things Jon come to face is another Monster with the title of an Ancestor.

The irony! He couldn't help himself but smile wryly.

Yes, she was also a Monster. She was once called that by no one other than her own blood, her brother. She was rebelled against, fought by force and received a lot of hatred and contempt because of her power and talent. Despite the odds, she swept through all who opposed her unforeseen and achieved the one of the greatest legacies in the modern High Elven history. Her power grew with time and even with the demise of the Altmer at the end of the Second Era, she remained and became a hermit Ancestor by the years that followed.

"So you're saying that as a Monster, you are to take me down?" Jon asked.

"Yes, just like how I was broken before." She said.

"Oh!" Jon heard something interesting but the Altmer Ancestor seemed to be willing to go all out on his this time.

She held the Bound Sword firmly this time and made a full charge at him. Jon knew she was going to use all her might to bring him down and truth be told, he felt an unlimited amount of Magicka moving within her.

"Pride."

Despite holding the [Ebony Blade] with two hands, Jon called for [Pride] that came out from the Cube and floated like a drone over Jon's head.

He may have used this move before but this is the first time someone sees it. A staff floating on its own and casting spells by itself… now that's something to keep the term "Monster" fresh in mind.

"Die!"

She waved her sword with an unstoppable force at Jon but the [Ebony Blade] was there to take the impact. Jon, however, felt like his arms going numb and barely moved to defend the second coming attack.

"Women at these parts are so crazy!" He shouted.

"Stop talking and fight!" She said while attacking another time.

"STFU, you freak! I just dragged my ass from a fight with that crazy chick, gimme a fucking break."

"No! I'll kill you here and now!"

"You can't kill me let alone defeat me!" Jon stopped her sword and pushed back.

"Even breaking me won't stop me. I was defeated more than I ever won, I was broken before and here I stand once again stronger than before. I lost a foot, I lost my magic, I lost fingers of my hand, my left eye almost went blind. I was broken in the gutter of a prison and here I recovered once again. I returned! What more can you do?"

More than his power, his words pushed the woman further back.

She carried a lot of negativity on her face but she was still coming at him.

"You are right, breaking someone requires more. Breaking me… and many others in the fall of Summerset to that foul Numidium led by the one you call Talos. He marched to our home, sieging our castles, killing our armies and even when we ganged up on him in a fight, he put us all down, me included, with a stab right an inch beside my heart.

And I had to watch my country bend the knee while I was being rescued while hiding underground like a rat.

Takes a lot to break someone, believe me."

"And here you are." Jon said as her words didn't get to his head.

"And here I am… preventing the chance of another Monster to be born among your race by taking its head." She replied.

"Fat chance!"

*CLINK* *Swoosh*

She offered her strongest and fastest attack this time.

The [Ebony Blade] flew off Jon's hand again but he didn't put effort to retrieve it. In fact, [Pride] that was floating above all that time shot a strong spell towards the woman pushing her to retreat.

Jon was mercilessly dishing out spells while she kept the [Ebony Blade] under her foot despite its struggle to return to Jon.

Still, [Pride] was a very troublesome staff in the eyes of the Altmer woman. Despite Jon's various abilities that kept him alive against her, she couldn't understand [Pride].

A Staff flying around its owner casting magic on its own as if it is a third hand? This was something absurd in the field of magic. No mage has more than two hands, having a third may open the door for a lot of possibilities no one has ever achieved before.

Jon knew what it meant to have a third hand and how it happened.

———————————

[Pride, the Elder Staff of Power and Fate]

- Imagination Magic

- Will of Pride (NEW)

———————————

Pride was evolving lately and started to have the power to move on its own will. Of course, that will was under Jon's control.

Yet despite all that, he was still not able to put the desired pressure on that woman.

Their Magicka was running short but Jon had a few tricks up his sleeve and it is almost time for one.

The Altmer woman decided to let go of the [Ebony Blade] she was stepping on and charged towards Jon before the blade reaches him evading all the spells he sends at her.

It was all now within her grasp. She waved her sword but didn't expect that Jon was having a trap for her.

A red glow shone from his left side as a black cylinder object with aimed at her.

*Boom*

A blast was head as she felt her abdomen turning numb and she was sent a few meters to the back.

Looking at it, Jon had formed [Greed] into a cannon-like object around his hand and used his Aura to make a close-ranged attack with such a power.

It indeed worked on her being the first attack he managed to cleanly land on her.

"Great Ancestor!" The Green Lady ran towards the Altmer woman but the latter seemed fine.

Right now, it seems that the Green Lady was willing to join the battle and fight Jon 2 on 1.

Jon retrieved the [Ebony Blade] but he was in a troublesome position again as he had to face the Altmer Ancestor woman who kept pushing him back and the Green Lady who is a troublesome illusionist.

"I know you two are strong and I will be defeated this way." He said then sent the [Ebony Blade] back in the Cube.

But…

"But do you really think that I can't scratch you back if I wanted to?" As he said so, he took out a dagger this time.

And that was not any dagger, it was [Mehrunes Razor].

———————————

[Mehrunes Razor]

- Poison Damage

- Instant Kill Chance

- Fortify Dagger Skill

———————————

"Hmph! You couldn't defeat us with your large sword, you think you can do that with a small knife?" The Green Lady smirked.

"I would agree with your reasoning any day, the bigger the better in my book but sometimes, you need to be short and smart." Jon replied.

"Norril, retreat." The Altmer woman said.

"But Ancestor…"

"That is [Mehrunes Razor]. It may kill you with just a scratch." She said recognizing Jon's dagger.

It wasn't hard to recognize a very unusual weapon such as the Razor for its unique appearance but the same can't be said for the [Ebony Blade] and the [Ebony Mail].

The infamous Razor was known to be the weapon that can kill with one scratch. Jon can indeed scratch them as he is the kind of opponent they need to sacrifice a few fingers to take him down.

"I'll support you from behind." The Green Lady retreated and started casting a lot of protection on the Altmer woman.

[Stone Skin], [Accelerate], [Hasten], [Empower] and [Healing].

"Hey, that dirty!" Jon said.

"Is it?" The Green Lady smirked.

Jon refused to play by their own rules and put his touch on the fight.

"Greed, do your thing."

In Jon's hand was Mehrunes Razor, [Greed] which was acting as a cape moved on its own and entered the Razor.

The two women could see the strange anomaly and saw a weirder scene afterward.

The Razor which is a wide-bladed dagger changed to a very thin-bladed short sword with a delicate grip and a small guard maintaining its theme.

"What is that?" They asked.

"There is only one way to find out. WULD NAH KEST!" (Whirlwind Fury Tempest)

Jon used the [Whirlwind Sprint] while aiming the weapon forward. His speed was unimaginable as he reached the Altmer woman.

She put a hasty guard but what happened next scared the ever-living out of her. The small blade in Jon's hand pierced through the first layer of protection put by Norril, the second layer put by her, the Bound Greatsword she blocked with, the Elven breastplate she put on and the layers of fabric under it straight to her heart.

It was sure death moment that awakened a very terrible trauma.

The blade pierced the same spot that carried a grave scare from almost a thousand years ago.

A terrible fright possessed the Elven Ancestor as she felt the blade piercing through her skin. She used her own energy to blow herself backward away from Jon and Jon away from her.

In her state, she flew backward with no balance and crashed in a bad shape paler than a sheet of paper.

*Swoosh*

"Give up!"

The [Ebony Blade] was right in front of her neck as she was kneeling down with a line of blood dripping from the side of her lips.

"Great Ancestor!" The Green Lady freaked out.

"Don't." Jon warned her by putting the sword closer.

The Altmer woman didn't seem to be surrendering even in this state.

"You better kill me while you have the chance." She said.

"Believe me, I have every chance and all rights but that isn't worth it. I'm not the conqueror who broke you, I'm just some mercenary investigating something when that green bitch decided I am some sort of a criminal." Jon said.

She looked at him with resentment.

"Show me your face. Your true face." She said.

Jon felt unpleasant but so he did. He put away both [Krilon] and [Lust].

Long red hair, blue eyes, light beard, and a young handsome face.

"... How old are you?" She asked.

"19."

"Shut up!"

"Blasphemy!"

Both the Green Lady and the Altmer woman denied it right off.

They were defeated by 19 years old human. Their ages combined are almost a hundred times his age.

"Surrendering or not? I don't want to kill you, Lady." Jon said.

The woman hated surrendering even more but she no longer had the will to fight. He is too young to be the Monster she faced. He also had a different looks and manner of speech.

That was not another one of those ghosts of Tiber Septim that haunted her for centuries.

"Even among the ones I know, you are a Monster among the Monsters. I capitulate."

"Thank you."

Jon put his sword away immediately.

He fought against an Altmer Ancestor, not only did he live to tell the tale but he managed to make her admit defeat.

His knees almost gave in but her remained on by sheer willpower.

"Norril, Great Ances…" The sound of a running beast came by as a gigantic Senche-Raht stopped not far from them and a Khajiit on it.

He saw the situation from afar and his jaw dropped.

"Topaz is here." The Green Lady looked to the side and recognized the man.

After him, a fast carriage drove by fast followed by a number of Dominion Soldiers.

Isha came out followed by the rest.

"Krilon, you alright?" Miranda and Mirren hurried to Jon but froze in front of the Altmer Ancestor.

The situation was a bit tense for some reason but Jon gave a hand for the Altmer woman and helped her stand up to break the tension.

"I hope that you remain true to your word." He said.

"I will." She spoke.

"Teacher." The Khajiit named Topaz jumped off the Senche-Raht he was on and hurried to her.

"Enough, I am fine." She said and dismissed his worries.

Isha came near Jon and spoke to him.

"There is an update on the situation after we met the Mane." She said.

"The Mane? Where?"

Isha pointed to the Khajiit called Topaz.

"The Mane is called Topaz? Did they run out of names?" Jon wondered

[A/n: I did.]

"That's not what matters now. We came across a messenger on the way here. Zain appeared in Silvenar City an hour ago." She said.

"Wa… shit!" Jon almost wanted to slap everyone around.

"He broke into the graht-oak of Silvenar and some fight happened but he disappeared. We need to go now." She said.

"Wait! What's going on? Who is that Zain?" The Green Lady asked.

"The one we are after… the Troll Skull man that almost killed your husband, dimwit." Jon replied with an irritated face.

She lost all the composer and the air of a Green Lady then suddenly Teleported from her place.

"Wait! Norril." The Altmer woman tried to stop her but she felt weak due to Jon's last attack.

"Easy, teacher." Mane Topaz supported her.

The situation was somehow dependant on her so she swallowed her pain.

"That man… you are after. He attacked Thoron, the Silvenar." She spoke to Jon.

"I know. We are trying to stop him as well. If Silvenar Thoron is poisoned by his spear, we can help with that." Jon said and Isha nodded.

"Can this one asks for your help then?" Mane Topaz asked.

"As long as we are promised safety inside Silvenar." Jon said.

"You have this one's word." The Mane said.

"Let's not waste time then."

Everyone moved out, the Mane supported the Altmer Ancestor to his Senche-Raht and Isha woke Mirren and Miranda up by a snap of her fingers telling them to hurry up.

Jon took a deep breath and moved the last looking at the blade in his hand.

———————————

[Mehrunes Needle]

- Paralysis Poison Damage

- Instant Kill Chance (2%)

- Fortify Dagger Skill

- Skip Protection (Greed Effect)

———————————

It was the perfect weapon for an assassin no matter what but that woman was very lucky.

He looked at his other hand.

———————————

[Old Man's Coin]

- Fortify Luck

———————————

It was in tails. Jon hated tails.

"Sigh! Not my lucky day it seems."

~~~~~~~~~~

• P4TRE0N 💲💲

Current Goal: 6 Extra Chapters 🎉🎉

pat/reon.com/eldokhmesy (remove / )

•PayPal (+10$ = Extra) 💸💸

Paypal.me/eldokhmesy

• Extras by Votes: 5000 / 8000 ☑️☑️

• Discord discord.gg/gKcKva7s 🗨️🗨️

• Twitter @eldokhmesy22 🐦🐦

You are reading

Dragonborn Saga

ebook which is a free download at

wWw.EbookUpdates.Net

.

Download more ebooks for free at

EbookUpdates.Net

.

463 Investigation

A/n: Big thanks for @Hakkira on P4tre0n.

I was thinking that as soon as I get the new PC (don't know when), I would start publishing Early Access chapters on P4tre0n for +5$ Patrons. Let me know what you guys think.

~~~~~~~~~~

"What pisses me off is that we were right on his tail then when we were this close… this close, I tell you… we find ourselves a Green Lady, a Mane and an Altmer Ancestor picking fights with us all in the same bloody hour."

"..." "..." "..."

"Now I don't know what to call this but you guys have a big hole in your tree. I love holes… not in trees… but that's not a hole I like."

Jon turned around to the Mane, Lady and Ancestor in question. The three looked upset being scolded out in the open like that but no one replied at Jon.

"Zain has disappeared… again." Isha said as she walked out of the central gigantic graht-oak in the middle of the city of Silvenar.

"What about the Thoron?" The Green Lady Norril asked.

"He is stable now. He'll get better in a few days with rest. He is also asking to see you." Isha said.

Just as she said so, Norril let out a long sigh of relief. Not sure how but when she breathed, the tense atmosphere around the city eased up by a lot and the trees felt like breathing too.

Jon looked around to observe this phenomenon then looked at the Green Lady as she was running in the central tree.

"What was that just now?" He asked.

"That's the ability of the Green Lady." The Mane said. "Norril can control more than just some Green Magic and Illusions, she is the personification of the Bosmeri raw wildness and passion of their primal past."

"Meaning?"

"She is connected to the forest and the beasts. The Silvenar is more of a Civilized personification of the Culture and Politics so they call him the [Voice of the People], she is more of the Emotions in this regard."

"That explains why she had a short fuse and attacked me on sight." Jon nodded.

"Well, I am glad you understand but there is a point to her short temper. The Green Lady has a bestial nature, if the Silvenar is killed, her bestial nature is irrevocably unleashed and her fury turns on all those who are involved in his until she joins him in death. Thoron being hurt this time didn't cause much of a mayhem but she went on a real rampage with you. This one is sorry for letting you handle her on your own."

"It's okay."

Jon said with a tired face.

If the Green Lady goes coco every time the Silvenar gets hurt, it is a miracle that this country is still standing."

The Altmer woman ignored their conversation and arrived near the great Graht-Oak of Silvenar.

"The tree will recover but I don't know what to make of this. Which room did this blast come from?" She looked to the side asking a Bosmer officer.

"It is the treasury room, my Lady."

"What was stolen?" She asked.

"... Nothing we know of, my lady."

"Nothing? Nothing at all?" She questioned.

"According to the prior investigation, all the treasury items and coffers were sealed as they should be. We don't know what was taken." The officer confirmed. "Only Lord Silvenar knows the content of the treasury in detail."

The group looked to one another and seemed to be in a dilemma.

"What do you make of this?" The Altmer Ancestor turned to Jon.

"Only the Silvenar can tell. I want to conduct my own investigation if possible but I'll wait for permission." Jon said.

In fact, he has already sent Nefertiti to see what happened.

"What about you, Topaz?" She asked the Mane.

"This one agrees with the Nord, it is not good to wait while a criminal is on the run and some item can be exposed but we need to maintain a wise line of thoughts and learn that our opponent is cunning and strong." The Mane said.

The Altmer Ancestor nodded and kept thinking.

"Hey." Jon called the Mane.

"Yes." The Mane turned to him.

"As the High Fluff of the Khajiit Society, why are you called Topaz." Jon asked.

"That's not really much of an interesting story, friend. This one's Teacher, which is the Great Ancestor over here was the one who gave him that name. You see… this one's mother hoped that this one becomes a Senche or a Raht so she called him Two-Paws, however, this one became a Mane instead so he changed his name to fit the title. And that's how this one became Topaz." Mane Topaz said.

"That's a touching story." Jon said.

"Only an idiot like you will feel anything from that." Isha retorted from the back.

It was then when a guard came from the Silvenar's Graht-Oak.

"The Lord and Lady wish to speak, all present guests can enter."

The group nodded to one another and decided to go in. This was the opportunity to investigate what happened. The Altmer Ancestor went in followed by the Mane but as soon as Jon walked in, he was stopped.

"The Mercenaries are to hand over their weapons. Swords, Spears, Staves and Daggers… especially Daggers. Orders of the Lady." The Guard said.

"Are you fuc…" Isha was lashing out but Jon spoke.

"Okay."

He took out the [Ebony Blade], [Pride] and [Mehrunes Razor]. He simply tossed them at the guard and walked past him. The rest saw Jon being Jon and understood there is no threat. If things came to worst, he has an armory to power up an army all around one finger.

The Mane seemed interested in Jon.

"You are really interesting, Nord Friend. Mind if this one asks for a spar?" He said as he led Jon inside the graht-oak.

"None at all. But I just defeated a Green Lady and an Altmer Ancestor."

"Please!" The Mane snorted, "Norril is an Illusionist and from what I can imagine, you are strong towards Illusions."

"You are not wrong."

"And Lady A… Teacher is not at the level of an Actual Ancestor."

"What do you mean?"

"An Ancestor is someone who lived long and saw beyond the world. She did but she was injured and never recovered. She is greatly weakened compared to other Ancestors."

"Is that so?"

"Believe it or not, friend. Ancestors are nothing you or this one can compare to. Now, how about a spar."

"I'll pass."

"Ugh! Suit yourself."

The group climbed the graht-oak from inside, truth be told, living inside a tree didn't look that interesting for the mono-colored decorations. Floor made of wood, walls made of wood, ceiling made of wood. But there were at least some window and the lighting was installed by torchbugs

From one window, Jon could see all Silvenar from above. The city was just a big forest made of trees and some sheds made of hide and bones. Bosmer weren't much of fabric makers as they don't use plant-based materials.

On top of the uniqueness of this city and its towering trees, Silvenar has a wide history that dates back to the Merethic Era. The first Silvenar and the first Green Lady were a childless couple who tended the eldest and most ancient tree, blessed by Y'ffre himself, as their own offspring.

It was later when the graht-oak of Silvenar, like the one of Elden Root, was seeded by the one in Falinesti. Since that time, Silvenar was the holiest city of the Green-Pact Bosmer as it was founded or occupied by the first of the Silvenar and his followers.

This city has witnessed history long and wide from the Golden Age of the Ayleid, the Alessian Slave Rebellion, the Unification of Valenwood, the First, Second, Third and Fourth Empires, the First, Second and Third Aldmeri Dominions.

If these trees could speak, and they can, fascinating voids in the pages of history can be filled.

"We have arrived." The voice of the Jaqspur Guard woke Jon from his daydream.

Outside the central graht-oak were normal Dominion Soldiers but inside and in vital and holy places exist the Jaqspurs, personal guards of the Silvenar. Their outfit is made entirely of leather accented with bone.

The Altmer Ancestor led the path to a certain room followed by the rest. There, the Green Lady received them.

"Where is Thoron?"

"He is resting."

Looking at the room, Jon figured out it is the treasury room for the big hole that was open in its wall. This graht-oak was a powerful tree known for its magic resistance, opening such a whole required some formidable artifact.

"That's a nasty looking hole." Jon remarked.

"Some sort of Flame Magic was used, we are not sure what it was." Norril said.

"What happened to the rest of the items?" Jon inquired why the treasury was empty.

"We wanted to take inventory of our belongings while you mercenaries conduct your own investigation. We will inform you what item is missing if we see fit." Norril said.

"If you are cooperating with us, I suggest you at least show some honesty."

"Outsider, the only reason why you are here is that we know that you know more than us regarding the Criminal. We want him chained and dragged for execution." Norril said with hostility.

"I'm afraid that won't be possible." Isha stormed towards Norril.

"Easy there!" Mirren held her up. "Sorry, she has her personal grudge here."

Mirren's words were cunning and removed suspicions.

"I appreciate you saving my husband, Redguard. I plan to reward you but that man attacked my husband in our land so I plan to make an example of him." Norril wasn't backing down in regards to Zain.

"Fine." Jon replied, "You can have him."

"Krilon." Isha turned to Jon with an angry face but Mirren whispered to her.

"Leave it to him."

Isha reluctantly walked away.

"Now, Mercenary. Care to inform us what you know. I promise you a full pardon for attacking me and a reward if your cooperation led to the arrest of the criminal Zain."

"Bleh! A pardon for what again?"

"You!"

"Just let me do my work. Can I cast some spells." He asked.

Norril didn't like Jon one bit but he was strong… very strong. The Altmer Ancestor nodded to her.

"You are permitted."

"Thanks." Jon said with a nasty smile as he snapped his fingers and [Pride] appeared in it.

"This?" (Norril)

"Oh my." (The Ancestor)

"Pffft!" (Topaz)

By Norril's orders, Jon should have handed over his weapons before he enters the tree but some things were hard to make Jon do.

Jon took the cape on his shoulders which is [Greed], reformed it into a large ball and stuffed his left hand in. He had the Cube in his left hand and from it, he took out the [Elder Scroll of Sun].

The reason why he did so was to never show it to the ones around him.

He then positioned the head of Pride inside [Greed] towards the Elder Scroll and evoked a very powerful spell that seemed to be using a ton of Magicka. The level of the spell was at least a Master Spell. Golden light came out through [Greed] and started overtaking the room in a flash before it disappears. Jon then hurriedly hid [Greed] and the Elder Scroll.

Once everything returned to normal, everyone opened their eyes to see the room as it was with only one exception. Part of the reality fabric in front of Jon was acting up as if existence was bending itself.

A Temporal Flux. The same technique Jon used when he first investigated the Alik'r Desert.

"Gods!"

"Moons Mercy!"

Those who knew what it was stepped back right away. The Altmer Ancestor was in a shocked face herself.

"Let's see. According to the report, the intruder was here two hours ago. This means… here… right."

Jon cast some spells towards the Flux and golden particles flew around the room forming an image of something that shouldn't be here.

The past.

Jon tuned it forward and backward until they found an image of Zain.

"Here you are."

The image showed that Zain walked in this room which was filled with all sorts of treasures. He ignored them all and headed somewhere near the tree wall. He then used his spear to open the wall and take some sort of a staff out. The image wasn't clear so no one recognized the staff but as soon as he took it, he aimed towards an outer wall and blew it up. He then jumped and through the hole, opened up a portal and escaped.

Jon ended the image here and dissolved the Temporal Flux with easy.

"Now, First Lady of Valenwood, mind telling us what that was?" He asked.

All eyes landed on Norril whose face was white with shock. She looked between the Altmer Ancestor and the Mane.

"I… I have no idea." She said.

"What?"

"I beg your pardon."

The two reacted negatively. The Green Lady is the Forest, if the trees do not talk to her then something must be wrong.

"At first… the tree was not replying so I thought they are taking their time, they always do." She said, "It is… the tree is refusing to answer."

Jon didn't know what this means but it seemed serious.

Norril walked to the place where Zain retrieved a staff from the tree. The place was fully closed as if the tree hurriedly healed it.

Norril kept checking while speaking to the tree.

"Why are you hiding this from me? You don't hide anything… it is me… don't take long please."

She spoke like a child conversing her angry parent but Jon soon lost interest

The Altmer Ancestor walked away too and arrived at the place where Zain opened up to and started analyzing the space.

"Norril."

Suddenly, the voice of a man called for the Green Lady.

At the treasury's door was a tall man with a medium brown beard. He had two wooden twigs growing from his head like antlers.

"Thoron?"

Norril reacted to him right away.

"You should be in bed." She said.

"No… tell me! What did he take?"

The Silvenar, head of Valenwood walked in weakly with a grim face.

"There. But the tree won't tell me." Norril said.

Silvenar Thoron paused in his place and let out a pained "No."

"Thoron, what is wrong? Do you know anything?" Norril asked.

"I… I am sorry… I made a pact with the tree to keep a secret." Thorn said.

Thoron made a sorry face but Norril was shocked.

"To keep a secret… from me?" She said.

"I am sorry."

The two acted as if he made the sin of his lifetime.

Find authorized novels in Webnovel，faster updates, better experience，Please click www.webnovel.com for visiting.

"Why?"

"It is not *cough* it is not my secret. It is my teacher's. He told me to seal it somewhere safe." He said.

"Okay, lovebirds. Cut the Drama. What was taken from here?" Jon's patience ran out.

"I can't… it is a secret." Silvenar Thoron said.

"Oh please! Let me guess, it is something which has Necromancy and Mannimarco in its description." Jon said.

The Silvenar stuttered on his words and didn't know what to say.

"I am right? Then there is no need to guess. Zain has the [Staff of Worms], he is collecting Mannimarco's Artifacts." Jon said.

He said and turned to the Altmer Ancestor.

"Where did he Teleport to?" Jon asked.

She sighed and turned to him.

"Hegathe." She said.

"Perfect." Jon smiled and turned to his companions, "We're going back to Hammerfell."

~~~~~~~~~~

• P4TRE0N 💲💲

Current Goal: 6 Extra Chapters 🎉🎉

pat/reon.com/eldokhmesy (remove / )

•PayPal (+10$ = Extra) 💸💸

Paypal.me/eldokhmesy

• Extras by Votes: 5000 / 8000 ☑️☑️

• Discord discord.gg/gKcKva7s 🗨️🗨️

• Twitter @eldokhmesy22 🐦🐦

You are reading

Dragonborn Saga

ebook which is a free download at

wWw.EbookUpdates.Net

.

Download more ebooks for free at

Ebook Updates . Net

.

464 A Night in a Tree

A/n: Many Big thanks to @Darkanlan on Pat-reon.

~~~~~~~~~~

Zain was back in Hammerfell, it may come as a shock but those who are involved will turn every stone to find him and understand what's going.

As dangerous as Zain is, Jon was preparing his weapons and the rest of his gear when he started remembering how it all began.

He wanted to keep Azura's Star away from her influence but instead, hr caused her Divinity to be wounded. The fragment of Azura that was in the star drifted through the seas of Oblivion to end up in the hands of Mannimarco who used it to fuel the Ghost World and create an army of the dead for his cult.

Things looked bleak for Jon when he was told that when a Daedra is offended, their retribution is a Labour that must be done else the offender will be damned forever in Oblivion.

The First Labour and one of the most dangerous ones if he had to argue was to help Isha go through The Shivering Isles, the Realm of the Mad God Sheogorath, and slay El Diablo. His friend Jon Battle-Born was possessed by El Diablo who happened to be a gigantic Daedric Chicken that caused some sort of Chicken Madness in Riverwood. The Labour was done without even Jon knowing it was a Labour. He was even named the Nephew of Sheogorath by a blind idiotic mistake.

The Second Labour marked the Demise of Jon Dare, the true retribution came when the envious Thane Erikur of Haafingar's Solitude baited Jon by his brother Wulfur who was led to a Forsworn Ambush. Jon managed to arrive in time as Wulfur was about to meet his end and saved the day but in a desperate attempt, the Forsworn Leader Alaric brought a mountain on the Head of Jon Dare.

The Third Labour was to escape the Forsworn and Avenge himself. Jon was desperate and in a bad shape after losing a foot, a few fingers and parts of his face as well as being trapped in a Briarheart tree sucking away his Life Force. He managed to resist and survive for two months as he learned to feed on the tree in reverse. The Tree mutated itself to the anomaly trapped in it and a certain vine grew attached to Jon after sharing his Astral Energy. Jon managed to break free as he devoured all the trees in the Briarheart Grove and as he escaped, he was forced to kill Forsworn Children in the Process as well as Alaric's brother. Jon escaped to Markarth but he had that Briarheart Vine leeching on him and locking away his Magicka. Desperate, Jon made a deal with Molag Bal, the nearest Daedric Prince around and met the Dremora Xikil. In order to attain revenge, Jon's only power was the Mace of Molag Bal and the Thu'um he can shout. With just that, Jon obliterated the Forsworn in two separate Battles most notably the Battle of Forsworn Jon Dare that revealed his identity in Skyrim as Jonhild Firemane, the Taboo Child of Clan Firemane. In the last moments of the Battle, Jon performed the Blood Eagle ritual execution on Alaric offering his Soul to Molag Bal, now that Molag received the Souls and helped Jon attain his vengeance, he tricked Jon and sent his lieutenant Vampire Lord Harkon Volkihar to collect Jon.

The Fourth Labour was to escape Volkihar and Save Winterhold from imminent danger. Jon broke free from the shackles of the Briarheart Vine after killing Alaric. He was taken by the Vampire Lord Harkon to find his long lost daughter Serana who carries an important secret. Jon finds Serana and gets dragged to Oblivion in the Realm of Molag Bal, Coldharbour, to find the location of Harkon's wife. Jon convinced Serana to help him escape with Elder Scroll she had and reunited with his favorite Dremora, Xikil. Later on, he met with Sir Caldwell and together they broke the Hollow City free from Coldharbour, turned Xikil from a mere Dremora into a Daedric Titan and created a very powerful staff through the power of an Elder Scroll, it was called the Elder Staff of Power and Fate, Pride. Later on, Jon escapes Coldharbour, returns to Winterhold, heals himself fully and meets the united power of the Nordic Clans and Ten Thalmor Arch Wizards slaying them all and letting the Nords go free. He did so by tapping into the Universal Power of the Aurbis and having a glimpse at the Tower of CHIM.

The Fifth Labour was to retrieve a Daedric Weapon. He had to flee Skyrim to ease up the atmosphere after slaughtering so many. He was officially exiled but it was a deal with the king to prevent Skyrim from any Imperial oppression to affect the Politics or the Economy. Jon traveled to Whiterun, met some Morag Tong cell and found out that the weapon he is after is the most infamous Ebony Blade. Using his knowledge of the game Jon stole it and rode to the eastern borders of Skyrim where he had to meet with his old friend Isha from the first Labour.

The Sixth Labour was a joint effort between the Labourers of Azura, Boethiah and Mephala; Jon, Isha and the twins Mirren and Miranda. They were to serve the Old Woman of Mournhold who put them under the leadership of Boethiah's Champion, Galam. Many events happened but in the end, Galam came out as a traitor and Jon replaced him as the Champion of Boethiah by slaying him and taking his armor, the Ebony Mail. Also, the Old Woman revealed himself to be the old Queen Barenziah, Former Queen of Morrowind and Wayrest. She rewarded Jon with the Boots of the Apostle and the Old Man's Coin, Artifacts of the founding Emperor Tiber Septim.

The seventh Labour was to follow Isha. Mysterious as it sounded, Jon followed her across Cyrodiil and entered the Imperial City with his real identity to meet on of his lovers, Vittoria Vici and become the Grand Champion of the Imperial Arena by slaying Darius. Afterward, he fled the Empire to Hammerfell to find that Isha's brother, Zain was long since dead. Isha fell to agony but Jon investigated finding out traces of Sithis, Mannimarco and the Worm Cult in the Alik'r Desert. Jon traveled outside the world through the Chaotic Realms of the Abyss to find a Ghost World drifted away from another universe and was used by Mannimarco to lock away Azura's Divine Fragment and an Army of Liches and Undead. Jon destroyed everything in his wake and returned to Isha who insisted on leaving Hammerfell. Eight months later, they were in Elsweyr practicing martial arts when a certain curse struck the borders of Elsweyr. Investigating, Jon and his group found out that Isha's brother who was long thought to be dead is the culprit. They chased him to Silvenar where he attacked Silvenar Thoron to gain access to his graht-oak tree and take out an Artifact of Necromancy. The group had to fight both the Green Lady of Valenwood and the Mane of Elsweyr as well as an Elven Ancestor from Alinor. After investigating, Zain seems to have returned to Hammerfell.

"And that's the recap."

"Hooman, I was there the whole time. Why do I have to hear you nagging about it."

"Because, my dear cat, I need someone to talk to. Also, remembering things like that before the finale is more dramatic even if you see it unnecessary."

"The finale? What makes you so sure."

"Because everyone is fed up with these Labours and I miss Skyrim so much. Don't you miss Alina, Jullanar and the rest."

"No."

"Don't you miss the babies?"

"..." *Looks away*

"I knew it." Jon smiled, "Wulf and Jorna should have a child by now. Also, Thor and Idun should have grown this much."

"Hmph!

Jon and Nefertiti were sitting together on a branch of the great graht-oak of Silvenar. A trip to Hammerfell from here will need a lot to stock on. Also, Mirren and Miranda seemed to have some business such as notifying their Master that they are on a trip and so on.

Jon and Nefertiti spent the night together on a branch, staring at the moons.

***

Back in the great graht-oak of Silvenar, the Altmer Ancestor sat alone in a room provided by the hosts.

Last night, she who has lived for centuries felt for the first time in her life that she was a forgotten page in history.

The Elves of the Aldmeri Dominion may have always been viewed as fanatics but she was one of the few who was there since the beginning of it all. Ancient she may be but as the Altmer society progressed, they always valued the advice of the old taking pride in it that they are the eldest of races, the most knowledgeable and wise across the ages.

But is any of that true?

The Elves always proved to be superior but the humans were there on every turn taking glory. Even though, those very humans always follow the path of the Missing God through wars and destruction.

Ruling Tamriel through Cyrodiil is the Ultimate Goal of all races, the humans kept the Ruby Throne for four millennials with no elf ever succeeding to reach it.

Even though they claimed greatness, the High Elves almost damned the world to Oblivion twice and caused damage that no man could do. The Planemeld by Mannimarco and the Oblivion Crisis by Mankar Camoran. Both were Altmer, both opened the Apocalypse Gates to drag this world to Oblivion.

Compared to them, the men were blessed with heroes and divine powers. Saint Alessia, Reman Cyrodiil, Tiber Septim, the Eternal Champion, the Hero of Kvatch, and finally there is talk about a man acquiring the Tools of Kagrenac and becoming a Demigod in Skyrim.

Just where is this world getting itself dragged to this time? She wondered.

She tried to close her eyes but as she did, she saw that scene once again and her heart ached.

Blood, Fire and Brass on an Elven Grove of Cherry Blossoms.

Find authorized novels in Webnovel，faster updates, better experience，Please click www.webnovel.com for visiting.

The day her world burned when that tyrant marched to Alinor flying alongside the Walking Brass Colossus.

Every step the walking brass took left behind him a version of reality distorted and broken. She had to end it, kill Tiber Septim and shatter his Totem but that was a mere dream. She descended upon him with every Altmer Ancestor there is.

A man floating midair alone with a red legion and a brass tower faced them all by himself. No Elven Ancestor lasted more than a couple of sword strikes against him. She was the last to fall and his sword had already cut deep in her. The last she saw was a walking tower laying waste to a mountain removing it from existence. Then she remembers dying… but she didn't.

She couldn't help but wonder how she survived since that day but part of her knew of a dire truth. Something that shouldn't even have happened has affected her.

She died but she didn't because both realities happened.

A Dragon Break.

A series of Temporal Bifurcations leading to her death in a timeline, her escape in another as well as many timelines where she is still fighting against Tiber Septim and the Numidium.

It is why she is a weak ancestor. She was never whole since that day.

Once that Nord teenager managed to pressure her in the fight last night, she felt a connection to those absent selves of hers once again. Her many versions, scattered across time, fighting the bitter fight we're all in the same mental resonation for the first time in years.

But once that needle sword almost claimed her life from the very same spot she was stabbed by Tiber Septim, she lost all connection with her other selves.

If she managed to fight more, the resonation would have increased and she would have grown stronger with just fighting but that is no longer possible.

She can't go backward or forward. She can't achieve the level every ancestor seeks and break from the rules of the world to travel back to Aetherius and join the other Ancestors.

She is just miserable.

In this misery, she couldn't help but turn around and look at the door to her room.

"You have been there for an hour now, just come in." She spoke.

Her words were met with silence for a minute until her door was opened.

"You two must have something to say." She spoke to the Altmer young man and woman whose faces were solid like stones.

They exchanged stares at her until the man tossed some medallion towards her. She took it getting her fingers and looked at it closely.

It was a medallion carrying the eagle sigil of the first Aldmeri Dominion, on its back was engraved the name of Ayrenn Arana Aldmeri, founder of the First Dominion.

"The Sigil of her most magnificent Highness." She spoke then looked at the two, "So you are the last two descendants."

"Mirren."

"Miranda."

They both spoke out their names.

"I see." She nodded. "I remember saving your father and mother from prosecution 160 years ago in Sentinel."

"We were told… the Night of Green Fire." Mirren said.

4E 42, the Thalmor Royal Family was hunted almost to extinction by the new Thalmor government for the crime of bending the knee to the Empire.

The Royal Family dissidents who had fled to Sentinel from the Thalmor were attacked by Thalmor operatives. Their efforts to fight back against the Thalmor were in vain and by the time Imperial Legion soldiers arrive, the entire refugee district of the city had been destroyed. The event became known as The Night of Green Fire due to the destructive magic attacks employed by both sides during the battle.

"Our parents told us that when they were children, they were saved by the White Ancestor of the Misty Hills. We came to pay respect." Miranda spoke.

"I understand. How are your parents?" The White Ancestor asked.

"Dead."

"... I am sorry." The White Ancestor looked away thinking of how she outlived the younger generations once again.

"Do you wish to avenge them?" She asked.

"No." Miranda shook her head.

"Our parents forbade vengeance on us." Mirren continued.

"... Shame… Alinor could have used saviors." The White Ancestor said and tossed back the medallion to Mirren.

"Just make sure that the blood of Queen Ayrenn remains. No blood on Tamriel is superior to yours… Unforeseen children."

~~~~~~~~~~

• P4TRE0N 💲💲

Current Goal: 5 Extra Chapters

Next Goal: 6 Extra Chapters

pat/reon.com/eldokhmesy (remove / )

•PayPal (+10$ = Extra) 💸💸

Paypal.me/eldokhmesy

• Extras by Votes: 5000 / 8000 ☑️☑️

• Discord discord.gg/gKcKva7s 🗨️🗨️

• Twitter @eldokhmesy22 🐦🐦

You are reading

Dragonborn Saga

ebook which is a free download at

wWw.EbookUpdates.Net

.

Download more ebooks for free at

EbookUpdates.Net

.

465 Xikil“s Airlines

A/N: People, Early Access is now AVAILABLE!

Next chapter is available on *******, I'll make sure to stock more.

~~~~~~~~~~

By the next day, the group was gathering in front of the main gate of the city of Silvenar. The road was clear and both the Silvenar and the Green Lady were present as well as the Mane and the White Ancestor.

"I can't do more but thank you and present you these gifts, Lady Isha. You are a welcome exception in Silvenar." Silvenar Thoron spoke to Isha after glancing at Jon.

Even the Green Lady Norril nodded to her in acknowledgement.

"Thank you."

The couple showed a good attitude towards Isha which is a good thing coming from the supreme rulers of Valenwood. On the other hand, Jon received their contempt as they glared at him from the side.

Jon casually replied with a middle finger.

Understanding his level of power, even the elite guards didn't want to meet eyes with him so naturally he could curse do whatever he wants unless the power couple stand up for him.

On the other hand, someone was really interested in Jon.

Find authorized novels in Webnovel，faster updates, better experience，Please click www.webnovel.com for visiting.

"Friend Krilon, you can't leave now. We still didn't have our spar." Mane Topaz spoke.

"Dear Mane, I would take you on any day but we wasted as much time as it is. Zain should have already started wreaking havoc in Hammerfell at this rate."

"Such a shame! Fine, this one will come visit you one day. Where do you live?"

"In Skyrim, I stay in Winterhold. In Elsweyr, I stay in Orcrest. In Hammerfell, I stay at the Citadel of Ebonarm. In Morrowind, I stay at Mournhold. In Cyrodiil, I stay at the Imperial City. In Oblivion, I stay at the Shivering Isles. Look… if you are close to any of those, ask about me. In any case, I'll be sending you a postcard of my whereabouts as soon as this matter is over."

"Moons' shine! You really are an international celebrity, Krilon. Even the Thalmor intelligence has no fixed location on you."

"Ha! These amateurs."

Jon and the Mane seemed to be hitting it well.

"By the way, this one is wondering how will you do it. We can send some Thalmor Operatives to your aid but we can't move directly against that fellow Zain." The Mane said.

"We have a lot of allies in Hammerfell and we don't really mix well with your Thalmor. However, there is a thing you can do."

"And what is that?"

"You can put him on your Most Wanted list just below that fellow Jon Dare. Also, do me a favor and push Jon Dare to the top of the list." Jon said with a mischievous face.

"Fufufu! This one will see what he can do."

Jon may have just used his connections to push himself to the top of the Thalmor Most Wanted list so Mirren and Miranda were looking at him with dubious eyes.

"What? I'm a sore loser, get over it."

Meanwhile, the group have finished up packing and waited for the Mages to open up a portal to Hammerfell. The situation took a bit of time but it was normal for such a long distance portal to open… until it took a bit too long.

"What's wrong with your mages, Silvenar? Aren't they a bit too lax with practicing Space Magic?" Jon asked.

"These are the best High Mages in Valenwood, if you can do better alone, you are welcome to try." Silvenar Thoron retorted.

"Fine."

Jon took out his staff and walked between the mages then synchronized his magic with them and started casting.

A minute passed.

"Something is wrong." Jon blurted quietly.

"Ahahaha!" The Green Lady let out a fake laugh. "What is wrong, Nord? You were just talk after all?"

"Woman, pleasure us with your silence." Jon fired back.

"Let me see." The White Ancestor walked past Jon and check the Portal spell herself.

"Something is indeed wrong." She said.

The situation became weird. No one has figured out why the teleportation distance was not getting registered in the spell.

"The Space may be sealed." The White Ancestor said.

"Around the whole damn Hammerfell?" Jon doubted.

"It is possible… in theory." She said.

The situation was unprecedented. Sealing Space is a hard thing to do let alone sealing the Space around a whole country.

"I will do a Divination." The Green Lady said and turned around to enter a grove not too far away.

The others waited and started discussing the details. For such a select group of people to struggle with opening a portal… no matter what the method was used, it should be interesting to find out. An hour later, she came out panting and supporting herself on the trees.

"Norril!"

"What in Oblivion did you go through?"

Her appearance was miserable as if she has gone through the fight with Jon all over again.

The others were shocked and hurried to her but she took time to catch her breath before she speaks and when she spoke, she gave the others a very bad feeling.

"Darkness… something bad is Awakening in Hammerfell. It feeds on souls." She said.

"By all means." Jon walked closer asking her to continue.

"I don't know what is that, it is veiling most of Hammerfell and gathering the souls of the dead. Someone is casting a massive spell." She said.

"A spell of such a caliber was only seen back during the Tiber Wars." The White Ancestor said, "Once, a Sload Necromancer called N'Gasta managed to create a Soul Snare spell around the whole Hammerfell."

"Soul Snare?" Mirren asked.

"A large scale Soul Trap matrix that can Soul Trap anything that dies around a certain area. The spell that N'Gasta created surely covered a large part of Hammerfell." Jon confirmed.

"In theory, if you managed to tweak such a spell, you can interfere with anyone trying to enter Hammerfell through Teleportation by disturbing the Mental Connection ." The White Ancestor said.

"I think you are right." Jon added, "The Necromancer N'Gasta was last seen in Stros M'kai so the core of his spell must be there."

"This is getting more complicated than what we thought." Isha said.

"Imagine a Last Labour for a man of Krilon's caliber. This should be a global disaster." Mirren sarcastically remarked.

"Not funny! I just wanna finish this nasty Labour business and go home." Jon shouted.

Jon felt depressed now that the matter was getting more complicated by the second.

"What will you do, Friend Krilon? This one can arrange you a Portal to the nearest spot possible to Hammerfell or even some escort if you are taking the road." The Mane said.

"Thank you, High Fluff, but I have my own methods. I'll be seeing you once all of this is over." Jon said farewells to the Mane.

The others ones said their brief farewells but Jon had one man to say farewell to.

"Ilverios, my dear guide, here is the rest of your pay." Jon tossed a bag of coin to Ilverios Ulriric, the one who guided him through Elsweyr and Valenwood.

"A pleasure working with you. Hope to see you again."

"You as well. Farewell."

"Godspeed."

Jon gathered with his group and took out the carriage from the Cube. They went in before Jon and he came to a certain spot at the carriage and pressed a button.

"I always wanted to use that." He said.

Jon's carriage was equipped with various things but this one was simply two large handles madr with reinforced materials coming from the top of the carriage.

The others kept watching and waiting to see what absurdity will happen this time.

"Ladies and Gentlemen, I present to you today's carriage animal…

*enthusiastic drum sound*

… Xikil!"

The void around Jon distorted taking a gigantic form and the veil of Oblivion let through a large being.

A feeling of Dread and helplessness took over the main gate of Silvenar. Those who were weak gave in and fell to their knees hanging on a fine thread of sanity but those who were strong took deep breaths and backed away.

Xikil may have been a miserable Dremora before but now he is a Daedric Titan thanks to Jon and only Jon can bully him. Xikil's current power can put the White Ancestor to disadvantage easily.

Jon said something to Xikil and the later couldn't help but drop his shoulders and obey Jon. He held to the two large handles above the carriage and waited for Jon's next order.

Jon stood on the step leading inside the carriage and looked back at the Mane, the Silvenar, the Green Lady and the White Ancestor whose faces were showing hints of realization.

He then spoke in the most dramatic way he could muster.

"Ladies… and gentlemen. In this daunting moment of scratching your brains raw wondering how in the absolute fuckery did this come to be, I can't help but find myself quoting from Sir Alexandre Dumas. 'How did I escape? With difficulty. How did I plan this moment? With pleasure'. Xikil, stomp the gas, my good Titan. Reach me those clouds."

*Growl*

Hearing Jon's speech, even Xikil was in a good mood to get out of here. He flapped his gigantic wings and carried the carriage up with Jon who was waving down at the people looking at him.

He rose up and faded in the sky heading Northwest.

Back in front of Silvenar, the air remained frozen as the Mane, the Green Lady and the Silvenar felt like they saw a ghost.

"A Nord… a tall Nord with red hair that can summon a Daedric Titan." The Green Lady remembered some report.

"Please, don't tell me it is him." The Silvenar also was familiar with the report.

"WAHAHAHAHA!" The Mane couldn't help but to hold his stomach and roll on the ground.

Just right now, they all realized they just come across Jon Dare… The Jon Dare.

***

Few airlines can be considered fancy in the world but surely Xikil Airlines was a revolution in the field. Xikil's flight speed in open air exceeded that Vulture Griffin of the Green Lady.

Not a few hours passed and they flew past Valenwood's Vulkwasten, the Tempest Island, Cyrodiil's Anvil and entered the Abecean Sea from the Gold Coast. It then took them another couple of days to get a clear look of Stros M'kai.

Stros M'Kai, also called Sanloa M'Kai in Yoku (meaning Sister of Thought), is an important tropical island off the southern coast of Hammerfell near the Cape of the Blue Divide. It is renowned for the completely steam-powered Dwemer ruins of Bthzark and the observatory of similar design containing a telescope and orrery.

Much of Stros M'Kai's area is taken up by the city of Port Hunding, which has also been called Stros M'Kai at times. Its most famous landmarks include a statue of Frandar Hunding in the harbor and a great palace to house the city's ruler. The small settlement of Saintsport is found at the southern tip of the island. There are very few other settlements, apart from the nomadic Redguard campsites.

The group landed not too far from the island but Jon maintained coverage and snuck inside the island away from the city port yet despite his efforts, someone was waiting for him.

"We have been expecting you, Jon Dare."

Priestess Aranea met him at the shore.

~~~~~~~~~~

• P4TRE0N 💲💲

Current Goal: 4 Extra Chapters

Next Goal: 5 Extra Chapters

pat-reon.com/eldokhmesy (remove - )

•PayPal (+10$ = Extra) 💸💸

Paypal.me/eldokhmesy

• Extras by Votes: 5000 / 8000 ☑️☑️

• Discord discord.gg/gKcKva7s 🗨️🗨️

• Twitter @eldokhmesy22 🐦🐦

You are reading

Dragonborn Saga

ebook which is a free download at

wWw.EbookUpdates.Net

.

Download more ebooks for free at

Ebook Updates.Net

.

466 Stros M“kai

A/n: this is gold! 5 Extra large with fries and coke to @Spaceghost69 @Sa'kage @TheBjornz @Valyndral @Christian Henkenmeier.

is available on P4tre0n.

~~~~~~~~~~

"We have been expecting you, Jon Dare." Said Priestess Aranea, Prophet of Azura.

"Long time no see, Aranea. You sure look skinny, Azura must have been sending you on too many errands lately. How are things, woman?" Jon bypassed formalities, held Aranea by the shoulders and hugged her.

She felt strange and uncomfortable but when Jon let her go, she was already out of breath.

"Sorry, a bit excited to see you. Is there any update on my Labour? A new riddle? A mystery? Or you finally are going bo point me to a spot where smash some skulls." Jon asked.

Behind him, the other three crawled out of the carriage and Mirren started throwing up. Jon looked back and nodded.

"They seem to be sky-sick. Three days of flying are hard indeed. Do you have any mint, Aranea?"

She sighed and massaged her temples remembering how mind consuming it is to deal with Jon.

"The situation is more complicated than it should be. Lady Azura has directed me here with a set of tasks for you, Jon Dare." Aranea said.

"Okay okay. I'm all ears."

"Escort me to Saintsport. The Prophetess of Boethiah is waiting for us over there." She said.

"... Excuse me." Isha stood up supporting herself on her spear after being dizzy from Xikil's terrible landing.

"Rest now, Isha." Jon gave her a hand.

"No." She refused and walked to Aranea, "You, tell me what you know. What is going on with Zain and why is he acting like that?"

It was the first time she met someone connected to the Daedra after she found out her brother was alive. This was her first chance to inquire about what's going on.

"The Maiden of Bitter Mercy… so it is you." Aranea glanced at the spear Isha had and made a grim face, "Thanks to the investigation conducted by Jon Dare, we found out that your brother is also Labouring for Clavicus Vile as soon as you did. Right now, we don't know how much he is involved with the Worm Cult or what is their goal. The only one who knows more than us is the Prophetess of Boethiah currently in Saintsport. She was doing a Divination for a year about this case."

Aranea seemed serious about what she said. The party of four understood that they are jumping right in the middle of action after that unsettling flight.

"I understand." Jon said.

He looked at the sky and narrowed his eyes. The horizon was abnormally bleak.

"Aranea, what do you know?" He asked.

She stood beside him looking at the murky sky.

"It all started five days ago…"

Five days ago on the 3rd of Rain's Hand (April), Aranea was teleported by Azura's power to Hammerfell. It was a normal day until the sky started to darken abnormally and fear struck the hearts of people.

Not knowing why or how, the undead sightings started to increase dramatically to the point where some villages were raided by Undead and Necromancers. Those who know history recalled the event when the sky darkened in gloom just like that and dated it to the years of the Redguard Resistance led by the Hero Cyrus against Tiber Septim. This was the Soul Snare spell. A spell that can take the souls of any dead and trap it by the caster's wish.

On the same day, the Order of Arkay and the Citadel of Ebonarm sent out their fighting priests and Battlelords to defend the lands from the threat of Necromancers. All the cities and towns closed their doors and fortified their walls.

The raids increased by each day and the situation became serious. Some tried to track the source of the Soul Snare spell to Stros M'kai, some parts in the Alik'r Desert, near Sentinel and some other places but no one managed to survive these errands.

Even the Empire moved the Seventh Legion under the command of a General to secure the borders.

Yesterday, most of the connection means between major cities were cut as the Soul Snare matrix hindered many Magics that rely on mental connection such as Conjuration, Telepathy and Teleportation.

In short, the situation is dire.

"... Right now, we cooperated with some factions to fend off the Necromancers from some places but the bigger picture is not looking good."

"I see." Jon nodded, "I am not certain what goal does Zain have but he is serving both the Worm Cult and Clavicus Vile. Isha, I am sorry but we have a bigger hurdle than we anticipated."

"It's okay. I am just going to help… but when my brother shows up, leave him to me." She said.

"Are you sure?" Mirren asked.

"We will support you." Miranda insisted.

"Just leave him to me. I must confirm something." She said.

"It's alright. We will only watch your back." Jon patted her shoulder and sighed.

He then looked at his companions and a sense of guilt overtook him. They were all Labourers and did a lot to rid themselves of the Daedra's dominance but now they are dragged back to his Labours.

"Guys, this is my Labour. I am sorry to drag you into this so if you can just find a place to rest, I'll go sort things out, I am really…"

"We're doing this too." Mirren spoke out.

"Yes. We have already decided to help you out before we even leave Morrowind." Miranda said.

Isha looked at Jon and sighed.

"And I can't simply walk out of this one." She said.

Jon looked solemn and nodded as he looked away.

"Now that I think about it, whatever I am dragging you in now is nothing compared to what is going to happen a year from now." Jon said and smiled.

"Fuck off, man!" Mirren didn't feel good about the way Jon smiled.

Now as his mood improved, Jon turned to Aranea.

"What is the plan?" He asked.

"I don't need a vision from Lady Azura to tell you. Break the Soul Snare and Stop Zain somehow." She said.

"Sounds simple but I was asking about what should we do now?"

"Right… I am heading to Saintsport Village nearby. The vision led me here to meet you but we need to start from somewhere. Escort me to Saintsport, rest for a few hours, meet Boethiah's Prophetess then see how she directs us." Aranea said and turned around for her mule that was tied nearby.

"Oh, by the way." She stopped and looked for Jon, "The road to Saintsport is filled with undead and Necromancers. Prepare to fight."

Jon and the others looked at each other and nodded.

"A team fight. What's the formation?" Mirren asked.

"Jon will handle the numbers as usual." Isha said.

"No problem. You will be the rearguard." Jon said.

"Indeed."

"My brother will kill the strong enemies and I will scout." Miranda finished the formation.

"I feel good about this." Jon said and checked his options through the staff. "I can barely summon anything from Oblivion but Necromancy is running wild."

He waved his staff in a cool way and the void started distorting everywhere.

Almost a 100 Wrathmen appeared and gathered around Jon. He wasn't using [Wrath] early on to not attract bad attention.

"You will use Necromancy?"

"And Dark Magic. I have learned a lot of bad-guy-spells from the tomes I looted in the Ghost World."

"Looking forward to it."

***

The gloomy sky over Hammerfell didn't spare even a lonely island such as Stros M'kai. This darkness brought about fear and undead in every part of the island.

Small villages around the island were wiped from existence. Armies would loot and raid but the undead only kill and kill and kill. Dead children, dead women, dead elderly and dead men were all gathered in piles for the Necromancers to practice on.

The Worm Cult has officially started a full-on attack at Hammerfell.

In a tiny agricultural village on the road to Saintsport, a Cult Officer gathered some Acolytes in the center of the village to see how their practice is going.

"Listen, you mutts. To reach a good position in the cult you need to control not only many undead but also good ones. Worm Zombies are good but you need to master the formula to create them out of dead bodies and control as much as you can." The Officer said.

The Acolytes around him nodded.

"Good. As an officer, I can control up to 25 undead perfectly. If I put more effort, I can even reach 40."

"Wow!"

"40?"

Find authorized novels in Webnovel，faster updates, better experience，Please click www.webnovel.com for visiting.

"Amazing!"

The Acolytes were taken aback by their boastful superior.

"Now now, no need to be shocked. Others can do better. The important thing is to practice. See these bodies? Extract the Skeletons, make Worm Zombies or Flesh Atronachs for all I care about, the important thing is to control as much as you can. Now get to work!" He said.

The Acolytes were excited to make good undead out of these corpses of villagers. They can have nice lives once they reach the rank of their Officer in charge. The best of those Acolytes can control up to 10 Undead after all.

Seeing the Acolytes work hard, the officer retreated to a house he is stationed in. It has been years since he joined the cult but a lot of times has passed and he still wasn't allowed to summon a single Undead from the realms of Lord Mannimarco. He always heard and dreamt about having one of those custom-made undead but he never got the qualifications to command one and was left to train those mediocre acolytes.

Things were miserable but he had a firm belief that maybe… just maybe… one day, a good Acolyte will rise among his group and help him get some rewards and benefits to boost his standing in the Cult. And lo and behold, this moment was right in front of him.

It was a certain undead roaming the village they were in. This Undead was as what he can describe as a product of quality.

Finally, he got his hands on a talent.

"Wait! Stop! Who did this? Who made that undead?" He ran out of the house shouting as soon as he spotted that undead.

It had some air to it, looking all warrior-like, wearing old armor and holding a big axe. Its bones glowed in violet hue but that wasn't anything to bother with right now. The one who made such a powerful undead a genius without any doubts.

"Which one of you made this?" The officer asked his Acolytes who looked clueless.

"We never saw such an undead before so we thought it is yours, Sir." An Acolyte replied.

"What? No, it is not mine." The Officer denied and turned to the Undead behind him.

"What are you?" He looked closer then started to check the undead in front of him.

But something happened.

In one move, the undead moved its Axe and beheaded the man.

Silence!

Utter silence took over the Acolytes as soon as they looked behind that undead.

There was a large number from the same type of undead marching to the village from the south. More from the west, some from the east. The Acolytes were terrified as they looked to the north only to see one man in full Ebony armor.

He walked towards them alone.

"Good day. I was wondering if I can have some directions to Saintsport Village." He spoke.

Hearing the man, the shivering acolytes only pointed to the northeast.

"Oh! Thank you for your kindness aaaand… sorry about your friend." The man said and turned to walk away but then he paused and turned to them again.

"Almost forgot, you are cult scum. I have to kill you." He said raising up his staff.

"Sorry."

His staff descended on the ground sending a magic wave beneath their feet. By the next second, spikes of bone rose up from the ground.

[Boneyard].

Most of the Acolytes forfeited their lives to this spell. Those who survived started running around.

"Nope. You're not leaving."

Jon swung his staff to the side with a death scythe emerging from it harvesting the lives of every Acolyte on the range of five meters.

[Grim Scythe].

Two Acolytes remained, one fell on his ass wetting himself and the other ran towards Jon with a knife.

Jon simply cast a spell that shot out a skull towards the attacking acolyte and killed him on the spot.

[Bone Spirit].

The last acolyte was crying and begging for his life but Jon felt annoyed by him.

"Don't worry, you will talk and you will die. I don't play with my prey."

Jon said taking out [Lust].

~~~~~~~~~~

• P4TRE0N

shorturl.at/qAKRS

• PayPal for Gifts

shorturl.at/dkyBM

• Extra Chapters by Votes: 5000 / 8000

• Discord discord.gg/gKcKva7s

• Twitter @eldokhmesy22

You are reading

Dragonborn Saga

ebook which is a free download at

wWw.EbookUpdates.Net

.

Download more ebooks for free at

EbookUpdates.Net

.

465 Xikilapos;s Airlines

A/N: People, Early Access is now AVAILABLE!

Next chapter is available on Pat-reon, I'll make sure to stock more.

~~~~~~~~~~

By the next day, the group was gathering in front of the main gate of the city of Silvenar. The road was clear and both the Silvenar and the Green Lady were present as well as the Mane and the White Ancestor.

"I can't do more but thank you and present you these gifts, Lady Isha. You are a welcome exception in Silvenar." Silvenar Thoron spoke to Isha after glancing at Jon.

Even the Green Lady Norril nodded to her in acknowledgement.

"Thank you."

The couple showed a good attitude towards Isha which is a good thing coming from the supreme rulers of Valenwood. On the other hand, Jon received their contempt as they glared at him from the side.

Jon casually replied with a middle finger.

Understanding his level of power, even the elite guards didn't want to meet eyes with him so naturally he could curse do whatever he wants unless the power couple stand up for him.

On the other hand, someone was really interested in Jon.

"Friend Krilon, you can't leave now. We still didn't have our spar." Mane Topaz spoke.

"Dear Mane, I would take you on any day but we wasted as much time as it is. Zain should have already started wreaking havoc in Hammerfell at this rate."

"Such a shame! Fine, this one will come visit you one day. Where do you live?"

"In Skyrim, I stay in Winterhold. In Elsweyr, I stay in Orcrest. In Hammerfell, I stay at the Citadel of Ebonarm. In Morrowind, I stay at Mournhold. In Cyrodiil, I stay at the Imperial City. In Oblivion, I stay at the Shivering Isles. Look… if you are close to any of those, ask about me. In any case, I'll be sending you a postcard of my whereabouts as soon as this matter is over."

"Moons' shine! You really are an international celebrity, Krilon. Even the Thalmor intelligence has no fixed location on you."

"Ha! These amateurs."

Jon and the Mane seemed to be hitting it well.

"By the way, this one is wondering how will you do it. We can send some Thalmor Operatives to your aid but we can't move directly against that fellow Zain." The Mane said.

"We have a lot of allies in Hammerfell and we don't really mix well with your Thalmor. However, there is a thing you can do."

"And what is that?"

"You can put him on your Most Wanted list just below that fellow Jon Dare. Also, do me a favor and push Jon Dare to the top of the list." Jon said with a mischievous face.

"Fufufu! This one will see what he can do."

Jon may have just used his connections to push himself to the top of the Thalmor Most Wanted list so Mirren and Miranda were looking at him with dubious eyes.

"What? I'm a sore loser, get over it."

Find authorized novels in Webnovel，faster updates, better experience，Please click www.webnovel.com for visiting.

Meanwhile, the group have finished up packing and waited for the Mages to open up a portal to Hammerfell. The situation took a bit of time but it was normal for such a long distance portal to open… until it took a bit too long.

"What's wrong with your mages, Silvenar? Aren't they a bit too lax with practicing Space Magic?" Jon asked.

"These are the best High Mages in Valenwood, if you can do better alone, you are welcome to try." Silvenar Thoron retorted.

"Fine."

Jon took out his staff and walked between the mages then synchronized his magic with them and started casting.

A minute passed.

"Something is wrong." Jon blurted quietly.

"Ahahaha!" The Green Lady let out a fake laugh. "What is wrong, Nord? You were just talk after all?"

"Woman, pleasure us with your silence." Jon fired back.

"Let me see." The White Ancestor walked past Jon and check the Portal spell herself.

"Something is indeed wrong." She said.

The situation became weird. No one has figured out why the teleportation distance was not getting registered in the spell.

"The Space may be sealed." The White Ancestor said.

"Around the whole damn Hammerfell?" Jon doubted.

"It is possible… in theory." She said.

The situation was unprecedented. Sealing Space is a hard thing to do let alone sealing the Space around a whole country.

"I will do a Divination." The Green Lady said and turned around to enter a grove not too far away.

The others waited and started discussing the details. For such a select group of people to struggle with opening a portal… no matter what the method was used, it should be interesting to find out. An hour later, she came out panting and supporting herself on the trees.

"Norril!"

"What in Oblivion did you go through?"

Her appearance was miserable as if she has gone through the fight with Jon all over again.

The others were shocked and hurried to her but she took time to catch her breath before she speaks and when she spoke, she gave the others a very bad feeling.

"Darkness… something bad is Awakening in Hammerfell. It feeds on souls." She said.

"By all means." Jon walked closer asking her to continue.

"I don't know what is that, it is veiling most of Hammerfell and gathering the souls of the dead. Someone is casting a massive spell." She said.

"A spell of such a caliber was only seen back during the Tiber Wars." The White Ancestor said, "Once, a Sload Necromancer called N'Gasta managed to create a Soul Snare spell around the whole Hammerfell."

"Soul Snare?" Mirren asked.

"A large scale Soul Trap matrix that can Soul Trap anything that dies around a certain area. The spell that N'Gasta created surely covered a large part of Hammerfell." Jon confirmed.

"In theory, if you managed to tweak such a spell, you can interfere with anyone trying to enter Hammerfell through Teleportation by disturbing the Mental Connection ." The White Ancestor said.

"I think you are right." Jon added, "The Necromancer N'Gasta was last seen in Stros M'kai so the core of his spell must be there."

"This is getting more complicated than what we thought." Isha said.

"Imagine a Last Labour for a man of Krilon's caliber. This should be a global disaster." Mirren sarcastically remarked.

"Not funny! I just wanna finish this nasty Labour business and go home." Jon shouted.

Jon felt depressed now that the matter was getting more complicated by the second.

"What will you do, Friend Krilon? This one can arrange you a Portal to the nearest spot possible to Hammerfell or even some escort if you are taking the road." The Mane said.

"Thank you, High Fluff, but I have my own methods. I'll be seeing you once all of this is over." Jon said farewells to the Mane.

The others ones said their brief farewells but Jon had one man to say farewell to.

"Ilverios, my dear guide, here is the rest of your pay." Jon tossed a bag of coin to Ilverios Ulriric, the one who guided him through Elsweyr and Valenwood.

"A pleasure working with you. Hope to see you again."

"You as well. Farewell."

"Godspeed."

Jon gathered with his group and took out the carriage from the Cube. They went in before Jon and he came to a certain spot at the carriage and pressed a button.

"I always wanted to use that." He said.

Jon's carriage was equipped with various things but this one was simply two large handles madr with reinforced materials coming from the top of the carriage.

The others kept watching and waiting to see what absurdity will happen this time.

"Ladies and Gentlemen, I present to you today's carriage animal…

*enthusiastic drum sound*

… Xikil!"

The void around Jon distorted taking a gigantic form and the veil of Oblivion let through a large being.

A feeling of Dread and helplessness took over the main gate of Silvenar. Those who were weak gave in and fell to their knees hanging on a fine thread of sanity but those who were strong took deep breaths and backed away.

Xikil may have been a miserable Dremora before but now he is a Daedric Titan thanks to Jon and only Jon can bully him. Xikil's current power can put the White Ancestor to disadvantage easily.

Jon said something to Xikil and the later couldn't help but drop his shoulders and obey Jon. He held to the two large handles above the carriage and waited for Jon's next order.

Jon stood on the step leading inside the carriage and looked back at the Mane, the Silvenar, the Green Lady and the White Ancestor whose faces were showing hints of realization.

He then spoke in the most dramatic way he could muster.

"Ladies… and gentlemen. In this daunting moment of scratching your brains raw wondering how in the absolute fuckery did this come to be, I can't help but find myself quoting from Sir Alexandre Dumas. 'How did I escape? With difficulty. How did I plan this moment? With pleasure'. Xikil, stomp the gas, my good Titan. Reach me those clouds."

*Growl*

Hearing Jon's speech, even Xikil was in a good mood to get out of here. He flapped his gigantic wings and carried the carriage up with Jon who was waving down at the people looking at him.

He rose up and faded in the sky heading Northwest.

Back in front of Silvenar, the air remained frozen as the Mane, the Green Lady and the Silvenar felt like they saw a ghost.

"A Nord… a tall Nord with red hair that can summon a Daedric Titan." The Green Lady remembered some report.

"Please, don't tell me it is him." The Silvenar also was familiar with the report.

"WAHAHAHAHA!" The Mane couldn't help but to hold his stomach and roll on the ground.

Just right now, they all realized they just come across Jon Dare… The Jon Dare.

***

Few airlines can be considered fancy in the world but surely Xikil Airlines was a revolution in the field. Xikil's flight speed in open air exceeded that Vulture Griffin of the Green Lady.

Not a few hours passed and they flew past Valenwood's Vulkwasten, the Tempest Island, Cyrodiil's Anvil and entered the Abecean Sea from the Gold Coast. It then took them another couple of days to get a clear look of Stros M'kai.

Stros M'Kai, also called Sanloa M'Kai in Yoku (meaning Sister of Thought), is an important tropical island off the southern coast of Hammerfell near the Cape of the Blue Divide. It is renowned for the completely steam-powered Dwemer ruins of Bthzark and the observatory of similar design containing a telescope and orrery.

Much of Stros M'Kai's area is taken up by the city of Port Hunding, which has also been called Stros M'Kai at times. Its most famous landmarks include a statue of Frandar Hunding in the harbor and a great palace to house the city's ruler. The small settlement of Saintsport is found at the southern tip of the island. There are very few other settlements, apart from the nomadic Redguard campsites.

The group landed not too far from the island but Jon maintained coverage and snuck inside the island away from the city port yet despite his efforts, someone was waiting for him.

"We have been expecting you, Jon Dare."

Priestess Aranea met him at the shore.

~~~~~~~~~~

• P4TRE0N 💲💲

Current Goal: 4 Extra Chapters

Next Goal: 5 Extra Chapters

pat-reon.com/eldokhmesy (remove - )

•PayPal (+10$ = Extra) 💸💸

Paypal.me/eldokhmesy

• Extras by Votes: 5000 / 8000 ☑️☑️

• Discord discord.gg/gKcKva7s 🗨️🗨️

• Twitter @eldokhmesy22 🐦🐦

You are reading

Dragonborn Saga

ebook which is a free download at

wWw.EbookUpdates.Net

.

Download more ebooks for free at

EbookUpdates(dot)Net

.

466 Stros Mapos;kai

A/n: this is gold! 5 Extra large with fries and coke to @Spaceghost69 @Sa'kage @TheBjornz @Valyndral @Christian Henkenmeier.

is available on P4tre0n.

~~~~~~~~~~

"We have been expecting you, Jon Dare." Said Priestess Aranea, Prophet of Azura.

"Long time no see, Aranea. You sure look skinny, Azura must have been sending you on too many errands lately. How are things, woman?" Jon bypassed formalities, held Aranea by the shoulders and hugged her.

She felt strange and uncomfortable but when Jon let her go, she was already out of breath.

"Sorry, a bit excited to see you. Is there any update on my Labour? A new riddle? A mystery? Or you finally are going bo point me to a spot where smash some skulls." Jon asked.

Behind him, the other three crawled out of the carriage and Mirren started throwing up. Jon looked back and nodded.

"They seem to be sky-sick. Three days of flying are hard indeed. Do you have any mint, Aranea?"

She sighed and massaged her temples remembering how mind consuming it is to deal with Jon.

"The situation is more complicated than it should be. Lady Azura has directed me here with a set of tasks for you, Jon Dare." Aranea said.

"Okay okay. I'm all ears."

"Escort me to Saintsport. The Prophetess of Boethiah is waiting for us over there." She said.

"... Excuse me." Isha stood up supporting herself on her spear after being dizzy from Xikil's terrible landing.

"Rest now, Isha." Jon gave her a hand.

"No." She refused and walked to Aranea, "You, tell me what you know. What is going on with Zain and why is he acting like that?"

It was the first time she met someone connected to the Daedra after she found out her brother was alive. This was her first chance to inquire about what's going on.

"The Maiden of Bitter Mercy… so it is you." Aranea glanced at the spear Isha had and made a grim face, "Thanks to the investigation conducted by Jon Dare, we found out that your brother is also Labouring for Clavicus Vile as soon as you did. Right now, we don't know how much he is involved with the Worm Cult or what is their goal. The only one who knows more than us is the Prophetess of Boethiah currently in Saintsport. She was doing a Divination for a year about this case."

Aranea seemed serious about what she said. The party of four understood that they are jumping right in the middle of action after that unsettling flight.

"I understand." Jon said.

He looked at the sky and narrowed his eyes. The horizon was abnormally bleak.

"Aranea, what do you know?" He asked.

She stood beside him looking at the murky sky.

"It all started five days ago…"

Five days ago on the 3rd of Rain's Hand (April), Aranea was teleported by Azura's power to Hammerfell. It was a normal day until the sky started to darken abnormally and fear struck the hearts of people.

Not knowing why or how, the undead sightings started to increase dramatically to the point where some villages were raided by Undead and Necromancers. Those who know history recalled the event when the sky darkened in gloom just like that and dated it to the years of the Redguard Resistance led by the Hero Cyrus against Tiber Septim. This was the Soul Snare spell. A spell that can take the souls of any dead and trap it by the caster's wish.

On the same day, the Order of Arkay and the Citadel of Ebonarm sent out their fighting priests and Battlelords to defend the lands from the threat of Necromancers. All the cities and towns closed their doors and fortified their walls.

The raids increased by each day and the situation became serious. Some tried to track the source of the Soul Snare spell to Stros M'kai, some parts in the Alik'r Desert, near Sentinel and some other places but no one managed to survive these errands.

Even the Empire moved the Seventh Legion under the command of a General to secure the borders.

Yesterday, most of the connection means between major cities were cut as the Soul Snare matrix hindered many Magics that rely on mental connection such as Conjuration, Telepathy and Teleportation.

In short, the situation is dire.

"... Right now, we cooperated with some factions to fend off the Necromancers from some places but the bigger picture is not looking good."

"I see." Jon nodded, "I am not certain what goal does Zain have but he is serving both the Worm Cult and Clavicus Vile. Isha, I am sorry but we have a bigger hurdle than we anticipated."

"It's okay. I am just going to help… but when my brother shows up, leave him to me." She said.

"Are you sure?" Mirren asked.

"We will support you." Miranda insisted.

"Just leave him to me. I must confirm something." She said.

"It's alright. We will only watch your back." Jon patted her shoulder and sighed.

He then looked at his companions and a sense of guilt overtook him. They were all Labourers and did a lot to rid themselves of the Daedra's dominance but now they are dragged back to his Labours.

"Guys, this is my Labour. I am sorry to drag you into this so if you can just find a place to rest, I'll go sort things out, I am really…"

"We're doing this too." Mirren spoke out.

"Yes. We have already decided to help you out before we even leave Morrowind." Miranda said.

Isha looked at Jon and sighed.

"And I can't simply walk out of this one." She said.

Jon looked solemn and nodded as he looked away.

"Now that I think about it, whatever I am dragging you in now is nothing compared to what is going to happen a year from now." Jon said and smiled.

"Fuck off, man!" Mirren didn't feel good about the way Jon smiled.

Now as his mood improved, Jon turned to Aranea.

"What is the plan?" He asked.

"I don't need a vision from Lady Azura to tell you. Break the Soul Snare and Stop Zain somehow." She said.

"Sounds simple but I was asking about what should we do now?"

"Right… I am heading to Saintsport Village nearby. The vision led me here to meet you but we need to start from somewhere. Escort me to Saintsport, rest for a few hours, meet Boethiah's Prophetess then see how she directs us." Aranea said and turned around for her mule that was tied nearby.

"Oh, by the way." She stopped and looked for Jon, "The road to Saintsport is filled with undead and Necromancers. Prepare to fight."

Jon and the others looked at each other and nodded.

"A team fight. What's the formation?" Mirren asked.

"Jon will handle the numbers as usual." Isha said.

"No problem. You will be the rearguard." Jon said.

"Indeed."

"My brother will kill the strong enemies and I will scout." Miranda finished the formation.

"I feel good about this." Jon said and checked his options through the staff. "I can barely summon anything from Oblivion but Necromancy is running wild."

He waved his staff in a cool way and the void started distorting everywhere.

Almost a 100 Wrathmen appeared and gathered around Jon. He wasn't using [Wrath] early on to not attract bad attention.

"You will use Necromancy?"

"And Dark Magic. I have learned a lot of bad-guy-spells from the tomes I looted in the Ghost World."

"Looking forward to it."

***

The gloomy sky over Hammerfell didn't spare even a lonely island such as Stros M'kai. This darkness brought about fear and undead in every part of the island.

Small villages around the island were wiped from existence. Armies would loot and raid but the undead only kill and kill and kill. Dead children, dead women, dead elderly and dead men were all gathered in piles for the Necromancers to practice on.

The Worm Cult has officially started a full-on attack at Hammerfell.

In a tiny agricultural village on the road to Saintsport, a Cult Officer gathered some Acolytes in the center of the village to see how their practice is going.

"Listen, you mutts. To reach a good position in the cult you need to control not only many undead but also good ones. Worm Zombies are good but you need to master the formula to create them out of dead bodies and control as much as you can." The Officer said.

The Acolytes around him nodded.

"Good. As an officer, I can control up to 25 undead perfectly. If I put more effort, I can even reach 40."

"Wow!"

"40?"

"Amazing!"

The Acolytes were taken aback by their boastful superior.

Find authorized novels in Webnovel，faster updates, better experience，Please click www.webnovel.com for visiting.

"Now now, no need to be shocked. Others can do better. The important thing is to practice. See these bodies? Extract the Skeletons, make Worm Zombies or Flesh Atronachs for all I care about, the important thing is to control as much as you can. Now get to work!" He said.

The Acolytes were excited to make good undead out of these corpses of villagers. They can have nice lives once they reach the rank of their Officer in charge. The best of those Acolytes can control up to 10 Undead after all.

Seeing the Acolytes work hard, the officer retreated to a house he is stationed in. It has been years since he joined the cult but a lot of times has passed and he still wasn't allowed to summon a single Undead from the realms of Lord Mannimarco. He always heard and dreamt about having one of those custom-made undead but he never got the qualifications to command one and was left to train those mediocre acolytes.

Things were miserable but he had a firm belief that maybe… just maybe… one day, a good Acolyte will rise among his group and help him get some rewards and benefits to boost his standing in the Cult. And lo and behold, this moment was right in front of him.

It was a certain undead roaming the village they were in. This Undead was as what he can describe as a product of quality.

Finally, he got his hands on a talent.

"Wait! Stop! Who did this? Who made that undead?" He ran out of the house shouting as soon as he spotted that undead.

It had some air to it, looking all warrior-like, wearing old armor and holding a big axe. Its bones glowed in violet hue but that wasn't anything to bother with right now. The one who made such a powerful undead a genius without any doubts.

"Which one of you made this?" The officer asked his Acolytes who looked clueless.

"We never saw such an undead before so we thought it is yours, Sir." An Acolyte replied.

"What? No, it is not mine." The Officer denied and turned to the Undead behind him.

"What are you?" He looked closer then started to check the undead in front of him.

But something happened.

In one move, the undead moved its Axe and beheaded the man.

Silence!

Utter silence took over the Acolytes as soon as they looked behind that undead.

There was a large number from the same type of undead marching to the village from the south. More from the west, some from the east. The Acolytes were terrified as they looked to the north only to see one man in full Ebony armor.

He walked towards them alone.

"Good day. I was wondering if I can have some directions to Saintsport Village." He spoke.

Hearing the man, the shivering acolytes only pointed to the northeast.

"Oh! Thank you for your kindness aaaand… sorry about your friend." The man said and turned to walk away but then he paused and turned to them again.

"Almost forgot, you are cult scum. I have to kill you." He said raising up his staff.

"Sorry."

His staff descended on the ground sending a magic wave beneath their feet. By the next second, spikes of bone rose up from the ground.

[Boneyard].

Most of the Acolytes forfeited their lives to this spell. Those who survived started running around.

"Nope. You're not leaving."

Jon swung his staff to the side with a death scythe emerging from it harvesting the lives of every Acolyte on the range of five meters.

[Grim Scythe].

Two Acolytes remained, one fell on his ass wetting himself and the other ran towards Jon with a knife.

Jon simply cast a spell that shot out a skull towards the attacking acolyte and killed him on the spot.

[Bone Spirit].

The last acolyte was crying and begging for his life but Jon felt annoyed by him.

"Don't worry, you will talk and you will die. I don't play with my prey."

Jon said taking out [Lust].

~~~~~~~~~~

• P4TRE0N

shorturl.at/qAKRS

• PayPal for Gifts

shorturl.at/dkyBM

• Extra Chapters by Votes: 5000 / 8000

• Discord discord.gg/gKcKva7s

• Twitter @eldokhmesy22

You are reading

Dragonborn Saga

ebook which is a free download at

wWw.EbookUpdates.Net

.

Download more ebooks for free at

Ebook Updates.Net

.

467 Little Boethiah

on P4TRE0N

~~~~~~~~~~

The desert land of Hammerfell was a source of inspiration to many artists and poets in years. So to say, seeing the bright land that always bathed in sunlight covered under thick layers of gloom was very disturbing.

It is as if the world has lost its colors and became paler and paler. Even the heat of the desert went away replaced by the cold winds carrying the stench of death.

"Jon, have you found any survivors?" Mirren called.

"No. Everyone was slaughtered way before I got here." Jon said as he checked with a [Detect] spell.

"Fucking Oblivion! They didn't even spare young kids." Mirren looked at child's corpse with a grim face.

Jon and Isha felt a mental strain from the scene. Such a crime can't be forgiven. They know that because they bore such a crime before.

"Disintegrate the Corpses." Priestess Aranea spoke from the back.

"What?" Mirren retorted, "Disintegrate them? These were people. With just some magic spells, we can give them a proper burial in a minute. Ain't I right, Jon?"

Jon didn't reply and looked away with a solemn face.

"Burying the dead is no longer an option. The Soul Snare spell doesn't just gloom the sky and disturb some magic, it makes the dead walk again." Aranea said.

As it seemed, this spell is more sinister than it already is. Jon didn't like disintegrating the dead but he just had to do it. Those who died would rather turn into white ash just like that and scatter with the wind instead of rising again in agony as zombies.

The past five days caused the Redguard to start burning the fallen as Aranea mentioned. It wasn't the way Redguards did things but it was the only choice.

No one wanted to die under the effect of the Soul Snare.

"What have you found from the prisoner you took?" Aranea asked Jon.

"Not much. Most operatives of the Worm Cult were pulled from all the Worm Cells around Tamriel to join some important ritual. But the curious thing is that this Soul Snare matrix wasn't their Plan A." Jon said.

"What do you mean?" Isha asked.

"From what I put together, their Plan A was to power up some sort of a Ritual by the Divine Fragment of Azura that I freed from the Ghost World. Now that I have disturbed Plan A, Plan B was put into action by gathering as many souls as they can. That's why they used the Soul Snare." Jon said.

"I sort of get it." Aranea said. "So, the Worm Cult lost their source of power and now are violently looking for a new one."

"Yes. They always acted quietly but their impulsive actions only mean one thing." Jon remarked.

"What is that?" Aranea seemed curious.

The others fell into thoughts but Miranda spoke.

"They are running low on time." She said.

"Indeed." Jon agreed, "They have a certain time limit they are committed to. If we disturb them as fast as we can, we can foil their plans."

The atmosphere started to become more serious by the second. Stros M'kai was just a small island but it was filled with Necromancers and undead. Foiling the Worm Cult plans is way easier said than done.

***

A few hours passed after the slaughtered village events. Aranea led the team right towards Saintsport

Saintsport is a small settlement located on the southern tip of Stros M'Kai. It contains a port, a lighthouse, and the Square of Leki, a large shrine dedicated to Makela Leki. The town was named in honor of Leki, Saintess of the Spirit Sword.

The town was fortified by the local militia after the events of the undead outbreak. Thanks to the port this village has, they managed to provide themselves with food and water from the mainland and even received a merchant from Cyrodiil.

Currently, the village chief was the one leading the defense but some days before the undead outbreak, a Child came to the village with some monks saying that they are here to warn the village from imminent danger.

After the outbreak, those monks gained some popularity and even the village chief had to listen to them.

The thing about those monks was a particular child leading them. She was an Imperial girl ten years of age with a bald head and a weird appearance. She had tattoos on every inch of her body. She wore bracelets and anklets of gold as well as a light robe of yellow, brown and red lehenga choli-like dress.

That child let up a brazier of flame, fed it with her magic and kept dancing in front of the flame in a frenzied manner. She sang in incomprehensible words not from any language in the world but from words she alone made up and understood. The more she dances, the more frenzied the monks around her dance and the more they beat their drums and chant around the flame.

The common people looking at them from afar didn't approach or act hostile towards them. Those crazy monks and child have saved the village many times in those five days.

Every time the undead showed up, the local militia was ready and that's because of the child. She would always predict any undead raid.

The refugees that came to the town were always suspicious of her and some even complained but the locals were really overprotective of the child that can be considered their lifeline now.

At the end of the fifth day, that child started shouting and screaming again. She fell off and stood up in actions that defied physics and kept speaking.

"The south! He comes from the south! He comes from the south! He is here! The south! Clear for him! Lead him here! He comes! She comes! It is beginning!"

The child's voice felt as if the devil was possessing her throat and speaking through it. The village chief who heard her ran to the south with his militia trying to understand what manner of "He" was the girl mentioning.

He was not far away walking in full armor with a very long sword resting on his shoulder and a cloak not moving with the wind.

The Dark Knight that marched towards Saintsport appeared with a woman riding a mule, another with a long spear and two tall girls with slim figures and fading presences. That group approached the town with another layer of gloom lurking above them making every single member of the local militia perspire beads of cold sweat.

Those people were by no means ordinary. Beings like those are probably monsters who just walked out of a battlefield. The survival instincts of those militia members told them not to move, not to act, not to react.

Jon walked in by lifting the barricade around the village entrance with Telekinesis and walking past simply.

"Well met, Redguard. I trust the dead won't give the living much trouble now that we cleared the area around. Rest well for the night."

The man in Ebony said that he took care of the undead that were terrorizing Saintsport just like that. On any day, this man would be considered the hero of the village and they would throw him a celebration near the shrine of the saintess but the mood wasn't right for any sort of celebration.

"Th- Thank you, Sir." The Village Chief thanked him but the man didn't ask for a reward and headed inside.

In the village square, there were refugees and some locals minding their own business when all stopped to see what manner of strangers walked in the village. In times like these, people must be warier of other people more than monsters and threats. Thieves and Marauders thrive in times of need and the true metal of men shows its color during hardships.

Thankfully, the band of warriors didn't seem like a group of evildoers.

Jon felt the unrest in the villagers' eyes but his Aura was hard to suppress especially after killing those Necromancers. He had to calm down his mood first but the gloomy weather only made his mood murkier.

It was then when he spotted the child covered in tattoos and dancing in front of the flame. The way the girl moved seemed comical and lifted his spirit a lot.

"I know that dance." Jon said.

"What is it?" Mirren asked.

"In Skyrim, the druids would do some divination rituals like that to predict harvest and rain. Druidism is one thing but here in Hammerfell, they have a dance called Zar."

"You are not much into Divination."

"Yes, it is the only Archetype in Mysticism I couldn't even comprehend, however, my wife is skilled in it. She would do Rituals like these all the time."

Jon had a good memory of Alina who would always visit Kynesgrove for these kinds of things.

Meanwhile, the girl dancing around the brazier stopped what she was doing as she felt Jon's presence.

"You have arrived." The girl turned around and looked at Jon with a bright face.

She jumped off the platform she was dancing on and ran towards Jon. Once she arrived, she threw herself hugging him as if he was someone she missed for a long time.

Jon was confused by the girl who barely reached his waist.

"I missed you so much." She said. "I haven't been able to look at you for the past seven days. They always tell me danger is coming and I need to protect this place. I wouldn't have done it if I didn't know you were coming."

Jon blinked a few times.

Find authorized novels in Webnovel，faster updates, better experience，Please click www.webnovel.com for visiting.

"Hm?"

For a moment there, Jon was totally clueless about his situation. He looked around him to see Mirren and Miranda as clueless as he is, Aranea was acting naturally but there someone who didn't.

Isha was shocked as if she has seen a ghost. She grasped her spear and retreated carefully.

"Jon, get away from her. Hurry!" She even shouted.

To see someone as hardy as Isha feel this threatened, Jon put his trust in his companion and blinked away from his place by ten meters leaving the girl to hug air.

Mirren and Miranda did the same and took distance. Only Aranea let out a heavy long sigh predicting the confusion that will happen next but she didn't even bother to stop it.

Meanwhile, Isha's frustration seemed clear.

"You! Who the fuck are you?" Isha asked letting out a heavy domineering wave of Aura.

The abnormality seemed clear when the girl withstood Isha's Aura like the breeze. She was by no means ordinary.

At first, she was confused but then she smiled at Isha and the others, other than them, the whole village froze in terror.

The little bald tattooed Imperial girl had a composed air around her, her tan Imperial skin and her colorful hazel eyes showed wisdom beyond her age. Once she spoke, no one managed to keep a composed head like her.

"What is it, Silly? Do you want to kill me once again?"

Kill her… once again.

The words made even Jon think and rethink the situation. However, seeing the shocked look on Isha's eyes, he couldn't help but believe what the girl said.

The whole situation of Isha's Labours was because she killed a child from Boethiah's cult who was important to Boethiah. Now, this child admitted being the one Isha killed.

Reviving the dead should be something easy for a Daedra like Boethiah but there was clearly more to it.

"Hahaha!" The girl laughed in a victorious tone as if her mischief has worked.

"What are you?" Jon spoke in an indifferent attitude.

The girl turned to him with a natural smile.

"I apologize. Since I know a lot about everyone I meet in advance before I meet them, I tend to act familiar around them. Let me introduce myself."

She said then walked closer to Jon.

"My name is Boethiah."

~~~~~~~~~~

• P4TRE0N

pat×reon.com/eldokhmesy ( remove × )

• PayPal for Gifts

paypal.me/eldokhmesy

• Extra Chapters by Votes: 5000 / 8000

• Discord discord.gg/gKcKva7s

• Twitter @eldokhmesy22

You are reading

Dragonborn Saga

ebook which is a free download at

wWw.EbookUpdates.Net

.

Download more ebooks for free at

Ebook Updates . Net

.

468 The Truth Behind Everything

A Double Chapter! is available on P4tre0n.

Thanks to @Jack for joining on P4tre0n (different from "@jack .")

Also, this Chapter is a big revealing chapters. Don't hold back your Paragraph Comments!

~~~~~~~~~~

(Part 1)

"My name is Boethiah."

A girl so petite and childish declaring with a voice of a kid that she is the Daedric Prince of deceit, conspiracy, secret plots of murder, assassination, treason, and unlawful overthrow of authority. Despite the frightening atmosphere she had, Jon found her declaration adorable.

"You are not Boethiah." He said.

The girl tensed up and looked at him with eyes on the verge of tears.

"N- No! I am Boethiah." She said.

"You are not." He replied.

"I am!" She insisted stomping the ground hard.

"Hmmm... No." Jon said after taking a closer look.

"I… I… *sob* *sob* … but that's me."

The girl looked at him and started crying.

How the situation reached this point was incomprehensible to most of the people witnessing it but Jon removed his mask and showed a wide smile in front of the crying girl.

The people around started looking at him with judging eyes but he didn't even bother.

"Brat! Those puppy eyes will never ever work on me." He said taking pride in his immunity to the puppy eyes heresy.

"What… dammit! I forgot about that." All of a sudden, the girl dropped her act.

Jon didn't retreat his widening smile for he had the cat faith that protected him but the others were so taken aback not believing that a child would use such a technique to trick adults without them finding out.

"It can't be every single time someone uses the puppy eyes, it turns out to be a lie." Mirren himself admitted falling for it.

"That's why you should drink in Puppy Tears mug as well as Feminist Tears mug."

Jon held up his two favorite mugs each in a hand showing them around and making himself glow with magic.

"Perfectly balanced, as all things should be."

[A/n: I am getting a merch vibe here.]

His inspiring appearance gave birth to a new faith in this desolate part of the world but that's a story we are avoiding.

*Clapclapclapclapclap*

The young girl started clapping while completely enthralled by Jon's teachings.

"Amazing! I've seen you give those lessons multiple times but seeing it in reality is not like the visions. I now understand." She said.

"Haha! Good kid." Jon was wholeheartedly pleased but he noticed Isha's glare towards him for diverting the subject.

"Okey, ehem… So, brat. Who are you?"

She smiled calmly and introduced herself.

"I am Boethiah." She said.

"This again!" Isha was not taking this answer well.

"Wait!" Miranda seemed to have understood it. "You are the Prophetess of Boethiah, right?"

"Yes." the girl nodded.

"And you were named after Boethiah, right?"

"Indeed." The girl said with a cheeky smile.

"See?" Miranda looked at Jon and the others.

"""..."""

A strange silence took over for a while.

"""Ahaaa!"""

And they all understood it a bit later.

"Stinking brat, you were playing a trick on me all that time!" Jon didn't take it well.

"Tehehe!" The girl acted all cheeky and cute.

"More importantly, are you really the one Isha killed?" Mirren focused on the subject.

The girl stopped her foolish act and nodded with a natural face. She then showed a part of her abdomen with a scar on it.

"It was almost three years ago. That woman carrying a spear entered our cave in a frenzy and started killing. By Boethiah, I have never seen such a beautiful sight in my life!" She said the last part with the temperament of a bloodthirsty maniac rather than a child of her age.

"And how in the blazes did you come back?" Isha asked.

"Lord Boethiah sent me back… a Daedric Prince can revive his followers as long as they claim their souls. The situation wasn't easy, you know, since everyone I knew was killed but it was all worth it when I managed to take a glimpse of him." Boethiah said pointing at Jon.

"A glimpse… at me?" Jon asked.

"Yes. You see… death is not an end but rather an elevating experience. You go to places and see things not bound by physical realms or world laws. Some find their way to the Afterlife where things make more sense, others drift in an agony of their making when their souls know how corrupt they are. On the other hand, Children like me get a whole different experience.

We drift in the river of souls entwined with the river time. Past, present and future, we see things and relive moments, sometimes we take different shapes and experience other lives. All this and that was part of the experience of death… well, until Lord Boethiah claimed my soul and returned me back.

I may look like ten years old, I may have been revived only a few hours after my death but those few hours were years in different realities. I think someone here can relate to what I just said."

Her words were not that of a ten years old child as she revealed wisdom not that of worldly knowledge. Things untold and visions beyond the world. She is ten years of age but she can't count her real age if she included the time after her death and revival as it was an out of time experience.

She even looked at Jon claiming he can relate to her experience but he kept a tight mouth and didn't say a word.

Those things she said were about losing the "I" and experiencing the "All". Becoming one with everything through molding one's mind into the consciousness of the Aka, the Time. A selflessness of existence to surf within the dream.

The heavy mood caused by her words was shaken once Jon decided it was over.

"So that's it. Little Boethiah over here is someone who knows things, right? You came back from the unknown or whatever that mumbo jumbo was." Jon said.

"Call it whatever you like." She said.

"So, I hope you forgive Isha for killing you once…"

"No!" The girl stopped Jon, "I must thank her."

"Okay, that's not how she feels about killing a child." Jon sighed, "Anyway… why were you named Boethiah?"

"When I was a newborn, my parents were the heads of the cult and as their child, I was offered to Boethiah and blessed at infancy. My parents and our local cult prayed for Boethiah through me to the point where they forgot to give me a name and kept being prayed to instead. By time, I only responded to the name Boethiah as my own and so, I became Boethiah."

Jon didn't know how to respond to that. He only smiled wryly and gave a nod.

"Thankfully, the meeting passed smoother than I thought." Aranea said as she approached Boethiah.

"Aranea, long time no see. You look skinny." Boethiah said.

"Ugh!" Aranea rolled her eyes as Boethiah copied Jon's attitude from earlier this morning.

"Lady Azura's Champion and Labourer will be relying on your help, Priestess Boethiah. I hope you act for the best of our cause." Aranea said.

"Azura's Labourer is Boethiah's Champion. I know what I'm doing here." Boethiah said.

"Then please… by all means. Our Labourer…"

"Priestess Aranea, the standing of a Champion is higher than the standing of a Labourer. Please address the Champion accordingly."

"Humph! His vice is not fully redeemed so until then, he is our Labourer."

"I see… wait! If I remember correctly, Azura's Star was taken back by Azura. Shouldn't the holder of the Star be the Champion? That got me thinking… he holds the [Ebony Mail] so he is Boethiah's Champion, does this mean he is no longer Azura's Champion?"

"Blasphemous brat!"

"Saggy hag!"

And the two Priestess started fighting over Jon.

Daedra Cults may ally with one another but they are still different cults in the end of the day. Azura's cult is more of a natural and acceptable religion as their practices don't go further than praying to the magic of Dusk and Dawn, dressing fancy and acting like peacocks. On the other hand, Boethiah's cult is a bunch of assassins, mercenaries, politicians and all manner of people who take conspiracies and lies as means to ends.

The interests of the two cults may not cross one another but they still look down on anyone other than themselves.

"Let's just get down to business, shall we?" Jon spoke, "What is the situation?"

Boethiah and Aranea ceased their clash as Jon spoke. It was Boethiah's turn to clarify things.

"Undead, Worm Cult, Soul Snare… What exactly do you want to know?" She said.

Jon looked at Isha and nodded to her, she was in a bad mood after discovering that her Labour was because she killed a girl who can be revived but she let out a long sigh. The past is the past now, nothing can be done about it.

She looked at Boethiah and found it hard to speak to her but she spoke anyway.

"Tell me about Zain." She said.

Boethiah made an understanding face and pointed Isha to the fire brazier she was dancing around just now.

"It is a depressing story but you already know that." She said and threw something in the fire making it burn more.

"I have been on Divination for some time but as soon as we got an identity on the unknown Labourer, I managed to understand a lot. Let me show you." Boethiah said and the fire started to dance.

**********

(Part 2)

Zain hated Lycanthropy more than anything. Many creatures of the night met their demise to the pointy end of his spear.

His fame as a Battlelord outshined his peers and other generations of Battlelords guaranteeing him the position of the next War Chief of the Citadel of Ebonarm, but some were envious.

Those envious peers of his decided to lure him out to the heart of Alik'r by telling him that Isha went on a dangerous hunt alone. Once he reached her, he found her captured in the middle of an old ruins.

There, he was bound and cursed by what he hates the most, Lycanthropy.

Here is where the story they knew ends and a different story begins.

The magic Zain was cursed with is called [Hate], something that draws the thing one hates the most from the deepest parts of the Void, the Domain of Sithis. Whatever is taken from the void gets merged to the cursed making them inseparable.

That day Zain turned into a werewolf, went on a rampage and killed the ones who kidnapped Isha and cursed him.

But one survived.

That was the Mastermind behind Zain's Curse. Her name is Dalilah.

Dalilah is a Battlelord from the Citadel known to be a very beautiful woman but appearances can be deceiving.

She was a Sleeper Worm, an agent of the Worm Cult that gets planted in certain organizations from a young age to grow in ranks and provide intel and recruits to the Worm Cult.

This Dalilah was there when Jon entered the Tournament he sponsored to become the Grand Champion of the Imperial Arena. After she saw Jon there, she contacted Grand Champion Darius (by that time) and offered him a reward for the body of Jon Dare.

The Worm Cult was into such business to provide their Undead horde with the best corpses they can command. Darius was a supplier of strong fighters and has dealt with the cult for years without knowing.

Back to Zain's story. When Dalilah cursed Zain, she was at a safe distance from the curse manipulating the whole process. The important thing is that her actions had a reason and a purpose.

The reason why Zain was cursed was because of his great hatred towards Werewolves as he became one of them with the power of the Void. His type of transformation was exceptional among all the children of the night and his powers were grim.

He can't be easily killed, he can regenerate like a troll and even if his heart, spine, brain or anything was damaged, the curse would reform it once again.

Zain was aware of that as he tried to take his own life away from his wife and sister but to no avail.

At those times, Dalilah was watching her monster grow in both power and desperation. She wanted to give him even more power but also erase every shred of humanity within him and create a body fit for her ultimate goal.

She started to lure him towards very grim solutions for his curse. She used her agents to direct him as healers and mystics until he was led to the Daedric Prince of Wishes, Clavicus Vile.

A prior arrangement was sealed with Clavicus Vile so when he heard Zain's wish, he offered him something.

'What if you become a Vampire? You can't be a werewolf if you are a Vampire.' That's what Vile suggested.

It was common knowledge for a Battlelord such as Zain and he even tried it but no Vampire was strong enough to transform him. The only solution was a flask of blood retrieved from an Ancient Vampire from Skyrim, the Blood of the Ancient. Its cost was seven tasks Zain must do for Clavicus Vile called the Labours.

Zain accepted, he took the Ancient Vampire's blood and drank from it.

Did it work?

No, it killed Zain.

He was escorted back to his house dying and pale to the point of blue. This was the memory that Isha remembered vividly. The day her brother died.

And it was as she believed. The real Zain died that day.

What she doesn't remember was the time since she met Vile's dog, Barbas, that hypnotized her and messed with her memories.

She then went on the quest that led her to Labour for two years, retrieved the Spear of Bitter Mercy and killed the Priestess of Boethiah, Boethiah.

At that time, Dalilah has recovered Zain… or rather what is left of him, the body affected by both Lycanthropy and Vampirism.

A Hybrid!

Dalilah has managed to create a freak out of Zain's body that carried a Living Soul of a Werebeast and the Death Aptitude of a Vampire. Something with horrific powers, invulnerability, focus and intelligence.

That body's purpose was to be a vessel for Mannimarco's Reincarnation. It has risen from its grave so powerful and strong that no matter what, nothing can kill it.

But as expected of Clavicus Vile, most of his deals have something written in secret ink.

The deal between Clavicus Vile and Mannimarco was to provide Mannimarco a suitable body to send a Reincarnation of himself in, every few years. It happened with the Hero of Kvatch when he faced a Necromancer called Mannimarco while the real one was already a CHIM long ago.

It was the same case this time too but Clavicus Vile had a claim on Zain.

Zain's end of the bargain which was not yet fulfilled was to Labour else Mannimarco can never send a reincarnation of himself in the body. To solve that, Clavicus Vile has let back remnants of Zain's to act as the puppet strings.

Zain's brutality as a warrior, his skills, his powers, all under the full control of Clavicus Vile.

As everyone thought he was dead and Isha was trapped in a plot to Labour for two years, Clavicus Vile had all the fun time he wanted to play with the Hybrid he created, Zain.

Clavicus Vile had a list of Artifacts he sought after but also respected Mannimarco's wishes to gather his most three prized Artifacts; [The Bloodworm Helm], [The Staff of Worms] and [The Necromancer's Amulet].

Other than that, Zain First Labour was to retrieve [King Orgnum's Coffer] to Clavicus Vile, a coffer that can create gold from naught every day making its owners able to put the wealthiest of merchants to shame.

The Second Labour was to retrieve the last remaining [Dragon Horn], one of the legendary artifacts created primarily by the Dragonguard and used as weapons against the Dragons.

The Third Labour was to retrieve an Elder Scroll known as the [Elder Scroll of the Forgotten]. It contains information that is very crucial to the Empire to the point where they will kill for.

The Fourth Labour was to retrieve the [Deadland Hammer]. A Hammer associated with Mehrunes Dragon's Realm and capable of creating Iron Atronachs.

The Fifth Labour was to retrieve the [Flask of Lillandril], it is a magical flask that absorbs and reflects the magic of all kinds.

The Sixth Labour was the [Bloodworm Helm], the [Staff of Worms] and the [Necromancer's Amulet].

Until now, Zain has gathered two of the three but was interrupted by Jon and his team. Every plan Clavicus Vile and Mannimarco came up with was in jeopardy now as Azura, Boethiah, Mephala and Sheogorath started showing movements. It was wise to retreat to Hammerfell, harness the battlefield to their preferences and wait for the last Labourer of the opposite faction to come.

The Soul Snare was active and Hammerfell was thrown into chaos.

What waits is Zain, Dalilah, the Worm Cult, a Horde of Undead, Mannimarco, and finally, Clavicus Vile.

***

The dancing fire ceased its visions. Despite being around the fire, the weather dropped a few degrees around those who just watched what Boethiah just shown.

To sum it up, Zain's hate was used against him, turned into the first ever Werewolf-Vampire Hybrid and was controlled by Clavicus Vile to retrieve things for him until Mannimarco can send his reincarnation into Zain.

"... And that's how things happened. The mystery that made us go in circles all that time is no longer a mystery." Boethiah said and looked at the ones surrounding her.

All is revealed.

Mirren was horrified, Miranda was covering her gaping mouth in shock, Jon felt like a mountain collapsing on his head.

But there was Isha.

Isha has taken too much and suffered the most. First, it was her brother getting taken from her, then she was sent in Labours for two years going through whatever horrors she went through, then she returned to find her brother is dead, suffered a mental shock, found her brother still alive and tried to kill her, and now that.

She endured like a camel but the straw that broke her back was actually falling thunder. She collapsed on her knees crying and wailing.

It was finally there…

The emotion.

The reaction.

The scream of salvation.

She knew in her heart that it was the truth. She was set free from all the lies and secrets.

For the first time in two years and nine months, she was crying as she should have all along.

Not frozen in Denial.

Not raging in Anger.

Not gratified in Disbelief.

Not silent in Depression.

But free in Acceptance.

Her brother who heard her first words, who supported her first steps, who put in her hand the first spear, who healed her first training wound, who took from himself and put in her plate… He was in a great deal of injustice.

He was used like a tool and deprived of everything.

Now that is all clear, all the hatred found a target, all the pain found the purpose, all the blood found a vengeance.

She cut her hands letting her blood flow in the fire and she swore revenge by blood and fire. She would purge those who did that to her brother from the face of Nirn.

Then she passed out from exhaustion.

When she woke up, she saw the sky gloomy red as she was sleeping on the sand.

She looked to the side to see the others all there sitting and eating to retrieve their stamina for the coming grand battles.

"I've sent out Wrath, Jax and Nefertiti with 300 Wrathmen, Bonemen and Mistmen. Violent clashes are occurring everywhere but we have prisoners." Jon spoke to the young Boethiah while showing her a small Light Screen that viewed an image to Stros M'kai from above.

"Wow! Seeing you in action is a whole different thing than Divination. Please, teach me." Little Boethiah played around Jon like a child nothing compared to how she acted some time ago.

"The village is a safe place for operating in Stros M'kai, we still need to contact Port Hunding to gather the forces of the island behind us." Mirren suggested.

"Great idea."

Seeing her frien… Seeing her family already in action, she couldn't help but join in.

"Why is the sky this red?" She asked.

"... That's how the night looks like under the effect of the Soul Snare matrix." Jon replied as he walked towards her, "At day it is gloomy grey and at night it is gloomy red."

He walked to her offering a hand.

"How ominous!" She said as she was left up in one fast pull.

"Feeling better now?" Jon asked.

She nodded.

Mirren came closer to her and pushed Jon away.

"Love, it's okay at the moment, you can rest if you want." He said.

She smiled at him feeling the warmth of his words.

"I am starving. Let's eat together." she said.

Losing a family member makes some cherish the rest of the family they have. Isha was that kind of person.

She joined in and laughed at the little Boethiah as she kept stuck to Jon watching what he was doing with the Light Screen in full interest.

"Hey, midget. What's with you and Jon?" She spoke.

Hearing her, little Boethiah put back her haughty face.

"I am the Prophetess, he is the Champion. We should exchange guidance from time to time finally that I personally met him rather than just doing Divinations all day." Boethiah said.

"You scry about Jon all day?" Isha put a weird face.

"Indeed. I have seen him doing many amazing stuff. Punching people with thunder, riding firebirds, jumping from the sky and a lot more." Little Boethiah was excited talking about everything she knew about Jon from her Divinations.

Jon gave a helpless smile not knowing how to deal with such a kid.

"So you're watching everything, huh?" Isha thought, "But I think that in Jon's life, some parts a child shouldn't watch, you know!"

"Hm? What parts?" Boethiah tilted her head.

Isha smiled slyly and looked at Jon.

"Don't worry, sister. I have a wife who can do Divinations too. I learned a trick that involves [Greed] to keep me off their grid." Jon made a thumbs up.

Isha and Mirren laughed hard to that.

"What is it? I don't understand!" Little Boethiah kept nagging Jon to tell her.

As he kept a tight lip, she turned to Isha with a pouting face.

"You are just jealous I know so much about him." She said.

Isha smiled at the brat and replied.

"Why would I be? I have my honey boo right here. Bulky guys like Jon are not my type." She said while pulling Mirren closer. "The one who should be jealous is Miranda, by the way."

As she pointed at Miranda, everyone looked at the Altmer blonde who was abnormally silent even for the silent her.

Find authorized novels in Webnovel，faster updates, better experience，Please click www.webnovel.com for visiting.

"Mira! Mira… Nirn to Miranda, over!" Jon called.

"Hm?" She seemed to have recovered from some overthinking.

"Everything is alright up there, astronaut?" He asked.

"What?" She replied not following up with anything.

The rest couldn't help but laugh at her.

"Hey, what's wrong?" Isha asked.

Miranda seemed uncomfortable and hesitant but eventually she spoke.

"Something doesn't add up in the story we just heard." She said.

"..."

The air tensed all of a sudden. Mirren gave her a meaningful look that hints 'not now'.

"What is it?" Isha asked. "What doesn't add up?"

Miranda felt some guilt bringing up that matter. Before she passes away, Isha was in a sorry state of overflowing emotions but she turned very bright when she just woke up. It is best not to say anything but it felt important.

"What I don't feel good about is that woman called Dalilah. She went to such lengths making a curse and organizing everything but what I don't understand is how Isha's Labours are related to that." She said.

Now that she said that, it made sense.

"She could just trick Isha like everyone in the Citadel, right? Why send her on a fool's errand when she was just a devastated sister, nothing more?"

Miranda's question took things from a whole different perspective. Not "What Happened" but "Why it Happened".

There was only one person to answer that. Little Boethiah who was clinging to Jon.

She felt the gazes on her so she sat down beside Jon.

"I was going to get to that later but looks like I can't avoid now… Fine." She said.

The others listened carefully as she raised three fingers.

"You have only asked one question while you should have asked three. These are; Why Isha? Why kill me? And Why the Spear of Bitter Mercy?

To answer that, I must mention that the woman called Dalilah has managed to kill three birds with one stone.

First, Isha had to be disposed of. Kidnapping or killing her were available options but Necromancers know very well how tricky can souls be especially the ones with a blood bond like Isha and her brother. Isha's soul might have reacted and emerged as a ghost to warn the people if she was killed or her brother's soul would have reacted violently if she was in distress.

The Labours were perfect tool to just make her walk away.

Second, the reason why I was killed was not just to force Isha into Labours but to prevent me from seeing something. As you know, I am powerful when it comes to Divinations maybe the best out there only second to the Red-Eyed Queen of Winterhold.

However, that period I died in is a blind period to me.

Until a certain time, that vision was blocked from me. That was the very period they took Zain out of the Grave and sat him out. That's why Dalilah had me killed on Isha's hand.

Lastly and the most important thing is that spear, the [Spear of Bitter Mercy]. A powerful Daedric Weapon of Hircine that no one can get rid of or seal. It was the best action to send that weapon away with Isha.

After all… it is the only weapon out there that can threaten him.

The only weapon that can kill Zain."

~~~~~~~~~~

• P4TRE0N

pat×reon.com/eldokhmesy ( remove × )

• PayPal for Gifts

paypal.me/eldokhmesy

• Extra Chapters by Votes: 5000 / 8000

• Discord discord.gg/gKcKva7s

• Twitter @eldokhmesy22

You are reading

Dragonborn Saga

ebook which is a free download at

wWw.EbookUpdates.Net

.

Download more ebooks for free at

EbookUpdates(dot)Net

.

469 The Siege of Stros Mapos;kai 1

on P4TRE0N

Big thanks and welcome to our new patron @auleotamarin.

~~~~~~~~~~

Away from Saintsport Village, a band of Necromancers made camp outside the Dwarven ruins of Bthzark. The ruins have a wide brass wall that separated the south-western part of the island from the south-eastern part where Saintsport is. That band of Necromancers was in the middle of an argument after the late accidents that kept happening this day.

All the units spread around the southeast of Stros M'kai went off the grid and the village of Saintsport seemed to not have fallen yet.

"By the Worm King! Don't tell me all those fools decided to party and drink all in the same day." A Worm Warlock spoke as he was trying to see anything from the top of the Brass Wall.

"Don't bother. The best thing these lowlives can do is to die and feed the Soul Snare." A Worm Knight dismissed the other's worries.

"We still can't eliminate the possibility of any movements from the Governor of Port Hunding." A Worm Agent suggested.

"The Governor? No, our man on the inside has the Governor handled. The Hunding Chargers won't cross the bay and keep defending the north where the governor resides." The Worm Knight dismissed it.

"I don't want to be pessimistic but something doesn't feel right." The Worm Agent couldn't help but keep staring at the badlands to the east.

Stros M'kai is a vast island with a big population. The native Redguards herd their cattle all around the island and so many villages were raided by the Worm Cult for the sake of harvesting souls. Still, the big cities are the Cult's target for there are millions of lives to harvest in there and around all Hammerfell, no major city has fallen yet.

Whoever brings down the first city will gain a lot of praise from the Leaders of the Cult as well as many benefits and rewards.

Should Port Hunding fall to the plan the Cult Leaders in Stros M'kai planning on, things would go nicely for this branch of the cult.

*Stomp* *Stomp* *Stomp*

Suddenly on the brass wall, footsteps were heard coming loud and clear. The three cult officers turned around to see another one of them walking to the gathering spot.

"Hail Comrades." He spoke.

"Denning! Come join us." The Worm Knight stood up greeting his friend.

Denning walked closer to the three showing a friendly attitude.

"How was your mission? Did you finally bring down Saintsport?" The Knight asked.

"Easy. We are now chasing the locals and by tomorrow, they will fight for the dead." Denning said.

"And why didn't you contact us?" The Worm Agent asked with doubt in his eyes.

"You know how cornered dogs fight. They gave me some unnecessary trouble." Denning said as he picked a liquor bottle that was between the other three.

"Wasn't the saying about Cornered Cat?" The Worm Knight asked.

"Idiot, have you ever seen a cat get cornered?" Denning replied in threatening tone.

The others laughed at the prank Denning just came up with.

"So… the plans will finally be successful at this rate. Cheers!" The Warlock said.

"Tell me about those plans." Denning asked as he patted the warlock's shoulder.

"We made plans to attack Port Hunding as the three elders commanded. First, we distract the Governor's men by our activities in the north until we take down Saintsport and the ships in it. Once that is done, we will have access to the ships in Saintsport and make a covert trip through the Hunding Bay then go wild once we reach the city port. Our spies keep the defenses light." The Warlock spoke in detail.

"Hm! That's a nice plan." Denning said.

The Worm Knight and the Worm Agent looked at each other feeling strange about the Worm Warlock talking this much about the plans. Denning is one of them after all so he shouldn't be asking.

The Worm Warlock also felt a bit strange for speaking this much as if his tongue was sat loose.

"Feels nice, isn't it?" Denning asked.

"??"

"Talking your heart out."

"Ah! Yes… haha."

"Hahaha!"

Denning and the Warlock laughed then turned to the Knight and the Agent.

"You two, set and drink. Hahaha!" Denning was friendlier than ever and invited the two as he simply poked them with his hand.

The two loosened up and laughed too.

"Haha! Yes, let's drink."

"Haha! Alright."

The Knight, the Agent, and the Warlock felt all their tension go away as soon as they sat down to drin…

*SLASH*

Their heads rolled down onto the floor.

Denning was looking at them as he wielded a jet black sword.

{Well done! You have become better at this. Bring me more. More souls to nourish the blade. More souls to win my favor.}

"Alright alright! I'll kill more."

Denning transformed into his true identity which is Jon. The real Denning was, of course, very dead and Jon made sure to trap his soul into a Black Soul Gem just in case.

He did his favorite game of going in hostile places with a familiar face then murder all the persons of interest in that place. It would surely nourish the [Ebony Blade] and make Mephala pleased.

——————————–

[The Ebony Blade]

- Awakening 8/10

- Absorb Vitality

- Fortify Swordsmanship

———————————

The [Awakening] finally went up a rank. Jon checked the blade's edge and couldn't help but let out a laugh.

"Damn! This thing is insane." He said.

Maybe the [Ebony Blade] wasn't his favorite weapon in the game but in reality, this artifact is broken. Jon could feel how dangerous the blade has become now that has reached this point.

It is indestructible, extremely sharp and no one can use it like him.

The blade has a will to its own and causes its users to go insane if they have weaker wills. Jon's Tyrannical Aura helped him to dominate the blade not the other way around. Right now, if a normal person took the handle of this blade, their minds will be possessed by bloodlust and go on a killing spree.

Also, the [Absorb Vitality] enchantment was superior now the Awakening reached passed the 8/10 threshold. A cut from the blade won't be healed that easily and will cause a bleeding effect if it hits a blood vessel.

The [Fortify Swordsmanship] enchantment was now on a new realm. This enchantment was the important one in Jon's eye. He would train with the sword every day for at least two hours to sync up with the blade's skill then go for another two hours on a training sword to keep up with the skill.

Actually, the best way to control the [Ebony Blade] without being controlled by it is keeping up with its skill or being superior.

In truth, Jon's own skill without the Ebony Blade is very close to the skill with the blade. Eight paces from Ten to perfection.

Jon is talented in whatever he does but he is a talent who works hard. His insane Swordsmanship and his Perfect Sword will prove to be of important use during the end of the Labour but the only one who could see that was Little Boethiah who was standing not too far away from the Brass Wall.

Jon walked to the edge and gave a Telepathic signal for the others to come.

Mirren and Miranda showed up out of nowhere, Isha walked to the Brass Wall from a place were some sentries started falling dead, Boethiah was lifted up by Jax as he conjured [Bound Flame Wings] and flew to the wall, Nefertiti came from the shadows and appeared on Jon's shoulder.

"We should give this cool group a name." Jon thought.

"Totally!" Mirren agreed.

"Right now, we have an Undead Horde to take care of." Isha pointed to the other side of the wall.

"With another Horde." Miranda looked back to the direction they came from.

The Bone Colossus Samurai, Wrath, marched forward followed by all manners of undead. He went on a rampage for the whole day conquering the Worm Cells scattered around Saintsport and made an army of 500 Undead for his Master.

He walked with a Bone Katana in hand while eating a big skull he came across. Lately, Wrath was developing a habit of eating bones and making weapons out of bone rather than using the ones Jon provided. This new way meant that he is evolving once again.

The Brass Wall had two gates locked by the Necromancers so Jon had them open as soon as his army arrived. Beyond them, the Worm Cult had made an army of the dead and a camp for their ranks. They didn't know what was coming as Mirren, Miranda and Isha took care of all the sentries.

"Kill."

Jon gave the order and Wrath reacted.

*HOWL*

As a brass gate was opening, the [Howl of Wrath] hurled towards it pushing the two doors aside and crashing into the undead horde behind it. By the next second, Wrath and his legion were swarming in a wave of chaos.

"Master, should I join in?" Jax asked.

"No." Jon refused, "Go to Port Hunding city. If you find anything happening there, report to me."

"Yes." Jax spread the Bound Flame Wings and took the sky.

"Wow! Jax became so strong ever since he became your apprentice." Boethiah held to Jon's arm and started jumping.

"Annoying!" Nefertiti looked at her from above Jon's shoulder then looked away.

"Okay okay, don't start a fuss right now." Jon shook off Boethiah and turned to his team, "You go ahead, bring whatever you can find. I'll stay here with the brat and manage the fight."

The three nodded and jumped into the fray seeking out the Necromancers at the end of the enemy camp.

Jon took out his Light Screen and turned on the Eagle Vision mode to monitor his troops then started giving out commands.

"Miranda, a worm sending a distress signal, 76 meters, 2 o'clock."

{Target down.}

"Isha, there is some big ass Flesh Atronach, 195 meters, 7 o'clock."

{On it.}

"Wrath, you are running low on numbers. Convert some fresh undead."

{Maaaassss…}

"Noisy bastard! Pride, Conjure Reinforcements."

And that's how he started fighting. For some reason, his old gaming ghost managed to make a Strategy Game out of this situation.

Before dawn, the whole force of the Worm Cult to the south of Stros M'kai was annihilated.

"Now, teach me! Please please please!"

But Little Boethiah was still excited begging to learn from Jon.

***

On the other side of the island, Jax arrived on the western wall of the city of Port Hunding. The western battlement of the city was crowded with defenders as they seemed to have just gotten rid of an Undead raid.

Jax used his Flame Bound Wings to glide over the city and arrived near a tower where he hid himself from view because his wings were really visible. Also, no one will stay still after watching a flying cow with fire wings around.

Speaking of the wings, it was something that he always fancied as it seemed that Morihaus-Breath-of-Kyne, Father of all Minotaurs, was a Man-Bull with wings in the culture of Minotaurs.

Of course, this spell was created by consulting Jon who is Jax's Mentor. Jon mixed up some of the Spells Jonrad used and taught them to Jax who was an enthusiastic Pyromancer.

This [Bound Flame Wings] was a variation of many Archetypes but after testing, Jon decided it is best to make a spell that adds power to the normal [Levitation] spell which was [Bound Wings] and tweaked it with a Flame effect creating [Bound Flame Wings].

Jax took pride in this spell that he created with the help of his mentor and devoted himself to the path of Combat and Pyromancy.

Back to the present, Jax kept watching the situation in Port Hunding from afar.

A young man stood on the wall blowing in his palms and rubbing them from the cold weather.

"My Lord, the scouts have returned! The undead are an hour away from the wall." An officer came running for the young man.

"Good job, are the pitch traps ready?" The young man asked his officer.

"Yes, my Lord."

"And the mages?"

"They are running low on Magicka but the Alchemists are providing them with potions."

"Then we just need to endure it." The young man said and returned to the watch.

He was the Governor of Port Hunding, Lord Kareem.

Nineteen years of age, the young Lord was the only reason why Port Hunding stood strong till now. He led the men, organized the refugees and spread his fleet to resupply from the mainland and the Empire.

He was a fair and popular governor but he had a hard time dealing with the insides. What worried him now was the undercurrents in Port Hunding more than the Undead.

And here it comes…

"Lord Kareem, you are still up on the battlements? How praiseworthy! The Late Lord must be proud of you in Far Shores." A voice came from the back as a fleshy man walked up to him.

This walking mound of fat was his vizier, Zayed.

Unlike Kareem who is from the Crowns, Zayed is from the Forebears. The two factions were always at odds ever since the founding of Hammerfell but the situation in Stros M'kai was different. Both the Forebears and the Crowns shared the power in this historical city with the Crowns as Governors and the Forebears as Ministers.

Kareem looked at Zayed doubting his appearance on the battlement to be of any good. Zayed is corrupt and known to be filthy rich while Kareem was a warrior with a proud heritage and a noble bloodline that goes back to Iszara, sister of Cyrus, Hero of Stros M'kai.

"What is it, Lord Zayed?" Kareem asked.

"Hehehe! My Lord, I think you are really taking this matter seriously. Monopolizing the food of the granaries and the organized distribution is harming merchants like me. If you want to help the city, you just need to kick these refugees out." Zayed said.

"Are you seriously asking me to abandon my people, Zayed." Kareem turned angry and dropped the honorifics all of a sudden.

Zayed was displeased by the sharp reply but he still had to act his rule.

"Then my Lord, you need to face them with the Hunding Chargers." The vizier said as an innocent suggestion.

"Not the Chargers!" Kareem made a firm refusal.

The Hunding Chargers are the Cavalry force of Stros M'kai best known for their unrivaled attack. These were the elites that the house of Kareem nurtured for years.

Using them against the Undead Horde is suicide.

"Then my Lord, if there is no reason to assure the rich of Port Hunding to stay, I'm afraid every family has a ship they are willing to get on and leave… that includes the Hammad family."

Kareem was about to hold his sword and kill that bastard but he barely held it. Zayed has a lot of influence and knows how to bargain, he can manipulate the opinions of many families and that includes the Hammads.

To Kareem, the Hammads were his lover's family. He was not engaged yet as he spent many years studying at the University of Sentinel and only returned when his father died. He met Faten, daughter of the Hammad family but he still didn't arrange the engagement. Somehow, Zayed was aware of this relationship.

"Give me a day to decide." Kareem could only say so and return to the watch.

"You don't have a day, my Lord." Still, Zayed stopped him.

"What do you mean?" Kareem asked with a bothered face.

"Hm? Nothing… I'll see you later, my Lord." Zayed seemed to have magically changed his mind and turned around to leave.

Kareem narrowed his eyes not understanding what this fox was plotting.

On the other hand, Zayed's face has twisted into a cruel grin as he reached the end of the stairs down the city walls. His servant came to him running and Zayed spoke quietly.

"That bastard has already run out of time, notify the others." He said.

Later by a minute, an ominous feeling struck the city. Looking far to the west, something monstrous appeared.

A walking seven meters of flesh and skin attached to each other. Its smell reached a mile and its dread made Stros M'kai shake with every step it took.

A Gigantic Flesh Atronach.

~~~~~~~~~~

• P4TRE0N

pat×reon.com/eldokhmesy ( remove × )

Find authorized novels in Webnovel，faster updates, better experience，Please click www.webnovel.com for visiting.

• PayPal for Gifts

paypal.me/eldokhmesy

• Extra Chapters by Votes: 5000 / 8000

• Discord discord.gg/gKcKva7s

• Twitter @eldokhmesy22

You are reading

Dragonborn Saga

ebook which is a free download at

wWw.EbookUpdates.Net

.

Download more ebooks for free at

Ebook Updates . Net

.

470 The Siege of Stros Mapos;kai 2 : Beginning of the Mayhem

Sorry for being late, I was at the dentist yesterday and my wisdom was all over the place.

Also, big thanks to our new Patron @HaiiroOokami

Note: Last Chapter, I described the gigantic Flesh Atronach as 7 meters tall. Judging by my broken sense of measurement, I am fixing that to 15.

~~~~~~~~~~

A Gigantic Flesh Atronach.

A walking tower of flesh reaching the height of 15 meters, a tad shorter than the city's walls, made of flesh on a manufactured skeletal frame all of that sacked in a cover of human skin taken from multiple corpses and stitched up together. (A Pic in Discord's Gallery)

This combination of things formed a grotesque Abomination walking on two and marching towards Port Hunding with metal spikes growing from its back and a large metal pillar fuses in an arm with a wrecking ball-sized flail to the other. It had a face that carried the twisted features of hundreds of sacrificed innocents. Pain and suffering were what can be seen on it if someone can endure the dread that face causes.

But no one could.

The sight of that undead siege engine almost caused the defenders of Port Hunding to throw up their guts and shit their innards out.

It was death incarnate.

Even lord Kareem commanding the defense couldn't help but freeze in front of that thing.

He thought and thought of what is behind him and what is ahead of him. Behind him was a city to protect and behind him was an enemy to repel.

He looked to his left and saw scared men, he looked to his right and saw scared men, he looked behind him and saw men plotting against him.

"What kind of shit is that?" Kareem took off his helm and threw it towards the coming undead but it barely reached thirty meters from the wall.

His young face appeared to all around him. His hair was black reaching his shoulder and his skin was dark as any Redguard but his eyes reflected the will to survive.

"What kind of shit is that? I asked you!" He jumped atop the battlement turning to his soldiers.

They looked at him as if who is passing out from death, not knowing what to say.

"That thing… that thing over there is something none of us has ever been trained for. Something straight out of the stories of Cyrus and the Dragon. That is not a thing man can hack with a blade and that thing is coming for us… All of us.

We have two choices, we either die shitting ourselves and begging for life, or we just die… taking that thing down with us cause let me tell you, tonight we are dying. So we die the right way, we feast in Far Shores before the sun goes up and make the whole damn Hammerfell envy us."

"... Yea…" A few responded to the Lord's speech.

"I see your necks arching down as if you're scared that some blades go through them. Let me assure you it won't happen because what is waiting for us is much worse. But we will fight, we will give those citizens running to the boats a chance so they can tell our story.

Our souls won't be damned for we are the warriors of Stros M'kai!"

"Yeah!"

"We don't fear, we don't falter!"

"Yeaah!"

"We look at death, we know it's coming, but we will race for it to Far Shores."

"Yeaaaah!"

"Then let me hear Drums! Light that bonfires! Tonight, Stros M'kai makes its stand. Redguards, HAIL!"

"YEAAAAH!" "HAIL!"

Lord Kareem inspired the soldiers like none other. Those who had lost all the will to fight were dragged back to shape.

Kareem but took his sword and raised it up looking at the Abomination that was less than a few minutes away.

Hearing the shouts of Soldiers away from the walls, Zayed sneered in disdain.

"Idiots!" He said.

"Lord Zayed! Lord Zayed!"

An old man in fancy clothing came running to Zayed.

"Lord Hammad, what is it?"

"We have gathered all that we can at the docks, where is the Young Lord?" Hammad asked.

"Oh! I… I don't know what to say. Lord Kareem decided to stay and fight. He won't retreat." Zayed said putting a disheartened face.

"What? No! You told me you will bring him… he… the Young Lord must survive!"

"I am sorry, Lord Hammad, but we should get moving. Old men like us will get in the way once the fight starts. Oh! Look, it is starting. Let's go, let's go."

Zayed pulled away Hammad and their guards directed them to the docks. As soon as they reached there, they started hearing the sounds of a battle on the wall.

"Not good." Hammad said as he looked back to the wall.

"My Lord." One of his guards shouted to him.

"It's Miss Faten, my Lord. She is refusing to evacuate."

Find authorized novels in Webnovel，faster updates, better experience，Please click www.webnovel.com for visiting.

"AH! This girl."

Hammad couldn't stand it and ran to the docks, Zayed looked indifferent as he followed silently.

Once they reached near a certain ship, they could see a girl arguing with the guards. She was a good looking Redguard girl wearing a decent dress and making a serious face.

"Father, they wouldn't let me pass."

"Faten! What are you doing? Go back to the ship." Hammad came running to his daughter with a helpless appearance.

"Father, where is Lord Kareem? I smell blood in the air!" As the girl spoke, she showed a strong character different from her father.

"I am sorry, daughter. I am so sorry. The Young Lord is staying…"

"You say what?" She turned scarier than she was before.

"Daughter, I…"

As Hammad started to explain the situation to his scary daughter, Zayed was approached by a sweating chubby young man.

"Father, I did as you asked and loaded all the treasures from the warehouse. By the way, I found that sword…"

Zayed's son, Mansour, was ordered by his father to secure some family treasurers in the cargo and among them, he found an old sword that he suspected to be junk and came to inquire about it.

But once Zayed saw the sword, his hair stood up from the scare.

"You imbecile!… hide that." Zayed was about to shout but to not cause a scene, he lowered his voice and pushed the sword in his son's mantle.

"Don't walk with that around, you fool. Did anyone else see it?" Zayed asked.

"N- No… No." The boy stuttered.

"Who saw it?" Zayed pulled his son's ear with anger.

"I- It- Lady Faten saw it but she didn't seem to recognize it." The boy said in pain.

"Hmph! You better be thankful she didn't."

"F- Father, what are we waiting for? Let's leave this island already." Mansour whined.

"Stay quiet now!" Zayed wasn't pleased with the current situation as the Hammad father and daughter were still arguing.

"This girl… why is she giving us such trouble? Boy, didn't you say you are already in a good relationship with her?" Zayed asked his son.

"Eh? I didn't… she is okay but… that governor! Once he came back from the mainland, she is all about him, father. Wh… what should I do?"

"Tsk! Useless boy… don't worry. The city won't hold much longer. We are leaving right now."

Zayed was convinced that the city won't hold as his contacts from the other side convinced him so. If he wanted to survive, he was to leave the city as soon as Saintsport Village gets torched by the Necromancers. The village is on the other side of the bay and the Necromancers are planning to take it then use its boats to attack the city from the docks.

His role was to keep the Governor in check, cut assistance from the North to the South, and keep the docks lightly guarded. Also, if possible, he should plot the Hunding Chargers to go in a confrontation against the undead. This will guarantee the city's finest soldiers being out of the picture and the morale of the defenders would drop rock bottom. He managed to do most of his role but the Governor was protective of his elite cavalry.

Still, Zayed's job wasn't over as he has some last business to take care of. The Hammad family are very rich merchants, even with the current family head being a weak character, his daughter is beautiful and smart but on top of it all, she is the only heiress. If he could tie that girl to his son, he would gain a lot of riches but unfortunately, she and the young governor were head over heels for each other.

That girl was now delaying the departure for the Governor that should be dead by now.

"Lord Hammad, Faten my daughter. There is no point arguing. We must leave as soon…" Zayed tried to finish the father and daughter argument but Faten glared at him.

"Don't call me your daughter, Fatso! You two listen, you want to leave, take your ships and leave. I am staying."

Faten stormed away from her father and as she was going towards the city, Mansour bumped into her.

"S- Sorry!"

The chubby boy retreated from her path but she looked at him with strong eyes… Not particularly at him but she felt the sword he was carrying.

Snatch!

In one move she took it and strode away.

"Thanks for the sword, Nasser." She said taking the regular sword she found on the regular young man she's acquainted with.

"It- it's Mansour!" Mansour corrected her but she was already exiting the pier.

"No! Wait! The sword." Zayed freaked out.

"Wha! The Sword!" Mansour noticed he no longer had the sword.

"Daughter! Wait!"

Faten had already found herself a horse and rode to the direction of the wall with the relic sword in her hand.

***

A few minutes ago, the Western wall of Port Hunding was as active as a beehive. All the soldiers transferring barrels of burning substances to the catapults fixed on the wall, the engineers mounting the ballistas with spears, and the archers filling their barrels with fresh arrows.

The young Governor of Stros M'kai himself was carrying barrels with his soldiers and fortifying the gate.

"It is getting closer!" A watcher on the wall shouted and the soldiers maximized their working speed.

The young governor climbed the wall and saw the gigantic Flesh Atronach getting closer and closer with the smell of thousand corpses coming from it.

The horrifying feeling gripped the heart of the young man as he thought of his reckless speech a few minutes ago.

He lied to his men. He knew of the Soul Snare spell as his ancestor Iszara recorded it in her journals. Whoever dies under the spell gets his soul trapped and he just told his men they will meet after that day in Far Shores.

Such a shame to end those men's lives with such a lie. He was ashamed but he swallowed it.

He looked behind him to the port where Faten should be. At least she will be safe when he buys her time.

"Catapults, Ready!"

"Ballistas, Ready!"

"Mage Squad, Ready!"

"Archers, Ready!"

All his army squads were ready to commence the defense.

"SEND THEM BACK TO OBLIVION!" And Kareem gave the order.

Thousands of arrows, hundreds of flaming barrels, rocks and stones, spears and harpoons, spells of Fire and Light.

A spectacle of shooting stars fell on the coming army of the dead without holding back a thing.

*Boom* *KaBoom* *Screech* *CRASH*

A scene of absolute mayhem!

Every spell and projectile send at the deal exploded as the land was trapped with a burning pitch. Hell broke loose on the army of the dead.

The defensive method gave a great shock to the Necromancers and even shook the wall itself. The young Governor kept watching how the fire spread in a split of a second but a large cloud of nasty smoke blocked all the view to the west. No one saw anything or could tell what is happening amidst the smoke.

"Did we get them?" A soldier asked.

But the reply came grim.

*GROWL*

A frightening voice came from the other side of the smoke, the nasty smell of corpses followed, the certain part of the smoke dissipated revealing the most hideous of all faces.

The Gigantic Flesh Atronach.

It was standing a few meters away from the wall.

It was harmed and scratched due to the effect of the fire but it remained standing not bothering with any pain as it is the child of agony.

Its dreadful eyes met Kareem's giving him the chill of his life. The latter froze until the Flesh Atronach showed movement.

The arm that was fused with metal was what caused the defenders to get scared but the other arm carried another horrifying weapon. It was the arm dragging a chain and a flail with the size of a wrecking ball.

Once the Flesh Atronach moved that arm, the gigantic flail flew up and landed on top of the wall landing on some soldiers. Those poor souls were killed as if some stone fell on an insect and made it squish from the pressure.

Those soldiers that got squished were the beginning, the Flesh Atronach pulled the chain horizontally and the flail was dragged on top of the wall grinding every soldier on its way.

It was horrific!

No matter what or who, that weapon didn't stop and kept dragging with Kareem at the end of its line.

Death!

It came so fast.

Was he really ready?

Kareem wanted to react but… he already realized there is no point.

But in such an hour, a hero stepped in.

It was not a Man or a Mer but a Beast.

A tall figure landed in the way of the flail, it took its distance, lowered its stance and pawed the ground with its hoof.

The flail drew closer to it but he took two steps towards first it and…

*Clash*

The beast hit it with its head and horns carrying it from the wall and sending it away towards the face of the Flesh Atronach.

*Boom* *Crash*

The flail was deflected by Jax's head attack and flew to the face of the Flesh Atronach pushing it to the back in one move.

Silence!

Utter silence came from the defenders' side as a single Minotaur redirected that giant thing with just its head.

Another Monster appeared.

"Hmmm! Master mentioned that the Flesh Atronachs have resistance to Magic and are very resilient." Jax spoke in self monologue.

He then noticed the others looking at him in fearful eyes.

"Excuse me, I will just mind my own business and keep the big thing in check. You take care of the other things, please. My Master is on his way… hopefully he arrives late."

The ones around him felt frozen from the polite tone it spoke in.

"You don't mind, right?" He asked again.

"B- By all means." Kareem replied.

"Oh, thank you."

Jax cast [Flameskin], [Flame Cloak], [Bound Flame Wings] and [Lava Whip].

The Arsonist Minotaur finally got his moment to shine.

~~~~~~~~~~

• P4TRE0N

pat×reon.com/eldokhmesy ( remove × )

• PayPal for Gifts

paypal.me/eldokhmesy

• Extra Chapters by Votes: 5000 / 8000

• Discord discord.gg/gKcKva7s

• Twitter @eldokhmesy22

You are reading

Dragonborn Saga

ebook which is a free download at

wWw.EbookUpdates.Net

.

Download more ebooks for free at

EbookUpdates.Net

.

471 The Siege of Stros Mapos;kai 3, 4 : Senseless Battle

Double Chapter with a bit of Extra… took some time.

Also, thanks for the astonishing new Patrons:

@Hugo Gurne

@Docnox

@Vlad the mad lad

@Atticus Chea

next chapter is available on "you know where" (Pat-reon)

~~~~~~~~~~

(Part 1)

The Soldiers of Port Hunding and their Governor never expected any outside help during this national crisis. Every city-state in Hammerfell was under attack from the Worm Cult that came out from literally everywhere.

But after the unusual appearance of Jax, even the xenophobic Crowns faction would welcome any help with open arms.

Jax was as akin to a demon from Oblivion. A Minotaur with dangerous-looking pair of horns and an Aura of Flame emitting from his large body, his Bound Flame Wings were spread ready to ascend the sky and get to the towering Flesh Atronach down the wall.

*GROWL*

*SNARL*

The Flesh Atronach growled making the whole air around it reek with death, Jax snarled making the Flame Aura around him go up a notch.

*HOWL*

The Flesh Atronach howled as it moved its large metallic arm towards Jax on the wall. Jax smirked and jumped in the air, spreading his wings. As soon as the slow arm was raised towards him, Jax cast a [Lava Whip] and swung it at the large metal arm grappling at it then pulled himself towards it faster than he could fly. As soon as he reached the large metal arm that was about to descend and crush the wall behind him, Jax threw his Master's favorite punch.

[Thunder Cookie].

With a fist like Jax's, it completely pushed back the metal arm.

"Impossible!" Both the Necromancer's manipulating the Flesh Atronach and the young Governor with his soldiers on the city wall were all stupefied.

The flail from a second ago was something but this metal arm was even thicker than the city wall. It was a scene straight out of a hero tale.

On the other hand, Jax was not over. In one hand he had the [Lava Whip] and in another, he had the [Thunder Cookie]. He threw the whip once again at the Flesh Atronach while being midair and lashed it a few times.

He grappled once again and descended on the Atronach's face with his hooves. The spot where Jax landed on exploded and the Atronach retreated back.

And the battle went on.

From the wall, Governor Kareem who recovered from the shock turned to his men with a bright face.

"Redguards! I don't know who or what that is but the enemy of my enemy is my friend. Support our savior! Archers, Fire on the flanks. Mages, Protect the front. Catapults, Throw to the depth of the enemy's ranks. Ballistas, target those Necromancers in the back. Each Necromancer you kill is a hundred gold pieces. The Higher the rank, the bigger the bonus! KILL!"

The Governor howled to his men and the morale on the city wall improved significantly. The part where many soldiers were killed by the Flesh Atronach's attack just now was reinforced and put to use in a second.

"My Lord! My Lord! The gate is being attacked!" A soldier came running.

"What? How?"

"The Necromancers are using their undead and making them explode on the wall."

"Those dirty fucker!"

Kareem was infuriated and ran from his post to check on the gate. It was indeed as the soldier said. The undead were swarming to the gate and the mages were defending it by lessening the number that gets closer.

"We need to lessen the burden." Kareem thought.

He scanned the battlefield with his eyes comparing the few numbers of soldiers to the large number of the undead. It was then when a devilish idea came to his mind.

"Commander Malek." He called for his second in command, the city captain.

"My Lord."

"Lead the defense, keep it like that and support this ally… whatever it is." He said.

"What about you, my Lord? Are you retreating?" The captain asked.

"Oblivion take me before I do! I am taking the Warband!" Kareem said with maddened eyes making his captain shiver but he couldn't stop his Lord.

"Stay safe, my Lord."

In every city-state, there is a Guard force and a Warband. The defense and the offense.

The Warband of Stros M'kai was known across Hammerfell that despite being a band of islanders, they were one of the most dangerous forces on land even with their low number.

"Chargers! To me!" Kareem shouted summoning the Warband from the defense wall.

Redguard men and women with strong presences started to retreat towards him and gathered in a tight circle down the wall. He spoke and a bloodthirsty atmosphere formed around them. They headed out after that to the northern gate.

***

Faten took a sword and a horse not knowing the identity of the sword that she paid no care about. As a daughter of a merchant, she lived a good life all her years but she was a bit of a trouble maker. She loved horsemanship, swordsmanship, and marksmanship. The three arts Redguards excelled in.

Despite the will of her father, she was trained by her mother who was the daughter to the former captain of the Hunding Chargers. Thus that girl grew to be a good fighter.

"Hya!"

She sped towards the western wall where the defense was and arrived at it in a few minutes after taking detours around the defenses prepared in the city in case the wall didn't hold. Once she arrived, she jumped off her horse, climbed the wall and looked for Kareem.

"Lord Governor! Lord Governor!" She called but he wasn't anywhere near his post, she then saw the one leading the defense to be the city Guard Captain.

"Captain Malek." She called the man crossing her way among the coming and going soldiers.

"Lady Faten? What in Oblivion are you doing here?"

"Where is his Lordship?"

"He took the Chargers to the North!"

Once he said so, she turned to the North with a pale face.

"No!"

Going out to the battlefield like that is suicide no matter how much she thinks about it. She ran from her place and reached down the wall to her horse but it was no longer there. She had to run.

She turned north and planned to run with the wall but as soon as she crossed some distance, she arrived at the western gate where it was being fortified by the soldiers. More to that, there was a battalion of Guards and Local Volunteers stationed there.

"What is going on here? Why aren't those soldiers on the wall?" She spoke to the highest rank soldiers she saw.

"What are you doing here, girl? Get to safety." The soldier spoke to her rudely.

"Sorry!" She didn't bother and even apologized knowing the distressful situation. "Where is his Lordship?"

"At the North! You… you have a sword! Join the defenders now! We are making a stand behind the Chargers. Take a helm and a shield from there!"

The soldier took her by the arm thinking that she is a local volunteer.

Faten found herself in front of a carriage distributing weapons, helms, and shields. Seeing her with a sword, no one bothered giving her another weapon as most of the weapons here were all axes, clubs and short spears.

She was dragged with the tide of the crowd and was stationed in a tight formation of soldiers in front of the gate.

On the other side of the wall, Kareem was leading a band of cavalry on Gray Yokudan Charger horses which gave the band its name as the Hunding Chargers. A while ago, Kareem gathered his men and suggested that as long as that ally was battling the Gigantic Flesh Atronach and the undead horde's charge was fully absorbed by the wall, this was the time to go through them with a nice clean charge.

The horses of the band were trained to this kind of situation thus there fame came from their lethal charge. Supported by the Aura of their riders as each rider was an Aura Master, this meant that a spectacular scene was going to happen.

They got to the Northern Gate riding on their horses and exited the city from there where no undead would stop their ride. Utilizing the north as a higher ground, the chargers would descend on the undead in one swoop killing or getting killed. The right move would be directly facing the Necromancers in the rear of the undead but these fuckers were well defended by their dead minions thus lessening the load on the wall was the top priority. ("The Hunding Chargers in the Siege of Stros M'kai" Pic in Discord's Gallery)

Kareem's action will be recorded as daring in a time of great desperation but that's years from now and it wouldn't have succeeded if not for the unexpected elements that will show up in the latter half of the battle.

In the meantime, all the thoughts in the head of the young governor were to blast through those undead. Despite not being a charger, he was at least capable of handling a charge. As the horses ran in the open land and turned south towards the enemy, the wind resistance made Kareem feel his body being strengthened and his heart being forged.

"CHARGE AT THEM! WHAT CAME FROM OBLIVION SHOULD BE SENT THERE!" He called atop his voice.

"HAA!"

The Chargers around him shouted to harden their hearts and release their Auras. They lit the charge around them as they all trained the easiest, the most simple and the most destructive type of Aura. the Flame.

In front of them, the scene of the undead trying to swarm the gate and the wall came closer and closer. They could see the undead being halted as the ones behind them never expected the Chargers to appear in this time.

And the development was to behold.

Hundreds of horses running in a formation of maddened warriors cut through the uneven formation of undead as the sickle of the gardener weeding grass. Each and every skeleton and zombie standing in the way were consumed by fiery lashes coming from the chargers turning their remains into ashes with burning sparks like a magic trick. No resistance was offered

As soon as the Chargers came, most of the undead vanguard was swept clean and the Chargers passed the western gate to the other side of the undead. Jax and the Flame Atronach were still fighting, the Gigantic Atronach was walking on two uneven legs felt like it was falling so it used its metal arm to support itself to the ground dealing light casualties to the Chargers.

The city gate was opened and the defenders charged through killing each undead they came through. They were advancing slowly and steadily dealing with whatever the Chargers didn't deal with. As soon as they passed the gatehouse fully, they formed a tight arched formation together.

Faten was there among the Redguard men and women, she may have found herself in that situation but no one paid heed to how young or ladylike she is. Other ladies were in the same formation as her too and they were growling like beasts ready to face whatever horror comes at them.

Of course, the battle of Jax and the towering Flesh Atronach was an exception.

On the Chargers' front, they took a large distance away from the battle then turned around again this time to the rear towards the Necromancers.

"Get those whoresons! REDGUARDS!"

"REDGUARDS!"

The Hunding Charger, proud and domineering, gave their all to the charge and called for their Ancestral Power, the [Adrenaline Rush]. A mystical power few of the Redguards were blessed with gave them the edge in every open confrontation and here it made them look like beasts. Their muscles bulged and their eyes brightened.

Every bit of their instincts as warriors was hyphenated for the final charge to cut the head of the snake.

The horses crossed the sandy field heralding the end of the bitter fight. The Necromancers recognized the threat of the Chargers and panicked.

"Why are the others not attacking from the South already?" A Necromancer shouted.

"Something is wrong, they don't seem to have even crossed the bay."

"Those trashes! Do something!"

"Dammit! Help me, comrades. Control that Atronach with me."

To face the charge, the Necromancers had to turn to the only card capable of dealing with the Chargers. Half of the Necromancers leading the undead horde gave up their control and focused on the Flesh Atronach instead, pulling it from the fight with Jax towards the Chargers.

"Hya! Kill them."

The Hunding Chargers used their speed and superior strength to penetrate through the first defensive layer of the Worm Cult. The low ranking Worm Cultists were slaughtered like rats but the true head of the snake was the ones in the core of the formation not too far away. Should the Chargers reach them, this battle will be over.

There was some hope seconds ago but right now, the situation turned dire. That Gigantic Flesh Atronach turned around and chased after the Hunding Chargers. It wasn't fast but its pace was wide and soon it blocked the chargers' way then it started to rampage towards them. Even Jax, who was chasing the Flesh Atronach midair, couldn't do anything at that point.

"Disperse! Spread around!" Kareem shouted for his men to avoid the coming disaster.

The Chargers' formation was broken and Kareem's protectors led him to the east back towards the wall where the defenders at.

"Your Lordship, it is dangerous now."

"Order a retreat! Get them to safety!"

"They won't retreat unless you do, your Lordship!"

The situation, that was in favor of the Chargers, turned dire in a split of a second once the gigantic Flesh Atronach started rampaging. Kareem and his men couldn't handle the situation while the Core members of the Necromancers gained momentum and started firing spell to hunt down the Chargers.

Three of the Chargers were blinded by their Adrenaline Rush and launched themselves with their horses at the enemies taking down a bunch each before getting surrounded and killed from all fronts.

"Dammit!" Kareem saw the demise of the three and it got to him but he wasn't dumb enough to fall here.

He finally managed to reach the line of defenders at the western gate but once he was almost there, the battle between Jax and the Flesh Atronach heated once again and Jax managed to damage the whole left shoulder part of the arm carrying the flail. Still, now that Jax was closer to the Necromancers, they didn't spare him from their attacks.

Jax was forced to retreat but he was actually being baited. Once he reached a certain spot, he found himself in the trajectory of the Atronach's metal arm.

"... Shit!"

Being a still target midair, the metal arm slapped Jax away towards the retreating Chargers. He was falling like a meteor and in his path was none other than the young Governor Kareem.

"Kareem be careful!" A shout from a familiar voice alarmed Kareem to his situation.

He jumped off his horse to the side and by the next second, Jax landed in an eruption.

Kareem crashed to the ground and rolled around between the legs of the other horses but he protected himself. He looked up and knew he was saved as soon as he saw what became of his horse, the defenders and the Chargers ran and circled him pulling him to retreat.

"Kareem!" But that voice called for him again.

He turned around frantically trying to spot the owner of the voice.

"Faten! Faten!"

"I'm here!"

A volunteer ran through the tight ranks raising her sword and shield. Her helm fell off her head and that's when Kareem spotted her.

"Come!"

In the tightness of the crowded defenders, the two young lovers squirmed their way to each other. Kareem reached out to her from the shoulders.

"What are you doing here?" He asked with a shocked face.

"I'm here for you!" She said with a bright one and touched his face. He was bleeding from his forehead and the side of his face.

"Go back! Take her to the wall!" He said to any of his guards but he found himself strayed from them.

"I'm not leaving you. We're in this together!" She said with an offended face.

"No, you must…" He was about to say something when they all heard a call.

"They are coming!"

**********

(Part 2)

Everyone looked at the west at the same time. Now that the fight reached this point, the Necromancers rallied the rest of their force.

"Hold the lines!"

"Shields! Spears and Shields!"

"Tight formation!"

Everyone started shouting and screaming. The situation they all wanted to avoid happened as the undead charge has finally happened.

One of the strategic basics in Tamriel is to never face a horde of undead head-on, not with cavalry or even War Mammoths. The undead swarm is akin to a tsunami that can't be stopped.

Kareem and Faten had no time to talk as they joined the formation together shoulder to shoulder.

From the midst of the smoke nearby, a certain tall figure walked out staggering. It was Jax who was just blasted away by the Atronach. He was hurt by the fall and was holding his left arm near his body with his back aching.

He saw the defenders and the Chargers forming a defense formation behind him and the dead swarming from distance in a deadly charge. Spells, arrows, and rocks flew from the city wall over his head to the undead horde but there was no stopping it.

The defenders saw Jax emerging and from a closer look, they realized it was no legendary creature or a beast from Oblivion. The talks about his identity at the beginning of the battle were undetermined but now he seemed like a normal Minotaur… not that anyone cared at the moment.

But in the next, this Minotaur was the center of attention.

He snorted like a bull reinforcing himself with the Flame Aura and started to act.

Stomp! Stomp! Stomp!

Three stomps of his hooves crested three Fire Pools around him. He started to run not towards any front but rather horizontally each step covering four meters and causing a Fire Pool. With his hand, he was casting [Flame Wall] to the side making a line of fire in the way.

"Hahaha! You want to pass? Let's see if you can."

Jax was in a good mood despite his injury. The fight against the Flesh Atronach just now was blood boiling and he felt his rage being all vented on an opponent that won't fall no matter how many blasts he could dish out. Being Jon's intern, he has piled up a lot of stress as of late.

He walked behind his wall of flame that reached five meters in height feeling the steps of the horde coming from behind it.

Once it came closer, the horde breached the Flame Wall with force but anything that passed was scorched in the flame. Whatever survived the wall had to cross the pools and no undead was strong against the fire.

The first wave was all taken by Jax making the defenders shiver from the power of that minotaur, the second wave started preaching the Flame Wall and the Necromancers were dispelling it. The undead piled on the Fire Pools and the whole defensive array Jax created was over.

But two things were gained, the undead charge was mostly absorbed and reinforcements from the city joined the defenders on the gate. Kareem and Faten reached the forefront of the formation and joined the elite force to face the coming undead. On the other hand, the Necromancers lost most of their precious army and were in a tight spot.

"We must retreat for now."

"We can't. The damages were lost are insignificant. We still have the Flesh Monarch and our personal summons."

"But the southern team…"

"They will be there! Have faith, comrade."

The Necromancers decided to bring out their trump cards, the summons from the Ghost World. Void distorted as many undead started coming through. They were felt baleful, dangerous and intimidating.

*Snort*

Jax knew what is going on but he was more worried about the Flesh Atronach that was still marching slowly back to the battle, yet now he had to deal with those mummies.

He cast the [Lava Whip] summoning a large flaming whip with three endings that he kept swinging around creating a large ring of fire, he also cast [Bound Flame Wings] and spread them widely without flying.

And the undead charged.

"Hold your positions!" Kareem shouted and coveted Faten behind him.

The clash was dire. Each undead around Jax was turned into sparks by the [Lava Whip] but they still kept swarming. The mummies were strong but got blasted away by his whip, the only thing that stood to him were the Bone Colossuses.

The rest of the undead clashed with the defenders and the Necromancers stated casting [Corpse Explosion] at the cannon fodder undead causing serious casualties to the defenders.

"Hold the line! Don't stray from each other!" Kareem shouted but to no use.

The panicked soldiers could barely keep themselves in formation after such a vile tactic used by the Necromancers. Some of the brave ones started charging at the undead trying to take those running bombs down before they explode in the crowd even at the cost of their lives.

The ones around Kareem and Faten charged to protect him yet he was pushed forward by them.

"Kareem, wait!"

Faten couldn't help but run after him too. In less than a minute, the two found themselves in the middle of the fray.

"Kareem!" She called as she lost visual of him

"Dammit! Faten, stay with me." Kareem ran to her from behind and the two joined one another.

The first skeleton that came towards them was blacked by her shield then Kareem advanced and destroyed the skull by his sword. The chaotic situation became more messy and the two started fighting back to back.

It was dangerous, too dangerous for the two of them as everything started making less sense. Zombies charging at them where rammed away by the rampaging Minotaur, he spread his Bound Flame Wings and used them as weapons by slashing with them or shields by joining them together. He would fly with them for a few meters and land the midsts of any undead formation obliterating it with his hooves.

A skeleton jumped on Faten and pushed her shield aside, the girl was about to lose her protection when Kareem managed to cover for her.

She looked at him with a face overwhelmed by exhaustion and he tried to fend for her but…

{Behind him.}

A voice rang in her head.

She didn't recognize it but something told her that "him" is Kareem.

She pulled him towards her and put the shield forward then…

*Crack*

A flying Lightning spell landed on her shield and made it explode in splinters, luckily, she was fine.

{Duck together!}

Kareem was stunned by the sound of the spell but Faten heard the voice once again and pulled him down.

In the following second, a flying axe went by over them.

"Shit!" Kareem felt that he just escaped the clutches of the Grim Reaper.

Looking towards the source of the lightning spell and the axe, the couple saw a mighty undead warrior which is one of those premium undead summoned by the cultist, a Mummy.

This mummy belonged to a great Nord Warrior that has fallen ages ago in battle. Right now, this seasoned warrior was marching to the couple with a short sword in hand.

{Stand up, don't fight him head-on. You are no match for him.} The voice rang inside Faten's head again.

"Who are you?" She shouted.

"Faten, I'm sure it is no of no use asking about the identity of the Undead." Kareem said as he started pulling her away from the sure death that is the mummy.

"No, Lord Governor. I'm not talking…" She tried to say something but the voice spoke again.

{Governor? Wait! Is he the Governor?}

"Wha… Yes, Kareem is the Governor of Stros M'kai." Faten replied to the voice.

"What are you saying?"

{Is he a descendant of Iszara?} The voice asked hastily.

"Yes." Faten replied.

{Pass me to the boy. Now!}

"Pass… you?"

{Yes. Pass m… Pass the Sword. There is no time. Hurry!}

As the voice urged her, Faten simply stopped Kareem and put the sword in his hand. Kareem looked between her and the sword yet he was about to urge her to keep running then… he suddenly stopped.

The sword in his hand brightened, it brightened like the sword of a Paladin.

Faten felt the strong power and presence coming from the longsword she just passed to Kareem. It gave off a shocking power and a Holy Aura.

Kareem, whose face brightened up, felt the power surging inside him as he heard a voice ringing into his head. His Aura which was a Flame Aura switched into a Holy Aura which he never trained before. It overtook all the different energies around him and he moved faster than he ever could.

*Clank*

In a single move, he blocked the sword of the mummy chasing them. Even his wounds started to heal and his power started to come back and increase. He was experiencing a miraculous moment.

Slash! Cut!

Find authorized novels in Webnovel，faster updates, better experience，Please click www.webnovel.com for visiting.

Two moves were all that it took to bring down the mummy of the Nord Warrior.

"…Tha…nk…y…ou."

The voice of the Nord Warrior being freed from his eternal servitude sounded near him and boosted his spirit. Kareem looked at all the undead around him and his Holy Aura blasted around like a Nova.

"Redguards!" He shouted, raising the sword high and marching forward.

Behind him, Faten picked a sword and threw her shield away.

"To his Lordship!" She shouted and rallied everyone around him.

"Follow the Governor!"

"Lord Kareem is advancing!"

"Behind him!"

Every Redguard fighting in this battle gathered after him in one final drill attack. Kareem took the forefront and spearhead the assault, all mummies and necromancers standing in his way were either cut in half or beheaded. The Holy Sword finally landed in the hands of the Hero.

Zombies on the front. Cut!

Mummies making a pincer attack. Bash, stab, slash!

Worm Knights blocking the way. Slice!

The enemies fell one after the other to the Prince of Stros M'kai. It was until he reached Jax.

"Haha! Little man, that's a good skill you have." Jax called for him.

Kareem looked to the side seeing Jax handling more than a quarter of the undead on his own. He smiled wryly to the Minotaur and together they pushed forward.

The situation was a victory. No matter what, that charge of the defenders of Stros M'kai was invincible but as the thing with all good things… it came to an end.

They overlooked one gigantic detail that finally arrived at them. It was the towering Flesh Atronach.

Jax, Kareem, Faten and all the defenders behind them looked up at the large flesh tower that raised its fused metal arm aiming to smite them down.

As there was no escape, there was no fear. It was do or die, now or never. Whatever attack comes, the answer of the united front would always be the same.

"Bring it on!" Kareem shouted.

This shout wasn't just for the Flesh Atronach that is about to end them in one hit but also to the Redguards around him to untie their Aura and stop the coming attack together.

"HAAAAA!"

The whole formation of fighters cried out whether they were Aura Masters or not. It was known that the Aura came with the voice and some of those who didn't train their Aura could actually feel it.

It was a glorious moment as they all came in front of danger, but...… someone had to ruin it.

"WAAAAAIT! You fucktards can't have all the fun without me! Jax, I won't let this pass if I missed that scene. I'll fuckin bring you back to life and tie you to the carriage!"

Hearing that voice, Jax lost all the momentum and even his will to fight. He even slapped his own face and muttered "Not now!"

A rider in Ebony on a Black Yokudan Charger horse known as Joergen entered the scene as fast as lightning. He passed in front of Jax and Kareem, jumped off the horse that exited the scene and stood in front of the army.

A team of exceptional individuals was right on his heels jumping off their Atronach Horses.

The man in Ebony looked at the Gigantic Flesh Atronach and smiled widely.

"I would have cried tears of blood if I missed this party. Greed!"

He raised his hands to the side and called for [Greed] that was on his shoulders as a cape. [Greed] moved on its own and entered Jon's gauntlets, [Ahzidal's Evil First].

Those gauntlets started to change in a strange scene. The started to grow bigger as if Jon's hands and firearms themselves were growing. The bizarre scene continued until each gauntlet became as large as an adult man.

———————————

[Ahzidal's Titan Fists]

- Fortify Strength

- Resist Magic

- Magicka Sealing Chains

- Flying Grip (Greed Effect)

———————————

He raised those large hands up and fixed his stance looking at the gigantic Flesh Atronach that was still raising his metal arm up.

"Now hit!"

And the metal arm descended.

~~~~~~~~~~

• P4TRE0N

pat×reon.com/eldokhmesy ( remove × )

• PayPal for Gifts

paypal.me/eldokhmesy

• Extra Chapters by Votes: 5000 / 8000

• Discord discord.gg/gKcKva7s

• Twitter @eldokhmesy22

You are reading

Dragonborn Saga

ebook which is a free download at

wWw.EbookUpdates.Net

.

Download more ebooks for free at

Ebook Updates.Net

.

472 The Siege of Stros Mapos;kai 5, 6 : By the Powers I Was Granted

Another Double Chapter cuz I can!

Lots of love and hugs to our new Patrons:

@Jobbez

@Longboarding Piper

is Available on P4TRE0N.

~~~~~~~~~~

(Part 1)

As if a mountain was falling, the gigantic metal arm high in the air descended. Before it lands, its movements caused an incredible pressure that made everything in its way tremble.

At the forefront, Jon was standing tall raising his hands up fusing [Greed] with [Ahzidal's Evil Fist] to create [Ahzidal's Titan Fists]. Those titanic hands were all what is there to receive the Metal Fused Right Arm of the Gigantic Flesh Atronach.

All were behind him. Isha, Mirren, Miranda, Jax, Governor Kareem, Faten, the Hunding Chargers, and the Local Defenders.

"Madness!"

Kareem, the man who led the last charge of Stros M'kai, muttered while watching Jon, a complete stranger who out of nowhere, stepping between them and the Flesh Atronach demanding to receive the attack all by himself. Even the people around him were either in a storm hope or in a feral state raising their hands up with Jon.

"Not madnesses!" A little child following Jon's group spoke, "This man stayed in a Martial School for eight months only to learn one move."

Little Boethiah was standing there and she knew better. She was not tense at all knowing how the scene will unfold.

Jon's actions, moves, pose, facial expressions, everything about him was nothing but firm. He wanted to take that attack so bad to test the move he learned.

And as he wished, he got it delivered.

Those who witnessed the scene from the back saw a man raising a pair of giant metal hands to receive a giant metal arm. The arm descended like the wrath of heavens but…

*TINK*

That's all what was heard from the anticipated clash.

All they heard was the sound of metal clashing with metal. No devastation, no struggle, no counterattack. Just the two hands clashing with the arms and the whole thing stopped.

Those who turned their faces while gritting their teeth opened their eyes as they slowly turned their heads forward again. They believed it, the didn't believe it, the thought the time stopped, they thought the space halted, they thought reality broke.

The people in the field, those on the walls, and even the Necromancers were all silent as the dead.

But those who expected more than this anticlimactic result were not disappointed at the end.

*RUMBLE* *RUMBLE* *RUMBLE*

The land under their feet shook and shook hard. An earthquake in this kind of situation was either too good or too bad to be true. Yet those who could feel the power of that rumble realized one thing.

That man standing over there carrying the whole weight of the Metal Arm of the Flesh Atronach was at the center of the earthquake.

This rumble caused everyone to think back about what just happened. The city was besieged, the defense was standing, the Flesh Atronach appeared, the situation became helpless, a flying Minotaur came for aid, the Governor turned the tide, the Chargers overtook the undead, the situation worsened, the Governor led one last hopeful charge with the power of his magic sword, the blood of the Redguards boiled, the Flesh Atronach was about to end it all… then that man showed up shouting and cursing demanding to receive the attack which he strangely stopped, then for some reason, a random earthquake decided "hey, this looks like fun, I'll join up too".

"Wh… what the fuck!" One man muttered.

"... You've got to be fucking kidding me." Said another.

"Fucking Oblivion!" And another said.

It wasn't the people losing sanity but completely the other way around, it was people regaining their goddamn minds.

Standing this close to a battle of monsters? Who in their right mind would do that?

"Run!" Now that someone said that, it sounded like the most reasonable thing to do.

Everyone turned tail and ran, there is no point in staying here anymore. The primal instincts of the Animalia found its way to the mind of those highly evolved humans. The best action to take at that moment was to run and preserve their lives.

The ones who stayed were the ones strong enough to handle these instincts.

And the battle continued.

The Flesh Atronach raised its arm to reveal Jon who was standing there the same posture he was standing in. The only difference is, he was panting out of breath.

"That! That move is fucking insane!" He said.

Jon stayed in the Desert Wind temple learning Martial Arts. He picked up some moves that he can execute with his Aura but his aim was to learn one thing and one thing only. In the Gautfang Martial School, the School which Mane Topaz learned from, the Adepts train on controlling the flow of the impactful forces through themselves and how to channel it.

Channeling the impact in no simple thing by any means. What Jon did just now was to absorb all the Kinetic Force from the Flesh Atronach's Attack, direct it through his body while maintaining his own Static Force through Magicka and Aura to channel all that to the ground without harming his body.

As long as he has enough inner energy to handle the outside energy, he could deal with whatever physical attack coming at him. And that was the Martial skill Jon spent months to learn.

———————————

« Powers »

[Gautfang Stance]

- Channeling impacts and momentum

———————————

[A/n: a picture in Discord Gallery]

Disbelief didn't last long. Those Necromancers who realized that Jon had blocked the attack wanted to retaliate as soon as they can. They manipulated the Flesh Atronach to direct another attack.

"Not happening!"

Jon aimed his left giant gauntlet towards the pillar-like metal arm of the Flesh Atronach and activated the Greed Effect Enchantment, [Flying Grip].

*Tsss* *Swosh*

The grip of Jon's left gauntlet was shot like a bolt towards the Atronach's metal arm and grappled to it, an evil-sealing chain extended between Jon and the grip. As the Gigantic Flesh Atronach pulled its arm up, Jon was pulled from the ground. He also started to reel himself up by the chain.

"Hahaha! That's the spirit! Big thing, I'll murder the shit out of you. Sheogorath!" Jon said and called for the blessing of Sheogorath.

His heart raced faster, his red hair glowed with power and his smile reflected the maniac thoughts that he was having as a side effect from the blessing of the Mad God. He detached the left grip from the Atronach's metal arm and shot the right grip to its face then pulled himself closer at a high speed.

"Say Aaah!"

He raised his left hand and with the oversized gauntlet on it, he cast his favorite close-ranged spell.

"Is it a bird? Is it a plane? No, it's a Super Mega Thunder Cookie!"

*Kwaaang*

The hit landed with a metallic ring right on the hideous face of the Flesh Atronach sending away its first lower jaw. (It had multiple)

The undead tried to balance itself and get of Jon with his other imbalanced hand but…

*Kwang* *Kwang* *Kwang*

Jon started punching with the two great hands making holes in the face of the Atronach. The Atronach shook itself and tried to get rid of Jon but the latter shot one of the grips up to the forehead and left the area for Pride that was hovering and casting magic on its own.

[Meteor]!

The Expert level Flame spell landed on the face of the Atronach with a loud bang completely getting rid of the lower jaw area. The tongue of the creature dangled down uncontrollably in a very grotesque manner.

"Haha! Serves your right!"

Under the wild effect of the Blessing of the Mad Champion, Jon didn't cease his attacks aiming to destroy the face of the Flesh Atronach. With the Atronach desperately trying to shake Jon off, the later didn't stay in one spot and kept moving all over the place.

"Forehead? Smash! Cheekbones? Must have hurt! Eyes? Whoops, that looked important."

By the time the face of the Atronach was completely disfigured more than it once was, Jon stood above its head and shot one grip towards the forehead. He then ran to the back of the Atronach, used [Ahzidal's Boots of the Apostle] to run in the air then shot the other grip towards the ground.

"Jax! Now!" Jon shouted while reeling the chains of the two grips at the same time. The Atronach resisted being pulled back by Jon who was hung between the two chains of his gauntlets.

In the shadow of the Flesh Atronach, the core members of the Necromancers force felt that the Flesh Atronach was being pulled towards them.

"Run! That's a madman!"

"We are not his opponents, we must report to the Elders!"

"Retreat!"

The Necromancers didn't even bother to attack Jon, at this rate, they witnessed Jon's strength and were sure that they are no match for him. Also, judging by the direction he came from, it was safe to assume that the other team of Necromancers in the south was annihilated by him.

Back to Jon, he was desperately trying to bring down the Atronach with his raw power but even if he utilized the weakness of the Flesh Atronach, which is its face, there was no way it can be done with few attacks. That thing was built to endure.

And that's where Jax comes to play.

On the other side of the Atronach, the fiery Minotaur was flying in the air with the Bound Flame Wings, he has dealt with most of his injuries so he could use his two hands to dual cast a spell while rising up in the air.

That spell was an ordinary [Fireball] but under Jon's teaching, Jax was very capable of Amplifying Spells by overcharging it with Magicka. The spell started to grow bigger and bigger on his hands as he reached the broken jaw of the Atronach.

"Eat this!"

And Jax shot the spell in the open mouth of the Flesh Atronach.

The whole head of the Flesh Atronach brightened as it started to swell then… With a booming sound, a spectacular explosion happened!

The towering Flesh Atronach twitched hard as its body lost power. Losing the head was not the problem to a normal undead but a Synthesized Atronach needs a core to operate and it was best to hide it under the thick bones of the skull.

[A/n: In the Lore, there are Daedric Atronaches and Non-Daedric ones. Daedric ones are the normal (Flame, Frost, Shock, and variations) while the non-Daedric are actually Golems.]

With the effect of Jon's grappling gauntlets, the Atronach started collapsing backward.

Jon, who was in the way, hurriedly teleported to the other side while those of the Necromancers who didn't escape fast enough were leveled under the Flesh Atronach.

Looking back at his handy work, Jon saw a large cloud of dust rising up where the Flesh Atronach should by lying.

"Man! That took some time to bring down." Jon said while returning his gauntlets back to normal.

"You want to do it faster than that? You have already given those Redguards the fright of their lives." Mirren said while dusting off his robes.

"That will make it easier to communicate with them." Jon said.

"More undead are coming." Little Boethiah pointed forward, there was clearly a number of Zombies and Skeletons passing the dust and running towards Port Hunding.

"The Necromancers are escaping and using their undead as decoy. Useless!" Miranda said while raising her [Bow of Shadows] ready to deal with those small fries.

"Let's not do that." Jon stopped her, "Nefertiti will track those Necromancers and we'll leave the undead to not make them suspect that were are watching them. Also, the city defenders would find it fun to bully the last bit of undead to regain their confidence."

The team decided to end the action here today.

**********

(Part 2)

It was about dawn when the whole thing was over. The corpse of Flesh Atronach was lying there waiting to be burned so no diseases spread out, the decoy undead headed towards the city wall, Jon and his team arrived at the city, and the young Governor Kareem was managing the aftermath from his post on the wall.

Jon walked up the city wall followed by his team. No one stood in his way but rather most people took distance from him. Such a monster who stopped the pillar-like metal arm of a gigantic Flesh Atronach is by no means human.

Once he topped the wall, he looked left and right until his eyes landed on Kareem.

"Hey, you are that boy Jax talked about?" Jon spoke loudly.

Kareem and his men looked at Jon with tensed faces. No matter how much he helped them, they were fearful of him nonetheless.

"Sir, my name is Kareem, Governor of Stros M'kai." Kareem was less tense in front of Jon.

"G- Governor? I just call you… nevermind!" Jon brushed it off.

"... Jax is?" Kareem didn't mind it and inquired about the name.

"Oh! Tall idiot, cow head, loves fire." Jon said.

"The Hero Minotaur?" Kareem's face brightened.

"Pffft!" Jon faked a laugh, "Yeah, that bastard who didn't report to me when there was a fun thing going on here."

"Where is the Hero Minotaur?" Behind Kareem, Faten popped out asking.

"He's healing." Jon said raising his hand to imply that Jax is in the Ring Cube.

"??" But no one understood it of course.

Jon looked around and spotted the scene down the wall where the undead were gathering trying to climb the wall, they weren't anything important now that their masters abandoned them.

"Sorry for not dealing with those. Had a good reason."

"It's okay, Sir. You are our savior who took down that Abomination. We owe you a great debt. By the way, would you please honor us with your name." Kareem said.

"Oh! Where are my manners? I'm known as Krilon, a mercenary." Jon said.

"Oh! It sounds familiar…"

"Hey, what is that sword?" Jon noticed the sword dangling from Kareem's hip.

In Jon's eyes, it was a fancy longsword with a great design but what he noticed the most was the magic in the sword. It felt like this sword had many secrets. Truth is after that sword was held by Kareem, it no longer became old and dull but now it brightened and smoothened looking like the sword of someone rich.

Find authorized novels in Webnovel，faster updates, better experience，Please click www.webnovel.com for visiting.

"Eh! It… it is the sword of my family. It lost for generations but it finally found its way to me. My ancestors can finally rest now that it is back." Kareem said.

"Amazing. It looks very old judging by the carvings. How old is it?" Jon asked out of professional curiosity.

"I don't know but it was said that this sword was passed down by the first from my family, ancestor Iszara." Kareem said.

"Iszara? Like the "Iszara"? The sister of Cyrus the Redguard?" Jon questioned.

"Yes. You know the tale?"

"In 3D… in details, I mean."

Iszara and Cyrus are a sister and a brother who lived 800 years ago during the Tiber Wars. They fought for the Independence of Hammerfell against the new Emperor Tiber Septim and ended up with a good peace treaty with him which was favorable to Hammerfell. Cyrus is the player character from the Elder Scrolls Redguard, a very early game in the franchise.

A sword related to that tale is only one sword.

The Soul Sword.

The Soul Sword is a shimmering longsword imbued with the soul of Prince A'tor following his death in 2E 864. Aside from being a powerful weapon, the sword can move of its own accord and allows A'tor's spirit to communicate with the wielder.

Seeing such a sword is like getting a glimpse of history.

"Your Lordship! Your Lordship!"

As Jon was conversing with Kareem, some men started running on the wall towards Kareem. These were Zayed, Hammad and other rich and nobles who were here for many reasons.

Hammad checked on his daughter and pulled her towards him. Zayed tried to pass Jon but the latter was too large to notice the short fatty.

"Hey, you! Move aside. Who do you think you are?" Zayed shouted at Jon.

"Krilon, a mercenary." Jon said.

"Hmph!" Zayed snorted and turned to Kareem, "Your Lordship, thank the gods for your safety."

Zayed was shaking in front of Kareem.

"Thank you, advisor."

Zayed turned to Faten afterward and approached her.

"Young lady, when you ran from the docks a while ago, you took my family's sword." Zayed was speaking in a low tone.

"A what?" She questioned.

"Nothing much really, is it with you? Did you lose it?" Zayed asked softly but Faten has already seen through something.

"No, I didn't lose it." Faten realized something was wrong about this fatso so she acted along. She picked an old longsword with some similarities to the sword she carried and handed it over to him.

The man snatched it rather than taking it and retreated a few steps away, Faten then realized something was amiss.

According to what Kareem told her, there was another story to this Soul Sword involving the late generations of his family. The Soul Sword carrying the soul of Prince A'tor have mostly reacted to the descendants of Iszara or the descendants of Cyrus thus it was proper to only be carried by them. Also, this sword has his political views as it supports the Crowns faction, more to that, it prefers people with power and potential.

The thing about it is that it became a symbol of power and the badge of a ruler in Stros M'kai thus an incompetence Governor once created a replica to claim he hears the voice of Prince A'tor. Many replicas were created later by some generations of Kareem's family until they started to decline and the real Soul Sword disappeared at some point of time.

Knowing this and that, Faten whispered a few words to Kareem who was conversing with the curious mercenary Krilon. Kareem's face stiffened and he looked at his vizier Zayed with sharp eyes.

Even a seven years old can understand what happened right now. Jon could hear the whispers of Faten and he looked at Kareem curiously waiting for his reaction.

Kareem put his hand on the hilt of the sword in his hip and closed his eyes for a moment before have a momentary sly smile.

"Zayed." Kareem called.

"Yes, my Lord." Zayed said while keeping the old sword in his robe walked closer with a sweaty face.

"That's your family's sword?" Kareem asked pointing at the sword Zayed was desperately hiding.

Zayed looked left and right while swallowing his saliva and nodded with wary expressions. Kareem then opened his hand towards Zayed.

"May I?" He said.

Zayed felt like his head was getting light and his knees were losing power but he hardened up his face and replied.

"I am sorry, my Lord. This sword is an old thing with obscure powers, it is a miracle that Lady Faten used it without hurting herself." Zayed claimed.

"Obscure powers? That sword is not even enchanted." Out of somewhere, Jon appeared behind Zayed and patted the man's shoulder.

Zayed saw a Nordic Goliath standing next to him with a suffocating presence. He felt that his shoulder from just now was about to turn into dust under that man but what's on stake was much more important than surrendering here.

"It… What does a brute like you know about magic swords? Hmph!" Zayed retorted but later felt that he shouldn't have tried his luck this far.

"Oh, my sweet summer child!" Jon said, "Well, other than being a Master Enchanter and knowing how to do that…"

Jon used Greed to transfer [Ahzidal's Evil Fists] to [Ahzidal's Titan Fists] that covered the whole view of Zayed then returned them to normal.

"... Other than that, I don't know much about enchanting, right?" Jon said with a smug smile.

Zayed couldn't help but be on the verge of collapsing with a fine hint from Jon's Tyrannical Aura.

"Zayed." Kareem called once again, "May I?"

To Kareem's hanging hand, Zayed couldn't help but offer the sword he has with a shaking hand. Jon wanted to see what happens next.

Kareem took the sword and looked at it making a hum then a theatrical act started.

"The Soul Sword of Prince A'tor? Wow! This is the lost relic that guided my family. Zayed, you found it… oh! The sword is speaking to me. What? Zayed's ancestors stole it! Impossible… but it makes sense! Zayed is from the Forebears, could it be… No! I am shaken."

"M- My Lord!" Zayed wanted to retreat as Kareem turned to him but he found Jon behind him.

"It seems like I need to punish you, Zayed and all of your family." Kareem said.

"Wait!" Zayed stopped and raised his hand, "Lord Kareem, think about this carefully. You can't handle the opposition of the Forebears if something happened to me. Even if you have allies in Sentinel, they won't forgive it if one of their own was killed by a Crown."

It seemed like Zayed wasn't a dumb ball and used the political bargaining chip. Kareem stopped and looked with sharp eyes at Zayed.

"If it is about the Forebears, I am not even worried about them. And in these times of great distress, who is going to care about a tiny Lord like you, Zayed?"

Kareem was willing to seal Zayed's fate here and now that's why he acted extreme.

But there was someone whose whole character was based on the extreme itself.

Jon simply threw the dirty vizier from the battlements with a light push.

"WAA! WAAAAAA!"

"""..."""

Every single person who witnessed that was utterly speechless. Jon just murdered an official by throwing him off the wall. Those who looked where Zayed fell saw him sinking in the remnants of the undead horde gathered under the wall.

"Now that what's done is done, let's talk real business here guys. Miss, I'll be borrowing that guy but because it is getting dangerous, I want you to answer some questions?" Jon spoke to Faten.

"... Ok."

"Do you like this guy and would want to spend your ever after with him?"

"I do." Faten nodded.

"And you, Governor. Do you love that girl and would want to spend your ever after with her?"

"Of course I do." Kareem said firmly.

"Ah! Young love! I always wanted to say that next part." Jon became all excited.

"Ehem! Then by the Powers I was granted from Akatosh, Talos, Kyne, the All-Maker, Sheogorath, Azura and Hermaeus Mora; I pronounce you man and wife. You can kiss already!"

~~~~~~~~~~

• P4TRE0N

pat×reon.com/eldokhmesy ( remove × )

• PayPal for Gifts

paypal.me/eldokhmesy

• Extra Chapters by Votes: 5000 / 8000

• Discord discord.gg/gKcKva7s

• Twitter @eldokhmesy22

You are reading

Dragonborn Saga

ebook which is a free download at

wWw.EbookUpdates.Net

.

Download more ebooks for free at

Ebook Updates . Net

.

473 Jon and Kareem

Next chapter available on P4tre0n.

~~~~~~~~~~

*The Mansion of the Governor of Stros M'kai*

"Master Krilon, please refrain from wedding people without any notice. You are our savior and all but the inner politics is in chaos now." Said Malik, the City Captain and the Governor's current second in command.

"I was only helping." Jon raised his shoulders.

"And the thing with the previous Vizier, how do you expect us to explain this to Sentinel?"

"I don't."

"So you save our city, Murder the Vizier and Wed the Governor for just… I don't think I can process this anymore."

The one-sided argument where Captain Malik kept nagging Jon for answers was not progressing at all as Jon kept a full-on indifferent attitude.

"... I think I should thank you, Master Krilon." After a deep breath, the young Governor spoke.

"My Lord!" Malik didn't seem to understand his lord either.

Kareem raised his hand and looked closely at Jon.

"You seem to be experienced in politics, Master Krilon." Kareem remarked.

"Am I?"

"Yes, you knew I am a Crown, you got rid of my Forebear Vizier because you thought if I kept him alive or killed him, I'll face Forebear opposition and you have plans that you don't want the opposition to disturb."

"Well! In times of chaos, things happen like Vizier falling from the city wall while putting his all to protect the city." Jon feigned ignorance.

"That's merciless, Master Krilon. You expect the Forebears to believe that?"

"You don't need to explain anything to the Forebears, they already suspect you. Your Lordship should focus on the public, make the rumors run around. There is no cat too big to be pat."

"First time I hear that saying."

"I just came up with it."

"Oh! I see. You really are good politics." Kareem smiled.

Jon raised his shoulders not confirming or denying but then he smiled.

"I think you should focus on your wedding at the moment." Jon said.

Kareem's face froze and he became speechless.

"Was it alright to put the Governor in such a situation?" Asked Isha, who was also attending the meeting.

"It was tempting at that moment but you still can't say it is not a good thing." Jon said.

"How so? The wedding of a Governor should be blessed by the highest authority." Isha retorted.

"How… Are you questioning my authority?" Jon looked at her with a serious face.

"I was talking about the King of Sentinel or a Religious Sect."

"Oh! So that had to happen. Come on! If we let those guys wed this poor guy, they would have made it political as shit. At least he married the same way I did."

"And how is that?"

"After valiantly defending his city from evil, leading his people to victory then kicking a marriage off right after."

"I was actually going to do the ceremony after the victory and go with the proper procedure." Kareem said with a disheartened face.

"Believe me, I knew. That's why I had to skip the whole thing. I heard you Redguards can have weddings that last for a week." Jon said.

"So that was your aim all along!" Captain Malik shouted.

"Duh!"

"I see." Kareem massaged his temples while thinking, "So all you wanted was for me to skip the ceremony."

"Just merge it with the victory celebration. And make it a day." Jon demanded.

"What is your aim?"

"You, your Chargers and some ships." Jon said raising three fingers to Kareem.

"You're kidding, right? The city just almost faced annihilation and you want our support in an expedition." Captain Malik said.

"You can take another extra day but remember…" Jon turned to Kareem, "We are running short on time. Not all parts of Hammerfell will be as lucky as Stros M'kai, Governor. You can clear your island from Necromancers but more will come if you don't sail to the mainland with me. I am not short on manpower but I need Redguard manpower and…"

Jon tried to pick the next words more carefully while pointing at Kareem.

"A figurehead?" Kareem asked.

"Didn't want to use that word but yes, I need someone to appear as the savior of the day."

Find authorized novels in Webnovel，faster updates, better experience，Please click www.webnovel.com for visiting.

Jon was blunt and didn't hide the fact that he has a big ulterior motive.

"You are not honest, outsider. You saved us for your personal gain. While we want to feel thankful and lucky, your demands need more explanation." Kareem didn't budge in front of Jon.

Jon rested back on his seat and looked at Kareem with a smile hidden behind his solemness.

"There are circles of powers in this world, Political circles, Cultist circles, Daedric circles. What is attacking Hammerfell is one of those circles." Jon said.

"We are aware of the Worm Cult if that's what you are referring to." Kareem retorted.

"Well, in our case, the Worm Cult is a part of a bigger circle."

"What are you talking about?"

Jon sighed and decided to reveal some parts of the story to Kareem and his aids. He spoke about the involvement of the Daedric Princes Clavicus Vile, Peryite and Malacath as well as the Worm King Mannimarco in some sort of a plan. Each Daedra had an agent but were all rid off except one who is currently with the Worm Cult and doing this for the aim of reincarnating the Worm King in his body. Jon also claimed that he chased the agents of the Daedric Princes across Morrowind, Cyrodiil, Hammerfell, Elsweyr, and Valenwood all the way back to Hammerfell in Stros M'kai only to find the Worm Cult up and running in a plan to power the reincarnation of their God.

As Jon's identity was no secret among the Daedric Princes supporting Mannimarco and the last Agent, he will be faced with direct assaults the moment they discover his whereabouts in the mainland. That is why he needed a proxy for his campaign or rather, a figurehead to take the credit and gather the support of the Redguards. Also, if he can hide from the Daedric Princes as much as he could, this will be a major win.

"I see." Kareem muttered and looked at Jon with a pale face, "To be honest, I find it hard to believe anything you just said but in times like these, things are particularly hard to understand."

Jon looked at Kareem who went in a state of deep thinking.

"Give me some time." Kareem said, "I'll prepare a celebration for the city and send my raiders to clean up the rest of the Necromancers. I think we will need your help. After all, we can't leave this city if the Necromancers aren't rooted out from its surroundings."

"And from its inside as well." Jon said.

"... You are right." Kareem stood up and left the meeting room alongside his aids.

Before he exits, he turned around and asked Jon.

"If you want to act covertly with me as the figurehead, what role will you play?"

"Your young and talented Court Wizard. Someone who has never appeared in the scene before and spent his early youth devoted to the Arcane Arts." Jon said.

"Ahahaha!" Kareem couldn't help but laugh, "You indeed have a reply for everything."

Kareem went away laughing with a head full of thoughts and Jon returned to thinking as well.

"You never considered having this plan before." Isha said.

"Yes." He replied.

"What changed?"

"A lot. I never thought I would meet a distant relative of a Hero. A bloodline so close to the chaotic motions of PSJJJJ, of Fate."

"I don't get a word."

"Neither do I. Fate is not a thing you understand but being involved with it brings you insight… I need to see Boethiah." Jon stood up from his seat and walked out of the meeting room.

They were invited to stay in the historical Governor Palace of Port Hunding. Jon didn't turn that offer down and got his group a nice place to stay for the night.

It was the second day after they arrived in Stros M'kai and they were still thinking of how to root out the cult. Jon and Isha walked into the guest house where the rest of the group were resting.

Miranda was healing the wounds Jax suffered, Mirren was babysitting Boethiah who decided to take a ride on him and for some reason, Nefertiti joined her to play.

"You guys look like you're having fun." Isha said as she decided to bully Mirren with the little girls.

"How are your wounds? Ready for another battle?" Jon checked on Jax.

Jax was touched as he replied.

"Yes, Master."

"Good, I was having some trouble thinking straight so I think we should have a proper spar before the night's over."

Jax felt like the bright palace became so dark, heartless and cold.

"He will be needing mental consolation." Miranda said.

"There are female Minotaurs on the mainland, until then, you have to spar out your mental issues like a proper man." Jon said and patted Jax.

He left the poor Minotaur and headed to the two girls playing with Mirren's hair.

"Babysitting looks painful." Jon said.

"I think your cat is acting like a brat because she's seeing someone with her age acting like a brat as well." Mirren said displaying his tough side.

"Good, I'll be reliving you from your duties then." Jon said while picking up the two girls.

"Nefertiti, did you follow the Necromancers to their hideout?" Jon asked Nefertiti.

"Yes, Hooman. A big island in that direction." She pointed to the west.

"The Isle of N'Gasta. Thought as much. I guess the Hunding Chargers and their Governor will use ships either way." Jon said.

The Isle of N'Gasta is a cursed place that used to be inhabited by the Sload Necromancer N'Gasta. Sloads are a race of Beastfolk that comes from the coral kingdoms of Thras in the Eltheric Ocean, the easiest way to describe them is the "Slug-Folk". A vile and evil race.

Jon didn't think the Sloads are involved in this Labour but he had to confirm from Boethiah.

"There are Sloads in the Worm Cult but that has nothing to do with the current affairs of Stros M'kai." She said.

"Then?"

"Nothing really is threatening Stros M'kai at the moment. Right now, you are the strongest living organism in this ecosystem. You should assist the Redguard to clean the isle from Necromancers while the young Governor has his time celebrating and legalizing his marriage."

Jon and Boethiah held this conversation in the balcony of the palace. Jon was looking down at the gardens and she was sitting on a chair eating from some sweets that were spared to her by Nefertiti.

Jon nodded but his head was still thinking of many scenarios of how can this go wrong.

"So, once we head to the sea, where should we land?" He asked.

"Aranea didn't tell you?"

"Nope, she stayed back in Saintsport with your merry little cult."

"The Soul Snare is making long-distance divinations a bit hard but as far as we can tell from the voices, our friend Zain headed out to Hegathe, the westernmost city in Hammerfell."

"So we go after him?" He asked.

"Of course not. Let's go to a completely different place. He must be plotting destruction and death so jumping in his turf like that is plain stupidity. Going to the east will secure your Governor more allies to march with him west." She said.

"... Sometimes, I forget you are still a child." Jon said with a sigh.

"... Sometimes, I do too."

"Boethiah sounds like a mouthful." Jon said.

"Hm?" She tilted her head.

"I'll be calling you Beth from now on."

"... You're giving me a name! Does that mean you will teach me?"

"I'll decide after the Labour. Right now, I'm deciding whether or not I should kidnap Kareem's gardener."

As Jon said, it was indeed true that the garden of this palace was something to behold. Not like that crippled garden from the Blue Palace of Solitude.

It was a peaceful night under the damning pale sky affected by the Soul Snare.

The next morning, Jon headed off with the commander of the Chargers to wipe out the Necromancers in the Isle of N'Gasta. The expedition was successful and Jon torched the Necromancers ablaze while taking the Anchorite of the Worm Cell as a prisoner and gaining invaluable information from interrogating him. Names, locations, plans. It confirmed the divination Beth came up with regarding the movements of the Worm Cult.

A day later, the wedding of Kareem and Faten was legalized and the whole Warband of Stros M'kai was gathered in the palace to hear the decision of the Governor of Stros M'kai.

~~~~~~~~~~

• P4TRE0N

pat×reon.com/eldokhmesy ( remove × )

• PayPal for Gifts

paypal.me/eldokhmesy

• Extra Chapters by Votes: 5000 / 8000

• Discord discord.gg/gKcKva7

• Twitter @eldokhmesy22

You are reading

Dragonborn Saga

ebook which is a free download at

wWw.EbookUpdates.Net

.

Download more ebooks for free at

wWw.EbookUpdates.Net

.

474 The Visions

Big thanks to @Crazyapes

Next chapter is available on P4tre0n

———————————

Heroism, mainly a form of reverence towards an individual who is celebrated by people for a sort of achievement that extends between military conquests, saving lives, and living by a personal code of honor. Such people would be much appreciated in a time of mayhem and disaster such as the current times in Hammerfell. The rise of the Order of the Black Worm was an opportunity for such heroes to start appearing and bring about peace and order.

Earlier this morning, Governor Kareem gathered a thousand Warrior in the garden of his palace and spoke of what lies in front of him. He gathered them in his garden, offered them food and drink, invited every bard and muse in the isle, and stood on a balcony overlooking the island with Faten beside him and a tall mage in and Ebony plate standing behind him.

"O men, it has been two days since we ended the bitter siege. With your struggle we persisted, and to your honor we drink. Thanks to Master Mage Krilon, who came to us in the hour of need, we lived to see another day.

Thanks to that, I spared no effort and pushed forward for a hasty but satisfying wedding. While I was acting the groom, the good news reached me that you rooted out all the Necromancers in Stros M'kai with Master Krilon.

You are victorious, you deserve the rewards and the rest… but you haven't achieved much. Our trials have just begun."

Kareem picked the sword on his hip and rested it on the baluster of the balcony.

Find authorized novels in Webnovel，faster updates, better experience，Please click www.webnovel.com for visiting.

{You are taking the right choice.} The voice of his family's guardian, Prince A'tor, echoed in his head.

Kareem looked forward and saw the men staring at him with wills of steel. He assured himself and proudly spoke.

"Our duty is not over! Stros M'kai may have survived but other places are still fighting. A thousand Hunding Chargers may not be enough to save every part in Hammerfell but let's be a welcome change for the good, for the better, and victory over the dread lords.

If we won and the whole Hammerfell was swallowed by the dead, we achieved no victory. Under that grim pale sky, we achieved no victory.

O men, remember the words of our brightest ancestor, Frandar Hunding; 'Be resolute, fear no sacrifice and surmount every difficulty to win victory'. And this is the way we fight.

Our ships are strong, our arrows are swift, are blades are sharp, our steeds are fast; and as a blessing from Hunding, the [Soul Sword] of Prince A'tor returned to us, we even have a Master Wizard on our side… what more do we need? Tell me what more do we need?"

Kareem spoke to them and every warrior howled raising their swords and shouting with him. Among his chargers, this young Governor was surely popular. For one final motivation, Kareem drew the [Soul Sword] lifting it up.

"Raise our banner high! The times of noble deeds are upon us!"

And the banner of Stros M'kai was raised. It was a sword pointing down and a crown over it all on a circle of swords. This sword is a reference to the [Soul Sword], the crown is a reference to the Crowns faction, and the circle of swords is a reference to the [Book of Circles] written by Frandar Hunding, the most accomplished Sword Master in History.

Jon watched from behind Kareem until he was satisfied with the reaction of the warriors, he felt like going back to Winterhold and going on a few marches and training sessions with his Dare Troopers. Those rascals must be growing fat now that he has been away for almost a year.

Jon walked away and arrived at the corner of the garden where his group was gathered. Beth, previously called little Boethiah, was telling some sort of a story to the others grasping their attention.

"What are you babbling about?" Jon asked.

"She is telling us the story of how you got the name Dare." Mirren said.

"Ah! The good old times." Jon smiled.

Jon was about to join the gathering but he was called.

"Master Krilon."

Looking back, it was Kareem and Faten.

"Governor! Lady Faten! How can I help you?" Jon stood up.

"We would like to thank you again for assisting us three times already. We are looking forward to our cooperation in the next campaign." Faten said.

"You are welcome, my lady." Jon thanked her.

Jon has helped Stros M'kai three times indeed, first with the Siege, then with rooting out the Necromancers, then with getting rid of the gigantic corpse of the Flesh Atronach earlier this morning. He even gifted a suit of armor to Kareem as a gift for his wedding, one of the best joint works between Wulfur's smithing and Jon's enchanting.

"We do not have anything to reward you with Master Krilon so please, accept this gift from my household." Kareem said as four servants came while carrying a large object.

It was a large book gilded cover and a fancy texture with a title saying [The Book of Circles by Frandar Hunding].

"The is the full version of the Book of Circles that was owned by my family's line of Governors since the ages of Tiber Septim and ancestors Cyrus and Iszara. I have heard that Master Krilon is not just a Mage but also a swordsman so I am gifting this hoping it would be of use." Kareem said.

Jon and his group got their eyes open wide after seeing the book, not for its gilded cover of a catchy name but for its true value. For Jon as a collector, he surely has a version of the book of circles but to get the full version. That's a one in a lifetime opportunity.

The Book of Circles was written by Frandar Hunding in order to pass on his life long insights and knowledge. For Redguards, it is an enormous part of their culture and everyday life. Each household in Hammerfell has an alcove by its hearth just big enough to hold a copy of the Book of Circles in honor of Hunding.

Here is the fun part. The book is regarded as the encyclopedia of Swordsmanship as it contains thirty-eight grips, seven hundred and fifty offensive and eighteen hundred defensive positions, and nearly nine thousand moves essential to sword mastery.

Jon walked over to the book and smiled not waiting to carry it.

"This version was copied by Cyrus himself among many other copies. One of them was gifted to Tiber Septim and another was kept here. It was a tradition that every Governor who rules Stros M'kai would make a copy by his own hand to prove the willpower of leadership." Kareem said.

"It is priceless." Jon said.

"Well, it is supposed to be priceless but no one really was able to open it…" Kareem started explaining something but Jon paid no heed.

He was excited for such a rare thing to be added in his collection so he extended his hands about to touch the cover but as soon as he did, everything around him darkened.

It was pitch-black, cold and bone shivering.

Jon looked around him as he felt an unfathomable presence gaze down at him.

He felt weak… weak like an insect.

It was all too sudden, Jon Dare who never knew fear felt his soul shaking and his cold sweat making everything on him wet.

It was dark but all of a sudden… fire! Fire was everywhere.

The whole darkness was burning and he felt more fear than before as if this flame will consume him Firemane or not.

His throat became dry from the heat of the fires but his sweat was still cold.

Then it appeared. It showed its face to him. From the darkness, a colossal creature emerged swaggering in its red scales, in its strong body, in its overbearing aura.

A Dragon.

The Dragon looked down on Jon. Jon felt weak for the first time in years. Helpless, fearful, pressured… but he didn't panic.

He looked up at the dragon eye to eye and as if the latter was saying "How Dare you look at me?", Jon became blinded with anger. It was then when he let loose of his frightening Tyrannical Aura.

*Shatter*

And the whole darkness shattered.

There was no darkness, no fires, no dragon.

It was just Jon in the Garden of the Palace with everything around him as it was. The only difference is, he was the center of all attention for some reason.

He looked around as the others were eyeing him with strange eyes but not exactly him, it was his direction. But no one is around him.

"Wow, did you feel that?" Faten was the first to speak.

"Yes." Kareem nodded, "For a second, it felt like we were back at the final hour of the siege all over again."

Jon looked around him and felt the strange phenomenon, all were speaking about something as if they were back in some sort of a fight or something.

It took them a few seconds after they realized it was just their imagination.

"Anyway, I was saying that no one could open this book. They say its cover was crafted from the scales of the Dragon that Cyrus slew under this very palace…"

"Nafaalilargus." Jon muttered.

"Yes, that's the name of the Dragon. The important thing is…" Kareem tried to continue his fervent speech but Faten cut in.

"Kareem."

"Yes."

"Look."

She pointed towards Jon's hand where he was touching the book. Both Jon and Kareem, as well as the ones around, looked to see that Jon has already opened the cover which was known that no one has ever opened it.

Kareem's jaw dropped.

For eight centuries, this book was never opened and those who tried to open it were all left with trauma for days until they forgot about it. It was a treasure and an item of legacy but it also was foretold that the ones who open that book are the ones who are acknowledged by it.

It was a shock for Kareem as his ancestors had already given up about the book and considered it something akin to a sword stuck in stone but no one actually did it… until someone did it.

Jon, on the other hand, was taken aback by the book itself. Its cover was made of the scales of Nafaalilargus, the Imperial Dragon of Tiber Septim.

Nafaalilargus, whose real name is Nahfahlaar, was was a red dragon who often allied with mortals for his own protection such as King Casimir II, the Dragonguard on two different occasions, and lastly Emperor Tiber Septim when Nafaalilargus started working as a mercenary dragon in the employ of Tiber Septim during the conquest of Tamriel.

Nafaalilargus was a proud soldier and a loyal vassal, causing him to be considered "a jewel of the Imperial crown". He is the very same dragon that is decorating the symbol of the mightiest Empire in the World.

Nafaalilargus was killed by Cyrus eight centuries ago but as no Dragonborn was its slayer, Nafaalilargus is not really dead.

Jon felt like his second (technically third) visit to Hammerfell was becoming more thrilling than he had ever thought. A book of Swordsmanship covered by the scales of a Dragon, now that manly book felt like something that can buff anyone with Testosterone to the point where Mirren may actually grow chest hair.

Jon accepted the gift knowing this will add some more fun twists to his Fate.

***

Later that day, the ships of Port Hunding were packed with a thousand charger and their horses.

Jon was on the Flagship of the Governor of Stros M'kai reading from the first pages of [Cyrus' Book of Circles]. Enthralled by the refined text and the original insights of Frandar Hunding while feeling the texture of the Dragonscale over the cover, Jon felt like reading the best book ever.

This book was big. Not just in size but its content was written in a very small text to just to fit the whole insights in. It is said that the Way of the Sword, the Art of Sword-Singing was lost after the Redguard abandoned this book. It returned back overtime but Jon wasn't interested in the concept of the Sword-Singing in general but rather the Archetype of the Swordsman.

He read and read without realizing the time. He also didn't realize that his hunger for power grew another fold.

Lately, Jon was stuck in the Early Flame Dragon Heart Stage in his training ever since he left Morrowind. After coming face to face with the remnants of the Dragon Soul stuck in the cover of the book, Jon regained his feeling of being weak once again and he started meditating without realizing. He was breaking free from the bottleneck.

Meanwhile, Beth was sleeping not too far away from him. She shut her eyes tightly and saw a dream.

A Spear, Three Swords, a Ship with Red Sails. She saw two men fighting in the desert each was on the brink of falling apart. One was carrying a spear with the shape of a cobra to its blade and his limbs were all broken, the other was carrying a sickle sword and protecting someone. It didn't feel like Hammerfell but the man with the spear was definitely Zain judging by his [Serpent Spear], the other man looked out of place.

She saw the demise of Zain on the hands of a complete stranger.

~~~~~~~~~~

• P4TRE0N

pat×reon.com/eldokhmesy ( remove × )

• PayPal for Gifts

paypal.me/eldokhmesy

• Extra Chapters by Votes: 5000 / 8000

• Discord discord.gg/gKcKva7

• Twitter @eldokhmesy22

You are reading

Dragonborn Saga

ebook which is a free download at

wWw.EbookUpdates.Net

.

Download more ebooks for free at

EbookUpdates.Net

.

475 Before The Storm

You guys need to Vote and Comment else I will smite you down.

On P4tre0n, a double Chapter is available.

Also, I started publishing my other work "The Villainess Returns With a System" on P4tre0n for the +10$ Tier.

~~~~~~~~~~

*9th of Rain's Hand (April), 4E 200*

Four days ago, ten ships departed from Stros M'kai heading northeast in the Abecean Sea. After days of fast sailing, the fleet from Stros M'kai arrived near Hew's Bane Peninsula.

Jon was painstakingly meditating in his cabin while maintaining a peaceful mind. His thoughts were affecting the Magicka around him forming a strange swirl of Arcane Energy entering his energy points and circulating through his energy channels. He felt like he was finally breaking through the Early Flame Dragon Heart stage to the Intermediate Flame Dragon Heart stage. Many months have passed for this to happen and the thing that moved him forward was taking a glimpse of the true powers of the Dragon Nafaalilargus.

[Cyrus' Book of Circles] didn't part him the past couple of days and also the [Ebony Blade] and a training sword. Whenever he takes an interest in a certain sword technique from the book, he copies it with the [Ebony Blade] until he grasps its rhyme then put on effort with the training sword to grind on it.

It wasn't the right way to practice from the Book of Circles as in that book, it was said that the practitioner must start by building his own forge and forging his own blade. Jon clearly wasn't that hell-bent on forging so he skipped to the Sword Swinging.

His training was very basic and didn't use big move so staying in the cabin or on the deck was sufficient. Actually, the book gave him a great insight on how to fight on the back of a ship so all the situations were win for him.

While he was meditating, he was expanding his "Maai", it is the range where his Aura attacks can reach the forte of the [Bloodskal] blade. Jon found a method on how to focus the energy of the sword to reach higher distances without using any visible aura. This training widened his perception by many folds allowing him to see outside the ship without opening his eyes.

Outside the ship, the biggest city in Hew's Bane, Abah's Landing, came into view with some big lines of smoke ascending to the sky. Kareem was giving orders to send a couple of boats in the bay leading to the city but as soon as they approached closer, the nearby fort opened fire at them. Luckily, Miranda was at a possible distance where she can intercept such projectiles with her arrows, the boats turned around and hurriedly returned to the ship.

Kareem tried to send as many messages as he could to the Governor of Hew's Bane but what he received by the end of the day was a message of threats and insults suspecting the whole fleet to be that of Necromancers denying all the possibility of Stros M'kai being able enough to rebel the Necromancers on their own.

"I don't think they need any saving." Kareem lamented the missed opportunity of an alliance.

"Unlike you, the ruler of that piece of land should have an annoying vizier affecting his every decision." Isha said.

"You mean Governor Samir? HA! He has a council of them. Unlike us the poor islanders of Stros M'kai, Hew's Bane is the wealthiest city in the south with their Council of Merchants and their Army of Mercenaries. If you want my honest opinion, I even envy the magnitude of the Thieves Guild in their city. Anyway, let's not worry about the wealthy people." Kareem said and ordered his fleet to keep sailing north.

Inside the ship, Jon seemed to have detected something before anyone else. He opened his eyes, stood up and put on his armor. He added some simple tweaks to the [Ebony Mail] lately to look more like a Mage's Armor. He added a robe tail to the plate as well as a hood. They mixed well with the appearance making him look more like a mage than a warrior. With his mask [Krilon] on and his staff [Pride] elongated to reach his height, Jon looked completely different save for his height that stood out.

He opened the door of his cabin and as he stepped out, something became stuck to his leg.

"Hey! Don't leave me."

"Sigh!"

He managed to ignore her for a day but she was as annoying as ever.

"What do you want, Beth?"

"I told you about the dream! Everyone else is paying attention except you." She said with an angry face.

"It is not important." He said and walked away with her clinging to his leg like a monkey.

"How can you of all people say that?" She demanded an answer, "You know that my visions are important. Even our enemies had me killed to prevent me from seeing things."

Jon ignored her and kept going until he reached the deck.

"I'll tell you why." Jon finally decided to speak. He carried her off from her nape like a kitten and placed her beside him.

"What I study and teach is Mysticism, the most obscure school of magic. I consider it to be the one and only school and every other school takes from it. It is the Origin of Spellcasting.

Mysticism deals with 6 Archetypes. 6 Aspects of pure wonder. Someone like you or my wife are natural-born mystics who can divine beyond the realm of possibilities but do you know how it works?" Jon asked.

Beth felt like being scolded but she answered.

"By the inborn power and the assistance of the higher spirits." She said.

"Wrong answer, if you were my student, I would have tied you from your feet and dipped you in the sea right now.

The six Archetypes of Mysticism are as follows. The outer energies known as [Magicka]; the inner energies known as [Soul]; the outer realms known as the [Space]; the inner realms known as [Time]; gaining information through Space which is called [Detection]; gaining information through Time which is called [Divination].

Magicka and Soul, Space and Time, Detection and Divination.

Magicka, Space and Detection are the material Archetypes. Soul, Time and Divination are the immaterial Archetypes.

When you divine, you use your Soul to gain information by looking through Time.

Seeing the Past is something that matters but seeing the future is something that doesn't matter. The Future is something that may happen and may not happen, you only predict… not see."

To what Jon said, Beth looked as if she was hit by something heavy on her head.

"You… you are saying that… my visions don't matter." She was speaking one the verge of tears.

Jon removed his mask showing a warm smile.

"No. If you were paying attention, you will understand that I said to look in the past, not the future. The Future gives you questions and makes you worry, the Past gives you answers and makes you content." He said as he patted her head.

She wasn't happy with what he said but his words just now weren't just something he came up with to look cool, these words carried the bitter experience of a man who thought he knows the future too well and got his expectations betrayed many times.

Nevertheless, he decided to play along.

"So, you saw three swords, a spear and a ship with red sails?" He asked.

"There was another thing about…" She was about to continue but he stopped her.

"Let's focus on the first part for now." Jon said. "The Spear is Isha's, that's what we know so far. The three swords and the ship with red sails should mean something."

"The [Ebony Blade] and the [Soul Sword] are two swords. Can there be a third?" She asked.

"Good thinking. Assuming that there is a third sword makes the picture come together. What else? The ship." He complimented her.

"It was like a ghost ship looming with death, its sails were red with blood." She said.

"A ghost ship… I wonder." Jon said and looked forward then covered his face with his mask.

"What is that supposed to mean?" She asked.

"Look ahead." Jon pointed his staff forward.

Beth followed Jon's signal but she couldn't see anything except the sea in three directions and the mainland in one direction. As she was about to ask, the atmosphere turned chilly all of a sudden. Mist and fog started emerging blocking the view in all directions.

The crew of the ships started to get quiet and take note of anything that may lurk in the mist.

Kareem ran past Jon to the forefront of the ship and put his hand on the hilt of the [Soul Sword] to use its Holy Aura. His gaze pierced through the mist and all of a sudden, his face turned pale from shock.

"Battle stations! Protect the hull!" He shouted calling for the men and running back to protection.

"Master Krilon, there is…"

"I know."

Jon seemed comfortable with the situation.

"What shall we do?" Kareem asked.

"I'll secure the defenses of the ten ships then deal with the mist. Until then, you keep yourselves alive." Jon said while evoking a spell on his left and manipulating the Magicka with the staff.

"Fair enough."

Jon left Nefertiti with Beth and signaled his team to get to work. Miranda was on the crow's nest, Mirren was watching from the side and Isha was checking the water.

In the water, corpses started to appear, then wooden blanks that ships get built with. There was a wreckage nearby but it seemed to be dangerous to approach. Jon Teleported between the ten ships putting a Warding Rune on each one and activating it.

It was then when it happened.

*Kwaaa!* *Khaaa!"

The corpses in the water started moving in feral forms and moved to the ships by directing the wooden blanks they were floating on.

Find authorized novels in Webnovel，faster updates, better experience，Please click www.webnovel.com for visiting.

"Protect the ships!" Kareem shouting drawing his radiant sword.

The dead crawled up the hull and tried to overtake the defenders but as soon as they made contact with the ship, the started burning. Those who could withstand the defense of Jon's wards were repelled easily by the spears and the harpoons of the sailors.

Unlike how it looked like, it was not a hard fight at all. Jon made sure than nothing escape his perception as he kept the ships safe from any surprised that might happen. After a few minutes, the ships started to speed getting rid of all the ambush drowned zombies.

Jon returned to the flagship and Kareem approached him.

"Did you see what I saw?" Kareem asked.

"Yes. Now go to the front and raise your sword high, make sure to radiate a little bit." Jon said.

"Why?"

"The figureheads' place is in the front of the ship, it's common knowledge." Jon said with a smirk.

"Heh! Not funny."

Kareem decided to do as Jon said, he stood at the forefront and raised the [Soul Sword] up calling out its Aura to radiate.

"Perfect!"

Jon watched as Kareem started to be the center of attention. From the back, he started casting a large spell.

In sync with Kareem's action, Jon's spell took a few seconds to be evoked and cast as fast as he could. The spell was not easy and as it was done, it took some time to take effect. Kareem felt like an idiot for trusting Jon but in the next second, that wasn't the case at all.

From the sky above all the fog and mist, rays of golden light descended on the surface. It was as if Aetherius itself has corresponded to Kareem's action.

The spell's name was [Light of Aetherius] and it brought the sunshine back to the pale sky of the Soul Snare. The mist dissipated as snow to fire and what appeared beyond it was the wreckage ship carrying the flag of the Forebear Republic of Rihad.

Kareem's face stiffened. Now that he confirmed what he saw in the fog, he realized that the plan he agreed with Jon on faced a big problem. Rihad is the farthest city to Hegathe, the place where Zain should be. If Rihad has already fallen, then the situation is more dire than any would think.

~~~~~~~~~~

• P4TRE0N

pat×reon.com/eldokhmesy ( remove × )

• PayPal for Gifts

paypal.me/eldokhmesy

• Extra Chapters by Votes: 5000 / 8000

• Discord discord.gg/gKcKva7

• Twitter @eldokhmesy22

You are reading

Dragonborn Saga

ebook which is a free download at

wWw.EbookUpdates.Net

.

Download more ebooks for free at

Ebook Updates . Net

.

476 Breaking the Siege

Sorry for the past couple of days, things got a bit exhausting on my end as I am preparing for my Postgraduate Course for the Master's degree.

Also, a Double Chapter!

~~~~~~~~~~

(Part 1)

"Master Krilon. What do you think?" Kareem asked.

"There are life signals." Jon replied.

"Survivors?"

"Necromancers."

The wrecked ship belonged to Rihad and it was a war galley. Such a behemoth won't be sent out for trade but only for combat or escort. Jon locked on the living signals then shot out a terrifying black spell. That spell was Dark Magic imbued with the energies drawn from Oblivion, that unholy energy struck the ship in front of then some screams were heard before the wreckage crumbles.

What caused the Necromancers hiding in the ship to scream and wail was not the power of the spell but rather the effect. The weaponized energy of Oblivion can cause serious harms like Blindness, nasty Paralysis and the list goes on. The spell was called [Daedric Nova].

Jon made [Pride] grab those Necromancers up as he pulled them closer to the ship and put them under the effect of the spell [Bind]. The power of that mysterious Master was displayed again in front of the Redguards and he gained their utmost respect.

With the help of [Lust] hidden under his hand, Jon questioned the Necromancers and knew that they were sent after the Governor of Rihad who escaped once the siege started.

"So Lady Farah couldn't hold her position. Humph! That's what you get from the Forebears." Kareem spoke in disdain but he soon reflected upon what he said when he realized that the ones he talked about were other Redguards in distress.

From what was said afterward, that Governor lady was killed and they waited here for someone from the cult to pick them once the siege is over. Other information indicated that the Worm Cell attacking Rihad is strong and led by a woman named Dalilah.

Isha showed a reaction hearing the name of Dalilah once again a week after knowing the truth. As it seemed, the woman that plotted her brother's demise is a few miles away north.

"Jon." She spoke.

"I know." He replied not caring that his name was heard by Kareem or not.

He twisted his hand and the necks of those Necromancers were twisted by Telekinesis. He then turned their corpses to Ash along with the other Zombies in the water.

"We are hastening our speed." Jon spoke.

"Agreed." Kareem nodded, "Pick the wind, we have two nights to reach Rihad. Let's make it one."

As Kareem rallied his sailors, Jon patted Isha's back and spoke.

"Will leave her for you but let's act according to plan. Keep a straight head." He said.

"I know." She said and walked away.

Jon left her and was about to return to his business but he was intercepted by Beth.

"That ship, it is not the same from my vision." She said.

"It would be a lame vision if that's all what it has to offer." Jon replied.

He was about to leave her and walk away but she spoke.

"I understand now what you meant." She said.

"??"

"About the Past and Future. You said that seeing the Future wouldn't matter unlike seeing the past." She said.

"I didn't say that." Jon said.

"I know. You said that seeing the Future leaves questions but seeing the past gives answers." She corrected herself.

"Indeed." Jon agreed this time.

"What you meant is that no matter what Future we see, it is not valid until we know what it is from seeing the Past." She concluded.

Jon smiled and nodded.

Find authorized novels in Webnovel，faster updates, better experience，Please click www.webnovel.com for visiting.

"Good answer."

"So the ship, the swords and the second part of the vision. I must look in the Past."

"Good luck."

***

Not too long after, Rihad was seen across the horizon. The city was burning and many people took on the boats to escape into the Sea.

"Such a thing!" Jon frowned.

The Worm Cult was attacking with all its might in Rihad just like Stros M'kai and completely unlike Hew's Bane. There was a strategic meaning for that. Stros M'kai is the gate to Summerset and Rihad is the gate to Cyrodiil. Controlling them means controlling the southern borders.

"Prepare to land! We will strike them down." Kareem gave the orders and the warriors were being lined on the deck.

Jon came beside him to act his court mage and stood in line. As the fleet of Stros M'kai got closer to Rihad, they could see what kind of monstrosity did the Worm Cult create this time.

They saw a number of giant centipedes made of bone as climbing the city wall and clinging to it then the zombies and other undead used these centipedes as a ladder.

The scene was straight out of a horror movie as the defenders on the walls Rihad were putting their all against the final assault of the undead. After their Governor abandoned them, things must have kept going south.

"What will you do?" Jon asked Kareem.

"The walls, we need to secure them then force the undead to retreat somehow but… Wait! What is that over there?" Kareem noticed something and pointed a little bit to the east.

"Hm? Well I'll be damned." Jon couldn't help but exclaim.

Behind the undead army, a new player came to the rescue of Rihad and that was none other than the Empire. Black battle standards of carrying a red dragon and seven swords declaring the identity of the seventh Imperial Legion marching beyond its borders deep into Hammerfell.

"Those bastards!" Kareem didn't like the sight of the Imperials.

"Don't worry about them. I'm not sure about Rihad but your presence and actions shall determine the political outcome if you play your cards right." Jon said.

"You have an idea, Master Krilon?"

"I do. I can Teleport you and your Elite squad to the wall right now, Isha will accompany you just in case. The armor I have you has the function to draw energy out of other artifacts, if you couple that with the [Soul Sword], you will move like a radiant war machine. You game?"

Kareem nodded. He then started calling for names and gathered twenty of his special guards. Isha joined them and Jon cast a large Teleportation Array taking them in a blink of light to the central post on the wall.

"Mirren, Miranda. You two know what to do."

"Search and destroy. It is somehow my favorite game right now." Mirren murmured.

"Let's go." Miranda said and the two teleported to the battlefield covertly.

"Nefertiti, look for that woman called Dalilah." Nefertiti acted reluctantly like a teenager but Jon ignored her.

"What about me?" Beth ran to him.

Jon thought for a while then called Jax out of the Cube.

"Look after Jax, make sure he doesn't do anything stupid." Jon said.

Jax and Beth were confused thinking that Jon was confused but rather he confused them on purpose saying confusing stuff.

Meanwhile, Jon arrived at the Forefront of the ship that was charging to the shore. He could see the Seventh Imperial Legion marching and attacking the Cultists from behind.

*BUZZ!*

The Imperial War Trumpet sounded across the horizon marking the arrival of the Imperial aid. Not sure if the Redguards of Rihad asked for aid, this meant that a huge stone was being thrown into Jon's plans.

"But competing against me in music is a no-no." Jon said snapping his fingers.

With the length of the sides of the ship he is on, two lines of large war drums made of green transparent Magicka appeared.

"Let's hear it."

With his command, the [Bardic Knowledge] power was activated and he chose something from his memories.

*DRUM* *DRUMDRUM*

< All Allies in Range receive 20% Less Fatigue >

And the heaven shock with the sound of his spectral drums. The strong sound startled all the fronts but as soon as it sounded, Kareem and his men were beginning their assault on the wall. He did as Jon told him by activating the Armor's enchantment with the [Soul Sword] and stole all the limelight from the Imperial battalion that just arrived.

"Very well!"

As the ship touched the shore, the enemies were finally in the range of Jon's magic. He aimed his staff forward and maximized the output of his Magicka shooting out a stream of Lightning towards the first giant bone centipedes clinging on the city wall. The lightning obliterated it and bounced off to the other.

The blasting power of Jon's raw magic kept sweeping through the wall destroying every bone centipede on the eastern wall in mere seconds. Followed his destruction was the cheers of a thousand fresh warriors willing to jump off the ships and take down every last Necromancer with their swords.

Their wishes were fulfilled in less than a minute later as they were finally safe to land. They got down, formed lines and secured the beach outside Rihad.

"To his Lordship!"

"Destroy those dead walkers!"

The formation of soldiers moved smoothly thanks to the commanding officers and the military discipline of the Warband. Jon moved on his own spearheading the undead as if he is walking into a park. He cast [Paladin's Cloak], [Holy Ward] and conjured a number of Winged Twilights around himself. He also was moving around while casting spells like [Sun Ray] and [Ashen Flame].

By his eyes, he focused his attention on a band of Necromancer staying not too far in the back or in the fray. Jon's movements were swift and reached them in with the intention to kill every last one of them except one.

Perhaps too used to death lurking around them, they didn't notice it sneak at them. Once Jon got closer, his movements became strange and they felt something.

"Shit!"

"Who is that?"

The saw a shadow of a man coming at them but in just a second, it disappeared.

"Where did it go?"

The Necromancers were confused looking around and lost focus on the two sides of the battle against the incoming Legion and Rihad. But by the next second, they felt something fall down.

Looking back to where that shadow appeared first, they saw one of their ranks that talked just now was cut two clean vertical halves.

*Swoosh*

A presence was felt from the other side. Looking towards it, the saw another one of their ranks look with daze at himself checking if he is fine. It didn't feel like anything wrong with him so he looked up with a relieved face, but in the next second, he felt nothing.

The second Necromancer fell on the ground being cut in four quarters X shaped.

"Retreat! Assass…"

The one who was just speaking got his point of view altered then darkened. The others saw his head fly like a leaf and land quietly on the ground.

No matter what, this was the most three terrifying deaths those Necromancers ever saw. They didn't speak afterward knowing that if they did, they'll attract the killer's attention.

They exchanged a few looks with their eyes and as elites in their field, they knew exactly what to do. In a split of a second, they all turned around firing [Corpse Explosion] at every undead in their vicinity.

They scanned the place carefully afterward and found no traces of any assassin. Still, a slight killing intent was felt and they realized where they messed up.

They were standing in a circle all aiming their staves and weapons outward. Currently, there is only one place the assassin might be in. One idea came to mind and one idea scared the living ghosts out of their flesh vessels.

"Don't look back!" That was the idea.

**********

(Part 2)

Do not move, do not breathe, do not look back! These were the thoughts that this particular Worm Cell thought of.

They have already offended the assassin by moving all at once and he didn't kill them yet, one wrong move and that face with a dreadful smile behind them will send them to damnation.

Only an idiot would try to… yes! There was such an idiot among them.

"Get the fuck off…" A Worm Knight carried a big made turned around and moved his weapon up only to freeze in his place.

*Swoosh*

By the next second, all the legs were cut. The fell on the ground screaming and writhing from pain as they became a bunch of crippled criminals.

Jon walked from their midst and looked at his handy work.

"Hiding the Aura… now that's a terrifying art."

An Aura is the energization of Presence, hiding the Aura meant not using it but in the case of this technique, it meant thinning its shape to the finest possible. The Aura Slash technique which can be used to launch a ribbon of energy for some meters ahead now turned much sharper and unimaginably hidden.

The teachings of the Book of Circles and Cyrus' commentaries on it were the reason how Jon reached such finesse in his swordplay.

{Dalilah! Guide me to her, you get to live.} Jon spoke directly to the minds of the crippled Cultists.

They felt fear but they were still rational despite their state. One of them took out a dagger and stabbed himself.

"To the Worm King!"

Jon watched the cultist kill himself and remembered how crazy can those guys be.

"Okay!" Jon waved the [Ebony Blade] a few times and cut the arms of the remaining Necromancers.

They screamed, shouted and prayed for the Worm King to smite them down and claim their souls.

{No legs, no arms! I presume that death is a good option indeed. Now, where is Dalilah?}

Jon had to use [Lust] to gain information about the enemies again and this time, he was pointed to the edge of the battlefield.

Over there, a team of Imperial Legionnaires was advancing in an organized formation taking ground and leaving the bombardment for the Imperial Battlemages.

On the other side, the Necromancers were holding their ground well under the command of Redguard woman carrying a saber and casting magic. It was Dalilah.

Seeing Jon walking towards them, both the Imperials and the Cultists felt threatened by him.

"Get rid of that!" An Imperial officer ordered three of the Battlemages to handle the walking Battlemage in full Ebony.

"Now!"

Known for their ferocious style, the Imperial Battlemages excelled in both long and close-ranged combat. In a second, the three female Battlemages Teleported around Jon from three directions and attacked him with their staves.

Not sure when or how, the three were beaten in the most merciless way possible. One received a punch right in the face, the other was blasted by Jon's imagination and the last one in front of Jon found herself on the ground under his feet as he stepped over her.

Jon raised his staff and aimed it at the Necromancers, a raw blast of fire erupted taking down half of the Worm Cell.

"In the name of Prince Kareem, ruler of Stros M'kai. I, the Court Wizard of Stros M'kai, hereby arrest you. Show resistance and you'll regret it." Jon said.

The atmosphere froze all of a sudden. Jon's spell just now was strong enough to obliterate a city wall.

Did the Governor of Stros M'kai really have such an individual under him?

"We, Seventh Imperial Legion, announce that the Worm Cultist known as Dalilah is under our arrest." The Imperial Officer stood forward and aimed his sword to the woman at the core of the Necromancers' formation.

"How dare you talk? Imperial Legion you said? Fine, you scum are under arrest as well." Jon aimed his staff towards the Imperials.

"..."

Speechless, the Imperials and the Necromancers understood that the Mage is strong but to arrest a Work Cell and an Imperial Team all by himself in one go, there were limits on how far can one be unreasonable.

Jon even raised a hand and send a signal to the sky. A few seconds later, over two hundred Redguards on horsebacks came and circled the Imperials and the Necromancers.

On the battlefield, the Hunding Chargers were unstoppable dividing themselves under five teams of two hundred each, one team was there just two support Jon and the other four were sweeping through the battlefield killing the Undead and the Necromancers.

On the other hand, the slow Seventh Imperial Legion had less than a thousand mostly infinities with diverse roles and a team of cavalry on standby.

Once the team of cavalry supporting Jon circled the Imperial Arrest Team and Main Worm Cell, two movements happened on the battlefield. The Imperial Cavalry team moved towards Jon and in response, Kareem and Isha joined the nearest team and headed towards Jon too. The Imperials arrived first.

At the forefront of the Imperial Cavalry, a woman in full Ebony Legion Armor jumped off her horse and walked alone with absolute confidence between the Hunding Chargers then headed towards Jon.

Jon let [Pride] float on its own while aiming at the Necromancers then advanced to the woman.

She looked left and right at the tensed situation that will spark in a three-way slaughter in just one second then she saw the destruction caused by Jon's spell as well as the three battlemages trampled by Jon. Lastly, she turned to the Imperial Officer in charge of the Arrest Team.

"Well done." She said.

Seeing his pissed off commander, the Officer felt like a mountain is falling on his head.

Finally, she looked at Jon.

"And you are?" She asked.

"None Of Your Business." Jon replied then added, "The Third."

"He is the Court Wizard of Stros M'kai." The officer said.

"Far from your home, islander." She said without lifting her eyes off Jon.

"Say that again, Imperial." Jon replied.

In truth, the woman was terrifyingly strong. She would make her Legion shiver in fear if her mood turned dire and quite frankly, they weren't worried about Jon with that woman around.

Still, Jon had an equal presence to that woman and he wasn't even putting effort.

By that time, Kareem and Isha arrived. Jon could notice the woman Dalilah getting a pale face and hiding herself behind her followers. It was all useless as Nefertiti was in her shadow.

Kareem jumped off his horse and walked beside Jon. Jon intentionally stepped backward to give him the Limelight. Supported by the [Soul Sword] and his mystical armor, Kareem withstood the Imperial woman's Aura and looked majestic in front of her.

"Imperial scum, you are trespassing." He spoke.

"And I assume you are the Governor of Stros M'kai." She spoke

"And you are?"

The woman took off her helm and showed her face. She looked like a regular middle-aged Imperial with black hair and normal appearance. Nothing was too impressive about her looks despite her powers being the real deal.

"General Cassia, Commander of the Seventh Imperial Legion under his Imperial Majesty, Titus Mede II." She said.

"Kareem son of Ghazi, Governor of Stros M'kai. Why are you trespassing the borders?"

"An Imperial Decree came out ordering the Seventh Legion to secure the borders with Hammerfell due to the recent Undead Crisis, interfere in defending the innocents, save lives and investigate the Worm Cult."

"Imperial lies!" Kareem seemed not to be accepting what the General said.

He was right, the Imperial would only act this generous in a Forebears territory just to suck up for the Redguards and find an excuse to return to Hammerfell.

"I think the Crowns should focus on themselves. Why are you out of your territory, Governor Kareem? Did you take your army and abandon your people?" She asked.

"Nonsense! It is by the blessing of HoonDing that he sent us the Sword of A'tor and blessed us with our Court Wizard so we emerge victorious over evil." Kareem said.

His proud manner of speech was that of a Crown, the most traditional faction in Hammerfell.

"Impossible!"

It wasn't General Cassia who exclaimed but rather someone from the ranks of the Necromancers.

Everyone looked at whoever spoke and the situation turned chaotic in a split of a second once that person made eye contact with Isha.

"DALILAH!"

Isha shouted and charged towards the woman she swore to cut to shreds.

"Isha, careful!" Jon called.

"Anchorite! Run!" The Necromancers ran to stand in between Isha and Dalilah to give Dalilah time to retreat.

"Fuck off!" Isha thrust the [Spear of Bitter Mercy] at those unfortunate enough to think they could withstand her.

All those who were in the way got their bodies torn to shreds by her Aura and Weapon.

Dalilah cast [Corpse Explosion] on the dying Necromancer to stop her from getting closer. Every Necromancer in her cell jumped at Isha to stop her and get their bodies to explode at point-blank once they die.

"Boethiah!" Isha shouted and called forth her Blessing of Boethiah.

A storm of elements surged up from her surroundings and blasted away anything that stood between her and Dalilah.

"Shit!" Dalilah didn't hesitate and summoned one of the premium undead from the Ghost World, a Worm Zombie Horse.

"You won't get away!" Isha stomped the ground with the bottom of her spear to Conjure a Storm Atronach Horse.

And the chase started.

Both the Atronach Horse and the Zombie Horse had endless stamina and insane speed, Dalilah blasted her way through the Chargers and the Legionnaires abandoning her Worm Cell and riding towards the mountain range up North.

"Chase! Arrest Dalilah!" General Cassia ordered her Legionaries.

"You are not going anywhere!" Kareem wanted to stop the Legion but Jon stopped him.

Kareem understood and changed the order.

"Support Isha!" He said and ran to his horse.

General Cassia tried to stop Kareem but Jon stood up to her, everyone else moved save for those two. Jon and General Cassia.

"Move!" She said.

"I'm sorry but you are under arrest." Jon replied.

"I'm an Imperial General."

"Still under arrest."

"You sure?"

"Under arrest."

"Hehehe!"

General Cassia drew her sword. It was an Ebony Gladius that she didn't carry anything other than it.

The Ebony Imperial gear was a monopoly in the Empire for the Generals and the High Officers, according to law, only select individuals can put such a gear.

Jon also was in full Ebony which provoked General Cassia a lot. His attitude was infuriating and his power seemed bottomless.

"Hya!"

She charged at Jon at an unimaginable speed. He only had his staff in his hand and his sword on his back. Once she aimed for his neck, he slightly moved to the side then held the [Ebony Blade] descending on the General with it.

She felt a great threat and her instincts made dodge, by the following instant, the Ebony Blade was cutting the ground where she stood.

Not wasting any time, Cassia jumped at Jon with a shoulder attack pushing him away before he could retrieve his sword. Seeing him barely retreated a step, she continued with another shoulder attack, then another.

Jon was too large for her to easily push but she found this method the only one working. But she didn't know what manner of sadistic smile Jon had as he let her push him.

"You are strong, but not fast." He said and moved his arm in speed she couldn't intercept punching General Cassia as she tried to push him with no means to dodge.

The punch landed on her face and struck her down to the ground, Jon sealed the dead by kicking the woman away like a soccer ball.

"Giving up, woman?" He asked.

Cassia struggled up and spat out a mouthful of blood.

"I underestimated you, Mage." She said.

"You shouldn't have."

"Hya!"

This time she attacked him with more discipline keeping to her style and not risking a move. Jon found her to be a tough shell to crack one he tried to retaliate but he managed to reach a stalemate with her. The two didn't want to go all out. If he killed s general, the Empire won't sit still and if she killed a Crown, Hammerfell won't let it pass.

In the end, Jon decided to break her leg by kicking a knee when she is focusing her weight on it. Once the opportunity came, he did what he aimed at but General Cassia was a careful opponent, she used her free leg to center herself on Jon's kick and used his force to launch herself in the air aiming a kick under his mask.

Her kick landed, she landed, the mask flew. She turned to stab Jon in the shoulder but faster than she could ever be, Jon held her sword by the blade and his mask from flying away. [Pride] was hovering above Cassia with s Lightning spell prepare if she thought about moving.

Jon's face appeared to Cassia. He had a light beard because he didn't shave while traveling and his hair was cut shorter to appear like a handsome young man.

Of course he didn't charm Cassia by his looks rather, she recognized this face very well.

"Kn… Knight Brother Jonrad?"

~~~~~~~~~~

• P4TRE0N

pat×reon.com/eldokhmesy ( remove × )

• PayPal for Gifts

paypal.me/eldokhmesy

• Extra Chapters by Votes: 5000 / 8000

• Discord discord.gg/gKcKva7

• Twitter @eldokhmesy22

You are reading

Dragonborn Saga

ebook which is a free download at

wWw.EbookUpdates.Net

.

Download more ebooks for free at

EbookUpdates.Net

.

477 General Cassia

First, thanks to @HIRAK BARUA for his support

Second, I added all the Discord Gallery pics on instagram @don_dokhmesy, let's abuse this novel to have tons of followers.

~~~~~~~~~~

"Kn… Knight Brother Jonrad?"

The situation was awkward to the point of cringing. Jon hated many things and being confused with his old man was one of those things.

"Wash your mouth, woman." He retorted, "God gave me a handsome face as he gave people wind and rain, it is not my fault that bastard was carrying an umbrella."

Hearing Jon's reply, General Cassia realized she was completely wrong. Jon let go of her sword and they two took a step away from one another.

"You are not Jonrad… you can't be… Jonhild?" She said.

"..." Jon frowned once this woman uttered his birth name.

She looked like someone in a complete daze as she held her head from the surprise.

"Jonhild, what on Nirn are you doing here?" She said.

"Do I know you, woman?" He asked.

"You don't? They never told you about someone called Cassia before?" She asked.

Jon kept a safe distance as he tried to remember the name but nothing came to mind so he shook his head. To that, she sighed with a disheartened face.

"No wonder! Once Tyr became on the Wanted list and I got promoted, there have been a few chances to reach one another." She said.

"... Wait! What does this have to do with Uncle Tyr?" He asked.

"Long time ago, your father and uncle served as Blades, I knew them from the academy. After the Great War, your parents headed to Hammerfell and I followed the injured Tyr to Skyrim. We got married and… at least we used to be." She said while pulling out a string with a ring tied around her neck.

Jon could recognize the ring. It was indeed a pair to the same one Tyr carries around his neck. Jon felt like not knowing what to say in this sort of situation.

"… O-Okay… no hard feelings, right?"

"Hahaha! None at all.'

What kind of situation is that? Jon wondered.

To run into Tyr's ex-wife here of all places, this is by no means a merry encounter.

"What are you doing here? Aren't you on the run and supposedly hiding in Cyrodiil?" She asked.

"Is that what the crippled Imperial Intelligence Agency has on me?" He asked.

She thought and nodded.

"I am hired by the Governor of Stros M'kai while the one that appears in Cyrodiil is an actor I pay for to keep the spies busy chasing ghosts." He said.

"... You can't be serious!" She was taken aback but then narrowed her eyes, "Why tell me?"

"Obviously, the Penitus Oculatus won't believe you. I assume your divorce with Uncle Tyr had to do with you being a General and him being a Wanted man. They will think you are defending your ex's relative and put you in a bad situation." He said.

She blinked a few times seeing that he didn't miss a thing.

"But the more important reason was that I needed some time to distract you while locating my companions and also to finish the Teleportation spell."

"Wha…"

"It was nice to see you, auntie. Let's meet again. Ciao!" And Jon disappeared from his place.

General Cassia kept looking around and almost facepalmed but she let out a long breath in the end.

"Those red-headed giants can't just stay put."

***

Away from where Cassia is, Jon appeared on a mountain road. The area was north to Rihad and Jon had a good view of the battlefield.

No matter how he looks at it, he was enthralled by the majestic moves of the cavalry on the battlefield. Compared to this kind of combat, modern warfare is bland and senseless. No wonder the denizens of this world were very easy-going with the idea of war.

Jon never liked war. That's why he put all his resources into one of two options. Grow beyond the strength of the enemy or Avoid conflict altogether. That is of course from a ruler perspective, Jon as a person is by no means a pacifist. He just didn't like open conflicts where death roams senseless. It was the normal mentality of someone who grew up knowing the horrors of war from modern times.

It was said that on Earth before World War I, people had the same old view of war as this world. To them, it was the field of glory and chivalrous deeds people even celebrated the department of the soldiers, however, World War I marked the end of such beliefs and everything changed with the announcement of World War II for those who once celebrated cried tears of bitter dread.

Thus he never thought of changing his view to fit his second life, he didn't study the art of war and left that for others fully understanding his Aptitude for Disasters.

Now, the negative thoughts had to fly away because it is...

"… about bloody time."

Jon finally heard the galloping horses coming closer. He stood in the middle of the mountain road and waited for the arrival of Dalilah.

On the opposite side, Dalilah came riding her zombie horse in an exceeding speed while putting all kinds of magic traps behind her to hinder Isha.

"Damn it! How did it turn like that? Why is she here?"

Dalilah was infuriated by the fact that the carefully devised plan she came up with is now facing mortal danger. Isha has returned with the Spear of Bitter Mercy in hand, everything is on the brink of falling apart if the Worm Cult isn't aware.

If Isha is here, then the Labourer of Azura is not far behind.

The Worm Cult knows that he is a mercenary called Krilon who originated from Skyrim. Many suspects on the list of being Krilon and countless assassins were sent to bring the heads of those suspects but the real Krilon keeps popping up out of nowhere. For example, in front of her right now.

"Licence and registration, please."

She couldn't even understand what kind of being appeared on the road in her way. She felt an unfathomable amount of power coming from that person and senselessly avoided contact with him leading her zombie horse off the road to the edge of the cliff. She was thrown completely off balance facing the ground and falling to her demise but in a second, a large hand appeared mysteriously, grappled her from the fall and pulled her up.

"That may be the worst way to pull over I have seen in my days. Thankfully, no public or private property in that direction but it still will cost you a fine."

Find authorized novels in Webnovel，faster updates, better experience，Please click www.webnovel.com for visiting.

Once she regained her senses, she found herself being held by a ridiculously large hand made of Ebony, the owner of the hand seemed to be the one caused her to fall from the road.

"Wha… What are you?"

"Road patrol, ma'am. You were stopped for excessive speeding."

She was stupefied by the unreasonable answer.

"Wait! You are that mage!" Maybe due to darkness and him being in all black, Dalilah recognized Jon a bit later than expected.

"Yes, but currently I'm on road duty. Anyway, it's nice to finally see you, Dalilah. Heard a lot of awful shit about you. Corpse Dealing, Necromancy, 1st Class Murder… I mean, the Excessive Speeding will be the least of your worries."

Dalilah was done with Jon's rambling and finally showed resistance. From her mouth, she spat a dart towards the eye gap of the mask. Jon simply moved his head and the dart was deflected by the forehead metal.

"Bad Dalilah." Jon said and tightened the grip of [Ahzidal's Titan First] on her.

*Crack* *Crackcrackcrackcrack*

"ARGH! AAAAAAH!"

Just like dry bread crumbling, Jon caused Dalilah's bones to experience agony. Former Battlelord or not, getting that amount of bones broken is a no return point for anyone. Jon threw her on the ground and removed [Greed] from his gauntlets, he then came beside her, held her head, and stuffed his hand in her mouth.

At that time, Isha managed to catch up and jumped off the Atronach Horse with her face twisted like the devil.

"Leave her to me." She shouted at Jon.

"Okay, okay. Just let me take out those razors hidden in her mouth. Damn, there are darts, razors, a poison pill, tiny stuff. Wow! Look at that larynx, now that's something that can handle a Deepthroat. Tsk tsk tsk, I always had a good impression of girls who can give a deepthroat."

"Hey, move aside." Isha stormed towards Jon and pulled him off Dalilah. "If someone is hiding something in their fucking maws, do this."

She picked a small stone from the ground and stuffed it in Dalilah's mouth.

Punch! Punch! Punch!

Three consecutive hook punches to Dalilah's face with a stone in her mouth caused a weird sound to come out… alongside all blood, teeth, and… basically everything.

"And here I thought I was the bad cop."

Jon shook his head and turned around to block the road as it seemed that the Chargers and the Imperials have finally caught up.

"Licence and registration, please."

[A/n: "Tyr and Cassia" image was added.]

***

An hour after the chase to the mountains, the situation stabilized inside the walls of Rihad and most of the Necromancers were hunted down. Those who escaped were the Elite Necromancers that were difficult to deal with.

Still, the city was saved.

According to the Worm Cult's plan. Stros M'kai, Rihad, Dragonstar, and Elinhir were essential to control before anything else to block any outside assistance. After all, they were Hammerfell gates to Summerset, Cyrodiil, High Rock, and Skyrim respectively.

Two of the four states resisted the undead invasions successfully. Elinhir fell with little to no resistance and Dragonstar is enduring the siege. This was a massive rock in their plans but the cult still hasn't played all the big cards.

In Rihad, Jon descended the mountain following Isha and behind them were the two teams of the Redguard Chargers and the Imperial Legionnaires.

Down there, General Cassia and the rest of the two factions were gathered in a tense atmosphere. Kareem wasn't pleased that Jon locked the mountain road but he had an understanding of the latter's power and the things he should and shouldn't complain about so he wasn't planning on making trouble. Once Jon and Isha appeared in front of the two factions, General Cassia took the chance to speak first.

"Where is Dalilah?"

Jon stood far and Isha walked by not answering… or rather ignoring anything said to her. Once she crossed by General Cassia, she handed the General a severed head.

"So you don't say we didn't leave you some face."

Cassia held on to the head and looked at Isha who had a relaxed smile on her face.

"We needed her for interrogation." Cassia said in a scolding manner.

Isha walked away and tossed the knife she borrowed from Mirren back to him.

"She wouldn't have said anything in the first place. Also, we already know everything." Jon spoke and continued, "That was just to satisfy your curiosity, General. We are not obligated to answer any of your questions."

Kareem became pleased with the way Jon spoke to the Imperials and decided to nod with a smile.

"You know everything? This is the Worm Cult we're dealing with, do you have any idea how far their roots extend, Jo…"

"Please, refrain from using my name for the sake of politics." Jon said.

"Then what do you know?" She persisted.

"As he said before, we are not obligated to answer your questions, Imperial. Turn back to your Emperor and tell him that Hammerfell doesn't need his help. If you stay, we will be forced to remove you by force." Kareem stepped in.

General Cassia was depending on using her acquaintance with Jon to smoothen the talk with Kareem but a Crown Redguard Prince and a Nordic Thane are nothing if not the most stubborn people in the world.

She felt stressed by the current situation. A few days ago, some Forebear Nobles escaped into Cyrodiil and sought out asylum to the Imperial Legion claiming that Hammerfell has fallen to the Undead, they also carried a message from their leader asking help from the Imperials. The situation sparked the interest of the Emperor once all the contacts in Hammerfell were cut and a Soul Snare network was confirmed to be up. By the long animosity between the Empire and the Worm Cult, it was a good chance to take them down once they are out in the open and the Seventh Imperial Legion was mobilized.

There was also an order that was passed under the table for General Cassia and that was to get the full support of the Forebears which is a good chance to return to Hammerfell after 25 years of its independence. But now with a Crown Prince being the first thing they run into, this expedition was bound to fail.

Still, a war hero like General Cassia was much more experienced than Jon and Kareem combined when it comes to war.

"So, you two will gather the men, rally the soldiers and call for Holy War?" She asked.

"I like the term. Hey, we can use that for recruitment. Holy War against the Evil Cult in the name of whatever God you guys agree on." Jon said.

"That's indeed a nice idea. A 'Make Way' for Redguards people to rise against the undead." Kareem played along.

"My point is which direction will your campaign take?" She asked.

Jon paused to understand what she was throwing to but Kareem could see what she is aiming for.

"From Rihad, there are two ways in Hammerfell, Northwest and Northeast. You want us to take one so you take the other." He asked.

"You can't fight on two fronts even if you have him on your side." General Cassia replied pointing at Jon, "The Worm Cult needs to be dealt with before they achieve whatever they after."

"Reincarnation of the Worm King." Jon said.

The way he revealed the aim of the cult for her made her go pale.

"What? It can't be true."

"I told you, we already know everything."

"But… Mannimarco… this is bad! You seriously need our help then." She insisted.

"Then it's by our terms. We can't risk fighting two snakes in one hole." Kareem said, "You Imperials take the northeastern front."

"Impossible. The Northwest is too large for your warband to cover." Cassia felt that her plan backfired.

"We are Chargers. The north is a rocky area where we can't charge and as you said, we have him." Kareem said.

The negotiations continued for an hour between Kareem and Jon on one side and General Cassia on another. She wasn't happy to be forced to take the narrow road North but if she made a bad connection with the first Redguard Lord she runs into, things would be extremely hard later on.

In the end, she agreed to Kareem's terms.

Kareem told Jon that he can't trust the Imperials for many good reasons. The Empire's politics is vast and even if General Cassia was sincere about uprooting the cult, the Imperial Politicians will come later to collect a debt he is, by no means, going to pay. Jon agreed with him due to his prior experience with the Imperial Politicians.

By that, the temporary alliance was formed.

Cassia left Jon with a word that if the two fronts went well, they should be meeting again at the gates of Sentinel, capital of Hammerfell.

Following the negotiations, Kareem marched in Rihad leading the Hunding Chargers and announcing the end of the Cult's Siege, he met the Dervishes of Rihad and the remaining nobles by the end of the day and formed an alliance that will march to the Northwest after gaining 2000 men from Rihad. It was called "The Alliance of HoonDing" taking Prince Kareem as its leader.

[A/n: HoonDing is the Deity of Perseverance and Make Way, his known avatars are Frandar Hunding, Diagna, Ebonarm, Prince A'tor and Cyrus. I was not sure what "Make Way" means but reading in UESP about HoonDing and arriving at an ESO book called "The Manifesto of Make Way", I think it is a less controversial way of adding the concept of Jihad in the Redguard culture judging by the fact that they are based on Arabs and Moors.]

Jon watched everything conclude from the sides while fading in the background as the Court Wizard of Stros M'kai. Beside him, his group was sharpening their knives for the big fight about to arrive.

"Mirren, don't use that knife from now on." He said.

"Why?".

"Isha used it to torture that Dalilah woman."

"And?"

"It went everywhere."

"Everywhere?"

"Yes, brother, everywhere. Places where the sun don't shine."

~~~~~~~~~~

• P4TRE0N

pat×reon.com/eldokhmesy ( remove × )

• PayPal for Gifts

paypal.me/eldokhmesy

• Extra Chapters by Votes: 5000 / 8000

• Discord discord.gg/gKcKva7

• Instagram @don_dokhmesy

• Twitter @eldokhmesy22

You are reading

Dragonborn Saga

ebook which is a free download at

wWw.EbookUpdates.Net

.

Download more ebooks for free at

wWw.EbookUpdates.Net

.

478 A Task from Boethiah

The Alliance of HoonDing was a change for the better in Hammerfell, a Martial Alliance between the local Forebears and Crowns as well as the independent factions. The goal of "getting rid of the walking dead" unified the factions that were in dispute for years and led them northeast.

Prince Kareem was titled the Leader of the Alliance and his Court Wizard Krilon dominated the position of the High Mage of the Alliance despite the fierce competition from the recently joined mages. It was safe to say that in front of Jon's destructive powers, even the Master Mages didn't want to cross spells with him. Still, Jon utilized both [Greed] and [Lust] to keep a low profile granting him a mysterious background.

On the 14th or Rain's Hand (April), 4E 200; the Alliance swept and mopped the undead across the Republics of Rihad and Teneth crossing the rivers Tark and Irk reaching halfway in the Crown State of Gilane. There, the situation was much better than the Forebear Republics.

In Gilane, the Alliance of HoonDing has reached 7000 in total and started to face serious opposition from some local lords regarding the policies. It was safe to say that Jon paid each Lord a visit making sure whether or not they were traitors that joined the Worm Cult or just fools who want to stuff politics in the time of great crisis.

There were indeed some traitors among those lords but Jon pointed them out in less than a few hours, after that, the whole front was united again and no one dared to question the heroism of Prince Kareem or his Court Wizard.

Still, the only hurdle that made Kareem grind his teeth was the Governor of Hew's Bane. That governor was the same guy that rejected the help of Stros M'kai and almost sank two of their boats claiming that there is no way that a small island like Stros M'kai can survive on its own. This Governor appeared by the day of departure, he claimed that he is forming an Alliance to rid Hammerfell from the undead and he has reached out to his friends in the Empire so the Seventh Imperial Legion will arrive to assist him.

That moment, Jon himself jumped off his seat, took off his mask for the first time in public after applying [Lust] to change his appearance into a Redguard then he started beating the Governor of Stros M'kai and stripped him naked from his fancy clothes and threw him across the camp. The aids of the Governor of Hew's Bane wanted to defend their Lord but still faced the same fate under the heavy hands of the infuriated Jon.

Find authorized novels in Webnovel，faster updates, better experience，Please click www.webnovel.com for visiting.

"That's FUCKING it! I don't give a FUCK anymore! Stop FUCKING up with my FUCKING plans, you FUCKING fucktards!" He FUCKING shouted.

The political state in Hammerfell was as weird as in High Rock and the Empire combined. The land was divided on the Lord of the Crowns and the Forebears.

While the Crowns are narrow-minded and xenophobic, the Forebears are more flexible and friendly to foreigners. This may look like a plus to the Forebears but many events showed how treacherous they can be when they switch sides. The story of Hilda and Jonrad when they were betrayed by their allies in Hammerfell was an example of that.

The Crowns mostly don't like foreigners but not to a hostile degree. They are mostly just similar to the Nords and the High Elves.

Those two factions existed ever since the Yukodans arrived in Hammerfell and had both good and evil in their ranks as anything else.

Anyway, after the events of Gilane, Kareem had a private meeting with Jon and his team to discuss how to proceed from now on.

"I must say I never expected a Warband of a 1000 Hunding Chargers to turn into an army of more than 7000 HoonDing Soldiers, history will remember us, friends."

"Indeed." Jon nodded. "For the good and for the bad."

"Let's not get ahead of ourselves then. Right now, the Lords of the Alliance expect me to come with a decision regarding the next direction. Hew's Bane is behind us but we can rest assured that its governor has already cleared it from Undead despite being the idiot he is. Now, we have two directions. Hegathe and Sentinel.

Hegathe is where most of the undead are and where the refugees come from. The city of Hegathe has faced a great deal of destruction at the hands of the leader of the cult. I know we need to meet with the Imperials and the King at Sentinel but we can strike Hegathe at once and be done with it. If we choose to go to Sentinel which is our second direction, we will waste a lot of time.

For myself, I say we strike Hegathe and be done with it." Kareem said.

"Haste makes waste, Kareem. We can't attack Hegathe. Don't let those petty achievements you made get to your head." Jon responded.

"But we have a chance…"

"To run in a clouded territory where the enemy is the strongest and their Soul Snare spell make them even stronger? In case you haven't noticed, the Necromancers are getting stronger the more we head west, we can't risk the men marching behind us, Kareem."

Jon and Kareem had opposite opinions which was not the first time happening. However, Kareem was smart enough to know that Jon's opinion is always based on many future calculations.

"So you are saying we should march in the desert?"

"I didn't say that. I'm waiting for the midget to share her divination with us." Jon pointed at Beth.

"I have news." She said.

Everyone looked at her waiting what their seer found out.

"I'll start with the good news about the situation in the North. The Imperials have managed to free Elinhir and Dragonstar, they gathered a lot of local lords and were joined by some unexpected powerful allies from Skyrim." She said.

"Oh! And who might those be?" Mirren asked.

"The Nordic Companions." She replied.

"Huhu! The boys are coming to play. Man, I never expected to hear of them this early." Jon became excited.

"Your friends?" Isha asked.

"Not all of them but they are cool. What else is there, shorty?" He asked.

"The bad news, it is regarding Hegathe and the Alik'r Desert."

"We're listening."

"As the Champion of Boethiah said, Hegathe is too dangerous. We may have faced many kinds of undead up until now but the true power of the cult is focused on two points, one in the Alik'r in the other in Hegathe." She said.

"And what of the Citadel of Ebonarm? Shouldn't they control the Alik'r." Kareem asked.

"... They were forced back."

"What?" Isha jumped off her seat.

"Impossible!" Even Jon exclaimed.

The grim look on their faces was carrying a shocked meaning to it. The Citadel is strong much like the Companions of Skyrim. No one can push back those battle crazed maniacs with normal strength.

"They retreated to the main Citadel near Sentinel and abandoned most of the Mosques and Halls across the desert including the Ansei Pyramid in the Dead Sand region, the only reason that happened was the vessel of Mannimarco. Zain has personally moved to eradicate the Citadel."

Those words left a ringing silence in the room.

Zain himself pushed back the Citadel. His powers seemed to have grown considerably, even Jon doesn't think he can push everyone in the Citadel on his own.

"You've got to shitting me!" Isha slapped the table and went out.

She was frustrated by the fact that her brother was the one who did such a thing. Their Master, his wife, the people of the Citadel; these are all the family of Zain and Isha. Yet the foul Cult and the Daedra simply use him to their gains just like that. It was infuriating.

Mirren walked up and went after her.

"Please tell me that is the end of the bad news." Jon asked.

"Then I would be lying." Beth replied.

Jon closed his eyes and took a breath.

"Well, do your worst."

"The Cult is forming a new Horde of Undead in the Ansei Pyramid instead of the one you destroyed in the Ghost World."

"And?"

"Boethiah has a task for you." She said.

Jon paused looking at Beth closely.

"Boethiah? Why? I don't remember being her Labourer."

"Even better, you are the Champion."

"Sigh! What does your mistress want?" Jon asked with an annoyed face.

"Hehehe, I saved the best for the last. Our agents have discovered the location of the Cult of Clavicus Vile and it is not far from here." She said.

"And?" Jon didn't seem interested.

Beth smiled and got closer to him.

"Every artifact, every treasure, every rare thing Zain has gathered for Clavicus Vile. It is all there. A Vault filled with things a Daedric Prince craved for is just there for the taking and only the most accomplished thief from Riften who pulled the most ridiculous of heists can reach it."

"..."

Those words said by that tiny girl made a large man like Jon tremble. It wasn't from any emotion other than excitement.

For a very long time, he longed for nothing. He had no desire to steal anything for he was already too rich to care but now… Catatoskr had a challenge.

"Prince Kareem, I believe we are already in agreement about where to go next." Jon said.

"Indeed. Hegathe is a tough nut to crack and the Citadel needs our help. Meeting our allies in the north and uniting the fronts is also good. I'll mobilize the forces."

Kareem understood the severity of the situation and started preparing. Even if they attacked Hegathe, being exposed to the Alik'r desert from the back is sheer madness. Crossing the desert may be not wise but what else can they do?

On the other hand, Jon took Beth to the side and sat facing each other.

"Now tell me, little Beth. What will I be stealing?" Jon said with a wide smile.

"Little Beth? I remember being called Midget and Shorty just a while ago." She said.

"And you have my sincere apology. Now tell me, I haven't stolen anything since the [Ebony Blade] in Whiterun and that was ages ago." He said.

"Okay okay, don't be so excited. It is in a place on the road to Hegathe called Shady Grove."

"Shady Grove? I see, it is not far on the map. Do you have more details?"

"No, not that you need it. Go there and look for any presence for the Cult of Clavicus Vile, infiltrate, steal and come out. Simple, right?"

"No no no! I haven't stolen anything in ages, I must make it the most dramatic heist ever. What do you think? Which identity should I use?"

"That's none of my business."

"Okay, I'll go there and empty the vaults? Is there any bonus quest or anything?"

"No… or maybe there is. Get any dirt of Clavicus Vile while you are at it." She said.

"Come on, dirt on a Daedric Prince? I need a shovel to unearth the fucker, his last name is Vile for heaven's sake. Well, how about this? He is a dog person."

"Fair enough." Beth was patiently keeping up with Jon's excitement.

"Ok. What is my reward?" Jon rubbed his hands while asking.

"Whatever you steal is yours?" She said.

"Come on! Boethiah can throw a thing or two her good ol' champion."

"Hmmm! How about a blessing?" She asked.

"You mean like that Blessing of Isha that can make everything go in a swirl?"

"No, each Daedric Prince has a few dozens of those blessings lying around. You'll get a suitable one."

"Okay, I'm in. A Blessing of Boethiah, that should be a good one." He looked up wondering what kind of blessing it is but then he spotted Miranda sitting silently and reading from a book.

"Hey, Mera. You and your brother have a Blessing of Mephala, right? What is it like?" He asked.

Miranda froze in her place as if she remembered something extremely horrible.

"... D… don't wanna talk about it." She said and buried her face in the book.

"Hm! Why? Is something wrong…" He was just asking but she teleported away.

"Okay… what was that about?" Jon asked Beth.

"You know, some things are just too sensitive to talk about especially the Blessing of Mephala those twins have." Beth said.

"Is it that worthless?" Jon asked.

"Actually the opposite, I've never heard of a blessing that ridiculous before. If I am correct, which is always the case, that Blessing can make them as strong as you once you go all out." She said.

"... The Hell! Those two can do something like that? Why didn't they do it before? We could have just solved almost anything." Jon was taken aback.

"Well… you see… you know that thing you always tease Mirren about. The G…"

"Language, girl." Jon flicked her forehead, a minor should say those words.

[A/n: she's talking about the Gay Scene.]

"Well, if they used that Blessing of Mephala, that thing may come true… in some way." She dropped the bomb on Jon.

*heavy breathing*

Jon couldn't help but exclaim.

"After that heist, I'm going to have a few words with Mephala."

~~~~~~~~~~

• P4TRE0N

pat×reon.com/eldokhmesy ( remove × )

• PayPal for Gifts

paypal.me/eldokhmesy

• Extra Chapters by Votes: 5000 / 8000

• Discord discord.gg/gKcKva7

• Instagram @don_dokhmesy

• Twitter @eldokhmesy22

You are reading

Dragonborn Saga

ebook which is a free download at

wWw.EbookUpdates.Net

.

Download more ebooks for free at

wWw.EbookUpdates.Net

.

479 The Heis

Guys, I was thinking that once I finish assembling the new PC, I may start Live Streaming of D-Live. Who would watch? (Just an idea)

Also, thanks for @Crazyapes being a Patron.

~~~~~~~~~~

Since this whole Seventh Labour against the Worm Cult started, the one who went through tons upon tons of emotional rollercoasters was none other than Isha. Jon felt a lot of responsibility towards her but he also knew that he must push her forward and be supportive. To anyone in her situation, she was actually doing very well.

That's why after finding out that Zain attacked the Citadel and going on a rampage, Isha was invited by Jon to deliver a painful payback to the Daedric Prince Clavicus Vile.

"We are going on a heist inside one of Clav's vaults, the one that holds everything Zain gathered for Clav."

Feeling reckless and none caring, Isha decided to follow Jon in his quest and thus the two departed from the HoonDing Alliance camp that was moving towards the Alik'r Desert to deliver vengeance upon the Daedra.

Using every spell Jon knows for traveling, they crossed hundreds of miles in a mere hour to arrive at "Shady Grove" on the back of a [Flame Hawk Atronach] reinforced with the Mysticism spell [Acceleration] and the Alteration spell [Zero Friction].

Seeing Shady Grove from above as the sun was falling down, Jon frowned at the sight of the town. It was supposedly a town to the west of Gilane on the road to Hegathe but from the looks of it, the Cultists seemed to have laid waste to it.

"Look… over there." Isha pointed at the town square.

Those who couldn't flee to the east were captured by the Worm Cult and their suffering was just beginning. Stories were heard of the atrocities done by the Worm Cult once they enter a town but that was way worse than bandits and other vermin.

The men were killed by the most barbaric of ways possible which started from ripping them apart by the brute undead horses or slowly burning on tar-smeared crosses known as the Human Torches to impaling and skinning.

The young children were separated in two spots being tested for their talent in Magic, those who had a sense to Magicka were taken away by the cult to raise as Necromancers and those who didn't were taken to the fire pit.

The females had it the worst. They were made to watch what happens to their men and children before being taken in turns by the lusty Cultists and in the end, they get their share of torture.

"What the fuck! What the fuck is that?"

Isha couldn't understand what sort of madness is this. Even the Daedric Creatures would kill for the hunt and only torture when necessary. However, these creatures from the same race she is are way too barbaric.

"That is... Soul Squeezing." Jon said with a solemn face.

Isha looked at him with a face that can't even understand what he meant.

"What the fuck is Soul Squeezing?"

Answering that question required Jon to remember some unpleasant moments he went through.

"... Soul Squeezing is an agonizing process only the lowest among the low perform it. You know of the ritual [Sacrifice], when a mortal offers the soul of another mortal to a higher entity. Higher Entities such Daedric Lords or an Evil CHIM like Mannimarco require Black Souls, souls of the Mortal Races.

Tortured Souls carry more power as they drain every strand of their energy with in agony so once they die, the energy outcome gets to be amplified. If a Black Soul gives you 5000 Magicka Points, a Squeezed Soul can make over 8000 Magicka Pointz up to 10000." He said.

"Jon… people's souls… they aren't numbers!"

"I know."

[A/n: for those of you who feel familiar with the term "Soul Squeeze", is a perk in the Enchanting tree in the game and what inspired me for the idea.]

Soul Squeezing is barbaric but Jon knows it very well. He performed it on one of the enemies that hurt him the most, Alaric of the Forsworn. The method was passed down from Xikil to Jon and it was the deal with Molag Bal.

"Let's get our thing over with." Jon said and started preparing.

"Wait!" Isha held him, "Those people. What should we do about them?"

"If we charged blindly, they will be used as hostages, we don't know what kind of enemy waiting for us down there so let's play smart and slow. Whatever happens to those people, even if we caused collateral damage, just endure it." He said and passed her a bow, "You're decent with Archery, be my eye in the sky. Cast [Muffle Rune] on the arrows you will use to snipe and [Fire Rune] on the arrows for bombardment. I'm going down, we'll be linked."

Jon put on [Greed] as a Mantle and morphed into a Khajiit form with [Lust] all while jumping off the Hawk Atronach, once he landed, he rolled nimbly on a hidden place and stood up as Jonya, the curious ginger Khajiit. Looking left and right, he made sure he was unseen.

"What's my status?" He asked.

{You are in the ruined area of the town, I see little presence and coverage from up here so make sure to advance smoothly.} Isha said.

"Roger."

Despite sneaking, Jon was still in the [Ebony Mail]. Whether he liked it or not, this armor was designed for stealth purposes. It is completely silent, impossibly light, and incredibly sturdy. Jon could run as fast as he wants without attracting any attention. And so he did.

Combining [Greed]'s perfect stealth and the [Shadow Stone: Walk in Shadow] blessing, Jon was as good as a ghost.

He ran as fast as he could leaving behind no footprints and jumped nimbly like a Khajiit avoiding all obstacles blowing the dust off his parkour skill. He jumped between buildings and walls scouting every inch and laying down Magic traps.

One after another, Jon circled the town once and twice for recon.

"This won't be hard." Jon said.

{Jon, we have company.}

"Hm? No one is around me."

{On the other side of the town.}

"I wouldn't call that company, Isha."

{No, they are outsiders. Not Cultists… I think. A bald Imperial and a Khajiit, they are infiltrating like us… shit!}

"What?"

{They are monitoring the situation from above like us. That Imperial has a pet owl and it is flying right below the Atronach.}

"Did it see you?"

{Negative.}

"Keep stealthy and fly higher. I don't think it can see me. Keep an eye on the guests, wouldn't want to hurt friendlies."

{Understood.}

Jon didn't expect the party will have more clowns but as a mad man once said: "The more the merrier. Cheese for everyone!"

Jon sent Nefertiti in the Shadow World to stalk the Owl and analyze its connection with that Imperial then returned to his action.

Jon, in his Khajiit form, lowered his tall body and walked on all four with his tail wiggling around. He imbued himself with [Greed] and maximized its property [Perfect Stealth] then let himself loose. With the flexibility of an animal. Jon moved on all four in an unimaginable speed, he reached the area where people were being tortured and passed swiftly like a feather between traffic. Each Necromancer he came across was stunned with a [Paralysis] spell.

A second, two, three… thirty, forty, a minute. All the Necromancers in town were paralyzed without even realizing it.

The people of the town were still wailing and screaming from the torture and pain. The situation looked as if the Necromancers were just standing over them watching.

Nothing changed.

From above, Isha was holding her breath with wide eyes. She could see Jon because she was allowed to and what she saw was a whole new aspect of Jon. That brute that liked to smash and bash showed some moves that can put both of Mirren and Miranda to shame.

The name Catatoskr wasn't just for show, it was well earned and fully deserved.

"Isolating the town is done. It seems that the Town Hall is the headquarters of the Cult of Clavicus Vile." Jon conveyed, "What is your status?"

Isha woke up from her daze and checked her situation.

{It is clear from up here. Our Imperial and Khajiit friends are avoiding the Cultists carefully. It seems that the Imperial is some sort of a seer… a mystic perhaps.}

"Interesting. A fellow Mystic is always a welcome addition." Jon said while casting [Beacon Rune] around the town.

[Beacon] is a spell developed by Nurina and was lately developed by Jon into a Rune version compatible with the System and the Light Screens, once Jon connects the beacons to himself, he can get visual feedback on what's going on around the Beacon Rune.

Not only was the town under his control, but he also could see and hear everything around. A few minutes after waiting in the shadows, the two guests entered the town stealthy and kept avoiding the Cultists. The Khajiit was very skilled at sneaking while the Imperial kept following his companion's lead and detecting the magic for him.

"This way, Kellen. That big building over there must be the place you want."

"Are you certain, Nagh? I have a strange feeling about this."

"Don't worry, this one is certain the Scroll will be there this time."

The Imperial was called Kellen and the Khajiit is Nagh. Interesting pair and their goal is quite obvious.

The Elder Scroll that Zain acquired.

But even though Jon is a generous man, he won't be this generous to let an Elder Scroll slip by.

"Looks like we have to get rid of them after all, Isha." He said.

{Should I do the honors?}

"Patience. The thief can't kill on a heist."

{Why?}

"Because that's the first line between a thief and a bandit."

Jon kept watching Kellen and Nagh as they slipped through the town to reach the Town Hall and snuck through a window. It was his turn to follow, having those two fools in front of him will make them a good decoy but unlike them, he had his ways in.

He simply walked towards the front door of the Town Hall fully sure that all the Cultists around were totally paralyzed. But beyond the gate, he felt too many concealed auras.

It was time to work. Jon scanned the place quickly avoiding all the strong auras underground and realized that the upper floor was just a decoy for there were numerous underground tunnels.

"Speaking of the Worm Cult, I guess the name is well earned." Jon joked as he cast [Life Vision] and [Death Vision] to gain precise feedback on his enemies' locations.

Now, it was time for the big guns. Jon found a place where the tunnels around him were empty and took out [Pride]. He cast a highly focused red beam that pierced the floor under his feet straight through the ground and cut it in a circle. He then used [Telekinesis] to clear the entrance he made.

[Pride]'s role was over and now came the turn of [Mehrunes Razor], a one man one dagger action.

Jon slid through to the underground tunnel that was dug by some unknown method, it seemed like a non-magical way because it lacked any trace of Magicka so it is safe to assume that some sort of undead was developed in a certain way to dig tunnels just like those Siege Centipedes from the day of Rihad.

Jon took the tunnels one by one discovering a whole new town under the town. It was a large Operation Center for the cult to use. Thankfully, Jon was able to locate the ins and outs of the tunnel network.

He waited until the Imperial and Khajiit pair were in the tunnels too then started sealing those entrances. Once all was over, he contacted Isha.

"I left you a way in from where I entered. Now you handle everything above the ground and leave underground to me."

{Understood.}

At that moment, none of the Cultists could come to imagine that above ground they are trapped with the most spiteful and angry sister in the world while underground they are trapped with a monster who wants to play a thief for the sake of not letting his skills rust.

Every notion of terror was just reversed.

———————————

• From now on, we can begin the countdown. After this Heist event, only two remain: a Short Side Story and the Final Battle.

~~~~~~~~~~

• P4TRE0N

pat×reon.com/eldokhmesy ( remove × )

• PayPal for Gifts

paypal.me/eldokhmesy

Find authorized novels in Webnovel，faster updates, better experience，Please click www.webnovel.com for visiting.

• Extra Chapters by Votes: 5000 / 8000

• Discord discord.gg/gKcKva7

• Instagram @don_dokhmesy

• Twitter @eldokhmesy22

You are reading

Dragonborn Saga

ebook which is a free download at

wWw.EbookUpdates.Net

.

Download more ebooks for free at

EbookUpdates.Net

.

480 Down the Lich Hole

A note at the end of the chapter.

~~~~~~~~~~

Kellen and Nagh.

Their appearances gave off the vibe of common travelers who were on the road for months, after all, a few in this world were capable of utilizing magical methods to travels in insane speed like a certain Jon Dare.

Those two traveled across the continent crossing mountains and rivers to track an item of absolute importance to Kellen, the mystic Imperial. During their journey, they came across all sorts of oddities.

The item they are after was an Elder Scroll. None knew much about those mysterious artifacts but a few with a certain skill that allows them to look into the Elder Scrolls without being blinded, those of course are the members of the Ancestor Moth Cult, the ones known as the Moth Priests.

Kellen was a Moth Priest.

His journey started ages ago when he left the Imperial City as a Moth Acolyte not long after the Great War. Just like his colleagues, he was sent to investigate and retrieve any Elder Scroll from the ones that mysteriously disappeared from the Imperial Library prior to the Great War. So far, his mission was fruitful-ish.

Those who acquired the Elder Scrolls won't possibly just hand them back to the Moth Priests. That's why many priests had to find alternatives and Kellen's alternative was Nagh, a professional Khajiit explorer.

Throughout the years, the pair managed to "retrieve" some Elder Scrolls but life took its toll on the two partners giving them the airs of vagrants thus it was hard to distinguish Kellen as a member of a very esteemed order form a bigger or distinguish Nagh as a professional explorer from a thief.

As of late, the two were chasing an Elder Scroll that fell in the hands of a Nord Thane almost a year ago but once they reached a place called Winterhold in the far snow wastes of Skyrim, they were chased away by the Thane's wife whose eyes glowed as red as the moon Masser.

Later that year, an Elder Scroll was stolen from Wayrest and arrived someplace in Hammerfell in the hands of a Daedric Cult, that's why the two were infiltrating this place with all chaos breaking loose above ground.

Stupidity was it or courage, Kellen's duty to gather the Elder Scrolls and Nagh's addiction to risks and exploration led the two into one of the most dangerous places on Nirn yet…

"... It is awfully peaceful." Nagh couldn't help but comment about the situation.

"It is indeed. Something is not right. We should secure our retreat." Kellen said.

"This one agrees."

The two turned back to see their escape route but as they reached the place they entered from, the road was blocked by some rubble that appeared without any notice.

Things were more serious than they could imagine.

Meanwhile, in another place, Jon was consumed in playing the role of a thief on the easy settings. He wasn't discovered as there was no chance someone with his resources and cheats can be discovered in the first place, even the magic he was casting needed a very sober Arch Wizard to trace a hint of it so for now, all was good.

But Jon made a discovery.

All the Cultists of Clavicus Vile in these tunnels were Vampires. Underground, there were loads of human victims used as livestock for those vampires. They were blinded and brainwashed to act like herds of animals which made Jon pour his anger on the first vampires he came across ripping them apart with his bare hands.

After cleaning behind himself (hiding the bodies in the Cube), Jon decided to take a different approach to this situation. Out of mercy, he wanted to end the lives of those brainwashed people but knowing that they would power the Soul Snare instead, Jon left them be. He rather targeted the vampires with a weapon they never faced before.

One vampire was patrolling a tunnel ran into Jon without noticing him only to get himself pinned to the ground with Jon above him. Jon cut his own hand and let his blood flow in the mouth of that vampire. The vampire smirked out of feeling the power come back to him but in the next instant, all control was lost.

The vampire; which is a being with a grim soul, a body that feasts on blood, and eyes that can control its victims; is now under the control of the species that was always its prey.

Jon's blood was special, it was higher than any blood for it was refined by Magicka and Life Energy especially with Jon gaining the power of the [Eternal Flesh] that makes his body never age from the raw vigor it possesses.

He then stood up and the vampire followed him like a meek servant. Jon checked his Blood Thrall to make sure it is under his full control.

"How many dickheads in this den other than you?"

"A few dozens of the Maroni Clan of Vampires, the Worm Cult stay above ground but they guard the treasure room with us?"

"Nice! Where is the treasure room?"

"Two levels underground."

"What is guarding it?"

"Ten Elder Vampires, Three flying skulls, some undead?

"What on Nirn is a flying skull?" Jon didn't remember anything of the sort.

It didn't matter anyway so he gave the vampire the last order.

"Go bring me two of your vampire friends."

With that, the vampire turned around and walked in the tunnel. Jon hid around a nearby corner while displaying what the vampire is seeing on a System Screen through the [Beacon Rune] he left on him. A minute later, the vampire came with two others.

"Hey, wait up. Who wants to see us?" One of the two Vampires following the one Jon enthralled kept nagging.

"He is here." The thrall vampire said.

"Who?"

"Him."

"Who is that? What's his name?"

"I don't know."

"The fuc…"

"No need to talk to him too much, he won't answer you anyway." Jon came out of the shadows. "Restrain that one."

Without introductions, Jon leaped onto one of the vampires while the other one was restrained by the thrall vampire. It didn't take much for Jon to enthrall the other two after making sure that no sounds escape with a [Muffle Circle] he lied around.

Now, he had three thrall vampires on his side.

"Okay, dickheads. Bring me your friends."

***

How many liters of blood did he spend on those vampires? The answer was "not much". Jon's blood is too potent for them to the point where a few drops were enough to control a lesser vampire. Judging from what he knew, he now controls almost eight-tenths of the vampires.

It wasn't a big number but can still overthrow the others, Jon couldn't risk facing the vampires and killing them in a direct combat else when Clavicus Vile claim their souls, he would surely see that his treasury was compromised.

And now for the grand finale, infighting between vampires which is not anything strange in Daedric communities at all but rather something highly encouraged.

Jon's Thrall Vampires were unleashed like feral beasts on the Higher Vampires and a senseless fight started. Jon was standing on the sidelines watching how it all unfolds and even took the chance to trap some souls for the purpose of not leaking anything important to the Clavicus Vile.

In less than one hour, all the tunnels were controlled by the Thrall Vampires. Jon gave them a final order to go to their coffins and sleep early like good little boys.

Meanwhile, the Imperial Kellen and the Khajiit Nagh took notice of the situation. They have explored three levels underground till now and found them completely clean. At the final level, there were traces of battle but no bodies were found.

"This is wrong. This one says we should leave." Nagh said while analyzing the place around him.

"Be my guest. Whoever locked us down here made sure we have no choice but to move forward." Kellen said.

The situation only required advancing at the moment but it wasn't long until the two finally came across someone.

It was a Khajiit, ginger furred, tall, and completely donned in black. If that was not an evil cultist then by no means he is anything else. The good thing is that he didn't notice them.

The two understood that it would be best if they didn't attract the attention of that person and rather kept watching from the back. At least they could figure out the situation first.

On the other hand, Jon didn't mind some audience and advanced forward until he reached a gate. It was a large gate sealed by some kinds of roots and have many Dead Signals behind it. This was without a doubt the treasure room.

Even if the gate needs to be opened with some sort of a password or a sophisticated ritual, Jon has the master key to all lockable/unlockable things on Tamriel, the key that clicks, the [Skeleton Key].

*Click*

"Knew it."

The key was hidden under [Greed] so no one gets to find out about it and was hidden back at the Cube once again. With that, Jon pushed the gate open and walked in.

"Well well well, what do we have here?"

Jon walked in the room in front of him seeing mounds upon mounds of gold just lying around, there were weapons, accessories, books, gemstones and a whole lot of things over here and there. This treasure room would out the wealthiest of merchants to shame no matter how he looks at it.

But Jon had an immunity to the glamorous gems and the shining coins, little can attract a man like him with pockets as deep as his thus his eyes spotted the trick in the scenery right away.

The chains of [Ahzidal's Evil Fists] were loosened all of a sudden then got imbued by Jon's Magicka and in the following second, they were on a white Ashen Flame that consumed even the ground touched by the flame.

*Crackle* *Crackle*

Jon waved his arms with the chains on them and they danced like snakes of flame around him.

*Swing* *Swing*

He swung them at the same time against the largest mound of gold and they melted the coins on touch going through the mound and burning what was beneath them.

*SHWAAAA*

Whatever that was, it seemed to have let out its final scream.

Find authorized novels in Webnovel，faster updates, better experience，Please click www.webnovel.com for visiting.

"Come out." Jon called.

Jon retreated the chains and waited for the other auras to move and so they did, three flying skulls came out from behind the piles of gold.

"Impossible! He saw through us."

"Can't believe it. Can't be true."

"It is dangerous, we need to summon our best minions."

Odd as it is, three flying Skulls were hovering in the air in front of Jon. Those skulls had gemstones in their eye sockets and seemed as dead as undead.

"How rare!" Jon exclaimed, "Of all things I come across, these are Demiliches."

Demi-Liches are a deteriorated form of Liches, the undead that attained the highest ranking among their kind, the Lichdom. Those Demiliches are Liches that has fallen from grace and got their Phylacteries destroyed but survived thanks to prior preparation. Even though rare to come across, Jon witnessed three of them.

Demiliches may have fallen from grace but they are far from powerless. A Demilich is very resistant to most weapons and magic, and if disturbed, the skull will levitate and suck the souls from nearby living creatures.

"He knows!"

"He knows?"

"He… knows."

The three exclaimed in surprise, questioning and realization respectively.

"Of course, I know. You fucks even feel familiar. Don't tell me you lot were the ones I fought in the Ghost World, weren't there four of you?"

"It… you are…"

"Don't tell me…"

"The Dragon Priest?"

From what Jon said the three Demiliches remembered the event that led to their demise. These were the very same Liches from the Ghost World Jon fought before. The Lich Falkyn and his lackeys.

"Let's see. The Ancient Lich, that's you; two of your three goons, and… the last one, the one I killed with my butt. Where is it?"

"… shit!"

"Keep silent!"

"Quiet!"

The three floating skulls tensed up all of a sudden and looked awkward.

"Could it be that killing Liches with my butt is an endgame for them?" Jon asked.

"..." "..." "..." "..." "..."

"Well, it's a theory worth checking."

Jon was about to take his weapons out but as soon as he moved, one of the Demiliches noticed his movements and opened its mouth casting magic, the void around Jon distorted and a being came force sending an incredibly heavy punch towards Jon.

Jon entered the [Gautfang Stance] and with one palm, he stopped the attacked then with his body, he channeled the power of the impact to his other hand that struck back that being at its abdomen.

A perfect counter!

The being flew away from Jon's side and landed on a pile of gold. It was then when Jon took a good look at the recently summoned undead surrounding him.

"... You've got to be kidding me!"

Not just from one undead but he recognized most of the ones that were summoned.

These were the reanimated zombies of men he once knew.

The former champion of Boethiah, Galam; the two Orcs Labourers of Malacath and Peryite; Minotaurs and Centaurs from the Battle of Forsworn Jon Dare; the Worm Cultists that he killed once he invaded the Ansei Pyramid; but most notably, the fighters from the Imperial Arena he killed by his hands and on top of them, the one he just blew away, Former Grand Champion Darius.

The Worm Cult has collected all those bodies and brought them back for one last round against him.

"God damn you! Now I'm pissed."

Jon stopped the ground and a Dragon roar came from inside his soul through the Aura. He was going to rumble now that things have reached this point. His Astral Energy was called forth and manifested itself in the form of tens of Fire Wyrms (spectral serpentine flame ghosts with dragon heads) swirling around him.

No matter what gold in this treasury, this battle will soon melt it all to the ground.

———————————

[Thank You]

First and foremost, I deeply apologize for the unannounced break that I took. It was important and so I am sharing the news. It has been a long time but I finally got the chance to by a total badass PC for gaming. It took me the past few days to put it all together and it is a dream come true, guys.

But the most important thing to say here is that I would never have done this without your Support. I would have never. This is the novel's money and I will put all the efforts through it in the novel, we wrote almost 500 chapters on Old Laptops, Smartphones and Internet Cafes but this… this is yours as much as it is mine. I am happy but I can't express how happy I am.

Once again, sorry about the unannounced break and to the chapter

You are reading

Dragonborn Saga

ebook which is a free download at

wWw.EbookUpdates.Net

.

Download more ebooks for free at

EbookUpdates(dot)Net

.

481 The Elephant in the Room

To Jon, this current situation felt like someone has gone through his backyard and dug out all the skeletons he was keeping. The only victims that are around were the ones that got too disfigured to bring back, like Alaric for example.

Darius, Galam, the two Labourers, Molvus, and the list goes on.

"Hahaha! You should tremble in fear now, mortal."

"You should be scared!"

"Yeah! Scared."

The three demiliches were excited to summon their glorious undead that caused the look on Jon's face to change. They bragged and dragged thinking they have already got into Jon's head.

"… God damn you! Now I'm pissed. You fuckers are over your motherfucking heads in ways you don't even comprehend." Jon spoke in a tone that betrayed his Khajiit appearance.

"What I kill, should stay dead. Not for some shits like you to reanimate it."

Once he finished those words, his power exploded in a scene that can only be described as spectacular. Tens of [Fire Wyrms] appeared around him in a storm of draconian rage.

None knew what caused him to be that angry but sure as hell this treasure room was not going to stay intact if that man kept increasing the heat by the insane [Fire Wyrms] surrounding him. Some of the Gold Coins lying around the treasure room started melting from the intense heat and all the weak undead were already burning.

"Do something!"

"Attack! Attack!"

"It is burning!"

The three demiliches feared the damage they were receiving. They were in the lowest form a Lich can reach and death after that point is true and absolute. The damage that their damned souls will take will render them mindless skeleton once they get reanimated by the Worm King who they have disappointed too much.

Now, they could only think of attacking Jon with all their power.

The first undead capable enough to withstand the heat [Fire Wyrms] charged at Jon with its sword aiming at Jon's head but Jon didn't even spare that zombie a glance as a [Fire Wyrm] went through it setting it ablaze then to a fine ash.

Jon then took a step forward with his hair brightening redder and his eyes glowing colder in the hellish image forming around him.

"Retaliate! Now!"

The demiliches kept flying around shooting spells at the [Fire Wyrms] but it was as if a newbie went into the layer of the final boss all of a sudden. All their attacks were rendered useless on the spot.

Jon raised a hand and his [Fire Wyrms] flew forward devouring all the undead in his path.

"I won't kill you. I will make an example of those who dig out my Skeletons."

Those former enemies he faced once in the past were no longer his opponents. Jon's stupidly terrifying growth was already something out of the world. The direction he waved his hands and the places where his eyes landed on were the death spots. Nothing survived the rage of the [Fire Wyrms].

But there were powerful undead in the punch. Darius, Galam, the Labourer, the Minotaur Molvos and some of the Forsworn. They all attacked him systematically from every direction.

"Hahaha! You fucktards are longing for a rematch? Fine, I'll destroy all over again."

Jon already had [Pride] floating above him and the [Ebony Blade] floating above and shooting magic like a guided turret.

"Master, let me out." Even Jax called from inside the Cube.

Jax could feel the enemy that humiliated him out there even though it is dead now. Molvos, the head of the minotaurs from the battle of the Forsworn, was Jax's archenemy.

"You can have him."

Jon let Jax out and the raging Minotaur charged out from the Cube to join the mess.

Jon held the neck of one of the two Labourers he killed in Morrowind and sent him up then grabbed his feet and started waving him out to hit the others. It was safe to say that using zombies to kill zombies was effective in ways that made Jon surprised.

Between his blade dealing with the strong opponents, his corpse weapon beating the other weak corpses, his staff flying around torching the undead like a machine gun, the swarm of the Fire Wyrms setting everything, and his remarkable apprentice Jax breathing fire at its nemesis; it was safe to say that this one-sided bullying was turning the situation into an actual hell.

But from the sidelines, two innocent bystanders were simply standing there with their mouths agape. Kellen and Nagh were too taken aback by the hellish scene that broke loose all of a sudden.

"Kellen, this one can take it no more. If he was left doing what he is doing, not a single coin will survive the heat. The Elder Scroll inside may get damaged." Nagh said holding his head.

"The Elder Scrolls can't be damaged no matter what… but the scene is breaking my heart. We need to do something." Kellen said the shouted, "Hey, brother. Go easy on the fire."

Despite shouting, Jon was too absorbed in the battle and didn't really bother.

"We need to get close to him." Nagh spoke.

"I don't know. He will beat us if we showed uninvited."

"Then you wait here, this one will do it himself."

Nagh left Kellen back and charged to the middle of the situation.

"Wait! Nagh, stop it."

The reckless Khajiit charged in the middle of the fray aiming to reach his rampaging kinsman. Meanwhile, Jon noticed him but he also saw what the three demiliches are doing.

The demiliches applied their energies together and started casting a single spell at the same time. He didn't know the nature of the spell but his [Alarm] protection spell told him to not get hit by it thus it was of importance to interrupt it right now.

Jon had the Ebony Blade in a hand while the other was free which meant he can do it thus he called forth the fastest weapon he could pull out.

The [Wabbajack].

Not caring for the result of its random effect, it would serve as a good distraction for the time being.

But not everything would go as planned. Nagh interruption caused the situation to get messy. The Khajiit was trying to get to Jon but he noticed the three demiliches casting magic towards Jon's back so he thought if he helps with those three skulls, he may be able to earn the other Khajiit's trust. But… he was in the way of the [Wabbajack].

"Hey, be careful!" Jon shouted.

"Nagh!" Kellen jumped up seeing his partner getting hit by Jon's spell coming from the strange black staff.

*BANG!*

A large explosion of red smoke occurred when the spell hit Nagh and it everyone stopped what they were doing. Jon retreated his [Fire Wyrms] inside him and moved instantly towards the door of the treasure room stopping Kellen from charging to what can possibly be his demise.

"Wait!"

"No, my friend, he…"

"He's fine… I think."

There wasn't enough time to think as the result of the [Wabbajack]'s magic has finally emerged in the room followed by an utter silence from all the participants in this messy situation.

"Okay… that is… unexpected on too many scales." Jon couldn't help but comment.

"... Nagh…" Kellen was taken aback seeing what became of his friend.

"Don't worry, it is temporary." Jon patted his shoulder and kept looking at the large creature that the Khajiit Nagh transformed too.

Nagh; who turned into a large creature only seen in the wilds of Valenwood, the Savannahs of Elsweyr, and the Jungles of Black Marsh; stopped right where he is and didn't show much of movements. He was closing his eye but soon he opened them to see his point of view much higher.

He looked down to see three tiny skulls looking at him with utter silence then looked to the side where Jon and Kellen were poker facing.

'... What is going on? This one is… is…'

He tried to speak but he noticed he is incapable to do so. He tried to move his limbs but it all felt strange all over his body.

He felt something heavy on his face but soon after he realized it is not a part of his body and he is…

'Where is my fur? Where is my glorious fur?'

He was furless. A nightmare to any member of the furstock.

Jon noticed Nagh's movement and understood what is happening next.

"Aaaand… panic."

Find authorized novels in Webnovel，faster updates, better experience，Please click www.webnovel.com for visiting.

*CRY*

The large creature, that was standing in the treasure room barely fitting in, fell to panic and is about to rampage.

"Let's take a few steps back." Jon said, "This one is Jonya by the way."

Jon conversed with Kellen while Nagh kept running in the room stomping everything in his wake.

A while ago, Jon was genuinely pissed at the Worm Cult for digging up his kills but now he settled down after Nagh's interference. With Nagh becoming such a ridiculously large creature, Jon can take it easy for everything in this treasure room won't survive the rampage of the panicking Nagh.

Jon kept watching everything in the room get destroyed by the large creature and Kellen was at a loss for words until it was all done. Not a single zombie was left under this large feet. Even the three demiliches went into hiding and Jax ran behind Jon.

"Now that everything is done, let's address the Elephant in the room… which is… literally accurate. Wow!"

Jon walked in to stand in front of the panicking "actual" elephant that is Nagh.

Kellen felt offended for Nagh but Jon apologized.

"Hey there, big guys. Look at me! I am down here."

*CRY!*

"It's okay, don't move, don't move. Just stay still."

Jon tried to stop the elephant Nagh but the latter was quite scared of himself.

"Remind him of his fur." Kellen called.

"Oh, right! Shame on me." Jon realized, "Nagh! Do you remember your fur, man?"

*Cry!*

Nagh didn't respond well to that and tried to go through the wall of the room to break free yet to no avail.

"Not working!" Jon ran back out of the room.

"I said remind him of his fur. Shouldn't a Khajiit like you know how to do that?" Kellen said.

"No. But let me try."

Jon walked to Nagh once again.

"Hey, I can fix you. Just give me a second, okay?" Jon said as he changed his appearance from Khajiit to a Redguard in front of Nagh.

This caused the rampaging elephant to stand still and look carefully.

*Whimper!*

"Okay, good." Jon returned back to Kellen who was having a second thought on what kind of person they got themselves involved with.

"W… What now?"

"Just give it time. He will return to normal in a few minutes."

"And if he doesn't?"

"The effects of the Wabbajack are not permanent." Jon said then turned to Nagh, "But to think they would make an elephant in the room… pffft! Ahahaha!"

Jon exploded in laughter while the others were speechless by how heartless he is.

"Hey!" Kellen shouted.

"Okay okay. Let's dispel it." Jon stopped laughing, "Nefertiti, your Shadow Magic can dispel Daedric Magic, right?"

Jon spoke to his shadow which made Kellen feel even weirder.

"Yes, it can. Hooman, can you hold that chicken?"

She came out in her child form while holding a familiar-looking owl from its legs. The owl was struggling and screaming but Nefertiti restrained it well.

"Oh, no!" Kellen's face went pale.

"Nefertiti, give it to the Mister over here. It is his." Jon said.

"Hmph! Mister, here's your chicken." She said while swallowing her droll. God knows what she was thinking.

Kellen retrieved his owl that ran back to him and stood in his shoulder scared of Nefertiti.

"Okay, that elephant…" Jon pointed at Nagh.

Nefertiti turned to see what was there and smiled mischievously.

"An elephant in the room?" She asked.

"Yep."

"Pffft!" She held her tummy and started laughing.

"Oh, God. You're awful. Don't you see the poor Khajiit suffering?" Jon looked at her with disapproval.

"Ahahaha!" She didn't stop laughing until she had her fell.

Meanwhile, Kellen was looking with cold eyes at Jon.

"Can you please?" Jon asked.

Nefertiti moved almost instantly and appeared beside the elephant in the room, she then used her Shadow Magic to envelope him in one go and by the next second, the whole elephant disappeared leaving only Nagh whose limbs went cold from the traumatic experience.

"Congratulations, now you've got your fur back." Jon said waving his hands from afar.

Nagh looked at his arms and felt his face, he was back. The adult Khajiit couldn't help but be moved to tears.

"What did I miss?" From behind Jon and Kellen, a voice came calling for them.

"Oh, Isha. You haven't missed much. We just handled an elephant and some other stuff." Jon said.

"Cool."

"What about your end?"

"The town is evacuated, I took the people away. Those Necromancers are still paralyzed as they are."

"Did you leave the Catatoskr cards as I asked?"

"Yep. I spread them around the town. Once those Necromancers come to their senses, they will have one more nickname of yours to worry about."

"God! I feel so many already."

Meanwhile, Nefertiti came out from a pile of gold with three Demiliches tied to three [Shadow Strings].

"Hooman, can I keep those?"

"What? No. This is bad. Let go."

"Hmph! Jerk." Nefertiti didn't listen and tried to sink in her own shadow but he held her first.

"Let go."

"No."

"Let go."

"No no no."

As the two had their own hooman-cat argument, Isha took the Cube from Jon and aimed it at the stuff in the room then started sweeping everything in there inside it.

"Hey, wait! Please, listen. We request something." Kellen shouted as he saw Isha hoarding everything.

"First come, first serve." She ignored him.

"No, we don't want any of that gold. We just want one item. An item that only I can use, it won't be of any use to you." Kellen said.

"The Elder Scroll?" Isha asked.

"..." Kellen didn't imagine that his errand was exposed.

"We're keeping it." Isha said and continued sweeping.

"Wait wait!" At that time, Jon interfered.

He was entangled with Nefertiti pulling each other's faces but the matter seemed important.

"Hey, Imperial. You are a Moth Priest, right?" Jon asked.

Kellen seemed hesitant but later he nodded.

"Good. I'll make you a deal. You read that scroll for me and it is yours. You game?"

[A/n: You know, guys. I am really disappointed that no one of you mentioned that Kellen, Nagh, and Isha are the first three characters that appear in The Elder Scrolls Legends.]

~~~~~~~~~~

• P4TRE0N

pat×reon.com/eldokhmesy ( remove × )

• PayPal for Gifts

paypal.me/eldokhmesy

• Extra Chapters by Votes: 5000 / 8000

• Discord discord.gg/gKcKva7

• Instagram @don_dokhmesy

• Twitter @eldokhmesy22

You are reading

Dragonborn Saga

ebook which is a free download at

wWw.EbookUpdates.Net

.

Download more ebooks for free at

Ebook Updates . Net

.

482 Results and Power up

A/n: A double Chapters.

Also, as I am losing a considerable number of patrons, I am doing changes in ******* at the end of the chapter.

~~~~~~~~~~

(Part 1)

The saga of Catatoskr always contained the most mysterious of thefts which the scholars throughout history always thought of him to some sort of a hero thief who relied on stealth to achieve good things but there was one incident that revealed the real power of Catatoskr to the later generation and that is the Tunnel Network under Shady Grove village in Hammerfell.

That day, it was reported that a big number of Catatoskr signature cards were found all over the town. The town was completely stolen under the very eyes of the Worm Cult and the Vampires of the Cult of Clavicus Vile. What was known that all the torture camps and the underground vaults became empty all of a sudden with confused Necromancers above the ground and hypnotized vampires underground.

How did it happen? How could Catatoskr liberate a whole village by kidnapping the villagers all at once and how could he fight all the enemies underground leaving piles of powerful Zombies broken apart? It was all a mystery and many theories were built to explain that day.

But in the present and the meantime, Jon himself wasn't thinking of explaining anything to anyone. He was in the middle of a serious Magicka Training right now.

A breakthrough!

He was finally experiencing one of those after endlessly getting stuck in the Early Phase of the Flame Dragon Heart Stage ever since he broke through in Narsis.

He felt it while transferring Isha, Nagh, and Kellen from Shady Grove to Bergama where Kareem and the HoonDing alliance are.

Jon lately felt that the power of the elements was growing stronger within him. He understood that ascending with his training means facing more restrictions and this time he understood more about the binds of the world.

The first stage is the Dragon Robbing as he calls it or [Magicka Gathering] as it functions. Through it, one gathers enough Magicka to break through the first limit and access their Astral Energy known as the [Astral Access] power. This is one of the binds on mortal created when the world was created and it is the bind of Akatosh.

The second bind or rather, the seconds stage, is what he calls the Dragon Frame or functionally known as the [Frame Building] stage where the practitioner breaks a second bind gaining himself extra lifespan and riding his body of the effect of age/time which results to the eternal youth or what is known the [Eternal Flesh] power becoming immune to diseases. This bind is the bind of a mortal body or rather, the bind of Arkay.

Following the same pattern, the third stage breaks another bind and by the looks of it, it is the Elements. The bind of Kynareth.

Such insight was very pivotal for Jon to finally get his heart straight and shatter the bottleneck.

To make it simpler, one must understand the story of creation where all the Spirits were doomed to mortality by Lorkhan, the remaining strongest eight spirits later became eight plants surrounding the solar system of Nirn. These eight planets are Akatosh, Arkay, Kynareath, Dibella, Mara, Zenithar, Julianos, and Stendarr. Each of them represents a bind on the world and these are Time, Mortality, Elements, Joy, Love, Craft, Wisdom, and Mercy.

So in total, it was eight limits one must break to become immortal. It sounds like a long way for someone like Jon who only broke through the binds of Time and Mortality.

One may think that breaking all the eight binds will take an awfully long time which is the case but Jon could already tell that the Bind of the Elements is the hardest of all. Imagine someone whose Magic is free from the elements. This is a huge step as the Elements which are ruled by Kynareath are what keeps reality in order. This means that breaking that bind is key to a grand kind of ascendance.

Jon's mind was having almost a thousand ideas rampaging all over the place thinking of the possibilities of his training but he still kept very firm control over his training. In a few hours, changes started to happen.

The Fire Wyrms that he became lately good at handling was all thanks to the "Flame Dragon Heart stage". He was gaining control over some parts of his Soul he had no access to before and started making progress. By the end of the day, a Fire Storm descended from the sky and tried to devour him but he fended it off quite easily.

The second real Heavenly Tribulations was over. He is now a Middle Phase - Flame Dragon Heart Stage.

His powers have finally increased again.

***

Jon was absent for one whole day but the HoonDing Alliance could still capture the city of Bergama. The place seemed to have been infiltrated by the Worm Cult and the government there was run by them. They accused many citizens of multiple crimes and sent the corrupt guards after them looting their homes and arresting their families, once that was done, all the victims were transported to camps far from the city for "Soul Squeezing" and getting their corpses Zombified.

How the Necromancers managed to get away with that was only thanks to the cooperation of the City Lord and his family. They were bribed and corrupt establishing an order of their own and coming up with laws that restricted all sorts of freedoms. Even those who tried to migrate from the city had to leave everything they own behind and only travel with what each person can carry.

The City Lord silenced every person of authority who spoke against him and turned many buildings that were dedicated to public service into prisons and dungeons. All that with the full cooperation of the guards who lost their purpose for their greed and here when Kareem and the HoonDing Alliance arrived.

Kareem didn't need Jon to go through an investigation. He had the Governor of Gilane with him who had Bergama under his Authority. When the Lord of Bergama refused to open the gates for the Alliance, the Governor of Gilane charged with Kareem until the two scaled the walls during the night then called for the people of Bergama to revolt and save themselves first so that they can open the gates for the Alliance.

It went bloody inside the town for a while six hours until the people managed to take the family of the governor as hostages which caused discord between the City Lord and the Governor. The guards went into chaos and the defense fell in shambles. The HoonDing Alliance entered the city and not long after, all the Necromancers were gathered and killed along with some traitors.

Once Jon and the ones with him arrived, the situation was already over. Jon gathered a group of Hunding Chargers and asked Kareem to lead them first inside the Alik'r Desert to aid the Citadel of Ebonarm. The rest of the Alliance will have to follow in its pace after them and Kareem agreed to that.

By the next day, Jon left Jax with Kareem and led his team alongside 200 chargers of Stros M'kai into the desert aiming for the Old Citadel south to Sentinel.

It would take two days in Jon's buffs to travel to the Citadel and so they had to spend a night in the desert fending themselves from the undead that came from literally everywhere. Jon chose the campsite to be positioned on a small rocky hill so the roads could be monitored and secured them tightly.

During the night, he has a meeting with Isha, Beth, Mirren, and Miranda.

"So, any news?" Jon asked.

"Not much." Beth replied, "But we are approaching a very strong fate. Maybe I'll find out tomorrow."

Beth didn't seem to be able to divine better the nearer they get to the center of the Soul Snare spell.

"I get it. Don't overwork yourself, we can send you back to a safer place in case you needed a better spot." Jon said.

"I need to be nearer to you and to whatever that Fate so that I can get a clearer picture. I'm afraid we are out of options but to do some parts blindly."

"It's okay. We will try to contact both the Citadel and Sentinel to save time. I'll leave that to you, Mirren." Jon spoke to Mirren.

"Yeah yeah, just stop dragging and show us the stuff you stole already." Mirren was more interested in something else.

"Fine, you asked for it."

Jon too was excited to show off the good stuff.

———————————

[King Orgnum's Coffer]

- Once a day, the coffee will generate gold coins of random origin

———————————

The first item was none other than the Coffer of King Orgnum, the immortal king of the Maormer (Sea Elves). It was a strong box made of blue aquatic malachite with serpentine engravings all around it.

"A coffer that can make gold out of nothing. Now that's something to look at." Isha exclaimed.

""It doesn't make gold out of nothing."" Jon and Miranda replied at the same time.

The smartest two in the group could understand the secret of the coffer from the first glance.

"It is light, almost weightless. Space Magic is involved." Miranda said.

"Judging from the various types of gold coins, this coffer collects coins from all over the world. My best guess is that it can horde all the sunken treasures from all parts of the sea. Look at those, if I am correct, these are Akaviri Gold Teals."

Jon's estimation was based on an educated guess from his experience with the [White Phial]. Nothing can create something from nothing other than God.

"Still, the legends tell that once someone acquires it, it will give them a ridiculous amount of riches to the point where it puts the wealthiest of merchants to shame then it disappears to find another Master." Mirren said.

"I'm already one of the wealthiest merchants in the world. Who is the wealthiest right now?" Jon asked.

"Jeffian Bessos from Alinor and Billus Gatius from Cyrodiil." Miranda replied.

"Now these are some scary names for some reason." Jon said. "Well, as long as I get wealthier than them, I don't mind."

Jon took [King Orgnum's Coffer] and placed it in his treasury inside the Cube.

***********

(Part 2)

———————————

[Draconian Madstone]

- Resist Poison

- Resist Disease

———————————

The next item was an Akaviri Amulet known as the Draconian Madstone. It is nothing Sheagorathian or related to madness of the sort but it is very known to be one of the valuables prized by the counts of Bruma.

The legends say that the stone gives its wearer immunity to both poison and disease but from what it seemed, it is only 50%. Jon is already immune to disease for he has a youthful body that doesn't age but the resistance to Poison is very needed at the moment for the fight against Zain.

Isha promised Jon to train him to be resistant to poison but they didn't have much time because of the drama that kept happening lately thus the stone will be used by Jon.

"I'm already wearing a Greater Amulet of Talos and a Greater Token of Kyne. I look like some punk wearing all that around my neck." Jon complained.

"Aims justify the means, Jon." Miranda shut him up.

———————————

[Flask of Lillandril]

- Magic Absorb

- Magic Reflect

———————————

The following item was a marvel of its own. The Flask of Lillandril is an artifact prized by the High Elves. It was used by Cyrus, the Hero of Stros M'kai, to defeat the Necromancer N'Gasta. Not just that, it is very resistant to Magic making it the ultimate Anti-Magic weapon.

"I think this goes to you." Jon passed it to Mirren and Miranda.

Find authorized novels in Webnovel，faster updates, better experience，Please click www.webnovel.com for visiting.

"…" The two were taken aback as they didn't really want any part of the booty there was a reason.

"I'm not snooping around your secrets but you two seem to have a lot going on with the Altmer upper society. If I am correct and you are High Elf nobles, then this goes back to you by the right of Heritage."

Jon may be a collector but he wouldn't let such valuable things rot when someone needs it more than him, especially if that someone is his friend.

———————————

[Horn of Ja'darri]

- Paralyze Dragons

- Damage Dragons

———————————

This was another marvel. A very ancient Dragon Horn that goes back to the days of the First Era.

Dragonhorns are legendary artifacts created primarily by the Dragonguard, used as weapons against the Dragons. They are magical warhorns carved out of the horns of dragons, inscribed with various arcane runes, and are capable of producing a tonal sound that incapacitates dragons. They, however, will have no effect if used against the dragon the horn originated from. They are very fragile and can break instantaneously and crumble to dust after just a few uses thus it was rare to see one surviving to the Fourth Era.

The Horn of Ja'darri is a combat Dragonhorn noted for its unique ability to never break. It was given to Ja'darri, a member of the Pride of Alkosh, by its donor Nahfahlaar, the very Red Dragon that [Cyrus' Book of Circle], which was gifted to Jon by Kareem, was created from. Ja'darri herself was a Khajiit Champion of Alkosh, the Khajiiti aspect of Akatosh.

Another known Dragonhorn is the [Horn of Jurgen Windcaller], that very horn that the Greybeards send the Dragonborns to recover.

The horn was large, almost as tall as Jon, and its power felt dormant but Jon knew it can be recharged by the Lunar Energy he can utilize now.

Jon suggested to keep it in case it was needed. Of course no one bought the fact that this thing will be needed for no one believed in fairytales of dragons.

———————————

[Deadland Hammer]

- Create Iron Atronachs

- Hazardous on direct contact

———————————

Not a very well-known Daedric Artifact but this silver bright hammer can do some serious damage. Its original function is to create Iron Atronachs from liquidated substances that contain a large amount of metal. Iron Atronachs are Golems rather than real Atronachs but their power is something to behold along with their scary appearance.

"Why is hazardous on direct touch?" Isha asked.

"Because it draws metal from liquid substances. For example, your blood." Jon answered.

"Blood? What does it have to do with Metal?."

"A whole lot, my friend. A whole lot."

This Artifact was put in a safe chest for containment.

———————————

Ice Blade of the Monarch

- Frost Damage

- Freeze

———————————

Another artifact of great power. The Ice Blade of the Monarch is called one of Tamriel's most prized artifacts. Legend has it that the evil Archmage Almion Celmo enchanted the claymore of a great warrior with the soul of a Frost Monarch, a stronger form of the more common Frost Atronach. The warrior, Thurgnarr Assi, was to play a part in the assassination of a great king in a far off land and become the new leader. The assassination failed and the Archmage was imprisoned. The Ice Blade freezes all who feel its blade.

"Someone among us is a good swordmaster and in need of an excellent blade." Jon passed it to Mirren.

"Oh! How very thoughtful, Jon!"

———————————

[Elder Scroll (Forgotten)]

———————————

And here came the last artifact found in the Treasure Room of the Cult of Clavicus Vile. An Elder Scroll.

"The Elder Scroll of the Forgotten? I forgot a lot of things so this will help me remember?" Jon asked.

"It is better if you don't touch it." Beth said making Jon put it away.

"Is there anything wrong?"

"These things are very tied to Fate. Your Fate is to acquire Three Elder Scrolls and that is not one of the three, am I right?" She said.

"… Okay." Jon felt disheartened upon hearing that.

"Well, you have brought yourself a Moth Priest, I think you can at least ask him to read it… see what you forgot." Isha said.

"That's what I intend to do but we need to reach the Citadel first. I don't want to risk anything." Jon said.

"Good. What is the plan once we reach it?" Mirren asked.

"Simple. Assess the situation, repel the undead, make an advanced plan, meet with the Imperials and give a serious chase to the Worm Cult." Jon said.

"You're realizing that the more we go in, the more things get harder?" Miranda said.

"We are out of options at the moment. At least we powered up and have new stuff to fight with. I am sure that they will prove useful." Jon said then turned to Isha, "... About confronting Zain."

"..." The situation became chilly all of a sudden as they all turned silent.

"You won't leave him for me?" She asked.

"I can't. You know it is dangerous and you can't win. But it won't be just me. Last time almost got him by combining our efforts, he has a body that doesn't feel pain or get tired, he is more ridiculous than any Vampire or Werewolf. Don't forget that he is a hybrid. We can't risk that."

Jon's claims were serious and true. No one can face Zain that way.

"What will make things worse if the reincarnation of Mannimarco managed to possess Zain's. This will be a disaster." Miranda added.

"I get it!" Isha shouted and stood up, "What is important right now is the living, not the dead. We need to get to the Citadel. I think the horses had enough rest."

She stormed out of the tent and the others sighed in unison. It was hard to reason with her like that.

"You all know what to do." Jon said.

The other's nodded and cleared the tent then Jon redid his disguise and went out as High Mage Krilon. He ordered the battalion under him to be mobile in two minutes.

A few hours later, Jon entered the area where the Citadel used to control. The situation was dire as many Citadel Apprentices were seen walking around as undead.

The first line of defense was shattered and many checkpoints were raided by the Necromancers.

After a few encounters in the night, Jon and his group arrived in the vicinity of the Citadel. The large domes were seen with the sunrise of the next day.

Jon and his group came from the east with the sun rising behind them. They rode on swift horses and met a large force of undead besieging the main Citadel.

"Charge! Don't stop until you reach the gates of the Citadel." Jon gave the order and charging formation split the lines of the undead with Jon spearheading the attack.

He raised [Pride] up and drew energy directly from the sunlight then cast a terrifying spell called [Sun Strike]. A raw blast of sun energy disintegrated all sorts of undead in its wake leaving but a trail of glowing energy on the ground. The necromancers noticed the coming reinforcements and tried to stop it but the horses were too fast to be stopped.

"Open the gates!" Isha rode faster on her Storm Horse Atronach arriving at the Gates of the Citadel first and revealing her face.

The gate opened as soon as Isha was seen and the 200 riders slid in leaving behind nothing but angry Necromancers grinding their teeth.

As soon as Isha asked about what happened, grim news arrived to her by a female adept.

"Senior Isha, you are the Highest Rank here in the Citadel. The Elders… they are besieged in the Valley of the Ansei Pyramid."

~~~~~~~~~~

[******* New Stuff]

I've updated the ranks and the tiers making new stuff. I didn't offer more than before but here is a deal.

I'll publish 10 Chapters from each novel I am working on for FREE, the rest will be exclusive to [C-rank] tier. These novels are [(Reboot) Relife System: the Unholy Mage], [The Villainess Returns with a System], [Shadow Kombat], [King Rune], [Beast of the Apocalypse].

I'll return with more Early Access for Dragonborn Saga once I horde more chapters.

I'm learning how to make youtube content or stream but it is taking me some time to decide what to do. I have SSE so I guess I'll do guides to transform your Skyrim into Dragonborn Saga (but it will take some time).

~~~~~~~~~~

• P4TRE0N

pat×reon.com/eldokhmesy ( remove × )

• PayPal for Gifts

paypal.me/eldokhmesy

• Extra Chapters by Votes: 5000 / 8000

• Discord discord.gg/gKcKva7

• Instagram @don_dokhmesy

• Twitter @eldokhmesy22

You are reading

Dragonborn Saga

ebook which is a free download at

wWw.EbookUpdates.Net

.

Download more ebooks for free at

Ebook Updates . Net

.

483 Jon Dare Going Wild... er

Pretty Big Thanks to the new Patrons that joined us:-

@BHMayger (C rank)

@Nathan Bailey (D rank)

@Martin Küster (E rank)

~~~~~~~~~~

"Senior Isha, you are the Highest Rank here in the Citadel. The Elders… they are besieged in the Valley of the Ansei Pyramid."

As if things couldn't get any worse, now the top brass of the Citadel were in their own situation as it seemed. Somehow, the whole situation was taking a turn for the worse very fast.

Isha didn't want to reply or say anything but she was out of options. The whole village was attacked and only the Citadel remained. She had to take charge.

"How did they leave you here without any leadership?" She asked.

"The others Senior Adepts, the Battlelords and the Elders who were in charge were either killed or fatally injured. The situation is turning chaotic and we don't know what to do." The Adept replied.

"Fuck!" Isha cursed out loud and wanted to just get rid of everything all at the same time but she had no better choice.

"Krilon, please heal all those Elders and Battlelords while I take care of the situation." She said.

"Alright, the Chargers can either rest or help you. They are under your command."

Jon left the leading business to Isha and went on inside the Citadel to act as the healer but before that, he drew a large rune on the ground and supported with Soul Gems then cast the Master level Restoration spell, [Light of Aetherius].

All the wounded were getting healed and all the corruption was being driven away. Despite the spectacular scene of the spell that formed a dome above the citadel, it is not focused enough to heal the gravely wounded or damage the powerful undead.

Jon had to go personally and heal the Battlelords with his best potions and healing spells. It amazing to see him utilizing his two hands and [Pride] casting three spells at the same time. It even happened that Nagh and Kellen who were taken prisoners in Jon's Cube offered to help.

After that, Jon returned to Isha who managed to organize the defense forces and fended off a wave of undead.

"The amount of undead here is huge, no matter what we kill, they keep coming back. I never knew the Soul Snare spell could have the effect of maintaining undead to reanimate them again." She said.

"I see. We need to damage the undead beyond repair then." Jon concluded.

"That's impossible for us at the moment. If you can support us from the back, we can…" Isha was about to suggest something but Jon stopped her.

"No, I'm done playing games. I'll handle this on my own, tell the chargers to keep up." He said and removed his mask [Krilon] off his face.

"What are you doing?" She asked.

He didn't reply and hurriedly found his way to Beth who was napping with Nefertiti.

"Midget, I want it." He spoke.

"... Want what?" She rubbed her eyes while getting up.

"That Blessing you promised… is it good?" He asked.

"Hm? Right, for the Heist task… I don't know. Lady Boethiah is the one who chooses." She said.

"Fine. Call her or bring her on the line or whatever." He said impatiently.

"Okay okay… jeez! Which one of us is the child." She stopped him and stood up then looked up at him.

"You may want to get down." She said.

"Okay." Jon went down on one knee.

"Eh! You're tall, a bit more, on my eye level. That's it."

She fixed him close to her then held his face, she then went closer to his forehead and…

Headbutt!

"Ouch! Hey, what was that?" He said scratching his forehead with a finger.

"Ah! That hurts!" She held her forehead with both hands in pain, "What is your skull made of? That really hurts."

"I'm being serious here." He glared at her.

"So am I. But apparently, I couldn't make you understand that waking someone from their nap is rude. I'm not your cat."

"… I don't wake Nefertiti from her naps. Now, the blessing." He said.

"Mere physical contact was enough. You've got your blessing. Buzz off!"

Beth was annoyed but Jon seemed more displeased with her behavior. Still, he got himself a blessing.

With a little focus, he could understand what that blessing was.

"This is really suitable."

Jon smiled after having such a cool gift in this time of need. He patted the cheeky girl's head and walked away.

He summoned out the gauntlet [Wraithguard] and the hammers [Sunder] and [Deadland Hammer] each in a hand, of course, [Pride] was floating above him.

Once he reached the citadel's gate, he called out [Greed] and took off the [Ebony Mail]. While covering himself with [Greed], Jon commanded it to go inside [Wraithguard] and unleash its second form.

In a second, Jon got a complete new transformation. Instead of his usual ebony armor, he is now in a brass Dwemer Chainmail called [Wrath Mail] made of thousands of rings.

———————————

[Wraith Mail]

- All Resistance

- Fortify Strength

- Aegis: Reflect All (Greed Effect)

Find authorized novels in Webnovel，faster updates, better experience，Please click www.webnovel.com for visiting.

———————————

It was the ultimate armor for a melee fight crafted by the most brilliant Dwemer Crafts Lord who doomed his race and boosted by the ridiculous potential awakening powers of Greed.

Jon used this form of [Wraithguard] for the artifact was only a single gauntlet and he is going to use a couple of very dangerous hammers. This at least meant he won't be harmed that much.

———————————

[Sunder]

- Elemental Damage

- Soul Damage

———————————

[Deadland Hammer]

- Create Iron Atronachs

- Hazardous Touch

———————————

"Open the gate." Jon gave the gate guard a chilling glare which made the latter do what is told without thinking.

Jon walked past the opening gates under everyone's gazes and smiled like a maniac. His Aura former a thick exoskeleton around him as he was eyed by the Necromancers and their Undead.

"Catch that man!" The Necromancers shouted.

Jon got instantly pissed and felt like smashing that guy's head the most painful way possible. To the onlookers, Jon looked like a madman wearing a ridiculously expensive Dwemer Chainmail and holding a hammer each hand with his red hair giving him a remarkable appearance.

This madman spread his arms raising the two hammers to his shoulders' level then his Aura started to agitate like a real madman.

"Boethiah!"

He called for the name of Boethiah and all of a sudden, his agitated Aura started burning like a flame. The man himself was already running forward as if he lost his damn mind.

"Ahahaha! Sovngarde, you sons of bitches! SOVNGARDE!"

And that was a Nord shouting a [Battle Cry] laying waste to all in his wake.

He charged forward with the two hammers in hand then came across some large undead that he didn't identify in his feral state of mind. Still, once he came in contact with whatever that undead was, one swing from [Sunder] was enough to turn half of that thing into shreds and the other half flew somewhere.

It didn't matter as the next victim was being blasted by the [Deadland Hammer] in the next instant.

"DIE! Hahaha! I'll kill you all." Jon didn't stop shouting as he became alone in between undead horde.

"We must help him." Miranda wanted to run after Jon but Isha held her.

"Look closer!"

As she pointed, Jon was indeed surrounded being attacked from all directions but he didn't look like someone who was trapped but rather… he was trapping them.

The undead creatures and the cultists that surrounded Jon were all trying to get a piece of him but let alone the [Wraith Mail], his own skin was impossible to harm by their weak attacks.

He kept still with a mad smile but once he got a fair number of enemies around him, he finally reacted.

"I wanted to try this in a long time. WHIRLWIND!"

As if a child was given a new toy, Jon used and abused the Blessing of Boethiah to the best of his ability. He replicated a certain skill from a certain game by waving spreading his arms and rotating around himself creating a storm with his Aura.

In most cases, this shouldn't work even with Aura but the special state his Aura was in allowed such anomaly to happen.

With each turn he took, undead shattered and cultists were slain. A mound of corpses and a river of blood formed around. No matter how fast the Worm Cultists were at raising the dead, they were unable to keep up with Jon's speed at damaging their zombies.

Those who saw that from the Citadel defenses felt a chill down their spines as they watched one man single-handedly overwhelm the dead army that drove them to hiding.

"I've never seen a martial skill like that before? How does it even work?" Isha felt the creeps when Jon started whirling around.

"Isn't this the same as the Whirling Sword Dervishes?" Miranda asked.

"No, the Dervishes employ accuracy in their whirls so the two swords are two different attacks but what he is doing is… just whirling."

"Don't tell me that idiot has invented a martial art of his own." Mirren wanted to facepalm.

Jon's state was unique but he showed a familiar state of mind to a certain fighting style Isha witnessed before but Jon had his own style over it.

Meanwhile, Jon didn't stop with the Whirlwind attack.

"Haha! That's so much fun. What's next? LEAP! GROUND STOMP! CLEAVE! WEAPON THROW!"

Jon had his fun reviving every fictional martial skill that came to mind. Until he exhausted most of the Cultists.

His Weapon Throw attack launched [Sunder] at a formation of Worm Warlocks blasting them to pieces. With them, he took care of half the undead army.

Jon also there the [Deadland Hammer] in one of the blood and flesh lakes he caused to happen after aimlessly destroying the undead. He was now free of weapons.

"Let's do this the classic way." He said while cracking his fingers, "COOKIES FESTIVAL!"

And the heavenly wrath followed his grim announcement as his two fists glowed with Lightning Magic each, those who were unfortunate enough to be in the way of his fists wished they were killed by the hammer instead.

"AAAAAAH! All of you will die!"

Such a ridiculous person was running and hitting everything in his way while ignoring all manners of attacks that were completely useless against him. At this point, resistance was merely wishful thinking.

Jon noticed the Necromancers trying to retreat so he left whoever he was hitting and took a high leap towards to block their way.

"You… Demon! You get away." The same Necromancer that ordered the others to capture him at first was crawling backward trying to get away from him.

Jon stepped on the man's robe stopping him from escaping then looked away. His eyes watching a certain place carefully. It was the same place he threw the [Deadland Hammer] in that lake that was filled with blood and flesh. Blood was a perfect substance alongside earth and bones to create what's going to show up next.

Mere seconds later, Jon felt it coming.

"Look." He pointed at the location of the [Deadland Hammer] and those who were curious enough looked at where he pointed.

Sure as hell something was out of place.

From the puddles of blood and corpses, few creatures started to form. It is as if the twisted reality was creating an abomination of its own. Those who saw it felt a chill of terror grasping their hearts.

After it formed, seven colossal creatures stood up with unnatural shapes. At first, one might mistake them for very ugly Frost Atronachs but their metallic gleam revealed what they are.

Iron Atronachs.

It was as if a bunch of metal spikes came together and formed an Atronach.

"If that is not the coolest thing ever, then I don't know what it is!" Jon said.

These naturally sharp creatures walked their first steps towards the battlefield that had numerous undead roaming around. Clueless of what to do, they just stood still.

Jon raised his two hands up and called for his marks on both [Sunder] and the [Deadland Hammer]. The two hammers flew up and hurled towards Jon until they landed in his hands.

Jon held the [Deadland Hammer] closer and spoke to it.

"Kill!"

With those orders, the death machines on standby moved with hostility towards the enemies of their creator. Just as heartless as they looked, one move was enough to mince a whole bunch of High-level Zombies.

"Don't you see? Quantity may be good but quality… that's the beauty of supremacy." Jon spoke to the Necromancer before dropping the hammer on his head.

By the next ten minutes, the whole undead legion was no more.

———————————

[Blessing of Boethiah]

- Berserk: Take half damage and do double damage in a Feral State of mind (Active)

———————————

~~~~~~~~~~

• P4TRE0N

pat×reon.com/eldokhmesy ( remove × )

• PayPal for Gifts

paypal.me/eldokhmesy

• Extra Chapters by Votes: 5000 / 8000

• Discord discord.gg/gKcKva7

• Instagram @don_dokhmesy

• Twitter @eldokhmesy22

You are reading

Dragonborn Saga

ebook which is a free download at

wWw.EbookUpdates.Net

.

Download more ebooks for free at

Ebook Updates . Net

.

484 Bethapos;s Prophecy

First, thanks for becoming Patrons:-

@YASSER M ALMUTAERI (D rank)

@andrew5517 (E rank)

About the Live Stream, I think that it is a bit impossible for one reason: Egypt's internet sucks! I've tired Twitch and Dlive but they both failed miserably because of my internet speed (5Mbps). Still, somehow I managed to Go Live of Discord which was actually working well. Sadly, it can't take more than 10 spectators.

Now, my next option is a YouTube Channel, I'll start dusting off those good ol' "Windows Millennium Movie Maker" skills of mine and see what I can do. I'm open to content suggestions.

~~~~~~~~~~

Jon always thought that if he ever gets a blessing if Sheogorath, it would be Berserk blessing but it turned out to be something different from what he thought but now, he finally got a Berserking blessing form the Warrior Daedric Prince, Boethiah.

As an adrenaline junkie, Jon would lose the thrill of many things if he got used to it. That's why a Berserking blessing was an answer to his prayers.

Sadly, Berserking had some of the nastiest side effects. First, it made Jon's body feel like he was in an orgy with some female Giants, even Jon wasn't sure if he could handle such a heavy load. Second, he had a very nasty hangover that felt like his head was being hosted in the movie Saw for three consecutive executions that involved that jaw splitting reverse bear-trap.

He had to go through an emergency anti-hangover treatment that proved to be a challenge.

In the end, Job recovered and learned to be careful with such power from now on. It is more of Physical Damage blessing which makes it good for desperate situations.

Yet for now, Jon was done screwing around, and by screwing around it means going wild and mass-murdering evil people. He had to put his shit together and go after the Ansei Pyramid. With the Citadel of Ebonarm secured and under the command of a proper Battlelord, Jon had to lead his squad in the desert again to rescue the Elders of the Citadel trapped in the Ansei Pyramid Valley.

This also meant invading the Dead Sand region with a large force, the thing that can turn fatal with the least accident. He had to send Nefertiti to personally scout first. He then led a force of 200 Hunding Chargers and 300 Citadel Adepts into the region after fixing the Bridge of Bone he made. Of course he encountered strong Necromancers in the way and he put them down using the fastest and dirtiest tactics in the book.

One of the most important things to take note of was how he utilized [Lust] to change his looks every few minutes since the battle in front of the Citadel. All those he kills are either the followers of Clavicus Vile or Mannimarco which meant that their souls are doomed to either Higher Entity, these souls carry the vivid memories of his death which is why Jon had to keep a low profile even when acting wild. The idea of multiple strong individuals wreaking havoc around the plans of those Higher Entities will make them act slower which is what he needed at the moment at least until Kareem and General Cassia arrive with large forces.

Anyway, Jon has managed to reach the center of the Dead Sand to the Valley of the Pyramid only to find a true challenge waiting for him. The Worm Cult had its Master Necromancers and Arch Necromages to battle the Masters of the Citadel of Ebonarm. To summarize the result, it was dire.

The Sword and the Bow Battlelords were killed. The Sword Battlelord destroyed his own body upon death but the Bow Battlelord's corpse was taken by the Necromancers and was being mummified. The other Battlelord which are the Staff, Spear, Saber, Martial, and Magic Battlelords as well as the War Chief of the Citadel.

It was safe to say that Jon used his best tactics to get rid of the annoying Zombie Bow Battlelord before killing her and trapping her soul in a safe container that she doesn't get pulled back to the Soul Snare formation.

Regarding the Necromancers, Mirren and Miranda had to keep them at pay while Isha took down the weakest ones among them by the [Spear of Bitter Mercy] to diminish their firepower. It worked at first after she killed three masters but the numbers of those masters were just too overwhelming, Isha was about to get killed if not for Jon's masterplan working at the last moment.

He had Nefertiti sneak him and [Wrath] through the Shadow World. [Wrath] appeared in the middle of the undead army and shouted his "Howl of Death" claiming most of the undead under his control and assassinating two masters in one sword stroke. The remaining ones were Jon's.

In the shadow, he was preparing a big spell just for them.

[EMP], that was its name and it stood for Electro Magical Pulse. A devastating Master level that doesn't target the Physical Forms but rather the Astral Forms. Once the Electro Magical Pulse happens, all the Energy Points in the bodies of the hostile will face a temporary shut down until they get ahold of themselves. That short time is enough to slaughter more than a dozen masters.

And that's how things happened. Jon appeared from who knows where and landed on the ground with his spell breaking the ranks of the masters apart. He then moved his hands around breaking necks before getting his sword to cut those necks instead.

For now, most of the Worm Cult's masters in the Alik'r Desert were dealt with but a few escaped and a signal was given to a greater army of undead to come. This time, even Jon himself was taken into account multiple times and so they had to abandon the Ansei Pyramid and retreat to the Citadel. Of course after saving the Elders of the Citadel.

"Master!"

"Isha!"

Isha saw Nagla and ran towards her almost tripping like a child.

"Isha… I saw… I saw."

"Yes. I know what you saw. I saw him as well." Isha calmed her master.

The Elder Battlelords were in bad shape after a long time in seclusion from the world in the Ansei Pyramid.

"Where is he? We don't see him anywhere." Jon asked Nagla.

"Zain… he…"

"That's not my brother. They stole his body like the other undead." Isha tried to calm Nagla.

"No, you don't understand." Nagla begged to listen, "He spoke to me before killing Farida and Nidal."

"We know he can speak." Jon said.

"... And he took Zahra." Nagla said.

This was an absolute shock to them. What she said just now made Isha and the others freeze.

Zain came and took his wife Zahra! What is going on here? Was it a part of a grand scheme or a plan or… or was Zain remembering things like being a corpse driven by love?

Can a corpse feel love?

And if it does… is he really just a corpse?

It was safe to assume that this is what is going around inside everyone's head.

"No… it can't… he tried to kill me." Surprisingly enough, Isha was the first one to deny it.

The others soon came to their senses after hearing what Isha said.

"To kill you?" Nagla was taken aback.

"Yes. In Elsweyr, we ran into him on a job then chased him for three weeks all the way here. Jo… Krilon was injured by the poison of the [Serpent Spear], a few could utilize the spear of my family to make it produce poison so surely it was Zain but… he has gone through something horrible…"

Isha kept going on and on about Zain's situation yet…

"That doesn't explain why he kidnapped Zahra." Jon said.

"He didn't." Nagla said.

"Woman, I'll fucking beat yo…"

"She went with him on her own." Nagla continued.

"Oh!" Jon was both embarrassed and taken aback but the situation was too hairy for him to care.

"So, he just let her go with him?" Miranda asked.

"No, she was with us until he showed up. Once she saw him, she could no longer think straight and he got to her. We were all too stunned to do anything but the damage was already done and he took her away. Other than that… I don't know." Nagla didn't seem well as she held her head.

"So they left." Jon had a bad feeling about this.

"We can track them."

Suddenly from the side, a man came and interfered. He was a Redguard with a bronze-colored hair, fielding short braids, and a well kept single knot beard.

"Illindar De'Sha."

"Krilon."

"I see you have lived through this, friend."

"I did."

It was Illindar, Jon's friend from the Citadel and his guide in the deserts of Alik'r who discovered the Ansei Pyramid with him.

"You said you can track them?" Jon asked.

"Yes. During the fight… when my master was near defeat, he destroyed his own body so that he doesn't get reanimated as undead but he also left a trace on Zain. I know I am not strong enough to avenge my master but I can guide you to his exact location even if it is in Oblivion."

"I believe you, mate. And sorry for your loss."

Jon patted Illindar's shoulder and felt the urge to do something about the situation but Zahra's matter may have complicated things to a strange degree.

"A guide will be of use."

At that time, someone else butted in.

"What is it, shorty?"

Jon turned to Beth, who acted as someone important.

"This is?" Illindar and Nagla reacted to Beth's sudden appearance.

Beth was there with Nefertiti standing behind her, the two girls seemed to have formed some kind of a bond which made Nefertiti agree to take Beth around through her Shadow Portals.

"This girl is Beth, prophetess of Boethiah. She's weird but she's just a brat." Jon introduced her. "So, what were you saying?"

"I was saying that a guide will prove of use but there is more you need to know, right?"

"Yes, about Zhara…" Isha was about to ask but Beth raised a hand.

"I am sorry but regardless of the method she was taken by, the reason that happened was to mess with you and make you think that your brother is still in there somewhere." Beth said.

"Yeah, even Isha thinks so." Mirren said.

"Yes, and now she is certain. The Worm Cult would take all the extra miles to hinder the maiden of the spear so please, stay focused. Also, aren't there some injured you need to take care of?"

Beth's words made Nagla almost go pale.

"I'll go see my Elder Sister. Isha, please help me with her, she was poisoned by Zain's spear." Nagla said.

"The War Chief is poisoned?" Isha almost went pale.

"Yes, let's hurry."

Hearing that the War Chief of the Citadel of Ebonarm was injured in a critical state meant actions needed to be taken right away. The War Chief is known to be a strong Spearwoman and Jon wanted to meet her but Beth stopped him. She also stopped Mirren and Miranda.

Find authorized novels in Webnovel，faster updates, better experience，Please click www.webnovel.com for visiting.

"I've news for you." She spoke to them.

"What?"

"Do you remember the dream I kept seeing? Three Swords, One Spear, and a Ship with Bloody sails?" Beth asked.

"Yes."

"I think we understood it wrong. Thanks to the Champion of Boethiah, I was guided to look in both the past and the future to find answers and clues. Now I fully understand the dream."

"Go on."

"At first, I thought it meant the Spear of Bitter Mercy alongside the Ebony Blade, the Soul Sword, and another Sword that will reveal itself later on but I was mistaken about the swords.

The real three swords are the Ansei Wards that were made in this place, the Ansei Pyramid. Ansei Wards were three ancient Redguard relics that contained the spirits of powerful Ansei warriors. They were created in the First Era to fight the threat of necromancy in the Alik'r Desert."

According to Beth's later explanation, during the First Era, when the Yokudan rulers were still establishing a foothold in the Alik'r, they faced a great threat from a group of elven necromancers. Legend states that the necromancers of that time were far more powerful than those that came in later eras. According to Redguard tradition, striking the dead carries with it a terrible curse and is considered an act of dishonor. Because of this, fighting back against necromancy proved difficult.

In response, three Ansei heroes, Majah, Radan, and Halelah sacrificed themselves to protect the Alik'r from the risen dead. As part of a covenant with Tu'whacca, they pledged their souls and each Ansei channeled their spirit into the blade they wielded in life. This even happened here in the Ansei Pyramid.

These swords became known as the Ansei Wards, and as long as the dead are consecrated in the name of Tu'whacca, they could not be raised by even the most powerful necromancy. The Wards were locked in a fortified subterranean storehouse below Sentinel, known as the Impervious Vault, and sealed with a magical barrier. The spirit of each Ansei remained tied to their Ward, meaning it would be with it at all times.

"Right now, we need to head to Sentinel and figure out a method to use those swords. We have the Champion of Boethiah, who is a strong swordmaster, and we have the two former Labourers of Mephala."

"I am not a good swordmaster." Miranda said.

"We'll figure something out." Beth ignored her.

"What about that last thing. The Red Sail Ship." Jon asked.

Beth took a deep breath before replying.

"Three days from now on the 20th of Rain's Hand (April), a ship will arrive at the western shores of Hammerfell. If it landed, we are doomed."

***

*Three Days Later*

Isha sat near a fire sharpening her spear thinking about what went down. She was calm, silent and calculative. She was thinking of the countless fights she had in the past three days and the one up ahead.

Across the fire sat two men, the Imperial Moth Priest Kellen and the Khajiit Adventurer Nagh. They were sat free and given the Elder Scroll they came for.

Kellen read from the scroll and had a calm face digesting all the knowledge he just received. He was thankful for the experience he lived through reading the scroll and the knowledge he gained.

Now, it was his time to tell a story.

"The Elder Scrolls show us what was, and what yet will be… and they have revealed much to me." He said.

"Spare us your stories, old man, unless they can sharpen spears. Our War Chief is dying. Our enemies are massing for another attack. We must prepare for battle." Isha replied not wanting anyone to interrupt the ideas she had in mind.

"We should go, Kellen. We have the scroll we came for. This one smells blood in the wind." Nagh asked Kellen to leave.

"Patience, Nagh. I have words yet to speak here. Stories can do surprising things, Spearmaiden, whether they are true or not. And this is one you should hear. It comes from the Great War that nearly ended the empire… It began when the High Elves slaughtered every Imperial Blade. Calling themselves the new Aldmeri Dominion, they and their allies swept through the land, even capturing the Imperial City itself. The emperor fled north, leaving Cyrodiil to the invaders."

He took a deep breath and smiled at Isha, to Nagh, and to the others who were resting around the fire.

"This is the story of a Forgotten Hero who changed the very course of history…"

~~~~~~~~~~

• P4TRE0N

pat×reon.com/eldokhmesy ( remove × )

• PayPal for Gifts

paypal.me/eldokhmesy

• Extra Chapters by Votes: 5000 / 8000

• Discord discord.gg/gKcKva7

• Instagram @don_dokhmesy

• Twitter @eldokhmesy22

You are reading

Dragonborn Saga

ebook which is a free download at

wWw.EbookUpdates.Net

.

Download more ebooks for free at

Ebook Updates.Net

.

485 Legends 1 : Odd Fate

This small spin off will only be 3-4 chapters. The sole purpose I'm adding it is because most of you don't even know the existance of the "Elder Scrolls Legends" and its 3 main stories. Just to let you know, the third story is vital for the future chapters.

~~~~~~~~~~

… The story of a Forgotten Hero who changed the very course of history." (Kellen)

***

*Somewhere south of Cyrodiil - 25 years ago*

It was dark and damp in the cold cage. He couldn't remember when was the last time he saw the light of day after the night where his caravan of refugees was raided by Aldmeri soldiers after the fall of the Imperial City. A few survived the raid but most didn't survive what came after.

Until now, he was forced to fight for his life against all kinds of shitty opponents starting from wild dogs all the way to wolves and bears but what really got to him was when the Aldmeri Soldiers abandoned the garrison leaving him rotting in a cell yet not a day after, another group moved in.

Daedric Cultists!

As if the world didn't have enough of man-hating elves, now he has to deal with the everyone-hating cultists.

These cultists were cruel and the vicious circle that is the arena of the garrison continued once again this time against Scamps, Skeletons and all manner of nasty creatures. He was even forced to fight innocents and slay them surviving barely by the width of a blade's tip, yet the day he is the victim was on and about.

"Bring me a warrior with strength and courage. That Nord looks adequate, bring the mortal forth." Called the leader of the Daedric Cult, the Dremora Lord known as Reive.

He scanned with his vicious eyes through the fighter slaves in the cages picking out a strong Nord with a mighty build then he looked again to pick an opponent.

"As for his opponent… That one!"

Reive was pointing towards him who is the longest surviving fighter slave so far. It was clear as day that they are bored with him and want the large Nord to crush him in one go. After all, an Imperial like him didn't possess anything but luck when comes to fight… which clearly had run out.

He was dragged out of his cage and thrown in the pit against the Nord.

'What a large man!' He thought.

Fighting this Nord needs a lot more than luck. Speed, accuracy, and focus are needed all at once.

The Nord, on the other hand, looked carefree despite being another fighter slave. This is also good, it is a sign of underestimation. If this goes well…

*Swoosh*

And it clearly didn't. The Nord sent him a straight jab launching him two meters backward before the permission to fight was given.

The Cultists laughed and the Daedra Reive didn't mind it. It was all for the good anyway.

"Sorry, mate. Better your blood than mine." The Nord spoke.

He stumbled up while staggering backward, once he hit the wall of the pit, he found an old battleaxe left in the mud from the previous fight. Seems like the Cultists didn't notice it.

The Nord walked closer so it was the chance. He fingered pain and acted like he was protecting himself by shrinking down yet once the Nord was in range, he held to the axe and swung it trying to take the Nord's head.

"Woah!" The Nord evaded with superhuman flexibility and stepped away.

Find authorized novels in Webnovel，faster updates, better experience，Please click www.webnovel.com for visiting.

"Nice swing." The Nord was okay about it and took extra steps away then looked for the cultists to throw him a weapon.

He got a sword and the two returned to the fight again on equal terms but the Nord seemed reluctant while fighting. He didn't show the best of his moves and kept attacking half-heartedly.

As the fight lasted over a minute, the cultists got bored and started booing. Some went for a drink and even the Dremora himself went somewhere.

"You're pretty good with that axe. We work together, we might have a chance." At that time, the Nord engaged in a closer clash with him and spoke in a careful tone.

"You want me to drop my guard? Never!" But he wouldn't for he went into many similar situations during the past… well, who knows how much time has passed.

The Nord smiled.

"Suit yourself, but believe me when I tell you… there is a chance." At the moment, the Nord spoke calmly but in the next, he unleashed a scary pressure by some sort of power.

"Aura!"

It was not a common power among the foot soldiers and the commoners but it is an art that set two levels apart. Sure enough, he recognized it.

Facing an Aura Master of all things, today really was not his lucky day but… luck was playing a different game here. The Nord never meant to attack him but rather threw his swords over the pit shattering a part of the inner wall to the underground prison locking the way up.

"Haha! I'm Tyr. One of the Blades." The Nord said.

"B… A Blade!" The man was taken aback.

A Blade… in this kind of place? Rumor has it that the Aldmeri Dominion slew them all. But then again, the Blades are elites devoted to protecting the Emperor. Let alone the Aura, each one of them is above any common Knight or Imperial Legionnaire.

At that moment of confusion, the Daedric Cultists around the pit were reacting to Tyr's action. They reached out to their Weapons and Staves facing Tyr and…

"What was your name again?" Tyr asked.

"I'm Glemet."

"Fine, Glem. Now it's two of us, a dozen of them… it's almost a fair fight."

Tyr joked but Glemet was more concerned about the situation he's in.

Without saying much, the Cultists attacked.

"You'll never escape. Reive will destroy you!" One came charging at Glemet waving a sword so he had to avoid and counter-attack.

Glemet could see the attack and a strange thing happened to him… he felt like he can face that Cultist despite the difference in strength. He evaded once and twice but as he was about to be hit, his mind opened to many possibilities as if he could see more than one just way to handle this.

He chose the smartest one and that was by evading down then attacking then doing a leg sweep to break the cultist's balance and with that, his opponent was on the ground. The feeling of victory almost got to him but his sense of crisis encouraged him to chop that cultist's neck while he is down.

"You're done? Let's leave."

As Glemet got rid of his opponent, Tyr called for him. Looking back… almost ten cultists were very dead. Broken necks, bashed skulls, crushed ribs. Tyr seemed to be one hell of an opponent.

"How will we escape?" Glemet asked.

"Through a tunnel system under this fort." Tyr replied looking around, "But first, we need distractions."

Tyr ran far from the pit and arrived at the chamber where the fighters' slaves were kept in cages. He crushed the lock of each cage bare-handed and opened each cage.

"Get out!" He called.

Scared, the other fighter slaves were at a loss of what to do. It seemed like they were being invited to their death but the man, who was supposedly someone like them, seemed way too superior in power.

"GET OUT!" Tyr shouted and caused the people in cages to shiver like skeevers and run out of their cages.

"You're saving them, I'm sure they will thank you…"

"I'm not saving them."

As Glemet was about to thank Tyr on their behalf, Tyr cut his words.

"Listen, I am a blade agent and I am alone here. My partner is dead so I need someone else to carry help me carry my mission else the Empire is doomed. Glemet, the fate of the Empire rests on each step we take and now, these people are our pawns. They are escaping this way, and we are taking the other." Tyr said pointing at the other direction.

Glemet froze for a second thinking of what just happened but Tyr shook him.

"Listen, you may as well go after them but if you come with me, you can make sure their sacrifice won't go to waste one we deliver the report to the Emperor."

It was hard for Tyr to say what he said or to trust a stranger as much as it was hard for Glemet to believe in Tyr but there was a good point in what Tyr said. As a spy, he is manipulative but he has to complete his mission and he only chose to ally with Glemet because he was strong enough to back him up.

Yet that awoke something in Glemet.

"What's in it for me?" He said.

"What?" Tyr was taken aback by the question.

"Why would I help you?"

"Because of the Empire needs…"

"Oh please! For all I care, you are someone pretending to be a Blade and even if you are one, following you around is more dangerous once we get out of here." Glemet said.

"... Fair point." Tyr looked to the side and thought, "Well, I know that you have been here for some time and you surely want revenge against the one who captured you? Maybe harmed someone you love?" Tyr suggested.

"…" Glemet wasn't falling for immaterial benefits.

"Fine, I promise you rewards once we get to a safe zone. But if something happens to me, I want you to go for Skyrim and look for Knight-Captain Jonrad or Imperial Legate Cassia, tell them what happened and they will reward you. Deal?"

"... Fine. Deal!"

And thus the alliance of a hunted Blade agent and a nameless vagrant was formed behind the enemy lines.

The two didn't wait any longer and followed a secret path under the fort leading out of the prison. During the riot that the fighter slaves started, the two tried to keep a low profile and slip through the chaos. But while the two were taking the route out of the fort, a figure came from behind them.

"HYA!"

A large rock was tossed at the two but they ran to the side immediately. Once they got ahold of what went down, they saw the Dremora Lord Reive coming after them with a bunch of cultists.

"I assume that's Reive." Tyr stood forward.

"These mortals must not be allowed to reveal Lord Naarifin's plans. Destroy them!"

Reive pointed his swords at Tyr and Glemet. The two were almost surrounded but they dragged backward allowing themselves to have a stand in a narrow spot.

"We're outnumbered. Let's take some of them out before they overwhelm us."

And a hairy fight started.

Glemet was but a caravan guard before this whole ordeal so his experience wasn't that lacking yet from this day, his power started changing.

"Hya!"

With his voice, a fine Aura started forming around him giving him a slight advantage in the fight. His battleaxe broke after a few swings so he picked a sword and started killing while retreating.

Reive tried to stop the two but Tyr overwhelmed his opponents and joined hands with Glemet to deliver the finishing blow to Reive's heart.

"You are stronger than I thought, mortal. But you will not be able to prevent The Culling. Blood will flow, and my master will let loose darkness upon the world." Reive said before his body falling apart and disappearing into the void.

By that, there were no dangerous opponents coming after them as far as they know but there was no telling what the Daedra had in play for them so they escaped north through the nearby woodland.

"Stop!" Glemet called pointing the sword at Tyr.

"Come on! What now?" Tyr seemed frustrated about Glemet's actions.

"I just want to know one thing? That Daedra said something about Lord something's plans, and… The Culling? What is going on here?" Glemet asked.

"I don't know much." Tyr said.

"Do you think I believe you? Why are there Daedra assisting the Dominion? Who are we up against?" Glemet asked.

"I DON'T KNOW!"

Tyr seemed frustrated too.

"I don't know what a 'Culling' is even though it sounds ominous and I don't know what Lord Naarifin is planning. All I know is, I have to go back and report what I know, that is my duty and frankly speaking, even though I like you, Glem, you're a good warrior and all but you're kinda a pain in the ass at the moment."

"Fine." Glemet dropped his complaining, "So… what do we do now?" He asked.

"This 'Culling' and the Daedra's involvement is not a good thing. I can go directly and report but there is an alternative that won't waste much of our time. I have a friend, a Dunmer called Laaneth. She is Daedrologist so she must know of that 'Culling'. Her knowledge will save us time." Tyr said.

"... A Dunmer Daedrologist? Fine, lead the way."

And the two led out for their journey. Little did they know that this is merely the start of the end, the End of the Great War.

———————————

>>> IMPORTANT <<<

Before you go, I've some news.

Webnovel told me they can send me a contract for Dragonborn Saga. It is a [Gift Only] contract which means [No Premium]. This also means I've to stop putting chapters on [Pat-reon].

I am asking you guys because this is SUPER IMPORTANT.

1) If I take the contract, It will return the same just like before the Early Access on *******.

2) If I don't, nothing will change.

~~~~~~~~~~

• P4TRE0N

pat×reon.com/eldokhmesy ( remove × )

• PayPal for Gifts

paypal.me/eldokhmesy

• Extra Chapters by Votes: 5000 / 8000

• Discord discord.gg/gKcKva7

• Instagram @don_dokhmesy

• Twitter @eldokhmesy22

You are reading

Dragonborn Saga

ebook which is a free download at

wWw.EbookUpdates.Net

.

Download more ebooks for free at

Ebook Updates(dot)Net

.

486 Legends 2 : Finding Laaneth

Big flipping thanks to the new Patrons:

@Vitan (C rank)

@David Pokora (D rank)

~~~~~~~~~~

"The Dremora's words unnerved the hero. They journeyed north to meet Laaneth, a sorceress friend of Tyr's well versed in Daedric matters. But the road ahead was far from clear" (Kellen)

***

Tyr and Glemet kicked off their journey from south passing forests and rivers avoiding the roads that were being monitored by the Aldmeri Dominion. Ever since the start of the Great War four years ago, the County of Leyawiin was the first to fall, thus it was the one with the most established Aldmeri order.

"So, that Laaneth. Where do we find here?" Glemet asked.

"South to Blackwood, near the Topal Bay." Tyr replied.

"So she is a rich person."

"All mages are rich."

"Indeed."

The two were having such a conversation after they were stopped by a group of bandits a while ago. The bandits seemed to have killed a merchant and looted his goods then saw a Tyr and Glemet as easy targets to pick on, little did they know they know the fate of their actions was leading to their demise.

As the Glemet and Tyr prevailed over the bandits, the last bandit begged them to spare his life in exchange for leading them to the stolen goods. Glemet agreed to finally get to have some proper supplies and goods but as they were about to let the bandit loose, Tyr waved his sword and killed the bandit.

Glemet was upset as he had given a word to free the man but Tyr had a sound argument that killing the Bandit would secure them a better chance to cut loose ends. If the Thalmor caught that man and he talked, things would get messy for them.

Now that they got some weapons and horses to ride, the journey became smoother and the two managed to get out of the forest to the open fields but who received them was a band of Dominion Guards.

A fight occurred and thankfully, the Dominion Guards didn't have a mage with them making them an easy opponent to the highly skilled Tyr and the rapidly developing Glemet.

"The way I see things, you are developing your Aura very well, Glem?" Tyr complemented.

"Thanks. The tips you gave me really helped." Glemet said.

The two may have started on the wrong foot and argued about a lot but they developed a good relationship with time so much that Tyr started instructing Glemet about the Aura.

Glemet's Aura was unique carrying a strange power to it. It also took a strange color resembling the violet which seemed to have been influenced by Tyr's Beast Aura.

"I've never asked you, you are called Glemet, odd for an Imperial to be given a Nord name." Tyr remarked.

"My Father is an Imperial, my mother is a Breton… well, they were." Glemet replied.

"Oh! Well, you are not a Nord from either side."

"I was raised in Bruma."

"Aha! I see."

Bruma is the northernmost county in Cyrodiil making it very close to Skyrim. Not just that, by the unique landscape of Bruma being mostly on the Jerall Mountains, it gained the same atmosphere and looks of Skyrim more than Falkreath itself. Also, Bruma has a very large Nordic population.

"So, you are an Imperial, a Breton and, a Nord at the same time. That makes you the most human person I've ever seen." Tyr said with a loud laugh.

"… It sounds weird, but thanks. Shouldn't Nords like you be the proudest humans about being humans?" Glemet asked.

"Maybe your average Nord but a Firemane? Nah. We have Giants' blood."

"Well, that explains…" Glemet pointed out Tyr's height.

"I'm the shortest in the family."

"Shut up!"

"Giants' Blood, brother. Giants' Blood."

The road was peaceful for some time after bypassing the Dominion patrols and checkpoints until the two reached the Topal Bay. There were fishing villages scattered around that area as well as some rich people's estates that were abandoned during the war, one of which is Laaneth's house who preferred to stay at her home despite the occupation of the Dominion. As a respectful mage who has no connection to the Imperials, the Dominion didn't bother her that much and left her without crossing paths.

"We've made it. That's Laaneth's house…"

As the pair arrived, Tyr saw the house from a distance, he wanted to hurry and reach it but soon he stopped.

"… And it's crawling with cultists. Laaneth must be in trouble. Come on."

The two snuck under the cover of night and covered the ins and outs of the house counting over a dozen Cultists. These ones were similar to the cultists of Boethiah from the fort Glemet was held in.

"Look for any clues. The Sorceress must know more than what she spoke." A Senior Cultist commanded his subordinates and the house was being taken apart piece by piece.

"What should we do?" Glemet asked.

"They took here. We need to find out where." Tyr stood up unsheathing his sword.

From the looks of it, this number of cultists wouldn't even pose a threat to Tyr or Glemet, the two covered the house from two sides and started crippling every cultist they come across. In a matter of minutes, they got the Senior Cultist cornered.

Tyr had the man at sword's point intimidating him to speak everything he knows about Laaneth.

Find authorized novels in Webnovel，faster updates, better experience，Please click www.webnovel.com for visiting.

"Haha! You're too late! By now the sorceress is leagues from here." The cultist screamed.

Tyr was unamused by the cultist's attitude so he tortured him by beating the life out of him. What got to the man, however, was tying him up in a barrel with a large skeever. The man howled from pain and begged them to get him out as his body was being torn apart inside the barrel by the skeever and they got a location on Laaneth.

***

"The cultists kidnapped the sorceress Laaneth and had taken her north. They would use her to help them bring about a dreadful prophecy known as The Culling." (Kellen)

***

Bravil.

The cultists seemed to have taken her towards their temple in Bravil. It seemed like a suicide going into a very secured city under the control of the dominion with no much backup but seeing the lengths taken by the cult to know what Laaneth knows, it seemed the wisest thing to do is to interrupt the enemies plans at the moment.

And thus, Tyr and Galam headed to a nearby smugglers' dock that should be abandoned, if they could get a small ship, they could commandeer sailing it through the Topal Bal into the Niben River, Tyr after all was from a family of experienced sailors.

Once the two reached the docks, they found a small ship that seemed to be in good condition. It would take some time to prepare it for a long sail but once they are in the open water, it would be easy to navigate.

"We are straying too much." Glemet complained.

"I don't like it any more than you do. But we need a ship to chase the cultists and we don't have any coin. Besides, this ship belongs to smugglers, and I have it on good authority that…" Tyr was climbing the ship while checking it.

"Intruders!" An Argonian sailor shouted.

"... That they're not here tonight."

"... Seriously?" Glemet was fed up with Tyr's nonsense but the only thing that could be done was to draw swords and charge at the ship's crew.

"Stop them, stop those scoundrels. Use the special blades." The Argonian shouted.

In a matter of seconds, the situation turned noisy and all the sailors were being punched and kicked by the two warriors.

"These people are tough!"

"Careful! The poison on some of their blades looks deadly. Let's try to avoid them." Tyr pulled Glemet from harm's way.

As they faced the Argonian captain together. It was a hard fight especially against the skilled Argonian who utilized his tail to crash Tyr at the mast but soon Glemet managed to knock him down.

Once the Argonian was on the ground, he could do nothing other than surrender.

"Who sent you? You don't look like those Dominion Gu…" The Argonian asked but soon he heard a voice calling.

"Hey! What's going on up there?"

It was someone that seemed to have been drawn to the noises over the ship.

"Dominion Guards!"

"Shit! We're found." Tyr cursed.

Glemet checked the situation from far then pressed his blade against the Argonian Captain's throat.

"Sail the ship!"

"But."

"Now!"

Realizing that they had a common enemy, the smuggler, who was called Swims-at-Night, agreed to sail north in search of the sorceress.

Two days passed in the sea and a storm hit the Topal bay, it was hard to stabilize the ship but Swims-at Night was in a good mood.

"Hurry up, boys. Hold on to anything, these few waves will be rough. Hahaha!" Swims spoke in ecstasy.

"Is that Lizard on Skooma or something?" Glemet was having a hard time on the ship.

"You want some?" Swims offered skooma.

"Perfect."

"You seem to be enjoying yourself, Swims." Tyr laughed it off.

"Ah, I love a good storm! Makes the seafaring life interesting!"

"How about Pirates?" Tyr turned around looking at the ship on their tail.

Swims and Glemet looked back with annoyed eyes.

"They're right bastards. Treat an honest smuggler like a common merchant! Sigh! There's no honor among scoundrels." Swims complained.

"What use would it be?" Glemet snorted.

"Of course it has a use. I stole this cargo fair and square. Let's just send these dishonorable thieves into the brine."

It was indeed a very chaotic fight. Many of the crew members of both sides started falling off the ships ones they crashed together side by side. Swims was busy sailing his ship while Tyr and Glemet took care of the defense.

The fight was as long as the storm and the two ended together costing Swims-at-Night a few good crew members and some cargo. Promising to repay the smuggler once they rescue Laaneth, Swims-at-Night agreed to help looking for the sorceress who is supposedly very rich as all mages are.

After entering the Niben River, the sailing was smooth and the ship wasn't interrupted by anyone after posing as a merchant ship coming from Black March but as they advanced further towards Bravel, they spotted the wreckage of a ship at the bank of the river near a forest. Tyr was certain that this is the ship that was taking Laaneth.

"There's no sign of Laaneth. You think the crash killed them all?" Tyr asked Swims whose crew extracted corpses of many cultists from the wreckage.

Swims sniffed the air and frowned.

"Maybe. Or maybe it was the locals."

The locals he mentioned were a pack of feral spriggans running towards them. These Spriggans seems to have been corrupted by Magic.

From a fight to another; Tyr and Glemet fought off the Spriggans until the walking trees were nothing other than a bunch of crisped wood. Naturally, they would suspect the Feral Spriggans were corrupted by the Cultists so they followed the tracks of the spriggans back to their grotto, there, they were received by a great Spriggan Matron.

Other than Tyr, everyone else was hyped for a fight but Tyr stopped his group and talked to the Spriggan in a tongue a few of the Firemanes learned.

He confirmed something from her.

"The Spriggan knows where Laaneth was taken." Tyr said.

"But?" Glemet asked.

"Spriggan Matrons are cunning and they may have an agenda." Tyr said.

"Those trees?" Swims didn't buy it.

"What do you guys think?"

***

"Nagh would have followed, but mother always said this one was too curious." (Nagh)

"Curiosity served the travelers well. Whatever its reasons, the creature led them straight to their quarry." (Kellen)

~~~~~~~~~~

• P4TRE0N

pat×reon.com/eldokhmesy ( remove × )

• PayPal for Gifts

paypal.me/eldokhmesy

• Extra Chapters by Votes: 5000 / 8000

• Discord discord.gg/gKcKva7

• Instagram @don_dokhmesy

• Twitter @eldokhmesy22

You are reading

Dragonborn Saga

ebook which is a free download at

wWw.EbookUpdates.Net

.

Download more ebooks for free at

EbookUpdates.Net

.

487 Legends 3 : Towards Fate

Let's address some concerns regarding the boring spin-off.

Well, I'm kinda regretting adding the Legends' story and making it fast-paced. I've blasted this one up *Cute Cat Emoji*. Still, ever since I introduced Glemt. Tyr, Laaneth and Isha; I wanted to add this part and you can guess since when. Basically, from the first day Jon arrived at the college and ran into Laaneth.

Anyway, "Legends (4)" is on P4treon and we nipped it in the bud so we can continue 'Jon's Fluffy Adventures' (aka Dragonborn Saga).

~~~~~~~~~~

In an abandoned fort close to the marshlands of the Niben Bay, a group of Boethiah's Cultists took refugees after their ship crashed. After the storm that struck the Topal Sea, the ship was badly damaged and had to go through some repairs but it was impossible due to the cargo they are carrying. If they were to stop in any city dock along the Niben river, things may get ugly with the Dominion Guards despite the connections between the two groups.

Yet once they were on the way to Bravil, the prisoners on the ship revolted and caused fire to catch on the sails and the foredeck. The crew tried to land as fast as they could on one of the banks of the river but the ship's durability expired and it broke apart drifting into the marshes.

The cultist managed to secure their most valuable prisoner, the Sorceress Laaneth, but they were attacked by a group of Spriggans from within the marshes. They managed to keep the spriggans at bay then found refuge in an old abandoned fort on the edges of the marsh but the Bad Luck never left the group alone. This Fort seemed to be taken as a home by a group of Goblins that ferociously attacked the cultists and cornered rendering them to their demise. Meanwhile, the Sorceress Laaneth managed to break free and killed the last of the Cultists imprisoning her yet she was all alone against the unending horde of goblins.

"Azura, Guide me!"

Laaneth was no ordinary sorceress, she conjured the strongest Storm Atronach she could muster as an Expert Mage and dealt massive damage to the Goblins but she was drained so fast.

"Laaneth! It's Tyr!"

But in her darkest of hours, a very familiar voice called for her. In the following second, three figures appeared in the corridor she was fighting for her life in.

"I could use a little help here!" Laaneth called for her timely saviors to rally up and rescue her.

Glemt, Tyr, and Swims-at-Night didn't wait one bit and charged at the goblins waving their blades and casting their spells. Those Daedra-worshiping little creatures were soon overwhelmed by the joint attack yet they were relentless and many. If a Goblin was killed, another two would take its place.

"Thanks for the rescue." Said Laaneth, the Dark Elf sorceress.

"Are all the cultists dead?" Tyr asked.

Find authorized novels in Webnovel，faster updates, better experience，Please click www.webnovel.com for visiting.

"I think so. And if we're not careful, we'll be too. The goblins had a powerful chief with them when I first arrived. You'd better finish off as many of them as we can before he comes back."

As the situation didn't seem to be getting better so the team of four decided to utilize their skills to escape but not long after, they ran into a blue-skinned goblin with a powerful staff. This Goblin Chief proved to be a real challenge. Glemt, who was developing his magic talent, faced this Goblin while Tyr kept the other minions at bay. Laaneth worked on a strong spell to finish off the Goblin Chief in one go but she needed time to cast it which was secured by Swims-at-Night who snuck behind the Goblins and killed some of their strongest.

By the time Laaneth was done, a powerful dark spell was released and struck the Goblin Chief taking away its lifeforce in a blast. The spell was known as [Daedric Nova].

"Good work, guys. This is really exhausting." Laaneth said as she leaned on Glemt.

Noticing that she acted casually, she looked at Glemt and smiled apologetically. On the other hand, Glemt acted gentlemanly and gave a hand for Laaneth to rest.

"How are you doing?" Tyr asked her.

"I'm fine. Thank Azura." She said, "The people with you are…?"

"This is Glemt, I hired him to help me after I lost my backup agents. And that is Swims-at-Night, he will help us move in Cyrodiil hidden from the Dominion." Tyr introduced his Companions.

"Yes… hello." Laaneth greeted the two… while looking at Glemt.

"Hello." Glemt replied back with the same hint of interest.

Tyr noticed the airs between the two and wanted to facepalm at the most untimely encounter yet he had to butt in before anything develops.

"Laaneth, I've tracked the cultists for days till we found a place between Black Marsh and Cyrodiil where I found their plans and rescued Glem over here. Over there, we learned of a prophecy called 'The Culling'. I was hoping you can tell us what you know."

***

"Laaneth had learned that the cult was secretly led by Lord Naarifin, the Dominion warlord who had captured the Imperial City. To bring about the prophecy, he intended to sacrifice all of the city's inhabitants. Laaneth suggested they seek out the Imperial Army, then in exile in Skyrim, and warn the emperor of Naarifin's plot." (Kellen)

***

*Miles and Days later - Skyrim, Falkreath*

"No one in this tavern knows where the emperor's forces are camped out." Tyr said.

"Or maybe the locals just aren't fond of the Imperials." Laaneth replied while reading from a book.

"Not sure it is because of the Lizard?" Glemt pointed at Swims-at-Night.

"Do you have something against Lizards?" Swims acted ready for confrontation.

"Tone it down, boys. We are here for information." Laaneth said.

"These Nords won't tell us anything anyway." Swims replied.

Goodness! Be smart, guys. Should I expose a shoulder to one of the hunters to get information on your behalf?" Laaneth teased them.

"Nords are racist, Laaneth. Instead, you will get some angry wives chasing us with torches and pitchforks." Tyr said.

"… okay."

As the group joked around, the Nords started to get annoyed by the noisy strangers and some brutes decided it's about time to greet the outlanders. The four were surrounded by a dozen brutes who hand their fourth to fifth shots of mead and wanted to let the steam off.

"Whoops! Here we go." Glemt said as he cracked his fingers.

"Watch out for the flying bottles." Swims followed him.

"Why are they after us? Are they assassins? Dominion operatives?" Laaneth seemed a bit panicked.

"They're Nords. This is what we do for fun." Tyr joined the other two.

Laaneth had to slip away during the fight until the boys were done being boys and the fight was concluded with everyone getting more bruises and fewer teeth. Also, with a location on the Imperial Army.

The group departed from Falkreath to the Jerall Mountains in the south.

"If the locals weren't lying, the Legion should be nearby." Laaneth said as she checked her map and the Familiars she sent to the sky.

The weather was a bit too hard to deal with thanks to the constant snowstorms on the Jerall mountains but sooner than expected the group ran into Imperial Legionnaires.

"There they are!" Swims pointed.

"Something doesn't feel right." Glemt was cautious seeing the soldiers.

Meanwhile, Tyr advanced forward to greet the soldiers who are supposedly their allies.

"Hail! I am Tyr, knight brother of the Blades."

The coming soldiers halted from afar and became tense, next thing they did was to raise their bows and aim at Tyr and the others.

"They don't look pleased to see us." Swims said as he pulled Tyr away behind the cover of a rock and a rain of arrows followed.

"What in Oblivion are they doing?!" Tyr was taken aback.

"It seems our plan about making good cash from the Imperials is in the winds now." Swims sighed.

"Is it really necessary to talk about money now?" Laaneth scolded Swims.

"What's with it? Your sweetheart is basically here for the money as well." Swims pointed at Glemt.

Laaneth turned to Glemt with questioning eyes but he hurriedly shook his head.

"Hmph! Traitor." Swims was upset seeing how fast Glemt retreated.

"Let's just deal with those Imperials and think later."

Reaching this point in the journey, Glemt was already accounted for as a vital member of the party. He may have started as a prisoner in the south of Cyrodiil after getting rescued by Tyr yet he showed a real promise when it came to swordsmanship. Later on, he practiced the Aura and after meeting Laaneth, he learned Magic from her which made their relationship develop warmly. Now as soon as the fight with the Imperials started, Glemt was leading the counterattack with a blade in a hand and spell in another. He swept through the first round of soldiers like painting on the snow with strokes of their blood.

"Damn! He is natural at killing." Even an experienced rogue-like Swims-at-Night was fascinated by the skills of Glemt.

Once half of the Imperials fell to the group of four, Tyr started taking prisoners.

"Surrender now!" He called.

"No! We're not going back there. The Imperial Legion is doomed!" An Imperial soldier replied.

"… I knew it! You are deserters!"

The Imperial soldiers won't attack people out of the blue like how those people did so from the beginning, Tyr suspected them to be deserters.

"The situation is this bad?" Laaneth exclaimed.

"It seems we will run into more trouble from now on." Glemt said.

"Indeed. Trouble has already found us." Swims agreed while pointing up the mountain path.

Up there, another wave of Imperials came on horsebacks with a strong murderous aura surrounding them.

"Oh no. Look! Legate Cassia's arrived! Run men!" The Prisoner under Tyr and Glemt tried to escape but Laaneth's magic restrained them.

Soon, the other Imperials arrived and surrounded everyone else with their spears and lances.

"Well, look who it is. Thanks for taking out those deserters for me, Tyr. Have you come to serve the Emperor once more?"

Among the ranks of the Imperials, a pretty officer with short hair stepped forwards on a white horse. It was Legate Cassia.

"Cassia. We need to speak with him immediately." Tyr walked to her.

"… How serious?" She asked.

"Very."

***

The Imperial Camp was at the peaks of the Jerall mountains away from all the annoyance of enemy attacks.

During the past year, the Imperials retreated into Skyrim to make a regroup and retake operation that should have lasted less than a year but things escalated rapidly wrong. Whenever the Emperor tried to make a move, all his plans were seen through and he couldn't make any advance.

Eventually, all of Cyrodiil was under Dominion control even the harsh lands of Bruma.

Luckily, the Jerall Mountains area was a perfect fit to fortify the Imperial Legion from the Aldmeri Dominion. No matter how strong the Aldmeri Dominion is, they failed to take one step past the Pale Pass. On the contrary, the Nords of Skyrim has taken over the Pale Pass with most of the Jarls and the Clan heads of Skyrim gathered there.

This secured the back of the Imperials in the mountains by both supplies and men yet the situation has taken too long. The morals were dropping and the soldiers were exhausted from the rocky place.

Despite having the number superiority, the Empire was held at bay by the strong soldiers of the Aldmeri Dominion who were simply lurking around every corner under these mountains.

When Glemt and the party arrived at the Imperial Camp, they met with more of Tyr's relatives. Knight Commander Jonrad Firemane of the Blades and the Sergeant Hilda Firemane of the Volunteer unit were among the most visible Firemanes in the camp.

Those two made periodic hunts against the Aldmeri Dominion soldiers down in the mountain over the past year believing that if they can't take on the Dominion army once and for all, they will dismantle it even if it took them a hundred years.

"Typical Firemanes! Don't try to see the logic in their thinking." Tyr explained to his friends.

"I guess we are pretty much well experienced on the subject now, Tyr." Laaneth said.

"Believe me, between the Firemane kids, I was the quietest one… and the smallest." Tyr said with a disheartened face.

"Oh! Poor you." Cassia said as she walked out of the Emperor's Camp.

"Will he see us?" Tyr asked.

Cassia nodded and looked at the Blade Agents guarding the tent. They cleared the way for the party and the tent's curtain was pulled to allow them in.

"You are in the presence of His Imperial Majesty, Titus Mede II."

***

"The emperor was horrified to hear of Lord Naarifin's plan. But he knew an attack on the Imperial City was doomed to fail. Somehow the Dominion could predict his forces' every move. The hero volunteered to infiltrate the city, and discover the source of this ability." (Kellen)

"Was the city not guarded?" (Nagh)

"Ah! Well, you see, Naarifin had recently reopened the Arena. The hero resolved to pose as a gladiator to gain entry. Once inside, Swims-at-Night would lead them to a secret passageway into the White-Gold Tower." (Kellen)

~~~~~~~~~~

• P4TRE0N

pat×reon.com/eldokhmesy ( remove × )

• PayPal for Gifts

paypal.me/eldokhmesy

• Discord discord.gg/gKcKva7

• Instagram @don_dokhmesy

• Twitter @eldokhmesy22

You are reading

Dragonborn Saga

ebook which is a free download at

wWw.EbookUpdates.Net

.

Download more ebooks for free at

wWw.EbookUpdates.Net

.

488 Legends 4

A Double Chapter!

~~~~~~~~~~

(Part 1)

The largest city on Tamriel was home to a boundless population of humans that was restless since the day the Great War started. The truth is that the Aldmeri Dominion has spent numerous resources to keep the city in check relying on many policies to tame the public.

The people were between the upset and the mindless. Those who didn't care who sits on the Ruby Throne were either the Beast folk or the Elves but the Humans were the tough nut to crack in terms of controlling. Despite the Humans having the numbers, the Elves subdued all revolts with the power of their Magic sometimes crossing the lines to committing atrocities to the innocent Imperial that varied between public execution by archer squads or the "Aiming to Cripple" policy which rendered many innocents missing limbs or with unhealable deformities.

This was just the tip of the iceberg when it came to being remorseless towards the Imperials, the Prison was expanded not because of being too small to hold prisoners normally but because of being too small to have packs of prisoners in one cell. Imagine a prison cell with nothing but walls and a door holding to its fill a pack of humans who were forced to crowd together in the most humiliating fashion, none of them could sleep except while standing. Forget about the food which is actually some leftovers from the garbage that gets delivered every two or three days. Even those who die in prison were left to rot for days before taking them out of their cells.

Life in the prison was as if taking a hike into Oblivion. Oblivion! Even Oblivion wasn't this unpurposely tormenting.

Yet despite having all that cruelty they wanted to vent, the Dominion Elves found the best method to rule is using the "Carrot and Stick" policy. Their stick was brutish and remorseless as everyone could tell but they were also brilliant in controlling the carrot. They deprived the populace of many principle needs for long periods of time before offering them as gifts from the High Lords of the Dominion.

Despite how sly the elves were, this didn't stop the Imperials from resisting and getting involved in politics. Sadly, the Imperials were chaotic when it came to politics and some Imperial Nobles agreed to work with the Dominion to secure their positions while those who revolted were branded as terrorists. Many resistance groups were formed around the Imperial city but the Dominion used the terrain of the city effectively to prevent those groups from becoming one front. That's why those freedom fighters used the city sewers to roam and freely oppose the Dominion underground.

Returning to the "Stick and Carrot" policy, the Dominion had a trump card to use when they want to quill the tension of the public and that was none other than the Imperial Arena. It served as a good method to divert the public from the inner workings of politics. Also, it was used to cover big events as for example, a week ago, the city witnessed a heinous public execution when a resistance cell was found and the Thalmor Justiciar in charge of rooting it out used the families of the so-called terrorists to force them to surrender before killing every one of them as well as their families. This was to be handled behind closed doors but the Justiciar was too hot-blooded leading to a massacre. The situation was covered by the next day by announcing a grand tournament that the Imperials can attend.

[ > A/n: I know I spent 591 words talking about the situation of the Imperial City but there are some real-world references up there, stuff that happen for real and I just felt obligated to just mention.]

"Good people, by the grace of our liege Lord Naarifin, I welcome you back to the Arena! Because nothing unites man and mer like the spectacle of glorious bloodshed!"

The Imperial Arena was bustling with cheers despite the gloom that lurked around the city for those who were invited in to spectate were the hardcore all-time fans of the Arena and the ones who move with its hype.

In the Bloodworks, Tyr and Glemt were preparing for the fights. Their party has infiltrated the Imperial City two days ago as fighters who want to participate in the arena. Going through the process was easy because the Dominion Authority was desperate for good fighters and once they gained access to the Arena, they had to at least fight one match to be able to roam freely in the Bloodworks. The best fighters in the party were Glemt and Tyr who joined the Blue team.

Tyr stood before the Arena waiting for his match to come and sighed deeply.

"This is not bringing back happy memories." He complained.

"Come on! It'll be fun. Just like old times." Cassia teased him.

"What happened in the old times?" Glemt asked.

"Not of your business." Tyr retorted.

"Well, I'm glad you asked." Cassia, on the other hand, answered truthfully and without missing details about the last time Tyr entered the Arena when he tried to he was younger as he won many matches only to beaten in the Final Match by a masked knight who happened to be his cousin Jonrad.

Tyr seemed upset about remembering the bad days but later when the match started, he charged in, picked weapons from the wall and stormed through the yellow team almost by himself to vent off the bad memories that just resurfaced.

"Ladies and gentlemen, we have a winner. All hail the combatants from the blue team!"

The announcer called for the victorious Blue Team as the fighters greeted the spectators and withdrew quietly back to the Bloodworks.

"Great. Let's get out of here while they're collecting their winnings." Tyr whispered to Glemt and the two slipped away from the Arena silently leaving the rest of the Blue Team to take the limelight.

"Swims-at-Night has found a way to the sewers and contacted the resistance. We will be guided to the White-Gold Tower." Cassia met them and explained the situation.

"Good. Let's go."

The party of five regrouped at a certain spot after gaining access to the sewers through the Arena's Bloodworks. From there, they traveled silently in the vast network of the sewers.

"Are you sure these crypts will lead us right into the White-Gold Tower?" Laaneth asked as she felt disgusted by the place.

"Are you doubting the greatest smuggler in Tamriel?" Swims was offended.

"It's crawling with the undead." Cassia retorted.

"Well, if they were safe, everyone would use them." Swims found a fast excuse as he took out his saber to deal with the crawling dead.

The sewers of the Imperia City were known to be dangerous and the undead were just the welcome. It was said that during the second era, this place was crawling with the Reachmen (current day Forsworn) who once ruled the Empire under their emperor Durcorach of the Longhouse Dynasty. Those Reachmen used their Dark Magic to fortify the Sewers when their Empire was crumbling after the defeat of Durcorach.

Returning to the horde of the undead, it seemed that they were provoked once the seal on their area was opened and decided to crawl at whoever came towards them. After examining the walking dead, Laaneth learned that the undead were aiming at a certain altar outside the sealing chambers.

"I sense mystical power within that altar. Perhaps it can quiet the dead." Laaneth said.

Indeed as she said, the altar had a spirit of a woman tied to an object hidden inside it. This haunting spirit controlled the undead to free herself from the Altar.

Glemt broke the Altar and from within it, he took out the object that housed the haunting spirit.

***

"Amidst the broken bones of the fallen, the hero spotted an ancient grimoire, filled with the dread secrets of necromancy." (Kellen)

"Dared they meddle with such foul magic?" (Isha)

"Come on! Foul magic? This is the Fourth Era for heaven's sake." (Jon)

"No one is talking to a Magic freak like you! Necromancy is the wrong tool in the wrong hands." (Isha)

"Okay, boomer." (Jon)

"Well, some gifts carry too terrible a price. And as the hero was blessed by Kynareath for destroying that grimoire later on." (Kellen)

**********

(Part 2)

"Swims-at-Night had been as good as his word. The tunnel led the adventurers straight into the White-Gold Tower." (Kellen)

***

The group reached the White-Gold Tower that was crawling with Thalmor Guards, being the Imperial Palace and the center of the world, the Tower held great importance to the ever so arrogant High Elven Thalmor and they focused their operations in it.

It was hard to sneak in but with Cassia's knowledge of the interior and Tyr's sneaking abilities, the party of five reached the innermost section of the Palace.

"This must be Lord Naarifin's study." Tyr said as he opened the door to a very large and wide library were a lot of objects were lying around.

"Here we will find a clue for the mysterious Dominion Superiority. Split up and look everywhere. Don't make a sound if you detect any magical artifact, leave it to Laaneth." Cassia, as the officer in charge of the operation, passed down the commands.

The five split up in the large study searching every corner. At the western corner, Glemt found a strange glowing orb that showed images of other places. It was not hard to imagine what is the power of that Orb.

"Laaneth, come take a look at this." Glemt called.

She came to him and once she saw what he was pointing at, she almost freaked out. Swims-at-Night and Cassia came to see what he found and listened to Laaneth who explained things.

"The Orb of Vaermina." Laaneth exclaimed.

"What does that little thing do?" Swims asked.

"It's an Orb that was named after its Patron, the Daedric Prince of Dreams and Nightmares, Vaermina. Its ability is Scrying and as puny as it sounds, it is not your simple Scrying. It is Omni-Scrying. You can basically look anywhere and see anything, even a few seconds in the future."

Laaneth's explanation was enough to portray this artifact as the most dangerous weapon any army can have. Such a thing can turn an utter defeat into a complete victory, let alone an army as strong as the Dominion's.

"So that's how they were tracking the army." Cassia stomped with anger.

"Urgh!" A sound came from the other side of the study.

"So it is. And I'd like you to step away from it very slowly."

Across the room, three figures appeared. The first was a High Elf was a baleful presence followed by a towering Dremora who was holding Tyr under his sword. That Dremora was Reive.

"You!" Glemt recognized the man as the commander of the force who assaulted his caravan and killed his friends before this whole ordeal starts.

"Naarifin!" On the other hand, Laaneth recognized the High Elf as Narrifin, Warlord of the Aldmeri Dominion.

"Hmph! And you are the one who escaped from my temple." Narrifin recognized Laaneth.

Glemt hurriedly jumped into action and snatched the [Orb of Vaermina] from its pedestal holding it up in the air.

"You Dare!" Narrifin was infuriated by…

***

"The Bastard!" (Jon)

"…" (All)

***

Narrifin was infuriated by Glemt's action regardless of what he may have said to express it. Either way, he also had his leverage.

"Give me the orb, please... or your friend dies now!" Narrifin said as Reive's blade started to cut through Tyr's skin.

"No! Don't do it!" Tyr struggled to break free willing to give away his life.

Glemt had to make a terrible choice.

He looked at Tyr, his friend who taught him how to fight like an expert and faced danger together with him. It was simply impossible to sacrifice Tyr for the blasted Orb. But this Orb had the fate of the world relying on it.

Glemt made his mind.

He extended his hand to give the Orb to Narrifin yet as he was doing it, he smiled slyly at Tyr.

The two had a good synergy to their styles and once Tyr saw Glemt moving slowly, he stopped resisting giving Reive the impression that he was giving up but in the next second, Glemt tossed the Orb towards Narrifin.

"Careful!" Narrifin tried to catch the delicate Orb from crashing but…

"No!"

"Rraagh!"

Tyr struggled free from Reive for a second and charged at the Orb mindlessly hitting it to fly across the room and shatter on a marble pillar.

*Crash*

Yet that didn't go without a price, Reive charged with his sword behind Tyr and slashed at him causing a very deep cut to appear on Tyr's back that darkened as if it was burning.

"You fool!" Narrifin was horrified after seeing the Orb shatter.

He turned with anger at the party of five and gave his order.

"Now you will die. Reive, kill them all."

Cassia grabbed the wounded Tyr while Glemt, Swims, and Laaneth faced Reive and Narrifin.

"My Lord! My Lord! The Imperial Legion is attacking!"

From outside the study, a justiciar came running. The scene in front of him caused him to draw his sword and jump in front of Narrifin.

"Dammit! Reive, handle this." Narrifin said as he retreated from the fight leaving Reive and the Justiciar to handle the situation.

"We need to hurry, he is wounded." Laaneth called.

Meanwhile, Glemt and Reive were already clashing blades with one another.

"Lord Boethiah has granted me [Goldbrand], her greatest weapon, to end your miserable life!" Reive was swaggering with the blade in his hand.

It was [Goldbrand], the sword of Boethiah. A Golden Katana that was created by the Dragons themselves.

Glemt didn't back down and carried an aggressive assault against Reive. Once, this Dremora was his jailor and controlled his life when he was but a captive, he defeated Reive once thanks to Tyr's help but now, he has to fight it all by himself.

Minutes later, seeing Rieve lying on the ground with wounds all over his body, Glemt realized how far he has come. The next sword swing was all what it took to send Reive back to Oblivion.

*Tink* *Tink*

From Reive's hands, the blade fell on the ground and simply remained there. All those who are around looked at the blade as Glemt picked it up.

[Goldbrand], the Legendary sword, was now in the hands of Glemt. Boethiah didn't retrieve her sword by force.

"Let's get out of here, how is Tyr?" Glemt returned to the others.

"He's hurt, but he'll live." Cassia said as she supported Tyr.

"He's in no shape to travel." Laaneth added as she cast her best healing magic.

"Glem… Leave me… You need to get back to the Emperor… hurry!" Tyr tasked Glemt with returning back.

"Ever the tough guy. Come. Naarifin will have roused a hundred swords by now." Swims said as he took the lead to return back to the secret passages in the Tower.

Cassia and Swims supported Tyr while Glemt and Laaneth rushed back through the sewers. They managed to get out of the city and took a boat across lake Rumare. From there, they prepared horses to run across the heartland and reach the marching Imperial army in the south.

Tyr was left in a safe house on the road and the other four entered the Emperor's camp on the borders between the Heartland and Bruma.

"Look! The Emperor's Guards… someone killed them."

At that moment when they approached the camp, they noticed a large number of Imperial Soldiers fighting strange assassins that kept coming from the shadows. The Emperor's tent itself was caught on fire and the Emperor was fighting among his soldiers.

At that moment, Glemt interfered using his new blade [Goldbrand]. He waved it across the shadows and every assassin hiding there turned to ash. [Goldbrand] was no ordinary blade as it let out waves of fire that can easily render anything to ash.

As the assassins' were slain, the Emperor collapsed from a poisonous arrow stuck in his thigh. A healer specialist was brought to him and he was rescued by a hair's width.

"Thank the Divines. The emperor will live. Thanks to you." The Healer skillfully expelled the poison.

"He's in no shape to lead the assault." Laaneth said.

At that moment, the Emperor rose from his rest supported by Cassia.

"No. The troops... must believe the emperor is strong… we can't quit here."

Titus Mede II was determined to stand up but he was too weak to even move properly because of the effect of the poison. Hopeless, the Emperor made his choice. He turned to Glemt with hopeful eyes.

"Stranger. You have proven a mighty warrior. Here, take my armor. In my helm, none will know who you are. Lead the battle in my stead. The fate of the Empire is in your hands."

***

"Free from prying eyes, the Imperial forces launched a surprise attack from the West, followed by a similar attack from Cheydinhal. The hero would then lead the charge to the city gates. The Gates fell to the might of the Red Legion and the Hero charged in the Imperial Palace, there Lord Narrifin started the ritual of the Culling, many innocents were sacrificed throughout the year that the Imperial City. A showdown occurred between the supposed Emperor who was wielding Goldbrand and Lord Narrifin who open a Gate of Oblivion with many Daedra pouring through it. Thankfully, the Culling was premature and the might of the Hero ended the grim prophecy.

And so the city was saved. The people hailed the Emperor as a hero, little suspecting who their true savior was. The Forgotten Hero quietly left the city, little realizing that even greater adventures were yet to come. But that is a story for another evening." (Kellen)

"How is this supposed to help us? Our War Chief is dying. We need more than stories. We need…" Said Isha who was on the verge of slapping Kellen for wasting her time.

"What you need is hope. I saw your War Chief fight today in that ferocious mask of hers. As I think of it, it could have been anyone out there… It could have been…"

"Me."

Isha realized the moral of the story.

She stood up with a tranquil face looking at her companions around her. Mirren and Miranda may have had that thing going on so they were not available at the moment but Jon was sitting there meditating with the Ansei Ward of his. He smiled and gave her a wink both knowing how the Battle will be from now on.

"So… our deal is over?" Kellen asked.

"Indeed." Jon replied, "You helped to inspire Isha and read the scroll. I am ever thankful."

"Then we can leave, right?" Nagh asked carefully.

"Yes, my fluffy friend. You can go and take the scroll with you. My fate is already ruined enough, I'm not risking it for a fourth scroll." Jon said.

Kellen and Nagh looked at each other before standing up.

"It was an honor coming to know the Hero of Winterhold, Thane Jon Dare." Kellen bowed and left.

Jon smiled and shook his head. To think he would come across such an interesting story at this particular time. Fate was indeed mysterious. Glemt started as a normal man with no skills whatsoever but because of Fate, he grew to be a very capable warrior in just a few months. This meant that most of Jon's struggle thus far could be skipped once his Fate takes a turn and the Wheel turns on him.

Not just that but to think his uncle Tyr, his teacher Laaneth, and General Cassia had just history. Who would have thought!

Meanwhile, Kellen and Nagh met with Isha. Kellen spoke to her.

"Let's you and I pay our respects at the command tent. I have the strangest feeling that the War Chief is about to make a miraculous recovery."

~~~~~~~~~~

Find authorized novels in Webnovel，faster updates, better experience，Please click www.webnovel.com for visiting.

• P4TRE0N

pat×reon.com/eldokhmesy ( remove × )

• PayPal for Gifts

paypal.me/eldokhmesy

• Discord discord.gg/gKcKva7

• Instagram @don_dokhmesy

• Twitter @eldokhmesy22

You are reading

Dragonborn Saga

ebook which is a free download at

wWw.EbookUpdates.Net

.

Download more ebooks for free at

EbookUpdates.Net

.

489 The Ansei Wards 1

Big thanks for our new Patrons:

@Connor Ceola

@Valyndral

~~~~~~~~~~

*Three Days Earlier - 17th Rain's Hand (April), 4E 200*

Find authorized novels in Webnovel，faster updates, better experience，Please click www.webnovel.com for visiting.

When Beth informed Jon of the prophecy getting clearer, she said that they only have three days to prepare. In Jon's book, that's enough time to raise an army but an army wasn't enough.

What happens in three days? What happens in the 20th of Rain's Hand?

According to the System's Calendar, it is the "Day of Shame", a day in which the people of the seaside villages and cities of Hammerfell do not leave their homes. It is said that the Crimson Ship, a vessel filled with victims of the Knahaten Plague who were refused refuge hundreds of years ago, will return on this day. This plague was one of the deadliest diseases to infect the populace of Tamriel, lasting for 43 years, from the year 2E 560 to 2E 603.

The aftermath of the plague was the destruction of the non-Argonian population of Black Marsh and instilled outsiders with a fear of the province for centuries. Still, the most devastating effect was the extinction of a certain race of men called the Kothringi.

The Kothringi, much like the Atmorans and the Yukodans, were an original race of humans with a very distinctive silver skin. They are considered the only human race indigenous to Tamriel. According to the books of history, the last patch of Kothringi escaped from Black Marsh in a ship with crimson sails and tried to land in multiple docks seeking asylum and cure. Elsweyr, Valenwood, and Summerset refused the human refugees until they reached their human cousins, the Redguards of Hammerfell. By that time, the Plague was known to be very deadly and Hammerfell refused to take them in. It was the last thing known of the Crimson Ship and of the Kothringi race and a mark of shame in the Redguard history.

Regarding the prophecy of Beth, it marked the day of the return of the ship, the day to be there days from this day, the Day of Shame.

To the HoonDing Alliance, this was a very important piece of news that none was prepared for. It means that not only they have a Worm Cult to worry about but also a fleet of avenging wraiths that are holding a very nasty grudge.

"It is very nasty for them to return now of all times." Jon exclaimed.

"You are going to deal with it?"

"Of course, do you see any other Labourer around who is willing to deal with a disastrous plague… hold up a minute! I've dealt with the Mutated Disease in Morrowind, the Cursed Disease in Elsweyr, and now… a Sailing Disease… I like this development. What am I? A Laborer or a Doctor without Borders?"

"You are still doing very well." Beth said.

"Very well my ass!" Jon flicked her forehead, "Thank Goodness I have an Eternal Body else I wouldn't have lasted this long."

"Ouch! Abuser!"

"Cheeky brat!"

The two had to fight it out as if there was no ship carrying a deadly grave coming in three days.

"And these swords, you said they are the [Ansei Wards]?"

"Yes."

Despite being ancient, the [Ansei Wards] are the most important three relics in Hammerfell. When Hammerfell faced a great threat from a group of powerful elven necromancers, the Ansei heroes Majah, Radan, and Halelah sacrificed themselves to protect the people from the risen dead. As part of a covenant with Tu'whacca, each Ansei channeled their spirit into the blade they wielded in life. These swords became known as the [Ansei Wards] and would protect the land from even the most powerful necromancy.

"So, you think I am worthy enough to wield an Ansei Ward?" Jon asked.

"You are doubting yourself?" Beth was taken aback.

"I'm not overestimating myself. I'm not sure if I am a match to a real Ansei without the Voice and the is no living Ansei to proof the fact so…"

"You are right. You are not worthy to wield and Ansei. It won't accept you." Beth acknowledged what Jon said.

"Next time, sugarcoat it." Jon flicked her forehead again.

"Ouch!"

"What about Mirren and Miranda? Why did you choose them?"

"They are not worthy as well but they have a better chance than you." She added.

Jon was about to flick her forehead again but she dodged it cleanly.

"Nice one."

"Thank you."

"And what do you mean by that?"

"The two have a special bloodline, a strong magical bond, and a powerful blessing, you are not the only one with all that, you know."

"Then…"

"They have their own powers so don't be offended."

"Okay, that solves the problem. Three of us and three Ansei Wards, this should be…" Jon was about to conclude it but Beth cut his words.

"Actually, that only covers two Ansei Wards." She said.

"Do I have to teach you math as well?"

"The Altmer Twins will share a sword."

"Oh… okay. Who is the last swordsman by the by?"

"The only available candidate is the Prince of Stros M'kai."

"Kareem?"

"He is the most likely candidate at the moment even more than you and the Altmer Twins."

"You've got to be kidding me."

"He is gaining power by using the [Soul Sword] of Prince Ator. Given time, he will be able to wield an Ansei Ward."

So the situation looked like this, Kareem as the best candidate, Mirren and Miranda as the rising candidates, then finally Jon as the unlikely candidate.

"I'm not used to being on the wrong side of history." Jon said.

"Yeah, in your face." Beth acted smug like him.

Jon looked at her and flicked her forehead faster than she could ever react to.

"Ouch!"

"How do I solve this then? How can I wield an Ansei Ward?"

"Why would I help you…"

Beth was about to retort but when she saw Jon raising his hand, she cleared her voice and replied properly.

"You need to fully awaken the [Ebony Blade] and draw power from it similar to the way Kareem is doing with the [Soul Sword]." She said.

"You can't be serious… Do you know how long it took me just to awaken it eight times out of ten? Almost a year by now."

"Then, I would hurry up if I were you. You only have three days."

Jon felt like a rock crushing into his head as he felt the task he has for the coming three days.

Currently, the Necromancers on the Western front of the Alik'r Desert were stopped for now and the Citadel of Ebonarm regained its Masters and experts. The Southern and Eastern fronts were covered by the HoonDing Alliance and the North was taken care of by the King of Sentinel and the Imperial Legion.

"I need to head to Sentinal to recover the Wards." Jon made his mind to move.

"What about the awakening of the Ebony Blade?" She asked.

"One thing at a time."

Awakening the Blade means sacrifice. Jon was comfortable with sacrificing his enemies but for the bond between them was actually fake, these sacrifices barely feed the blade. It took almost a year to awaken the blade this far and now he needs to magically finish the awakening in three days. It was absurd and impossible.

He understands that he needs the Blade to fully awaken for the enchantment that can make his Swordsmanship Skill reaches the peak of its potential but the sacrifice's value needs to be good enough to feed the blade's hunger.

"Or maybe… I wonder."

***

Jon had to act fast from this point on. He made sure that the others don't need him for anything at the moment. The War Chief of the Citadel was being healed and in a better state compared to before, she also gave a speech and inspired the disciples of the citadel the moment she arrived. Isha was also busy as she was promoted into a full-fledged Battlelord in the most hasted ceremony ever.

Finally, he took Mirren and Miranda into a portal and traveled to where the Alliance is, thankfully, it was less than a day away from the Citadel.

"High Wizard of the Alliance reports to the Lord."

In public, Jon reported the achievements of the force that went ahead and hinted to Kareem what moves he should make next. Kareem put on airs before deciding to go aid the Citadel in the west. Later, Jon joined Kareem privately and briefed him of the prophecy.

"The Day of Shame? You surely jest."

"No."

"There is no way that is true! The Crimson Ship returns… not of all times?"

"Yes."

"Then we must… we should… I don't know what to do!"

"Obviously."

Kareem was freaking out all over the place while Jon was acting rather calm.

"Lord Krilon, what do you suggest?" Kareem asked.

"I was looking forward to the fact that you have some connections with the Royal family in Sentinel."

"… For the [Ansei Wards]? Forget it, the Royal Family won't give up on them." Kareem said.

"There are many ways to deal with that, just make the meeting happen."

Jon didn't take no for an answer and gave Kareem a few minutes to leave orders for the Alliance on how to move and make an excuse for his disappearance. He then dragged Kareem into a portal and took him north to Iliac Bay near the City of Sentinel, the glorious Capital of Hammerfell.

***

Sentinel is a great city of the Redguards and the capital of the kingdom of Sentinel. It is located in the northwestern hills of Hammerfell, overlooking the Iliac Bay. Its population is relatively low due to the inhospitable nature of the surrounding Alik'r Desert. However, some fertile fields can be found along the coast near the city.

The main street of the city of Sentinel is a great market between the docks and front gates. The city is an exotic retreat for the nobility of Daggerfall and Wayrest, who delight in the cooking, craftsmanship, and plays that can be found there, one of the reasons why the city was called the Desert Jewel and the Golden Pearl of Iliac Bay. Many great and famous people throughout history have called Sentinel their home including the renowned poet Weltan and the famous Redguard hero Cyrus.

During this night, the situation in Sentinel was dire and the mood was cold. Four days ago when the city was fending off the Necromancers, the opposite side of Iliac Bay in Daggerfall was having the "Day of the Dead", an annual holiday when people fortify their homes with candles and salt for the dead the ghosts of the dead rise that day to take vengeance on the living as the ghost of King Lysandus who would appear to haunt people on that day.

The thing was that the Necromancer used this to their own advantage and summoned the Ghost of King Lysandus and his army of ghosts in the middle of Sentinel to wreck havoc. If not for the fact that Prince Yazid was present in Sentinel and managed to stop the ghost of King Lysandus long enough till the Imperial General Cassia came to help, things would have taken a worse turn.

Right now, the Imperials were welcomed in Hammerfell as long as the undead are dealt with. If all goes well, this will improve the relationship between the Empire and Hammerfell to a certain degree. The Forebears of Sentinel would surely love that.

Putting all this and that aside, the Imperial came with an unexpected ally from Skyrim. A team of the Nordic Companions led by Vilkas and Aela, two famed Nord Heroes.

"Look at those soft guts, they saw some ghosts for one day and already hit the gutter. Bunch of snowberries!" Said a red-haired girl wearing light clothes.

"You can't blame them, Aela. Not everyone can handle those magic dead things walking around their homes." Vilkas replied to her.

The two represented two different opinions of the companions, Aela was the wild and brash version of the Companions while Vilkas was a quiet and calculative warrior.

Those two were on an expedition to hunt a large beast near Dragonstar. It was said to be a Bear with the size of a Mammoth. Such a beast killed many people and terrorized the region for months before it was put down by a special arrow crafted in Winterhold and shot by Aela.

It was a glorious hunt that Aela offered its hide in the name of Prince of the Hunt, Hircine and prayed to meet her lover in the near future. Luck smiled on her and fate worked on her favor for at the same time she was mocking the refugees that were flooding Sentinel near the city gate, a certain mage waltzed into the city through a portal and made the guards call for all manner of help.

The Companions charged into the city to meet the rogue wizard who happens to be a very familiar man with the tendency to do things at his own pace. Jon has arrived at Sentinel.

~~~~~~~~~~

• P4TRE0N

pat×reon.com/eldokhmesy ( remove × )

• PayPal for Gifts

paypal.me/eldokhmesy

• Discord discord.gg/gKcKva7

• Instagram @don_dokhmesy

• Twitter @eldokhmesy22

You are reading

Dragonborn Saga

ebook which is a free download at

wWw.EbookUpdates.Net

.

Download more ebooks for free at

Ebook Updates . Net

.

490 The Ansei Wards 2 : The Return of the Huntress

"Hey, king of Sentinel! Open up!" A certain man in Ebony armor stood under a balcony of the Palace of Sentinel and called for the king.

"Stop it!"

"Dammit!"

Meanwhile, an Elf and a Redguard were trying to stop him from making any political misunderstanding. Mirren and Kareem were about to die from the scare in case the wrath of the King of Sentinel was directed at them.

"Hey, King. Come out! We need to talk." Yet Jon kept calling.

Miranda was gracefully standing at the back looking around the garden they appeared in just now. A minute ago, Jon just opened a portal in the middle of the Palace's garden and kept calling for the king as if they are friends from the orphanage but strangely, no one replied.

It took some time for the people around the palace to realize what was going on. Even the king himself staring strangely at his men.

Back at the Garden, the guards of the palace flowed from all directions towards the source of the strange voice and once they saw what was going on, they realized they have not one but four intruders.

"Trespassers! Arrest them!" A guard shouted but then he made eye contact with Jon.

"Arrest us? How cute! Hey, King. Come out already, why do you have so many guards in your place?" Jon kept calling for the king in his uncivilized way.

"Come on! Stop already."

"Krilon, if you don't stop…"

Kareem and Mirren were desperately trying to reason with him but Miranda spoke.

"Stop it you to, don't you see he is doing it on purpose?" She said,

Hearing her say that, the two looked at each other and had a worse feeling than before. Jon acting on a plan is way worse than Jon acting on impulse, Miranda is smart enough to see through Jon's actions so her words must be legit.

Meanwhile, a certain man with a strong character walked out of the balcony looking down at whoever was calling for him.

"What is it?" He called back with a deep frown.

He looked at the garden to see the guards surrounding four figures one of them was familiar to him.

"Lord Kareem." The King spoke.

"King Abbas." Kareem stood straight and greeted the King of Sentinel.

King Abbas, a worldwide known strong character whose fame is widespread. A powerful warrior and a poet who reigned supreme after succeeding the Throne. He was a strong opponent to both the Empire and Aldmeri Dominion making him the idol of many Crowns despite the fact that he favors the Forebears. He looked like a man in his fifties with the Redguard features of black hair and dark skin. He had a moderate beard and long hair while being dressed in a combat robe.

"What is the meaning of this?" The King asked.

Kareem was begging his brain for a proper answer but Jon spoke instead.

"Hey! You are that King?" Jon asked.

Everyone around was speechless for a second before getting to reboot their brains once again. King Abbas himself was baffled.

"That… King!" The King repeated strangely then looked at Jon and giggling, "Yes, I am that King."

"Good! I was looking for you."

"And who are you, friend?" The King asked.

"I am Krilon. I came here looking for the Ansei Wards! You have them."

Jon couldn't be blunter than this. He barged into someone's house, called for him rudely and asked for his treasure just like that. The King seemed amused by the fact yet he focused on something else.

"You are Krilon? I am aware of the name. You are the Mage of the Alliance of the Lords in the south, right?" The King leaned on the balcony with a visible smile.

"Yes. I am the one. Looks like being the King is not for a show, after all, you know your things." Jon replied in a brash way.

"Ah! Of course, Hammerfell is like my own realm of Oblivion so I am well aware of what is going on." King Abbas replied.

"Good. You know what I want then, let's get this over with."

The King laughed and shook his head wryly. Just what kind of a strange character this Krilon was?

Find authorized novels in Webnovel，faster updates, better experience，Please click www.webnovel.com for visiting.

"Krilon. What kind of name is that?" He asked.

"Huh?" Jon tilted his head.

"I asked for the meaning of your name. Where does it come from?" The King asked, narrowing his eyes.

"I gave it to myself. It doesn't have a meaning in particular." Jon said keeping the brash act.

"Is that so? Then where are you from? And what kind of face under that mask?" The King kept asking.

"You are getting complicated all of a sudden, King. Why do you need so many answers?" Jon stomped with his foot.

"Well, you are asking for the Ansei Wards, I should at least who am I giving them to, right?"

"Oh… Oh! Right… you are a wise man, King." Jon agreed and removed his mask, beneath it was his appearance from his past life remodeled to fit on his large body.

He didn't look too different from his original face but all the Nordic features were not there making him more mysterious than before.

"Hmph! Are you an Imperial… or a Redguard? No… too large." The King finally showed signs of being baffled but he soon returned to the composed atmosphere that fits a king. "Where are you from, Krilon?"

"Me? I don't know." Jon said.

"What do you mean?"

"I was born on the caravans that roam Tamriel, I have no particular home." Jon claimed to be a man of unidentified ancestry.

He was a human indeed, he could be more of a Redguard or Imperial than other races but he still was hard to identify. It was then when the king made an understanding face.

"So… A Nomad." The King nodded and stroked his beard.

Nomads are indeed the answer the King thought of and the thing Jon was aiming for. In his mind, Jon was making a victory pose but he kept a calm face.

Nomads are the uncultured folk that roam the land. They are not fixed to one place or fight for any country much like the Orcs. They don't even follow any faith and have little to no understanding of modern society. They may treat a King like Abbas the same way they treat anyone without even realizing what is wrong with that.

All in all, they are people who are impossible to educate in normal standards. One of the things they are unique for is that in their ranks, they are joined by all sorts of people from all sorts of races. This mobile society survives on hunting, gathering and raising cattle. Some are peddlers who carry goods from one place to another while some are performers or even raiders. There is no way to predict those damn nomads whatsoever.

Now that he thinks about it, in the report that arrived lately about the HoonDing Alliance led by Prince Kareem of Stros M'kai, it was said that the mage Krilon is accompanied by a Minotaur, a type of a creature that civilized people won't associate with.

If this Krilon guy was a Nomad, then things will dramatically change.

Jon knew that the King had the impression that he is the actual leader of the HoonDing Alliance rather than Kareem who acted as a figurehead. This was actually true but now that Jon acted as a brash Nomad in front of the King, then it is impossible for a Nomad to organize an army and give the cult this serious beating.

The King looked between Jon and Kareem and bought the act Jon was selling, he suspected Kareem to be the actual leader of the HoonDing Alliance and Krilon is just a Nomad who came across Kareem somehow and was convinced to join the fight against the Worm Cult. If that was all true, then Prince Kareem of Stros M'kai had more talent than what the King knew.

"Fine, guide them in." The King gave a signal to his guards as he decided to take a closer look at those sudden guests.

Jon kept a natural face until he put back the mask and then let out a wide smile. With [Lust] on, he can be the greatest actor on Tamriel. The powers of "Metamorphosis" and "Truth Inducement" were not just for interrogation or changing appearance but can do much more than that. He skillfully slipped through the judgment of king Abbas for the sole reason of keeping a low profile and shifting the credit for establishing the alliance for Kareem.

The only one who realized Jon's plan other than Miranda was…

{This Nord Bastard…} A voice rang into the head of Kareem.

Kareem lowered his gaze to the sword on his hip and held the hilt.

"Lord A'tor?" He whispered.

{When that blasted Nord said he would make you the figurehead, he didn't mention anything about a scapegoat.} The voice of Prince A'tor spoke to Kareem.

"W… What do you mean?" Kareem almost went pale.

{Hmph! He shifted the attention of the King to be all one you. Seriously, this sly man is…}

{Come on, don't go so hard on me.} Yet another voice interfered in the telepathic bond of Kareem and the Soul Sword.

"What is going on?" Having too many voices in his head, Kareem almost tripped while walking but Jon gave him a hand.

Jon waved with his staff explaining that he is using it to hijack the signal.

{As far as I know, Prince A'tor is a very seasoned commander and politician.} Jon spoke directly to Prince A'tor through Kareem's head.

{My reputation was exaggerated but I know what I am doing.} Prince A'tor replied.

{Says the man who convinced Tiber Septim to make peace with Hammerfell and even gain a self-ruling right under an Imperial Administration? I'm afraid that it would be hard to think of you as any less.} Jon said.

{Sigh! You are as irritating as that man. He kept playing pranks all the time.}

{Haha! Did he make any dick joke about a man trapped in a sword?}

{… Bastards.}

{Pffft! I'll take that as a yes.}

{What do you want?} The Prince was irritated with Jon.

{Nothing much. I may be putting some pressure on our friend here but I trust that a sword like you… a Prince like you is able enough to mentor him during such situations. Other than that, please forgive my impulsiveness.}

Jon smiled warmly but he was actually giggling slyly. On the other hand, Kareem was at his wit's end. Two voices were having a rather comfortable argument through his head, it was a bit too much for him.

As Jon turned away and wanted to haste forwards just a bit, a sudden change in the air caught the attention of the group and all turned to a certain direction. A split second later, an arrow was hurling at Miranda's throat.

Jon wanted to react but luckily, Miranda bent backward and fell on her back avoiding the arrow that landed on the ground digging a small pit where it landed.

"Wow!"

Everyone in the group felt a cold chill and looked towards where the arrow came from. Not sure how, a red-haired young woman came through the garden of the palace charging at Miranda as if she was the killer of her kin.

Mirren and Kareem tried to stop her but they were sent away by a swing of her arm. She looked at Miranda, held her from her clothes then started dragging her away.

"Hey! Do something!" Mirren called for Jon but the latter was nowhere to be seen.

Miranda tried to resist but she proved to be weaker than the red-haired young woman.

"What… are… you?" Miranda struggled to break herself free and once she took a step away, she pulled out her daggers and faced the red-haired woman.

"Who am I? No. Who are you? Why do I smell him all over you?"

~~~~~~~~~~

• P4TRE0N

pat×reon.com/eldokhmesy ( remove × )

• PayPal for Gifts

paypal.me/eldokhmesy

• Discord discord.gg/gKcKva7

• Instagram @don_dokhmesy

• Twitter @eldokhmesy22

You are reading

Dragonborn Saga

ebook which is a free download at

wWw.EbookUpdates.Net

.

Download more ebooks for free at

wWw.EbookUpdates.Net

.

491 The Ansei Wards 3, 4, 5

> First and Foremost, I would like to congratulate us on releasing our actual Skyrim SE gameplay on YouTube (voided by the humble me) and all.

https://youtu.be/HzJqcrMWLbE

Give it a Like and Subscribe to the Channel.

Also… The Biggest Thanks there is to the out new {S Rank} Patron, the esteemed 👑 @ivar o 👑

Also, thanks to our new patrons:

@Madcalamity

@shtirlic3523

A TRIPLE (x3) Chapteeeer! (x3)

~~~~~~~~~~

(Part 1: A Dragon and A Wolf)

Each girl Jon is in a relationship with is different in a way.

Alina is the sweet lady-like well-endowed beauty who tends to him the most, she is a two-faced person not in a bad way but her anger is something that makes the weather shift, she is quite the jealous type but she knows her position as the only woman who stands to him shoulder to shoulder, his true partner.

Jullanar started as Jon's thrall and takes pride in every aspect of the fact. She shifts moods all the time like day and night, she likes strange things and tends to please Jon by anything possible. She was with him long before Alina and all know her value to him. Despite all that, Alina never got jealous of Jullanar because the former knew that the latter has something that she never had and quite admired, a sprinkle of crazy.

On the other hand, Aela was the latest addition to the family and the former two didn't accept her well at first. She was a Werewolf and she loved to be violent in her relationship with Jon. She also doesn't live under Jon's roof and prefers to journey all over Skyrim then return to him telling tales. Jon quite liked her attitude and Alina let it pass for the only reason for Jon getting less involved with the bathhouse girls after Aela joined the gang. Aela was later accepted by Alina and Jullanar especially during the time Jon went missing in Markarth, she spared no effort and mobilized every Companion in Markarth not leaving the Reach until Jon was found.

Between the passionate Alina, the naughty Jullanar, and the hardcore Aela; Jon managed to please and be pleased with three women but once he had to leave Skyrim. It started to feel a bit lonely and his Meditative Training started to decline because of the lack of partnership to exchange Anuic and Padomic energies.

That was until he met Miranda and hooked up with her. As his latest partner, she was well aware of his Wife, Girlfriend, and Mistress; respectively Alina, Jullanar, and Aela. Jon and Nefertiti would talk about them all the time. Despite being a smart person, Miranda was dense regarding relationships despite her masochist tendencies and barely thought of Jon's partners as anything she should be wary of. But now… now she was in front of Aela not knowing who she is up against.

Between Aela and Miranda, Aela was much stronger. She put down both Mirren and Kareem in one move dragged Miranda all by herself. Forget about martial skills and artistic moves; Aela was faster, stronger and moved efficiently without wasting energy. She was with Jon much before Miranda and learned meditation and a lot of things from him, she was not someone they can compete with.

On the other hand, Miranda was pulling her karambit daggers to face Aela after losing her bow.

Aela was wearing a fur armor which was known to be just trash yet her version of Fur armor was none other than [Savior's Hide], the armor that can even block a stab from the [Spear of Bitter Mercy].

"Come, I'll give you a good thrashing and make you talk." The Huntress said with a wild grin.

Her face was scary even with her beautiful looks. The paint on her face covers most of that beauty but one closer look is enough to reveal it all. On top of that beauty, her Aura was that of a Beast, a terrifying Aura that gives terror and makes the opponent feel weak and tremble with primal fear. Her red hair was disheveled as she likes it to be giving the Huntress the looks of a true wildling and just like Miranda, she is a master of archery and dual daggers.

"Hya!"

Miranda didn't want to be exposed to Aela's intimidation more than that so she took the first step to attack. She stepped forward not rushing and performed an uppercut with her blade aiming at Aela's neck, Aela avoided but an instant later, she discovered that Miranda was ghosting another attack with her knee under that uppercut.

Anyone would be confused by Miranda's flexibility but not Aela, she opened her maw wide and bit Miranda's knee… with her mouth.

This was not natural.

This was not normal by all means.

Miranda felt the pressure on her knee from Aela's jaws and felt like her bones would crash even with a plate protector guard on her knee. The way Aela's jaw moved and started to transform was scary.

Miranda tried hard to free her knee before Aela could chomp it off so she stabbed towards Aela with a dagger and cut the strip of her knee guard with another yet Aela was much faster. Aela caught Miranda's two hands stopping all her movements. Miranda risked it all in one move by using the other knee and finally managed to hit Aela's face and free her knee. Instantly, she took space away from Aela.

Seeing Aela transform, Miranda realized this was no normal transformation. Aela was not transforming into a normal werewolf with a regular appearance. She was in a more human appearance than that of a monster. Only her jaws extended a little and her arms and legs grew larger with red fur covering them, her back and feet didn't even extend like a normal werewolf.

What sort of transformation was that? Miranda couldn't help but question the fact.

Aela was clearly a werewolf but to think she was capable enough to only activate the Beast Form partially to the point where she can just take out the biological weapons of a werewolf and ignore the rest of the transformation?

Aela had the sharp fangs for teeth in her jaws and the sharp claws for her nails. This was an efficient and complete accurate transformation to the point where she still looks recognizable. She didn't even look feral or out for blood, she was grinning playfully watching Miranda lose her cool.

"You're done for, soft gut."

Aela jumped while sweeping with her claws at Miranda's face but all of a sudden, a portal opened between the two and someone flew from it.

"Get out of here. This is not your place to hide."

"Yes, this is our place only. Don't you hide in little girls' places once again."

Nefertiti and Beth seemed to have kicked Jon out of the Shadow World.

"No! Wait!"

He desperately tried to go back but by instincts, he was already blocking Aela's claw attack and Miranda's desperate stab.

Nefertiti and Beth grinned playfully and closed the portal to Shadow World. Just a minute ago, Jon detected Aela's Aura way before she detected him and went as far as using the [Skeleton Key] to gain access to the Shadow World. Nefertiti and Beth who were hanging out over there discovered him and sent him away by force right in the most awkward of positions all thanks to Beth's accurate planning and Nefertiti's flawless execution.

Meanwhile, Jon was feeling some intense gazes burning through him.

"H- H- Hey, girls… I see you've already… met."

*Swoosh*

Find authorized novels in Webnovel，faster updates, better experience，Please click www.webnovel.com for visiting.

*Swoosh*

All of a sudden, their anger was completely directed at him. Flawlessly, Jon teleported away.

"We can talk about this, just calm…"

"Don't tell me to calm down!" Miranda was displeased.

"You unfaithful man!" Aela was more aggressive.

"O- Okay."

Jon was feeling awkward about the two girls facing each other this way and him hiding at this time. He knew that Aela won't hurt Miranda or Miranda would be able to hurt Aela but the two were still on bad terms.

"That's your werewolf girlfriend?" Miranda put on Altmer airs.

"Hmph! You're dating a snowberry Elf." Aela mocked Miranda bluntly.

"Okay… I guess you guys should… maybe calm down."

"I'm leaving… going ahead." Miranda didn't want to stay any longer and walked away.

Jon looked at Miranda as she left and didn't say much, he then turned his eyes at Aela and wanted to say something but he only smiled at her.

"You're still short-tempered." He said.

She looked at him as she reversed her transformation quite smoothly.

"… You're still playing around." She said.

"Come on, is that what is really making you upset?" He asked as he walked closer to her. He extended his hand to hold her hand but she walked back.

"Don't touch me!" She said and backed off.

"But I missed you." He walked after her.

"Yea… were you thinking about us when you were with your Elf doll." She asked.

Jon looked to the side and wanted to stand up for Miranda but as she Aela said, Miranda actually looked like a doll or rather a wax statue. She was exceptionally beautiful even for human standards.

"She's better than other elves, believe me." He said.

"She looks like a dumb blonde bimbo." Aela pushed him away.

"She is not dumb at all, she is quite smart actually and she is very perceptive and quick-witted." He felt like he had to stand up for Miranda.

"Really? Fine, she's a High Elf, she's blonde, she's taller than Alina. Do you have any idea how many household rules you broke so far?" Aela asked.

Jon frowned and started counting.

"… All of them!" His face went pale when he remembered about the household rules.

"Get your shit together, Jon. Don't you know how insecure Alina is about girls taller than her?"

"… Okay, okay…" Jon said as he removed his mask to wipe off his sweat.

As he was about to put it on again, Aela held his hand making him halt on putting the mask.

"Oh… sorry." Jon realized he had the mask on the whole time.

Aela looked at the fact that she hasn't seen for more than a year. She smiled forgetting all her rage just now.

"You haven't aged one day." She said.

"A few." He said, "After a certain point of Meditative Training, I got to have an Eternal Flesh. My aging has stopped." He said.

"You… You are immortal?" She backed down with a yellow face.

"No. my appearance doesn't age beyond 18 anymore. It is after you complete the perfect human frame." He said.

"Oh! Right… Alina was about to advance the last time I met her… but she was halting it for some time."

"I see… she must have figured out that there are Aetherial Tribulations."

"What is that?"

"Nothing you should concern yourself with right now." Jon said as he touched her cheek.

She reacted by trying to bite off his hand but he retreated his hand away.

"Haha! Don't be mad at me." He said.

"Who is mad? I hate soft moves, you sweet roll. Be a man."

"Goodness me! They keep calling you the Huntress this and the Huntress that. They should just call you Mad Dog Aela."

"Mad Dog? Fine, this Mad Dog is about to dig her claws in your back and her fangs in your ears." She said as she held him violently.

"Oh!" Jon smiled playfully, "You only do that when you hit the climax." He joked.

On the other hand, she was serious to the point where her claws actually started to grow.

"How do you do that?" He asked.

"Alina said I've refined parts of the Daedric Wolf Spirit in me so I can control it more."

"Fascinating!" Jon was completely aggroed by the new discovery.

"Now, I'll refine that Dragon between your legs."

"Oh! Are you now?" Jon felt like being flattered and changed his accent a bit Bretonish, "Well, I must say I'm quite intrigued but we are in a Royal Garden now and I hate to make the king wait."

"You care?"

Jon looked around then called out Mirren on Telepathy.

{Make the King wait.}

"Hm?"

"He'll wait."

**********

(Part 2: King Abbas)

Sometime later, Jon joined the group back in the front of the king's palace where some guards were on standby.

"Quiet blunt of you to make the king wait." A young man spoke to Jon directly.

"Can't a man do his business in peace?" Jon replied rudely.

"Tsk! Damn Nomad!" The other man didn't seem to be quite pleased with Jon's attitude.

"Hmph!" Jon snorted in disdain not even willing to acknowledge whoever the man in front of him is, "Where is the King?"

To Jon's question, the man turned his head.

"He's making us wait as well."

"Really now?" Jon didn't seem to like it.

"Peasant, when you are presented in front of the king, you better get on your knees." The young man present spoke to Jon.

"Why? Do you guys have walking problems when you stand in front of that King?" Jon spoke bluntly taking the Nomad role a bit too far.

"You insolent…" The young man was about to rush at Jon but a voice stopped him.

"Prince Zaid." It was Aela calling for him.

Zaid stopped glaring at Jon when he saw Aela and made an awkward face.

"Warrior Aela, it is nice to see you. What brings you here?" He asked with all smiles.

Aela rolled her eyes while looking aside then faced the young man who happened to be a prince once again.

"I was checking those infiltrators and investigated around." She said.

"Investigating? Oh, you mean the banging that happened a while ago?"

""Banging?""

For some reason, both Aela and Jon reacted the same reaction at the same time with the same tone and the same fright.

"Yes, the land was banging a few minutes ago. We dispatched some soldiers around the city but it seems that the bangs came from the palace so the king is keeping it under lockdown until the source is identified." Prince Zaid said.

"Oh! That banging!" Jon made an understanding face so fast.

"Yes, I felt something of the way. It was quite strange and I looked around. Maybe something related to magic." Aela dismissed it as doubtless as Jon.

"Or maybe something dormant like a Sleeping Dragon." Mirren wanted to add something to the mix.

"How accurate!" Jon mindlessly agreed.

"Not really." Aela said glaring at him.

"No. It was definitely banging." Miranda confirmed it.

"... Maybe." Jon wanted to avoid that word.

"Definitely, it also should have felt good… those bangs… in the ground." Aela directed a sassy tone to Miranda who looked unamused.

Mirren looked between Miranda and Aela after being briefed about Aela's identity from Miranda just a while ago and managed to envision what just happened. He looked at Jon with wide eyes but Jon pushed his face away.

Meanwhile, not anyone other than those four could figure it out and thought that Aela and Miranda had some sort of rivalry after they fought earlier.

"Lord Kareem, please keep your attendants in check?" Prince Zaid wanted to take Aela's side.

"Keep who in what?" Jon questioned.

"Did I direct words to you, Nomad?"

"Do you need to direct words at me for me to reply to you? How do you, city rats, even speak properly?"

"This man… he's unbearable. I'll report your group for slandering Warrior Aela." Prince Zaid pointed fingers at Jon then turned to Aela and tried to invite her away from those barbarians but got bluntly refused.

Not long after, the chamberlain came out from the palace's main building and invited Kareem and his group in. The inside of the palace was very decorated with the Redguard style that came second only to the Aldmeri architecture in its beauty.

With fountains, goldware, and damsels all over the Sultan's Palace, Jon couldn't help but shake his head wryly. What was this dumb King trying to do?

It was clear as day, he wanted to impress the Nomad Mage known as Krilon. The man who walked into the Royal Palace of Sentinel without alerting anyone, the man who is supposed to be a Nomad whose civil experience follows its basic needs.

Jon always wanted to be underestimated by acting like the sheep to eat the wolf. Why he played the Role of a Nomad was for a situation like this when the king tries to impress him with shiny stuff to rope him to his side.

Probably the reason why the kind shut the palace for a little while and sent a prince to make sure the guests are in check was to prepare this scene to amaze a pumpkin-like Krilon.

Sadly, he was playing in Jon's hand from the get-go. Jon dumbed the credit on Kareem, acted as Nomad and will keep playing idiot till the end.

And now, in front of the king, Jon and the others stood.

"So, King. The swords we came for, did you prepare them? You should know they are vital in destroying the walking dead, right?" Jon ignored all else around him and directly spoke to the king.

The people around the king were baffled by the unmannered Nomad and wanted to educate him but a mage with Krilon's name had his disposition for his immense power was known across Hammerfell by now.

King Abbas was trying to see a weakness in the man named Krilon but the latter seemed to be fortified in a layer of density.

"Mage Krilon, why don't you sit down and enjoy yourself first. The palace is a tranquil place and mages such as yourself must value quiet…" The king said but Jon cut him.

"Battle Mage." He said.

"Hm?" The King questioned.

"I am not a Mage, I am a Battle Mage." He said ever so proudly.

Jon can be called both a Mage and a Battle Mage before but this time, acting as a Mage that only serves in fights gives him the opportunity to not be swayed by research offers and colorful materials.

The King sighed and regarded Krilon as a tough nut to crack. He needs his ally, Kareem, in pocket first and from there, he can exercise some control on Jon but from what it looked like, Jon was pretty independent of the Army. The easiest thing to rope such a person would be to play along with their game until favor is indebted.

"So, Battle Mage. You are in need of my Ansei Wards, you should know the value of those Ward to Sentinel and all of Hammerfell, right?" King Abbas asked.

"True. Items of olden times forged by and from the Souls of three Heroic Sword Saints, Sword-Singers is what they called. They forged a pact with a Divine Spirit and became the ultimate bane of Necromancy in Hammerfell… or so the myth tells." Jon said in the manners of a mage.

"Impressive! A student of the Arcane indeed. Then you should know what it means to possess a Shehai left by a long-dead Sword Singer."

"I do know. Sword Singers have long since gone extinct, a tradition every Redguard dreamt about being the Hero who would bring back. A power so terrifying that it devastated the old home of Redguards and from its name, the mystical classification for it should be Tonal Magic, the strongest known magic."

"Remind me not to underestimate the knowledge of a mage next time." The King giggled.

"Don't underestimate the knowledge of a mage next time." Jon replied.

"Ahahaha!" The King burst out in laughter.

"The swords?" Jon asked.

"They are here but… let's say you convinced me to give them to you, do you really think you can wield them?" The King asked.

Unamused, Jon gave a silent sigh and nodded.

"Oh! And who might that be? The Elf girls?" The King questioned.

"We are not sure yet but one of our group can." Kareem said.

"Hmmm… and you want to use the wards to protect the land from Necromancy." The King seemed rather doubtful.

"You'll have to do with anyone who can wield a Ward." Jon said.

The King was offended at this one word Jon said.

"For a Nomad without a sense of belonging, this is rather easy for you to say but I wish to see no one other than Redguards wield those Blades. Do you understand?"

The King felt like he was taking this matter over the very survival of his nation, Sentinel. Jon could understand him very well actually for he holds Winterhold in the same value.

"Loud and clear." Jon nodded, "But whatever that is, you must know that wielding not one blade but all the three will require you to widen your area of search. I think you are already looking for candidates to wield the Ward."

"Indeed."

"I've brought you four and better now than never."

The King seemed to be less amused than Jon. Now were troubled times and this mage Krilon seemed to be less cooperative than ever. Such a powerhouse can't be let to roam the lands freely else he is to be considered an enemy of the powers of the lands thus would any monarch react yet one thing was certain and that was the need for a man like him was important at the moment. It is "if you are not with us, you're against us" but now is not the time for infighting.

"You are smarter than you act, mage. The offer still stands until the dead are dealt with." King Abbas spoke his rule and stood off his comfortable seat.

The funny thing was that the other people and erotic maids littered around the room all walked out as unamused as their king, one could see that each one of them was carrying a dagger or a blade hiding carefully. Jon couldn't help but grin, a harem of housecarls is a dream to every nobleman indeed.

Following the king who walked to a certain place in his palace and following him through a corridor well hid in plain sight, the group arrived at a stairway leading down to a vault protected by a Dwemer Brass gate and a bunch of stone crafted statues of warriors on both sides of the hallway leading to it.

"Beyond that gate lies the sacred blades, advance at your own risk." The King said as he pushed the brass door open.

**********

(Part 3: The Gay Scene… Gone Wrong)

In there, a room was revealed looking run down with some parts of its wall crumbled and sand coming down from at a corner. From the gate, there was a stone walkway and at its end was a crucial platform with three statues taking three different poses. [Pic "Ansei Wards Hall" in Instagram and Discord]

On the walkway, there were some young men and women who were crawling on the ground trying to advance forward, some were even passed out while others were in critical condition.

"The Ansei Wards are not just some fancy sword kept under the Palace. They can even protect themselves in this hall as well as the rest of Hammerfell weakening all Necromancy." The King said.

"So, they should just be kept here weakening all the presence of Necromancy in general." Jon said.

"If that's the case then you are right but lately, this grim sky above our home is nullifying the effect of the Wards. They are called Wards for the sole reason of being kept here to protect, not to be taken out to strike." The King explained.

"And what went wrong?" Jon asked pointing at the men and women lying on the hallway.

"The Ansei Wards must be taken every Era for a pilgrim by three worthy champions to renew the pact with Tu'whacca. The power of the three Ansei Majah, Radan and Halelah can't provide the Wards forever and so it must be done. A pilgrim to the long lost Ansei Pyramid." The King said, "I've heard that a Mercenary with the name of Krilon has discovered it alongside the Citadel of Ebonarm and that's when the situation all started."

"You are missing a lot of details so don't be a hasty judge." Jon replied.

"I am not a hasty judge so I want to hear the details but for now… let's see which of your candidates has what it takes." The King said and kept watching.

"What's with them? Why can't they move?" Mirren asked pointing at the young men and women in the room.

"Sword Pressure." Jon replied.

"Oh! You are knowledgeable about Ansei Swordsmanship?" King Abbas question Jon.

"I've read the extended edition of the Book of Circles and practice from it." Jon said.

"That makes you a Redguard… honorary one, at least." The King said in mockery, "Well, which one is going first?"

Without answering, Miranda walked out first with her face expressionless but Jon could tell how annoyed she was. He hurriedly held her back from the shoulder.

"Not now." He said then looked at Kareem, "You go first."

"Am I really that much of a scapegoat to you?" Kareem refuted.

"You are any kind of goat you want to be other than a scapegoat. Just be done with it already, you'll do it in a jiffy."

Jon had a lot of faith in Beth's prophecy. With the [Soul Sword] of Prince A'tor acknowledging Kareem, he can easily go and get an Ansei Ward.

"Alright." Kareem became dejected and stepped forward inside the room with his hand on the hilt of his sword.

He was clenching his teeth expecting the pressure to crush him down like how it did with the others but it didn't. He was just standing there opening his eyes slowly. He was covered by a dim golden Aura that kept going brighter each second as he just stood there.

The King opened his eyes wide and couldn't believe what he just saw.

"Here you have it. A Redguard prince whose lineage is noble and deeds are known." Jon said bragging with Kareem.

"Amazing!" King Abbas with enthralled by the mystical energy covering Kareem.

The King was a spearman rather than a swordsman so he took no part in the ceremony that kept failing. However, this was the first time in his life to regret choosing the spear over the sword when he was young.

"Hey, just get it over with already, we've things to do." Jon shouted at Kareem and the latter woke up from his daydreaming.

As he was about to go to the platform to carry an Ansei Ward, he looked at the nearest person to him lying on the ground. A sense of justice and mercy kicked in him and he got down to carry the man and walked him out.

"Seriously?" Jon cringed at the politeness of Kareem and simply walked to the side.

Kareem didn't stop what he was doing and rescued every man and woman affected by the pressure until he arrived at the last person whose hands just touched the platform. This was by far the most talented individual in the group to reach this far in the room.

"Prince Yazid!" Kareem exclaimed.

Prince Yazid son of King Abbas, the heroic prince who led the fighters of Sentinel against the Necromancers in the past couple of days, was here as well.

"Ka- Kar...eem?" Yazid reacted to Kareem as he regained his consciousness slowly.

"Hold on, I'll get you out."

As it seemed, Kareem and Yazid were friends and very close at that since the days Kareem was studying at the Academy of Sentinel. Such a reunion was a good motivator for Kareem to stick to the righteous pass despite Jon's glares.

As he was done, Kareem hurried to the Circular Platform once again. Once he stood in front of it, he started to feel the pressure that was fended off by the [Soul Sword] so far. Still, he managed to remain his ground and took one more step ahead.

At that time, one of the statues reacted by glowing in blue light.

"You really have some good lighting effects here in Hammerfell." Jon mocked with a grin.

The King snorted and kept focusing on Kareem.

This blue light started to condense outside the statue on the right and formed a sphere which then morphed into the ghost of a person. A Sword Saint!

The Sword Saint looked at Kareem and spoke some words that only Kareem could hear, he then disappeared and the statue's hand opened releasing the sword that fell down.

Kareem seemed to be ready and picked the sword right away. Without any lighting or sound effects, he took the sword and went back.

"Hey, hey. Show me, show me."

All of a sudden, both King Abbas and Jon held Kareem to a corner and started inquiring him about what the sword feels like and what did the Spirit of the Sword Saint say. It was too much for Kareem whose nervous attitude got the best of him and made him crash.

"Hey, get away from him."

At that moment, Prince Yazid who was resting on the side got up and pushed the King and Jon away from Kareem.

"He is unaware of it but he spent a lot of Energy to save us all. At least give him a breather." Prince Yazid said.

"Just that made him go that pale? Hmph! Kids these days. Back in the day we would have swallowed a whole jug of camel ghee and patrolled the desert twice on foot." The King felt disappointed.

"That's very boomer of you." Jon cringed by King Abbas and lost interest in what happened, he still has two more candidates.

"You're up." He spoke to Miranda.

"…" The latter didn't say much and just walked into the room.

"She's angry at you? Did you make my sister angry?" Mirren questioned Jon in an angry tone but Jon only shrugged his shoulders.

Still, as soon as they looked up, they could see Miranda stumbling down and falling after the first step.

"Mira!" "Sis!"

Jon and Mirren rushed ahead but stopped at the gate's limit. They were not sure if they could be of help there.

"Wait… I'll go… I'll bring her." Kareem stumbled up staggering after he lost a lot of stamina.

"Rest first." Jon waved at him to sit and rest and kept thinking.

"Hmph! Alina would have done that without a hitch." From the back, Aela spoke.

"Yeah, but she isn't here now and this was not supposed to go like this." Jon said.

His words seemed to have leaked out loud as the others were all looking at him.

"Wasn't supposed to go like this?" Mirren was the fastest to pick up.

Jon closed his eyes almost slapping himself for the tongue slip he made but there was no escape already.

"Beth said one of you will wield an Ansei Ward." Jon said.

"Beth? She said that? Don't you trust the words of a little girl too much? What were you thinking…" Mirren was about to give Jon a lecture but Jon hurriedly put his hand on Mirren's mouth to shut him up.

"Wait wait wait! I get it now." Jon smiled, "I knew it."

He turned around to Mirren and held him from his shoulders closely.

"I don't know why or how but I remember her mentioning something about our thing." Jon said with maddened eyes.

"This is going to be fun." Aela said as she recognized Jon's "about to fuck shit up" tone.

"What thing?" Mirren shivered as he was aware of it as well.

"Our thing, silly. *whisper* The Gay Scene *whisper*."

It was a wonder how Jon's head reached this conclusion to the point that the scientists of WIT (Winterhold Institute of Technology) from the 9th Era failed to find a logical equation to conclude how Jon came to this conclusion in the Biography of Jon Dare.

Back to the 4th Era, Mirren shuddered from the thought and pushed Jon away almost immediately. Judging by Jon's superior physique, it was as if he was pushing against a wall rather than pushing himself backward into the Ansei Wards Hall.

He stumbled backward and fell on his sister, Miranda.

At that time, the Mystical Tonal Energy in the Hall combined with the suddenness of the situation, the insecure emotions of Miranda regarding Jon's other partners and the fearful emotions of Mirren regarding his chastity as well as the time, space and fate all formed a unique situation that reacted with the bond between the Altmer Twins and the Blessing of Mephala bonding them together. [A/n: yeah, it is quite forced.]

Once everything was in order, a strange magical situation happened. The Twins had a phenomenon happening to them flashing in strong white light that took over the surrounding in a second before disappearing leaving only one person behind.

Not a person anyone could recognize… or rather… a person who should have never existed.

A High Elf taller than any High Elf, no one was able to tell if it was a man or a woman. The bone structure was okay for the first glance but it wasn't for those who know bones.

It resembled both Mirren and Miranda rather well.

This person stood up under the pressure of the room effortlessly.

———————————

[Blessing of Mephala]

- Aspects of Duality: By the Unforeseen Blood that knows no limits, the one becomes two.

———————————

~~~~~~~~~~

• P4TRE0N

pat×reon.com/eldokhmesy ( remove × )

• YouTube

Youtube.com/channel/UCr7RT7NUojIRA0s7cjfrjDw

• Discord

discord.gg/gKcKva7

• Instagram

@don_dokhmesy

• Twitter

@eldokhmesy22

You are reading

Dragonborn Saga

ebook which is a free download at

wWw.EbookUpdates.Net

.

Download more ebooks for free at

Ebook Updates . Net

.

492 Myr

A double Chapter!

Big Thanks to our new patrons:

@Olivia Ferguson (D rank)

@Juan Ramirez (E rank)

~~~~~~~~~~

(Part 1)

Not much is known about the past of Mirren and Miranda. Maybe they were the long lost Prince and Princess of Summerset Isles to some, the known remaining survivors of Queen Ayrenn's bloodline for others, the "Sisters of Death" for those who operate underground, or the "Labours of Mephala" for most of the public.

Yet one thing none knew about them, one particular thing that was never revealed to anyone. They were someone else, they were something else.

Trying to get an answer from them… or in this case, "that"... trying to get an answer, either way, was a mental hurdle on its own.

From the outside, it looked like the two has fused together… which was actually the case. This being, that is in their place, carries not just their appearance but also a similar magical signature yet not quite it. Jon could tell.

Isha was looking at whoever the two fused to be. Something that both Mirren and Miranda wished to avoid for some reason but now, both her and Jon were just looking at them silently.

"Just tell me what is going on." Isha spoke to Jon.

"I am not quite sure myself. Ever since we were at Sentinel, things were quite… chaotic in my head. All of a sudden, I have so much to do yet not enough time. Every idea in my head is bumping with the other." Jon complained with a long sigh.

"I don't care what is going on with your head, Jon. You've always been the crazy fella so just get a hold of yourself and do something about them." Isha stood up violently and kicked Jon by his thigh, "Mirren is all that is left to me. He is the last line that keeps me sane."

Isha's words were not pained but came from her core.

"I know. Mirren is my friend and Miranda is my family. They are not in any danger, Isha… actually, they are safer like that. Who knows what the coming fight holds for us." Jon said as he pointed at that Elf.

Isha sat down beside Jon again with a face full of loneliness.

"I just need him with me." She said.

"He is."

That Elf that came with Jon sometime earlier was identified as what has become of Mirren and Miranda. Something logic can't explain.

The Elf was sitting with Nefertiti and Beth who took an instant liking on whatever he or she is. Jon referred to the Elf by "it" meaning that he wasn't sure of what to call… it.

Innocent and full of energy, the Elf played with the girls as if he had the same mental age but from the previous conversation it had with them, Jon was certain that the Elf was way wiser and knowledgeable than anything he came across.

"Just tell me… how it went down?" Finally, Isha was composed enough to ask the right question.

***

"Who are you? Where are Mirren and Miranda?"

Awakened from his shock, Jon aimed his staff at the Elf. The others around Jon reacted right after him and took cover behind Jon save for Aela who was glaring daggers at whoever that was.

"I… mean… no harm."

Tranquil and ethereal, the Elf spoke in a voice that can't be described as tensed or frustrated. He or she was very calm and composed.

The voice was soothing and the tone was peaceful. It made the other, even Jon, put down the hostile airs and heave a long breath. The situation calmed down as fast as it heated up.

"I… I don't get it. Is this the Blessing of Mephala? You guys… you fuse together?" Jon started to see sense and took a step forward halting at the doorstep of the Ansei Wards Hall.

"The Blessing? Oh! Right… I… I sometimes forget. It… it has been a long time since I made that pact with Mephala." The Elf said in even a calmer voice than before, slow and peaceful.

It was so innocent… so pure. If Jon was the man who controls the embodiment of ever major sin then the Elf in front of him was the complete opposite and even much more. The Elf was virtuous to the point that took Jon, only Jon, by a storm of feelings.

"Just what in the world?" Jon shook his head banishing all the strange ideas.

"Call me Myr."The Elf said.

"Myr?"

"Mirren, Miranda… Myr."

The Elf, or rather Myr, pointed out the similarities between the three names. Jon felt the irony in the naming and smiled with a face still realizing it slowly for even he was overwhelmed.

"All the Magic I learned, all the knowledge I hoarded… yet I find myself but a toddler in front of the mists of Fate." Jon said.

His words sounded strange but he surely must have understood something.

"I don't see through you." He said.

"Hm?" Myr tilted his/her head momentary before gazing aside and smiling innocently.

"I don't mean it."

"I know."

The words were exchanged based on a certain degree of understanding between the two so Jon found no reason but to get this over with.

"King Abbas." Jon spoke and turned to the King who was recovering from his daze, "There is a lot going on. Aside from your politics and care for your treasures, I find nothing but to give you a promise. I promise you to return the Wards but as the situation escalated, we are in a hurry. In three days, the Crimson Ship will arrive near the coast of Hegathe, a swarm of Plague Husks, Undead, and all manners of Monstrosities conjured by the Cult of the Black Worm will attack us, it may or may not involve the Reincarnation of the Worm King Mannimarco and maybe some involvement of some malevolent Daedric Princes. Call it Doomsday or whatever but as my mind is very occupied right now, I will be forced to leave the mundane things to you. Aela, gather the Imperials and the Redguard to meet us beyond the sands of Alik'r in two days and two days only."

Jon was no longer roleplaying the Nomad or pretending to be the idiot. If he was to let the situation be clung on the appearance of the mysterious Myr for long, precious time will be lost.

"I will, stay safe." Aela nodded not asking much.

"Wait! Hold on… I don't understand. Mannimarco? The King of Worms? The Crimson Ship? Why?" The High and Mighty King Abbas lost his composer hearing the words Jon said.

It was understandable. No King in the World would want to hear the name of the King of Worms in his turf, let alone the Crimson Ship and the husks it brings.

Jon, on the other hand, had no time to lose. He still had to wield the Shehai of a Sword Saint and gain the acknowledgment somehow. He also had less than three days to fully awaken the [Ebony Blade].

Aela held back the King and with merely one hand and stared at Jon as he entered the room with Myr.

"I have a lot to ask you but now, I trust that you won't fail me." Jon said to Myr.

"Of course. From what I recall, we are quite the intimate couple and even best friends."

"Ugh! You are giving me a shrink here!"

"Oh, worry not! I am asexual."

***

"You told the King to handle everything… just like that?" Isha wondered.

"It was his role, to begin with. Why do I have to hold everyone's hand?" Jon said with an annoyed face.

"And the Ansei Wards?"

"I took one and Myr took the other. It wasn't even hard."

"Whatever! All that aside… Myr… he is Miranda and Mirren fused. Like the Blessing of Mephala they always refused to talk about? That's its effect? It makes them one stronger person?" Isha asked.

"Does it?" Jon wondered.

Isha had a bad feeling about Jon's reaction and stared at him closely.

"Jon, whatever is going on, we can't let go of them. It has been the four of us since the start. Only four of us? What are you not telling me?" Isha shook Jon.

"I'm not letting go, you dumb fool." Jon hit her hard on the head without hold back. "Whatever is going on, there is only one way to get a clear understanding of this. Let's ask him… or her. Goddammit!"

Still confused the two let out a sigh and looked at Myr who was laughing innocently without any care in the world. It was as if his background was full of rose petals and butterflies.

"You can see it too?" Isha asked.

"Shut the fuck up!" Jon said, "Hey, Myr. A word!"

He called for Myr who was playing among Nefertiti and Beth, Myr heard him and smiled even brighter then stood up and came running towards them.

Just before Myr could reach Jon and Isha, it stumbled in its steps and staggered down falling on its face.

"Ouch!"

The two closed their eyes and let out a sigh in unison before standing up and giving him a hand. As Myr was pulled up, he stood happily and hopped on the two laughing and hugging them at the same time.

"Sowwy! Haha!"

Looking at Jon as she was being hugged, Isha had a dangerous look on her face telling Jon that this is mostly his mess to sort out.

"I know a good Tonal Frequency that can be produced by [Sunder]. If we can direct it to the head, we can bring back Miranda and Mirren but I'm not sure of the consequences." Jon offered the most instant solution he could come up with.

"Shut the fuck up." She returned the insult to him and pushed away Myr.

"Look at the mess you made of your face. Be careful when you run." She spoke to Myr while cleaning its face and hair from the sand.

"Sorry. I was excited. This is fun!" Myr said so purely.

"What is fun?" Jon asked.

"This… last time I went out, it wasn't easy to understand. Humans, Elves, and Beasts… people, in general, don't treat me well." Myr said while looking down with a wry smile.

Isha looked at Jon telling him "act nice if you want to save time". Jon sighed in return and spoke.

"People, in general, are hard to deal with." Jon said.

"I know, right?" Myr related right away.

"Yes, they are assholes." Jon continued taking his side.

"… I don't see any point of similarities between people and anuses." Myr said with a questioning face.

"…" Jon closed his eyes, "It is my turn to miss Mirren now. He was great when it came to exchanging insults."

Jon lamented his friend and Isha decided to take matters into her hands.

"Can you explain to me what's going on?" She asked.

"What's going on?" Myr wondered.

"I'm not talking to you. You are both useless." Isha was fed up by the Jon and Myr and looked at Beth.

"Why me?" Beth asked.

Find authorized novels in Webnovel，faster updates, better experience，Please click www.webnovel.com for visiting.

"From what I've seen so far, only the brat with tattoos have all the answers." Isha went after Beth who hid behind Nefertiti.

Nefertiti in return spread her arms to block Isha from catching her bestie.

"Adorable!" Isha wasn't taking no for an answer, she held Nefertiti by her head and Beth as well, "Now speak!"

To Isha's shout, Beth felt somehow offended to be forced to work and snorted with an attitude, only when Isha squeezed her head did she speak.

"Okay, okay… I'll tell you what I know. I'll tell you."

Isha put her down and she started to speak.

According to what she knows, Myr is a High Elf, neither a man or a woman. It was to be born as a normal child many years ago but some outside interference created it.

"Created it? I don't get it." Isha felt heavy on her chest.

"The Blessing of Mephala. It creates duality." Jon said.

"What?" Isha questioned.

"Indeed." Beth agreed.

"What do you mean?" Isha asked. "Where are Mirren and Miranda in this story?"

Jon looked at Myr as his theory was finally confirmed by Beth.

"I was afraid but it is true. A strange offspring you are, Myr. Tell me, do you prefer to be addressed as a male or a female?" Jon asked.

***

(Part 2)

Myr gazed aside on the ground as the question was a bit private to him but feeling the urge from those who are around, he spoke.

"I prefer to be addressed as a female but I don't mind being addressed as male." He said.

"Fine. Let's address Myr as a she or a he… it sounds like the Daedric Prince Boethiah who takes aspects of male and female but it is more like the Daedric Prince Mephala and her anticipation Vivec who prefers being Androgynous." Jon nodded.

"Is that even possible?" Isha questioned.

"Yes, the fusion made it possible." Jon nodded, "But make no mistake, the fusion is not Mirren and Miranda becoming one… it is Mirren and Miranda… returning to what they are."

Jon revealed something that was heavy on his mind and feared its possibility.

Isha, whose mind was not ready for this, slowly descended on the ground and sat down speechless.

Mirren and Miranda were not even themselves all this time, they were one person and that is Myr. The [Blessing of Mephala] wasn't inactive all the time but rather always active creating two Aspects of Duality, Mirren and Miranda.

Isha looked up and quested "Why?" in an inaudible voice. Jon shook his head not knowing how to explain things further. Once he turned to Beth, her answer was rather more disappointing.

"The Bloodline Myr hails from is the bloodline of the most Ancient Altmer Family, the royal family Aldmeri. They are the purest blood of all Elves and the closest to the Elder Elves, the Aldmer. A certain deviation happened to the blood when Queen Ayrenn Arana Aldmeri, founder of the first Aldmeri Dominion, was born making her immune to Fate, Fate is what binds the creature to the World and thus, Queen Ayrenn was Unforeseen. She could have ascended from the World the moment she was fully grasping the potential of her power. She didn't need all the struggle mortal needs to go through to return to Aetherius. Myr is the strongest blood after Queen Ayrenn but as the Unforeseen Blood is immune to Fate, no one can ever Divine them through prophecy. I am completely useless here."

Beth had a very sophisticated explanation about Myr's state and added, "If you want to know more, ask Myr."

Under the pressure of Isha's and Jon's gazes, Myr felt the urgency to talk. Crouching down in front of Isha, Myr looked at her eye to eye and held her face.

"You know… I love you. I love you the same way Mirren loved you."

Myr's warm smile touched Isha who leaned her head forward, Myr held her up close and turned to Jon.

"I love you as well."

Jon snorted at first then started laughing.

"You totally ruined the gay scene I had in mind." Jon said and sat on the ground as well.

In the middle of the core area of the HoonDing Alliance Camp on the Edge of the Alik'r Desert, Myr started to tell a story that started over 182 years ago.

The story started with some High Elf prisoners who were members of the Altmeri Royal family which fell to ruin after the Thalmor Uprising that started on 4E 22. The Royal Family that was on the run for many years and thought to have escaped was caught in Hammerfell, Sentinel during the Night of the Green Fire in year 4E 42.

At that time these prisoners were a man and a woman who were to be the next King and Queen of Summerset. Their names were forgotten in history but according to the Thalmor, they are the purest blood of the Altmer, if cultivated, they can be transformed back to Aldmer, Elder Elves.

The Thalmor at that time had many goals but as Elves, they sought out the return to their Original Home way before Summerset or Alinor, they wanted to return to Aldmeris where those Elves, who fell from favor becoming the low form they call Altmer, can attain their former glory and become Aldmer once again. They only needed an Aldmer to lead the way back.

Aldmeris, also known as Old Aldmeris and Old Ehlnofey, is the mythical lost continent from which the Elves are said to have originated. What befell Aldmeris after the Aldmer left it is an enduring mystery. Some claim that the angry gods of the Aldmer sank the land into the sea, others that Aldmeris has left Mundus altogether and will not return until the races of Mer are reunited. The legends were unreliable so they wanted to return to the source by recreating an actual Aldmer.

Those Altmer man and woman whose blood was most pure were forced to undergo experiments by infusing Magicka and Souls to their spiritual roots in brutal ways but as the sources were not enough, the Thalmor researchers were forced to look for an alternative source of power and that was when one of them suggested using the Energy of the most hated enemy of Elves to cultivate those two purebloods.

The Energy of Jode and Jone or the ones commonly known as the moons Masser and Secunda; the celestial objects that, if one believes the Myth, are the actual corpse of the Traitor Spirit of Creation, Lorkhan.

As the experiment took such a turn, the Thalmor took the two prisoners to Elswyer exactly in the most important Temples of the Moons where the Khajiit worship the Moons.

There, an access to the Lunar Energy was created and that energy was used to cultivate the man and woman to turn them into Aldmer.

Yet it was impossible, the pair were quite old already over a hundred years old each even though it is quite youthful for High Elves. No matter what, the two were impossible to mutate back into Origin… but something else was… an infant!

A tender piece of flesh with a soft enough soul to undergo any change and thus, the pair were forced to breed under the watchful eyes and the stinging whip of a Thalmor Justiciar and by the year 4E 98, the woman was impregnated and separated from the man.

She was put into a Magical Coma and was cared for extensively to safeguard the baby inside here but the Thalmor were not the type to waste time on a Child to be born, the experiments were kicked off once again on an unborn baby.

Cultivating the Bloodline, enhancing the soul, empowering everything there is to be. This child was being genetically enhanced by every magic there is to create something beyond normal, to create not just an Aldmer but the most perfect Elf ever existed.

The energies of the two moons were drained on a massive scale as the experiment was succeeding in every aspect there is but there was a side effect that happened on the moons.

They disappeared.

The Moons of Tamriel disappeared one night from the sky without any notice, this started in the same year of 4E 98 and the event known as the [Void Nights] started from 4E 98 to 4E 100.

Two years the moons kept hidden from the world to mutate a child that was to be the future of all Elves, the one who returns them to their Home Aldmeris, their prophet and messiah as the Thalmor believed.

In those two years, that baby was enhanced in every way possible and the Thalmor ignored the fact that all Mortals are flawed. Their twisted imagination allowed them to think that an Aldmer is the most perfect being under Aetherius, the most beautiful, the most powerful and the most exalted there is. They thought if the Aldmer were given the chance, they would have been able to reverse the creation and ascend back to Aetherius.

The arrogance and the vanity of the Thalmor were what created this being they wanted to attribute to their Origin being Mer (Elves) so the child was called Myr, the genderless infant who was to be the God they would worship when it reaches power.

Years passed for Myr to become but a child raised by a group of extremists. They wanted to teach him things about their way but… that child was already knowledgeable since the day a child could speak. It was a miracle that boosted their arrogance a mile… but the thing is, this child was too knowledgeable.

Truths that should never be known, ugliness about the world, lies, and deceit. The Child who was created to be the most pure of all things hated each and everything the people around him stood for yet how can a flawless creation such as Myr come to act upon hatred, he was simply incapable too. He was… flawed.

Myr sought out salvation of his flaws, Myr sought out to be ordinary and one day when he was gazing at the reflection of moonlight cast on the sea at a shore near one of the most dazzling palaces in Alinor, he just spoke.

"Haven't you been watching me… for too long?"

To the question Myr asked to thin air, thin air proved to have answers.

"And what do you want me to do? You can unhear my whispers, you can refuse my calls, you can unthink me of your surroundings and I won't appear to you. So you talk! So you finally have a wish!"

The answerer asked him what he wants.

"End me."

"I can't."

"I know."

Myr's wish was to never exist.

"Your ideas are simple, you are still taking the form of that child you are, you are free of form, gender, and Fate itself. Why don't you come to Oblivion? Be one of us?" The voice asked.

"It is lonely." Myr said.

"Us? The Daedric Princes? Lonely?" Mephala was fed up with games.

"Yes, very lonely. Don't be offended, loneliness is my craft. I never knew a thing or a one. I just… I don't want to be lonely anymore. Can you make that happen?"

"I can be around you."

"I don't want you."

"Oh! You are breaking my heart."

Mephala took all forms that can sway even the coldest of hearts. Women of all sorts, men of all kinds, children, pets, creatures but Myr was unfazed by any.

But one thing moved Myr and it was as if the world showed something Myr never thought off, it was when Mephala split into two, a male and a female.

Myr's eyes widened and he looked at his two hands, Myr wanted desperately to be… something more.

"Is that so? You like… that?" The pair, that is Mephala in front of Myr's eyes, questioned in surprise.

"… Yes." Myr couldn't think of a better solution.

"How simple!" Mephala returned to the form she preferred, a woman with spider-like features.

"Will you?" Myr asked.

"I will… but you owe me."

Since that night, something changed about the whole being that is Myr for the curiosity of Mephala was drawn to the being that has no string attached around him whatsoever, the strings that Mephala feeds on which are the bonds of mortals.

But that night was not just the night when Myr fulfilled a dream of his but was also the night when the faction of the Thalmor that created him fell to another faction of Thalmor over a power struggle.

That night, an Altmer Ancestor known as the White Lady came to the palace where Myr lived and looked for the last heir of Alinor only to find two twins sleeping in each others' arms.

Mirren and Miranda were taken by the White Ancestor to Elswyer to be raised away from all struggles with the secret of Myr dying in the drainage of history for too long.

Since then, Myr emerged a few times and each time, parts of Myr crumble for Myr always meant to be Mirren and Miranda, the perfect form of the most flawed mortal ever created.

"An Aldmer?" Isha wondered.

Myr gazed away with a wry smile not confirming the truth.

"Not just an Aldemr." Jon denied it, "An Ehlnofey."

----------

[Lore Term]

- Ehlnofey : The faded descendants of the Aedra who walked Tamriel, as well as the ancestors of men and mer.

- Void Nights : Exactly two years from 4E 98 to 4E 100, the two moons around Nirn disappeared for a mysterious reason unknown to the general public causing a big impact on the moon-worshing Khajiit whose very biology is affected by the moons. The Aldmeri Dominion claimed that they managed to return the moons using ancient magic causing Elsweyr to leave the Empire and join the Dominion.

~~~~~~~~~~

• P4TRE0N

pat×reon.com/eldokhmesy ( remove × )

• YouTube

Youtube.com/channel/UCr7RT7NUojIRA0s7cjfrjDw

• Discord

discord.gg/gKcKva7

• Instagram

@don_dokhmesy

• Twitter

@eldokhmesy22

You are reading

Dragonborn Saga

ebook which is a free download at

wWw.EbookUpdates.Net

.

Download more ebooks for free at

EbookUpdates.Net

.

493 Powering the Blade

Ok, guys. So this is the end of this Volume is finally upon us. We are returning to Skyrim in after the coming chapters that will be the final battle... might get stretched a bit cuz a lot will happen. Thankfully we are not rushing anything and will get to have a wonderful time once Jon arrives at Skyrim for the game start.

I'm also trying to put some effort into the other novels and YouTube.

This may be a bit late but happy holidays!

Also, special Thanks to the new Patrons:-

@Titan (A rank)

@Bryce Brown-McDonald (C rank)

~~~~~~~~~~

Time was of the essence. With all the Myr drama going on right now, join needed an alternative distraction and take time for himself. Only two days were left for the upcoming catastrophe and he was getting ready the way he knows.

{Take the sword… take it… and it will give you power… all the power you need… you will stand on top.}

Jon kept whispering like a demon while hiding in the shadows, away from him was a man staring at a blade he discovered in the sand. The blade was made of Ebony designed like an Akaviri Nodachi that its like was rare only seen by chance on any ship drifting from Akavir. The man was hesitating to feel the sword due to its sensation. It was too foul for even a Worm Necromancer like him.

To make such evil submit, on needs a lot of willpower and an insane level of handling. Yet, it was so tempting. These voices made it sound like it is only a matter of time before he becomes able to wield the sword properly.

"Damn you!"

The man wanted to break free from the voices but a certain luster on the sword materialized into a strange substance and gave a strong luster, every cell in the man's body reacted to that luster and admitted every truth.

"Yes, I want power."

"Yes, I want to stand on top."

"Yes, I want to surpass the Worm King."

Truth… it is a scary weapon. Those who submit to the truth and abide by it are trustworthy people, honest and respected by everyone including their enemies, but it gets very ugly when the Truth manipulates the Desire.

Every man is flawed and that's the point of it. Without flaws, there is no chance for advancement, evolution or error. Life is but a long line of balancing one's self on a straight road wary of all the wrong turns completely blind of what's ahead. By that, then how easy it is to give a man one slight push?

And here where [Lust] displayed its terrifying potential, the ability to control another human being. The power known as "Truth Inducement" was slowly realizing its potential and taking steps into evolution to what it truly was intended to be, a catalyst of Desire.

The mortal man found no escape but to hold the sword in the end. By the following six hours, the man murdered everyone he considered close or a friend.

Heartless they may seem, the Worm Cultists had families and inner relations within the ranks of the cult. It wasn't anything devious or satanic but rather normal families that sat together for meals and performed their religious practices together dark as they may seem.

It was just a cult made or mortal people most of the time. Yes, they damned their souls to Mannimarco; yes, the perform rites and magics that involves the infliction of self-harm; and yes, they are willing to offer their entire families for their dark faith. Still, if things weren't for the cult, they wouldn't risk a thing.

Thus seeing everyone he considered close lying in pieces, cut in shreds, and sliced in parts; the man was at his wit's end.

He gained power but on what cost?

The answer would have been figured out if not for a black shade circling around his neck and without even knowing, his head was far from his body. He didn't even realize he was killed and his ghost faded in a state of agony, unrest, and questioning.

Nefertiti stood away from the man's head and opened a portal in the shadow for Jon to step out.

"Remind me again why do I have to help you with the dirty work, Hooman?"

"Remind me again why not? Earn your keep, girl."

"Ugh!"

Jon teased the cat that jumped on his shoulder and walked to the [Ebony Blade] that was lying on the ground of the ruined house. He just did a devious deed that involved a man killing his brothers and sisters of the cult, the first time did Jon let his treasured blade fall into other hands so they awaken it by sacrificing their relatives and friends.

His first victim was a man from the Cult who was seen as a great Work Knight and a zealous servant of Mannimarco. By shrouding the [Ebony Blade] with [Lust], the temptation of the, already very tempting blade, was multiplied by another fold and no man could withstand it.

Yet, things weren't as smooth as Jon wished. He felt the temptation of the blade being much stronger than before. He always kept the power of the [Ebony Blade] not too high to affect him but now, he was going as fast as he could to awaken a blade that is known to be the most powerful and dangerous sword to be wielded.

What will happen if he awakens the sword for the final time? Will he be turned into a crazed person not able to contain the bloodlust of the blade? Will the blade control him? Jon wasn't willing to risk it but he ran out of options… and time as well. His next victim, or rather the blade's next victim was not so far from him anyway. This time, the blade will awaken for the ninth time and it will be far too risky to hold it close.

This time of all times, Jon had too much to stress his mood and keep him thinking a lot of time.

"Hooman, you still worried?"

"And what in the world can worry me?

"Myr. That is what makes you worried."

Nefertiti's words were right on the mark. She is already a part of him so getting into his head and the other way around was as easy as controlling one's senses.

"Aye. I'm a bit concerned."

Myr, the origin of Mirren and Miranda. It was too much of a blow to both Jon and Isha especially Isha who was going through one loss after another.

After discovering that Mirren and Miranda came from the same being that is Myr, Jon kept thinking of what it is that happened to Myr.

A docile person with so much power and potential only wants to submit that power and split his own being into the two images it created from itself even with the option of being an almighty being on the table.

Ehlnofey… the word itself was mysterious to anyone but Jon. A phase of mortality hardly remembered by the inhabitants of this world. The phase of the fall, the actual fall of the Original Spirits that created the world.

The Thalmor faction that was responsible for creating Myr was too arrogant and too self-centered to the point that led them to such feet in creating what they always thought they deserve to be. Almighty and Powerful yet at the same time, Empty and Hopeless.

"So that was it." Jon thought.

Being born like that… the original Spirits were no creators but creatures. They simply were the ones who came before and mortals originated from them. That is known. But there was a common understanding in such a world that going forward, advancing and reaching evolution was impossible.

They were perfect… almost perfect.

Imagine if you start with everything… all things… and no need at all.

What sort of existence do you wish to be?

Wait!

Will you even wish?

Wish?

Do you have the audacity to wish?

What is wish to begin with?

Satisfy a need?

But you already have all that you need?

Then it is obvious.

You need to have a "need" to feel satisfaction. You need to "need" so you must let go.

The philosophy that created the world was like applying on Myr who is but a living proof to the solitude of existence and power. As an Ehlnofey, Myr can just be whatever what he seeks, he can bind himself into a force of nature growing with Nirn like Y'ffre, the deity of the Wood Elves who became the Spirit of the Forest and the first Ehlnofey. Yet, he seeks the aspects of his duality who are by far nothing as powerful and capable as him.

He is barely awake in both of them but that is enough for him. What is more catastrophic in the fact that if one of the Twins dies, the other dies. But if both reached a higher level of existence by ascending to immortality, for example, Myr will cease to exist as well.

A being that seeks its demise.

"Hooman, I don't understand."

"… I told you that trying to translate my thoughts won't be easy for you."

"Not fair."

Despite the fact that Nefertiti and Jon were also two connected beings like Myr, Mirren, and Miranda; there was a lot of difference in the way they think. Nefertiti evolved from a normal cat to the being she is, the Shadow Fae, who is connected by a strong Soul Bond to Jon. She evolved and became part of his soul as well. Yet that bond was a far cry to the bond of the Altmer Twins and Myr.

"The only reason Myr seeks demise is that he doesn't see a point in his existence. The Living Cell either equip itself to Last or to Move On. As a living organism; Myr, who has the power to Last, simply chose to take the other way by not existing. He doesn't need to sustain himself to live, he can slumber to the end of time. Sadly, those who created him didn't think of that as the way the Old Ehlnofey chose for their offspring."

Jon is not the best person to translate what he understands easily but from what he could tell, he thinks that the existence of Mortals was not a Scheme of Lorkhan as the Elven Propaganda goes, it may have involved more… it may have evolved most of the Aedra from the Dawn Era.

It doesn't have to be a lie. Maybe it's a misinterpretation of the fact or the frustration that piled up from the offspring of the Elhnofey at their parents who rendered them to Mortality. The Dawn Era was thousands of years ago and those are enough to twist the story of a "Boy killing a Snake in a House where a Girl is trapped" to a story of a "Knight slaying a Dragon in a Tower where a Princess is trapped".

The Ehlnofey were known to be two factions that warred together. The first was the Old Ehlnofey who fathered the Elves and the second was the Wandering Ehlnofey who fathered the Humans. The Old Ehlnofey hated mortality, unlike the Wandering Ehlnofey who valued it. Maybe they were to schools of thoughts in the Ehlnofey society but they eventually warred together. It is said that to end the war, Lorkhan was to be convicted and there where his Heart was torn out and his body was turned into Jode and Jone, Masser and Secunda.

The story deviates from then especially after the Ascendance of Auriel and the other ones known as the Aedra yet the Dawn Era was not over yet as the Old Ehlnofey were said to have been living in the Lost Lands of Aldmeris that doesn't exist in Modern-Day Nirn.

Why is that?

Simple.

It didn't exist to begin with.

Aldmeris never was a physical homeland, but rather a collection of mental images left over from the chaos of the Dawn Era. All Elves shared this racial memory and as they diverged along cultural lines, their images of Aldmeris changed as well, and the figurative heritage was sundered and lost. It was said that Aldmeris is nothing but what the Aldmer were told by the Old Ehlnofey to be their home and it exists in Aetherius.

It was so funny and sad. The pitiful thinking of the Elves compared to their cleverness is nothing but ironic especially when the Aldmer has sent three ships to look for evidence about Aldmeris only to discover Tamriel.

"The story of the Ehlnofey is troubling and all but look over here, looks like our newest victim has started killing. Let's see how far the Blade takes him."

"Hooman, playing with people is bad."

"Says the cat."

"You two are a bit too much." (Beth)

~~~~~~~~~~

• P4TRE0N

pat×reon.com/eldokhmesy ( remove × )

• YouTube

Youtube.com/channel/UCr7RT7NUojIRA0s7cjfrjDw

• Discord

discord.gg/gKcKva7

• Instagram

Find authorized novels in Webnovel，faster updates, better experience，Please click www.webnovel.com for visiting.

@don_dokhmesy

• Twitter

@eldokhmesy22

You are reading

Dragonborn Saga

ebook which is a free download at

wWw.EbookUpdates.Net

.

Download more ebooks for free at

Ebook Updates.Net

.

494 The Battle of Death March 1, 2

Ladies and Gentlemen! I, Don (aka Ahmed), am happy to be with you for another year. Happy 2020 everyone and my God Bless your days with Love and Peace. May we have another successful year and continue this novel that got too long (way too long for what I was planning for, actually out of hands! lolz!). With the Volume ending at the end of the "Battle of Death March" arc, I feel fulfilled and satisfied saying that this fan-fiction is my life's finest work and I am proud of the monster I created!

Love you all! Say hey to your mamas! And enjoy the chapter!

~~~~~~~~~~

(Part 1)

Meanwhile in the camp of the HoonDing Alliance.

"High Mage Krilon have left once again? This is the first attack we launch at the Worm Cult and we need him here."

"Agreed. This is a matter of absolute importance."

In the commander's camp, the Lords of the Alliance were in a dispute regarding Jon's actions and sudden disappearance. They boasted of their power and courage but when it came to the first Assault on the Worm Cult in an open field, they all kept complaining.

"Silence!" Kareem spoke in a threatening tone.

The Prince who was but a young commander on a force of a thousand men is now leading the biggest military force in Hammerfell all because of the assistance of one man because the High Mage of the Alliance was Krilon who is said to be the Court Wizard of Stros M'kai. It upset many people for sure but no mage could take Jon's position so far and those who tried to sway Jon to their side were kicked out of his room.

The funniest story was when that lady from a certain background tried to seduce Jon so he spent the night with her and once she woke up, she found that Jon had moved his tent and left her with a mattress… naked.

No one wanted to mess with Jon after that incident and Kareem's position was very much fortified yet after the late events where Jon had to go on errands of his own, those lords tried hard to criticize and overstep Kareem's leadership. However, Kareem wasn't that weak or easy to bully.

He displayed his skill in both commanding and power just to scare those power-seeking lords by dueling one of the best swordsmen in the alliance and making him eat dirt. Not just that, the Minotaur, that is rumored to be the familiar of the High Mage Krilon, is following Kareem day in and day out.

Thus after reaching the size of 20'000 men and receiving volunteers from all parts of Hammerfell. The leader of this glorious "Make Way" was undoubtedly Kareem.

And today was the first open battle against evil.

The Worm Cult has taken note of the actions of Kareem and finally hoarded it undead in an open field near the Alik'r Desert. Their goal was one thing and one thing only and that is to prevent the Alliance from coming out of the desert then push them in the Dead Sand Region. For that, the Worm Cult has spared the largest force of Undead known in the Fourth Era, a 100'000 undead creatures.

If not to be present now, where in Oblivion did the High Mage Krilon go?

The fact that the Alliance is awakening the Wards was kept a secret from the Lords. Only a select few knew it and that was because of the spies that work with the Worm Cult.

Just this morning three spies attacked Isha alone and two thieves attempted to steal the [Spear of Bitter Mercy].

This only meant one thing.

"I know we are five times less than the undead horde but the situation is not bad at all. The Cult is desperate to take us out. They can't risk fighting us in an Urban Field so they picked the desert where we can't face the Charge of the dead… or so they think." Kareem said.

"What do you have in mind, Commander?" Asked one of the Lords loyal to Kareem.

"Simple, we have our own fort." Kareem announced flat and simple.

Most of the Lords were not aware of any fortress on the edge of the desert but if that was the case then it is a welcome change.

"And where is that fort, commander?"

"Here."

Kareem pointed at a certain place on the central map. The Lords looked at it then began murmuring.

"That is but a rocky valley and stone formations, my Lord."

"Indeed. It is all we need to make a stand. We can drop the rocky pillars atop the valley to prevent the undead from charging. We will take the high grounds to the back and the sides leaving the dead just this area to come at us. We don't want to make it so hard for them to fight against us so they come instead of circling around us and attacking the defenseless cities to force us out so we will have to trade some disadvantages that we can deal with later on."

"How to deal with an advantage we give up on?" Asked a Lord.

"By traps. Strangely, High Mage Krilon sounded excited whenever the subject of traps was involved so he must have prepared something good… I guess. Either way, we are expecting our allies from Sentinel to join us. I've talked with King Abbas and we have 5000 Soldiers by tomorrow as reinforcements. Also, the Citadel of Ebonarm is with us so there is nothing to fear in the Alik'r."

The battle plan was laid out and the Lords knew their positions. It seemed hopeful but it was the best they could come up with.

As the Lords cleared out to prepare the troops to march before the light of dawn, Isha and two other women entered Kareem's camp.

"War Chief Laila! Battlelord Nagla and Isha as well! How can I help?" Kareem greeted them personally right away.

The War Chief of the Citadel of Ebonarm was known as Laila, a fierce woman whose face was always hidden under a mask for some reason. The mask was that of an angry lion which gave her a fearsome appearance. Sadly, that woman was injured at the first confrontation with Zain at the Ansei Pyramid thus she was being supported by her sister, Battlelord Nagla.

"Lord Kareem, the Citadel of Ebonarm will be at the forefront of the battle this morning." War Chief Laila said.

Kareem felt troubled by her notification. The Citadel is not a part of the Alliance so he can't order them around but they are valuable assets and strong fighters. Having them at the front is bad for the overall strategy. If he is to choose, he would place them as the hidden trump card that will hack through the enemy and strike the heart of its formation.

"May I know the reason?" Kareem asked.

The three women seemed troubled by his question but Isha answered right away.

"This fight is a personal one for the Citadel. My brother Zain or whatever evil inhabits his body and uses his weapon and skills is our problem to deal with. We shall take the blame for…"

Kareem shook his head and interrupted her.

"No one is blaming the Citadel for the matter of your brother, Isha. We are thankful enough that you showed up to save Stros M'kai alongside Krilon and the others, more to that, not only your brother's body what was taken by the cul, the Valley of Blades reported that Necromancers has taken over their ancestral tombs and stole the honored dead, many places reported the same. This is a tragedy we share and nothing to blame the Citadel on."

Kareem tried to convince them to go back to the formation he prepared but they were fixed on that suicidal position.

In the end, it was War Chief Laila who would lead the assault and Kareem who would lead the defense. A reckless strategy but seemed rather appealing once laid down.

Before the first light of dawn, the HoonDing Alliance was already in the formation and marching towards the rocky valley where the battle shall take place.

Opposite to them, a black cloud of deadly fumes was gathering thickly from the direction of Hegathe. It was an evil accumulation of the "Soul Snare" spell and corrupted Undead Magicka.

Find authorized novels in Webnovel，faster updates, better experience，Please click www.webnovel.com for visiting.

On the mountains, Kareem observed the situation with a grim face.

"This is worse than I thought. If that cloud lands on us, we are doomed." He concluded.

Let alone the foul nature of the spell that can make people lose their sense of direction, this cloud carried an exceptionally powerful poison that normal warriors won't even withstand.

If the sky was the problem then the battle layout would go into chaos. The plan of today can't face a single problem else the Alliance will get annihilated even before Krilon arrives.

"Leave that to me." And here when someone offered help with the coming problem.

Kareem looked to discover that it is Myr, the most mysterious being in this place. Kareem was an open-minded person enough to accept the Altmer Twins Mirren and Miranda in Stros M'kai unlike the other Crowns who don't withstand Elves but Myr was an entirely new thing that Kareem couldn't help but put a psychological barrier against. Still, in his time of need, Kareem had to show some trust to an ally capable enough to wield an Ansei Ward just like him.

"Alright." Kareem replied.

Myr didn't show much emotion other than his tranquil face. He would smile from time to time but right now, he was just calm and collected facing the dark fume cloud in the sky. He watched it approach as he was standing on a high peak and readying himself to react at the best timing.

Meanwhile, Kareem returned to the strategy of the fight.

Under the cloud of poisonous fumes, there was a horde of undead monstrosities marching on the dry plains outside the Alik'r Desert. They stopped not far from the rocky valley Kareem and his Alliance were fortifying and the dark cloud stopped with them.

"They are recalculating their options." Kareem said.

"Do you want me to lure them?" Jax, who was tasked with guarding Kareem, asked.

"Let's not frighten them just yet."

Kareem's idea was to make them draw closer until he is confident enough to show the true fangs of his strategy. It is useless no matter how many undead he kills without killing the Necromancers but killing enough undead to expose the Necromancers in the core of the formation and swoop them in a fast attack in the principle of his actions but first, the Necromancers must believe that the HoonDing Alliance is fearful to face them in an open field so they had to take shelter in a valley with a dead end… which was in fact true. A single mistake means that the Undead will swarm from one direction and the Alliance will be trapped like a fish in a bucket.

**********

(Part 2)

From the point of view of the Worm Cult, this was the case but…

"It is too ridiculous! The Alliance that we had a hard time planting spies in is now making such a mistake. I'm not buying it." Said a Worm Knights.

"Hmph! They are ought to be scared. Maybe that boy commander has a good head on his shoulders but the Lords with him all value their lives. Their only chance was to stop our charge and counter us with a charge of their own but that is impossible right now. They are doomed because of their fear." Said a Worm Necromancer.

"I still don't buy it. Our people in Sentinel reported the appearance of the Mage Krilon and the Commander Kareem in the King's Palace. If what we think is true, then they should be trying to awaken the Ansei Wards, not fight us like that." Retorted the Worm Knight.

"Believe it or not, when people are desperate, they tend to get stupid." Opposed the Worm Necromancer.

The two were senior commanders in the Worm Cult and their power and strategy were invaluable to the leader of Cult who is leading this horde personally.

"Shut up, both of you." He spoke once.

"Grand Anchorite!" "Master Almion!"

Both the Worm Knight and Necromancer bowed to the man called Grand Anchorite Almion, the acting leader of the Worm Cult in the Fourth Era and one of the most notorious Arch Wizards on Tamriel. More to that, looking at his staff that is moving the Black Cloud above the Undead Horde, there was no mistake that this being is no longer a Human. Some would mistake him for a Lich judging by his old appearance but the yellow gleam of his eyes exposed him as a Vampire… an Ancient Altmer Vampire.

"Bonecrafter Bobrak!" Called the Altmer Vampire.

"Yes, Grand Anchorite." Knelt the Worm Knight removing his helm to show his identity as an Orc.

"Iceheart!" Called the Altmer Vampire once again.

"Your orders, Master." Knelt the Worm Necromancer pushing back her hood to show her identity as a Nord who is going through the process of Lichdom.

"We are not letting those Mortal fools think they have a chance more than they already had." Said the Altmer Vampire, "No matter what trick they play, what magic they have, what swords they pull; we are here to annihilate them and show the world that we can't be trifled with anymore. The Worm God wills it so we are victorious no matter what."

He said and stood of his throne fixed on a carriage pulled by twenty slaves.

The vampire smiled revealing his black teeth and old face. He was drunk with the blood of many children that he personally sought after in Hegathe.

In his feeling of victory, he looked left and right, forward and backward to see nothing but a sea of undead of all sorts of shapes and kinds.

"Such a power is a blessing by the Worm God, how can we be defeated?"

He looked upward to see the dark cloud and raised his staff.

"Such a spell, the [Stench of a Thousand Corpses], is a gift from the Worm God, how can we be defeated?"

He looked down to see the human slaves he gathered to pull his carriage like animals. Those who died along the way were reanimated to join the horde and another living was placed to pull the carriage instead of the dead.

"Such power is a right over the living granted by the Worm God, how can we be defeated?"

He was drunk in all and every aspect of power. His arrogance knew no bounds and he felt like there is no entity above him in the world other than the King of Worms who blessed and gifted him for many years.

"Children, have faith."

These were the last words of arrogance said by the Grand Anchorite of the Worm Cult.

"Master is great. I feel ashamed!" Necromancer Iceheart groveled at the feet of her master.

"Indeed. We were short-sighted." Worm Knight Bobrak bowed further, "Lady Iceheart and I will commence the attack right away."

The zealous nature of Grand Anchorite Almion and his apprentice Iceheart was a thorn to the side of Worm Knight Bobrak for ages. He may be from a different Worm Cell but the two cells were always ranked first and second. He can say whatever he wants about the others but in terms of power, the Cell of Anchorite Almion and Iceheart was something that can overpower a nation.

Still, he had to use the tricks up his sleeve to make sure this attack works. If the Alliance was a tough nail to crack, then he must attack swiftly and end the threat right away. He can never forgive what happened to Dalilah who fell at the siege of Rihad.

"One last thing, Grand Anchorite. Is the Blessed One going to join us?" Worm Knight Babrak asked.

"Blasphemous! The Blessed One is preparing for the most important event this wretched world will witness. You dare interrupt him?" Necromancer Iceheart cried.

"No! I do not!" Babrok raised his hands hastily.

"Calm down, Iceheart. Bobrak is right." Anchorite Almion spoke.

"Yes, Master."

"Bobrak, it's a great gift from the Worm God to have a great strategist like you in our ranks yet we are not using this gift this soon. You tend to think too much and we are in no danger anyway. The Blessed One is indeed our best card and every time he moves, we are granted an easy victory. Think of how we overtook the West of Hammerfell in less than five days."

Anchorite Almion swayed in his large robes feeling the blessing of his deity.

"But we can't rely on just the blessings, my son. We must get our hands dirty and make our way through the enemy to pave a hard-earned road with skulls and bones. The Blessed One shall not be disrupted now that we got the woman he wants. He shall have a day to rest and wait for tomorrow. The Ship will arrive and the Incarnation will be complete."

Anchorite Almion raised his arms announcing the coming of their savior and messiah.

"Thank you for the enlightenment, Grand Anchorite." Babrok knelt once again in front of Almion.

Despite the fact that they were outnumbering the enemy 5 to 1, the Cult decided that the brute force is enough to wipe out the resistance of the puny mortals. Such a force they had taken the best of their judgment and led them exactly where Kareem wanted.

The Dead Marched forward.

"It is happening." Myr spoke.

Kareem narrowed his eyes and made sure everything was in place.

The valley had low grounds at the front, rocky sides with tall naturally formed rock pillars, and a high end. The Main Force was gathered in the lowest part of the valley which is the center led by War Chief Laila, the Archers were on the high sides and the mages on the high mountain in the back as well as Kareem and Myr.

Once the dead started to swarm towards the valley, the Main Force started to retreat backward even more opening a lot of space from the mouth of the valley. Meanwhile, the Core of the Cult's Force which had Anchorite Almion leading it started to advance furthermore to deliver the dark cloud of death, the spell called [The Stench of a Thousand Corpses]. The main goal was to overwhelm the living by that deadly cloud and take them in one go.

"It is time." Kareem gave a signal.

Right at once, all the traps at the mouth of the valley were activated the moment most of the undead vanguard was there.

*Crack!* *CRaaRACK!* *CRACK!*

The rocky sides of the valley started to give a frightening sound. The archers fixed there were retreating fast using ropes there tied each other with.

The situation was obvious. Those archers weren't archers at all but rather Alteration Mages. Using the map drawn by High Wizard Krilon, the valley was being disintegrated from the sides systematically for the past five hours until it became like mush waiting to be pushed. A strong tonal wave through the rocks created by a Scroll he left behind took care of it all.

The Rocky Pillars on the front sides of the valley were falling one after the other to the mouth of the valley. The sheer force of the fall was obliterating enough to devastate the best Flesh Atronachs unleashed by the Worm Cult. The Bone Centipedes, the Shambles, the Zombies; nothing was left standing taking out half of the vanguard. This alone was equal to the force of the HoonDing Alliance in number.

Kareem's first move was wild and strong boosting all the morals with a grand cheer.

"YEAH!"

"HoonDing! Prince Kareem!"

"Make Way!"

The Redguards were moved by the sound of the rocks falling as if the drums of war were not enough to move them. The strong wave of high morals hit the Worm Cultists badly and made them feel feeble in front of a strong organized army.

"Dammit! Those ants think they can stop us? Hmph! Take this!"

The Grand Anchorite was infuriated by the useless resistance that barely scratched the surface of his army taking out the cannon fodder. He waved his staff wildly and made the [Stench of a Thousand Corpses] cloud advance further at the valley.

"Shit! Light Wards!" Kareem shouted for the Healers to unleash their Wards.

Sadly, under the [Soul Snare] spell, the grey skies made it impossible for the Sun spells to overtake the Undeath spells. The Wards proved useless from the get-go.

Kareem held his [Ansei Ward] sword and was about to use it but a hand stopped him.

"I said leave that to me."

Myr was still there standing calmly.

"What will you do? Whatever it is, do it fast."

"Alright."

The Ehlnofey Aldemr wasn't in a hurry as his foresight granted him the ability to assess the situation profoundly. Once the dark cloud of deathly fumes was about to obliterate the living, Myr started to move.

He had the equipment of both Mirren and Miranda on him; the [Ice Blade of the Monarch], the [Bow of Shadow], the [Ring of Khajiiti], the [Ring of Phynaster], the [Warlock's Ring], but most importantly the [Flask of Lillandril].

His overall Speed and Magic Resistance were buffed insanely. One second he was there, the next he was jumping high in the air facing the dark cloud.

"What is he doing?"

At the center of everyone's attention from the Alliance to the Cult, Myr was making a bold move. With one hand, he was facing the dark cloud with the bow of shadow and with the other, he was notching and arrow.

The arrow looked normal but there was something mounted on it that didn't look like an arrow tip at all.

It was the [Flask of Lillandril]. Myr was shooting it at the Dark Cloud.

———————————

[Flask of Lillandril]

- Magic Absorb

- Magic Reflect

———————————

The Ultimate Anti-Magic weapon that was given to the Altmer Twins was now being shot like a missile at that cloud.

In the eyes of the Altmer, Grand Anchorite Almion, a dangerous sense of disaster made him freeze.

"No! Stop!"

Yet no words can stop an arrow that was shot.

The arrow carrying the [Flask of Lillandril] entered the [Stench of a Thousand Corpses] spell and the work of wonder happened.

No matter how fast the arrow advanced, it was sweeping the cloud.

"NO!"

No matter how much the Anchorite screamed.

"YES!"

And no matter how much Kareem shouted.

The Flask of Lillandril absorbed the dark cloud in one go.

The pain of having his Magicka getting deprived on a massive scale made Anchorite Almion fall on his knees and wither in pain.

"Stop that! Bring it to me!" He pointed at the arrow flying in the sky carrying the [Flask of Lillandril] and the Forbidden level spell inside it.

"On it!" Iceheart raced to the sky carrying her staff and pulling the arrow towards herself to steal the flask but Myr didn't leave things to the chance. With a twist of his finger, the arrow reversed its direction in the sky and flew towards him.

"Incredible!" Say what you want about Altmer or Aldmer, Kareem was Myr's biggest fan right now.

The arrow returned and the [Flask of Lillandril] was back at Myr's hand.

"USELESS!" Almion cussed at Iceheart.

Anchorite Almion lost all control he has over the runes of the spell ultimately losing the trump card that was gifted to him by Mannimarco. For a zealot, there is no greater shame.

"Hahaha! This is an incredible day, my friends. Today, we witnessed the fall of the foul spell brewed by the Cult and now, we take their heads as trophies. On me!"

At the Forefront of the Alliance's Formation, War Chief Laila shouted under her mask raising her spear. Despite the injury, the fierce woman was going for a bloody battle in the best form.

"Citadel! Follow the War Chief. We Make Way together!" Isha rallied the Martial Adepts of the Citadel following after the War Chief and the Battlelords.

"Raise our banners high! We march into victory!" Kareem raised the [Soul Sword] and the [Ansei Ward] together making the armor Jon linked to those weapons radiate like the second coming of Pelinal Whitestrake.

The "Battle of Death March" has officially begun.

~~~~~~~~~~

• P4TRE0N

pat×reon.com/eldokhmesy ( remove × )

• YouTube

Youtube.com/channel/UCr7RT7NUojIRA0s7cjfrjDw

• Discord

discord.gg/gKcKva7

• Instagram

@don_dokhmesy

• Twitter

@eldokhmesy22

You are reading

Dragonborn Saga

ebook which is a free download at

wWw.EbookUpdates.Net

.

Download more ebooks for free at

Ebook Updates.Net

.

495 The Battle of Death March 3, 4

Guys, I am terribly sorry for taking some days off without further notice. The house was busy these past couples of days and my head wasn't functioning. I know we are at the end of the Volume and it is so rude to go on a break out of the blue but please, accept my apology. Sometimes the cat spirit possessing me demands a sudden break and takes a long nap. It is a wonder I still get votes and Patrons with my lazy attitude!

So, a double chapter!

~~~~~~~~~~

(Part 1)

"Blessed be the Alliance!"

"The Cult shall prevail!"

And the fight broke out.

The Cult amassed their undead minions to horde over the rubble of the fallen rocks but the Alliance was already prepared and secured the high ground and there where the clash happened.

"Secure every spot. Hold the formation tight. The large undead creatures are slower than the smaller ones, deal with them first." War Chief Laila stood in front of the lines followed by Nagla and Isha on her right and left.

"Master, we should take the fight to the heart of the enemy as fast as we can. Staying here for too long will cause our casualties to increase." Isha shouted as she broke five zombies with a swing of her spear.

"Going down there early is suicide!" Nagla disagreed.

"We have no choice! We can go forward then retreat under the cover of magic, else we are going to lose our position." War Chief Laila had the most experienced background in open battles so she came up with a solution right away.

"March forward! Take ground and make every strike count!" She shouted and advanced ahead spearheading the attack with her spear.

"""HUA!""" The Adepts of the Citadel had absolute trust in their War Chief and followed her lead.

Despite her previous injury, War Chief Laila combined her experience with tactics and acted as the figure who can boost the morales at the forefront of the army even though she wasn't able to exert her full power.

She decided to act flashy and be the center of attention just to give confidence to the Adepts even if it meant worsening her recovery. She aimed her spear forward and focused on its blade that started to give off a blue aura. From there, a strong force fortified her charge and added a strong wave of power to her attack.

[Annihilating Blade - Lightning Bird Spear]

A Martial Art of the spear recorded by the old Spear Masters of the First Era only a few could learn and less could master.

The attack opened a path through the enemy lines as the War Chief destroyed over thirty undead creatures in one strike.

"War Chief is amazing!"

"Follow the War Chief!"

The Adepts were maddened by seeing the amazing Martial Art and offered their lives to just keep up with their idol who is breaking the ranks so effortlessly.

"Elder sister, go easy on yourself!" Nagla ran after her and tried to talk some sense into her sister.

"If you want this to end early, hurry up and don't lag behind." The War Chief didn't seem to be willing to stop but rather, she seemed in a hurry.

"Dammit! Here I go." Nagla couldn't stop her sister so she decided to take some of the load.

She swung her spear in circles and jumped inside a gathering of the dead. Her swings were unnatural and caused every undead in the way to be torn apart just like that.

[Fanning Spear - Bloody Wolf Storm]

If the opponents were living people, one could have seen a storm of blood around Spear Battlelord Nagla. Unlike her sister who showed the Power of the Spear, she showed the Accuracy of the Spear.

"You two… amazing!" From behind, Isha watched the War Chief and her Master compete on who was destroying more undead, a strong urge grew within her to join the party as well.

"Here I come." She shouted and ran towards the enemies with fabulous footwork evading and attacking using the [Spear of Bitter Mercy].

[Ebonarm Spear - Dancing Demon Spear]

A Martial Art that is taught to all the Adepts of the Citadel of Ebonarm who use the spear but to maintain it and reach its peak was a deed impossible to achieve for most of the current and old generations. Isha execution can be described as flawless.

"This girl!"

The two masters of the spear who are War Chief Laila and Spear Battlelord Nagla couldn't help but admire the fine Battlelord they brought up. Isha was on her way to surpass all who came before her in the Citadel.

The attack was a huge success. Let alone Laila, Nagla and Isha who were the obvious spearhead; the other Adepts and Battlelords showed no less courage and overwhelmed the Undead in a glorious show of strength and courage but like all things, it had to come to an end.

When the warriors reached the lowest point of the rocky rubble, they had already suffered some losses even with the high ground advantage but as the advantage was lost, they were about to be overwhelmed with numbers.

"Retreat now! Mages! Attack!" Kareem issued his order for the frontal main force to retreat and the mages to cover them.

A barrage of Magic spells showered the gap between the Warriors and the Undead Creatures. The Healers were not only assigned for healing but also attacking with the Sun Spells despite how weakened they were.

A safe retreat was guaranteed except when it came to one place.

The right side of the army was completely covered by healers, the magic in that side only harmed the Undead and not the living. It is a good thing in most cases but the Worm Cult saw through such a weakness.

"There! Attack! Preach their lines!"

Worm Knight Bobrak, known as Bonecrafter Bobrak, was leading a force of Worm Knights and Worm Necromancers from the right side. He walked across the danger zone barely scratched by the Sun Spells and surprised the Citadel Warriors at the right flank.

"The Cultists have passed! To formation!"

The Battlelord responsible for the right flank ordered a textbook defensive formation and withstood the Worm Knight successfully.

"Haha! Fools!"

Bonecrafter Bobrak was smiling viciously seeing his plan actually working. He gave a signal to the necromancers following him and they all started summoning skeletons as fast as they could.

"Stop them!" The battlelord wanted to take action against the summons and overwhelm the Necromancers but soon, he realized where he was mistaken.

Not all the skeletons were made for battle, some were made to be destroyed and take the enemy with them.

"Shields!"

"Too late!"

Once the Skeletons and the Warriors clashed, those skeletons exploded violently in the faces of those warriors.

"AAAAH!"

"MY EYES!"

"HELP!"

It was a vicious move. The spell known as [Blastbones] would send a suicidal skeleton that would run at the enemies nimbly, even evading attacks and giving a chase to its target until it blasts in fragments into that enemy. Those fragments were small and sharp, their harm is beyond repair for most of these skeletons are either carrying Flame, Poison or Disease.

"You dirty Necromancers!" The battlelord was angered beyond sense and jumped off his place aiming to behead the necromancers hiding behind the worm knights.

"That's the spirit!"

Bonecrafter Bobrak faced the Battlelord and received his attack with a sudden [Bone Shield] that appeared out of nowhere resembling a ribcage carrying to skulls. The Battlelord's sword didn't even scratch the [Bone Shield].

With a swing of his hand, a Scythe appeared on Bobrak's hand and went effortlessly through the Battlelord's body.

"NO!" A shout was heard from nearby as the Battlelord's head rolled on the ground.

With his other hand, Bobrak cast a spell turning the headless body of the Battlelord into an Undead right away.

"Haha! Go get them!"

The dreadful situation inspired a lot of fear into the hearts of the warriors who were trying to avenge the Battlelord but soon after, a spear came flying blasting away the headless undead body of the Battlelord.

"Dirty Faithless Cultists!"

War Chief Laila seemed to have secured her front and left the leadership to Battlelord Nagla.

"Die!" Bobrak swung the [Death Scythe] once again at Laila who skillfully evaded and grasped some sand throwing it in Bobrak eyes.

"AH! Dirty!"

"Shut up and fight!"

Laila realized that she can't prolong the fight because of her injury so she had to end it as fast as she can. Her spear returned to her hand and she launched a second [Annihilating Blade - Lightning Bird Spear]. Bonecrafter Bobrak tried to block the attack with his [Bone Shield] but he couldn't even understand what happened next.

The spear of the War Chief shattered his shield to smithereens intending to take his arm.

"Dream on!" He abandoned his place and jumped away taking distance from the dangerous opponent he couldn't recognize.

This was surprising. As the Worm Anchorite of the Cell that was responsible for assassinations, he should know all the dangerous targets and the ones that are marked for death.

"War Chief! We're here to aid you."

Some of the Citadel Adepts joined the fray to ward off the Necromancers and the other Worm Knights from interfering with the War Chief's fight.

"The War Chief? How? You are supposed to be dead by now!"

"Heh! You think too highly of your Cult, Necromancer." Laila wasn't planning to waste more time and aimed for the Orc's neck.

Bobrak realized his situation wasn't favorable, surely the Masked Spearmaster was none other than the famous War Chief Laila, such a woman was one of the best Fighters around Tamriel, even he wasn't confident to face.

He tried to block the attack by using two [Bone Shields] at the same time but his movements were far slower than her even with her injury limiting her options.

'Impressive! Even the Blessed One couldn't kill her.'

Bobrak's options were running short but he is not an Anchorite for show, he had a trump card for those kinds of situations.

"GET OFF ME!"

The Orc shouted making his Magicka explode and transforming it hurriedly into a spell. Laila had to retreat and watch the Orc cast his big spell.

[Bone Goliath Transformation]

"This is bad!"

The spell only a Master Mage can cast and needs years upon years of Necromancy practices to master.

Bonecrafter Bobrak was known as the Bonecrafter for his peerless skill in such art so of course, he could cast [Bone Goliath Transformation]. The last time that spell appeared in public was during the Aftermath of the Battle of Forsworn Jon Dare when Arch Wizard Nurina used it to fight on equal terms with the Noble Vampire Lord, Harkon Volkihar. ("Bone Goliath Pic added to Discord and IG)

"Dammit! Retreat!"

From this point on, the fight was fated to turn ugly.

**********

(Part 2)

"Hya!"

"HAA!"

The two big shots of the Citadel and the Cult clashed in mortal combat. At the start of the fight, War Chief Laila was both faster and Stronger than Bonecrafter Bobrak but after the [Bone Goliath Transformation], he became superior in raw power and endurance. Harming him will prove to be a challenge right now.

A Bone Goliath lives up to its name, the mechanic of the spell works by incasing the Necromancer in an Undead specially fitted to cover them fully. This meant more than just protection for the [Bone Goliath] was an undead that has its own power and set of controls needing to take commands from its pilot, the Necromancer.

It can be described as a power armor of sorts. Very strong and durable, powered by Magicka, has its own set of attacks and supports all the Magicka and Combat skills of the Pilot.

For that, War Chief Laila resorted to her best Martial Skills aiming to crack that tough nut while Bonecrafter Bobrak resorted to conjuring two [Death Scythes] by both hands locking all the angles of retreating for the War Chief.

"Stupid!"

Comparing his brute force to her skill was a mistake. Her spear found its way to leave a large crack on the chest of the Bone Goliath then she escaped the range of the two [Death Scythes] by evading at no direction except forward.

"Grah!" Bonecrafter Bobrak felt the impact of the spear and took distance from the battlelord.

She is too dangerous for him to take on. Despite the fact that he managed to ambush the Citadel and kill a Battlelord, she managed to steal the momentum and take her Adepts to safety minimizing the loss to the minimum.

The goal of the Cult was to kill as many Citadel Warriors as fast as they could then Reanimate them into Undead to make them fight their fellow warriors. Aside from the psychological pressure that would accumulate on a person to beat down the corpse of his brothers and fellow warriors, the Cult had a final plan to use those fallen for an assault of a [Corpse Explosion] spell to fully break the first line of Defense for the HoonDing Alliance which is the whole Citadel of Ebonarm.

This carefully crafted plan went into absolute chaos now that the War Chief took action herself.

"We retreated!" A call came from the back of the Alliance lines calling the War Chief to retreat.

"Hehehe. Good!"

Laila knew her job was over and decided to cut the fight here.

"Stop where you are!" Bobrak couldn't afford to let his strong magic go to waste and wanted to stop Laila's retreat but she was still faster than he is.

"You won't go."

Desperate, Bobrak resorted to casting [Conjure Zombie Horse] a couple of times. The Zombie horses were strong and heavy which guaranteed they would withstand the attacks of the Alliance as he chases after War Chief Laila and so it happened.

The rubble high ground wasn't much of an obstacle to the Zombie Horses that pulled the Bone Goliath up.

"Commander! We can't afford to follow! We are losing numbers!" A Worm Knight called for Bobrak but the latter was too obsessed with killing the War Chief before anything else the plans would go to absolute chaos.

"Throw the rocks! Destroy the corpses!" At the top of the rubble mountain, Kareem was giving a series of orders to obstruct Bobrak and destroy any remaining corpse on the battlefield to avoid the Necromancers reanimating them.

"Dammit! Assist me here!" Bobrak found no escape but to call for help as he finally locked the escape route on Laila.

{Endure for a minute! I'm bringing help!} Necromancer Iceheart responded to his call.

Meanwhile, War Chief Laila was calculating her options.

"There is no escape, War Chief." Bobrak felt the victory will be assured as soon as he takes care of the strongest enemy that could even hold a whole flank on her own with an injury hindering her.

"Heh! You've got some guts following me here. Fine, show me what you got."

As an Orc, Bonecrafter Bobrak was not just some second grade-warrior, he was a great warrior so he could surely use that.

"HAA!"

With a loud shout, the Orc started to get empowered and break free from his shackles more and more.

[Berserk Rage], the racial power of Orcs.

Two [Death Scythes] formed on his hands as he waved them at Laila from the sides.

She nimbly jumped up and twisted her body with the spear attacking the Bone Goliath at its skull. A crack formed on the skull and some drops of blood appeared on the spear blade. A critical hit.

The War Chief felt her victory was assured but sadly, she celebrated too soon, a berserking Orc can't feel anything such as pain. Despite the crack on the skull, Bobrak used the chance of Laila not stabilizing herself mid-air and rammed her with his supposedly injured head.

"AH!"

The ram was too strong for Laila forcing her to retreat while the Orc tried to cease the chance using his superior Berserking state to attack her but she skillfully retreated.

"DIE!"

From behind, a bolt of unholy magic was shot at Laila's back hitting her without her noticing and causing her to fall short on evasion.

"WAR CHIEF!" Kareem was the closest to the scene and found himself jumping out of his post to defend the War Chief taking the second Magic bolt with the [Soul Sword].

"Annoying!" A Witch-like woman appeared in the sky, she was holding a staff and looked rather ugly. It was Iceheart.

A second solo fight started between Prince Kareem and Worm Necromancer Iceheart as Kareem jumped mid-air deflecting all the attacks skillfully and giving a serious chase to the witch.

"Isha! Assist the War Chief!" Kareem's voice vibrated over the battlefield alerting the other two fronts where Isha and Myr fought.

Isha looked at Nagla and the two nodded before Isha charging on a Storm Atronach across the battlefield.

Meanwhile, War Chief Laila was in quite a grim situation. After she was struck by the deadly bolt, she fell down and the Bone Goliath that is Bonecrafter Bobrak took the chance to engage with her in a devastating fight.

She managed to break his magic but she lost her spear, he tried to strangle her using her superior bruteness and she struggled with maintaining her situation from worsening.

"BREAK FOR ME!" The frenzied Orc shouted behind his skull protection and pinned Laila to the ground. As she clung into his arm, he bound her down hard then stepped on her causing her to cough out blood.

"War Chief!" Isha's voice was heard nearby but Laila was too weakened to respond.

Bobrak's hand was raised once again and two impactful punches landed on Laila's body. The last attack was when Bobrak raised his hand and conjured a [Bone Dagger].

"Die!"

The last attack wasn't missing Laila's heart by any chance and she felt death drawing nearer. In a moment of weakness, Laila gave up and closed her eyes but in the next, a slender ebony spear was piercing through the arm of the [Bone Goliath].

"Get off her!"

Bobrak staggered backward by Isha yet the berserking Orc soon regained his balance and looked at Isha. Despite the skull face, Isha could see the nasty smile under that skull as a horde of Necromancers, Worm Knights and Undead Creatures.

"Maiden of the Spear! It is you!" Bobrak figured out Isha's identity without much thinking.

"Son of a fucking bitch! I'll kill you. BOETHIAH!"

Isha called for her last resort power, the [Blessing of Boethiah - Desert Wrath]. The air around her started to burn on its own and a storm of sand formed as she charged like a loosen arrow at Bonecrafter Bobrak.

"GRAAHH!" The Orc called his remaining arm to call a [Bone Wall] from the ground to hinder Isha's advance but it was broken like a piece of biscuit.

"Shit!"

The spear's tip was already pressing at the chest of the Bone Goliath as Bobrak started retreating and Isha gave chase. The sandstorm she called around her destroyed each and every undead and worm cultist she passed across save for the ridiculously durable Bone Goliath that the [Spear of Bitter Mercy] was its only medicine.

"Die, you fucker!"

Isha shouted delivering all the power from her Aura to her Shoulders and Thighs as the spear tip sunk deeply in the Goliath then she started lifting him up on her spear.

Isha's strength reached an unimaginable realm when she was lifting the large Goliath up vertically then tossed him to the air.

She wasn't done! Oh! She was far from done. She jumped up after him with her spear aimed forward using what she knows about Magic to levitate for a few seconds while delivering an attack that would send the Bone Goliath up in the air more. All of those attacks were a martial skill known as [Annihilating Blade - Wolf Bite Spear].

The Bone Goliath began to disintegrate with each strike showing bloody spots of its owner's body being broken apart. An arm flew away, then a foot, then the whole leg, and finger were seen.

Screams!

Wails!

The Orc's pain must have accumulated for too long and his body was feeling it all in one go alongside Isha's relentless attacks.

"STOP! PLEASE! NO! HELP"

As all parts of the Bone Goliath were broken apart, the Orc was revealed to all who could see as body losing its limbs on a rabid rate.

Isha couldn't maintain her flight for too long and soon fell towards the slope of rubble but she safely landed. As for the Orc, he fell right after Isha with its hideous body bleeding like a slain pig. Once it was close to the ground, Isha met him with her spear.

*Slash*

The Speartip penetrated the head of the Orc from the neck going up through the skull and carrying it like a trophy.

"The Cult's Commander is dead!"

"Isha killed him! She killed him!"

"Rally the news! Aloud!"

All the Citadel Warriors cheered loudly to convey the news on all fronts. Isha slew a Cult Commander!

The impact of the news was obvious. The Worm Cultists were unable to advance further from the shock while the Warriors of the Citadel and the HoonDing Alliance turned into hungry wolves and rallied another charge against the Cultists and the Undead.

"Help! The War Chief is injured!" Isha destroyed the body of the Bobrak and ran to Laila supporting her away from the battle under the protection of some Battlelords.

Meanwhile in the sky.

"Hold that Witch!"

"HYA!"

Kareem and Jax were chasing after the Necromancer Iceheart.

"Hahaha! You won't catch me, pretty boy."

"Hmph!"

Jax snorted as he flipped his wings and blocked the escape path of Iceheart. She tried to evade left but his [Lava Whip] stopped her escape. Kareem had some control over the [Levitation] spell using his magic tools so he was able to keep up with Jax and Iceheart.

"Isha killed a Cult Commander!"

The loud cheer finally reached the ones battling in the skies. Iceheart froze in her place and looked where Bobrak was supposed to be. She took note of Isha holding the [Spear of Bitter Mercy] with Bobrak hung from the tip.

"… Impossible!"

"Hya!"

Iceheart had no time to rest as Kareem was swinging the [Soul Sword] at her.

"Piss off!"

She tried to get rid of him but Jax was waiting for her. His "Lava Whip" held her from her leg and pulled her down.

"Let go! I said let me go!"

The Witch was infuriated by the cooperation between Jax and Kareem so she had to get rid of Jax first. She aimed her hand and cast a dreadful spell towards him.

Jax had no time to evade as he was focused on holding the whip to prevent Iceheart from escaping. Once he saw the Spell approaching nearer, he almost lost focus but someone appeared in front of him to take the magic instead.

"Prince! No!"

It was Kareem. Once Jax saw Kareem in the line of danger, he remembered his Master's serious warning about protecting Kareem that had an "or else" following it. Sadly, Jax was too slow to help Kareem and the spell landed on him causing a dark explosion.

"Dammit!"

"Ahahaha!"

The Minotaur was shuddering from the thought that he failed to protect Kareem, on the other hand, Iceheart gave a Witch laugh for her flawless spell.

"Hmph! Celebrating too soon."

Yet all of a sudden, Kareem's voice sounded and the dark cloud was torn apart by a wave of shimmering light.

Kareem appeared in the most heroic appearance he may appear with. His armor was radiating and he was holding two swords, one was the [Soul Sword], the other was the [Ansei Ward].

Two voices sounded in his head, one was Prince A'tor and the other was Sword Saint Radan. To top it all, the armor that Jon gave him was ridiculously playing along.

———————————

[Royal Plate]

- Weapon Enchantment Imitation

———————————

The armor was a full plate yet simple, light and nearly crafted by Wulfur who was training on imitating the Elven Craftsmanship. Despite being kept in the corner as decoration, Jon had a devilish idea while training his Enchanting. The Enchantment, which required the whole set, can borrow power from a Weapon's Enchantment and reflect similar qualities on the whole armor. Its flaw was that it didn't work well with normal weapons and for such a complicated Enchantment, it was scripted using the Binary Method.

Combined with the [Soul Sword], the armor would give a Holy Aura and reflect the power of Prince A'tor but combining it with an [Ansei Ward], things took a rather ridiculous turn.

Find authorized novels in Webnovel，faster updates, better experience，Please click www.webnovel.com for visiting.

Somehow, the armor grew wings made of light swords with some sort of a melody or humming was heard in the surroundings as well. The world may have not seen such an image for ages but surely the blood of Redguards, descendants of the old Yukodans, realized what Kareem just looked like.

As he moved his swords, the melody around him started to intensify. The Tonal Law of the universe moved with his sword and a mystical wave of sword slash happened.

"Master! Save me!" Iceheart knew she was done for, all she could do is to call her Master, Grand Anchorite Almion.

"Stay your blade!" A voice came like thunder in the sky targeting Kareem but the melody around him protected him from all Tonal based attacks and he continued with the sword strike at Iceheart.

"Mortal, you dare defy me?"

Grand Anchorite Almion flew from his camp and targeted Kareem. A deviating power comparable to an Ancestor started to pressure Kareem and endangered him but suddenly, all the pressure was blocked by something. Meanwhile, Kareem's sword strike landed on Iceheart and broke her apart in a withering scream.

"Who are you? How can you stop me?" Grand Anchorite Almion couldn't believe that he was being stopped by an equal strength.

"Please refrain from resisting, I take no pleasure causing harm to another being." The figure that appeared in front of Almion spoke.

It was wearing some simple elven armor not even enchanted. Once it removed the helm, the face of an elf appeared. It was hard to distinguish what Elf that is yet from the looks of it, the Elf was too beautiful and charming. Could be an Altmer as they are the best looking ones but those pain in the ass Altmer are nothing but trouble and they can't give this peaceful feeling.

"What… what are you?" Almion directed a question to Myr with a shocked face.

Despite being equal to an Ancestor, Almion couldn't see through the Elf in front of him.

"Worry not! It shall be painless!"

And Myr raised the [Ansei Ward].

~~~~~~~~~~

• P4TRE0N

pat×reon.com/eldokhmesy ( remove × )

• YouTube

Youtube.com/channel/UCr7RT7NUojIRA0s7cjfrjDw

• Discord

discord.gg/gKcKva7

• Instagram

@don_dokhmesy

• Twitter

@eldokhmesy22

You are reading

Dragonborn Saga

ebook which is a free download at

wWw.EbookUpdates.Net

.

Download more ebooks for free at

wWw.EbookUpdates.Net

.

496 The Battle of Death March 5, 6

Notification: A new Chapter of "Beast of the Apocalypse" is published on ******* FREE even for non-patrons!

Many thanks to our new Patrons:-

@Plague (E rank)

@Corshade (F rank)

Almost forgot~... A Double Trouble Chapter!

~~~~~~~~~~

(Part 1)

Myr raised the Ansei Ward and a frightening power came from the blade. Myr didn't like talking too much or wasting time, so with a single swing, he created an energy blade attack with the Ansei Ward and launched it at Grand Anchorite Almion.

The Grand Anchorite who is also a Vampire didn't realize what kind of energy was that at first yet once he saw what the energy did the Undead Creatures between him and Myr, his ghost almost departed his body from the scare.

The Energy seemed harmless towards the Living but it broke the Undead apart. Just like the Sun Magic but more dreadful and destructive.

The Sun Magic is the closest element to Aetherius and a Source of Life. It can provide actual sunlight to any farm planted even under a mountain as long as the other elements are provided. Such an element is the bane of Undeath thus why the [Soul Snare] spell weakened such an element. Yet according to what Myr just used, he seemed to be unhindered by the [Soul Snare] spell to begin with.

The Grand Anchorite was forced to move off his place with a bitter face. It is safer not to block such a strike.

"So… you decided to prolong it. Very well."

On the other hand, Myr was displeased that his opponent took the negative choice that would lead to the suffering of the many.

In an instance, a cross slash came from Myr's direction aiming to cut the Ancient Vampire into four but the latter was alert and moved from the sky in the form of a swarm of bats.

"No matter what you are, you are no match for an Immortal!" Almion didn't just upset Myr but also bragged about his Vampirism which made Myr think for a while.

"You dare get distracted against me!" Seeing Myr unresponsive, the Vampire decided to turn the tide and rushed at Myr in an instant. Myr was not moving and got caught from the neck by the clutches of the vampire.

"Any last words, fool?"

"You just called yourself Immortal?" Uncaring about the Vampire's actions, Myr directed a question to the vampire.

"Indeed! Ahahaha, why? Are you interested in switching forces for immortality as well?" Almion raised Myr from the neck then pulled him closer, "You have a fine face? For an Elf, your blood is… your blood is…"

"My blood is what?"

"I… I am not quite sure… What are you?" Almion bared his fangs and as he brought his face closer to Myr's.

"What a shame! For a second, I thought you were onto something." Myr held the vampires are and twisted it removing the clutch of his neck effortlessly.

"SHAAA!" The Vampire hissed from the sudden shift of situation.

"Listen, undead. It is shameful to call yourself Immortal. It is a word that even I don't describe myself with." As soon as Myr's words were done, he swung the vampire like a toy and tossed him down like a falling meteor.

"Immortality may sound like the goal of many who practice the Arcane arts but Longevity is the best thing to achieve. Those who wish to cheat death crawl into the darkness of Undeath but that never makes you immortal. An Immortal is a being the defies the concept of death and transcends beyond the existence of the knowable. Unlike what most think, death is a blessing, an end, and rest to all suffering. Those who want to keep living must bear the consequences and they still won't be immortals, only long-livers. In your case, your longevity is based on the unholy concept of Undeath, the Light of Aetherius flowing through the sun is the secret of all life yet you, a being of the void still claim to be Immortal? The audacity! The nerve!"

As the dust settled, Myr finished the lesson of what it means to be an immortal meeting eye to eye with the Ancient Vampire whose rage was boiling to a critical point.

"YOU! DARE! LAY! A HAND! ON! ME?!"

The vampire's body was damaged beyond recognition but the undead are known to be resilient and tough to kill. The broken body of the Ancient Vampire started to gather from pieces to pieces forming itself organ by organ then limb by limb finally taking the form of a humanoid then covering itself with an aura of darkness to form a robe and a staff.

"Hmph! Alas, my words are wasted on the likes of you." Myr's head shook left and right in displeasure and disapproval.

"You will pay!"

The Vampire ignored Myr's monologue and recognized him as a tough opponent. In fact, Myr was a few levels above Jon in terms of raw mystical power. His powers as an Ehlnofey were the closest thing to divine thus making him the perfect bane to an Ancestor-level Ancient Vampire.

"You are but a talking walking corpse." Myr raised the [Ansei Ward] once again, "What is dead may never rise!"

A powerful clash of powerhouses happened in the sky above the armies of the living and the dead one with golden light and the other with dreadful darkness. The onlookers shuddered to the sight of the two powers that stole the spotlight in an instance.

Meanwhile, the fight between Kareem and Iceheart was turning into more of a fast chase.

"Don't run, scum."

"Master! Master! Save me!"

Kareem was rushing behind Iceheart who decided she is no match for the dangerously overpowered Prince who just grew wings. His majestic power cut through the ranks of the Undead horde as Iceheart ran left and right avoiding him and rallying the Undead puppets to distract him.

"I said… STOP!"

Kareem let out a rush of violent energy that destroyed a large Flesh Atronach, the same thing that appeared in front of his city less than a few days ago. The Prince's fast rise in power is indeed shocking but Kareem knew that he is borrowing the powers of Prince A'tor and the Sword Saint in the Ansei Ward thus he had to use it wisely.

"You will never catch me! You will never catch me! Ahahaha!"

Iceheart used her Lichdom powers to manipulate the army of the dead into a meat-shield for the aggressive Prince that is out for her head. Kareem spared no effort in destroying everything in his way.

"I'll catch you, you…" Kareem was infuriated by the shameful acts of Iceheart but a voice rang in his head.

{You mustn't let her pull you any further! You are being led to a trap.}

Sure enough, Kareem was in the middle of the enemy's force fighting alone with Undead coming from all directions.

"Dammit!"

Realizing the mess he's in, Kareem felt the need to retreat but it was rather hard to break through the lines of these undead. He decided to use the Wings he had to yet in the air, the enemies were more dangerous than the ones in the ground. The Undead army had wraiths and gargoyles that could fly and cast terrible curses.

"Hahaha! What is wrong, pretty boy? You want to retreat?" From nearly all around him, Kareem could hear the vile laughter of Iceheart who was celebrating her victory.

Surely he had more firepower enough to defeat her but she was more adapted with her powers and took the fight to a place where she can fully utilize all her skills. Kareem would break from the dead with brute power but she would lay traps to damage and exhaust him. The dead he fights would explode when they are too damaged to fight, the undead behind him are always more powerful than the ones ahead of him forcing him to go deeper into the army of the dead stranded from all aid. Iceheart was as crafty as she is powerful and Kareem was in real danger. What he didn't know that it wasn't only him but Iceheart also managed to trap Jax into the same exact situation both of them were waiting to get from the other.

Meanwhile, Myr and Almion were having a devastating fight high in the sky. Myr's powers were boundless compared to Almion but not infinite. On the other hand, Almion was killed over seven times already but would always regenerate from his remains and rise again.

"That's not possible!" Myr was taken aback by how much effort it took him to fight this undying thing.

"Hahaha! You see now, puny creature. I am an immortal! You can't harm me!"

Myr was by no means puny yet Almion was drunk in power. He can regenerate from a single drop of blood back into his full state further proving Myr's point of undeath. Yet what made Myr uneasy was how much energy this undead could muster. Almion too was terrified by Myr whose attacks would kill him without much resistance.

Almion's secret was simple and soon, Myr saw through it.

"You are not immortal but one is surely backing you, resurrecting you each time you are killed. Resurrection… I see, just like that girl. You are a prophet as well."

Myr's insight was right on point, Almion was indeed Mannimarco's prophet, the eyes and ears of the King of Worms in the mortal world exactly like Beth and Boethiah.

Myr adjusted his powers and readied himself to launch another attack but suddenly stopped and looked down at the battle between the living and the dead. With a smile, he launched a powerful attack towards Almion slow enough for the latter to dodge and powerful enough to land on the undead on the ground and wipe out a good chunk of them. Sure enough, it bought Jax enough time to escape the trap Iceheart has prepared and rush to join Kareem.

"Hateful! What are you plotting?" Almion noticed that the plan he came up with, to lock the powerhouses of the enemies in prolonged fights and drain them fast, was seen through.

"Heh! It seems we have reached a deadlock, undead. You can't harm me but I can harm you but you can keep me occupied. Still, that doesn't mean I can't keep you in check and ruin with you plans. After all, if there is no army of the dead, your petty Immortal won't be helping you that much."

Myr may appear as a pure and quite Elf but he is the origin of both Miranda and Mirren, two of the most dangerous assassins in Tamriel.

"Hateful! I will strike you down!"

Almion realized he can no longer rely on the support of the King of Worms and had to put effort to fight Myr, unfortunately for him, he is no match for Myr to begin with. Myr kept throwing attacks at the Undead army here and there while keeping Almion in check. Yet Myr's only worry was his reserve of energy that was running low faster than he hoped.

It was a race against time, Myr's Stamina and Magicka against the unending numbers of the Undead.

[A/n: Remember to put Paragraph comments on the spots you like, Rate and Comment on the Chapter]

**********

(Part 2)

At the same time, Jax has arrived to aid Kareem in the flashiest way possible.

"Prince! I am here to assist you!" He landed with his flaming wings burning any undead on his sides and his [Lava Whip] pulling a large Flesh Atronach down on tens of smaller undead turning them to fragments.

Jax and Kareem stood back to back ready to fight whatever creature come at them yet all of a sudden, aid came from the most unexpected places. Out of nowhere, Nine Iron Atronachs appeared and started to grind the undead around them like death machines.

"Those are!"

"Krilon's Atronachs?"

These nine Atronaches were the Golems created by Jon using the [Deadlands Hammer] when he arrived at the Citadel of Ebonarm.

This only meant one thing… their owner is not too far.

"What should we do?" Jax asked.

"Not die and kill as much as we can." Kareem was not waiting for a miracle to happen despite knowing that a change is coming soon, they just need to keep their stand on to lessen the load on those who are coming after them. While fighting, they have already formed a mound of corpses beneath them yet they can't stay longer in one place else Iceheart will make those corpses explode to harm them.

The best course of action was to leave the Nine Iron Atronachs to do whatever they are doing and seek out the strongest undead allowing the HoonDing Alliance and the Citadel of Ebonarm to have an easier time advancing forward and break the deadlock of the battle.

Indeed, the forces of the Alliance started advancing slowly and took the fight out of the valley to an open field. Soon enough, the plans were implemented and the diverse forces were deployed on an open field. The Hunding Chargers of Stros M'kai were back on their horses and launched a successful assault on the undead's left flank rendering them to Oblivion. The efforts of the heroes in the front started to bear its fruits.

"Iceheart! Release the hounds!" Almion was watching battle during his fight with Myr and realized the trouble he is in so he shouted for Iceheart to hasten the plans.

Soon enough, Iceheart, who was hiding somewhere in the army of the dead, started to conjure a different type of undead that resembled the Skinned Hounds of the Shivering Isles but on a zombified image. These hounds carried all sorts of poisons and infections making it dangerous to come into contact with them.

The hounds ran and started chasing the horses of the Hunding Chargers hunting a number of them as the other escaped within the range of the Magic Squad. Locking the Chargers away from the battle was the right step to take for the side of the Worm Cultists to make sure that the Necromancers in the core of the formation were safe from a sudden enemy charge.

But the Worm Cult has missed the one true enemy they should be most wary from.

Iceheart, who has retreated to the core of the formation alongside the other Worm Cultists, was sparing no effort into supporting the frontlines sending Necromancers and Worm Knights to stop the Alliance and the Citadel from advancing. Even after the fall of their strategies, Bonecrafter Bobrak, the Cult had many talents of strategy and trickery that can still lead this fight to a sure victory. Oblivion! The Cultists themselves were over 4000 gathered at various points and cells to control the battle without even engaging with the enemies.

Still, not all the plans were working right.

"Mother! Mother! Another seven were found dead!" The one who spoke to Iceheart was her daughter, Mina.

"I don't care about the losses or whatever crazy maniac launches a suicide attack and kill some! Master wants more cells to advance further into the fight and hold the key points. We need to trap those mortals back where they came from and seize the chance to take the high grounds from them."

Iceheart was pushing the plans forward no matter the losses.

"But mother, the enemies that launch suicidal attacks can't kill our ranks or reach this deep."

"Don't bother me with your duties! Protect the ranks and keep the pace, victory is within our grasps!" Iceheart brushed it off but soon, she felt the feedback of her undead thralls getting beaten by Kareem and Jax on a faster rate than before, "AAH! Those two are at it again! I have to go kill them personally."

As she flew out of the core Magical formation; her daughter Mina was the one to stand at the center of the Control Formation, Mina is not Iceheart's actual biological daughter but rather a child that was taken by force from her parents when she was but an infant then got raised with dozen others by Iceheart. Of course, Mina killed the other children to prove herself as the most fitting and loyal apprentice to Iceheart. An unholy cycle of mastering the undeath.

Find authorized novels in Webnovel，faster updates, better experience，Please click www.webnovel.com for visiting.

"Bring glory to the King of Worms! He who took us when the world rejected us and showed us power and purpose." Mina shouted.

"HAA!"

The Cultists shouted after her pouring their life energy into the control formation to give birth to more undead. Those who were not strong enough started crumbling and aging so fast as the formation ate them faster than they could maintain it.

"Find replacement to those faithless! We need more power to push forward!"

Much like her mother, Mina was cruel and unforgiving planning to take the world down with her for the glory of the King of Worms.

"Lady Mina! Lady Mina! Another cell was found dead!" Suddenly, a lieutenant of hers came running to deliver the news.

"Dammit! What was the pattern?" She asked.

"All are slashed cleanly into halves and one with a broken neck." The man said.

"Shit! It keeps happening. Replace me!"

She pulled the man in her position but for he was a knight with weak Magicka, the formation consumed him in a couple of seconds.

"Trash! Another one! Make it stable."

This formation was one large formation to control a whole army of undead. Because of the lack of resources once the HoonDing Alliance rose to power, the cult had no mortal sacrifices or young children to power it up so they gladly gave their lives to maintain it. All the citizens of Hegathe have either fled, converted to the faith of the Worm Cult or slaughtered so it was actually a desperate situation for the Worm Cult as well.

Yet right now, the reserve of 4000 cultists that were bought for the maintenance and the fighting was dwindling at an alarming rate. Mina found out about the killings that started happening exactly with the start of the battle. It is safe to say… or rather unsafe, that the rearguard of the undead force is completely crippled by now for the lack of the Worm Cells that control the massive force of this Dead Army.

She looked and looked but without any leads, no matter the enemy at work here, it is as if he is walking through the shadows. Every Worm Cell died with blade cuts but only one member that is usually a weaponless knight has his neck broken.

Why is it being dismissed? Why does everyone think that the Cult is fighting Martial Artists so it is natural that we lose some members to the suicidal attacks? The dead Worm Cells may be not of strategic value but losing them like that is alarming. Without them, the rearguard is moveless. Just some undead standing unless…

"Unless they are blocking us from retreat?" Mina thought, "But why would we retreat? We are winning this for sure. Who is this devil lurking among us?"

No way in Oblivion an enemy can be so skilled in infiltration to the point where even the Grand Anchorite is clueless of his whereabouts.

Mina looked up and saw the most powerful enemy battling the Grand Anchorite up in the skies but the Anchorite was holding well despite the enemy's action of smiting down the undead army whenever they get the chance.

"Can it be…"

As she was investigating, her eyes landed on the Worm Cell nearby. She watched for over ten minutes the scene of a Worm Knight looking for his sword but he can't find it yet he stumbles upon a strange black sword that was lying on the ground carelessly. He picks the sword and falls for its bewitching beauty then without care, he slashes a few times with a dumb smile killing all members of the worm cell he is leading.

A moment later, a black cat-like beast passes by and the man's head is twisted at the wrong direction. It all took a few seconds and a whole section of the army was crippled.

Yet she was unmoving… unresisting… unable to utter a word or raise a finger to point at what just happened.

She was not doing this on purpose but rather for the hand over her shoulder of a person standing on the other side of her. He wore a black cloak and resembles a cultist but a mask was covering his face.

"Beautiful, isn't it?" He asked.

"…" Unsure of when did this man get close to her or how was he even there made Mina speechless.

Amidst the chaos of the fight, no one cared who stood beside whom or who was who. Even in the back lines were the reinforcements were being rallied, everyone was too busy to notice anyone wearing the same color as them. As long as they are black mostly with a green skull on the robes, that's a fellow Worm Cultist.

But this man was not just blending in, Mina feared that if she took her eyes off him, he will disappear in the background with no way to find him again.

He aimed his other hand up and all of a sudden, the black blade that was just used to murder a whole Worm Cell flew right into his hand.

His hand on her shoulder snuck into her hood and touched her neck gently tickling the girl who was drenched in cold sweat. A strange crystal-like substance moved from his sleeve and came into contact with the girl's skin.

"Mina, my dear. I've been looking for you… for someone like you for some time. That's a nice bond you have with your Master. Master / Mother, I mean… I know too damn well what such a bond means because in my life, this is the most precious bond I have. And I know that such a bond will be the key to satisfy my blade. Sweet little, Mina. It is your turn."

And he put the blade into Mina's hands.

———————————

[Lust]

- Metamorphosis

- Desire Inducement (Evolved from Truth Inducement)

———————————

[The Ebony Blade]

- Awakening 9/10

- Absorb Vitality

- Fortify Swordsmanship

———————————

[A/n: Remember to put Paragraph comments on the spots you like, Rate and Comment on the Chapter]

~~~~~~~~~~

• P4TRE0N

pat×reon.com/eldokhmesy ( remove × )

• YouTube

Youtube.com/channel/UCr7RT7NUojIRA0s7cjfrjDw

• Discord

discord.gg/gKcKva7

• Instagram

@don_dokhmesy

• Twitter

@eldokhmesy22

You are reading

Dragonborn Saga

ebook which is a free download at

wWw.EbookUpdates.Net

.

Download more ebooks for free at

wWw.EbookUpdates.Net

.

497 The Battle of Death March 7, 8, 9

And that what I call a "Triple Threat Chapter!"

Big thanks to our new Patrons:-

@Snixern (D rank)

@Jacob Flaherty (E rank)

~~~~~~~~~~

(Part 1)

The situation was seamless to foresee whose winning side is until a series of inner conflicts inside the ranks of the Worm Cult started to rise. The rearguard of the Cult's forces were having a tough time as it is controlling the massive reserve of reinforcements prepared for the fight while most of the Necromancers in the Core formation and the Vanguard were engaging in the fight. Losing the rearguard meant that most of the Undead destroyed in the fight won't be replenished and retreating will be extremely difficult.

Without any prior knowledge of the two warring sides, the Worm Cult was already trapped into its own army.

In the sky, its supreme commander was fighting the strongest member of the Alliance whose identity is mysterious and on the ground, the supreme commander of the Alliance, Prince Kareem, was breaching the lines and slaying the Cultists on an alarming pace thus the second in command in the ranks of the Cult, Necromancer Iceheart, had to step in and stop him.

"You are already drained. Give up!"

Iceheart was as relentless as ever aiming to weaken both Kareem and Jax who displayed a remarkable synergy together creating tons of corpses where they pass. Iceheart used the chance to make all those corpses explode and caused serious damage to the pair while maintaining a safe distance. Thankfully, Kareem's [Paladin Aura], a spell passed down by Jon, was of absolute importance in this fight as it was both healing Kareem and damaging the undead.

Still, it was too overwhelming.

"Master… Master… are you there?"

Strangely and amidst the chaotic clash of living flesh and dead one, a young woman in a Cultist robe walked between the warring factions calling for her master. She could be seen by all but for a strange unexplainable reason, she was unreachable by both factions. Those who tried to walk to her felt as if the land beneath them was taking them the other way and the young woman kept going.

Despite looking like a mage, she was carrying a remarkably big sword without hindrance. It was masterfully held in a reverse grip and covered in a very breathtaking scabbard.

There was no other force in play here other than this sword. No one helped Mina out along the way other than the sword that was finding its way to the closest bond of Mina wearing her skin. A devil in a shell.

"Master… it is me, Mina. I came looking for you."

And after some time, Mina's called was heard.

"Mina, what are you doing here?"

In a cinematic scene amidst the chaotic fight, a clearing was opened as bodies collided around it leaving this place clear for four figures. On one side, there was a Kareem and Jax panting in exhaustion while on the other was Iceheart, the old witch whose face was nothing but the face of a woman between Life and Undeath.

Mina was standing in the middle of all this with a face that displayed no emotions as if her mind went numb. Her eyes had no brightness to them as if she was no longer there.

"Mina… what have you done?" Iceheart was fast to pick up the anomaly.

Jax and Kareem looked for each other recognizing something about the blade in her hands.

"Don't tell me!"

"What?"

While Jax felt something about the situation, Kareem was worried that something very wrong might have happened. Anyway, the two in addition to Iceheart were in a skeptical situation regarding the sudden appearance of Mina and her unusual aura.

"Why are you here, Mina?" Iceheart asked.

"To be with you, Master." Mina replied very casually.

Iceheart had a bad feeling about the sudden change in the situation especially with Kareem and Jax holding back all of a sudden.

"What did you come here for… Mina?" Iceheart asked again.

"To help you, Master." Mina replied with quite the same attitude creeping the creepy witch.

"And why did you bring a sword, Mina?" Iceheart asked as she looked at the sword fearfully.

At that point, the dumb look on Mina's face disappeared and changed into a crazed smile as she said,

"To kill you… Master!"

In an instance, the Necromancer, whose sword-swinging skill was nothing to even consider, swung a sword taller than herself very masterfully making every sword user around the battle almost kneel and worship.

The sword drew a dreadful are aiming to damn Iceheart to Oblivion in one clean stroke yet Iceheart was nothing but a cunning mage. She expected something wrong and had already an escape plan secured by a teleportation scroll that sucked her body through the void of space but…

"Not so fast!"

The last spec of shadow belonging to Iceheart suddenly came to life. A portal in the shadow opened and a hand hastily appeared grabbing through Iceheart's teleportation runes and pulling her out from nothingness. Even the fight between Myr and Almion halted to see what was that.

As Iceheart was pulled out grabbed by her neck, she was already out of methods to run. A certain type of chain was wrapped around her body preventing her from using magic or even making any resistance.

"Kill!"

The owner of the hand said one word and Mina who was holding the jet black sword simply stabbed through Iceheart's heart.

*crack* *crack* *break*

Say what you want about nicknames, the breaking sound made by stabbing Iceheart's heart was as if a blade cutting through a piece of ice. Funny as it, no one bothered to check out what sort of a heart a dying witch had.

"Master… I… I killed you."

With that stab, Iceheart had a sure death unavoidable no matter what.

"Girl… what have you done?"

Mina was smiling at her Master who questioned in a desperate face what just happened. Forget about the questioning, even Iceheart started to smile.

This was unnatural, it was all unnatural. A student turning on her master, a girl turning on her mother, a smiling killer and a victim. What sort of madness was this turning out to be?

Necromancy may be an evil magic that taints the soul of its user but not every necromancer was evil. Yet this over there, this creepy situation that can't be explained by any freak of nature… a girl killing her mother. That's evil.

The sword! It has got to be the sword! That's the general thought and everyone was right.

Even with news of this traveling a thousand miles to all directions, nothing could describe the dread of this moment. Such a scene of a woman killing another and the two falling into a hysteria of laughter was spine-chilling.

Yet no one had to wait to much for this scene to end, it was ending right away when the lifeless corpse of Iceheart slid down bent on the standing Mina and sudden change happening.

As if a blade demon, Mina charged at the nearest warrior, who happened to be a Worm Knight, swinging that black blade at him. The man only saw a shadow moving and closed his eyes from the scare but the coldness of a blade wound never come. As he opened his eyes, he could see the same shadow portal opening around Mina and a man stepping out of it holding Mina with as many chains as he could.

"Hehehe! At long last."

The man, who was in all Ebony, held the handle of the black blade and started pulling it away from Mina who held onto it never letting go.

"You can't! You can't take me! You can't own me! You can't possess me! I… You… you are nothing! NOTHING!" Mina struggled to speak in a voice that is not hers.

It felt like the voice of a Daedra. Those who heard the voice of a Daedra before were well aware of how such a voice sounded. Imagine a combination of metal items, forged by the fires of Oblivion in its deepest depth, rattling at each other all mixed with the most dreadful feeling one ever felt. That is the voice of a Daedric Creature, a voice that brings nightmares.

The Man in all Ebony started pulling the blade with one hand and with the other, he was breaking Mina's bones and fingers one after the other in the most brutal way imaginable.

"CURSE YOU! CURSE YOU! CURSE YO… CURse yoU… cuRSe yOu… curse you… curse…"

The insufferable situation turned the Daedra inhabiting the blade to a tormented ghost tortured by the acts of its captor. The Man in all Ebony displayed mercilessness and heartlessness that made both the Alliance Warriors and the Worm Cultists feel an equal amount of dread. Barely anyone recognized him and those who didn't pray that he is not on the other side.

Mina's fingers were all broken and her voice was waning weaker and weaker as she cursed the Man in all Ebony, she was in great suffering as she was forcefully separated from the [Ebony Blade] that almost consumed her mind as the parasite it is.

The Blade knew what is going to happen, it was in Jon's hands for too long and it wanted to break free from that madman that can resist its effect. Mina was a perfect host in all aspects. No Swordsmanship, no sense of authority, young and compromised. Using her, the Blade could make wonders but instead, it fell back into Jon's hands.

Jon was the worst possible wielder to the [Ebony Blade], yet the blade suited him the best. Jon was a dominant person with a Tyrannical Aura, he represented the very aspect of control and sadistic nature, enslaving him by the Blade's whispers is merely some wishful thinking.

Still, this didn't mean the blade gave up easily. It is fully awakened now meaning the Swordsmanship skill surpassed that of Jon.

———————————

[The Ebony Blade]

- Fully Awakened (10/10)

- Absorb Vitality

- Fortify Swordsmanship

———————————

Forget about any blade ever forged. Arguably, this is the strongest blade in the world.

Jon carefully controlled the blade and drove it back to its scabbard, the only known object that controls this menace of a blade.

With the sword sheathed, the world could finally breathe again… literally.

Iceheart was lying dead beneath Jon's feet as everyone heard her heart getting crushed. Actually, that was the crystal Phylactery that her heart was stored inside, an initial process to those who would choose to be Liches.

Aside from Iceheart, Mina was squirming on the ground in a painful state, the Man in all Ebony looked down at her and she looked up at him. Despite being in a chaotic state of mind, Mina recognized the man to be the source of her suffering and put all her strength to get up and catch him but before she could…

*Swoosh*

… do anything, the man pressed and her neck with the end of the scabbard breaking her throat. Mina collapsed before she could even stand and started chugging on her own blood.

Vicious! Too vicious!

The Necromancers may be scum devoid of all humanity but this man was treating them in a whole new level of cruelty. He wasn't even allowing them to die peacefully.

"High Mage… Krilon?"

From the sidelines, one of the warriors recognized the Man in all Ebony as the leader of the Magic Corps of the HoonDing Alliance, Krilon, the man who makes all the Lords agree on anything before even knowing what that was.

"Don't mind me. Kill them already."

Jon's arrogance reached the sky where Myr and Almion were at. He looked up and his grin was widely seen despite the mask on his face.

"Myr, step aside. As the Male Lead, I am here to reclaim what is rightfully mine." Jon spoke as he appeared beside Myr at just a second.

"Oh! You are taking the Spotlight?" (Myr)

"… How did you know?" (Jon)

"You never shut up about." (Myr)

"Good answer." (Jon)

[A/n: Remember to leave Paragraph Comments, Rate and Comments!]

**********

(Part 2)

"You… the [Ebony Blade]… so it was you all along. The Labourer of Azura." Grand Anchorite Almion recognized Jon's identity from the Blade.

"Yes."

"So it was Krilon of the HoonDing Alliance. We heard about you. You destroyed our partners in Morrowind and caused a lot of ruckus to the Cult wherever you went. Hmph! Today is your day of reckoning, mortal!" Almion fervently screamed.

"Piss off, mosquito!" Jon flipped the bird.

"Hmph! Take this!" Almion was still in a sound mind as he cast a powerful spell towards Jon.

It was a soul absorbing spell that would damage both the living and the dead known as [Bitter Harvest]. Jon wasn't as skilled in Necromancy as Almion, the Ancient Vampire, but Jon was well aware of the runic structure of the spell.

In a second, he devised a counter-spell that dispels every form Almion's spell and used it as a shield. Almion caught up to Jon's trick that would render him open for counterattacks and redirected his spell immediately.

"Sly bastard!" Jon clicked his tongue and watched how the spell curved then descended on the ground between the warring sides.

"He wants to use the corpses on the ground to empower himself." Myr alerted Jon as he saw Almion use this spell once.

"Ahahaha! Dog of Azura, you will never defeat me." Almion was pulling back away trying to gain as much power as he could.

"Trap him!" Jon said.

"On it!' Myr hastily reacted and swung the [Ansei Ward] he has many times launching a barrage of blades.

Almion evaded as many attacks as he could but he was bound to be hit in the end. Despite the injury, Almion was still active and regenerated almost immediately but that was what Jon needed to launch his attacks.

He was just right beside Almion and before the latter notices it, the head of [Pride] was deep in his guts.

"Clench your teeth!"

Jon cast [Thunder Cookie] from the head of his staff at point-blank. The sudden strike was so terrifying that it blasted away Almion with a big hole in his torso.

Almion crashed down in the ground amidst his forces. Before he could even stand up, Jon struck once again from the sky.

Seeing how many undead there are around Almion, Jon turned the poison on its maker and cast [Corpse Explosion] on all the fallen undead.

*Boom* *Boom* *Boom* *Boom* *Boom* *Boom* *Boom* *Boom* *Boom*

Nothing was left in its place once Jon started attacking. He even tasked Nefertiti to roam the battlefield undetected and disintegrate any fallen corpse into dust.

As his moves were done, Jon waved the staff dusting off the aftermath cloud blocking his view. There, Almion body was in a devastating condition yet still bringing itself altogether.

"Damn… damn you!" Almion was looking at Jon with a deep grudge swilling up in his chest.

Jon is simply destroying everything. It wasn't hard to imagine that Jon was hiding himself to sabotage the Cult's force from the shadows ultimately taking down most of the rearguard and crushing Necromancer Iceheart with a dirty move. Almion figured that out at least.

"My Lord… Lord Mannimarco… he is coming. You may think that you are winning but you will never win. I alone can hold you here, I won't fall no matter what. I am… immortal."

"Fuck you." Jon used his staff as a javelin while casting a spell and throwing it at the same time.

[Pride] pinned Almion by his thigh and the spell on it exploded. It was the [EMP] spell, the electro-magic pulse that renders all the other spells and magical effects useless.

"AAAAAAH! IT BURNS! IT BURNS!"

Almion was shivering on the ground wailing from the pain. It wasn't just because of Jon's attack but also because of the effect of the [EMP] spell. As an anti-magic spell, this spell caused the Soul Snare magic and the Sun-Screen magic used by the vampires to dispel for just a moment delivering a massive amount of damage to Almion.

The Vampire bore his fangs and kept screaming as the undead around him were falling one after the other. Hell, he couldn't even move [Pride] a single bit, the staff itself lashed at him once he tried to use it.

"Know your place, undead. This staff is only meant for one man." Jon pulled [Pride] back as he hovered in the sky above Almion.

Almion crawled with his burnt body as it started regenerating again and again. Jon simply turned Almion from an opponent into a training dummy. With his vast amount of Magicka, maintaining Almion down and maximizing his pain while keeping his Magicka reserve into consideration is a piece of cake.

"Y- You… Monster!" Almion spat out as he screamed.

"What?" Jon questioned again.

"I said… you are a monster! Don't you ever… ever think that you are a hero! You will be hated as much as us… you are cruel… unforgiving… just like us. They will turn on you… resist you… and break you… Monster!"

"Oh! You were saying I am a monster? Sorry, mate. I am quite far up here. You have to say what you said again. Hehehe!"

Jon's bad habit of being the sadistic partner in any sort of relationship was quite impressive. Monster or not, he didn't care anyway. He just didn't like the Worm Cult at all to begin with. They ruined all his fantasies about being a Necromancer in secret, they are nothing like Nurina who takes it as a field of study, not a way of worship.

"The Lord… he will come…"

"Yes, heard it."

"He will come for me."

"Whatever, dude!"

"And he will avenge me, for I, his… I am who made his shell… hahaha! I molded him a new vessel! The child of agony! I, the creator of the Lord's vessel!"

"…" This moment, Jon stopped his act and kept listening.

"The Lord… when he comes…"

"No no, not that part. Tell me about the Vessel. You were talking of Zain." Jon had to redirect the conversation.

"Zain? Ah! Hahaha! You are his friend? What about it? Just a mortal… a very lucky mortal. I turned him… gave him my blood. He carried the darkness of the void in agony." Almion said trying to anger Jon more.

"No. You planted the darkness into him. You cursed him with what he hates the most." Jon said.

"Hehe… you know that much? Indeed. We did. He was Labouring for a Daedric Prince but he was the promised one to us, he bore two curses. One from the Void! One from the Blood! He is the greatest thing ever existed and that is merely the requirement to be the vessel of the Lord."

"I see. So Mannimarco reincarnates into Zain's body and that's it? No master plan?"

"What… what are you talking about… the Lord… he will conquer all the world… the Crimson Ship…"

"Boring! Conquer the world my ass, that doesn't even benefit him. If he wants something then it is more death to trap more souls into the Soul Snare spell. I am aware that you are buying time to fix the Soul Snare spell but that's already too late, I know everything I need."

Jon positioned himself above Almion then canceled the Flight Magic falling directly at Almion. It wasn't much to be said afterwards, Jon's butt completely crushed Almion's head.

"Ouch! That hurts."

Jon stood up after crushing Almion beneath him, he rubbed his butt lightly and stretched his back.

"What was that for?" Myr came down as well standing beside Jon.

"Don't worry, he is dead." Jon said.

"Dead? No. You see how he keeps coming back. He is…"

"Believe me! If you kill an undead with your butt, it is game over! Finito!"

"I don't understand. There is no physical evidence that killing an undead with your butt won't make them come back ag…" Myr was refusing Jon's claims but the latter kept poking Almion's body with his staff.

"See? No reaction." Jon said.

Myr looked deeply at Almion but the latter wasn't regenerating at all. Of course, it is a good thing but he couldn't buy it until some parts of Almion started to harden and show cracks. Vampires have that strange physiology where they become very dry upon death turning in the end into Vampire Dust, a very rare alchemy component.

"He is… really dead!" Myr was still having a hard time believing it.

"Come on, show some trust over here. A Butt Attack is a bane to all evil."

"No, it isn't."

"Try butting one of those undead."

"It won't work."

"Hmph! As stubborn as Mirren and as Realistic as Miranda indeed." Jon ignored him and observed the ongoing battle.

The fight has escalated further from the main battlefield but by now, everyone must know about the fall of Almion. The cult will fall back but their rearguard won't pudge as no one is controlling it.

To describe what happened next is to describe a slaughter. Not only the Alliance and the Citadel that attacked the Cult but lo and behold, the cavalry have arrived as well. General Cassia, King Abbas, the Seventh Legion and the Army of Sentinel.

One order was on everyone's mind, "Take no prisoners!"

[A/n: Remember to leave Paragraph Comments, Rate and Comments!]

**********

(Part 3)

"To think that you would arrive this late?" Isha said while washing her face from a copper basin.

"I had things to take care of. Also, I've done my part." Jon replied giving his back to her.

As she finished taking care of the cuts on her face, she turned around and stood beside Jon. In front of the two was a large bed with a golden aura surrounding it, around the bed where most of the important figures of the Citadel of Ebonarm, the HoonDing Alliance, the Seventh Legion and the Court of Sentinel.

However, on the bed was a masked woman in a state worse than anyone could have imagined.

"They say she suffered over a hundred wound." Isha said.

"I know. Most of her wounds are already infected as well. It's a miracle she didn't bleed to death." Jon said.

"Lord Krilon, it is of absolute importance that Lady Laila be present in battle. She held the lines for almost four hours on her own, she is a major inspirational effect for the soldiers. Is there no spell or ritual to heal…"

"There is no point in healing." To whoever spoke earlier, Jon cut him short, "After a certain degree, the body doesn't respond to healing. This is not about the magic ability but about the blueprint of the body itself, the Astral Form. When it fades so much after over-exhausting one's self, it is almost impossible to heal unless it recovers on its own."

All the ones present in the room remained respectfully silent until Jon finished his words.

"Huh?" However, the one who asked was still not sure of what Jon was talking about.

Forgetting that he was talking to a bunch of warriors, Jon adjusted his speech.

"She exhausted her soul, healing needs the soul to rebuild the body on it as a base."

"Does this mean…"

"No, she is not dying but she may never wake up if her soul doesn't recover on its own. Ultimately dying. She needs your prayers." Jon said those words and walked out followed by most of the Lords.

"Lord Krilon, the plan to attack…"

"Lord Krilon, the thing about distributing…"

"Lord Krilon, we need to discuss…"

Jon looked back at the people following him and they all went silent.

"The fight is tomorrow before first light. Get some rest, gentlemen. We will hold a meeting during the march."

Ultimately after the big show of his power, Jon was seen as the number one figure of the whole Alliance. Someone like the King of Sentinel can't be simply ordered around by the small Prince of Stros M'kai making Jon the supreme commander by default. Still, he left it all to Kareem and went to brood over the sun fall alone.

A cold wind passed by him in that state making him smile faintly.

"That's a whiff from Skyrim."

"Indeed. How I miss her!"

Looking at the back, it was General Cassia.

"Can we talk?"

"Leave me be, Woman."

"I'm your goddamn aunt."

"Tsk!"

"Heard that!"

She walked beside him and pointed for his mask to remove it. He gave a long sigh before taking it away and turning to her.

"How can I be of service?" Jon ever so patiently asked.

"What brought you out of Skyrim?" She asked.

"I'm banished." He said.

"You are… for all I can think about, you could have banished that little King of your country on your own and replaced him. The tales about how you fought today… you are more of a Monster than any Firemane I know." She said.

"You don't know me."

"No, I don't. Still, seeing them all caring about the War Chief of the Citadel is strange, aren't you the Hero of the Day?" She asked.

"How sly of you! Trying to turn me on them, woman?"

"No… of course, not."

"Listen. I am not a Hero, the War Chief is. The damn woman fought on her own blocking a whole wing for the forces to retreat for hours. I just came and ended things? You think I am a symbol? If you Imperials know of me, you'd know I hate wars. In a war, I'd rather be they Symbol of Fear rather than the Symbol of Hope. Fear ends wars, hope drags them on." Jon bluntly spoke out his philosophy to an Imperial General.

"Sigh! I had enough of you Firemanes for one lifetime, and now you. Perfect!" Cassia couldn't help but sigh.

Jon remained silent but he laughed at the end.

"So? What do you want?" He asked.

"The Emperor is interested in your movements. You keep making trouble for his Imperial Majesty and the Ancestor Moth Cult is trying to track you with all their efforts."

"I'm not free to play politics with you Imperials. You are so slow at understanding things."

"Really?"

"I just told you I want to be alone. See that King of Sentinel and those Redguard Lords? They understood it right away and took their distance. You Imperials ain't that bright after all."

"If this was a social talk, I would have stayed away."

"I know it isn't a social talk. Why do you think I want to be left alone?"

"You know… you are more of an asshole than your uncle Bladur." She said.

"Come on! He's nice… he is just too shy to show it." Jon laughed.

"Anyway, I came for you to inquire about your movements for the coming period. The Imperial Court is insisting to keep you monitored."

"Well… I'll be spending some time roaming the Continent and maybe Oblivion until mid-year 201. I'll go home after that."

Cassia narrowed her eyes not buying what Jon just said.

"A problem?" He asked.

"A powerhouse like you should have a fixed post. You can hardly be considered a normal citizen of the Empire and as you now, the Empire doesn't want to house potential traitors."

"Wow! Big words! For a powerhouse, I am still young and inexperienced, I want to travel the world and try things."

"Young? Inexperienced? Your name comes up in the Imperial Court and the best officials try to skip the damn meeting."

"Haha!"

"I'm just conveying what I was told. Listen, Jon. Show some loyalty to your Nation. The Empire will always be behind you if you prove your goodwill."

"My Goodwill? My goodwill has been proven over and over again. As I said, the Imperials are just too stupid and narrow-minded to see things right. I have favored your cause, I didn't join hands with Ulfric, I killed every Thalmor dog whenever I come across one, I became the Champion of your Arena hailing the Emperor's name, I support each and every action taken by the Empire against its enemies…"

"But Jarl Ulfric Stormcl…"

"Yet the least courtesy you damn faithless Imperials can spare me is not to keep asking me to aim my blade at a brother Nord."

Jon's tension was clear at this moment.

"We just want fewer casualties."

"That can be arranged. Winterhold is not involved. It is a safe haven. A piece of frozen wasteland to the North with a non-aggression pact to all parties, those who enter it are safe, those who wage war already know what they are messing with. General, if the war machine of Winterhold entered the battle me on its lead, what do you think the outcome will be?"

The mere thought of Winterhold going to war was already experimented on an army of 10000 Nords with their Voice Masters combined with 4000 Dominion Soldiers and Ten Arch Wizards. The Battle of Winterhold, the Battle of Forsworn-Jon Dare, the Clash of Bloodsails and the Firemanes. These three events are all under the belt of Winterhold and Jon Dare. Add to that the things that went under the record such as today's battle, it is already easy to imagine Jon Dare being the Shadow King of a Nation called Winterhold. The Imperial Court can't let such a thing go uncontrolled but what can be done?

Each Era, there are remarkable heroes that rise to change the world and affect the very core of politics. Jon Dare is certainly such a person and his name was already recorded by many as a person of a great impact on the political situation during the Fourth Era. Such a feat is enough to make the 19 years old Jon Dare be proud for the rest of his life.

The shadow of such a great young man can cover an entire nation such as Skyrim and may one day cover the Empire as well. That's what the others think, not what Jon thinks.

"So, what do you want to tell the Imperial Court, Viscount Jon?" Cassia took out a paper and a quill demanding an official statement from Jon that goes directly to the Emperor's court.

"Tell them, you motherfuckers has more things to worry about than me. Haven't I told you about 'em dragons?"

***

It was a long day, afternoon and sunset. Jon laid down beside a bonfire resting his on Aela's lap.

"I'm glad you joined us, girl."

"Yeah, I missed you boy anyway."

"Hmmm!" "Hmmm!"

Seeing the two love birds commence a strange ritual of bringing their heads closer and rubbing their noses together, Isha lashed out immediately.

"You two go get a room!" She said throwing a waterskin at Jon and Aela.

"Says the one who takes the poor boy into a bush." Jon threw it back at her.

Find authorized novels in Webnovel，faster updates, better experience，Please click www.webnovel.com for visiting.

"*Sob* My dearest Mirren, if you still hear me, come out already. Don't worry, I am still faithful to you, my cute honey boo." Isha hugged Myr and started rubbing her face at his shoulder right away.

"I don't think it is time…" Myr tried to say something for herself but Jon lashed out this time.

"Hey, I get a 50% share in that!" He said.

"You got your girl! Leave them to me!" Isha carried Myr away by herself.

"Wait!" Jon was about to chase her but Aela pulled him down by force.

"You are still sweet on that elf, Firemane boy." Aela's stare was cold.

"Come on, girl, don't be this naive. You know I take care of my family. Come here."

Normally, the night before the big battle requires a lot of preparation and planning but no one even expected to reach this far against the Worm Cult other than Jon and his team. From now on, it will solely rely on Jon spearheading the attack with four armies supporting him.

For sure, it was a lot of pressure but now, the armies are gathered at the edge of the desert near a small farm after camping around and abandoned town with freshwater sources and a good strategic position.

From far, they should be able to see the city of Hegathe but ever since it was taken by the Worm Cult, the city didn't put on that much light so it was impossible to see anything before dawn.

"May the sun of tomorrow be the most gentle sun ever warmed the world." Not too far from the camp, a voice was heard praying.

It was none other than the Moth Priest Kellen and his friend Nagh.

"You two are here? Haven't I let you go?" Jon said.

"I remember that Lord Krilon has promised us a certain prize if we did a certain service for him." Kellen said.

"Nagh thinks that Lord Krilon is a generous person… and powerful. This one still thinks we can just go." Nagh seemed to be reluctant about the matter they are after.

It was only natural for they were asking Jon to give them an Elder Scroll.

"I see. Here."

Without much saying, Jon flicked his fingers and the [Elder Scroll (Forgotten)] appeared.

"By Ysmir!" Aela saw the scroll and all her senses felt as if they were cheating her, "You are giving them your scroll?"

"No! That's another one." Jon replied.

"You had another one?"

"Picked it up the other day. It was this guy's anyway." Jon said casually tossing the scroll to Kellen. "Leave a good word for me with your Elders. Last time, I think I left the Ancestor Moth Cult running in circles."

Jon's intentions were clear. The Cult of the Ancestor Moth has a lot of influence in the Imperial Court, once he is good to them, no one from the Imperial Court will miss with him anyway.

It is strange that even after his retirement, they are still bothered by his actions and opinions. It was easy to understand, the House of Dare is basically the ruling faction of Winterhold and the Unification of the Firemanes and the Moonblades, a power that can't be commanded around except by Jon Dare.

Also, it was clear that by Cassia's existence, the identity of Krilon is soon about to be exposed to the world.

It was alright anyway. The need for those many identities has finally come to an end. What separates Jon Dare from Skyrim is one… only one last fight.

[A/n: Remember to leave Paragraph Comments, Rate and Comments!]

~~~~~~~~~~

• P4TRE0N

pat×reon.com/eldokhmesy ( remove × )

• YouTube

Youtube.com/channel/UCr7RT7NUojIRA0s7cjfrjDw

• Discord

discord.gg/gKcKva7

• Instagram

@don_dokhmesy

• Twitter

@eldokhmesy22

You are reading

Dragonborn Saga

ebook which is a free download at

wWw.EbookUpdates.Net

.

Download more ebooks for free at

EbookUpdates.Net

.

498 The Battle of Death March 10, 11

Okay, folks. I'm aiming to finish the volume at Chapter 500. This is a Double Trouble Chapter!

Also, the First 10 Chapters of "The Villainess Returns With a System" are now FREE on P4tre0n. [the novel is a RSTUM spin off].

Now, big flipping thanks to the new patrons:-

@giorgosnea (D rank)

@M.A.Kh (D rank)

~~~~~~~~~~

"It is dawn, let's move out."

"Yeah… let's get ready."

Today was the day. The 20th of Rain's Hand (April), 4E 200. In the Redguard Holiday Calendar, this is the Day of Shame when the Redguards refused to take in the refugees of the Kothringi who were dying to the Knahaten Flu. It is believed that the ships returns on the Day of Shame so the people of Hammerfell would lock their doors that day yet who would have thought that the Worm Cult is the one summoning the Crimson Ship to Hegathe.

That's why a major countermeasure had to be taken and that's none other than the Ansei Wards.

The Ansei Wards are the Soul Swords of three Sword Saints who battled Necromancy during the First Era. These Sword Saints who are Majah, Radan and Halelah made a pact with an Original Spirit worshipped by the Redguards known as Tu'whacca and thus created dedicated their Soul Swords to ward off evil.

The Ansei Wards' purpose was rather defensive, not offensive. The reason why Myr and Kareem could wield those swords was thanks to the fact that one is an Elhnofey while the other is a descendant of a Hero and wielding the Soul Sword of Prince A'tor.

Jon would be able to wield the Ansei Ward he is entrusted with by exploiting the power of the [Ebony Blade] that Fortifies the Swordsmanship Skill as much as the blade is Awakened. Now that the [Ebony Blade] is fully awakened, Jon could display a great skill with the sword.

"Are the three of you ready?" Beth asked Jon, Kareem and Myr.

"Yes."

"Then the Champion shall open a portal, please."

Jon took out [Pride] and cast his magic opening a gateway through Space to a certain place the three are heading to. Once they passed the portal, they were in front of the Ansei Pyramid.

"It is here where my Seventh Labour began." Jon said.

"Took you long enough." Beth replied.

"Indeed. It is the most unpleasant Labour so far." He said.

"Wasn't the second more unpleasant? You lost parts of your body."

"The Second was necessary and if the damage befalls on me alone, I am to endure. But this… a whole nation is suffering."

Jon's mood was heavier than usual this morning thus Beth decided to lead the road forward and divert the subject.

"So, which Labour did you enjoy?" She asked.

"The First was alright, I met Isha and became a relative to Uncle Sheo. The Third was satisfying; despite being injured, I have managed to escape Lord Harkon and meet Serana as well as create [Pride] and enslave Xikil. The Sixth is my personal favorite, meeting the Old Woman of Mournhold was a refreshing change of events and I quite like Morrowind." Jon said.

"I liked Morrowind as well." Myr butted in, "I've got to meet the loves of my life there. I as Miranda had quite the awkward meeting with Jon but I as Mirren had a lot of naughty time with Isha. How I love the two of you… hm? What? Why are you…"

"Bruh! You're having an identity crisis." (Jon)

"And I am supposed to be a minor here." (Beth)

"These were some serious things I heard just now." (Kareem)

The group lightheartedly entered the Ansei Pyramid and reached the innermost chamber at the Gates of Wish. There, an Altar was seen in the middle of the room.

"What now?" Jon asked.

"We renew the pact with Tu'whacca." Kareem said as he followed the instructions of Prince A'tor.

The three Ansei holders put the blades beside each other on the altar and waited as Kareem was preparing.

"You have a plan for the fight?" Beth asked.

"We will finish here then head directly to Hegathe before the Alliance reaches it. Once we are there, we will take a certain spot each and use the Ansei Wards to make a barrier that will isolate Hegathe from the rest of Hammerfell. According to the spell I modified, this will counterattack the [Soul Snare] spell and limit it to only Hegathe. There, Mannimarco will have no place to run to and we will strike him once he reincarnates into Zain's body."

"So you are not going to look for that thing from my vision?" She asked.

"That thing?" Jon frowned.

"I told you before, the one that will kill Zain is none of us. I saw a young man fighting him in the desert and he is the one that will put him down for good." Beth insisted on her vision.

"And I remember you divining for that young man with no results." Jon replied.

"Yes, I could find him but he must be out there."

"If he is not a day away from us, then we shouldn't bother with that vision." Jon dismissed her vision and patted her head.

Beth was used to Jon taking her visions seriously and over-analyzing them especially the ones from the past. The future is a bit unfixed but she can still get a thing or two right. Jon's current reaction was upsetting Beth yet she remained silent, it was better to look for that person on her own.

"I'm done, the ritual will start. Gather around!" At that time, Kareem called for Jon and Myr to join him at the Altar.

"Should I power the Pyramid now?" Jon asked.

"Yes, please."

Without much effort, Jon sent out both [Pride] and [Lust] out of the Pyramid to its top. The Moonlight energy was required to power the Pyramid so [Lust] would act as a catalyst whole [Pride] do the energy gathering work.

Soon, the Valley of the Ansei Pyramid started to vibrate and the connection was established.

***

Far to the west, the city of Hegathe stood tall reeking with the smell of blood and corpses. If Jon saw that then he may doubt that his reincarnation into Skyrim took the wrong turn to Diablo. The scene of the city was just brutal.

The scouting force was led by one of the strongest individuals of the HoonDing Alliance, the War Chief of the Citadel of Ebonarm. She personally led the way with a patch of Battlelords to a high ground near Hegathe overlooking the city.

One of the famous things about the War Chief was her mask, a golden mask made into the shape of a beast. A few know why she wears a Mask but no one really wanted to butt into her business. Anyway, after hiding the horses in a safe place, the group advanced on foot until they reached a good spot to see the city from. There, the War Chief removed her mask.

Under the mask, the face of a Redguard young woman appeared and that was by no means War Chief Laila. The followers behind her seemed aware of the fact that Isha was the one wearing the mask.

Last night, War Chief Laila passed away due to her injuries but the news was held to not affect the morale. After all, War Chief Laila was the symbol of bravery in the Alliance.

Right now, someone had to bear the burden of being the source of inspiration and that was none other than Isha. She was strong and brave enough to resemble the War Chief in every way.

The person in question herself took it as a duty to put on that mask especially after seeing the face of the War Chief for the first time. War Chief Laila passed on her will and her mask to Isha before taking her last breath.

Anyway, she took the duty of scouting ahead with some trusted Battlelords to get a clear picture of the situation and the enemy defenses. What they saw was…

"Oblivion!"

Hegathe itself was a very fortified city that withstood the Great War and fully stopped the advance of the Aldmeri Dominion. Still, in front of them right now was a tragedy.

Gargoyles circled the morning skies carrying human limbs by their fangs. Spikes were put in the city's rooftops each one with a head on it linked to the other spikes with the entrails of those poor souls. Once the gargoyles left, the people started running out of their homes to scrap what was left in the markets. Sometime later, the Cultists would appear in the city chasing the locals out of their way with whips and spears. A girl was captured and taken by the cultists while people were pulling away the girl's mother who was about to throw herself on the spears of those Cultists. In another part of the town, a group of locals was trying to ambush some Cultists but it ended up in a chaotic fight. Once the locals escaped down the sewers, the Cultists started flooding the place with undead.

Horrific as it was, none of this was relevant. The most important thing right now is the mission in hand and that was to locate the targeted locations according to Jon's plan.

Jon made clear and blunt in the war council, a siege and an open battle are a waste of time, he even admired that he is not good at leading armies but he has the best tactic to win. A full charge into the city.

The powerhouses and the mages will be the vanguard surprising the Worm Cult in Hegathe and blowing away the city gate, the armies will swarm and join hands with the local resistance. No matter what, fights shouldn't take too long and the Alliance must break into small teams to cover every street and neighborhood in and out of Hegathe. The main objective is called "Search and Destroy". Search for any trace of the cult and Destroy it without asking questions with extreme firepower.

Teleportation spells were a hurdle to cast on a massive scale thanks to the Soul Snare spell cast on Hammerfell so the first objective was to triangulate the location of the spell and mark it then decide three spots. Once that was over, Isha's next mission was to find the perfect places to position the siege weapons on.

Once all of it is over, it would be good to try and get any information on Zain or Zahra if possible. Zahra, Zain's window, was kidnapped by the cult for a reason unknown and whatever they are trying to do with her, Jon speculated it to be related to hastening Mannimarco's incarnation in Zain's body.

Still, it was impossible to find Zain out in the open or even Zahra. Isha had to stay still waiting for the Alliance to arrive, sharpening her spear was the only sound giving her solace that vengeance is near. Only she can grant her brother the Bitter Mercy.

**********

(Part 2)

The Worm Cult has sent most of its forces in Hegathe to battle the Alliance of the Redguard Lords that started from Stros M'kai. The fact that the Cult has lost many strongholds in that short amount of time was not making any sense to the top brass of the Cult thus the Grand Anchorite decided to take things into his own hands gathering the biggest undead army ever moved in the Fourth Era and decided to wipe out the Alliance pushing them back to the Alik'r Desert.

The Undead Army marched three days ago then they received the news that the Alliance was prepared for them yet the undead army was too large to lose any time soon. By the time the battle concludes, the reincarnation of the King of Worms should have already taken place.

But the news of the defeat of the army of the dead has never reached Hegathe, Jon has personally made sure of it. He wanted to surprise the Cult and hit where it hurts ultimately not leaving them any chance to survive or even escape.

With Isha doing the recon while the Alliance of 40000 soldiers swiftly advancing and the Three Ansei Wards are being activated, the attack on Hegathe will be decisive. The Alliance now has all the advantages it needs.

Find authorized novels in Webnovel，faster updates, better experience，Please click www.webnovel.com for visiting.

***

Three figures stood around the Altar under the Ansei Pyramid each of them holding an Ansei Ward blade up. Jon was holding his blade up with a hand on the [Ebony Blade] while Kareem did the same with the [Soul Sword]. Myr didn't need to borrow any kind of power so the three were all ready to begin.

Away from them, Beth was carrying Nefertiti between her arms as the two watched over the ritual. The three Ansei Holders started making the pact and a blinding golden aura enveloped them as they underwent some sort of interview with the Three Sword Saints.

"Hooman is glowing!" Nefertiti said.

"He is doing well?" Beth asked.

"Yeah, his mood is great."

"You seem a bit down these past few days."

"Hm? Yes, Hooman and I are starting to feel homesick."

"You two miss Skyrim?"

"Every day."

Nefertiti transformed from ber Cat Form to a Human Form and sat aside.

"Tell me about Winterhold." Beth asked.

"It is cold… but it is home. It is fun every day. There is everyone, Alina, the Crazy Elf, Hooman mothers, hammer boy."

"You will go back after the Labours?"

"Hooman will decide."

"Can I come?"

"Hooman will decide."

"… When this is over, I will have to go back to Boethiah's Cult. It is boring!"

"I guess so."

"When I asked the Champion to take me as his student, he said I must prove myself. Any idea how?"

"Probably something has to do with Magic."

The two girls were talking without much energy. The past few days were fun for them but now, the two realized it will come to an end after tomorrow. Jon, Isha, Mirren, and Miranda weren't planning to stay in Hammerfell after this anymore.

As for Beth whose actual name is Boethiah, she was in a tough situation herself. Whether to abandon the Cult of Boethiah and take her path after Jon or to serve Boethiah for the rest of her life. Actually, when Jon told her to prove herself, she already knew how but there is a lot on stake here.

As the two talked, the three were finishing up the preparation to awaken the Wards. Jon, Kareem, and Myr walked away from the Altar with their bodies glowing from the presence of the Sword Saints they are carrying at the moment.

"We better hurry." Kareem was worried about the situation with the Alliance.

"Patience. It is still not time to show ourselves." Myr was rather calm.

"Let's move according to the plan. Each of us will cover a certain place. After the sword formation is complete, then and only then we will move." Jon had to be strict about following the plan.

The three were about to play the biggest strategic role in the final battle right now, the tension was as high as it can get. Jon was using [Pride] for the sole sake of communication and managed to receive feedback on what the Alliance and the Cult were up to as well as the current state of affairs in Hegathe. To put it down frankly, Jon wasn't letting anything to be left to chance.

"Alright, we're moving."

Once it was all clear, Jon gave the green light.

"I'm on it." Myr took Kareem, tore a portal in space with the Ansei Ward and passed through it.

Nefertiti took Beth into the Shadow World and followed after Jon who teleported near Isha's location.

Under the grey sky of this dim morning, Jon walked quietly beside Isha.

"All clear?"

"Yes, the army is behind that hill, the roads were cut to Hegathe, the Cult isn't aware of anything."

"Good, I'm moving in. Don't think of it and just charge ahead, the gate will open on its own."

"Alright… and Jon… good luck."

"To you too, Isha."

Jon disappeared from his place and appeared in another place alongside Myr and Kareem.

"All set?" Kareem asked.

"Yes. Let's get right to it. I will take the Northern tower, Myr will take the Southern tower, Kareem will take the Lighthouse." Jon divided the positions and the three nodded to each other.

From their hiding spot behind a large rock, the three darted out running as fast as they could towards Hegathe. Say what you want about running, there two were in a state where they were moving faster than any living being. One step of them would pass ten meters on the sand without any noise. In a matter of a few seconds, Myr was hiding under the city wall's tower to the south while Jon and Kareem were hiding under the northern tower.

{Steady… Go!}

In a second, Myr and Jon jumped up the wall holding onto the first arrow slits they came across, with another jump, Myr reached to another while Jon found a window. One more jump and the two reached the top of each tower.

Kareem followed after Jon and reached at the same time he did.

"You are adapting well."

"Thanks."

"Now off with you."

Jon didn't Kareem much time to take his breath and Kareem found himself being held by Jon and tossed across the city wall to the west. It was all according to plan so he didn't complain.

The Cultists may have been guarding those walls and towers but the three Ansei Holders were too fast to even retaliate against. Jon and the other two made sure to kill only when they needed to not raise attention. Meanwhile, Kareem landed halfway across the wall and started running on it until he could go west no longer. With a confident jump, he directly left the tower and landed in the streets. There was no time to play stealthy at this point, as far as he is concerned, the city is already too chaotic to care about him.

Death was lurking everywhere. The monsters conjured by the Cult were all over the place, some were even feeding on people in broad daylight. The citizens were too scared to come out and some places were already transforming into entertainment hubs for the Cultists such as Corpse Stores and Slave Markets. Everything was just desperate and sad save for the evil smiled of the Cultists.

Too distracted! Too unaware! Kareem was already at the Lighthouse.

{I'm there… hello… Krilon.}

{I… I hear you… the Soul Snare… spell formation is… jamming the signal… start… now!}

It was now. The time to start the final battle starts with those three.

"""Sword Formation!"""

The line between the three Ansei Words was fully activated. Jon on the Northern tower, Myr on the Southern tower, and Kareem on the Western Lighthouse all had their Ansei Wards glowing brilliantly. It was as if three suns were rising on three different locations around the city, the holy aura coming from those three locations greatly altered the cultists.

"""Soul Imprint! Sun Prison!"""

Once the link was stable, a triangle of light was formed around Hegathe with an Ansei Holder on each angle. With the triangle appearing in plain sight, it started to draw a wall around Hegathe.

Three walls of light appeared brightly around the old city and started clashing with the Soul Snare formation. The Magicka between Aetherius and Nirn became agitated and Magicka anomalies started to form and attack Jon and the others. These anomalies were but spheres of light representing the will of the world being provoked by the strong individuals doing acts against Aetherius.

"Move move move! Check those towers. Someone is bound to be upthere."

The Cultists started to react based on what they saw and clearly, the Ansei Holders were now visible in plain sight. Jon sent out Nefertiti to protect the Myr and [Pride] to protect himself while the [Soul Sword] protected Kareem.

"""Release!"""

The sword formation was finally released and its brilliance started to overtake the Soul Snare formation.

Outside Hegathe, Isha wore the Mask of the War Chief once again and rode her horse leading the Battlelords down the hill. There, she met the vanguard of the HoonDing Alliance advancing towards Hegathe. She raised her spear and stood on the saddle making all the riders in the front be driven by the hype of following the War Chief into the final battle into Hegathe.

"Brothers and Sisters, that is Hegathe! Hegathe is Hammerfell. The first city of Redguards. That is Deathland and it is filled with Undeath! What you're about to see is beyond atrocities and war crimes. It is evil in its darkest and vilest form. Ride with me and stab that evil in the heart! REDGUARDS!"

"""""YAAAAAAAAAAH!!!"""""

Isha didn't do much of calling and shouting in the past but now she felt it was necessary. Once she turned around and rode towards Hegathe at the top speed of her horse, she felt the weight of 40000 Redguards riding behind her. The army of her kinsmen blocked the view and brought the sandstorm behind it. It was a glorious scene.

But the glory had more glory added to it. Further in Hegathe, once the Sword Formation was fully established and a triangular wall trapped the city from all sides, a massive change happened.

The Soul Snare formation was fixed in Hegathe. It started to clash with the Sword Formation but the latter was much stronger regarding its offensive formation. Soon enough, the grey sky above Hammerfell started to change their color from grey to ashen bright to pale to sky blue. Isha was gazing at the sky that she almost forgot its color as her horse rode forward and her breath was all taken in.

"How I missed that!" She uttered.

Ultimately, all the army behind her felt the same but once they realized that the Evil in Hegathe was isolated by the walls of light, they all realized what sort of a fight they will have ahead.

The evil is trapped and now that the sky is blue once again, this is extermination.

The blood of the Redguards boiled and forgot about everything other than their fight and the plan. The mages started to position themselves outside Hegathe and activate the marks left by Isha. Now that the Soul Snare was down, teleporting stuff was very easy and those marks were made for just that.

The void and space started distorting at every location and large constructs started to appear. These were War Trebuchets. The large siege engines were prepared last night at haste and marked for teleportation by the mages for this exact moment. Once they appeared, they were already ready to fire.

A barrage of stone and rocks landed on the main gate of Hegathe and the land shock. The gate was no more and a cloud of dust blocked the sight. With the thundering shouts of 40000 soldiers swarming through, the cultists near the wall were the first to see a charging black horse coming through the cloud with a rider aiming her spear to claim their lives.

The Death March was coming to an End.

~~~~~~~~~~

• P4TRE0N

pat×reon.com/eldokhmesy ( remove × )

• YouTube

Youtube.com/channel/UCr7RT7NUojIRA0s7cjfrjDw

• Discord

discord.gg/gKcKva7

• Instagram

@don_dokhmesy

• Twitter

@eldokhmesy22

You are reading

Dragonborn Saga

ebook which is a free download at

wWw.EbookUpdates.Net

.

Download more ebooks for free at

EbookUpdates.Net

.

499 The Battle of Death March 12, 13, 14, 15

I said on P4TRE0N that this is the largest chapter I ever wrote (7.6K words) but that's wrong. Chapter 500 is way larger and it is available on P4TRE0N in an hour for 🆓🆓 >>FREEEEE<< 🆓🆓

My Birthday Special Event 🎉🎈🎂 Happy Birthday to Me 🎂🎈🎉 22nd of January

That's why… this is A WHOLESOME FOURSOME CHAPTER!!!

My Birthday is Synced with the Game Start Volume. I'm not sure how it happened but I didn't plan for it so thank you God for the assist.

~~~~~~~~~~

(Part 1)

There was not much to tell about the plan of the HoonDing Alliance. It was wait for the isolation magic, rush at the gates, kill the Cultists.

Simple and smooth.

Jon, Myr, and Kareem sat the [Sword Formation - Sun Prison], a Magic Formation used by the Sword Saints of old to isolate the evil powers from spreading and thriving and as the Legends stated, that spell delivered.

Once that was done, the gates were brought down by the trebuchets that were summoned after the disappearance of the Soul Snare formation. The cloud of dust that was caused by the bombardment covered a great deal of the forty thousand men that were overtaking Hegathe from all directions. The first thing the Cultists could see was the shadow of rider breaking through the dust and aiming her spear at the nearest of them.

Under the mask of the War Chief, Isha was delivering the first strike.

***

Three spots were open the wall of Hegathe, one at the gatehouse and two at a couple of weak points in the defenses that were aimed at beforehand.

Before the attack would even arrive, the Cultists were restless as the [Sword Formation - Sun Prison] was cast around the city and isolated the Soul Snare formation only in Hegathe. This only meant that by some absurd means the enemies have arrived.

As most of the Cultists in Hegathe started rushing at the three points where the Ansei Wards are, the bombardment happened and the city was breached.

From an upper point of view, the Alliance stormed through the three openings and the Cultists weren't even prepared. At that point, any army would lose its advantages as there was no way to move freely in a city so the guerrilla warfare tactics laid by Jon started to be vital for the next phase of the plan.

"Secure the Plaza! Spread into teams. Search every street and alleyway. Search every house and gather the citizens into the flagged areas. Any Cultist in your way is to be killed."

As the captains started conveying the orders, the orders were soon executed in reality. The whole alliance started splitting under the Commanders-of-Hundreds Charging through every possible street and alleyway from every possible direction. The screens and wails of the Necromancers that were overwhelmed by the speed of the Alliance Warriors started filling the skies of Hegathe. The houses that housed citizens were broken into and the people were ordered out for inspection. The houses that were found housing Cultists were dealt with according to the regulations.

Half of the city was being covered in mere minutes.

{Rebort!} Jon called.

"Hya! Die…" Isha was immersed in killing and barely found an opportunity to reply, "Half of the City is almost covered. Some Cultists are escaping to the docks at the west with hostages."

{They are mine. Any sign of the main objective?}

"I think I can sense the source of it but there is no sign of Zain… or Zahra. Dammit!"

{Be calm. We are moving now.}

Jon ended the transmission and Isha whirled her spear above her head then destroyed all manners of undead surrounding her.

"War Chief! A squadron of Cultists in the coming plaza, they outnumber us ." A Warrior came running to her.

"HA! Send a signal." She laughed it off and gave a terrifying order.

Jon didn't only come up with a plan that can work inside a city but even with methods to solve any problem that might stop the advance of the troops. The signal Isha ordered was such a thing.

The warrior took a certain arrow and notched it letting it fly towards that plaza. Once the arrow landed, it started emitting a red beam to the sky.

Back outside the city, the siege engineers saw what they were aiming for.

"Adjust the angle! 23 points west then 5 points south."

"Burn the fuse."

"FIRE!"

The catapults switched from throwing rocks and stones to throwing barrels of flammables. Not much to be described afterward, the barrels landed on the plaza and hell broke loose on whoever was unfortunate enough to be there.

"Good hit! Mages, open us a way!"

Isha was satisfied with the result and ordered the mages in her squad to open up put down the fire as they advance through the plaza to the other streets.

A few minutes earlier, the three Ansei Holders were preparing to act.

{The Formation requires us to stay connected with the Ansei Wards. Listen well, once we figure out where the formation runes are, we will strike at once.}

{Mhm!}

{Understood.}

"Hooman, found it!" Meanwhile, Nefertiti appeared in her Beast Form.

"Pinpoint it!"

"There."

Jon maintained control over his Ansei Ward and looked towards where she was pointing while casting [Far Vision].

There was a certain in the city where the landed was holed and a tunnel was opened in the ground. Through the tunnel, there was a ton of undead and Cultists holding many hostages. Beyond them was an open space where a large runic circle was drawn and a ton of Black Soul Gems was hoarded.

"Shit! That's way too much."

The Soul Snare spell was a true menace. It was a spell capable of harvesting souls and keeping those souls to power itself more. The modifications added by the Cultists were making this formation interfere with Soul and Magicka to seal both Space Magic and Mind Waves from leaking, thus it was impossible to Teleport right to the Formation and destroy it. Also, a Lich was protecting it.

Jon needed to personally move to get rid of it.

As Jon was thinking of a method to reach it, Isha was moving forward and commanded a trebuchet bombardment on the plaza where the formation was under.

The explosion destroyed the surface of the plaza leaving but a thin layer of land above it.

{That's perfect. Guys, I sent you the location. Let's attack it all at the same time.} Jon called and started to move.

{Alright!} Kareem started preparing and fused the energy of the Ansei Ward with his armor growing two wings of light flying with them.

{Now!} Myr didn't fall behind and flew up.

The three Ansei Holders stopped channeling their Sword Formation and flew upward above the center of Hegathe. The sky of the city, that was made of sandstone and copper-colored domes, was tainted with a heavy scent of blood and burnt flesh. This final move was to erase all this filth from Hegathe.

The three met in the sky high above the plaza and their Ansei Wards were glimmering in their hands with brilliant light.

"Gentlemen, it was a pleasure." Jon said.

"It is all mine, Krilon." Kareem replied with a grateful face.

"Fufu! I admit I was having lots of fun lately, Jon." Myr fufued while covering his smile.

Find authorized novels in Webnovel，faster updates, better experience，Please click www.webnovel.com for visiting.

"Jon? That's Krilon real name?" Kareem asked.

"It is strange you didn't overhear it till now. Anyway, I consider you a friend and it is rude for me to keep it to myself till now. My name is Jonhild Firemane, also known as Jon Dare of Winterhold." Jon patted Kareem's shoulder while saying so.

"… What?!"

Kareem was having a moment of unclarity followed by another of confusion then another of silence ending it with another of turning to Jon with wide eyes.

"It makes sense now." Kareem said.

"Yeah, but are running out of time." Jon raised his sword up signaling the two to follow his lead.

"You are the most wanted man to the Thalmor! Gods! You are real!"

"I get that a lot. We're going down in 3…"

"I'm a big fan."

"Go!"

Jon pulled Kareem down and Myr synced his movement with the two. Three bolts of vibrant light descended on the Plaza breaking through the ground and going down even more to the heart of the [Soul Snare] spell.

The three blades obliterated through the runes and caused an explosion of magic energy that destroyed all the Black Soul Gems gathered around.

The consequences of the move were far from over. As the Black Soul Gems were broken, thousands of souls were freed from the imprisonment of the Formation and as if the city felt these souls rising, the warmest rays of sunlight purged away the cold grey skies caused by the Soul Snare.

The nightmare was over for Hammerfell and just beginning for the Cult. All the Undead supported by the formation crumbled to dust. The Cultists who all synced their power to the Formation were experiencing a devastating backlash due to the sudden loss of their Magicka.

The Cult was cornered to a wall without a single chance to bite back.

Under the rubble, Kareem staggered up and walked with heavy steps towards the three Ansei Wards that were pinned into the grounds. He knelt in front of the swords and spoke.

"Ansei Majah, Ansei Radan and Ansei Halelah. Thank you for your blessings. I'll see to your return to your resting place." Kareem said then picked up the Ansei Wards.

*Cough* *Cough*

From another direction, a blonde high elf was staggering up and waving the dust away.

"Prince Kareem… what happened here?"

"L… Lady Miranda?" Kareem exclaimed.

In front of him, there was Miranda. The High Elf who appeared with Jon the first time he came to save Kareem and Stros M'kai, also, she is Jon's woman.

"Yeah, that's me… Probably. Where is Krilon?" She asked.

Ignoring the "probably" she said, Kareem pointed to the other side of the rubble.

"Master Jon… I mean Lord Krilon is over there."

Where he pointed, the rubble over that direction went flying by someone's push. There, appeared Mirren lying above Jon and the two were staring at each other with wide eyes.

"Shit! You are Jon… wait! I'm Mirren, right?" Mirren backed off from Jon with a pale face.

"If I know that it would cost me destroying the Worm Cult to get the Gay Scene, I would have done that long ago." Jon said while touching his lips remembering how it felt.

"Oh no!" Miranda held her head foreseeing the following trouble.

"OH NO!" Mirren held his head not bearing that he fell to Gay Scene.

**********

(Part 2)

It is clear that High Elves Miranda and Mirren are the double form of the Elhnofey know and the Myr Aldmeri. Still, each time Myr emerges then reverts to the two, their memories get mixed up and they share many emotions. Sometimes after they reemerge, they get jumbled up with their identities for at least an hour.

This time, it was the first time for the twins to be in relationships both at the same time thus their feelings were jumbled up and that ended with Mirren kissing Jon.

"No! It's in my head! I can't forget it. Don't touch my sister." Mirren was shouting at Jon.

"This brute Redguard bitch, don't get closer to my brother." Miranda was glaring at Isha.

One of the most traumatizing memories that the two share right now is the sexual experiences.

{Kareem, my child. You are still a normal human, you can back away before it is too late.} Prince A'tor whispered to Kareem.

"Couldn't agree more." Kareem just disappeared in the background and went to deal with the aftermath of the battle.

"Make it stop! Goddammit, why do I have to remember those things." Mirren was having the shivers of his life.

"That woman, she is too dangerous to date my brother. Must do something."

"I guess the Gay Scene is getting more mental than I thought now." Jon said.

"I agree. My honey boo is finally back but his mind is still unstable. By the way, how did they return?" Isha asked.

"Myr exhausted himself, he told me that despite him being the original form, an Elhnofey is not suitable to exist in the Mortal World, Mirren and Miranda are stable and convenient for him to live as. They're like a battery saving mode or whatever." Jon explained.

"You don't need to explain that much. Nothing about them is easy to understand anyway… nothing about all of us actually."

"Well said."

The two separated Mirren and Miranda who were violently arguing and soon it all settled down.

"We are done out here." Kareem shouted from outside the pit that formed in the plaza.

"Wait! Is there any trace of Zain or Zahra?" Isha shouted.

"No." Kareem replied as he approached.

"…" Rendered speechless, Isha was having it hard focusing.

"Most of the Cultists were killed. The only remnants have fortified themselves into the City Lord's Palace. If your the ones you are after are still in Hegathe, you'll find them there." Kareem said.

"Then we can't wait longer than this. It is the afternoon now and we still have the advantage of sunlight. Let's strike the palace now." Jon forced himself up while chugging on a Magicka Potion.

"I've returned the Ansei Wards to the King of Sentinel. Should I go bring them again?" Kareem asked.

"No." Jon shook his head, "Isha and I will march on the Palace alone."

"No! Master Jon… I can…" Kareem wanted to refute but Jon stopped him.

"You have done more than enough, Kareem of Stros M'kai. Right now, I have a Labour to finish and she has unfinished business, right?"

"Right." Isha nodded and grasped her [Spear of Bitter Mercy] tighter.

"Let's go."

Jon and Isha headed out to the final stage. On the way, Isha ran into her master Nagla and Jon ran into his girlfriend Aela. Not many words were said, Isha handed her master the Mask of the War Chief and Jon kissed Aela on the forehead. The two then walked among the crowd and none stepped in their way, it was clear that those two were currently the only ones fit to face what is beyond that point.

They reached the City Lord's Palace which was on top of a hill, its gate was clearly locked with a large amount of undead lurking behind. Jon held his staff in one hand and his blade over his shoulder then barely pushed the Palace's gate enough for one person to pass. Jon walked in first then Isha followed and the gate closed. Privacy was needed.

Behind the gate, the Palace was built in a traditional way so all yards are supposed to be in the center of the building, this meant Jon will get all the privacy he needs.

Still, as soon as they got in, the undead started crawling from every corner.

"Heh! Leave the greeting to me." Jon stopped Isha from taking action and clapped his hand twice. "Wakey wakey, sleepyhead. There is food here."

Jon's words weren't for anyone other than the avid undead eater, the sin he created in front of Isha a long time ago, Wrath.

Stepping out from his Cube, the large Bone Samurai opened its mouth and lowered its posture chomping on the first unlucky skeleton in its way. Odokuro wasn't done, its blade started going left and right tearing those puny undead apart without any consideration to the decorations of the palace, the place was already ruined and the owner wouldn't miss a couple of walls.

"That's enough." After Wrath had its fun making for the long period he wasn't called for, Jon stopped him.

Easily, Jon could determine where the Cultists were hiding and with a small hint of his Aura, the Cultists realized they could no longer hide and walked out to face him. Seeing the man that brought their endless armies to its knees, they feared him more than anything in the world.

"I have come here to chew bubblegum and kick ass, and I am all out of ass… wait! No… and I am all out of bubblegum… hey, didn't I make the phrase better?"

"Frankly, no idea." Isha shook her shoulders.

"Sure." Jon feigned that he was talking to Isha before shooting a [Chain Lightning] at the Cultists.

The terrified Cultists couldn't react in time and the spell got a number of them. Even with his strength, Jon was quite okay when it comes to playing dirty.

As the spell exchange ended, the last Cultist fell down into an over-fried state. Jon proudly walked over the corpses of his victims making sure they are dead and no traps are active. But once he stepped a few meters ahead, he started to feel something.

"He's right ahead." Jon said.

Isha's eyes became firmer and she took the lead. They walked and walked into the big palace until they reached the Throne Room. On the throne was a man sitting idly with a spear lying on him, he lazily put rest his hand on his hand and just sat alone in the hall.

No living or undead signals came from around him. Jon's flawless detection felt as if it was being tricked.

The man's eyes were open but lifeless as expected. Once he sensed Jon and Isha, he didn't even move his lifeless eyes towards them but rather stood up like a fool moved by strings.

"… Brother." Isha faintly spoke but as expected, dead men tell no tales.

"Something is off." Jon spoke.

"What?"

"He doesn't have the Bloodworm Helm or the Staff of Worms. Only a man with a spear." Jon said.

"No one exited the palace." Isha said.

"A palace is not a building that can be entered or exited just from one door."

Jon didn't like the situation but eventually, a fight had to start.

"Let's go." Jon's signal came before an attack arrives from Zain meaning that the side that started the fight was Jon.

Isha imagined that whatever monster possessing her brother would just go berserk and start attacking not just stand there, reality wasn't making it easy for her but she could bother less now. She had to deliver her bitter mercy.

Jon cast a simple [Fire Bolt] to move Zain from his place but the later skillfully block the spell with his spear and charged at Jon. As soon as the two were about to clash, Jon lowered his posture and sled on his knees completely evading Zain's spear stab. While doing so, he tossed something in the air and as he passed to the other side of Zain, he caught it.

"Heads!"

The [Old Man's Coin] worked in the favor of Jon and he turned out stabbing at Zain's head with [Mehrunes' Razor].

"Haha! Die!"

Jon's perfect execution and flawless movements would have worked any day of the week but sadly, today was not the day. The Razor couldn't even cut Zain's skin who was slowly turning his head towards Jon.

"Damn! That's some skincare product you use, bro. Can you write it down for me?" Jon was actually spooked but his mouth kept running anyway.

Zain's moved as fast as lightning and swung his spear upward down at Jon who evaded by teleporting to the other side of Zain. Wasting no time, Jon fused [Greed] and [Mehrunes' Razor] creating [Mehrunes' Needle] and with the penetration specialist, Jon thrust it deep into Zain's ear from the side.

The needle dagger was already deep into Zain's head but no effect happened. Jon was kicked away as well as the chance to one-shot Zain.

"That's nasty!" Jon complained.

"What do you think?" Isha asked as she and Jon started using another strategy.

"His skin is worse than before. We can't wound him even with a Daedric Artifact. Let's try the spear." Jon said.

Isha agreed almost immediately and rushed at Zain with her spear's edge pointing down, once he was in her stabbing range, she used a martial skill.

[Spirit Spear - Ghost Strike], Isha's attack moved in mysterious directions making it almost impossible to track. Just like that, her spear was resting deep in the shoulder of Zain.

"KWAAAAH!"

He felt pain, he was wounded.

As if he was a machine activating from a long slumber, Zain started screaming and all the clothes on his upper half were ripped off by the act of his violent Magicka. Zain's eyes finally moved and his hand grabbed Isha's spear from the shaft making it impossible for her to retreat. With the other hand, he used the [Serpent Spear] to stab at her.

"Shit!"

Knowing what sort of trouble she was in, Isha was about to abandon the spear and retreat but a large shadow moved. Nefertiti made a large chain on shadows that shackled Zain's arm, Wrath appeared with a large metal chisel and fixed it above Zain's arm, Jon was the last to move as he jumped high enough to be above Zain and waved his hand towards the metal chisel by whatever he was holding in his hand.

*CLANG* *RIP* *CRACK*

The effect was to behold, Zain's right arm was ripped off completely. Jon landed beside Isha and helped her pull the spear out of Zain that also retreated.

*Growl* *Growl*

Zain's was completely missing an arm, he started growling like a beast while eyeing Jon with hate. On the other hand, Jon appeared to be holding a hammer that he used to hit the chisel and that wasn't just any hammer, it was [Sunder].

"It seems that he is invulnerable to physical attack except from your spear. Once he is struck, it is possible to deal damage to him." Jon said.

"*Huff* *Huff* That is not… watch out!"

Isha was about to say something but she noticed a certain movement and warned Jon. Zain's ripped off arm started moving on its own flying towards Jon and aiming the spear towards his heart. Jon's eyes turned cold and gave a space for Isha to move. She hurriedly stabbed the arm with her spear and pinned it to the ground.

"Good job!" Jon didn't waste a second and fused Greed with Sunder turning them into [Big Sunder], a larger version of the hammer that weight can be controlled.

Jon made [Big Sunder]'s weight be almost a ton before he descends with it on the arm.

*Crack*

"GRAAAH."

Zain felt pain once again as his arm turned into meat-paste under Jon's might strike. In actuality, the whole palace shook from the strike revealing how much power [Sunder] has.

"That's a good plan so far. We will rip him limb from limb and destroy them. Nefertiti, seal each limb we destroy."

Isha and Jon finally had a plan to put down Zain. Once he is completely destroyed, there will be no vessel for Mannimarco to Reincarnate into and the game would be over… or so they thought.

Who is the King of Worms if not the vilest being ever walked Nirn?

**********

(Part 3)

*RIP*

*CRACK*

*RIP*

*CRACK*

*RIP*

*CRACK*

Zain was being dismantled one attack after another. When he lost his weapon arm, he was completely useless from that point. His magic casting ability was already bad to begin with and he needed the [Staff of Worms] which was somehow not on him.

Right now, he was reduced to one and a half legs, one shoulder, a torso and a chest, and a badly destroyed head.

Isha's heart was breaking from doing so to his body. She knew her brother is long dead and his soul is no longer in this world but that didn't mean that doing this to his reanimated monster corpse was alright, it is a huge sin to beat a dead body in the Redguard traditions but what to do?

At last, she stood over him with her spear pressing against his chest.

"… Sis… Sister…"

Yet those words came out. He spoke the forbidden words that last time they were uttered, his spear was aiming at Isha's heart causing Jon to take it for her.

"Not again! You won't do it again!" She replied with a solemn yet tragic face.

"… Kill… me…"

His request was so simple yet Isha couldn't find herself believing what she was hearing in absolute denial.

"Don't play tricks on me! You hear me? Never…"

"He is not." Beside her, Jon spoke.

She turned to Jon not believing what he said.

"The mind has a consciousness of its own. A depth not related to the soul. Even when the undead creatures get to be moved by artificial daedric souls, the deep mind is still active. It doesn't feel but it conveys its desires. Necromancers would normal mute their thralls but when Zain said just now is his mind's lingering desire for rest… for death."

As academic and cold Jon's explaining was, those words brought a strange peace to Isha. She looked at her older brother's body with remorse and pity.

"Alright! My tears are long since dried, my farewells are long since said. Rest in Peace, brother."

On clean stab with the spear to the core of the Undeath in Zain's body was enough to bring it end. The vistage of undeath was completely ripped apart by the [Spear of Bitter Mercy].

Isha walked away in cold sadness and Jon remained watching and analyzing. He wasn't feeling like it was over as his mind was screaming "it can't be that easy."

As he wanted it all to end, he gathered Zain's body parts and put them together and covered the body out of respect. Zain's [Serpent Spear] was put down beside his owner.

Jon's mind was still busy but his heart was begging for him to raise no more flags. Today was a long day already and the sun is falling.

{Ain't that a bit touching? The good guys won, the glory goes to the heroes, the evildoers get nothing.}

Yet the flag was already ruffling when a very disturbing voice sounded through the throne hall.

"Who is it? Show yourself!" Isha was 100% vigilant but the voice that came was from outside her perception.

"At ease." Jon raised his hand. "We are speaking to a Daedric Prince."

Jon's words made Isha freeze, actually, Jon himself was almost freaking out.

{Great! Isn't that just great? Daedric Princes are so common these days we can't surprise a mere mortal anymore. Was I that expected?} The voice showed a hint of disapproval and anger.

"I guess dancing on the edges of sanity with all the Labours going has its perks." Jon replied while thinking fast, "I guess I am speaking to Lord Clavicus Vile."

Jon's fast take-up was satisfying to the Daedra.

{You are quite cunning, Mortal. Figure out I was a Daedric Prince, figure out who I am… you're good. Interested in some deal while we're at it?}

"Nope." Jon bluntly refused.

{Well well, you are that guy called Krilon, right? I've heard about you. Actually, all Oblivion has heard about you.}

"Am I that famous?" Jon was taken aback.

{Indeed! Aren't you that Krilon from the Sith, the one that stole a town from the middle of Molag Bal's domain? Every Daedra in Coldharbour knows your name.}

Darth Krilon of the Sith was the prank Jon used to go by with in Coldharbour.

"That's flattering."

{You wouldn't know the surprise on Bal's face once he knew you are Labouring for Azura! I mean… can you imagine his ugly face twisting uglier?}

"No, I wouldn't."

{Whatever then! I think my work here is done anyway. You killed my Labourer and all, congratulations!}

"Wait! Your work?" Isha said.

{Right, you are the sister! Congratulations to you too as well, your brother is now free as he finished his Labours. I let his soul go.}

Jon and Isha looked at each other in shocked expressions.

"He finished his Labours?" Jon asked.

{You heard me.}

"How?"

This was no joking matter, the Labours should be seven, Zain should be in his sixth when he was discovered back in Elsweyr.

{Isn't that obvious? We skipped the Sixth Labour with him and gave him the Seventh that he just finished.}

"What was that?" Jon shouted.

{Isn't it obvious?} Clavicus Vile spoke in a mocking tone, {His Labour was to delay you!}

The world turned cold all of a sudden around Jon and Isha, a strange energy was felt beneath their feet.

"Fuck! Shit! What is this? Nefertiti!" He called for Nefertiti and she entered his shadow.

"The throne!" After looking through the Shadow World, she pointed at the throne.

Jon didn't wait any longer and shot a Fireball at the throne of Hegathe's Lord blowing it apart.

"Jon! What is this feeling?" Isha felt as if she was sinking into the ground beneath her feet.

Jon immediately called out [Pride] and warded himself off the effect of that energy as well as Isha. He held her up and pointed where the throne was.

"Look, there is a secret passage beneath the throne. Zain was guarding that." Jon said.

Isha nodded with an overwhelmed face and spoke.

"Right, Zahra! She should be down there."

Driven by finding her last relative, the widow of Zain, who was kidnapped during the attack on the Ansei Pyramid, Isha ran towards the secret passage going down a narrow stairway. Jon didn't leave her and followed only a step behind.

Where they arrived was a secret chamber. It was quite large and wide with many people there. Living People as well as Dead People.

That was the current theme of Hegathe so the scene shouldn't be terrifying yet once Jon and Isha arrived, they were spooked beyond words.

Sure enough, the living people were cultists and the dead people were human sacrifices. The way everything was arranged was sick and scary. Those sacrifices were hanged from upside down and their throats were slit like sheep in a slaughterhouse. In the middle of the room, the Cultists gathered in a circle kneeling around a large pool of blood and worshiping something in its center. There where Zahra was found, in the center of the pool.

She was tied up to a stick and stripped naked, she was not conscious but that wasn't what was wrong with her. What was wrong was her stomach.

It was swollen as if she was a pregnant woman in the last month.

This was all the wrong things in the wrong places. Evil worship, sacrifices, blood pools, pregnant woman. Those like Jon who thought they have seen it all would doubt themselves in front of such evil.

"You filthy dogs… you filthy sons of bitches…"

On the other hand, Isha was raging and reached the climax of madness. The Cultists realized Jon and Isha were present and rushed to stop them from interrupting the ritual but Isha was unleashed. She killed the Cultists in the most violent of ways breaking their bones and stepping on their skulls, meanwhile, Jon was walking slowly towards the woman hung on the blood pool his eyes on her stomach.

He must have realized something.

Isha killed all Cultists in less of a minute no matter how strong they were and that was enough for Jon to understand.

"Those Monsters! Those sons of bitches!"

"Isha…"

"I'll murder them a thousand times over and over!"

"Isha…"

"I'll burn your families and laugh at them."

"Isha…"

"WHAT?"

She left no one alive to begin with then started mutilating the bodies, she didn't have the mind to listen to this but Jon said it anyway, he didn't have the mind to care about anything as well.

"We were wrong." He said, "We misread the signs. The Reincarnation of Mannimarco… it was never Zain."

Jon removed the protection of himself and Isha. The dreadful energy they felt earlier was now clear where it came from.

"It's inside her."

**********

(Part 4)

What is inside Zahra?

That's one question… one of many.

Why isn't Zain's body the Reincarnation of Mannimarco? Why was he used in the first place? What is the secret of the Spear of Bitter Mercy being the only thing that can harm Zain only in the hands of Isha? Why was Zahra kidnapped in the first place? Why was she used for the demonic ritual? What's inside her?

There are a lot of questions about this day and to those many questions, one answer made of one word could be said.

Fate.

Fate brought them all together and the power of bonds has strong magic to it. Zain happened to fit certain criteria that served the purpose of Mannimarco very well. The only flaw in the equation was Isha that by her role, brought Jon into the picture. Jon was also a factor. If he hasn't corrupt [Azura's Star], Mannimarco's plan would have been delayed and Isha would have never found out about the Worm Cult's plan, after all, she was the part of the equation that should have taken the [Spear of Bitter Mercy] far away and never returned to Hammerfell.

It may all sound complicated but that's how Fate works. The instrument of God that plays in mysterious ways.

Now if one wanted a satisfying answer, then Fate it is. Unfortunately, a certain someone was never this easy on himself regarding the answers and he wanted the Truth, all Truth and nothing but the Truth.

And that started when he put Zahra down on the ground with the help of Isha.

"What should we do?" Isha asked.

"Get that thing out of her." He said.

"How?"

"Cut it out."

"No! Please." Isha begged, "I can't afford to lose her."

Isha's words were said in grief. Zahra is her last relative.

"She is dying. The blood… it was there to feed whatever comes out." Jon said.

That "whatever" is Mannimarco and his growing inside Zahra.

Why? Couldn't he just choose to possess any newborn and get whatever he wants?

No. The answer doesn't need much thinking either, if someone goes through all that to do a thing rather than choosing the easier option then it is because the first one is better.

Why would a child growing into Zahra be better than any other woman? Answering that means one should take a look.

Jon used his staff to make a vision and see the inside of Zahra's womb. The skin, muscles, and organs turned invisible and both Jon and Isha could see the thing inside her.

"That's not a baby." Jon said.

"That's clearly not a baby." Isha agreed.

It was something that doesn't grow into humans… an Egg.

Not just an egg but an egg with a golden shell.

"Your sister-in-law is a human?" Jon asked.

"You are joking right now?"

"Do I look like I am joking to you? I thought I was insane and here it gets crazier than me? Why would an Egg grow into a human rather than a baby?"

The answer was just one possibility.

"It was put inside her." Jon and Isha concluded at the same time.

"If it was out, you can just Teleport it out, right?"

"No. The Egg's life-force is already in unison with Zahra. Look, Zahra's womb formed these birth cords-like things and they don't transfer food. This egg is killing Zahra."

There was no way out of this… Jon's extensive knowledge led him to nowhere against this. If he forces the egg out, it will kill Zahra. The other option was to just stab Zahra right away and kill her and the baby.

The options were clear in front of Jon and Zahra but before Jon takes a decision, he remembered something.

"Nefertiti, you remember that day a few years ago when we were fighting the Bloodsail Clan." Jon asked.

"Yes, Hooman." Nefertiti replied and appeared beside Jon.

"Then you still remember that stupid Lokthur? Alina's gryphon? Wasn't his egg possessed by the Shadow Aether before we separate it to make it into Greed?" Jon said.

"Yes."

"Then can you do it again? I can't do much against this Golden Egg but maybe the Shadow World has its own backdoor, right?"

Jon's reasoning was alright, it was a risk but it is better than killing Zahra. The egg is inevitably hatching and whatever comes is no good, striking it through the Shadow World is better than just doing nothing.

Nefertiti agreed and disappeared for a while before appearing once again.

"Hooman, ugly baby."

"What am I supposed to do about that? Did you find a way to do anything?" Jon asked.

"Yes. I cut his energy supply. He should try to crawl out now."

Jon and Isha were struck by a good surprise and a bad feeling at the same time.

"That demonic baby or whatever… it seems all the sacrifices are here for it." Jon said.

"We need to get rid of them. Also, that blood." Isha said.

"Fuck it! I'll burn it all."

Jon wasn't even considering anything anymore but dealing with the evil that is about to be born.

Jon cast [Scotch] on everything that is available. No blood or corpses were left behind.

"Jon, something is happening!" Isha said.

Jon ran back to Zahra and checked on her to see how the egg reacting.

"Fucking monster! This thing can no longer absorb from the soul so it is switching to the blood. What kind of demonic sci-fi shit is this?" Jon wanted to just end this egg in one stab but with Zahra's life on the line, he had to think straight.

And there was it.

He went through the [Cube] and found something that can be used. An injector, a device he made based on some otherworldly technology, it's purpose was to deliver the medicine directly into the bloodstream but neither the world nor Jon were this advanced in medicine. He doesn't have any drug to finish off that monster and even if he does, it has to go through Zahra.

But today was his lucky day, his head was working on a rapid pace that he found a solution right by the next second.

His blood.

His blood is strong, potent and wild. It also has the ability to control the vampires that consume it. No matter what kind of monster in the egg or whose soul it has, it is no match for Jon's blood as an infant.

Without thinking, Jon used the reversed mechanism of the injector and stuck its needle into himself, he then changed the needle and injected his blood into Zahra.

"What are you doing?"

"Trust me… or not… I'm not sure. It will work."

He was struck mad by the possibilities and the amount of thinking he went through in the past few seconds. Just like that, he started observing his blood flow into Zahra's bloodstream and controlled it.

There was more to Jon's blood than what meets the eye, Jon has learned how to control his inner body when he was imprisoned in the Briarheart Tree. After he broke through the Ebonblood stage, he even had more control. Now, Jon controlled his blood carefully to make it reach the golden egg without harming Zahra.

And here it is, he reached it.

"You fucking ugly bastard! Got you."

Nefertiti cut the energy and Jon cut the blood. Now, this thing is all isolated. Jon could even see the resisting will of whatever being in that egg, piece by piece, Jon was conquering it.

"We can get the egg out now." Jon said and let his telekinetic power run through Zahra.

She was already in a coma so he made sure she stays that way, her body was torn from the inside by the existence of that golden egg. Jon never before scanned the body of a pregnant woman but Zahra's state was the closest thing to be and it was a mess, nothing was in its place.

"I'll use magic to pull that thing out. I am trying to isolate the walls of the womb from the egg, create a containing Ward around the barrier and infusing the space law at the same time. I'll be able to Teleport it out but I need to maintain Zahra from collapsing. I can't do that while I'm fighting the baby monster so I need you to heal her. Here are some staves, scrolls and potions and everything you need."

Jon started to dumb half the work on the overwhelmed Isha who was just nodding and trying to remember. Jon's skill in magic started to shine as he operated a magical birth surgery… sort of… by Teleporting the baby out of the womb.

Once Jon maintained the ward around the egg, he used his other hand to stabilize Zahra's body then completely separated it from the egg. One second, two, three… nothing happened. Jon quickly Teleported the egg out and kept it held mid-air while maintaining Zahra's womb by another spell and leaving the rest to Isha.

Now, it was all him and the Golden Egg.

This was no normal creature. The egg looked very evil despite its golden luster, it wasn't something that was manufactured by Alchemy but it was rather organic.

What kind of an evil being would lay such an egg? That cold dark energy is not from this world, it is not Magicka or Daedric Energy.

It is something else, as expected, it is otherworldly.

Mannimarco possessed the Ghost World in the Abyss which is a dumpster to all the things that roam the other void. Mannimarco acquired that and wanted to use it to his own convenience.

"Not a fucking chance!"

Jon dropped the egg on the ground and applied pressure. Cracks started to appear on the golden egg and a small hand came out, after the hand came, a strange limb followed by the full crumble of the golden shell.

The creature was beyond hideous. It had a very distorted face and six limbs, the additional two were on its back. It is obviously immature but it wasn't the case for long. Once that demonic infant saw the light, it screeched and moved its limbs looking for blood, once it detected some, it turned around and started crawling towards it but things didn't go the way it wanted.

The infant's body started growing. It was coming together and started to grow bigger in a chaotic manner, the being didn't just grow bigger but started to lose its energy, it started to become thinner at a certain point then it started to wilt and die.

"What the fuck was that?"

Jon couldn't bring himself to do anything as he watched the circle of life and death consume the being faster than he ever imagined.

In the end, the being aged and became quite old turning into a husk and ceasing all its movements one inch away from the blood it painstakingly craved for.

"So… that's it?" Jon asked.

He was disappointed, utterly disappointed beyond words. Whatever incarnation that was, it could have certainly done better.

Was that the reincarnation Mannimarco wanted? How on Nirn was that being even capable of living with that appearance?

What kind of sick and twisted logic created such an abomination?

Was there a point for thousands to die just for one pathetic being such as this to come to existence?

Jon looked closer at the being analyzing its features. He shook his head then nodded in giving up.

The being was clearly a Hybrid, a mix of a Werewolf and a Vampire. So that was what it meant to be? That's why Zain was targeted.

Mannimarco wanted his reincarnation vessel to be invincible so he created Zain to be so. He didn't want to inhabit Zain's dead body but wanted a fresh newborn for himself, a body befitting the King of Worms. He probably took genes from Zain's newly formed Hybrid physique and put it into the Golden Egg.

The Golden Egg is an otherworldly object but it was a method to create a body, it needed to be inside a mother and Mannimarco desired Zahra, Zain's widow, to be the one. The reason? Why not.

The [Spear of Bitter Mercy] was a threat for a couple of reasons. First, it can kill anything and that includes the invincible body that is being created. The second, the Spear is associated with the Bitter Mercy, the act of causing harm to those whom one loves. If someone who loves Zain used that spear on him, Zain's invincible body would be harmed.

Such irony!

To all end like this.

Or is it?

Once Jon turned away, something went out of the being's body and sneaked on Jon wishing to inhabit him.

"Get away from Hooman." Yet in Jon's Shadow, there was always the vigilant partner who watches his back.

Whatever that is, it received Nefertiti's hit and broke on the run.

Jon's face hardened, his rage boiled and his Aura ignited.

"Keep her still, I called for healers." He said before storming out of the secret room straight to the throne hall.

He looked around but the body of Zain was gone.

"Hmph! You have unfinished business with me so never think about running away."

----------------------------

- Just to remind you, guys. Chapter 500 is the last in the Volume and it is available on P4TRE0N for FREE as my Birthday Gift to You... see, my birthday and I'm giving gifts. it is also a large chapter so prepare to stalk for days.

• P4TRE0N

pat×reon.com/eldokhmesy ( remove × )

• YouTube

Youtube.com/channel/UCr7RT7NUojIRA0s7cjfrjDw

• Discord

discord.gg/gKcKva7

• Instagram

@don_dokhmesy

• Twitter

@eldokhmesy22

You are reading

Dragonborn Saga

ebook which is a free download at

wWw.EbookUpdates.Net

.

Download more ebooks for free at

EbookUpdates.Net

.

500 The Battle of Death March 16, 17, 18, 19, 2end0

The Last Chapter in the Volume, Congratulations for making it this far. Happy Birthday to me. I'm 25 and this novel is already the most wholesome and serious work I have done in my life. -- It is my Pride and Joy to announce that from the next chapter, we are time-skipping to year 4E-201 when the actual Skyrim events start.

Thank you to the new Patrons who joined us as of late:-

@Jeremy Veit (C rank)

@Pookleberry (D rank)

@Sacha Lechelon (D rank)

@Ashikov Kaloyan [couldn't copy Bulgarian here] (D rank)

@Kaleb Payne (D rank)

@Rafa (D rank)

Right… this is… FEARSOME FIVESOME Chapter! The BIGGEST <11'284 Words> CHAPTER I ever wrote just for you guys as a Mass Release Gift for my Birthday. See how awesome I am? My birthday and I'm giving gifts!

Enjoooooy~♥

~~~~~~~~~~

(Part 1)

"Dammit! Dammit! Damn that mortal! Damn that beast! See what happens when I get you!"

"Hey!"

*Punch*

This scene happened in the western area of Hegathe. While most of the Alliance was focusing on prosecuting the Cultists and executing them, one man was chasing another in the dark alleyways.

The Aspect of Mannimarco possessing the pulverized corpse of Zain was desperately fleeing from Jon.

"Damn you, Mortal. Curse you!"

Once Jon caught up with the Aspect of Mannimarco, a devastating punch following the other were descending on it.

Of course this thing inhabiting Zain is not The King of Worms Mannimarco himself but rather a lesser version of him similar to a Divine Spirit Descent. The original Mannimarco is, after all, a true immortal.

On the other hand, that incarnation was as mortal as the word mortal can get lying in a pile of garbage with the rest of the trash after getting Jon's punch.

"Son of a bitch! That body you are possessing does not belong to you."

"Hahaha! It does. It belongs to no one but me. Now that you destroyed the Miracle Egg, where do you think I will stay?" Mannimarco stood up resting on the [Serpent Spear]. He seems to have attached Zain's body that Jon broke back together and using it as a vessel.

"Give it up. That body is already beyond damaged. You descended, congratulations. Now hurry up and depart!" Jon sent another punch at Mannimarco and the latter was launched like a stringless kite.

"You can't beat me! You can't harm me! You destroyed this body before because of that damned spear. Now, even with the damage it suffered, you can't injure it anymore." Mannimarco said.

"And you can't fight back either."

"Oh! Will see about that?"

Mannimarco twisted the body he is in and launched a [Bone Spirit] spell towards Jon before starting to run.

"Useless!" Jon negated the spell and retaliated with another towards Jon but Mannimarco used the blast of Jon's spell to his advantage and increased the distance.

"Heh! My body is indestructible, you can't harm it. But… don't you think you are missing a certain point?" Mannimarco started crawling up and hid behind a wall.

"Yeah?" Jon noticed that Mannimarco was aiming for something.

"Hehehe! I… can… recover!" Mannimarco said as he stepped out of the alleyway, Zain's body fixed a little bit more.

"Oh! You can do that? Fine, you keep that up and return this body back to normal so we can give it a proper burial. Meanwhile, I'll prepare something to exorcise you."

"Oh please entertain me! Is it a set of Blessed Divine Relics… wait, maybe it is a Blessing from Talos or whatever!" Mannimarco mocked Jon.

"This is not 200 years ago, Mini-marco." Jon said something that made Mannimarco's expressions twist.

"I get what you are doing. I really do. You have tried that reincarnation thingy and almost worked two hundred years ago if not for the interface of the Mages Guild in Cyrodiil. I know Archmage Hannibal Traven and his successor aren't around but the story of how you were handed your own ass back then is still fresh in Cyrodiil. Good times, right?"

Jon's words seemed to have opened an old wound and Mannimarco was infuriated.

"Insolent fool!" He shouted while casting a powerful spell at Jon.

"That's the spirit!" Jon ignored the surroundings and got excited to this fight.

Right now, he is facing that most skillful Necromancer ever lived.

Jon Dare, the Last Dragonborn to be, the Thane of Winterhold and the Grand Champion of the Imperial Arena.

Mannimarco, the Leader of the Order of the Black Worm and the Immortal who resides on the Necromancer's Moon.

Jon had the [Ebony Blade], the [Elder Staff of Power and Fate (Pride)], the [Ebony Mail], the [Krilon], as well as an arsenal of arcane artifacts and self-crafted scrolls.

Mannimarco was but a ghost in a shell, that shell was Zain whose body was altered by the Curse of Sithis and the Curse of Vampirism creating an outstanding resilient body. To equalize his situation, Mannimarco grasped the [Serpent Spear] tightly and called for his two artifacts that are nearby, the [Bloodworm Helm] and the [Staff of Worms].

Now that the two met in their full readiness, the whole city felt the impact of two powerhouses clashing. The Imperial Soldiers of the Seventh Legion, the Army of Sentinel, the Citadel of Ebonarm and the HoonDing Alliance all realized the final showdown is beginning.

The Magicka emitted by Jon was taking the qualities of his Aura, Tyrannical and Dominant. The Magicka emitted by Mannimarco had the qualities of a very old Lich, cold and boundless.

"Rise!" The King of Worms said one word and one word only, from who knows where or when, the streets of Hegathe behind him was crawling with Undead. He even summoned a Zombie horse for himself.

"Nice try!" Jon wasn't humble either, his staff struck the ground and an army of his own was conjured. Wrathmen and Bonemen filled the streets behind him with coldness and terror, [Wrath] was conjuring an army of his own and the Nine Iron Atronachs were present as well. Jon also conjured a Cold Flame Horse Atronach to sit on equal terms.

"HA! HAHAHA!" Mannimarco couldn't help but laugh, "You are using Undead… against me?"

"Bitch, please! These Undead are to stop your Undead from doing whatever they were summoned for." Jon said and his horse started walking forward, "As for you, you will get these hands!"

"Impudent! Get him!"

"Wrath, give 'em your best."

Jon left the command of his entire army of the dead for Wrath and drove his horse forward fusing [Greed] and the [Ebony Blade] creating the [Ebony Glaive].

While Mannimarco was rallying his undead forward, Jon's undead were eating the dust of their Master as he was driving his glaive through Mannimarco's zombie horse.

"You madman!" Seeing Jon already at the front, Mannimarco was annoyed by his charging enemy.

He had to abandon the horse and levitate up the sky away while shooting a barrage of spell at Jon. Meanwhile, Jon chose to charge through Mannimarco's undead turning the spell of their Master against them.

Mannimarco didn't intend to entertain Jon further and made a cunning move. He cast a spell known as [Legion]. The King of Worms was known by that name for a reason, his Necromancy is Grand and terrifying. His spell caused a large portion of his undead army to gather into one single entity and mold together forming a new creature known as the Undead Legion. It was simply a walking zombie giant that almost reached ten meters in height.

"Damn!"

Jon was taken aback greatly but he soon recovered and intended to shorten the distance between himself and Mannimarco. The chains of [Ahzidal's Evil Fists] were launched towards Mannimarco, who was standing above a building not too far away. Seeing his leg shackled, Mannimarco wanted to blow the chains up by magic yet his Magicka was barely moving.

"Surprise, motherfucker!"

Jon pulled the chain faster than Mannimarco's reaction and met him with the [Ebony Glaive] right into his guts.

"It won't work!" Mannimarco was impossible to injure in Zain's body.

"Oh yeah? Oh no."

Jon refused to believe that there was something impossible for him to hack through, he made sure that Mannimarco won't move for at least one second and took out a certain item.

"Take this, asshole!"

With his left, Jon kept stabbing Mannimarco with [Keening], the Dagger that directly does damage to the soul.

"AAAAH!"

Mannimarco wasn't physically hurt but the damage Jon dealt was real, his energy was getting seeped away by [Keening] and absorbed by Jon.

"You… Bastard!" Unwilling to be as helpless as that, Mannimarco managed to command the Undead Legion to move directly towards Jon. The tower of undead creatures cast its shadow at Jon as it was collapsing directly.

"Motherfucker!"

Jon had no time to respond at this so he had only one option and that is to avoid this. He teleported away from Mannimarco who didn't even bother with the Undead Legion falling at him.

Quietness took over this part of the battle for a while. Both Jon and Mannimarco were fighting on equal terms now. Jon may have a large amount of Magicka but it is not infinite, meanwhile, the Aspect of Mannimarco had the support of the True Mannimarco making his Magicka almost infinite. To balance that, Jon uses [Keening] to steal some of that Magicka as well.

In terms of Magicka, this fight was endless. The fact that the Aspect of Mannimarco is connected to the immortal version means he can be just like the Vampire Grand Anchorite who kept regenerating after Myr's attacks. Jon was also very resilient, he is wearing the [Ebony Mail] which is a very strong armor all by itself, Jon's body is very tricky to deal with as normal metal can't injure him.

The two were indeed ridiculous at this rate so staying away from the raging experts was the best thing to do. The two of them also realized that using Undead Minions to fight each other is worthless, Mannimarco may have a better ability as a Necromancer but Jon directly reaches to the Soul Cairn and summons its premium-grade undead. More to that, Wrath is a pain in the ass to Necromancers.

With all the cards played so far, it was about time to bring out the trump cards.

[A/n: Don't forget to Rate and throw off some quality comments!]

**********

(Part 2)

Jon stood in the shadows watching the large Undead Legion moving up for Mannimarco to get up. He smiled and cast a special spell at the undead.

A white flame was ignited all over the Undead Legion and started destroying at a rapid rate. The Ashen Flame of the Totem Dragon Guardian was so destructive and domineering that Mannimarco feared to be buried under the rubble of those burning undead. This flame may not harm him but he could feel that it won't be extinguished by normal means.

He teleported away and started looking around for Jon.

Find authorized novels in Webnovel，faster updates, better experience，Please click www.webnovel.com for visiting.

"Hiding now, are you?" Mannimarco asked.

Jon was indeed trying to sneak attack Mannimarco and kept using his [Shadow Stone] power and the Cloak form of [Greed] to remain hidden.

From beneath Mannimarco, the chains of [Ahzidal's Evil Fists] were trying to get Mannimarco once again, just like last time, Mannimarco was not watching what's beneath him but…

"Got you!"

Mannimarco hit the chain away with the [Serpent Spear], he then kicked the roof he is standing on and descended down aiming the spear at Jon's neck.

"Shit!" Jon was taken aback but he didn't get hit, he avoided touching the poisoned blade of the spear and held the neck of the shaft with his two hands letting go of [Pride] and the [Ebony Blade].

Mannimarco caught Pride using Telekinesis but Pride fought the [Staff of Worms] relentlessly proving to be even more powerful than Mannimarco's fabled staff.

"You have enchanted a staff with your own soul? How? You are a mortal!" Mannimarco couldn't believe that [Pride] was a living staff.

On the other hand, Jon was struggling for his life holding the dangerous [Serpent Spear] away from himself. He was trying to aim [Pride] at Mannimarco but the latter was taking a weird interest in Pride.

Jon looked at the [Ebony Blade] thinking about reach it but Mannimarco took notice.

"Oh no, you can't do that."

Mannimarco blast away [Pride] as far from Jon as he could but and was about to do the same with the [Ebony Blade] but Jon took the chance when Mannimarco's pressure on the spear lessened and moved.

He took out the [Keening] which was a weird choice as using a dagger against a spear is nothing but pain stupidity, however, Jon made [Greed] possess [Keening].

This was by far one of the most annoying Greed Possessions Jon ever tried. [Keening] whose blade was made of a blue crystal started to change from a Dagger to a Fork. It became a fork with two long blades made from the same blue crystal but the way of changed dramatically, Jon only had to hit the spear with that fork and…

*DIIIIIIING!*

It was just too surprising for Mannimarco to deal with this sudden sound. It was as if his soul was about to hurl out from that body.

"Shit!" He abandoned the [Serpent Spear] to block the booming sound from entering his ears but that was of no use, he curled up in the ground from the pain.

Jon threw away the [Serpent Spear] and walked to Mannimarco with the fork, the latter tried to get away but Jon was faster and dug the fork into Mannimarco's guts.

"AHRG!"

There was no physical damage but the pain was vivid as the soul itself was targeted. Jon absorbed a large amount of Magicka from Mannimarco through the fork then turned it into a direct attack on Mannimarco's face.

"Have a cookie… on the house!"

A [Thunder Cookie] launched Mannimarco out of the house to the next one and the next destroying walls and furniture in the process. This was one of the most satisfying cookies Jon delivered.

———————————

[Weeping Keening]

- Absorb Vitality

- Absorb Magicka

- Soul Sonic Damage (Greed Effect)

———————————

[Weeping Keening] was a version of Keening that lets out Soul Sonic Attacks after getting struck by metal just like a Tuning Fork, the damage of such an attack has no blind spot and targets everyone except the wielder but its shortcoming is the limited range, Mannimarco was already figuring that last part out.

Jon retrieved both [Pride] and the [Ebony Blade] while Mannimarco Rose from the rubble and took his distance.

"That punch you delivered… it feels familiar!" Mannimarco said.

"You perv! You can recognize people by the way they punch you?" Jon made a disgusted face.

"Hehe! Let me see… stupidly tall, holds big weapons with one hand, kicks everything like a brash fool… You are clearly a Nord but not just that… you are a Titanborn!"

"Oh! I see… this is the part where I freak out and ask you how you know about my family, right?" Jon couldn't help but smug out.

"…" Mannimarco was wise enough to keep silent after Jon's unexpected reaction.

"At least not a cliche."

Mannimarco soon recognized Jon's origin being a Titanborn. This was due to the event a thousand years ago during the Planemeld when Lyris Titanborn was part of the Five Companions that stopped both Mannimarco and Molag Bal evil schemes. Later in history, the Titanborns were united with the Flame-Hairs to be the Firemanes.

It was clear that Mannimarco was holding a deep grudge against one of the Ancestors of the Firemanes making them enemies by default. It is unthinkable for Jon to let such an evil parasite have his way in the world.

"I'm quite bored with this, let's end it." Jon called out for a large amount of Magicka implying what sort of massive attack he is planning on now.

Mannimarco grinned slyly as he dissolved into thin air the same time Jon released his spell. What happened next was a disappointment to both parties.

Jon appeared behind Mannimarco's place waving the [Weeping Keening] while Mannimarco appeared behind Jon's place stabbing with the [Serpent Spear] he just retrieved.

"Huh?"

"Eh?"

Of course, both attacks were pointless as the two just switched places.

Mannimarco was taken aback and Jon frowned.

"Are you sure that idiot Lyris is your Ancestor?"

"I get that you are trying to compliment me but don't insult her!"

The two proved to be cunning and ruthless which was a thought that left a bad aftertaste to both of them.

"Well, whatever!" Jon teleported once again almost instantly but Mannimarco evaded and started to take distance.

Jon launched the Chains of his gauntlets to catch Mannimarco before he cast magic but the latter proved to be relentless at escaping as much as he is at not dying. Jon took Greed off Keening and directed it into his gauntlets making them into [Ahzidal's Titan Hands]. Mannimarco may have been good at movement but the flying grips that Jon kept sending after him were akin to modern bombardment. The city was getting pulverized by their actions.

"You ran out of moved already?" Jon spoke.

"Shut your trap!" Mannimarco was hot on heels for the part minute which pissed him off, he finally decided to get hit just for the sake of casting one spell.

The land beneath Jon was struck by Mannimarco's magic and turned into a tainted ground of undead, a volley of bones was shot at him from beneath his feet taking him by surprise and giving him a few scratches.

"Fucker!"

"You will die, mortal."

Jon ceased his attacks and retreated to heal his injuries as fast as he could, Undead Magic attacks can carry poison or curses. Mannimarco took the chance to muster his Magicka once more and make a comeback.

He aimed forward his [Staff of Worms] and delivered a strong stream of Lightning Magic towards Jon. Knowing that Mannimarco plans to exhaust his Magicka, Jon let [Pride] activate its free will function and retaliate automatically at Mannimarco.

Jon was planning to do another attack but Mannimarco hurriedly canceled his and pulled [Pride] at him once again.

"Soul Weapon or not, I only have to destroy it."

Mannimarco's aim was to destroy [Pride], this itself will deliver a major damage to Jon may be enough to make him lose consciousness.

Still, Mannimarco never knew what [Pride] is all about. Once he held the staff of Jon, what he never imagined happened.

"AAAAH! AHH! IT HURTS!"

[Pride] was a staff yet one of a kind. Once Mannimarco held it, his hand started burning immediately. This fire caused by holding [Pride] wasn't just soul damage but an actual physical damage. The first damage Zain's invincible body received that wasn't caused by the [Spear of Bitter Mercy].

On the other hand, Jon stared blankly.

"So… that works?"

[Pride] was haughty, unforgiving and extremely arrogant. It wouldn't just refuse anyone other than Jon but it tries to kill them. In some cases, [Pride] would cut the hands of those who tried to steal it and collect them in a sub-dimension. That's how nasty [Pride] was with others. It all started when it developed its own will.

Jon never imagined that this function will actually damage Mannimarco who possesses Zain's body. It was a whole bizarre concept to begin with.

But then, Jon remembered which kind of Magic that can do things beyond sense and cause unexplained phenomenons, the same magic he used to create [Pride], the Fate Magic.

The Fate Magic can damage Mannimarco… and end him. That's what Jon concluded.

"You… you… bastard mortal! What did you do… what sort of abomination did you create?" Mannimarco, who was screaming like a dying hog, stood up holding the burnt hand.

"Heh! Hehehe… Abomination, you say? Look at yourself before you call others by that. Also, this is called [Pride], the Elder Staff of Power and Fate." Jon boasted about his staff that reacted by creating a glowing aura around itself.

"Pride? Elder? What does any of this mean?"

For a moment, the air around Jon turned from his Tyrannical Aura into a different one yet not quite the same. His eyes were colder and his words were lofty.

"It means, mine prideless fellow, this staff is meritorious and most wondrous aside from being indestructible. Eke, it is the very embodiment of Pride, the sin of all haughtiness and vanity. For a lowly undead elf to get to touch it, thee needeth to knoweth thy place."

Jon's words may sound idiotic and empty but it is the very will of Pride that was speaking its mind through him with all its arrogance and supercilious haughtiness.

The cold words of Pride ended and Jon returned to his usual domineer, his smile free even wider and his evil thoughts betrayed his expressions.

"It also means you are getting a serious whacking to satisfy you for a lifetime."

[A/n: Don't forget to Rate and throw off some quality comments!]

**********

(Part 3)

Finding Mannimarco's weakness was more than enough for Jon to change his strategy. From now on, Jon had to analyze the Mannimarco in front of him and pick up the weaknesses that will completely obliterate him.

Mannimarco wasn't stupid either, he understood that Jon managed to get a hint on how to defeat him and that made all his alarms go ringing. He had to finish up Jon before anything else if he wants this reincarnation to successful.

From this point, spells and attacks started to fly around Hegathe like crazy. Thankfully, Jon's and Mannimarco's damage was limited to a certain district near the port where all of the populace was evacuated by the HoonDing Alliance.

At the safe zone far from the battle, Kareem was supervising the evacuation of the last patch of the citizens when he saw some disciples from the Citadel of Ebonarm carrying away a woman who was covered in sheets and Isha was following them.

"What is happening?" She asked.

"I was about to ask you?" He replied, "What is all that madness?"

"Jon… fighting Mannimarco." She said.

"What!"

"We must assist!"

Miranda and Mirren were nearby and they came running once they heard that.

"Mannimarco is in the body of your brother. He just keeps sending one attack after the other!" From the sides, Aela spoke to Isha.

"I already figured that part out. What can we do?"

The five turned silent. If they got closer, they will get in the way and may be used against Jon. Still, how could they sit still with their friend fighting for all of them?

"Where is that all-knowing brat?" Isha asked.

"Who?" Aela tilted her head.

"She means Beth, the girl with tattoos all over her body." Mirren said.

"That's savage! I like." Aela was hooked up just by the description.

Ignoring Aela's abnormal tastes, the others were looking around for their diviner.

"She stays with Jon's cat in those portals she makes." Miranda said.

"I am here, I am here." Beth showed up running as fast as she could.

"Where were you?" Mirren asked.

"Helping people. Listen, the night has arrived. We need to get all these people to safety." She said.

"Safety? From what?" Kareem questioned.

"The prophecy! It is today… the Crimson Ship will arrive as long as all those people aren't in hiding." Beth said.

"Right… the Day of Shame, it is today." Kareem said.

"But we defeated the Cult." Isha said.

"You don't understand, the Day of Shame is an eminent crisis that waits to befall. With all that number of people out of their homes, forget about the Cult, the Crimson Ship is carrying one of the deadliest plagues known on Tamriel and it will consume us overnight." Kareem's words conveyed his fear.

Unlike the Redguards of the desert such as Isha, the Redguards of the western coast always heeded the warning of the Day of Shame and hid in their homes every 20th of Rain's Hand (April) to not alert the ghost ship that is told to be roaming the sea this day.

Now that the city is bustling with noises of women wailing and children crying as well as two maniac-level endgame bosses fighting each other in what seems to be endless combat, the situation was very alarming as it is.

The Crimson Ship may or may not be real but amidst these crazy times, even the myths must be taken into consideration especially when Beth is the one divining them. Also, the Knahaten Flu that the ship carries is extremely deadly and contagious especially when it is airborne. The risk of doubting this prophecy is problematic and it is better to be safe than sorry.

"There are many large buildings in the city that can withstand the fight. The Lord's Palace, the Garrison, the Towers, the Mosques." Aela quickly marked out the places within her area of perception.

"Good, I'll get the people to move right away." Kareem couldn't think of a better idea.

"I'll make the disciples secure the roads." Isha said then turned to Miranda, "Hey, look out after Zahra for me."

"Is she alright?"

"I doubt it. Her womb was severely damaged and she isn't waking up."

"What happened in there?"

Isha remained silent for that question. It was simply something that neither her nor Jon would ever speak about.

***

The fight between Jon and Mannimarco has taken a strange turn. Even with the indestructible body and the endless supply of Magicka, the Aspect of Mannimarco was being drained. Supplying Magicka on such a rapid and wasteful rate especially just a few hours after the Reincarnation was just too hard.

First of all, the soul of that incarnation is still premature and didn't have time to be stabilized. Who would have thought that Jon would be crazy enough to discover the egg, feed it his blood, and teleport it out from the womb? The sole reason the Worm Cult used Zahra was because Isha wouldn't simply kill her in case she managed to reach Zahra before the rebirth of the Lord. If it was another woman, she could have been sacrificed easily by stabbing the unknown egg in her womb.

Regardless of how right or wrong they were, the Reincarnation of Mannimarco wasn't 100% successful thus the Aspect of Mannimarco had to rely on a Plan B which is possessing the body of Zain. Mannimarco never wanted to have that body as if he had the body of a child from the start, he could remold it the same way he did 200 years ago.

But right now, how did this shitty situation turn like that? He was not just being chased by a Mortal but a Human Mortal and not just any Human Mortal but a Nord Human Mortal whose ancestor is Lyris Titanborn, the most annoying Nord he came across.

But this Titanborn was too relentless, too tricky and very well-versed in Magic. Not quite an Arch-Wizard yet but his boundless Magicka can just beat any Arch-Wizard with brute force.

In the last confrontation they had, Jon was pressuring Mannimarco with the [Ebony Blade] while the latter was pushing back with the [Serpent Spear]. Mannimarco may not be a warrior but surely the King of Worms knows a thing or two about melee combat.

"Why don't you just die already?" Jon was shouting as he kicked Mannimarco deep in the guts sending him away.

"I won't die no matter how much you ask me to so, Mortal." Mannimarco wasn't even knowing when this will end.

It was all too exhausting at this point. Jon was fighting for the sake of all Tamriel and Mannimarco was fighting for whatever he was fighting for. Either way, this fight meant a lot for each side.

"Hyaa!" Mannimarco released his strongest raw blast of Magicka trying to obliterate Jon with brute force as it was the only way.

Raw Magicka is dangerous and hard to manipulate but it can't be canceled by other spells, only raw Magicka can stop raw Magicka.

"Don't get full of yourself." Jon retaliated with his best raw Magicka blast as well.

It was consuming and dangerous but the two held their ground well until the scale started to tilt towards Mannimarco.

"Haha! Mortal, this will be the end of you!" Mannimarco laughed.

"Don't celebrate too soon! All-Maker! Azura!"

Jon called for two of the major Spirits that blessed him with their power. The All-Maker, the aspect of Anu to the Skaal, and Azura, Lady of Dusk and Dawn.

———————————

[Blessing of the All-Maker]

Root of Power: 2500% Magicka Regeneration

———————————

[Blessing of Azura]

Dawn's Beauty: Absorb 50% of the Hostile Magic.

———————————

The effect of Dawn's Beauty made Jon's eyes glow, his body was taking half the Magicka of Mannimarco's attacks and redirecting it back.

In just a second, the situation completely tilted and Mannimarco was being pushed back literally.

"Im- Impossible! Those blessings… how? What did you do? What are you?"

For someone to gain the favor of the Original Spirits to the extent of getting two ridiculously powerful blessings, Mannimarco shivered from the fact.

Can that person be another paragon… just like that person form 200 years ago?

Yet no matter how he thinks, he couldn't stop the sudden surge of Jon's Magicka. The Magic Duel ended with Mannimarco's loss and a bright blast that sent him off flying. Such a duel damaged his soul and stunned his spellcasting ability.

Mannimarco won't be able to cast big spells for some time, now, this was Jon's opportunity. If he could seal Mannimarco, he can figure out a method to kill him later. That was Jon's plan.

On the other hand, Mannimarco had one thought in mind.

Run!

He can't face Jon in melee or magic right now. This is a complete disadvantage. Running away wasn't a bad choice since it is the most effective method that kept all mages from dying since the dawn of time. Mannimarco could use simple spells like [Haste] and [Acceleration] to get the boost he needed to keep himself clear from Jon's reign of destruction.

Each one of Jon's attacks carried an astral force to it enough to cause severe damage to the soul of Mannimarco's Aspect.

"Dammit! You are sneaky!"

Jon was annoyed by the fact that Mannimarco was this good at moving around. Mannimarco's experience in the arcane arts is way beyond Jon's but the latter was a creative mage on his own accord. While none of Jon's attacks landed, Mannimarco wasn't able to recover either but not for long. Jon started to grow restless.

"Fine! If you won't get hit, I'll just come and beat you myself."

There was no need to keep this card hidden anymore. When it comes to speed and overall movements, [Ahzidal's Boots of the Apostle] were Jon's winning card. Still, if they are not enough, [Greed] can be just added to the mix and so it happened.

Jon's boots started transforming and growing larger. From the outer sides of the boots, a couple of wing-like extensions grew wide.

"I'm sorry in advance but these boots tend to be a bit gay."

With a disclaimer, Jon started moving after Mannimarco at a greater speed leaving behind a Trail of Rainbow.

His speed was astonishing as much as its unforeseen, Mannimarco was looking behind for an instant and in the other, he was getting punched from the front. Unaware of how Jon did it, he tried to crawl away but Jon kicked him instead.

"Insolent mortal! I curse you."

"Yeah, good luck with that."

Being superior in speed is all good and fine but this rainbow trail that keeps appearing after him was making a bad scene of a serious situation. Jon would have avoided it at all costs but he needed it either way.

———————————

[Ahzidal's Talaria]

- Fortify Speed

- Waterwalking

- Levitate

- Bifrost (Greed Effect)

———————————

With the speed of [Ahzidal's Talaria], Jon utilized the speed needed to put down Mannimarco but still, Mannimarco endured all the Soul Attacks as Zain's body wasn't even receiving damage. If only the [Spear of Bitter Mercy] could do damage as it did before, it would have been good enough but that's no longer an option.

Jon wanted to use the chance given by the Blessings of the All-Maker and Azura he is using right now to quickly figure out which Fate can damage Zain's body in this situation. Sadly, Jon ran out of the blessings before he could get an answer.

At the same time, Mannimarco regained his ability to cast Magic and blocked Jon's kick with one hand.

"THAT'S ENOUGH!"

With one swing, Mannimarco caught Jon's leg and threw him away at a nearby building. Jon was buried under the rubble giving Mannimarco the chance to take a breath after that much thrashing he went through.

But something felt wrong as under that rubble, Jon was clearly gathering some weird type of energy that made Mannimarco feel extremely threatened. In an instant, Mannimarco jumped away before a red laser attack comes out of the rubble and melts the ground he was on.

The rubble exploded and Jon walked out with a weird appearance. He switched his mask with a strange Nordic helm that had a strange shape to it. Actually, that was Jon's helm [Ahzidal's Helm of Vision] combined with [Greed].

"You are really making me using all the embarrassing toys, aren't you?" Jon was clenching his teeth after getting forced to use that as well.

"Be my guest and don't use them." Mannimarco shouted.

———————————

[Ahzidal's Laserbeam Helm]

- Fortify Range

- Aim Assist

- Laser Beam

———————————

Jon walked out and started shooting red beams from his helm at Mannimarco who was evading to the best of his ability.

"You are really agile, take some rest." Jon said.

"Shut up and die already!" Mannimarco retaliated with a spell that missed Jon.

"That's your best aim?" Jon smirked but he soon realized that Mannimarco wasn't aiming for him.

A blast happened right behind Jon forcing him off balance, Mannimarco seized the chance and charged at Jon holding him down.

"Mortal! Of all the ones I have met, you surpassed them all when it came to annoying me."

Now that Jon was pinned down under Mannimarco, the latter started to give a villain speech.

"I'm flattered but your breath, man… is that the stench of death… or is it onion? Onion, I assume." Jon tried to aim his helm at Mannimarco but the latter was pressing his head away.

As the body of Zain was a Vampire-Werewolf hybrid, it had fangs and blood devouring abilities thus Mannimarco was aiming to use that on Jon.

Finding the gap in his armor, Mannimarco bit down Jon's neck like a predator who is breaking the neck of its prey.

"ARG! YOU… BASTARD!"

Jon struggled from the pain and tried to escape Mannimarco but the latter was having him where he wanted. Jon hurriedly took off [Greed], morphed it into a blaster and loaded an Astral charge shooting it right into Mannimarco's guts.

"AHRG!"

Mannimarco was thrown off Jon with Zain's body starting to change after drinking blood. It was as if all the veins were turning black.

"What… what is that?" Mannimarco felt the strange quality of Jon's blood and sensed that it was invading Zain's body damaging it from the inside.

Jon stood up while healing his injured neck.

"For a bastard like you to not figure out what killed your first reincarnation form."

"Shit!"

Mannimarco was trying hard to get rid of Jon's blood but that was taking some time. Jon arrived with the [Keening] in hand aiming to chip away Mannimarco's soul out of Zain's body by force.

The two monsters started fighting on the ground like mortals after draining themselves this far. Their attacks were no longer destroying walls or tilting buildings but rather, Jon was pressing against Mannimarco and punching him while the latter kept trying to kick and scratch.

Jon was mortally exhausted while Mannimarco was hindered because of Jon's blood. This type of situation was degrading for the two but one man was to walk out of this alive.

[A/n: Don't forget to Rate and throw off some quality comments!]

**********

(Part 4)

Mannimarco was recovering. He kicked away Jon one final time and stood up while staggering.

Why?!

Just why would he meet such an annoying opponent right after all the trouble he went through?!

"Just fuck off already!" Tired, Mannimarco had to throw some insults to feel better.

"Never! This fight… it is just perfect!" Jon said as he was helping himself up on a broken wall.

Seeing the wall crumbling in his hand, Jon held a brick and threw at Mannimarco.

"Stones won't work!"

"Just trying anything that may."

Just how long will this take? The two were fighting since the sunset and now it is the middle of the night. Jon was exhausted beyond what he ever has been and Mannimarco's Aspect never believed that his soul would get this damaged let alone Zain's body. This Titanborn was simply too much.

As the two were about to commence round "who is even counting", a chilling cold wind blew through the waste and rubble left by their battle. The wind was western and had a dreadful feeling to it.

"It is here!"

"Shit!"

Mannimarco was smiling while Jon was horrified. This wind carrying the feeling of death at this time only means one thing.

Mannimarco started heading toward the west to meet the army he was promised.

"You aren't going anywhere!" Jon jumped on him and tried to put him down but Mannimarco's improved mood gave him the better edge in this situation, he managed to push Jon away and started running to the west.

"Fucking bastard!"

"I will come to you, Titanborn boy. I won't kill you but you will beg for me to do so." Mannimarco said as he headed away.

"I'll fucking catch you."

"With this body of mine, it is possible. But I will make a better one, a stronger one. Mark my return!"

Jon held his aching body and sat down. By this time, he was not sure about figuring out Mannimarco's weakness let alone stopping him. He started healing his injuries as fast as he could while using every cell of his brain to figure out a solution.

"Think, Jon. Think. He is vulnerable to Soul Attacks and Fate. I can't quite put my hand on how to use them against that bastard but there has to be a solution. There got to… wait! Think… Fate… right… I know now why Mannimarco doesn't want Zain's body. Of course… Shit!"

At first, Jon thought Mannimarco wanted a younger body to remold it according to his taste or whatever but knowing the Worm King he just exchanged punches with, Mannimarco has no sort of pride regarding what body he possesses. This means only one thing, Zain's body is not suitable for one fatal reason.

"But if I do that… Oblivion!"

Even to the Jon Dare, there were some things unthinkable to him such as what he just thought of. It is just way too risky.

Jon stood up and walked after Mannimarco.

***

The Docks of Hegathe were its deepest point in the sea as the stone pier extended a long distance in the water. There, Mannimarco stood with all smiles.

"You have come? You have come to witness the coming of my new army, Titanborn boy?" Mannimarco turned to Jon.

"You sicken me, Mannimarco." Jon replied.

As the two stood face to face, a storm started to rumble in the sky very offseason.

"And so what! I've already expelled your corrupt blood. Indeed the damage was done but you are still no match for me." Mannimarco said.

"I know." Jon admitted it.

"How about this? You are a good Necromancer. Your potential is limitless. Kneel, kneel and I will spare you and take you in." Mannimarco said looking down on Jon.

"Dude, don't ruin a perfect bad guy's moment. You had to do more gloating, you know." Jon said.

"I see that you won't change your ways."

"My ways? What is wrong with my ways? I don't see anything wrong with me. Look at you, what are your ways to begin with?"

"Mine? You have fought me for this long without knowing me?" Mannimarco seemed insulted.

"Entertain me." Jon said.

"Me… I… for as long as I can remember, there was always someone trying to suppress the people. Someone acting as if staying on top of them was for their betterment."

"A liberator's story? Doesn't suit you."

"Is it? Do you know about the Altmer, boy? Do you have any idea what crimes they committed? They annihilated races of the Native residents of Tamriel way before you humans appeared. The Winged-Folk, the Sea Elves, more and more. They put rules on what magic they want people to use and what magic they don't. Rules here, rules there, everything was just for them to be ruled, even the other Elves who are not a single bit different than them.

But I, I refused that control, this unjustified hierarchy. Why do they deserve to be on the top while others in the bottom? I have joined those Psijic monks as I thought it will free me from the stench of Hierarchy only to find it even greater… and Galerion, Vanus was nothing but a slave, a puppet. Even when he was this close to getting free… this close… he just did the whole damn circle all over again and made that abominable guild of his.

It took me decades to understand later that hierarchy can only be broken by power, a true power that ends all conflict and retaliation. Fear! If I became the Symbol of Fear, I would do much more than just being a Symbol of Hope. The power they Fear was Undeath and from there I began."

Mannimarco said his piece which left Jon frigid in his place.

He remembered something he said the other day. "In a war, I'd rather be they Symbol of Fear rather than the Symbol of Hope. Fear ends wars, hope drags them on."

Jon could remember those words very well. These were his words that he abided with, these were the code that he used to ward off the idea of war.

But to think… another Symbol of Fear.

"So, all that unnecessary death?" Jon asked.

"They are simply people who lacked power. As regrettable as it is, they had to be an example and serve the greater purpose. What is the alternative? Wars? Famine? Disease? Old age?"

"How about dying on their own fucking terms?"

Not just power and purpose but even ideals clashed. There was no villain for no purpose. In Mannimarco's story, he is the hero with his own ideals. Freedom of Magic and Limiting the unnecessary Hierarchy were all goals that Jon would stand up for. The only difference between Jon and Mannimarco was the way they utilized their ability as Symbols of Fear.

Mannimarco clearly sucks at it… or was it his upbringing? Who knows?

"Let's just end this, shall we?" Jon said

The tension between the two has already reached its peak.

"With pleasure!" Mannimarco conjured his unholy power of undeath welcoming Jon's proposal.

Jon has recovered for a bit while Mannimarco still had his power. Now, the two can just end it all.

Mannimarco knew that Jon would come close to him in this limited area so he used the trump card he saved for the final round, the [Bone Goliath Transformation].

Say what you want about the Worm King but when it comes to such spells, Mannimarco's Bone Goliath was akin to a royal among its kind, three metals tall with a crown of bones and serious-looking sharp extensions.

The Bone Goliath covered Zain's body head to toe adding a layer of bone to the indestructible body. Mannimarco would play the last round safely and be defensive until the Crimson Ship arrives.

Jon, on the other hand, was already aware of what to use next. He had one last item for [Greed] to possess, his armor, the [Ebony Mail].

"You are really making me bring out all the embarrassing stuff." With a sigh, Jon let [Greed] in.

Mannimarco was aware of the dark matter that kept doing strange transformation to Jon's gear but as much as he hoped to damage it, it was simply too hard.

Looking at Jon's armor transforming, Mannimarco couldn't believe what he was seeing. The Armor started to grow as much as Mannimarco's Bone Goliath covering him head to toe as well.

It was as if the whole armor completely became bigger exactly like one of those large Dwemer Automatons and somehow, it stood toe to toe, eye to eye and face to face with the Bone Goliath of Mannimarco.

"What in Obliv…"

Mannimarco didn't have the time to swear before receiving a punch that came out of literal nowhere.

"You'll pay for making me do this." Jon said through his armor giant.

———————————

[The Ebony Goliath]

- Muffle

- Impenetrable

- Poison Cloak

- Mecha Form (Greed Effect)

———————————

"My reputation as Jon Dare is now sullied because of you." Jon jumped and landed on Mannimarco's Bone Goliath then served it a barrage of punches.

"How do you think people will see me now, huh? After all those years, I become a Mecha rider? I would have taken that secret to the grave but because of you… unforgivable!"

The Bone Goliath stood no chance against the Ebony Goliath. The Hulkbuster-like lump of Ebony flattened Mannimarco and his Goliath. Each attack was carried by an Astral aptitude that chipped down Mannimarco's power to half.

Jon took Mannimarco by the leg then started thrashing him around the stone pier.

"This… is… for… my… sullied… reputation!"

"This… won't… damage… me… one… bit."

Jon threw Mannimarco one last time and stomped on him.

"I'll see to your end no matter what!"

"Hehehe! Too late."

Mannimarco pushed with the last of his power then teleported away from Jon.

"Titanborn, you sure are full of surprises but today is your end. Let's see how you deal with the Knahaten Plague once it consumes the land."

Mannimarco was sure of his victory, he turned into a cloud of black most and turned towards the sea heading straight west. His laughs could be heard as he faded in the storm.

Jon canceled the transformation of his armor and returned back to normal then spoke.

"Sigh! He's finally gone. Nefertiti, are you done."

"Yeah, Hooman. Take it."

Nefertiti appeared from a Shadow Portal with a device in her hand. It was a simple magic amplifier that uses the Magicka alongside a scroll to maximize the output of a certain spell but it is more of a bomb device power by Magicka Reactors.

Jon told Nefertiti to assemble it for him and he added the final piece to it. A Blizzard scroll created by Alina.

"Wife, you still find ways to get to my head even if you are far away." Jon installed the scroll and threw the device in the sea.

Behind him from Hegathe, a large force of men and women walked the long stone pier led by Aela, Isha, Kareem, Mirren, Miranda, Battlelord Nagla, King Abbas, General Cassia, and all the other Commanders and Heroes of the Alliance.

"You shouldn't have come." Jon spoke.

"Mannimarco has his army, you now have yours." Unnoticed but certainly the loudest, Beth spoke for all of the warriors behind.

"Oh! Okay, I won't stop you then." Jon didn't even think about arguing with them.

"What is the plan?" King Abbas asked.

"You'll see." Jon said.

"Champion." Beth spoke.

"Yes."

"There is one last thing you'll be needing to ward off the Death Marching our way."

Jon turned to her.

"You have a vision?" He asked.

"No, actually. I no longer see the future. I will never see anything after this night, my role as Boethiah's Prophetess ends tonight… for the better or the worse." She said.

"I'll see that it is for the best, baldy." Jon patted her head, "What do you have for me?"

"One last blessing!"

"You totally should have begun with that. Okay, shoot."

Beth demanded the Ebony Blade from Jon, it was too heavy for her so Isha helped her carry it. Jon lowered his posture for Beth to be able to make the blade's pommel touch his forehead.

"This blessing is from Lady Mephala. Use it carefully, Champion." She said.

Jon felt the power of the blessings go through his consciousness and open his mind to new possibilities. He rose up and smiled.

"So, it can happen this way. Interesting!" Jon said as he turned around, "Looks like she is here."

As the lightning lit the sky, the warriors of Hammerfell could see a towering construct of what seemed to be a ship.

A Ghost Ship.

The Crimson Ship.

After centuries, it has finally returned to avenge the grievances of the past, the sin of the Redguards.

"Now now, why the long faces?" Jon spoke as he clapped his hand.

With his clap, the sea erupted and the water rose, the wind intensified and the ships along the port toppled. The sea surface froze as it is like nothing Hammerfell has witnessed before.

"Ah! A frozen sea with a ship of ghosts, smells exactly like home. Come on people, let's get that Mannimarco bastard! FORWARD!"

With the Battle Cry of Jon Dare, the stage was set for the end.

[A/n: Don't forget to Rate and throw off some quality comments!]

**********

(Part 5 : End of the Beginning)

There wasn't much to describe, a frozen sea surface, a gigantic ship trapped in the frost, the living and the dead marching at each other.

The Plague Husks were no remarkable opponents but the method to deal with them was much more demanding than that with normal undead.

Burning was the safest way and so, all those who came here were either healers or Fire magic users. The orders were clear not to involve anyone else. This was a war on a true plague that is literally fought with sword and magic.

Regardless of the battle itself, Jon was advancing slowly towards the ship annihilating the Plague Husks in his way. He was not bothered by diseases as he possessed the Eternal Flesh that is immune to disease. Mannimarco will grind his teeth if he ever finds out about that.

Jon alone arrived at the Crimson Ship and checked it's rotten wood to see nothing of importance to it but curses and hatred, he was sighing in his heart for such curses were the result of thousands of years of depression and imprisonment creating this nightmare.

He looked back to see Aela and the others fighting for the lives of everyone else in Hegathe. The funny thing is, Hegathe's name was derived from an Aldmeri word for "Death Land", looking how the living fought for it was simply admirable.

Jon used [Bardic Knowledge] and summoned a lot of speakers all across the frozen sea surface, he made it that the music is heard across Oblivion and Aetherius if possible.

But before he could play the song, he had to activate the Blessing of Mephala.

———————————

[Blessing of Mephala]

- Golden Tongue: The words spoken break the barrier of language and become persuasive for the Living, the Dead and even the Daedra to cease fighting. (Active)

———————————

It is simply an amazing power similar to the Imperials' racial power [Voice of the Emperor]. Jon could only think of one way to use it.

He connected [Pride] to [Bardic Knowledge] and…

"Testing… testing… good."

Speaking through Pride's orb seemed successful and working. Now, he had to Suit Up. The fight is already as good as over.

[Greed] consumed the armor and weapons storing them in the Cube save for the mask [Krilon]. With that, [Greed] morphed itself around Jon into a full Black Suit.

And the music started.

< ♪ Queen - Don't Stop Me Now ♪ >

[A/n: Headphones!]

♪ Tonight ♪

♪ I'm gonna have myself ♪

♪ A real good time ♪

♪ I feel aliaaaiaaiaave ♪

♪ And the wooooorld ♪

♪ I'll turn it inside oooout ♪ Yeah!

♪ And floating around in ecstasy ♪ So!

♪ Don't stop me now ♪

♪ Don't stop me ♪

♪ Cause I'm having a good time ♪

♪ Having a good time ♪

As Jon showed himself, no undead even approached him. He was walking and there was no stopping him the more he sings.

Somehow, everyone stopped fighting living and dead. Aela, who was partially into a Werewolf Transformation, left the dozen or so undead she was beating and looked to where Jon was. He easily stood out as he was being bathed by the spotlight.

"He's doing it again?" Aela said.

"Doing what?" Isha and Miranda were close by so they asked.

"Pulling out his best moves." Aela was excited as she looked forward to the show.

♪ I'm a shooting star, leaping through the sky .. Like a tiger defying the laws of gravity ♪

He leaped off the ice surface flying in a beautiful arc, somehow, not even the blowing storm was hindering him.

♪ I'm a racing car, passing by like Lady Godiva .. I'm gonna go, go, go .. There's no stopping me ♪

Jon landed on the deck of the Crimson Ship. It was so dark and abandoned as well as empty. The ship was titanic for this world's technology, still, the undead started crawling from the underdeck to the surface by the commands of Mannimarco but they still stopped.

♪ I'm burnin' through the sky, Yeah! .. Two hundred degrees .. That's why they call me Mister Fahrenheit ♪

Jon slipped through them and his trail was literally lit by fire, the undead were scattered and he could see clearly see Mannimarco standing among the Higher Undead at the rear deck. There when Jon's smile turned sly.

♪ I'm traveling at the speed of light .. I wanna make a supersonic man out of you ♪

Jon instantly passed the ship's deck and slapped Mannimarco with his staff causing a Tonal Soul attack to emerge breaking Mannimarco's Authority over the Crimson Ship.

♪ Don't stop me now, I'm having such a good time .. I'm having a ball ♪

Jon grabbed the nearest undead skeleton and took it to a round of dance.

♪ Don't stop me now .. If you wanna have a good time, just give me a call ♪

Mannimarco looked up and saw Jon singing while the rest of the Undead, he lost control over, are now moving with him.

♪ Don't stop me now, 'cause I'm having a good time .. Don't stop me now, yes I'm havin' a good time .. I don't want to stop at all ♪

Jon let away the Skeleton and walked down the deck to Mannimarco who was still trying to get what went wrong.

"Keep the song running." He gave a command to the System and looked at Mannimarco.

"Did you just see that? I mean, I just sang Queen, right? Wow! The chills, man!"

Jon looked down at Mannimarco with a smile that was very obvious even under his mask.

"What have you done?" Mannimarco asked as he tried to regain control over the ship.

"Don't try it! I'm isolating you now and there is no use, they are under my spell. I won't let you use these unfortunate ghosts to exact pity revenge." Jon said.

"You have no idea what you are up against!" Mannimarco was angered beyond words but the damage was already done.

"Don't worry, Marco. I think I do. FUS RO DAH!"

Jon shouted Mannimarco off the back of the Crimson Ship. He wasn't using the Voice to not attract attention but there is a party going on right now and as the host, he is attention itself.

"Nefertiti, contain Mannimarco through his shadow. Don't let him harm anyone." Jon said.

"Yes."

Jon turned around to the rear-deck where the Soul Gem Array was installed. He removed Mannimarco's spell of it and was about to destroy it alongside the Crimson Ship.

"Wait!" But a voice called for him.

Startled, Jon looked behind to the source of the voice. There, he saw a woman with silver skin.

"As I live and breathe! A Kothringi?"

Jon's whole being almost went frozen. The Kothringis are a race of humans that went extinct because of the Knahaten Plague created by the Hist of Black Marsh.

"You live and breathe, we don't. This is but a skin of illusion we wear to keep a sane mind and remember who we once were." The woman said pointing at the other men and women around her who are all Kothringi.

"Where did you people come from?" Jon asked.

"You honored me with a dance." She said.

"…" Jon tried to remember but the last woman he danced with was clearly Queen Barenziah from the goodbye party in Mournhold, aside from that, the last thing he danced with was a skele…

"Ahaaaa!" Jon remembered, "So you people are the Higher Undead from just now?"

"That's true, I am the Shaman among my People, my name is Dina." She said.

"Greetings, Shaman! My name can't be revealed at the moment for I attract the eyes of the Daedra but please, call me Krilon."

"Krilon, we can't thank you enough for freeing us from the Necromancer. But please, leave the Soul Gem Array be." She said.

Jon looked at it and noticed the nature of the Soul Gems bring all Black.

"I see. So you guys trapped your souls into Black Soul Gems to stop the Plague from corroding your minds." Jon asked.

"No. We made a pact. We wished to not be consumed by the cursed plague, thus we turned into what you saw." She said.

"Skeletons… you wished? I… I see. You made a Pact with Clavicus Vile." Jon concluded.

"Right. We did. Those who were not in the pact turned into husks. Mindless and hopeless but we keep them around."

"And you still wish to continue that way?" Jon asked.

"We don't have a choice, neither do you. We are neither your problem… nor your Fate." The Shaman said.

Jon backed off almost immediately.

"I understand. Either to free you or to end you, I am not the one to make a choice." Jon nodded.

"Yes."

"I understand that you were summoned here by force this time but in the following event, I hope whose hands your Fate lies in do you good."

"We pray for Deb to guide us and you."

"Then it is farewell then."

Jon understood tragedy and respected Fate. This Crimson Ship was indeed a tragedy but not his to fix, whoever Hero or Heroine comes after him will have to resolve it.

[A/n; I took that choice because this piece of Lore may be part of the Elder Scrolls 6… if there is to be one.]

With a wave of Jon's hand, the Blizzard device in the sea stopped working and Jon broke the ice around the Crimson Ship then descended. The mysterious mists of the sea started to swallow the ship and it's undead as they were free to leave.

Jon landed on the icy surface and turned around, it was finally the right time to end this.

The hundred or so men who came to his aid gathered away around something. It was Mannimarco who was wrapped in layers of Shadow.

"Having it nice here, Mini-marco?"

"I'LL KILL YOU! I'LL KILL YOU ALL!"

He was completely restrained and stopped, even his [Staff of Worms] and [Bloodworm Helm] were lying to the side.

Jon aimed his staff at the and sent focused Tonal waves to break down the Soul Fragments into them then shatter them completely.

Mannimarco wailed from the pain of getting his artifacts broken. That was the case with the Soul Items just like Jon's Sins, if the were to be damaged, the backlash goes directly to the soul.

"Now, what should we do about you? A Ghost in a Shell that is too tough to crack." Jon asked.

"You'll never… NEVER… defeat me! This body… it won't be damaged no matter what you do, my soul… it will be healed no matter how you damage it. You can't do a thing!" Mannimarco said with hatred.

"Hmmm! You are right. If I think about it, Sealing you will be a very good option but your soul can still escape when no one is looking… also, I'm a fan of good ol' murder." Jon cracked a joke but he couldn't keep a smile.

"Isha, I am sorry but we will never get to give Zain a proper burial." Jon said.

"It's alright." Isha showed understanding.

"Alright, I want you all to back off." Jon asked everyone present to back away as he was still about to deal with Mannimarco.

Once all took their distance, Jon signaled Nefertiti to release Mannimarco who was not even able to stand straight forward after the sever soul attacks he received.

"What are you up to? You can't damage me! Soon, I'll recover and it will happen all over again." Mannimarco wasn't willing to admit defeat no matter what.

"Hehehe! Thankfully, I understand that fighting only serves your interest, not mine. But to tell you the truth, I already know your weakness."

Jon smiled calming while fixing the [Greed Suit] then leaning on [Pride] as a cane.

"Heh! Hehehe! You know my weakness, Titanborn boy? Entertain me." Mannimarco never even considered Jon to be aware such a thing as a weakness.

"Indeed. You see… you never wanted to inhabit Zain's body for a reason. That reason is the debt. As a lawyer, I'm well aware that if someone is indebted to many people, you need to pay them starting from the one with the most demanding claim. Calvicus Vile was paid by the Labours Zain completed freeing his Soul and making his body available for you to use.

But tell me, Mini-marco. Who has the most demanding claim on Zain's body? How was this body created and by whom was it given actual power? Who is the party that was never paid back in this whole ordeal?"

Jon's question wasn't simple at all and the answer… oh the answer, Mannimarco almost went blank understanding what Jon was about to do.

"No! Wait! You can't! You don't!"

"Oh! I will, I really really will."

Mannimarco was horrified.

"You don't dare!" Mannimarco uttered the forbidden words.

"Whoops!" Some onlookers stood anticipating.

"Well… I'm glad you said that because BITCH! I! DO! DARE!"

Jon raised [Pride] up and started to whack the living ghost out of Mannimarco. As he calmed down, Jon circled around Mannimarco once again.

"The one who had the claim over Zain's body. The one who you shouldn't have involved in the first place. I call upon…

*Drum Roll sound*

… SITHIS!"

The anticipation was built up quite dramatically especially after Mannimarco covered himself when Jon shouted the name of the Darkest Darkness, the Dread Father, and the Soul of Primal Chaos.

Sadly that anticipation died down as fast as it was built up because nothing really happened. Jon cleared his throat and spoke once again in a very professional tone.

"Of course, as Mr. Sithis can't attend a meeting in the Mortal World, I will take the liberty to represent him as his Advocate. You can call me the Devil's Lawyer but… heh! I've been called worse by better men."

Jon took out a chair from the Cube, positioned it in front of Mannimarco then carried Nefertiti and put her on it.

"As the advocate of Mr. Sithis; I, Krilon, was reported to that almost a year ago, an organization that goes by the official name of the [Order of the Black Worm] has seized an arcane object described as a 'Curse' under the name of [Hate] from the possession of Mr. Sithis. According to our investigation, Mr. Sithis hasn't received any proper compensation for his possession other than some slain goats with Souls of the grade 'Petty'. We are also aware that the Order of the Black Worm is under the Leadership of the Male Altmer Lich known by the name Mannimarco, born sometime during the first era. The defendant is present here in the form of Zain so I would like to take the chance and ask the defendant to define which year was he born?"

"…" Mannimarco was not understanding anything from Jon's refine way of speech.

"The defendant chooses to stay silent. Wise call! As the defendant has no attorney and clearly doesn't wish to defend himself after the serious beat down he just took, I find this case to be a fast one. Do I proceed, your Honor?"

"Proceed, Mr. Hooman."

"Thank you, your Honor. I believe that it is of the best interest for my client Mr. Sithis that he would retrieve back the curse known as [Hate]. As the Curse no longer exists in its arcane form but was rather molded into the subject Zain and lost its form with no possible means of reversal, the object Zain hereby belongs to my client Mr. Sithis."

"WAIT! What are you intending to do?" Mannimarco started screaming all of a sudden.

"Order! I said order in the court!" Nefertiti shouted at him. "Continue, Mr. Hooman."

"Thank you, your Honor. I hereby request the Court to look into the Case and pass its judgment. It would also be of everyone's best interest if the accused plead guilty." Jon added.

"What does any of this mean?" Mannimarco shouted.

"It means to admit and confess your mistakes. Still, in your case, no pardon shall be offered."

"What is this nonsense? I refuse to admit any…"

"Objection denied!" Nefertiti interfered.

"Your Honor, please pass your judgment."

"Guilty!"

"Thank you!"

"Court dismissed."

Jon carried Nefertiti and sent away the chair.

Amidst the confusion of all parties, Jon and Nefertiti were the only ones aware of what's going on as they can share the same thoughts.

"What was that all about?" Mannimarco asked.

"That, my dear Mini-marco, is how you create a Concept of Fate." Jon said.

"A Concept of Fate?"

"The World won't run itself, darling. It is mysterious and deep but to make magical things happen, you need to make the World believe it. Now, I wasn't just doing a mock trial, I was persuading the World that you are guilty of borrowing the power of Sithis with a megre compensation."

"You… you can't persuade the World!"

"Really? I thought I was pretty convincing when I told the Dead 'don't stop me now', wasn't I?"

"…"

"Tonal Effect, Mini-marco. It affects the World." Jon said.

"But… I am still here. Sithis won't reach out to me. I'll recover, and I'll hunt you down."

"Good luck!" Jon said as he pointed somewhere around Mannimarco.

Mannimarco froze and slowly looked back, as a mage, he could feel the void better than Jon but he refused to believe this one. The void was changing around him.

"See ya."

"No! Stop! NOOOOO!"

As if a conjuration portal was opening, a darker one opened around Mannimarco and swallowed him as he screamed fearing the consequences of falling into the void.

"Glad I haven't lost my edge. Nice job there, your Honor." Jon said turned around.

Finally, he managed to get cast away Mannimarco by using the Power of Sithis to retrieve Zain's body. He was basically convincing Sithis that cursing Zain by [Hate] then letting his body grow very powerful by bearing another Curse such as Vampirism was worthy of a higher price. The indestructible body of Zain was mostly due to the interference of Sithis so ending it required such action.

Jon smiled for his companions and walked to the to celebrate their crushing victory but all of a sudden, he felt really bad.

Something was extremely wrong. The void that just swallowed Mannimarco was opening once again but this time it targeted him.

Next thing he knows, he and Nefertiti were in a completely different place… or Space… or maybe a Void.

"Fuck!"

[A/n: Don't forget to Rate and throw off some quality comments!]

--------------------

How is the end so far?

DON'T WORRY! The season has ended!

There are no Mundus Wars or Crisis on Infinite Nirns. Next time, Jon will appear normally with a time-skip then explain it all in fragments along the way.

Aaaaaaaand… Let there be DRAGONS!

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

• P4TRE0N

pat×reon.com/eldokhmesy ( remove × )

• YouTube

Youtube.com/channel/UCr7RT7NUojIRA0s7cjfrjDw

• Discord

discord.gg/gKcKva7

• Instagram

@don_dokhmesy

• Twitter

@eldokhmesy22

You are reading

Dragonborn Saga

ebook which is a free download at

wWw.EbookUpdates.Net

.

Download more ebooks for free at

Ebook Updates.Net

.

501 Meanwhile Back Home 1

This chapter and the next follow the Main Cast of Winterhold. I have been reworking on the Novel's System for the other characters and defining their powers after two years of their absence.

But today is a special day not only for the start of the new Volume but for the arrival of a new S+ Rank Hero on P4TRE0N. 👑 @Watoru Ngametua 👑

Also, big thanks to our new Patrons:-

@jaimis (D rank)

@Magnus Veje Olsen (D rank)

@michael james scott wedgeworth (E rank)

~~~~~~~~~~

« Narsis, Morrowind - 4th of Morning Star (January) 4E 201 »

♪ Twinkle Twinkle, Little Shit ♪

♪ How I'm happy I killed it ♪

♪ Along the throat you pass the knife ♪

♪ Stab his heart and take his life ♪

♪ Twinkle Twinkle, Little Shit ♪

♪ How I'm happy I killed it ♪

♪ When the light of the eyes is dim ♪

♪ When the soul is trapped in a gem ♪

♪ Grab the head and rip it off ♪

♪ For the bounty and to show off ♪

♪ Twinkle Twinkle, Little Shit ♪

♪ How I'm happy I killed it ♪

*Applaud*

*Clapping*

*Cheers*

"Amazing, Lady Boss."

"That was superb!"

"Best performance EVER!"

As the team of men and women started cheering after listening to the bloody lullaby, the addressed performer was walking at them carrying a head in each hand.

"Thank you, thank you, guys. Enough with the cheap ass-kissing. We're all friends here. Now hurry up and clean this mess, you little bitches."

"Yes, Lady Boss."

The bloody scene was lit by the moonlight and the hundred or so bloodthirsty warriors, bearing the emblem of the Dragon and Crescent on their armors, started chopping off the heads of the bandit fort they just raided.

This was how the [Dare Dragon Mercenary Corp] conducted business.

Becoming one of the most fearsome mercenary groups operating in the No Man's Land south of Mournhold, their presence brought a lot of stability in Narsis and Mournhold as well as a lot of disturbance to the ones who didn't profit from their actions. Still, their appearance was a true fright as their success rate was terrifyingly perfect adorned with the heads of their enemies.

But today was a special day nonetheless.

The reason?

Well, it is pretty simple. The most artistic, moody, and bloodthirsty figure of the Dare Corps was personally here to supervise the raids or in other words, to commit atrocities against the Argonian Marauders raiding the Dunmer land.

That figure was standing in her trademark smooth chitin armor that defined here lean figure, her raven black hair and her eyes of mismatched colors. All those features were screaming the name of the infamous Second Woman of House Dare, Jullanar.

"You are one fearful girl, young Jull."

Calling her, a woman in a noble lady's clothing walked down from a large carriage.

"Granny, you came!" Jull gasped as she saw the old woman and started running towards her.

"The blood! The blood!"

"Oh! Sorry, granny. Clumsy me! Do you see? I have more heads for you, did I do fine?"

"Ah, yes… you did well indeed."

"Yaayyy!" Jull jumped in celebration throwing the heads away. "Now, will you tell me more stories?"

The Old Woman of Mournhold laughed gently as she patted Jull's head. Seeing Jull's psychopathic smile ever so bright, the Old Woman sighed and spoke.

"Fine, what do you want to know?"

"Your story with the Nightingale?"

"Come on! I indeed loved Nightingale but this is the story where I get led by the nose. I am not fond of it myself." The Old Woman replied.

"Oh! Okay…" Jullanar became disheartened.

"How about something better?" The Old Woman said with a sly smile.

"What?"

"After you left this morning, a certain young lady came to the casino and delivered a message to you."

"Who was that?"

"Imperial? Looked like a rich girl with a noble domineer."

"Ugh!" Jullanar rolled her eyes. "It's that Vittoria bitch."

"Indeed. She left this message for you." The Old Woman passed a sealed scroll.

"I don't like Vittoria."

"She said it is from him."

*Snatch*

Jull instantly snatched the scroll while the Old Woman was smiling at her with an obvious grin. As Jull opened the scroll, her smile widened and her face became so bright.

"My little psycho, missed you dearly! YAAYYY!" Jull read the first part out loud then jumped around and hugged the Old Woman.

"Yes, yes. I know you are happy."

Jull left the Old Woman when she had enough with her celebration and soon returned to the letter. Word by word, she was reading as slow as she could to elongate the time while reading this letter and immerse herself in every second of it.

Still, as soon as the sweet words ended, Jon's letter started to become filled with instructions and important information. Soon, the sweet smiling expression on Jull's face changed into a serious solid one.

"What's wrong?" The Old Woman asked.

Jull barely managed to get her eyes off the letter and looked at the Old Woman.

"Nothing. I have a very important mission and I need to return to Skyrim." Jullanar said hurriedly.

"Jon has a job for you?"

"Yes… finally." Jull's face turned from its solidness to an unbelieving expression.

"So… he is returning?"

"Soon."

"And is there anything you'd like my help with?"

"No, thank you, granny. In the time being, I'll stay in Mournhold for another week then depart. From now on, a patch of Dare Troopers will arrive every month to replace the one stationed here. I will be operating in Riften and Falkreath for the time being." Jull said.

"Riften and Falkreath? Great, I still have some friends in Riften if you need something." The Old Woman said.

"Thanks, you too granny should contact me if you need anything."

"*Giggles* I'll take you up to your offer."

The two couldn't help but reveal some of their true colors to one another and laugh mischievously. Jullanar was getting really well with Queen Barenziah.

Yet before she moves, Jull burnt the letter with her and scattered its ash. Among Jon's family, only she was the one responsible for his darker side. His agent of shadow.

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

• Name: Jullanar Dare

• Titles: ???, Second Lady Boss, Brewer of Disaster

• Race: Elf (Dunmer)

• Age: 19

• Level: Mid Flame Heart Formation

(Game Level: 53)

• Class: Master Arcane Ranger

• Energy: 4478/5388

• Condition: ???

• Bloodline: Firemane (Titanborn, Fireborn)

• Birth Sign: The Shadow

• Blessings: Dibella, Asura, Boethiah, Mephala

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

***

« Saarthal, Skyrim - 11th of Morning Star (January), 4E 201 »

"Hya!"

*Tink*

"Hya!"

*Tink*

"Hya!"

*Tink* *Crack*

"Huff! Huff! Phew! This was… demanding!" The large shadow of a man cracking the rocks of a mountain was reflected on the heavy snow. The man himself seemed exhausted after taking a look back at the amount of stone-breaking he went through.

The Quarry of Saarthal outside the walls of the city was an open and quiet place this time of the year when the quarrymen go work inside the mines. Thus, all the work here would be done by those who are tough enough to do this risky job of breaking stone in the middle of the stormy winter.

"How is going, Lad? Just say the word and I'll make all this tedious training stop. We can go to someplace warm and start playing with fire together."

"No thanks, Uncle Jonrad."

"Suit yourself."

The previous conversation was between two of the most remarkable faces in Winterhold, Jonrad Firemane, the current acting Lord of Saarthal and Wulfur the Forgemaster, the Right Hand man of Thane Alina.

"Stop pestering the lad and mind your own business, husband." Coming closer to the spot where Wulfur was, Hilda Firemane appeared on her Frost Dire Wolf, Ylva.

Wulfur ran to her and picked up the deer she was loading on Ylva's back.

"How is your progress, lad?" She asked.

"I cleared a few more meters in the mountains, Master?"

"Sledgehammer or Pickaxe?"

"Sledgehammer of course."

"Fine, switch to the axe this time. I want you to smoothen the surface like the back of a baby's butt."

"… Fine, Master."

"Don't give me that face, that's the best way to strengthen your Aura. The mountain is the perfect foe, it will never back down or wear off. Keep hitting it and let out those hearty shouts."

"Alright, Master."

Ylva walked away as Hilda went off it and took the deer to skin and gut it.

"Lazy bums, come and help." Hilda called.

"Just give us a second." Jonrad replied.

As a singular who doesn't fit the word "bums", it was quite understandable that there was another bum alongside Jonrad's. This was the other person sitting opposite to him across the stone table.

"What's wrong, Moonblade? Ran out of moves already?"

"Shut your trap, Firemane."

Jonrad and Sigurd, the fathers of Jon and Alina respectively were looking at one another with eyes full of rivalry. Wulfur looked back at the seeing the chessboard they made him sculpt out of stone and sighed in regret.

As the camera took an approach to them from above, it appeared that the chessboard was dumped to the side as the two switched to playing Cards. Wulfur's regrets were right on the spot.

Sigurd went down with a buff card making his vanguard cards exceed the value of ten each. As a unity, he had 3 cards each with the value of 12 gaining 20 points in one move and surpassing Jonrad who was in a tie with him.

Jonrad sneered as he played his next card without hesitation. It was a [Dragon Priest (9) {Scorch}]. A Champion card is good and fine but the value of 9 wouldn't affect Jonrad's situation much. Still, a scorch card meant that the top cards of a certain enemy lane would be eliminated and that meant the three cards of the value of 12 for each in Sigurd's vanguard lane. Sigurd may have gained 20 points last move but with Jonrad's retaliation, he lost 36 points while Jonrad went up by 9.

"Ahahaha! Are you even doing your best, Moonblade?"

"…"

"I'll take back that old Cyrodilic Brandy you took from Tyr. I will avenge my cousin."

"Challenge accepted, Firemane."

Jonrad became excited while Sigurd showed a calm indifferent attitude.

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

• Name: Jonrad Firemane

• Titles: King of Ash

• Race: Human (Nord)

• Age: 57

• Level: ???

• Class: Grandmaster Dragonknight

• Energy: ???

• Condition: Extremely Delighted

• Bloodline: Firemane (Titanborn, Fireborn)

• Birth Sign: The Serpent

• Blessings: Shor, Totem Dragon, Boethiah

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

• Name: Sigurd Moonblade

• Titles: Moonblade Patriarch, Icy-face Hottie

• Race: Human (Nord) {Akaviri Ancestry}

• Age: 57

• Level: ???

• Class: Grandmaster Frost Duelist

• Energy: ???

• Condition: Extremely Bitter

• Bloodline: Moonblade (Serpent-Born)

• Birth Sign: The Mage

• Blessings: Shor, Kyne

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

The two were kept playing while Hilda was busy processing his prey and Wulfur walking back to his training spot.

In the past two years, Wulfur was busy with his training and work. After Jon departed by a few months, he was wed to Bjorna Firemane and got blessed with a child together calling him Beowulf son of Wulfur, a healthy boy with strong lungs and loud cries.

Find authorized novels in Webnovel，faster updates, better experience，Please click www.webnovel.com for visiting.

He had this drawing on a parchment paper for his wife and kid that he keeps close and looks at it whenever he is working or training, nothing would bring him greater pleasure. Still, what would complete this pleasure is the presence of his brother next to him.

Since the day Jon left, Wulfur was always restless. A few months ago, he wanted to take a month and travel south to where Aela met Jon but the one who stopped him was Alina. Even though her words were enough for him to let go of the idea, Wulfur always thought that Jon would need him and there was a reason for that.

One day, Aela came to Winterhold telling a story about Jon when she encountered him in Hammerfell. She said that Jon disappeared in a dark portal then appeared after a few seconds. As she described it, he was pale and his beard seemed to have been overgrown. Jon had his infamy with portals and time manipulation but these were the things he would brag about the most, not to keep silent about them like that.

Wulfur stayed but his heart never went to rest since that day.

No one is just fine after disappearing and appearing in a second while spending a lot of time in God knows where.

Thankfully, Aela said that Jon was alright after some time of rest. He returned energetically and told some portal jokes before dismissing the HoonDing Alliance and disappearing somewhere.

Anyway, Wulfur had to get his head off the negative ideas. Thankfully, Hilda was here and as his Combat Mentor, Wulfur was put under an overwhelming amount of training to match what is said about Jon's current powers.

The famous mercenary called Krilon defeated the Worm King Mannimarco in the most terrifying showdown of Combat and Magic ever witnessed in the last decades. All of Tamriel heard the rumor but no one really knew that Jon was Krilon. According to Vittoria Vici, the Imperial Court blocked all the leakage of such information branding it as top privacy only for Jon Dare to reveal, they claimed that this is a favor to not reveal the secret identity of the Hero who seemed to have preferred to remain anonymous only known as Krilon. Of course, the Imperial Court wasn't a charity to do such a thing, Jon's popularity seemed to be a threat outside Skyrim especially after the fact that he stole the title of the Grand Champion right under their noses.

To Jon mischievousness, Wulfur didn't have much time to catch up. He needed to balance between his family and his training to be once again on par with his battle partner.

Hilda's training was the simplest of simplicity and her style suited Wulfur like none other. She said, "Find the hardest thing and go beat Oblivion out of it."

She, of course, said that while pointing at the mountain, Hilda was as honest as ever.

"Ehem… I've been looking for you, got some… *heek*"

Out of all the words and phrases that could interrupt someone's line of thoughts, the forbidden to one were said. Not only Wulfur who reacted by raising his Pickaxe but even Hilda, Jonrad and Sigurd were glaring daggers on that person who appeared out of nowhere and said those scary words.

Meanwhile, the person in question went down on her knees from fear.

"It is me, people, it is me!" She shouted.

"Ms Vici?" Wulfur and the others reacted to the familiar face they know.

"Hello…" She said swallowing her saliva.

"You should have said that first, girl." Hilda scolded her and returned to butchering the deer.

"What are you doing here Ms Vici?" Wulfur put down his pickaxe and went to her."

"I was… looking for you, Wulfur." She and traced her thoughts before speaking them.

"I didn't know you are in Winterhold."

"I just arrived from the East. But the storm was strong so we took the Wayward Pass instead of Fort Kstav's."

"Storm?" Wulfur tilted his head.

"The one we are in right now?" Vittoria shouted her lungs out but apparently, no one was aware of her suffering.

"Nords! Scary!" She said as she forked out four scrolls of her bag.

"For Wulfur, for Lady Hilda, Lord Jonrad and Lord Sigurd." She said.

"The Head of the EEC in Skyrim is delivering messages by herself now?" Wulfur was taken aback.

"From Jon."

She only needed to say that to find herself besieged from the four cardinal directions by four towering Nords each extending his hand.

"Here!" She meekly handed over the scrolls each and went on her way. "I'll go deliver Alina's."

Meanwhile, the four were dead silent. Jon's sworn brother, Jon's Mother, Jon's Father, Jon's Father-in-law. None of them heard a word sent from Jon in a year and a half till today.

Everybody silently opened his letter and read. At first, they had worm expressions on their faces but soon it turned serious.

"I assume we all received the same message." Jonrad said.

"That's a lot to process." Wulfur thought.

"He wants the Moonblade to secure Winterhold's west, buy the lands near the borders with The Pale and build a fishing village and a dock with a small Garrison." Sigurd said.

"Where?"

"At the north at Broken Cape in Hsaarik Head. He wants the village to be worked on as soon as possible." Sigurd said.

"Jon rebuilt Saarthal and now Hsaarik Head? This is the historical location where Ysgramor and the First Companions landed from Atmora. This is huge." Wulfur gasped.

"The Empire won't like it. Jon is already so famed." Jonrad concluded.

"But according to the letter, this is about to happen soon. We should expect a lot of refugees and keep the work and the payroll running even in Winter." Wulfur said.

"Good, this will help our economy and give it one good boost. Also, the Expedition Teams should go and train in some ancient tombs. Jon wants to conduct a large expedition once he arrives." Hilda said.

"I'll speak with Trudvar and Mjoll." Wulfur said.

As the unusual work rush that popped up all of a sudden, Winterhold's Winter this year was bound to be busy.

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

• Name: Hilda Firemane

• Titles: Bloody Hilda

• Race: Nord (Human)

• Age: 54

• Level: ???

• Class: Grandmaster Warden of Blood

• Energy: ???

• Condition: Normal

• Bloodline: Firemane (Titanborn, Fireborn)

• Birth Sign: The Warrior

• Blessings: Talos, Kyne, Totem Wolf

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

• Name: Wulfur

• Titles: The Chief, The Forgemaster

• Race: Human (Nord)

• Age: 19

• Level: Mid Flaming Heart Formation

(Game Level: 55)

• Class: Master Warden of Arms

• Energy: 3473/5588

• Condition: Tired

• Birth Sign: The Lord

• Blessings: Talos, Tsun, Totem Bear

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

~~~~~~~~~~

• P4TRE0N

pat×reon.com/eldokhmesy ( remove × )

• YouTube

Youtube.com/channel/UCr7RT7NUojIRA0s7cjfrjDw

• Discord

discord.gg/gKcKva7

• Instagram

@don_dokhmesy

• Twitter

@eldokhmesy22

You are reading

Dragonborn Saga

ebook which is a free download at

wWw.EbookUpdates.Net

.

Download more ebooks for free at

Ebook Updates(dot)Net

.

502 Meanwhile Back Home 2

Sorry for the sudden disappearance, I'm kinda ashamed of how many I was having those lately so I put a 4K chapter in your hands. I just had another job interview that got me nervous for a few days. I was also down on Brain Efficiency lately so I went on the Wiki and updated Jon's page then added a page to explain the Cultivation so far so go check it out. just Google "Dragonborn Saga Wiki".

Also, big flipping thanks to the new awesome patrons who are making my day:-

@Tristen Kent

@Nimbus Artz

@Josephuz Libunao

———————————

« The College of Winterhold »

"Auntie, can I please pass by?" So innocently and polity she asked but the stares she received were so cold, hell, colder than the storm raging out right now.

To sum up how it went wrong for Poor Vittoria Vici, it all started more than a year ago when Jon dropped by her mansion during her birthday. This and that happened and he ended up giving her some sealed letters to deliver according to the dates written on them.

As an affair and business partner, Vittoria had good faith in Jon that whatever he says will always end up profiting her so first, she tracked down all the people Jon wanted to send the letters to and went after them after the beginning of the new year.

The first one was Jullanar and thankfully she was nearby at Narsis. Jullanar would kill Vittoria if they were to be alone or so Vittoria thought, that's why she left the letter with one of Jon's trusted associates known as the Old Woman of Mournhold and escaped Morrowind before Jull tracks her down.

The others were all in Winterhold which saved a lot of time. Vittoria arrived and looked at the company building but no one was present so she tracked down Wulfur who was by far the easiest person to deal with. If he could deliver the other messages for her, she would avoid a lot of trouble but sadly, he was surrounded by the most fearsome trio relatives of Jon. She could only deliver their letters and ran for her life.

Next would be either Alina or Nurina. Alina is always cold towards her while Nurina only met her once or twice which is a good thing, she may not even remember her. If she somehow went to Nurina and left the rest of the letters with her, she could slip out of Winterhold without a heart-attack or a near-death experience.

Still, the first person she ran into at Nurina's Chambers was a middle-aged Dark Elf lady in commoner clothing who was blocking the narrow hallway. Even for a Duke's daughter, Vittoria humbly requested the woman to let her pass addressing her as "Auntie".

But the stares… forget about the Four Nords who were enjoying the breeze of the storm, in this chamber, there were four Elf ladies whose eyes were so scary to the point where they would banish a Daedra back to Oblivion with just those stares.

Who are they? Well, Vittoria could recognize three out of the four.

In front of the fire pouring the tea in a cup was Laaneth, a famous Daedraologist and a Conjuration teacher. Also, an acquaintance of Vittoria's cousin, Emperor Titus Mede II.

On a sofa-bed, Nurina and Faralda were sitting opposite to one another and each was massaging the other's foot. It was natural as the two were known as a couple.

Lastly was that "Auntie".

"Lady Fyr, please have your tea. I'll deal with the visitor." Laaneth said as she offered the Auntie the tea and dragged Vittoria out.

Fyr, huh? Something about the name being similar to that of Divayth Fyr, the strongest and oldest known mage on Tamriel or something.

Yeah, Vittoria just handed the letters and thought how nice that storm was. She even got a coin for her trouble like a poor little Courier. By far, this is the hardest earned coin Vittoria made in her life. The one coin she felt like she had a true adventure making.

Now now, didn't Jon say something about his Magic's Heritage being a fourth generation to Divayth Fyr through Alfe Fyr?

"Man! What a day to be alive!" Vittoria said as she walked towards Sea Mist Manor.

Meanwhile in Nurina's chambers, Laaneth walked in with the letter.

"Ah! Yes! Hmm! That… Ah! Shit"

"Nurina, stop it. I'm just massaging your smelly feet." Faralda said.

"Yes, babe. I'm massaging your foot as well."

"Actually, your hands are so thin to the point where it hurts." Faralda disengaged the massage and walked away.

"No! Babe, wait. I'm sorry. Hmph! Meanie." Nurina was lying on the sofa trying to reach for Faralda who went away. In the end, she collapsed on her face as she was too lazy to move.

"Old hag… I mean Auntie, do you have any booze?" Nurina asked.

"Brat, quit pestering me. And who was the one who drank all the Ash-Fire Mead yesterday." Alfe replied.

"Bleh, it tasted like feet."

"So you finish all our stash and not even be thankful." Laaneth came by and put the letter on the coffee table pointing at it for Nurina.

"You three are invading my place. My place, my rules." Nurina said.

"Well, your place has the thickest walls and the biggest fireplace so excuse us." Faralda said.

"Hmph! Y'all can have a trip to Oblivion for all I care about, it is nice and cozy this time of year." Nurina didn't bother and kept to herself.

The Dunmer lands are hot and Elves don't function well in the cold thus they tend to gather in groups and warm up together.

Still, as annoying as it is, Nurina could be a brat on any of them any day of the year without them complaining about her scoundrel attitude. The person in question was also depressed for the past year and a half since Jon's departure.

Nurina noticed the letter addressed to her and took it to see what kind of rude person would butt into her hibernation like this.

"Who sent this?" Nurina asked.

"The Courier girl didn't say." Laaneth replied.

"Courier and a girl?" Faralda tilted her head.

"Happens in Valenwood." Alfe justified.

"Aha!" Faralda and Laaneth made understanding noises.

"Aha your asses! This is Skyrim, not Valenwood." Nurina scoffed at them as she opened the letter.

So much for her carefree attitude, the first word in that letter was like a heavenly thunder striking her head.

"Jon!"

She jumped off her sofa and looked with wide eyes. The other could understand it all from her reaction and became silent in anticipation.

Unlike how the lovestruck Jull who took an hour to read every word and fall in love with it, Nurina read the letter in a matter of seconds and remained still.

She then folded it fast and made it disappear.

"Things are going to happen ladies." She said.

"What things? How is Jon?" Laaneth asked.

"He's fine but the letter is dated back a year ago. He sent many letters to warn us about some events that will take place half a year from now." Nurina said.

"What events?" Faralda asked.

"The usual human stuff, war, and stuff. He knew I am not interested and skimmed the politics over." Nurina said indifferently about politics.

"A war? Do you have any idea how can this impact us?" Faralda face-palmed.

"Winterhold is becoming more and more lively and the college is getting richer. If the war is about Talos and Elves then we will be impacted. Shouldn't the Arch-Mage be informed." Laaneth said.

"As I said, I don't involve myself in politics. Whatever it is, Savos already knows, he has a Spy in every court called a Court Wizard." Nurina said it plain and simple.

"Oh!" Laaneth and Faralda nodded but they were still doubtful.

"Our heritage's Symbol is to keep ourselves as far as we can from politics. Nurina is conducting herself right." Unexpectedly, Alfe spoke for Nurina.

"But… isn't Jon bring the Shadow Jarl of Winterhold involvement with politics?" Faralda asked.

"That's a misinterpretation to what Jon is." Nurina said, "A mage should be rich, very rich and as rich as possible. The boy simply started with a business and made it grow, his involvement with politics is mild as his position doesn't require much politics. Winterhold held no political weight in the past and still holds none without Jon's business. All his following involvement with politics were for the gains of his business and his minor position as a Thane, there is a big reason why he is not a Jarl."

Nurina's explanation was simple but deep. Jon was indeed much less of a politician and more of a businessman even though his business supported a whole hold.

"Is there anything else?" Alfe asked.

"The rest is personal between me and my cute disciple. Be jealous, all of you!"

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

• Name: Nurina Aren

• Titles: Priestess of ???, Archenemy of ???

• Race: Elf (Dunmer)

• Age: 207

• Level: ???

• Class: Arch Mystic of ???

• Energy: ???

• Condition: ???

• Bloodline: ???

• Birth Sign: ???

• Blessings: ???

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

***

Mirrors, fabled as objects that hold a strange Magic as all mirrors were connected and each has a tale to tell.

But among all the mirror, Alina would stare at hers with a strange feeling.

How can a mirror be able to reflect her Beauty? Should a mirror be this able?

Was it true that the Nymphs couldn't be seen because they are extremely beautiful to the point that the light of their reflection is unable to interpret their image?

Strange! She feared to never see herself in a mirror but at the same time, she strived to reach the point where mirrors are unable to reflect her image life the Nymphs.

As the self-proclaimed most beautiful young lady on Tamriel, she would always try to bring about the qualities of the fairest of them all thus she would stand in front of her mirror for some time every day studying her own beauty and how to cultivate it.

That is true, she could do that. Back when she was trying to break into the Heart Formation stage, she was struggling with her thoughts diverting about many things. People train themselves for power and each had a personal reason, Alina wanted to protect what is hers but that not a good enough reason.

As attaining power goes against the Binds of the World and the Way of Aetherius, the CHIM is to achieve the Royalty and that is by becoming selfish. Alina finally understood her selfishness and that was her beauty thus as she put her heart into becoming more beautiful through training, she advanced forward smoothly.

Jon was almost the same but Jon's selfishness laid in power and life in general but Alina wasn't a power-hungry person like her husband. Anyway, her beauty was being refined the further she advanced and she had to understand her beauty more for the sake of her advancement.

Now as she possessed a peak-human body like Jon with the Eternal Flesh that never grows older, Alina was right on heels with Jon in terms of the level and her speed was astonishing for the simplicity of her heart's selfishness.

Now in front of her mirror, she stood nude feeling her curves and sways thinking carefully of the possibilities and the potential. Her naked body was still wet from the bath she took and droplets of water were gradually and slowly sliding one her perfectly rounded breasts, on her stiffened shoulder backs that showed nothing of crudeness or blemishes, her abdomen that was flawless sculpted by her graceful abdominal muscles, her well-rounded buttock that wasn't a single millimeter larger or smaller than it should be, her back above it as it gave a breathtaking arch, her legs that weren't by any means not fit with the rest of her frame, but atop of this all was her face that couldn't be described in words.

She tilted her head and put her hand under her cheek to feel its soft buffness as she added a charming smile by her full red lips and blinking softly with her wide eyes that had her iconic crimson pupils all gave her rounded face a charm that takes anyone's breath effortlessly.

"Heavens, this is tiring." She mumbled.

"Huh?" Hearing her, a voice questioned.

Alina finally took the chance to look aside from her beauty to the other naked girl sitting beside the mirror.

"Aela, didn't I say that you should wake me if I lose myself in the mirror once again?" Alina asked.

The girl in front of her was Aela, a beauty on her own savage accord but she sat on the mirror's chair just staring at Alina as well.

"Wake up, girl. I just had you in the bath an hour ago." Alina flicked Aela on the forehead.

"I… I was… damn!" Aela came back to herself and put her cold palms on her face to push away the seduction of Alina.

"Are you alright?"

"Don't ask me that, I'm barely keeping a straight head after what you have done to me in the bath." Aela complained.

"Ok, my bad." Alina pleaded guilty right away.

Being the lonely wife for a year and a half, Alina only had her sisters to rely on when it comes to relieving themselves. The lack of little Jon was fatal at first but the three were already experienced in ganging up on Jon together. Sometimes they would go on foreplay together if Jon is occupied with one of them which gave them the motivation they needed to sleep with each other.

Of course, this meant that their styles had to change to fit the next sexuality they started to delve into but Alina soon became proficient at handling other girls making both Aela and Jull fall for her touch. Lately, when her femininity and beauty started to overflow, her effect became intoxicating for the other two. In other words, when Jon was struggling with the so-called "gay scene", Alina had the lesbian scene up and running.

"Okay, as a punishment, make a chair." Alina said.

"Oh come on." Aela complained.

"Don't forget that you are grounded."

"It had been almost half a year."

"No one told you to go find Jon and sleep with him before me." Alina seemed to be vexed about it.

Aela reluctantly agreed and went down on her knees and hands.

"Thank you." Alina moved and sat on Aela's back while patting her butt.

"You're a pain."

"Heard that you like it."

"From Jon."

"There is a difference?"

"Jon is a daddy, you are a bully."

Alina went down closer to Aela's ear and spoke softly.

"You like it anyway."

The two smiled in naughtiness and Alina sat up to comp her long straight back hair.

"How is your training so far, wolfy?"

"Fine, still behind you and Jull though."

"I told you that you should stop being a Werewolf if you want to advance forward smoother. Training becomes easier the less you associate yourselves with the forces of Oblivion." Alina said.

"I said I am not giving up the wolf… It is more than just a commitment or faith." Aela replied.

"Then you need to keep refining the wolf. I'm not sure how it ends but you should have let Jon take a look at it once you were with him instead of hopping on dick the first minute you see him."

""Fine fine."

Aela was following a different form of training than the normal Magicka Gathering training. The soul of a Werewolf is different as it is merged with a Soul of a Beast from Oblivion. As the forces of Oblivion aren't friendly to breaking the shackles of the world, Aela had to learn how to reverse the process and Shackle the Wolf soul in her fully taking control of the transformations then Refine the soul of the Wolf, after that she would Merge it with her soul which is a level similar to the Heart Formation stage.

Anyway, she was following her own path like she always chose and had the support of Alina.

While the two were chatting, a small creature appeared in Alina's vision. It was akin to a palm-size girl that floats around with a green hue.

"Alina! Alina!" The girl called

"What is it, Little Gleam?" Alina replied at the Fae that seemed to be familiar with her.

Indeed it was familiar, Little Gleam is a spiritual extension of the Eldergleam tree, the Elder Fae that has a great influence between the other Fae creatures of the northern parts of Tamriel. Little Fae can be said as a soul familiar to Alina which draws energy from her to perform High Green Magic just like Jon and Nefertiti with the Shadow Magic.

Little Gleam also does a lot of things for Alina like helping with the Forest project that aims to change patches of Winterhold snow wastes into woodlands to produce lumber and shield from storms, the agriculture research project that aims to enhance the ability of farming wheat in Winterhold, and finally for surveillance and Intel gathering.

Little Gleam landed on Alina's shoulder and said something to her. Alina nodded to Little Gleam in the end.

"We have a guest." Alina stood up off Alea's back.

"Who?"

"The Vici woman."

"Ugh!"

Vittoria wasn't popular being one of Jon's amorous affairs. The other reason was her being clinging to Jon and still keeping her engagement from the Snow-Shod clan's heir.

Still, Little Gleam flew out of the house and manipulated the plants blocking the gate to let the almost-frozen Vittoria in.

Vittoria saw the gate opens and started running inside then the manor's door also opened for her. Finally, she was inside the warm and cozy house.

"He… He… He*sneeze* *sniff* Hello! Alina! Anyone home?"

Vittoria's miserable state was to pity but at one unlit corner, Alina and Aela were grinning. They finally stepped out as Alina was wearing a very then robe covering her body but shaping the canyons and curves as the light reached her. On the other hand, Aela was putting on some fur on her shoulders enough to cover her breasts and wrapped a sarong around her waist.

"Welcome welcome. It has been a while, Ms Vici. What is the Emperor's Cousin doing here at this time of the year?" Alina said as she walked past Vittoria and sat on a chair with Aela standing behind it.

"Al… Alina… Aela… you monsters!" Vittoria was looking at the two with wide eyes while warming herself beside the fire.

"Tch tch tch, something wrong? The weather's not to your liking?" Alina asked barely on the verge of laughter.

"How on God's green Nirn… are you two wearing this little?"

"Hmph! Puny Imperials." Aela looked down on Vittoria.

"Aela! Where are your manners? Offer her some fur." Alina said.

"Alright." Aela smiled slyly and replied.

All of a sudden, Aela partially transformed into a Werewolf getting her arms covered with ginger fur aside from the claws and the scary shape.

"…" Vittoria was silent but almost on the verge of tears.

"No, dummy. We are done bullying her." Alina scolded Aela in a fake tone.

"Ah, right. Hah!" Aela headed inside to grab an extra fur to Vittoria.

"I hope you are getting warmer." Alina said.

"From all the wrong places, believe me!" Vittoria spoke with a broken dignity and obvious self-pity.

Alina smiled wryly and shook her head as Aela handed an enchanted fur coat to Vittoria.

"So, Ms Vici. To what do we owe the pleasure?" Alina asked.

Vittoria regretted coming to see Alina in such time. Even though Alina's beauty was soothing and charming, Vittoria was already on Alina's bad side since the start. Her encounter with Alina was fated to turn this messy.

She stood off away from the fireplace and walked to Alina taking out two letters from her bag.

"To you." She handed one to Alina and another to Aela.

"You're delivering messages now?"

"Wulfur said the same but at least he was nice. Can't say the same about the elders with him. And I got a coin from Lady Nurina so I'm not complaining." Vittoria said as she miserably returned to the fireplace.

"You must've been through a lot. We shouldn't have bullied her." Aela said.

"Wait! You delivered letters to them which means…" Alina stood up.

"It is from Jon." Vittoria continued for her.

Instantly, Alina and Aela broke the seals and opened their letters.

A long silence followed as the two stuck themselves near the fireplace alongside Vittoria to read the letters. On the other hand, Vittoria took out one least letter which was directed to her.

Mumbling mumbling, the three read their letters and became silently still looking at each other.

"I guess we all know what to do." Alina said.

"I can't believe it. This will change everything." Aela shivered.

"I must prepare a lot of funds, find all these places around the holds and make sure the Village my father shall build is funded." Alina concluded.

"I know but… this plan. Why does it have me in its center?" Vittoria asked.

"Well, good for you. It means Jull won't get to murder you any time soon."

The three threw their letters in the fireplace and made sure they are destroyed. Alina then weakened the fire and recovered the ashes. She took the ashes into an empty flower pot and dug out some dirt with her hand from the pots nearby.

"What is he doing?" Vittoria asked.

"Just watch?" Aela replied.

Alina mixed the ash of the letters and the dirt together then added some seeds and water.

"Gather round." She called the other two and joined hands all together around the flower pot.

"What is going on?" Vittoria was still fearful.

Alina didn't reply and started mumbling but eventually, nothing happened.

"Something's wrong. You guys are low on energy?" She asked.

"I'm okay." Aela said.

The two turned to Vittoria who seemed to be the reason why the ritual didn't work.

"I'll grab a potion or…" Vittoria understood the situation and was about to grab a potion but Alina stopped her.

"That will take time. Hold still." Alina pulled Vittoria closer and grabbed her face.

This situation only meant one thing as Vittoria found her lips facing Alina's as the two were entangled in a slow-mo kiss.

Alina was clearly the dominant female as she had her way with Vittoria who began to lose her sense of the world and moaned under Alina's effect.

As Alina let go, Vittoria was already drenched in sweat not bearing the clothes on her body. She was hazy and swaying as if she just had a strong shot of mead.

In all actuality, Alina was just transferring Magicka through contact, a method she is used to with Aela and Jull. Still, Vittoria was just one of Jon's women so she didn't care much. On the other hand, Vittoria had already fallen to Alina's move and almost forgot the world.

"Let's do it again." Alina systematically restarted the ritual and it worked with the help of Little Gleam. In a few minutes, three white flowers rapidly grew from the flower pot. Alina picked them immediately and handed one for each.

"What are those for?" Aela asked.

"Ladies, make sure to chew and not eat. Let's see what Jon is up to."

By this, Alina managed to create a tracking spell after Jon. The three chewed on the flowers for a minute then started having visions.

White sand, light blue sea, warm sun, tropical forests, ivory palaces, a large wild party. Something too alien to Skyrim.

It was Summerset Isles.

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

• Name: Alina Dare (Firemane)

• Titles: Crimson Moon, First Lady Boss

• Race: Human (Nord) {Akaviri Ancestry}

• Age: 19

• Level: Late Flame Heart Formation

(Game Level: 57)

• Class: Master Diviner Mystic

• Energy: 5736/5736

• Condition: Normal

• Bloodline: Moonblade (Serpentborn, Crimson Moon)

• Birth Sign: The Lady

• Blessings: Talos, Kyne, Mara, Dibella, Totem Hawk, Vaermina

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

• Name: Aela

• Titles: The Huntress

• Race: Human Werewolf (Nord)

• Age: 21

• Level: Mid Star Beast Unity

(Game Level: 48)

• Class: Alpha Werebeast - Master Beast Ranger

• Condition: Normal

• Bloodline: Hunterborn

• Birth Sign: The Thief

• Blessings: Hircine

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

• Name: Vittoria Vici

• Titles: EEC Manager, Her Ladyship

• Race: Human (Imperial)

• Age: 25

Find authorized novels in Webnovel，faster updates, better experience，Please click www.webnovel.com for visiting.

• Level: 8 Magicka Gathering

(Game Level: 8)

• Condition: Normal

• Birth Sign: The Tower

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

• Name: Little Gleam

• Titles: Alina's Soul Familiar

• Race: Fae (Eldergleam's Soul Extension)

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

———————————

• P4TRE0N

pat×reon.com/eldokhmesy ( remove × )

• YouTube

Youtube.com/channel/UCr7RT7NUojIRA0s7cjfrjDw

• Discord

discord.gg/gKcKva7

• Instagram

@don_dokhmesy

• Twitter

@eldokhmesy22

You are reading

Dragonborn Saga

ebook which is a free download at

wWw.EbookUpdates.Net

.

Download more ebooks for free at

wWw.EbookUpdates.Net

.

503 Tropic Thunder 1

Just a couple of chapters to wrap it up before the game start. Game Starts on Chapter 505! A 4K chapters for the sweet readers. Happy Friday!

~~~~~~~~~~

« Skywatch, Summerset Isles - 12th of Rain's Hand, 4E 201 »

Fair weather and fresh air; despite being the busy port city as well as the black market and the home of the Thieves Guild in the Isles of Summerset, the great city of Skywatch was also the beautiful maiden bathing on the shores of the Abecean Sea. For a certain someone, that gave him one of the most nostalgic vibes of a similar city he used to live in before his reincarnation but aside from the similar air and the familiar vibes, Jon had his own brand of troublemaking that he had to live up to.

The beautiful white shore on the outskirts of the city shook with loud music and the cheers of hundreds of Altmer young men and women. Those were mostly students of the Magic Institute across Skywatch, Alinor and Firsthold who came here for vacation.

Which vacation?

It is the Spring Break.

There was no such thing as a Spring Break on Tamriel but ever since the last Summer of year 4E 200, there were strange accidents of unlawful celebrations that involved a lot of the young adults around the city of Skywatch. These festivals involved disturbingly loud raves, mass skooma usage, public fornication and wild orgies.

The Summer of last year was just the beginning when some young adults of the high and the middle community were invited to spend time together at the beach for a celebration. The situation escalated as they invited more friends until the situation was alarmingly annoying to the authorities. The celebrations lasted for days sometimes.

The following Autumn was expected to be the time when the young adults come to their mind after the summer but that couldn't be anywhere near to the truth. Somehow, large amounts of Dunmeri Weed were smuggled through Valenwood and started to appear in these autumn festivals. Even a new trend started to appear among the young adults involving what is referred to as Autumn-leaf Bikini which was exactly what it is called.

Struggling through the Autumn, it was surely time for the parties to end when the winter comes but oh boy it was just beginning. These parties were just too damn warm that no one bothered leaving them. Liquor and drugs were all over the town by the beginning of the new year. It was rumored that a certain young adult wore a red outfit and captured a few Caanerin Deer then made them pull a slider that was creating frost under it, he kept traveling between Skywatch and Firsthold distributing liquors and skooma. Later, he was announced as a wanted Criminal and wanted posters of the bearded guy were distributed around Skywatch.

It was very clear that by the end of winter, spring will be the worst of all seasons and it was. Skywatch city became one of the busiest cities not just for trade and business but for crazy raves of the Spring Break. The Temple of Auri-El has declared a state of emergency then dispatched Vindicators and Inquisitors to stop this moral degradation but it was too out of control.

The culprit was never found but it has almost been a year and no one was held to blame. All that was known was that he/she is very skillful in magic and doesn't leave a single trace behind.

"Look at that party. The Altmer really don't stop wasting money." A hippie-looking Altmer young woman with brown curly hair said as she inhaled from her smoking pipe and passed it.

"Please don't lump us decent people along with those rich kids." Replied the one who received the pipe from her, an Altmer with a lite goatee beard and moderately muscular arms with a number of tattoos on it.

"Look at you, cutie, trying to act all high and decent! Don't forget we are the party starters."

"Jon's plan, Jon's money. Why not have some fun while we're at it?"

"What about your sister?"

"Sis is over there."

As he pointed, the Hippie Altmer turned around to see a Punk-looking female Altmer walking towards them carrying a surfing board.

A year has passed since the events of Hegathe, a lot has changed if not everything. Mirren started to change into masculine looks which but the end for Jon's demands about the gay scene, Isha was the same Isha but she became brighter and more cheerful now that her enemy was out down and Miranda had the most change of all, her long blonde hair was now a green/blue/pink colored. Of course, the three were in their swimsuits.

"Sup?" Miranda joined the two in the cabin as she grabbed a bottle of liquor and started cooling by magic.

"The party is going wild." Mirren said.

"So is the sea. Go catch a good wave while you're at it."

"I thought you were with Jon." Isha said.

"I only saw him this morning. He must have gone at it again? Ask Nefertiti."

Isha stood up and looked above the shed to see a black-haired teenage girl with a taller figure than her peers sitting above the cabin and closing her eyes.

"Kitty, where is your human?" Isha called.

Nefertiti pointed forward towards the sea. Isha looked ahead but she saw no one above the water.

"He's at it again?"

"I'm trying to focus."

Nefertiti seemed in no mood to hold a conversation so Isha just ignored her and returned to the others. Their cabin was actually a mobile beach bar used by the team to conduct business and start parties.

The truth is, Jon wanted to waste as much money as possible but somehow ended up making more. Directing a Party turned out to be a very successful trade.

Still, as all his actions were unlawful, he seemed to be getting more and more into them for the thrill of it. Not everyone knew this but Jon was looking for a distraction. Not because he was bored or free but something was scaring him. At least Isha understood that. What can make a guy like him get scared and try to indulge himself in a year worth of thrill? She didn't want to know. She really didn't.

As she was thinking while serving a drink, a voice started coming from the city's direction.

"RUN! RUN NOW! VINDICATORS!"

It was the lookout they stationed at the city, the one that warns them before the City Vindicators. These were the spellblades of Skywatch who serve its Kinlord and Kinlady.

The party stopped real quick and the Altmer young men and women started using magic to escape. As a race that is efficient in Magic, stealth and movement spells were common, even teleporting short distances away was possible for the apprentice mages around the place.

"We need to leave." Mirren said.

"Fine, let's gather our stuff, today's party is over." Isha started sorting out the things they left lying around the cabin and closed tight.

Around the beach, Altmer soldiers in Elven Armors started flooding the area catching anyone they get their hands on. They all spotted the cabin where the Isha, Mirren and Miranda are then charged at it.

"The criminals are over there. Get them!"

The dispatch of Vindicators was right about to surround the cabin and break into it but the cabin started to glow all of a sudden and disappeared in a flash.

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

• Name: Miranda Aldmeri

• Race: Elf (Altmer)

• Age: 29

• Level: Mid Ebonblood, Foundation Building

(Game Level: 35)

• Class: Expert Martial Ranger

• Energy: 3544/3544

• Condition: Normal

• Bloodline: Aldmeri (Unforeseen)

• Birth Sign: The Serpent

• Blessings: Mephala, Baan Dar

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

• Name: Mirren Aldmeri

• Race: Elf (Altmer)

• Age: 29

• Level: Mid Ebonblood, Foundation Building

(Game Level: 36)

• Class: Expert Martial Duelist

• Energy: 3667/3667

• Condition: On Steroids

• Bloodline: Aldmeri (Unforeseen)

• Birth Sign: The Serpent

• Blessings: Mephala, Baan Dar

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

• Name: Isha

• Titles: The Spear Battlelord

• Race: Human (Redguard)

• Age: 24

• Level: Late Ebonblood, Frame Building

(Game Level: 38)

• Class: Expert Storm Spearmaiden

• Energy: 3899/3899

• Condition: Morphed into Altmer form

• Birth Sign: The Steed

• Blessings: Ebonarm

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

The cabin clearly teleported away which was one of the reasons why the authorities never caught the party managers. This has happened every time they try to do so. But still, this time someone was left behind.

"NYAAA!"

Nefertiti was clearly forgotten above the cabin. Once the Teleportation function was activated, she was just sitting on air without any support. The Vindicators couldn't believe what they saw.

"Surrender!"

"Surrender now!"

Even though they had a teenage girl in sight, they never believed that the party managers had finally made a mistake and left someone behind. But still, something was really unusual about the girl to them. Unlike Isha who changed her appearance with the Polymorph Juice, Nefertiti was with her human appearance whose skin was human pale.

"Is that?"

"A human? On the Isles?"

The Vindicators have never spotted Nefertiti before which made her sudden appearance right now a first of its kind accident, this was major news to them. Humans were by no means allowed in the docks let alone inside the Isles, the xenophobic Thalmor government barely let in the Bosmer and the Khajiit but humans… that's a big no-no.

"Get her!"

Like mad hounds, the Vindicators charged from all directions at Nefertiti. It was a "kill now ask questions later" situation. Despite being a young teenage girl, humans are absolutely unforgivable to set foot on the isles.

Nefertiti was disdainfully looking at those people around her not minding their attitude this far, she was wearing an innocent black schoolgirl swimsuit and looked absolutely adorable. The fact that those Vindicators discriminated against her based on race is going to be their demise but that's will take time.

She felt the blades and spears coming at her from many directions making it almost like there is no way to escape. However, she twisted her body in weird supernatural flexibility that defied sense; she jumped up from a point where no one can jump, twisted her body mid-air, curled her limbs to avoid injury then flipped back again to land on the head of on the Vindicators' Captain.

Aside from the confusion of how she pulled it off and the shock of how they lost to her like this, the Vindicators were terrified to try to attack above their Captain's head, the captain that was unaware that his precious peacock feather on his helmet was stepped on and destroyed quite badly.

"Where? Where is she?" The captain was confused by his part not seeing Nefertiti around and getting those weird looks from his subordinates.

One of his subordinates pointed towards the shadow of the captain, by his part, the captain finally noticed his situation and froze from shock.

Nefertiti was about to raise a leg then smite down that insolent elf who disturbing her rest but a voice called.

"Halt!"

Hearing the strong voice that can't belong to anyone weak, Nefertiti and the Vindicators looked towards the source to see a rich-looking Khajiit walking over with a hooded individual behind him.

"Es- Esteemed guest!" The Vindicators greeted the Khajiit right away treating him with unusual respect.

"Why are you here, little one? This one was looking all over the place for you." The Khajiit directly spoke to Nefertiti.

"Hmph!" She ignored him and jumped down off the captain's head.

"Esteemed guest… it can't be! You let in a human inside the Isles?" The Vindicators Captain was shocked to hear the esteemed guest was familiar with Nefertiti.

"Oh, don't be ridiculous! This one would never do such a thing. Little one over here is a Khajiit, she is that one's little sister." The Khajiit said pointing at the hooded person near him.

The hooded person removed her hood to reveal a human race but her appearance was that of a Khajiit, an Ohmes-Raht Khajiit, the furstock that looks like humans with cat ears and tails with some fur over the skin.

"This one greets you." The Ohmes-Raht Khajiit greeted the captain.

"She is this one's disciple so please let it go."

The captain looked between the Ohmes-Raht and Nefertiti, there were no similarities until Nefertiti showed her tail and moved her ears up.

"Oh!"

The Vindicators were shocked by the strange occurrence and apologized for the offense, the esteemed guest, after all, has diplomatic immunity.

Once they left, Nefertiti looked with annoyance at the two.

"What do you want?" She asked.

"Come on, little one. This one still wants to take you as a disciple, don't give me a cold shoulder. I am the Mane after all." Mane Topaz said.

"Not interested."

"Oh!"

"How are you doing, Nefertiti? Zara came to see you." The Ohmes-Raht said, that of course was Moon Priestess Zara, the one who had an affair with Jon some time in the past.

"Hsss!" Nefertiti wasn't taking Zara really well and refused to get touched by her.

Seeing how hostile, Nefertiti was. It was understandable since she is a werebeast and today will be a full moons.

"Fine, this one came to see your Human? Where is he?" Mane Topaz asked.

Nefertiti pointed at the sea.

"Then can you please invite him over, we have a message that arrived at the Moon Temple from Skyrim a month ago." Zara said.

A message from Skyrim! Even Nefertiti couldn't ignore that. Was this the thing Jon waited for.

Before they came to Summerset Isles, they had to go through Jon's absurd suggestion about going to Summerset. He said that now his identity as Krilon is known by the Empire, the Thalmor spies will soon find out and come chasing after him, that's why he decided to hide right under their noses right at their, Summerset.

This was all temporary to keep the Thalmor spinning around themselves across the mainland and to cause trouble without feeling restrictions but he was waiting for something as much as the others know.

Nefertiti was more aware than anyone else since she is not just connected with him but she was with him at that place. Still, if this is the message Jon is waiting for, then everything is about to change.

"I understand." She said as she turned her back to them and faced the sea.

Mane Topaz and Moon Bishop Zara kept watching as Nefertiti took a ready position and all of a sudden, she took a big stride towards the sea. One step the, the next, the third, Nefertiti ran in a supernatural speed as he was right at the end of the shoreline, she jumped up high in a long arc and dived in the water.

Summerset waters are almost pure and transparent, the cool of the water and the warmth of the weather would make going in and out of the water a refreshing experience and Nefertiti loved swimming but she had no time to enjoy it. She started diving deeper and swimming faster supported by her shadows as if she was a siren.

Soon enough, reached a spot where the water was getting alarmingly colder, this meant that Jon is closeby. Diving deeper, Nefertiti could see a white sphere at the sea bid as if a large snowball was fixed there, she hastily divided towards it. Once she came into contact with the shell of the white sphere, she was instantly teleported inside.

Jon was there, he was standing in a weird position with his body red like a blaze. On the other hand, the whole space around him was freezing sending cold shivers into anything coming closer by. Around him, four objects appeared; Pride was floating above, Greed and Lust were orbiting and Wrath was kneeling to Jon. A strange energy synergy was formed between Jon and the four sins.

Ever since Jon's latest breakthrough into the Early Frozen Heart phase, he was trying to speed through it but his haste was unrewarded. Jon's Magicka has a double-edged property which is its high quality, it meant that he can have a stronger Magicka output than any mage but it is hard to cultivate the more he grows stronger. He is currently stuck at the bottleneck of the Mid Frozen Heart phase.

"Nefertiti, you came?" From behind Wrath, a young girl's voice called for Nefertiti.

"Yes." Nefertiti replied as she spotted Beth who was wrapped in a heavy coat holding a small hammer and a strange tool.

"Master has been in a bad mood since the morning and I wasn't able to work on his skin, he heated himself up to force a breakthrough under pressure but there is no point… Of course you already know, you are in a bad mood as well."

"… Yes."

Nefertiti approached Jon and the spoke.

"Hooman, it is time to stop."

As she said so, Jon could hear her and gradually stopped the ignition of energy inside his body.

"That was reckless." She said.

Jon gradually came to his senses and opened his closed eyes. His eyes are naturally blue but what was there was black… nothing but black even for the white of his eyes.

His body collapsed and he started coughing then vomited a jet black tar-like substance with a terrifying feeling to it. It is clearly something poisonous but Jon was controlling it with the [Draconian Madstone] around his beck. An Akaviri amulet that can resist poison.

"You alright, Master." Beth asked.

"It's okay… I'll be good." Jon replied as his eyes started coming back to normal.

"You can't control it yet?" Nefertiti asked.

"The Void… I feel like it is chipping my life. This thing is crazy… too crazy. My body is full of impurities because of it." Jon complained.

"You understand very well that you can't control it. That thing that did this to us…" Nefertiti was usually indifferent even with Jon but her tone was unusually angry, she finally spat the last words, "It is too evil for you to handle."

"I ran out of choices. Sorry about that, little one."

"You had a choice." She said, "You are more important than…"

The thing she was about to say upset him all of a sudden and the space he was maintaining under the sea almost collapsed as the water started to leak in.

"Girl… I don't want to discuss this."

She was taken aback by his violent reaction and stiffened for a second before looking away from him. Jon realized that his reaction was out of control and his face darkened.

"I am sorry." He stood up and walked to her patting her back. He could see her eyes almost tearful because of his reaction so he hugged her close.

"For you, I would face a hundred more evils and bear a thousand more curses. This is nothing I can't control."

He kept patting her until she became better, his reactions were all off since his time on the other side but he is way better compared to a year ago. Other than Nefertiti, Beth and Myr; no one else knew about Jon's situation.

"Your friend is waiting outside." She said.

"Friend?"

"The Mane."

Find authorized novels in Webnovel，faster updates, better experience，Please click www.webnovel.com for visiting.

"The High Fluff himself?"

"Yes, a message arrived from Skyrim."

Jon became silent as his head started to switch between one thought to another.

"I see." Jon nodded and turned to Beth.

"Master?"

"Are you done with the tattoo?" He asked.

"You realize how hard it is to work on your skin with hidden ink?" She almost wanted to lash at him.

"The sooner you finish the tattoo, the easier it is to control the Chaos inside me. You know how much I am relying on you." Jon patted her head.

"Fine, I'm done with your face. Now with your arms and shoulders, it is all linked together. You can use it right now."

"Oh! That's our Boethiah, you know how to make Teacher proud." Jon was pleased with what he heard.

Right away, he led his Magicka through his skin and unbelievable happened, his skin was lighting up in blue hue following the patterns of Beth's special tattoo. In a couple of seconds, Jon's arms, shoulder and face lit up like a fluorescent lamp. Jon didn't like the complicated tattoos that put a lot of details and drawings so he stuck with Tribal Nordic styles of knots and patterns until his face, he shaved his hair to get as many tattoos as possible but as it mattered more, he choose to have two dragons at the side of his head with the same pattern. Thankfully his hair grew again but it isn't as tall as it was before.

All these patterns were now Lightning up in blue giving Jon a high increase in Magicka Manipulation, he could almost feel the Magicka around through his tattoos. By that, he stopped the Magicka flow into them and his skin returned back to normal with not even a single trace.

Jon tried it again with his Aura and the Secret Tattoo became a burning red, the Aura no longer leaked of Jon's body and made him almost feel like a crushing force, one punch of him at this state is akin to an attack from a siege ram. Jon turned it off and stabilized his energy flow.

"How is it?" Beth asked.

"Not bad at all." Jon said and started to try something else.

This time instead of using his Magicka or Aura, he used an energy that sent shivers down everyone's spine. It started to turn black, a living black, a black that devours all light. Jon himself felt like being overwhelmed now that he opened the seal but he had a safe measure, he hurriedly used the gold ring on his finger and joined hands together. Another black energy rose from the ring and stopped the Berserking energy inside Jon in just one second.

"Not bad, but not enough." Jon said as he begged for air, "I think I'll tattoo my whole body to get control of this Chaos."

"In… indeed." Beth agreed with a shaken face.

Whatever this Chaos inside Jon is, it was scaring him but he had a trump card to deal with it.

———————————

[Nurina's Gold Ring]

- 125% Magicka Regeneration

- ???

———————————

The ring Nurina gave him once she decided to adopt him, it was saving his life till today and he can't even comprehend its Enchantment. It had a mystery to it and a secret that can withstand the Chaos.

Jon let out a sigh as his heart was heavy with memories, he can't help but feel bitter since that incident. That's why he indulged himself in a year worth of parties and training.

"I guess we let the High Fluff wait long enough, let's go." Jon called for the stuff he kept lying around in the Cube and let Beth in as well.

Nefertiti sank in the shadow and he broke out of the frost sphere into the sea swimming up to the shore. He walked out of the water and his muscles brightened under the sun revealing how much progress he has gone through, the body he forged was as Tyrannical as his Aura with its diabolically ripped muscles.

Once he arrived at the shore walking out of the water the most cinematic way he could, he didn't find Mane Topaz of or Moon Bishop Zara.

"Well, that was badly wasted."

"They must have been led to the hideout, I feel Mirren closeby." Nefertiti said.

"The epic entrance was already ruined anyway." Jon said as he hurriedly morphed into a High Elf via Lust.

The golden skin went well with the red hair so Jon headed directly to Skywatch City to the Thieves Guild. There, Jon received the letter that starts his whole new adventure back home.

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

• Name: Nefertiti Dare

• Titles: Jon's Soul Familiar, Her Meowjesty

• Race: Shadow Fae (Cat)

• Age: 5

• Blessings: Hircine, Totem Dragon

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

• Name: Beth (Boethiah)

• Race: Human (Imperial)

• Age: 11

• Level: Mid Ironbone, Frame Foundation

(Game Level: 15)

• Class: Apprentice Diviner Mystic

• Craft: Skin Enchanter

• Energy: 1207/1207

• Condition: Normal

• Bloodline: Inkblood

• Birth Sign: The Ritual

• Blessings: Boethiah

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

• Name: Jon Dare (Jonhild Firemane)

• Title: The Boss, Thane of Winterhold, Krilon

• Race: Human (Nord)

• Age: 20

• Level: Early Frozen Heart Formation

(Game Level: 67)

• Class: Master Mystic Warrior

• Craft: Master Binary Enchanter

• Condition: Normal

• Bloodline: Firemane (Fireborn/Titanborn)

• Birth Sign: Serpent (Shadow)

• Blessings: All-Maker, Talos, Kyne, Totem Dragon, Sheogorath, Azura, Boethiah, Mephala, Hermaeus Mora

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

----------

• P4TRE0N

pat×reon.com/eldokhmesy ( remove × )

• YouTube

Youtube.com/channel/UCr7RT7NUojIRA0s7cjfrjDw

• Discord

discord.gg/gKcKva7

• Instagram

@don_dokhmesy

• Twitter

@eldokhmesy22

You are reading

Dragonborn Saga

ebook which is a free download at

wWw.EbookUpdates.Net

.

Download more ebooks for free at

Ebook Updates . Net

.

504 Tropic Thunder 2

In a certain cave used by the Thieves Guild near the beach of Skywatch, a certain beach cabin appeared with two Altmer standing behind preparing drinks while a Redguard, an Ohmes-Raht and a Cat were having a heated conversation about something. At the furthest stool, a Khajiit with a large glorious mane and a Nord with a temple-shaved hair and a rough look sat together conversing in a low tone.

"So, the High Fluff himself is delivering a message for me."

"Please don't call this one that. Also, you are the one who should have changed your mailing address to where you are now."

"Wha! I understand I was doing you and your people a favor. Why else would I go through all this effort to cause trouble for a full year?"

"I remember you saying that it was about having fun."

"Everything is about having fun or I won't do it."

From what it seemed, Jon wasn't just in Summerset without the knowledge of the Mane and the other big shots from a certain faction in the Dominion Government. The Thalmor were the ruling government that enforces all kinds of laws while the Spiritual Leaders such as the Mane, the Green Lady and the Silvenar were being pushed aside and reduced to mere advisors to the Thalmor Government.

The Thalmor had a very nasty way with ruling. The would forcefully enlist the people of the Dominion in the Military Service, discriminate against foreigners, do arrests based on uncertain charges and establish harsh trials. Even gatherings of people for no reason were seen as a crime and the Thalmor would disperse them by force.

This was not being done because the Thalmor were grumpy or anything of the sort, the only reason they have done that was because of the fragile inner economy and the unhealthy clashes in the beliefs of the three cultures. Containing the situation was hard and suppressing the carefree Khajiit, the superstitious Bosmer and the xenophobic Altmer took a toll on the inner management. Also, from the point of view of a Dominion Citizen, the Great War was a loss that ended up with the full destruction of the frontal armies of the Dominion causing a lot of distrust towards the Thalmor who kept declaring their intentions to build more armies during the past 26 years.

The inner tension was great and the Spiritual Leaders' Faction in the Dominion wanted to gain political leverage against the Thalmor's Governing Faction. Jon spent the past year as a hired agent to start trouble for the Thalmor and do some changes regarding the public's view towards them. His loud parties served the purpose and showed how incapable the government was to stop a single troublemaker.

With the Revolts and Resistance movements started to appear in Elsweyr and Valenwood to limit the Thalmor's influence, things went wrong for the Thalmor on many fronts causing them to make a lot of mistakes that Jon's allies used in their cause.

"As a troublemaker for hire, I am proud of my brand. Mixing fun with politics never felt so good." Jon said.

"You are still causing major figures to be upset by that Skooma trade you started." Mane Topaz said.

"Do they know who I really am?"

"No. Your identity is a secret."

"Then you haven't seen them upset just yet."

"Maybe you are right. It is a major offense to cooperate with the Thalmor's number 2 enemy."

"Dammit, I am number 1!"

"Sorry, you still can't have it."

Jon was upset as he turned around and saw Mirren and Miranda laughing at him.

"I'll beat you to it." He said.

"By all means."

"Be our guest."

As the two are the most threatening existence to the Thalmor as the last two members of Clan Arana that ruled the Isles for centuries, it seemed that there is no beating them to the number 1 spot.

"Anyway, this one was to deliver that message to you and wish you luck. You have done a lot for us in the past year. This one thanks you." The Mane said as he patted Jon's shoulder.

"Anything for the High Fluff."

"Then it is farewell."

The Mane and the Moon Bishop left Jon and his team in the cave and the group gathered around Jon as he opened the letter that was signed by "V.V." implying it was sent by Vittoria.

"Dearest Jon. I hope you are in good health as my writing reaches you...... I arrived at Winterhold and delivered the letters then Alina lent me the fastest ship in the Dare Fleet to travel to Solitude in four days, I arrived on the 15th of Morning Star 4E 201, the initial day of the High King's Tournament…

***

« Three Months Ago - 15th of Morning Star (January), 4E 201 - Solitude's Blue Palace, Skyrim »

"Friends and young Heroes, I bid you welcome and thank you for arriving for my Birthday's Celebration once again this year." High King Torygg stood under his shed inviting the guests to the banquet and spoke in the people attending the party.

The mead flowed like rivers and the meat was served in platters displaying the wealth and generosity of Western Skyrim. King Torygg was a man with an unquestionable honor which compensated for his other shortcomings but he was loved in his Hold. If he invited the rich to a banquet then he will also feed the poor before the night passes. No good man would sleep bloated knowing his neighbor beside him sleeps hungry and do nothing about it.

Still, the political situation was in disarray. Attending the Tournament this year were the Jarls and the Clans of Haafingar, Whiterun, Hjaalmarch, Falkreath, the Reach and Winterhold. This was the second year for Eastmarch, the Pale and the Rift to not send a single person.

The old holds except for the rising Winterhold were clearly revolting, Whiterun and Winterhold were clearly showing signs of not interfering while Hjaalmarch, Falkreath and the Reach showed their support to Haafingar and High King Torygg.

The true purpose of this yearly tournament was to show how united the holds are in front of the foreign guests. This was the second year that the King was embarrassed by the Old Holds like this.

Vittoria Vici were among the attending guests and she could see the restlessness in the eyes of some Nords. In Jon's letter to her, he asked her to attend the High King's Tournament but stay away from the High King and the other Jarls. He didn't say exactly what may happen but he just wanted her to be his eyes in the place.

As a member of the high community, Vittoria could easily find a place to sit wherever she wanted and her location was having a good view of the fighting ring.

What is unusual about this year's tournament was its location. Every year, it would be held in Castle Duar but this year for the low numbers of the participants, it was held in the palace or so the public story went. Vittoria figured out that the Legion limited access to the Castle. It meant that the Empire is probably hiding something inside and wants to limit the prying eyes. The question in Vittoria's head right now was how could Jon find out about this a year and a half ago.

Still, as she was about to sip on her favorite spiced wine to heal the cold shivers of this winter, an announcement caused a greater chilling shiver to shake not only her but almost every person in the palace.

"Jarl Ulfric Stormcloak of Eastmarch has arrived!"

The voice of the Nord Herald rang through the walls of the palace as all other voices gradually died down. It was the most unexpected announcement to everyone even to the High King who was questioning his Court Mage of what was the meaning of this.

Ulfric Stormcloak came unannounced. No one of the scouts or the guards along the way warned about his sudden arrival. This was the very definition of alarming.

Ulfric Stormcloak's arrival was a few seconds following the call of the Herald, he walked in alone with an imposing domineer that suffocated the entire palace. It wasn't anything like Aura or Magicka but the man had a presence and charisma to himself that was clearly of a man who has been through years of war and bloodshed.

The few individuals who withstood his presence were the Jarls who had enough presence to look back at Ulfric right in the eyes, unfortunately, High King Torygg was not one of the men who could withstand Ulfric especially when he was the person eyes by the Bear of Markarth.

"Jarl Torygg son of Istlod…" Ulfric called for Torygg not by his title as the High King but by his title as the Jarl of Haafingar.

It was insolent and rude to address the King in this manner but even those with little wisdom could smell the blood in Ulfric's voice.

"… I want a word."

Silence was never this alarming. Ulfric surely is not an idiot to do anything reckless but popping up like that and saying he wants to talk was a little bit unappreciated at this event.

The cold weather was useless to cool down the situation and Torygg made up his mind. He walked to face Ulfric ignoring the muffled calls of Falk Firebeard, Sybille Stentor and Elisif.

Once Torygg stood facing Ulfric, he spoke.

"I hear you, Jarl Ulfric. Why are you here?" Torygg said.

"You know why." Ulfric replied.

"Independence?"

"Should there be any other reason?"

"You know it is not that simple."

"Nothing is. That's why a King shouldn't hesitate to take action." Ulfric made his words clear.

His voice was vibrating in the stones of the palace. The Jarl who spent years fighting was old but not that old, his height stood above many Nords, his long brown hair and beard, his deep voice and his lazy eyes were the stamp of the great Bear of Markarth.

Facing him was the young tender Torygg, the good man but not so good King. He carried the sword of the High King, [Jolhert] on him. A blade forged by Wulfharth from Stalhrim.

"What Skyrim needs is more than a King of a Jarl, Jarl Ulfric. It needs its truest sons." Torygg said.

"Last one of those you banished out of the realm not so long go the way I remember it." Ulfric replied.

"Yes. He is one of them." Torygg replied made Ulfric narrow his eyes reading the meaning of Torygg's words.

"Jarl Torygg…" Ulfric spoke as his imposing presence started to intensify as if a mountain was facing Torygg, "… I challenge you to a Duel."

Vittoria was shivering no longer from the cold weather of Skyrim but from knowing what is to happen. The harbinger of disaster has descended on Solitude calling for the name of its good King and no stopping him at this point, if someone voiced so much a word then the situation will escalate to an ugly turn. Ulfric is certainly not alone and has agents planted all around the area else how did he arrive this unannounced.

In the eyes of people and based on all the Tamrielic tradition, a Duel is a fight for honor. Be it end with defeat or death, a Duel is to be honored.

If you turn down a duel, you are a coward. If you are a coward, you are unworthy. If you are unworthy, you shouldn't be the man you are holding the titles you hold and your Honor is forever tarnished. Torygg knew that, his advisors knew that, everyone knew that.

Ulfric, uninvited and unannounced showed up and put Torygg in that situation in front of everyone.

What are Torygg's choices?

Backing off is not an option.

Going ahead against the Bear of Markarth himself is a suicide.

The consequence of backing off is the fall of the Skyrim. Everyone will follow the Dead Ghost of a King rather than the Living Husk of a Coward. All the holds will declare Independence if he backed off. The future will be bleak.

Find authorized novels in Webnovel，faster updates, better experience，Please click www.webnovel.com for visiting.

Torygg took a glimpse to the side seeing his beautiful side Elisif holding the armrests of her chair digging her nails into them. He could only nod to her that everything will be alright.

He turned to face the avalanche of a man in front of him and replied.

"I accept." Torygg said the words.

The indifference on Ulfric's face, his lazy eyes and deep voice all changed in a second as if the man was possessed by a demon. His wide smile showed the matrix of his teeth in a murderous grin.

Kings or not… anything in front of this war-driven smile felt the disaster.

A True Warlord was given the green light.

Torygg never feared him, he drew [Jolhert] and stepped ahead uttering the name of Sovngarde but Ulfric…

"FUS RO DAH!"

Vittoria didn't see much afterward. The truth is… no one saw what happened. Everyone turned their face from the Unrelenting Force of the shout.

As everyone opened their eyes, Torygg and Ulfric were not in their places. Torygg was across the garden as he seemed to have crashed in the Palace's wall and Ulfric was holding [Jolhert] off the bloody body of Torygg and sheathing it.

Was Torygg alive? Was he killed? Was killed by sword? Was he torn apart by the shout?

No one could tell.

Ulfric walked away with the King's Sword, Elisif shouted as she reached forward but her guard pulled her back.

The palace fell to chaos.

Ulfric walked out of the city.

The Civil War started.

Forts were shattered.

The bandits spread through the land.

The Stormcloak declared the independence of Eastmarch, the Rift and the Pale under the leadership of Ulfric Stormcloak.

Skyrim is Sundred, Kingless, Bleeding.

***

Jon put down the letter and hid his face behind his palms. He took in a deep breath and then revealed his face. His expressions were too hard to read to the others around him.

Beth, Isha and Nefertiti were standing by his side while Miranda and Mirren were standing behind the counter. Jon spread his hands open to the Altmer twins and they held it.

"Jon, what will you do?"

The question was a heavy one but Jon replied with a self-mocking tone.

"I am afraid. I always think of myself as a family man but… I am dragging you all to a place that will make Oblivion look like a silly joke. Am I really the family man I think I am?"

Jon was depressed. His thoughts were all negative.

"It's okay…" Isha said, "I lost everyone I know but I know you are a brother, a sworn brother, a brother in arms, and soon…" she looked at Miranda and sent a punch to get shoulder, "A brother-in-law."

A smile appeared on Jon's face and the others'.

"I'm following you." Miranda said.

Jon nodded to her, she may have turned a bit weird lately with her strange sense of hair colors but Miranda is cool.

"I have no choice." Mirren said giving up but his feelings were true.

"I don't have anyone else to follow. I'm no longer part of the Cult." Beth said.

"I'm not letting you off either." Jon said.

Nefertiti was the last to speak.

"So, finally going home?"

"Yes, home."

Jon's mood improved lately after remembering the cold north.

"Yay! I'll go back up." Nefertiti ran in a flash to gather her things.

"Me too! Wait!" Beth followed.

"I'll gather the Weed crates. Can't make the journey back to Skyrim dull, can I?" Isha ran to pick up the weed she dearly loves.

Who was left in front of Jon was Mirren and Miranda who were still holding hands with him. Jon looked at them and spoke.

"I heard your opinions, one person left." Jon said.

The two took a second to let out a breath then nodded. They held joined together with their free hands and switched from the Aspect of Duality to the Aspect of Singularity.

"Myr."

"Jon."

Jon faced Myr who looked different than usual. On Myr's face, there was a living stain of black. A dark matter that seemed to be harmful. Jon was holding the two hands of Myr and grasped them tighter.

"I'll find you help." Jon said.

"I'm good." Myr replied.

Jon had a bitter feeling in his heart seeing this stain on Myr's face. He pulled Myr's hands up between them and kissed the back of his hands. Myr approached closer and touched foreheads with Jon too.

"You shouldn't have come to save me." Jon said.

"That was my choice." Myr replied.

"And my fault."

"No. He tried to harm you, tried to harm our people."

"There were those who were saving me."

"From Him? That Shadow Man and Sheogorath would have never bested Him."

The depressing memory of that day swelled up.

Jon was saving Nefertiti and saving the girl he never thought he would ever meet but that Thing kept laughing.

The Man sealed on the Inverted Throne in the Heart of Chaos.

"He hurt Nefertiti, he hurt you, he hurt that girl. I may never be able to but one day, I'll spit in his eye." Jon said.

"You do that, I'll look forward to it."

That was not Jon's Fate but he was offended to the point where he doesn't care anymore. He had a grievance that he will pay back one day no matter what. [A/n: a Donverse crossover foreshadowing]

But right now. It's time to go home.

~~~~~~~~~~

• P4TRE0N

pat×reon.com/eldokhmesy ( remove × )

• YouTube

Youtube.com/channel/UCr7RT7NUojIRA0s7cjfrjDw

• Discord

discord.gg/gKcKva7

• Instagram

@don_dokhmesy

• Twitter

@eldokhmesy22

You are reading

Dragonborn Saga

ebook which is a free download at

wWw.EbookUpdates.Net

.

Download more ebooks for free at

EbookUpdates.Net

.

505 Unbound 1

504 Chapters has passed and here it is you beautiful bastards! All Hail to me, the Daedric Prince of Novels & Fiction whose sphere is Typos and Cliffhangers.

The Cult welcomes 4 D rank Warriors today:-

@Kuba

@Mathieu Marx

@Angel Diaz

@ICan'tGetEnough

——————————————————————

"Hey, you. You're finally awake. You were trying to cross the border, right? Walked right into that Imperial ambush, same as us, and that thief over there."

Now you must be wondering, how on Sweet Green Nirn did the most handsome man in the World get dragged into this situation alongside a Dumb Blonde Nord, a Big Bad Jarl, and a Smelly Horse Thief.

Well, it's a long story but what's important about it that it is a story that starts with Murder, that dumb Jarl beside me murdered the King and now the Empire is out for his head alongside any head that happened to head the same way he headed before getting taken to get beheaded!

Peace? Peace.

I love a day that starts with a good old beheading at 9 AM yet this is to be rescheduled so let's just start this story properly. I am Jon Dare, and I am baaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaack, BITCHES!

***

« Morndas (Monday) 17th of Last Seed (August), 4E 201 - The Pale Pass »

It was a beautiful day by my standards, no one pissed me off just yet, I got a new tattoo, had cheese for breakfast, you get the gist of it. A perfect Jon Dare morning.

Jon Dare is more than just a name, it's a reference and a lifestyle.

The reference is about a 6' 7" Nord guy, red-haired and charming, blue-eyed and foolish, the biography of the past 20 years of my life is pretty much detailed. My real name is Jonhild son of Jonrad son of Ve of Clan Firemane of Eastmarch and I reincarnated from Earth where I was a fan of the Elder Scrolls franchise.

The lifestyle of Jon Dare is more of a very unstable mix between Pleasure and Fun with a little bit of Work and a whole load of Heroism. Also, my second name may be Dare but I'm not friendly to getting Dared. Historians will write about that in later generations anyway.

Now, where were we? Right! How did I end up getting captured with Ulfric Stormcloak and his goons? Well, this was according to my plan anyway.

The journey through Tamriel took me 4 months to get to Skyrim from Summerset. I decided to let it all to Fate and see where I end up and who could have thought that the so-called plan would work. I was just walking down the path from the Pale Pass to Helgen and out of nowhere, some soldiers appeared in a pretty haggard state led by Ulfric Stormcloak who was badly injured.

A few seconds later, they were surrounded by Imperials with me in the mix alongside some other unfortunate people. The Imperial Battlemages put the Stormcloaks in a tight situation and the Imperial Officers threw themselves on Ulfric before he could even utter a word and gagged him.

I was about to say "hey" to them but a soldier punched me right in the face, I didn't put much resistance and pretended to have lost consciousness. I was then carried on some cart later on and before I know it, the cart moved.

As soon as I felt the cart moving and two voices started arguing, there was no point to pretend anymore and I opened my eyes that took time to adapt to the brightness of the morning.

[A/n: the Opening Scene is modded so expect extra lines alongside Jon's replies. The mod is called "Opening Scene Overhaul" if you are interested.]

"Hey, you. You're finally awake…"

Here we go!

"You were trying to cross the border, right? Walked right into that Imperial ambush, same as us, and that thief over there!" The voice spoke to me then addressed another, that is surely Ralof.

"Damn you Stormcloaks. Skyrim was fine until you came along. Empire was nice and lazy. If they hadn't been looking for you, I could've stolen that horse and been halfway to Hammerfell…" Another man in rags said, that's Lokir.

While I was trying to sit straight, my head hit something metallic. I looked up and saw the cart I was in seemed to caged.

"Easy! Guards sure worked you over." Ralof said as he signaled for me to take it easy, "I told those Imperial Soldiers you weren't with us but they just grabbed you. Stand with us or you stand against us, they said." Ralof said.

Hm? Did I cause the conversation to go wrong? Why is there a cage around this cart, I don't remember any cages. Was it a mod?

"Shut up back there!" The cart driver shouted.

At least I remember that last part happening. The situation was a bit predictable but it seems that expectations differ from reality as everything is. I mean, since I reincarnated in Riften 19 years ago, things were seriously overwhelming being a world way different than what the game used to be. Cities larger, nothing is based on gameplay mechanics, even the coins are not just gold. This immersion in its bestest image. Now that the actual Game Events have finally started, I guess a caged wagon and some different dialogue lines should be the least of my worries, I just hope that my squad has done things as planned.

Back to reality, it seemed that Ralof and Lokir are still arguing about this and that. We were sat like this, Ralof facing me and Lokir facing Big Bad Ulfric. Ulfric was in his worn-out armor and beaten up sorry state, Ralof was the same, Lokir seemed to have gone through some shitty events that left him with some rags on and I was wearing nothing but plain common clothing that I bought from Bruma on the way here. Also, both Ulfric and Ralof know my real identity so I used an artifact known as [Lust] that has the Metamorphosis ability to change my appearance and height.

Now where was I? Right, we're on the cart. After Lokir and Ralof were done arguing, Lokir turned to Ulfric.

"And what's wrong with him, huh?" Lokir asked seeing Ulfric extra-gagged and over-tied.

"Watch your tongue. You're speaking to Ulfric Stormcloak, the true High King." Ralof scolded.

"Ulfric? The Jarl of Windhelm? You're the leader of the rebellion. But if they've captured you... Oh gods, where are they taking us?" Lokir panicked hearing the identity of Ulfric.

"I don't know where we're going, but Sovngarde awaits." Remorsefully, Ralof gave condolences to himself.

"Sovngarde! Aye! It awaits with its flowing mead and endless feasts." I said something came across my heart.

"So you can speak, huh? Right. Mead! I can use some mead." Ralof replied to me.

"No, this can't be happening. This isn't happening. Ulfric, you traitor! This is because of you, you're the reason we're here!" On the other hand, Lokir was venting his rage by glaring at Ulfric then he turned to me, "You there… You and me, we shouldn't be here. It's these Stormcloaks the Empire wants."

"We're all brothers and sisters in binds now, Horse Thief." Ralof sighed.

"What brings you to the cold grip of the Empire anyway? I know you are not one of the rebels." Lokir spoke to me.

"Just going back home, the borders were sealed so I found a way for myself." I replied.

"Hey, what holds are you two from?" Ralof asked us.

"Why do you care?"

"Because there will be no holds once the Empire has its way. No Jarls to rule over them, just Legion Soldiers and Martial Law. Every man, woman and child are part of this rebellion, horse thief. Everyone must fight from the freedom of the Nine Holds." Ralof spoke out his beliefs.

"Freedom of the Nine Holds? I don't remember the Empire sweeping out every cutpurse in Skyrim before you bastards started butchering their soldiers." Lokir was in total disagreement with Ralof.

"I think he just asked you where are you from. After all, a Nord's last thoughts shouldn't be what disagreement he had with a brother Nord." I said and turned to Lokir.

"Right, a Nord's last thoughts… should be of home." Ralof looked at me with strange eyes as I have read his mind or something… satisfaction.

"… Rorikstead. I'm... I'm from Rorikstead." Lokir said then asked us, "And you two?"

"Riverwood." Ralof said then turned to me.

"Well… I grew up in the woods of the Rift, fell in love with the magic of Eastmarch, charmed with the breeze of Whiterun, tasted the finest liquor in Haafingar, hunted the fastest game in Falkreath, my blood flowed in the stones of the Reach, haunted by the ghosts of Hjaalmarch and chased by the Giants on the Pale… but my heart, my heart belongs to Winterhold."

"Aye, well said, kinsman." Ralof nodded in approval.

Two years… I have been away for two years and no matter how beautiful the tropical beaches of Summerset were, Skyrim is still Skyrim. Winterhold is where I left everything, my family, my assets. I rebuilt this hold from the ground up and gambled against the odds to bring it back, now that I have done it all, I can't wait to see my home once again.

"General Tullius, sir! The headsman is waiting!"

"Good. Let's get this over with."

What woke me from my daydreaming was the voice of an Imperial Soldier calling for the man leading the prisoners' caravan, General Tullius. We looked ahead to see the wall of an Imperial fort coming into view with an Imperial General stopping at the gate and turning his horse to face some annoyingly familiar faces.

"Look at him, General Tullius, the Military Governor. And it looks like the Thalmor are with him. Damn elves. I bet they had something to do with this." Ralof said.

He accused the Thalmor to be cooperating with the Empire to catch Ulfric but that is far from the truth which I will get to later. From what I heard, General Tullius is a very cunning man and he managed to trap Ulfric and his force in Dark Water Crossing then chased them all the way to the south. Ulfric's force was reduced from a thousand men to almost twenty and the man was beyond exhausted. I can see how General Tullius put Ulfric down.

I kept focusing on the General and the conversation he was having with the Thalmor's Ambassador, Elenwen.

"… By the Authority of the Thalmor, I am taking custody of these prisoners." On her high horse, both literal and metaphorical, Ambassador Elenwen spoke to General Tullius.

"I am sorry, that's just not possible. It would cause far too many problems." General Tullius replied calmly.

"You're making a terrible mistake! Your Emperor will hear of this. By the terms of the White-Gold Concordat, I operate with full Imperial authority." Elenwen refused to surrender in front of Tullius but the latter wasn't even bothering with her.

"Ugh! Thalmor bitch!" Back in the cart, Ralof cussed as he turned his face towards the town.

"This is Helgen. I used to be sweet on a girl from here. Wonder if Vilod is still making that mead with juniper berries mixed in. Funny, when I was a boy, Imperial walls and towers used to make me feel so safe."

"Hmph!" I obviously snorted as he did. I know he was self-mocking but I liked how this conversation turned itself in twists as it still followed the game scene script.

I may have been reincarnated a long time ago but I have always been waiting for this day. This day where it all gets to take the shape of the Fate I am aware of.

Still, do you think that I haven't added my touches to this Reality? I see things different no matter where I go. It seems that everything is in place as I wish for it.

We passed the citizens who were gathered to spectate the situation about the Legion bringing this many Stormcloak prisoners. I could hear various conversations between those who are happy that the Stormcloaks are being put to the block and others who were fearing the wrath of their Gods.

The prisoners' convey started to disperse as soon as we reached the tower of Helgen's keep. The Legion Soldiers started to block the crowd and surround us.

"Why are we stopping?"

"Why do you think? End of the line." Ralof said, "Let's go. Shouldn't keep the gods waiting for us."

"No, wait! We're not rebels!"

"Face your death with some courage, thief."

"You've got to tell them! We weren't with you! This is a mistake!"

Ralof and Lokir still found the time to argue but soon, we were told to get down of the cart.

"Shut up, out of the cart now!" A grumpy Imperial female Officer made sure to hit us all with a baton as we went down then went down and stood beside a Nord Legion Soldier, the man known Hadvar. Anyway, that bitch is getting these hands once it happens.

"Step towards the block when we call your name. One at a time. Don't even think about running!" She called for us to line up in front of the cart as Hadvar started calling our names.

"Empire loves their damn lists."

Hadvar looked at us with a heavy expression then called out.

"Ulfric Stormcloak, Jarl of Windhelm. Guilty of Regicide, High Treason and sentenced to Death."

Right in front of me, Ulfric grumbled as an Imperial Soldier tried to escort him. He simply walked towards the block by himself.

"It has been an honor, Jarl Ulfric." Ralof said.

"Next in line. Name?" Hadvar looked at Ralof and patiently asked.

To see two friends torn out by war wearing different colors as one sends the other to the block, my beliefs regarding war were much deepened. The more I saw, the more I hated it.

Ralof stepped forward speaking.

"Ralof, proud son of Skyrim."

As Ralof followed Ulfric to the block without waiting Hadvar could only speak the sentence to his friend's back.

"Stormcloak… sentenced to death. Next in line. Name?"

The following was Lokir. As he stepped forward, I was a step right on his heels.

"Lokir from Rorikstead and I am not a Stormcloak."

"It says right here you are. Sorry." Hadvar said not minding Lokir throwing a tantrum.

"No, please. All I did was to steal a horse. You're not gonna ki…" Lokir was about to break into running but I hurriedly held him from his clothes.

"You run, you die. We still can talk our way out of this." I whispered to him.

"What? Are you mad?" He was about to throw his tantrum at me but I wasn't pleased by disobedience on my part. All I did was telling him he can live without serving as a bad example for those who are thinking about running. I have seen this guy die like a million times already.

Lokir retreated silently and noticed that arrows were already notched and aimed at us. He cussed lowly and walked towards the block with a tensed face.

As we didn't break into a run, the Imperials lowered their arrows and I stepped forward, this is my time to shine.

"Next in line. Step forward." Hadvar looked at his list from all angles and seemed to be not able to find a record of me, he then looked at me and asked, "Who are you?"

"Prisoner!" I replied.

"Hm?"

"Oh! I pressed return too fast again? Let me check. Right, showracemenu!"

"What is he…"

I raised a finger to halt Hadvar and the female Officer from speaking then pointed at my face.

Turn left, turn right, up, down. Tch, too handsome to be allowed to exist. Still, I had this thing about my nose…

Let's see… a little bit thinner, straight, and the distance… perfect!

"Is it me or every time I adjust the nose in the Race Menu, I have this weird tingle feeling in my own nose. Only me? Fine. The jawline is also a pain but let's end it here… press return and for the name… hmmm!"

I could see Hadvar and the Imperial Officer leaning forward to see the strange movements on my face but I was already ahead of them thinking about a name.

"Fine, I'll go with the usual name…" I said and seemed like Hadvar has already dismissed what he saw as hallucinations.

"It is Jon Dare." I said with a broad smile.

Looking between the two in front of me, they somehow turned from amused to very unamused at a rapid pace.

"Another pretender?" The Officer said.

"They sure are a lot these days." Hadvar made the same face.

Hm? Pre-what?

"What's going on here? Someone else pretended… I mean said… dammit! Did someone use the name?" I asked.

"Heh! You and almost every red-haired idiot we catch. They all think they can go away once they announce that identity." The officer said.

"What?"

"They claim that they are Jon Dare who is in hiding. The actual Jon Dare is in Cyrodiil, everyone knows that." Hadvar said.

"Oh!"

"Still, we will send your body to Winterhold as this is the official identity you'd be giving us, right?"

"Seriously?"

"Yes."

"Damn!"

People are stealing my identity. I return to Skyrim and the first thing that happens to me is a Mass Identity Theft? That's unspeakable… did I even need to become the Arena's Grand Champion and hire an actor to pose as me in public?

I was shocked.

"Anyway, you picked a bad time to come home to Skyrim, kinsman. I'm sorry. At least you'll die here, in your homeland." Hadvar said but I was not listening. I'm still shocked, "Captain. What should we do? He's not on the list."

"Forget the list. He/She goes to the block."

"By your orders, Captain. Follow the Captain, prisoner."

"Ulfric Stormcloak. Some here in Helgen call you a hero. But a hero doesn't use a power like The Voice to murder his king and usurp his throne." As I arrived in the death line, General Tullius stood in front of Ulfric and started giving him a heroic speech from a victor to a loser.

"Hey, what should we do now?" I found Lokir asking me from behind.

"Just wait!" I said.

"Tsk! You crazy man, I should have never listened to you and took my chance."

"You're welcome to try."

"You… are you even aware of the happenings of Skyrim? Why would someone return to this godforsaken land, you fool?" Lokir said.

"You want to leave? Why?" I asked.

"Are you blind? If the War is not enough then what about the Famine, Death, Corruption?" Lokir said.

"Oh! Looks like the Four Horsemen of the Apocalypse are all gathered." I mocked, "Friend, it will just get worse, believe me."

Looking at the sky, I heightened my senses so that I can feel almost the tiniest change in the wind.

"You started this war, plunged Skyrim into chaos, and now the Empire is going to put you down, and restore the peace…"

***

*HOOOWWWLLLL*

As if the wrath of the Divines was conjured, the heavens shook with a thunderous roar. Everyone quieted down to listen.

A beast from the mountains? A Troll? A Bear?

What an echo! The people murmured.

"What was that?" Hadvar asked as he observed the sky where he thought the sound came from.

"It's nothing. Carry on." General Tullius dismissed it and hastened the execution.

"Yes, General Tullius. Give them their last rites." The Imperial Officer received the command and went to escort a Priestess of Arkay to the scene.

Meanwhile, Jon's eyes were fixed on the sky and his heart was shivering. He could feel the restlessness around him. Later, The Officer and the Priestess of Arkay came and it all began to happen just as he remembers.

"Give them their last rites."

"As we commend your souls to Aetherius, blessings of the Eight Divines upon you, for you are the salt and earth of Nirn, our beloved…"

"For the love of Talos, shut up and let's get this over with." That's when a Stormcloak soldier didn't seem to be liking to die with the prayers of an Imperial Priest and walked on his own to the block.

"As you wish." The Priestess stopped the prayer and retreated right away.

"Come on, I haven't got all morning. My ancestors are smiling at me, Imperials. Can you say the same?" Stormcloak faced the block and showed his scorn towards the Imperials.

The executioner in a black hood and a dark ringed armor stood beside the block and the Imperial Officer pushed down the Stormcloak Soldier.

Aaaand…

*Chop*

Jon's heart almost jumped from its place as he heard the sound of the axe descend. It was happening. It's all happening.

He did want it to happen but now that it is happening, he feels like the kid who entered his exam for the first time and wants to back away to prepare more. But there was no more, it is happening whether he liked it or not. His heartbeats started racing from this point on.

*lub-dub* *lub-dub*

"You Imperial bastards!"

*lub-dub* *lub-dub*

"Justice!"

*lub-dub* *lub-dub*

"Death to the Stormcloaks!"

*lub-dub* *lub-dub*

"As fearless in death as he was in life."

*lub-dub* *lub-dub*

"Hey, someone is killed already! Weren't you about to do something?" Lokir pestered Jon but the latter didn't respond.

*lub-dub* *lub-dub*

"Next, the Nord in the rags!" The officer called for Jon.

*lub-dub* *lub-dub* *lub-dub* *lub-dub* *lub-dub* *lub-dub* *lub-dub* *lub-dub*

Jon's heartbeats raced as he was aware of what's going to happen after this line.

*HOOOOOWWWWWWLLLLLLL*

*lub-dub* *lub-dub* *lub-dub* *lub-dub* *lub-dub* *lub-dub* *lub-dub* *lub-dub* *lub-dub* *lub-dub*

"There it is again. Did you hear that?" Hadvar spoke out.

That mortifying roar caused everyone to question what's going on now. It felt closer than before.

"I said, next prisoner!" The Imperial Officer ignored the sound and demanded for Jon to step forward. Jon was pushed from behind by an Imperial Soldier so he took a step forward.

"To the block, prisoner. Nice and easy." Hadvar escorted Jon right to the block but Jon's eyes were still looking at a certain direction without caring. He was pushed down at the block.

*lub-dub* *lub-dub* *lub-dub* *lub-dub*

Restlessness grew even more not just in Jon's heart but also in his shadow. If the executioner who was raising his axe above Jon's head was aware of how many Murderous attacks that will disfigure his body if his axe so much descends on Jon, this guy would die from the anxiety.

Jon still didn't care and kept watching.

*lub-dub* *lub-dub* *lub-...*

His heart raced no more, his sweat dried in an instant, his stiff nerves relaxed, his eyes widened. But aside from all that, his mind couldn't be still as he saw what he saw and heard what he heard and witnessed what he knew.

*HOOooOOWwWWwWLLLLLLLLLL!!!*

{Ahrk fin kel lost prodah.} (And the Scrolls have foretold)

"WHAT IN OBLIVION IS THAT?" General Tullius screamed as he looked up seeing the sky covered in black.

{Do ved viing ko fin krah.} (Of black wings in the cold)

"Sentries! What do you see?" The Imperial Soldiers reacted like headless ducks when they couldn't even believe what they were seeing in the Sky.

{Tol fod zeymah win kein meyz fundein!} (that when brothers wage war come unfurled!)

"It's in the clouds!" The Imperials were receding as the Black Wyrm showed itself and descended towards Helgen. Even the grim headsman dropped on his knees and looked back.

"Dragon!" The Stormcloaks recognized what sort of monstrosity that just descended.

"Don't just stand there! Kill that thing! Guards, get the townspeople to safety!" General Tullius shouted.

{Alduin, feyn do jun.} (Alduin, Bane of Kings)

Alduin, the World-Eater himself, emerged to the world in southern Skyrim at this very day to bring doom and terror upon Helgen. It descended on the mighty tower with its titanic size that made everything feel insignificant, that made the Nirn shake and the mountains shatter.

Find authorized novels in Webnovel，faster updates, better experience，Please click www.webnovel.com for visiting.

"STRUN BAH MAHFIL!"

The Dragon shouted in the Dovahzul releasing a terrible Thu'um. Forget about Ulfric Stormcloak's war shouts and Jon Dare's four disasters, they won't even come close to what is happening here.

{Kruziik vokun staadnau.} (Ancient shadow unbound)

The sky was as if burning in a storm and stones came down raining from God knows where. Meteor after another, the land shook and the people ran in panic. Jon stood up from his place and looked at the Dragon that wasn't even noticing him.

Jon felt as weak as any in front of that. Powerless as a deer whose necks fell between the jaws of a sabercat. This is not the day where he fights but he could only finish the last of this verse in tribute to the World Eater.

{Voth aan bahlok wah diivon fin lein!} (With a hunger to swallow the World!)

~~~~~~~~~~

• P4TRE0N

pat×reon.com/eldokhmesy ( remove × )

• YouTube

Youtube.com/channel/UCr7RT7NUojIRA0s7cjfrjDw

• Discord

discord.gg/gKcKva7

• Instagram

@don_dokhmesy

• Twitter

@eldokhmesy22

You are reading

Dragonborn Saga

ebook which is a free download at

wWw.EbookUpdates.Net

.

Download more ebooks for free at

Ebook Updates.Net

.

506 Unbound 2

A 4K chapter.

Also, big flipping thanks for this surprising wave of Patrons:-

@FST

@Qianu Sihasale

@Orhan Yaşar Yıldırım

@Александр Косарев

@Nitrogue97

@Laurin Welz

@Artemason

I'm just so happy seeing this many new patrons. I just love you people.

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

One Man, one Dragon, and the World on Fire.

An image drawn by Flames and Darkness as the smoke rose blocking the light of the sun for the only way to see is the inferno spewed by the monster.

It was a day of screams and wails as destruction descended on Helgen claiming it and the lives of its people but that would be the story if not for the counterplan. Yes, Jon came ready not just to save himself but to save the whole Helgen.

Half a year ago, Jullanar received a message from Jon to hire workers from the south and buy rent small pieces of land in Helgen. She was then told to order the construction of underground chambers that were officially legalized as Wine-Cellars to keep the imported and exported wine that the Dare Dragon Company trades in with the Empire. Jullanar was told that instead of Wine, these cellars were to be packed with food and medicinal supplies and to be extremely secured. A few days prior to Alduin's attack; Isha, Mirren, Miranda, Beth and Nefertiti were preparing a cellar each. Once the time is right, they were to save the people.

Jon looked up the sky witnessing the terror Alduin was

"Al, Du ahrk Ag pah hi laan, Zeymah. Waan hi laan wah piraan ful pogaas sil, nii fen kos zeim daar haal." (Destroy, Devour and Burn all you want, Brother. If you want to claim so much a soul, it will be through these hands)

[A/n: Jon used a Dovahzul Pun by saying Destroy "Al" and Devour "Du" at the beginning of his sentence which are the first two words of the name Al-du-in (Destroyer-Devourer-Master).]

Jon's words were filled with anger towards the black dragon that stormed Helgen. Alduin was in the air appearing from one place, appearing from another, breathing flame there, killing and burning like crazy. Jon witnessed a crushing difference between his power and that of the World Eater.

"Hey, kinsman. Get up! Come on, the gods won't give us another chance!" Ralof came from behind Jon and tugged him by the shoulder.

Jon was finally awakened from his state of brooding and started to move. There was nothing he could do but to trust the companions he assigned around the town and pray for their safety. He followed Ralof to the nearby tower and helped him seal the door. Ralof headed in falling on his arse.

"Ralof, you're alive. Thank Talos!" A deep voice spoke.

Jon turned around and walked in the tower to see a bunch of Stormcloaks lying around in flesh and burn wounds. Among them was the one who spoke, Jarl Ulfric.

"Jarl Ulfric! What is that thing? Could the legends be true?" Ralof stood up and spoke.

"Legends don't burn down villages. Who's this?" Ulfric replied at Ralof then turned to Jon.

"One of the other prisoners. The Imperials thought he was with us." Ralof replied for Jon.

Jon and Ulfric met eye to eye and seized up one another. Neither men could simply see through the other but thankfully, Ulfric didn't recognize Jon with the Metamorphosis of [Lust] that made his height ordinary, his hair and beard much longer and his facial features less unremarkable. After all, this wasn't the first time the Jarl of Windhelm meets the Thane of Winterhold.

Jon thought if he killed Ulfric right now, the war would be over but… Fate is one mean son of a bitch that will retaliate at him if he tried acting out of order. Also, Jon still hasn't made up his mind regarding Ulfric and the War.

On the other hand, Ulfric felt that Jon is a strong individual but this was not the time nor the place to scout for talents yet he offered a handshake.

"Well, friend. I would ask you to join the rebellion but I'm sure we're all a bit busy staying alive." Ulfric said.

Jon looked at Ulfric's hand and agreed to handshake him but his hand was still shackled. Jon exerted his raw brute power and broke the binds that were made to suppress mages and warriors alike. He shook Ulfric's hand and turned away.

Not caring about reactions, Jon turned to see Lokir of Rorikstead sitting and shivering among the Stormcloak soldiers.

"You lived, huh? Told you not to run, see how right I am?" Jon turned on his smug mood on the shivering Lokir.

"Fucking right you are! A War! An execution! And now dragons?! Why in the world can't I leave this shit hole?!" Lokir started shouting as if he was losing his mind.

Jon shook his head and waited as the others with him started to move. There was no way out of the tower except going up right now, it may serve as a good chance to scout where the Dragon is or jump on a nearby rooftop.

"We need to move. Now!" Ulfric called for his protection as he organized them to start climbing the tower, Jon and Ralof were at the forefront.

"Up through the tower, let's go!" Ralof said and Jon followed.

Up there, the stairway was blocked by falling stones. There, a Stormcloak soldier was trying to open up the path for the others.

"We just need to move some of these rocks to clear the wa…" Before the man could speak and all of a dreadful sudden, the wall of the tower behind him exploded.

The Dragon! It bashed with its head through the wall!

"YOL TOOR SHUL!"

With a single fire breath, Alduin turned the soldier clearing the way into a crisp.

"No!" Jon was standing right to the crumbling wall as he seemed to have been trying to drag the man away but he couldn't cast [Telekinesis] fast enough.

Alduin's fire settled down and the Wyrm flew away to spew destruction elsewhere. Meanwhile, Jon was infuriated looking at Alduin with absolute rage.

"Gods! Gods! The Gods have abandoned us!"

Some Stormcloaks in Ulfric's formation fell in their knees and lost their willpower. It was normal for ordinary people to lose their minds in front of the absolute and the unbelievable. Jon has seen that before, felt that before, and caused that before.

"What now?" Jon asked Ralof who was still in his mind somehow.

"I… I don't… Jarl Ulfric, we can jump through here." Ralof called.

"I can't leave my men like that Ralof." Ulfric refused to leave behind the injured and the broken.

Jon witnessed another deviation from the game's fixed lines. It explains at least why would he alone proceed without the others following as he had no obligation unlike them.

"Fine, kinsman. See the inn on the other side? Jump through the roof and keep going! Go! We'll follow when we can!" Ralof spoke to Jon and pointed through the hole in the wall made by Alduin.

"Fine, stay safe." Jon didn't want to associate himself with the Stormcloaks further than that. He jumped nimbly and landed inside the inn through the broken burning roof. Once he landed, he looked at his shadow.

"Nefertiti, how are the rescue efforts?"

"Hooman! Hooman! That's a Dragon!" Nefertiti's voice came through his shadow.

"… I remember telling you about that."

"You said so but… that's too scary, Hooman."

"Yeah… I'm scared too. The mission dammit!"

"I helped many people. Beth's scared so she stayed in the vault."

"The others?"

"Isha is helping the soldiers, Mirren is having a full vault, Miranda is around you."

"Good… and tell Isha to prioritize the townsfolk, not the soldiers." Jon said as he started running through the burning inn and jumped off the other side.

There, another game scene was waiting for him.

"Haming, you need to get over here." Hadvar, the Nord Legion Soldier, shouted.

On the other side of the inn, there was a burnt house and behind it, Hadvar and Gunnar the Blacksmith were shouting for the young boy Haming who was trying to drag his wounded father.

Jon's sudden appearance spooked Hadvar and Gunnar but seeing him unarmed and not hostile made them focus on the young boy.

"Father! *sob* No!" The boy was shouting for his father as the Shadow of the World Eater was cast upon them as the Wyrm began landing. Haming was scared as he saw the dragon coming for him and his instincts were more honest than the soldiers that broke down. The boy horridly ran towards Hadvar.

"Atta boy, you're doing good." Hadvar received the boy and ran into cover with him but he froze when Jon stepped forward.

"Not another soul, World Eater!" Jon said as his hands lit with Magical Runes and he cast the Alteration spell [Reshape] on the ground between Alduin and the boy's father.

"YOL TOOR SHUL!"

Alduin let out a fire breath trying to consume the wounded man but Jon hurriedly created a dirt wall that managed to hold the fire breath for a couple of seconds. Jon's Magicka ran out like mad once it came into contact with Alduin's flames but Jon didn't give up and teleported the wounded man Torolf near him.

The fire breath settled down as it consumed Jon's dirt wall and burned the spot where Torolf was. Alduin didn't even bother to check for its victim and flew away looking for another.

"Father!" Haming shouted as he saw his father appear in front of him.

"God's! You saved him!" Hadvar looked at Jon with wonder.

At that time, a figure appeared fast behind Jon.

"Move aside, I'm a healer."

It was a woman hidden in a mage robe so none really doubted her as soon as she cast magic at Torolf. That was Miranda without even looking.

'Take care of him!' Jon whispered.

Jon went out of his way to save Torolf for a very important reason. Torolf is just a simple Hunter but his father is one of Jon's dearest friends, his old teacher Froki. Jon especially wanted to save Torolf for this reason.

"Take care of them, healer. Prisoner, follow me. We need to find General Tullius and join their defense." Hadvar spoke.

"Alright, lead the way."

Jon and Hadvar teamed up from this point on and the following events happened exactly as Jon remembered. Hadvar and Jon snuck in the shade of a wall as Alduin descended on it and killed a soldier. Jon failed to save the soldier but he made sure to protect others from the claws of the dragon. He and Hadvar arrived at Battlemages formation where General Tullius was commanding his troops to fire at the dragon. It was useless as of all Dragons, there was no means to so much put a scratch on Alduin.

After that, Jon and Hadvar ran into the fort to escape the wrath of the dragon but also ran into the Stormcloaks led by Ralof. Between Hadvar and Ralof, Jon chose to stick with Hadvar. If his identity was revealed after this day, it shouldn't be associated with the Stormcloaks plainly. After all, this would contradict his Grand Plan that he kept thinking about for years.

Into the fort, Jon simply followed the event of the game, he walked in and picked a sword without wearing the Imperial Armor. Once he met the Stormcloaks alongside Hadvar whole escaping through the underground cave system, Jon chose to knock down the Stormcloaks with his fists rather than killing them.

Every Nord dying in battle from this day onward is a tragic loss and something that can't be afforded.

Why?

Jon wasn't a fool, he was knowledgeable and well-informed. He understood everything from why he should prevent deaths at all costs to the reason behind attacking Helgen.

The answers were all clear.

First, why prevent killing?

There are two Afterlives in this World. Oblivion and Aetherius which are equivalent to Hell and Heaven. The Souls of the Dead Nords who get killed in Battle travel to Sovngarde… currently, Sovngarde is besieged by Alduin who feeds on the Souls of those Dead who haven't entered the Halls of Shor.

How does Alduin do that? The answer is quite familiar to Jon, it is the Soul Snare spell. The very same Soul Snare spell that was used in Hammerfell a year ago by Mannimarco and the Worm Cult. This spell produces the Soul Snare mist that is currently covering Sovngarde but the difference is that the one in Hegathe was made in a Spell Formation while the one in Sovngarde is a Dragon Shout.

And here is where the second and most important question comes.

Why did Alduin attack Helgen? Everyone will think of something but Jon was sure of it today.

The answer is Ulfric Stormcloak.

Shocking? No.

The time where Alduin appeared was just before Ulfric's execution. Some may argue but what ends any argument is the following. Alduin needs Ulfric alive so the Civil War goes on. The Civil War goes on, then Alduin's supply of Souls is unending. Alduin was there in Sovngarde for some time now, the proof is that High King Torygg should be still trapped in the Soul Snare Mist till now even though he died earlier this year.

The World-Eater, Alduin has been lurking there for a while and waiting. Now that he gathered enough power to be invincible, he is going out and bringing back his Dragon Horde to stir the situation in Skyrim.

That's the Dragon's Plan. That's why Alduin is attacking Helgen and why Jon must prevent the bloodshed.

By the time the noise in his mind was over, he was done going through the cave system and exiting it north to the now ruined Helgen, it took a while but it seemed that Jarl Ulfric and General Tullius have both escaped Helgen with their men.

Jon and Hadvar hid behind a rock at the exit of the cave as they watched the Black Dreadful Dragon spread his massive black wings and fly through the sky with a mighty roar that sent cold shivers even into Jon's spine.

"Looks like he's gone for good this time. But I don't think we should stick around to see if he comes back." Hadvar said as he went out of hiding.

"It took North, that's not good." Jon replied.

Find authorized novels in Webnovel，faster updates, better experience，Please click www.webnovel.com for visiting.

"Indeed, the north is Whiterun hold. If the Dragon's gone there… by the Eight! Listen, one of us needs to get to Whiterun and warn the Jarl as quickly as possible. Warn the folks or Riverwood as well."

"Whiterun is my destination but I need to return back and grab the things I dropped when you Legionaries got me."

Hadvar felt ashamed of what happened.

"I'm sorry, truthfully, the Legion shouldn't have fallen on the wrong foot with a skilled mage such as yourself. I hereby extend an invitation to you to join the Legion."

"Sorry, War is one of the things I hate most." Jon refused.

"I understand. If you changed your mind, come to Solitude."

"I'll remember that."

"And if you're going down the road, then the closest town from here is Riverwood. My uncle's the blacksmith there. I'm sure he'd help you out."

"Thank you."

"It's probably best if we split up. Good luck. I wouldn't have made it without your help today."

"Good luck and fare thee well, good man."

Hadvar walked away and Jon waved for him until he faded in the background. Jon then collapsed on the ground and took his time to relax.

From this point on, he is no longer restrained, no longer banished, no longer away.

He looked up and saw the blue sky of Skyrim, the most beloved feature to all Nords. He went down and grabbed the earth of Skyrim near to his face. He smiled and threw himself on the land as if it is the most comfortable and luxurious mattress he ever had.

He felt so homesick that his heart was broken for a long time and he just realized it.

His shadow moved and a black cat with blue eyes appeared out of it. She soon then transformed into a teenage girl with cat ears and a tail.

Seeing him on the ground like that, she smiled and joined him. He pulled her closer and patted her head.

"We are back, little one."

"Yes, Hooman. We are home."

They took a moment of peace for themselves as they have the same nostalgia and homesickness for a long time, they can't wait to see the family they have here. Two years ago, they snuck out of Skyrim fearing to cause further trouble and disturb the peace of the realm. They traveled between Morrowind, Cyrodiil, Hammerfell, Elsweyr, Valenwood and Summerset Isles.

Still, nothing beats home.

"Hey… you there." Jon spoke.

A cold voice replied at him making him grin widely.

"Augur of Dunlain, we speak again, my old friend." Jon said.

"Is this your way of saying you missed me?" Jon asked.

"This bastard… he is already working on Skynet, isn't he?" Jon laughed as he remembered the Augur's robotic attitude.

"Take your time analyzing my Data especially the last few minutes. I guess studying a Dragon will keep you busy." Jon said then continued, "Display my full Status Screen when you're done."

Talking back to the Augur once again was a refreshing change of events. The Augur met Jon five years ago the same day Jon met with Nefertiti in the Maiden under the College of Winterhold. Jon and the Augur struck a deal that night that as Jon finds out a way to the salvation of the Augur's Soul; the Augur would guide Jon's growth through some of his special means, analyze Jon's experiences and hide a section of Jon's memories about his past life from the Daedra.

Jon sighed as he finally felt like holding back his old life as the Big Boss of Winterhold, his family and friends must be all waiting. He energetically stood up but as soon as he looked at the road ahead, he remembered the grim tasks and though choices he is going to make.

Stopping the War, that's his first goal.

Killing Ulfric may be a solution but to kill Ulfric, he has to kill everyone beside Ulfric which is an army of thousands made entirely of Nords. This is no different like throwing those souls into Alduin's unending belly.

It has to be a peaceful truce. It is possible but it will be hard. The only way to do it is through the Game's Main Quest but as this is a real-world, Jon wasn't optimistic about many things.

"Greed, Lust, Pride!"

Jon called for three of his Soul Artifacts. Respectively, the Dark Matter, the Moon Crystal and the Elder Staff appeared around him.

[Lust] used its Metamorphosis to return Jon's appearance back to the normal him. His body elongated and his muscular body tore through the clothes of the smaller version of himself.

[Greed] enveloped Jon and tore away the common clothes then replaced it with a [Blue Ornate Sleeves Robe] that is quite popular among the aristocrats of Hammerfell. Jon chose this robe to make his first official appearance in Skyrim and spread the news of his arrival, it was also part of his plan.

"Nefertiti, how many people did we save?" Jon asked.

"The majority. Some were too hard to save." She said.

"I understand. It is a great loss." Jon said, "I regret it but I'll have to use those poor people's misery as a stepping stone in my plan. Let's make sure it is done right then." Jon said as he held [Pride].

He aimed it ahead and cast a spell he hasn't cast in a very long while, one of Winterhold's signatures, the [Flame Horse Atronach].

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

• Name: Jon Dare (Jonhild Firemane)

• Title: The Boss, Thane of Winterhold, Krilon

• Race: Human (Nord)

• Age: 20

• Level: Early Frozen Heart Formation

(Game Level: 67)

• Class: Master Mystic Warrior

• Craft: Master Binary Enchanter

• Condition: Normal

• Bloodline: Firemane (Fireborn/Titanborn)

• Birth Sign: Serpent (Shadow)

• Blessings: All-Maker, Talos, Kyne, Totem Dragon, Sheogorath, Azura, Boethiah, Mephala, Hermaeus Mora

• Soul Bonds: Familiar (Nefertiti), Domain (Dragon Isle), Greed (Dark Matter), Wrath (Odokuro), Pride (Elder Staff), Lust (Moon Crystal)

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

————

- Blade: 90 (Master)

- Blunt: 33 (Apprentice)

- Polearm: 43 (Adept)

- Shield: 40 (Adept)

- Heavy Armor: 80 (Master)

- Martial Arts: 78 (Expert)

- Smithing: 28 (Apprentice)

————

- Marksman: 52 (Adept)

- Unarmed: 58 (Adept)

- Acrobatics: 70 (Expert)

- Stealth: 74 (Expert)

- Light Armor: 48 (Adept)

- Speechcraft: 79 (Expert)

- Alchemy: 32 (Apprentice)

————

- Mysticism: 91 (Master)

- Destruction: 88 (Master)

- Conjuration: 83 (Master)

- Restoration: 74 (Expert)

- Alteration: 76 (Expert)

- Illusion: 68 (Expert)

- Enchanting: 92 (Master)

————

- Battle Aura: (Basic: Mad) (Advanced: Tyrant)

- Thu'um: 65 Words of Power

——————

[Nord]

- Battle Cry (Active)

- 50% Frost Resistance

[Firemane]

- Fireborn: 50% Fire Resistance

- Titanborn: Beast Master

[Astral Access]

- Vitality and Magicka Equilibrium

[Eternal Flesh]

- Disease Immunity

[Serpent Birth Sign]

- Serpent Tyranny: Compatible with all Birth Signs

[Ahzidal's Genius]

- Ahzidal's Enchanting Knowledge

[Gautfang Martial Style]

- Force Channeling Martial Arts

[Enchanted Tattoos (21%)]

- Channel all energy into the tattoo to increase Efficiency and bind them from leaking out or losing control

[Chaos Infection]

- The purest form of defiance to all worldly laws. Chaos is Invincible, Indestructible, and very Unstable.

——————

[All-Maker] - Root of Power: 2500% Magicka Regeneration (Active)

[Talos]

- Greater Amulet of Talos: Fortify Thu'um 50%

- Old Man's Coin: Fortify Luck

[Kyne] - Thunder Voice: 25% Empower Thu'um

[Totem Dragon]

- Dragon Affinity: Affinity to Draconic creatures and its Variants

- Ashen Flames (Active)

[Sheogorath] - Mad Champion: 2500% Vitality Regen (Active)

[Hermaeus Mora] - Bardic Knowledge: Summon knowable Music Instruments to cause a Tonal Buff (Active)

[Azura] - Dawn's Beauty: 50% Absorb Magic Attacks. (Active)

[Boethiah] - Berserk: Take half damage and do double damage in a Feral State of mind (Active)

[Mephala] - Golden Tongue: Persuasive to all beings (Active)

[The Shadow Stone]

- Hide in Shadows: Fortify Stealth in through the shadows

- Blur: Fortify Speed during Combat

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

----------

• P4TRE0N

pat×reon.com/eldokhmesy ( remove × )

• YouTube

Youtube.com/channel/UCr7RT7NUojIRA0s7cjfrjDw

• Discord

discord.gg/gKcKva7

• Instagram

@don_dokhmesy

• Twitter

@eldokhmesy22

You are reading Dragonborn Saga ebook which is a free download at wWw.EbookUpdates.Net.

Download more ebooks for free at Ebook Updates.Net.

507 Rescuing Helgen

A/n: I'm not sure what to say guys but even tho this is the Game Start and I have ton of ideas, I wasn't able to write at all lately and had some difficulties. I wrote like a few pages then kept deleting what I write. I'll get my business together in the next couple of days and hopefully I come up with something good.

~~~~~~~~~~

Tragedy, according to the dictionary, it is an event causing great suffering, destruction, and distress, such as a serious accident, crime, or natural catastrophe. Now you can say what you want about Tragedies but what I see in front of me is nothing but total destruction with no meaning or purpose.

Just a pure form of destruction. Helgen's Keep kept getting destroyed during the escape as a massive creature identified as a Dragon was landing on everything to make it crumble like pieces of biscuit.

Imagine being a human walking on a biscuit castle, you also breathe flames and make it rain fire. Scale the human and the biscuit castle image to a Dragon and a Town then you get a perfect image of what has happened here.

In the game, it looked like the ruined town can be scrapped after the dragon attack and the people can rebuild it again but here is my honest opinion. Five years ago, Winterhold had more hope than this. I fear if I hit these castle walls, they will come crumbling on my head.

"God, help me!" I couldn't help but sigh and drive my Flame Atronach Horse into the ruined town. If the outside was a tragedy then I have no other words to describe it but to shut up in bewilderment. The smoke blocked the sky and the corpses were turning black then scattering to ashes with the wind.

Helgen is not a small town. It housed almost 700 people who all live here to work, hunt and trade with the travelers and the merchants coming from the south. It was a very thriving community with houses extending out of the fortress.

I had 5 reinforced vaults (the so-called wine cellars) under this town which are the best thing Jull could get done in the half-year period. Each one has the capacity to house 100 people for a day with all the supplies stored in. It means that almost one-third of the population couldn't make it in.

Find authorized novels in Webnovel，faster updates, better experience，Please click www.webnovel.com for visiting.

I just hope some has survived, the World-Eater must not acquire more soul than this else he will grow stronger than what I can handle. After all, I may be supported by Fate to stop him but Alduin has his own Fate as well which makes us lethal to each other.

Let's put the negative thoughts away, I have to do my part of the rescue right now.

"Pride, work separately." I said so for my staff to activate its will and act on its own. With pride around, I have three hands instead of two.

Now to the rescue, I can feel many life signals under the crumbling houses so I need to dismantle them one by one carefully and also must put down the fire. In my case, the best Firefighters are the best Arsonists, the Flame Atronachs.

Conjuring ten of those obsessed dancers was an easy task, once they were all ready and showed obedience, I commanded them to take start absorbing the flames eating Helgen… or what's left of it.

The beauty of a Flame Atronach is to behold especially if it is my Greater Atronachs which are bigger and look way too majestic. They flew horizontally above the buildings on fire and started harvesting the dancing blazes like avid collectors or the Valkyries floating above the battlefields to pick the worthy. As they took the flames, I could hear screams and wails, I could also feel on the Atronachs getting attacked which is not something good, Atronachs are Daedra and they are not fond of mortals which means I had to cancel that Atronach before it reacts.

Riding to the site where the attack happened, there was a healer protecting injured townsfolk and looked pretty nervous.

"Halt your spells, light bearer. I came in peace." I called as I appeared on my Flame Horse Atronach.

It was understandable that everyone in this town is currently traumatized by the flames. Seeing anything flame related, especially my Greater Atronachs that had some grand horns and demonic appearances, would spook them almost immediately.

My appearance was surely unwelcomed but as I jumped down from the horse atronach, put away my black traveling cloak and appeared to them as a normal human being in my expensive appearance, I surely looked more approachable.

"Half your steps, fire mage. We don't want your kind close?" A Nord woman raised some iron bar to my face.

Ah! I almost forgot good old Skyrim's Rhabdophobia (Fear of Magic). Either way, I have to put on an act as a righteous mage else those knuckle-heads would refuse my help and chase me.

"Ease up, kinswoman! I have just reached Skyrim to see a beast spitting flames on your town. What manner of trickery did my eye play on me? Was it the tiredness of the travel making the smoke look like things or is it…" I spoke in a shocked tone.

"… A Dragon! It was a Dragon!" The Healer next to the woman spoke.

"Shor's Bones! It wasn't the mead… what is the meaning of this? No! It took off to the North… Riverwood!" I turned to the north and acted concerned about Riverwood's safety to show my sincere worry.

"Fire Mage!" As I was taking a step away, the healer called.

"What?"

"You look skilled. Can you heal… no, can you put down the fires and save the folks under the rubble."

"But… Riverwood!"

"It's a day travel from here and against the wings of a Dragon, you will reach another tragedy. Help save this one right here and we can only pray… pray that the Dragon nests or rests until the people go to hiding." The Healer said.

I had a solemn face for a while then I nodded.

"You are right. Only prayers can save them but I'll work as fast as I can get. I must reach there before tomorrow's rise." I agreed.

"Priestess, we can't! He's one of them mages. They burn things." The Nord woman pleaded.

"You Nords and your superstitions. Let the good man do some help, else these flames will suffocate us before the night." The Priestess said and turned to me, "Good man, please don't dally long."

"I get it. Stand back!" I agreed and started working.

I wasn't sure of it at first but this priestess is an Imperial. She is the same priestess that was giving the last rites to the Stormcloaks before execution. To think I would run into the NPC everyone fails to remember.

Anyway, it was about time I began working for real. I doubled the Atronachs to 20 and the flames were being put down fast. As fast as I could, I would dismantle the rubble by [Telekinesis] carefully and pick up the survivors I find by [Detect Life].

I can tell from the townsfolk gasps by my working speed was beyond what they imagined to be possible let alone expected to see. I had a plan from the beginning and I am used to the rescue processes since I was there during the disaster of Hammerfell a year ago.

Still, it wasn't the time to be the glamorous hero. With each survivor I dug up, two were found dead. Children, elderly, women, men, animals… It was a massacre. Aside from the completely disintegrated corpses, I counted almost a hundred corpses in the first hour.

"Mage, something is not right. Where are the rest of the townsfolk?" The Priestess asked.

"In hiding. They seem to have been saved by my employees." I said.

"… Your employees? You have people with you?"

"No. Truth is, I own some storehouses in this town. Wine & Food Cellars you see, the Legion Trades with us. The cellar keepers must have acted on their own and carried the people to safety, thank goodness."

My tone was delighted but the priestess looked at me doubtful. The Nords with her reacted in a similar manner but more distrustful.

"Aside from the Imperial War Mages, we see no other Mage in Helgen, stranger. How could you have a business here when no one heard of you before?" A man said.

"Calm down, Kinsman. They seem to be safe with not much in danger but the cellars are under that big rubble. If I move it too much, those who are under the rubble may get squeezed with violent movements. Don't be reckless when you move anything."

Distrustful Nords are ticking bombs especially with Mages. My reputation as Jon Dare has been tarnished by those who use my identity so I must not claim that I am Jon Dare first. Also, not every place in Skyrim is Winterhold. I have worked for three years to change the people's opinion about Mages but there was still distrust in Winterhold. Nords would trust Nord Mages and Healers like Alina but not the one that Summon Daedra or Shoot Fire.

By the second hour, I was already done with most of the fires and the rubble. In the end, I put my best efforts to clear the rubble off the entrances of the Cellars and started knocking on their doors.

"Open up! It is over!" I called.

Took them a while to open but as soon as they did, cries and wails were heard and people were scared of the Dragon to the point where they believed they would die underground. A few hours were enough to turn these cellars into a mess but as soon as they were opened, the mess was all out.

"We need help here! Many injured and the potions are not working!" Isha was carrying a child that seemed to have been burnt by Alduin's direct fire, how the child survived is beyond me.

Aiding the injured was hard to the point where I was performing high-level spells without resting. With the tight time in our hands, I was not even sure what to do. Truthfully, I was to leave for Riverwood since I want to follow the path of the game's events. Obviously, the Dragon headed north so I just should warn the people to the North.

Yet the situation at hand was consuming. It is not four hours since the dragon attacked and there were people dying at a rapid pace. Saving them was my priority.

I can tell that all those who die to Alduin's flames get their Souls eaten. Alduin is no ordinary Dragon but the King of his kind. His abilities start with being Incredibly Powerful, Almost Indestructible, has the ability to Eat Souls, and a terrifying Time Manipulator. That and the things I don't know but what I know is to prevent any deaths caused by Alduin else his power will increase rapidly. Sovngarde is a long term problem that can be at least toned down by stopping the War but stopping Alduin himself needs a lot more.

By the time the sun was setting, I had all the people out of the cellars. The potions and medical supplies there kept the situation from worsening but out of townsfolk and the visitors, we reached the casualty rate of 25% meaning that in each family of four, one died.

A fucking disaster.

Drained as I was, I sat watching how the situation unfolds. The town was covered under a thick cloud of smoke and their air was suffocating but families kept looking at their broken houses and seeking their lost. I had a plan to use these people and spread the news of my arrival but for some damn reason, I couldn't. It would be of great disrespect to keep spreading my name wherever I go as some sort of a saint. I am no saint. I knew this would happen and if I wanted to do it better, I should have warned the people, not waited until the Dragon struck and…

"Fuck me!"

I truthfully felt frustrated, nothing I was able to do more. At that time and in this place, I made a strange decision that altered my plan for the coming campaign against Dragons. It was the right thing to do.

I was about to get out of Helgen but a voice called for me.

"Jon… Jon Dare."

I looked towards the voice to see a man carrying a boy on his back and looking at me as if he saw a ghost.

"Torolf?"

"By Ysmir it is you! You are the mage who was saving the town." Torolf said as he approached me.

In the ruined area I was sitting in, the people kept a distance from me being a mage and all but once Torolf approached me, I was looked at by the people. I could hear my name being whispered between the people between believing and denying. After all, two years have passed since any news of me, the real me, went across Skyrim.

I stood up to face Torolf son of Froki, the man who was supposed to die by the grim breath of Alduin.

"Long time no see, Torolf. That's your son?"

"Yes, that's my Haming."

"Strong boy. You two on your own?"

"No, I'm looking for my wife, Matlara. She is around here somewhere. I just can't… There is too much smoke… Jon, no, Thane Jon, can your magic do something about this smoke? I need to find Matlara."

Torolf was a good man I knew from the time being taught by Froki, I made sure he isn't killed and he thankfully looks healed. I am drained but I can still deal with the smoke.

"Fine, Torolf. Just cover your boy's ears." I said and walked off to some broken tower of the keep.

Out of my intention, I was eyed by all the people who were both curious and doubtful of the mage who is me. I couldn't help but sneer as I knew what I had for those knuckle-heads.

My head was clearer now. I can see a better way to solve things and make it interesting all at the same time. But from here, I'll give you guys a good show.

"LOK VAH KOOR!" (Sky Spring Summer)

***

The holy rays of the sun bathed the wounded Helgen as each and every smoke particle glooming above the afflicted town.

The Thu'um that brought doom to this town was the same method that chased the darkness away. Blessed and bright, the warm divine sun opened bathes of hope and woke the miserable damned. The people looked up and around to see the bright hazy sky giving them back its blessing.

What makes the Nord a Nord is the Sky and the blessed breath of Kyne.

Once the smoke was clear, the cries of despair were now the calls of hope. Those who were torn apart from their loved ones were reunited, those who found no hope could grasp it, and those who needed solace were condoled by the last strands of light.

One man was there for Helgen when the Imperials, the Stormcloaks and the Jarl's men ran for their miserable lives. That man was Jon Dare… the real Jon Dare who has finally returned.

~~~~~~~~~~

• P4TRE0N

pat×reon.com/eldokhmesy ( remove × )

• YouTube

Youtube.com/channel/UCr7RT7NUojIRA0s7cjfrjDw

• Discord

discord.gg/gKcKva7

• Instagram

@don_dokhmesy

• Twitter

@eldokhmesy22

You are reading

Dragonborn Saga

ebook which is a free download at

wWw.EbookUpdates.Net

.

Download more ebooks for free at

Ebook Updates . Net

.

508 Bleak Fall Barrow

Big shout out to the New Patrons:-

@anthony frank machin (C rank)

@Justin La'von Matthews (D rank)

@Josh Hamm (D rank)

———————————

I couldn't stay in Helgen after this. The people may have looked up to me but this is not Winterhold, I had more to go elsewhere.

"Send riders to the Jarl of Falkreath to ask for his aid. Spread the news of what happened here as much as you can then join me in Riverwood. We'll move to Whiterun together." That's what I told my companions to do before riding a Flame Hawk Atronach towards the North.

The distance between Riverwood and Helgen is one day on a good horse but flying on my Hawk Atronach would take far less time. Hawk Atronachs are fast and the road is not hindered by any long turns or steep falls, just a straight line.

At dawn, I finally arrived at the lazy town of Riverwood. Landing outside the town's wall near a traders camp, I put on a traveling cloak and a hood and walk in the town. There, the town covered in the shadow of the Snow Throat mountain was having an argument right a few houses after its entrance.

"I said I saw a dragon last night!" An old woman shouted.

"By the Eight! What is it now, mother?" A young man replied.

"It was as big as the mountain, and black as night. It flew right over the barrow."

"Dragons, now, is it? Please, mother. If you keep on like this everyone in town will think you're crazy. And I've got better things to do than listen to more of your fantasies."

"You'll see! It was a dragon! It'll kill us all and then you'll believe me!"

The conversation sounded very familiar but I didn't really think I would hear it. As far as I can tell, this conversation gets triggered when the player enters Riverwood for the first time. Could it be that my existence triggers those conversations the same as in the game?

I knew those two people, the young man is the bard Sven and the woman is his mother.

"Greetings!" I spoke as I approached the two.

"What is it, stranger?" Sven replied.

"By the Gods! Yesterday dragons and now Giants!" Sven's mother looked at me as if I am some sort of a freak… good eyes.

"Mother!" Sven turned to the woman then to me, "Excuse her, she is a bit moody this morning."

"It's alright. I just wanted to ask the specific direction where that dragon flew!" I said.

"… The dragon? It is just my mother's… you don't have to concern yourself…"

"Young man, don't you know? A dragon has attacked Helgen."

"What?"

"You heard me! The town was burned to the ground. I thought the Imperial Soldiers ran this way. Woman, where did that Dragon fly to?"

"Mara's Mercy! It flew that way." The woman said as she pointed to the west.

"Thank you."

I wasn't sure where Alduin went exactly but there was something I'm sure of, he is now off to resurrect the other dragons which makes him a pain to my ass. There is a certain item that carries a map to all the dragon tombs which I need to secure. It has many uses later on.

As I was walking away, Sven called for me.

"Wait, kinsman. If what you said is true and maybe my mother isn't that crazy, then you best tell the Jarl in Whiterun. He needs to know about this and help secure Riverwood." He said.

"I know. Just point me to this town's inn and you better spread the word. I'll head out to Whiterun after I catch some sleep."

I had to stay in Riverwood until my team arrives but I also had something to do and that is to visit the most famous dungeon of all times, Bleak Falls Barrow.

Why is this the most famous Dungeon of all time? Just ask every Skyrim player how many times did they have to go through this particular Dungeon. They should already know it like the backs of their hands.

Aside from my plan to venture there, I had to make the news go viral about Helgen and thankfully, the Sleeping Giant Inn was a good place to start as I paid the bard, booked a room and stayed pretended to be resting while in fact, I went out of town by Teleporting.

Bleak Falls Barrow was up ahead and all I needed to do was to climb a mountain, stumble upon some pack of hungry wolves then reach an abandoned ancient tower with bandits taking refuge in. The bandits were an interesting bunch as I saved one of them for questioning to learn that most of the people here are deserters from the Civil War. It explains why the number of bandits has gone up ten times as much from what it was before the war. It also explains why there were so many bandits in the game literally wherever the player goes.

As the Thane of Winterhold, I had a policy about bandits during the Time of Peace and that was to brutally execute them. With a war going on, I am now less convinced about it.

I had to ask the bandit what the Jarl's men would do when they catch him and his answer was a Slow Death so I gave him a swift one.

Following that was a few turns on the mountain road then my arrival to Bleak Falls. Unlike the game, it doesn't really snow that in summer but it may happen occasionally, it just won't stick around. As soon as I started ascending the mountain, it started to show some signs of snow and barely got any as soon as I was up.

Outside the old Barrow, a band of dozen bandits was patrolling the area outside as it seemed that they have just arrived recently. I wanted to take them down quietly so I cast [Bound Bow] and aimed my spectral bow forward.

*Swoosh* *Swoosh* *Swoosh*

As they were all within the range of my Passive Detection, I ended up dispatching them with an arrow each. It seems my archery became very rusty from the last time I used it. At least this will serve as a good practice.

The Barrow's gates were huge and breathtaking which could only describe the greatness of the Ancient Nords who carved these Temples into the mountains just like the Dwarves and created this well-made gate that lasted for centuries.

Bleak Falls Barrow was constructed before the First Era during the prehistoric Merethic Era. This was one of the Dragon Cult's great temples. During the Merethic Era, the Nords and the Atmorans worshipped the Totem Guardians including the Dragon and each Totem had its cult but the most distinguished Cult of them all and the one that rules over the Nords was the infamous Dragon Cult.

The Cult, as its name implies, worshipped the Dragons as deity-kings with Alduin being the top dog. With their increasing influence, the Dragon Cultists became as Tyrant as their Masters and started abusing their positions until the rest of the Nords were fed up with it and the Dragon War started.

The Dragon War was almost hopeless as it was a meager resistance and a weak rebellion but soon, the Divines intervened and Kyne started giving her blessings to the Nords, the most important one was the Gift of the Voice, the Thu'um. Paarthurnax the Dragon and Kyne the Divine Mother of Nords taught the Nords how to shout like Dragons and the forces of humanity started having legions of Voice Masters instead of Mages. By the end, the dragons were vanquished and Alduin was thrown forward in time to this age, the Dragon Cult and its Priests were forced to go in hiding in their secure temples as they fed poison to each other and preferred to live for eternity as Draugrs.

Bleak Falls Barrow is one of the Draugr infested temples that once belonged to the Dragon Cult. There, an ancient Champion of the Dragon Cult was buried and with him, he holds the Dragon Stone. The map to all the dead Dragons that were sealed by the Nords during the Dragon War.

History lesson aside, I was already advancing through Bleak Falls Temple silently putting an arrow into each bandit I see. Still, with the Nerd living within me, I couldn't help but start collecting some samples from wherever I go.

There were old pots and ancient items lying around that means a lot to any archaeologist. Simply having bandits throwing those things and breaking them around made me question my own reasoning of dispatching them mercifully.

It was about a damn time until I heard some bandit calling for help, there roped by spiderwebs, a Dark Elf was trapped in the trap of his life. Guarding him was a Giant Frostbite Spider that can cause nightmares just by its appearance.

"Help! Help! Get it away from me! Get it away!'

That must be Arvel the Swift, a thief and a bandit. Dispatching the Frostbite Spider was easy so I got closer to the trapped Dark Elf.

"You did it! You killed it! Now cut me down before anything else shows up."

"What got you into this mess?" I asked.

"Just get me down, friend. I'm a treasure hunter, I was just exploring this Barrow."

"Exploring? So the ones I killed out there were not bandits?"

My question left the man silent for a second before he collected his thoughts and smiled.

"Those people? No! They were after me and the treasure. You killed them? Now that's good news. I don't have to share the treasure with any of those bandits now, it is all ours, friend."

"Hmm… intriguing!"

"Just me down, and I'll show you. You won't believe the power the Nords have hidden there."

I tried to get anything useful from this bandit but sadly, his backstory was as shallow as it can get. Probably a treasure seeker who ended up a bandit because of bad luck or a thief who was forced to a career change. These kinds are quite common. Arvel the Swift, as he was known, stole a key called the [Golden Claw], one of many similar keys shaped into the claws of dragons that can unlock certain gates. The Golden Claw works on a certain gate in Bleak Falls Barrow.

He had that key on him once he came to this crypt and got captured by the spider with it. As soon as I cut the webs holding him, he'll just…

"Hahaha! Thank you, friend, but… I'm too swift for you to catch."

… he'll just run away. I knew he would.

"Nefertiti." I called for my most trusted companion and in less than one second, the man running from me in the ruins met the most goosebumpy accident a mortal can have. It was as if the poor bastard was run over by a truck, all his limbs were facing the wrong directions.

"That's overkill, little missy." I said.

Nefertiti was there standing over the corpse licking her paws. I picked her up and searched the body for the Golden Claw and a journal. I'll be needing both of them.

"Hooman."

"Hm?"

"The Dragon was scary." Nefertiti said.

"Yes, dragons are supposed to be scary."

"No… that one was scarier." Nefertiti transformed from her Cat Form to the Human Form.

"It is supposed to be the scariest one ever. But girl, you and I have been through worse, haven't we?"

"Yes… it was scary… and too dark."

"Now imagine something too dark for even you. I'm glad I'm not crazy… I am not crazy, right?"

"Hooman… you are talking to a cat, you are perfectly sane."

"Oh! Little one."

This is so harmonious. After her teenage rebellious phase was over, Nefertiti returned as cute and supportive as ever. Can't say how much I'm happy.

This hooman-cat moment gave me enough boost to charge through the dungeon in one go. I was so hyped to the point where I reached the last chamber in a couple of hours. [A/n: The dungeon is small but in reality, it takes days to go through it carefully.]

The last chamber can only be unlocked by the Golden Claw and Jon could decipher the door's puzzle in a few seconds. There, a large cavern chamber awaited me with an amazing scene of a majestic ancient sarcophagus in front of a Word Wall.

I could hear the humming coming from the Word Wall as I walked towards it and as I got closer, I had an enlightenment on the Dragon Word "Fus" meaning Force.

I use that word a lot but this gave me more understanding of the word "Fus" and the concept of the Force.

Find authorized novels in Webnovel，faster updates, better experience，Please click www.webnovel.com for visiting.

The word wall said: HET NOK FaaL VahLOK, DeiNMaaR DO DOVahGOLZ, ahRK aaN "FUS" DO UNSLaaD, RahGOL ahRK VULOM.

It means: Here lies the guardian, Keeper of dragonstone, And a "Force" of unending, Rage and darkness.

*Crack* *Crack*

As I was trying to focus on the knowledge I just absorbed from the Word Wall, the sarcophagus started to make sounds from inside. It seems that its resident has finally woken up. This is supposedly the Master of Bleak Falls Temple and the Champion of the Dragon's Cult who holds the map of the Dragons burial locations.

Without much thinking, I charged toward the sarcophagus and kicked its led away.

"Motherfucker! First time I played the game, you gave me quite the heating when you Fus-Ro-Dahed my ass across this chamber. Now, it is payback."

I didn't let this motherfucker Draugr Deathlord stand up, I rode it and started giving it my best punches. The bastard was so resilient that it almost retaliated a couple of times but he was ultimately beaten till his bones cracked.

Victory for me!

I've beaten the guardian, took its Ice Enchanted Axe and found a heavy stone tablet hidden beneath him, this was the Dragonstone, the most prized item of the long perished Dragon Cult. It is very necessary for me personally and I'm planning on keeping it.

It had a dragon script on it saying: HET NOK UN MAHLaaN DROGGE ERei SULeyK SE ALDUIN VOKRii. It means: HERE LIE OUR FALLEN LORDS UNTIL POWER OF ALDUIN REVIVES.

Those Dragon Worshipping bastards kept note of all the fallen dragons until during the Dragon Wars. By looking at the other side of the map, one can see a rough map of Skyrim with over 22 marked locations of Alduin's top lieutenants. This will take some time to pinpoint on a real-life map.

With that, I finished Bleak Falls Barrow for the last time ever. Thankfully, no one gets to come to this nasty place ever again. I will come later to know that my wish wasn't fulfilled but that's another story for another time. Right now, it's time to head to Riverwood, I can barely count the hours before reaching Whiterun.

———————————

• P4TRE0N:

pat×reon.com/eldokhmesy (remove × )

• YouTube:

youtube.com/channel/UCr7RT7NUojIRA0s7cjfrjDw

• Discord: discord.gg/gKcKva7

• Instagram: @don_dokhmesy

• Twitter:

@eldokhmesy22

You are reading

Dragonborn Saga

ebook which is a free download at

wWw.EbookUpdates.Net

.

Download more ebooks for free at

EbookUpdates.Net

.

509 Dragon Rising 1

One of the most beautiful places in Skyrim is undoubtedly Riverwood. The town was designed to be the player's first step into the Nordic Civilization and it delivers a fair level of natural beauty and passive immersion. In reality, this is not much different. Riverwood's main specialties are lumber, furs, meat and serves as a traveling stop. This all makes the town pretty important on the map to all the caravans coming from the South to Whiterun.

On the other hand, the woods around Riverwood are mostly safe and surprisingly very beautiful and green during summer. It is warm, breezy, quiet, tranquil and refreshing. There, Jon was lying on the green grass with a girl on his side and of course, the first question was "which girl?"

To answer this question, it starts with Jon returning back to Riverwood. He used a couple of Gold Ingots to replicate the Golden Claw as the original has some Magical Properties to it. Jon went to the General Trader of Riverwood with it and told him about coming across some bandits that had this thing on them. Lucan the Trader was actually the original owner of the Golden Claw but as a simple citizen, he couldn't recognize the difference between the magical item and the replica thus Jon was okay.

Now to the answer that is already very obvious, the girl who slept with Jon was Camilla, Lucan's sister. [A/n: Also famed as Camilla the Hoe!]

The deal with Camilla was like this. She is a town girl that looks decent enough for the young men in the town to fight over her especially the Nord bard Sven and the Wood Elf hunter Faendal. Camilla was acting all spoiled now that all the young men were head over heels for her and she took it for granted playing the two young men.

When Jon returned to Riverwood, he accepted a request from Sven to deliver a fake letter to Camilla and say it is from Faendal. Of course, it didn't go well for Sven when Jon told Camilla about the truth of the letter. Jon didn't stop there, he proved that Faendal had something to do with a robbery in Lucan's shop causing the [Golden Claw] to get stolen by Arvel the Swift, Faendal seemed to have sold information about the Claw for some coins. This made the second guy fall from favor as well.

With both Sven and Faendal out of the picture, Jon can be considered the savior of the general store and could easily woo its poster girl. Didn't take him a couple of drinks to take her to his room in the inn and make love to her all night. When they were about to get noisy, they decided to sneak into the Forest and continue their energetic fornication till dawn.

"You did it again, didn't you?"

Isha stood above Jon's head waking him up with the shaft of her spear.

"Sometimes the Supply can't satisfy the Demand. Basic Commerce." Jon replied without opening his eyes.

"Are you serious?"

"You know I need more Anuic Energy than usual especially with my level going higher."

"I remember you saying the same thing about doing it with those Altmer girls in Summerset."

"Altmer girls are strong and abundant with Anuic Energy, things are getting tougher now, you know."

Jon's hedonistic behavior always gets to be an all-time high especially when he wants to increase his level. He usually doesn't have material resources to raise his level so he relies on Sexual Intercourse to gain Vital Anuic Energy. The Anuic Energy is feminine (Yin) so the females of all races possess a high amount of it in their bodies. Jon harvests that energy through Sexual Intercourse to refine his Padomic energy (Yang) with it. Jon's Padomic energy is wild and very vigorous so his demand is always hard to satisfy, the Altmer girls in Summerset were all talented mages and they were a good fit for him to have as much energy as he wanted but now that he is back in Skyrim, he has fewer resources.

"The fact that you consider girls as resources is…" Isha spoke in criticism.

"Whoa there, miss feminist. I've never said anything like that. Whoever I sleep with, I compensate with Anuic Energy. Haven't you seen that girl who was taken as an apprentice by some big shot mage after spending three nights with me?"

"You seriously are just a big trash of a human being. I'll make sure that your wife knows."

"Goodness gracious!"

Jon was terrified of Alina's reaction to his hedonism as she was never happy about it and would always nag Oblivion out of him. She must have known that Jon can't possibly pass two years away from home without having some affair but if she found out about the one-year fornication act he did, she'll rip him apart and feed him to that gryphon he hates… or at least that's how she warns him.

"Let's just try to be peaceful now. How were things on Helgen's front?" Jon diverted the subject.

Isha took a deep breath before massaging her temples with annoyance.

"Don't get me started. You made us watch a fucking dragon while trying to save everyone in that town while it was burning to the ground. I am traumatized."

"I don't want to be rude but I wasn't checking on you."

"Bastard!" Isha whacked with the spear's shaft on his head, "How are you acting so calm after seeing that all that with the Dragon?"

Seeing Isha almost losing her cool, Jon closed his eyes and stood up while covering up his waist.

"I'm not."

"And?"

"We'll do something about the Dragons."

"Hold up! Dragons?"

"Pretty much a horde of them."

Isha stared at him as he was putting on some common clothing and an old iron cuirass.

"Why are you wearing such things?" She asked.

"A change of plans. I will keep my identity hidden a bit longer." He replied.

"What's the purpose?"

"Things will be less complicated this way."

Jon seemed confident about a certain idea that came to him during the rescue of Helgen and started to act based on it. He made sure that his face is well-hidden rather than altered by [Lust] and made a very overall unremarkable appearance.

"Take that girl to her house." Jon said as he pointed at Camilla, "Oh! Just drop her wrapped in some sheets at the door."

Jon's mischievous request was met by a disdainful look on Isha's face as she dejectedly agreed to take Camilla away. She can do it unseen but it is Camilla who will be in a bad position with Jon screwing her after he screwed her.

***

I wasn't planning on waiting more than this in Riverwood. I got the Dragonstone and the Golden Claw, I made sure that all Riverwood heard about the Dragon attack and that was all for me. Next stop, Whiterun.

Taking the road to the North through the woodlands would almost take a couple of days by traveling on the main road to reach Whiterun but I'm not the main road kinda guy. I had to reach Whiterun fast through the sky and it took me a few hours to see the big city in the bright heart of Skyrim. Gladly, it is still summer and the place looked as beautiful as it could get around this area.

I had to tread carefully from this point onwards so I landed near Honningbrew Meadery and took the main road to Whiterun from there. The reason I haven't teleported anywhere so far was to not trigger any encounter I wish to avoid and to make sure the flow of events go according to plan. I also wanted to confirm my doubt about something and lo and behold, I was right.

"GRAAAH!"

*Stomp*

"Hit him, Ria! Don't be scared!"

"Ha!"

*Swoosh*

It was exactly how I imagined it. Three people fighting a Giant. Ria, Farkas and none other than someone I really appreciate seeing again, Aela. The three are Companions, Aela and Farkas are senior members from the Circle and Ria is a greenhorn or as they like to call it, a Whelp. From what I can tell, this is Ria's initiation mission as she is doing most of the fighting while the other two are just standing there as support.

It is a common scene at the beginning of the game but that is what I was looking for. There is a big meaning to this encounter that also happens in the game.

Somehow, each unique encounter from the game happens as soon as I pass to where it is triggered in reality. It didn't happen yesterday or the day after it, it won't happen tomorrow either, it happens around "me" when I pass by.

This is not just some randomness or a coincidence, this is the power of Fate.

Many things happen in certain sequences and must follow a pattern of events, defying that won't yield a good result as for example, what I did with the [Azura's Star] causing it to become the [Black Star] which resulted for Azura's Soul Fragment to be acquired by Mannimarco, who scrapped it from the Sea of Oblivion, and all resulted into me going on the Seven Daedric Labours for Azura which took me all around Tamriel.

Respite the gains I had, I learned a precious lesson on not to mess with Fate. There is always a time for everything and all my actions so far have severely affected the future that's why I have to be ready for all oddities. I don't believe the Game Events will keep popping up the same way they used to be.

While I was thinking, the battle between the three Companions and the Giant was about to unfold but it seemed that the Giant became fearful and decided to retreat.

"After him, he's going towards the road." Farkas shouted.

The three started chasing hastily as it seemed there were a few carriages passing on the road, the people panicked at the sight of the giant but strangely, the closest one to help was me.

I would hate to harm a Giant as the Clan rules forbade it but I don't have much of a choice here if the Giant himself has gone mad. The shabby sword I had was unsheathed as I leaped in the air towards the Giant's head. He saw me coming and swung his club at me.

"Careful!"

Ria and Farkas shouted trying to stop me but they were out of reach, the moment the Giant's club was about to hit me was the same moment when I showed off with my acrobatics and twisted my body mid-air avoiding it. As I landed on the other side of the Giant, I was directly face to face with Aela.

*Drop*

The Giant fell on its knees then crumbled like a falling building, those who could see his face saw my shabby sword piercing through his skull deep to the brain. He died before he could realize it.

I, of course, didn't look back as cool guys never do. Still, my cool act was instantly seen through by Aela when I saw her nose twitching.

This woman… she recognized me by the smell again!

"J…"

I had to wink lightly and signal her to stop talking. She was surprised to see me but as a level headed person, she controlled her shock immediately.

"Aela, you know this man?" On the other hand, the one who could detect the strangeness of her sudden silence was Farkas.

"No." She replied and turned to me with a calm look, "You handle yourself well. You could make for a decent Shield-Brother."

Seriously? The scripted reaction?

"A Shield-Brother?" I had to try a scripted reply to see how she replies.

"An outsider, eh? Never heard of the Companions? An order of warriors. We are brothers and sisters in honor. And we show up to solve problems if the coin is good enough."

Damn! That's scripted as well. Fine, let's go unscripted for now.

"Coins, fighting and sisters? Where do I sign up?" I said.

"HA! Spoken like true Nord." It was then when Farkas butted in, "Your skill looks decent, what do you think, Aela?"

"He's good. Whether he joins or not, it is up to Kodlak." Aela said with a natural look on her face.

At least this reply wasn't anticipated.

"Thank you, I'll make sure to pass by." I said so and recovered the shabby sword then walked towards Whiterun.

It was a refreshing set of events to see how the game scripts change with a small reply, things may be interesting from now on. Anyway, as I was taking the road up the city, I started hearing conversations between the caravaneers who were not allowed to enter, the word Dragon was heard a lot

"Halt! City's closed with the Dragons about. Official business only." And here's everyone's favorite, Whiterun's Guard.

Find authorized novels in Webnovel，faster updates, better experience，Please click www.webnovel.com for visiting.

"I came bearing news from Helgen." I spoke.

"Gods! Helgen? Head to Dragonsreach immediately. The Jarl would want to speak with you."

***

Jon was allowed inside Whiterun right away, the news about Helgen spread faster than what he anticipated as Alduin was sighted around Skyrim in various places by the following couple of days. From what Jon could tell, Alduin has started resurrecting the other dragons already.

As he went to Dragonsreach palace to inform the Jarl of Whiterun about the Dragon that flew in his hold, others were on the move.

"Sister, I'm hungry."

"Be quiet."

"I can't. I'm hungry and bored."

"Aela will come later with food, by the time being, shut up. I need to focus."

"No, you don't. Your powers don't work on him anyway so there is no point in trying to pick his location."

"I said shut up!"

Alina furiously swung her staff and Jullanar's head.

"Ouch!"

The two were sitting in a small house in Whiterun. Despite it being old, the wealth of Winterhold's richest transformed [Breezehome] from the shabby house it was to a small luxurious house. The two first ladies of Winterhold were lazing around for a week in this place and the reason was oblivious to them, half a year ago, Jon requested them to buy this place and be there before the 17th of Last Seed 4E 201.

Just yesterday, a strange piece of news swept over the city about a Dragon appearing in Helgen. It was too unbelievable for Alina who started meditating right away to divine what happened in Helgen. Most of her visions were hazy and unclear, no matter what she did, it was impossible to track down a Dragon using Divination.

Dragons are fragments of the Aka, the Time. Space and Time are the Magical Archetypes that control Detection and Divination respectively. Detection is to gather information through Space while Divination is to gather information through Time.

Being made of Time, the Dragons were immune to Divination the same way Jon was. This was something new to Alina who was called Crimson Moon for her Seer ability, she knew that Jon was immune for some absurd reasons but never thought it would be related to Dragons, she suspected but overlooked.

Now that both the Mysterious Dragon and Jon were out of her reach, the very capable Alina was feeling powerless in the face of those absurdities. The reason why she was stern to Jullanar and locked herself in Breezehome the entire day. The reason why she kept Jullanar closeby was that there was no way to predict what Jull would do if she was left on her own. On the other hand, the third person who came with them from Winterhold was busy gathering information through the company's network.

"Sister-in-law, I'm back." Wulfur called.

Speaking of the devil, Alina walked down the stairs from the top floor to see him. He seemed to have changed a bit since six months ago growing a full beard and long hair.

"Wulfur, any news?" She asked.

"More sightings of the Dragon around the Hold. Battle-Born will keep us updated." He replied.

"Alright. I'll go back to my business, inform me first thing if there is anything new." She said and turned around to go up and continue what she was doing.

Meanwhile, Jullanar snuck down and signaled to Wulfur about Alina going crazy. Alina glanced at Jullanar with a glare and the latter ran away immediately.

"Sister-in-law." Wulfur called for Alina.

"Yes."

"I saw Aela on the way back, we can drop by at Jorrvaskr to dine with the Companions for the night, let's go." Wulfur invited Alina to leave the house for a while.

"Thanks, but I'm busy." She said.

"Yes yes yes, I'm starving." Jullanar dangled her head from the upper floor.

"Come on, Sister-in-law. You haven't eaten a thing since yesterday. Maybe your Divination doesn't work on an empty stomach." Wulfur said.

"It doesn't work li…"

"Yes. Hungry people don't function well."

Alina was retorting but Jull cut her.

"Come on, just take an hour to rest your eyes. They are clearly red." Wulfur said.

Alina looked at him unamused.

"My eyes are naturally red." She said.

Seeing how the two were looking at her, Alina sighed and gave up at the end.

"I guess I'll do it… but only for an hour."

"Yay! Meat meat meat meat!" Jullanar came down from the ceiling and started jumping around Alina happily.

The three people, who are Jon's original battle party, were heading out together to get some food in Whiterun.

At the same time, another three figures entered Whiterun by the special tokens from the Dare Dragon Company.

"Sister, I'm hungry."

"… Mhm."

"Don't just nod to me. We are twins alright but I don't get what you are nodding at."

"I understand… you're hungry."

"Then do something about it. I'm hungry and tired."

"… Mhm."

Mirren and Miranda walked into Whiterun under the hating gazes of the Nords at the two High Elves who didn't hide their identities one bit.

"Guys, these tokens are super awesome. The guard saw them and almost choked from the shock." On the other hand, Isha spoke whole pointing at the Dare Dragon Golden token Jon gave her.

"Jon has a large influence in Skyrim. Saying his name makes strange things tend to happen." Mirren replied.

"We can't cause problems though." Miranda said.

"You are right. It seems like a source of fear rather than a source of power. Jon said it many times, didn't he?" Isha thought.

"Can we eat now?" Mirren asked impatiently.

"Alright. I don't know about this town but the famous Jorrvaskr stands here. If we go to that girl Aela, she can treat us something." Isha said.

Isha and the other two were familiar with Aela, after all, she was there in Hammerfell during the last Labour when Jon fought Mannimarco.

"You think the Companions will treat us well?" Mirren asked, pointing to the fact that he and his sister are Elves who are not popular among the Companions.

"Don't worry, love. I'll protect you from anything." Isha said as she winked to him, "Also, with my position as the Spear Battlelord of the Citadel of Ebonarm will guarantee the friendship with the Companions so keep close to me."

"Alright."

"Mhm."

Mirren and Miranda followed Isha in the city while Alina led Wulfur and Jullanar towards Jorrvaskr as well. None would have anticipated the clash between Jon's Old Party and his New Party, a clash that will create the most terrifying war squad ever.

———————————

• P4TRE0N:

pat×reon.com/eldokhmesy (remove × )

• YouTube:

youtube.com/channel/UCr7RT7NUojIRA0s7cjfrjDw

• Discord: discord.gg/gKcKva7

• Instagram: @don_dokhmesy

• Twitter:

@eldokhmesy22

You are reading

Dragonborn Saga

ebook which is a free download at

wWw.EbookUpdates.Net

.

Download more ebooks for free at

Ebook Updates.Net

.

510 Dragon Rising 2

As I approached Dragonsreach palace, I made sure that I don't look like myself so I made my hair a bit blonder and my face less recognizable. A bit of an ordinary face on an ordinary height. The reason why I had to go through all that disguise was to achieve a certain goal in the long run supposedly the Fate I know unfolds the way I expect.

With this and that out of the way, I stood at the gate of Dragonsreach that was surprisingly lightly guarded. I would tell whoever tries to stop me that I am a messenger from Riverwood until I was let in the Jarl's Hall.

The place was as large as I remembered, high ceilings and wooden pillars in a carefully lit environment and at its end, the important figures of Whiterun were in a deep discussion about the matter of a dragon's sighting. My appearance caused the inner palace guard to be tense and I was approached by the Jarl's personal bodyguard, Housecarl Irileth who was pointing her sword at me.

Irileth is a Dunmer and I remember her from my Fifth Labour when I was told to steal the [Ebony Blade] with the assistance of the Morag Tong cell hidden in Whiterun. That day, Irileth was revealed to be a former Morag Tong assassin who betrayed the Tong after being tasked to be the Keeper of the [Ebony Blade]. At some point in the past, she was saved from the Blade's influence by Jarl Balgruuf on one of his travels and the blade was sealed in his palace. The Morag Tong cell that assisted me was annihilated by Irileth and I got away without breaking a sweat. Actually, I used the Morag Tong cell as a decoy and didn't want to be bothered by them.

Back to reality, Irileth was facing me with a stern face.

"What's the meaning of this interruption? Jarl Balgruuf is not receiving visitors." She said.

"I came from Helgen. A Dragon destroyed it" I replied.

"You know about Helgen? The Jarl will want to speak to you personally. Approach."

Irileth let my pass along the central fireplace and I was surrounded by Guards from all corners, it seemed a bit different from the game but I didn't pay it much attention. Irileth whispered something to the Jarl and he directly looked at me.

"So. You were at Helgen? You saw this dragon with your own eyes?" He asked with a worried face.

Surrounding the Jarl were his close aides, the representatives of the Clans of Whiterun and some known warriors. All of these men became dead silent when the Jarl spoke about me witnessing a Dragon.

"Yes, Jarl Balgruuf." I gave a short reply on purpose.

"Tell us what happened then! Don't miss anything." He demanded impatiently.

"Alright. It all starts when I was going to Helgen to meet an employer who wanted me to recover an artifact from an Ancient Barrow. The man was supposed to arrive a day earlier but he got late so I went on the road to try and see traces of him only to get captured by Imperial Soldiers south to Helgen…" I started with an important part of the background story I was working on.

"I'm not interested in all that! Tell me about the dragon and don't waste my time." Jarl Balgruuf shouted at me impatiently.

"Excuse me, Jarl Balgruuf, but this is related. You see, I wasn't captured alone. I actually walked into a trap that was made to capture Jarl Ulfric Stormcloak." I made this one point clear.

Jarl Balgruuf's face became serious all of a sudden and the men around became noisy. Ulfric's name brings a lot of trouble just by mentioning it these days.

"Silence!" Jarl Balgruuf shouted, "I should have guessed Ulfric would be mixed up in this. Keep going!"

"Jarl Ulfric and I were taken prisoners and shipped to Helgen for execution. Right before the death sentence and as the headsman's axe started swinging, a flying large beast appeared above Helgen like the Wrath of God. It was all black and as it spread its wings, it covered the sky and blocked the sun then with a strange voice coming from that beast, the sky began burning and rained fire on our heads."

I've got to say, my elaborate words made them men go pale. I wasn't lying or anything but the way I put it and the voice I spoke in gave those men a chill in their bones.

"Last thing I saw was the Dragon flying towards Riverwood. The town there is safe but witnesses claim the Dragon went further to the north." I finished my detailed report and threw the ball into Balgruuf's side.

Depending on how I turned my words, things will unfold in many different ways that I can't help but wonder how they will be.

"By Ysmir, Irileth was right!" The Jarl stood off his seat and all cleared the way for him as he walked to brood over the flames of the large central fireplace of his hall.

"We need to secure the hold, my Jarl." Irileth spoke.

"We can't start any big moves at the moment, my Jarl. This will pester the Imperial Legion." Proventus, the Jarl's steward, said.

"What do you think we should do then? Wait until the dragon sweeps us all?" Irileth shouted at Proventus.

"We should act carefully, rushing out for a Dragon Hunt is not justifiable to others." Proventus replied.

"You Imperial fool, things won't matter either way when the dragon descends on our heads." Vignar Grey-Mane butted in.

"I think we should take action and inform the Imperials. Pacifying them is easy as the Dragon seems to be willing to show itself either way." Olfrid Battle-Born said his opinion as well.

This was a typical argument in Whiterun's court, the busiest court in Skyrim. Even the Blue Palace of Solitude didn't get half of this drama when High King Torygg was still alive. Jarl Balgruuf was known to be a patient but firm man thus he could deal with this court of his but with the war at his doorstep and the Dragon on his roof, the Jarl was easily agitated.

"Oblivion takes you all! I'll not stand idly by while a dragon burns my hold and slaughters my people!" He shouted, "Irileth, send a detachment to Riverwood at once."

"Yes, my Jarl." Irileth nodded and went off right away.

"We should not…" Proventus wanted to retort but Jarl Balgruuf cut him.

"Enough! All of you are dismissed."

The Jarl's voice made everyone in this place move like rats. His Housecarl was loyal to his call but his steward was bought by the Imperials. He had to make a balance between his will and the interests of his allies.

"Adventurer, wait!" The Jarl called for me as he dismissed the others.

I stood in my place as he returned to his seat.

"Well done. You sought me out, on your own initiative. You've done Whiterun a service, and I won't forget it." He said and continued. "Here, take this as a reward."

In the game, he gives pieces of enchanted gear but in reality and just like any other, he tossed purses of Gold.

"Thank you, Jarl Balgruuf."

"There is another thing you could do for me. Suitable for someone of your particular adventuring career, perhaps. Come, let's go find Farengar, my court wizard. He has been looking into a matter related to these dragons and... rumors of dragons." He stood up and signaled me to follow.

At long last, I get to continue doing this blasted quest. Thankfully, I am ready but the moment I go down this path after him, everything will start happening. I wasn't scared, actually, I was excited.

"Very well."

"I'll introduce you to Farengar. He can be a bit... difficult. Mages, you know. He's probably puttering around in his lab. Day and night. I'm not sure he ever sleeps."

Following the man in his castle, the Jarl walked to a room beside the hall that seemed like an artistic mix of a lab and an office with everything arcane decorating it. Farengar's place looked better than the game and reminded me of my workplace. Books and ingredients scattered everywhere with magic felt in the air. Amidst all that was a robed man covering his head with a large hood and looking through a reading monocle at a book.

Farengar Secret-Fire, also known as the Nerd.

"Farengar, think I've found someone who can help you with your dragon project. Go ahead and fill him in with all the details." The Jarl said, introducing me to Farengar.

Farengar scanned me with his eyes, I could feel him trying to detect anything but I made sure that he can't see through me.

"Hmmm… interesting!" The man said.

"Well, I'm sure you two will get along famously." The Jarl said, "More importantly, your work is a priority now. Anything we can use to fight this dragon, or dragons. We need it, quickly. Before it's too late."

"Of course, Jarl Balgruuf. You seem to have found me an able assistant. I'm sure he will prove most useful." Farengar said.

"Succeed at this, and you'll be rewarded. Whiterun will be in your debt." The Jarl said.

"Thank you. Jarl Balgruuf. Alright, what is that project I'll be helping in, Master Farengar?" I asked.

"Hm? A project! Oh yes, let me see."

Farengar started to ramble through a pile of books while the Jarl and I were watching this absolute mess.

"Here it is." Farengar extracted an old book and opened it, "I want you to fetch something for me. Well, when I say fetch, I really mean delve into a dangerous ruin in search of an ancient stone tablet that may or may not actually be there."

"I see. My last job was actually similar to this, funny!" I said.

"Good, nothing difficult for you then. I… learned of a certain stone tablet said to be housed in Bleak Falls Barrow. a [Dragonstone] said to contain a map of dragon burial sites. Go to Bleak Falls Barrow, find this tablet, no doubt interred in the main chamber, and bring it to me. Simplicity itself." Farengar said.

And from there, things will start to unfold my way.

"Bleak Falls Barrow? The Dragonstone? I'm afraid this is nothing so simple." I said, making a serious face.

"And why is that?" The Jarl asked in a demanding voice.

"Oh! I mean no disrespect, of course. The thing is… I have already delved into the said Crypt and fetched the said Stone. This was the job I spoke of, Jarl Balgruuf, I was delivering it when I got captured." I said.

"What?" The Jarl was shocked, "Do you still have it?"

"I do."

"By Ysmir, what are you waiting for then?" The Jarl urged me to bring it out.

Find authorized novels in Webnovel，faster updates, better experience，Please click www.webnovel.com for visiting.

"Alright… but Jarl Balgruuf, the employer I spoke of has already paid me for it. I can only lend it to Master Balgruuf here, I mustn't part with it." I said.

"Ugh! You needn't worry, I'll double whatever you have been paid for it." He said.

"It is not a matter of money, my Jarl."

"Isn't it? Then is it honor among mercenaries?" He asked indifferently.

"Neither. It is the employer himself. I mean no disrespect but that man is not someone I can cross. He is… dangerous." I said making up a fearful tone.

"More dangerous than a Jarl in his own castle?" The Jarl said.

"I beg your pardon, my Jarl, but I wish to avoid both the headsman and pestering that man." I made my stance clear.

"Who is that man?"

This question would mostly come from the Jarl but he wasn't the one asking, rather, it was a woman's voice coming further from Farengar's quarters.

"Who's there?" The Jarl shouted.

"It's… it's okay, Jarl Balgruuf. It's just an associate researcher." Farengar said as he pointed towards the inner study of his lab.

From there stepped out a woman covering herself under a hood and a cloak. It's about time she showed herself.

"Hmph! An associate, you say?" The Jarl rechecked.

"Yes. She was the one who pointed me towards the Dragonstone." Farengar confessed.

"Alright." The Jarl seemed to have accepted the answer.

On the other hand, I was looking at that woman as I already know her identity. She is Delphine, someone I don't want to associate myself with at all. Basically, this is the most stupid person in the whole game. The reason why I picked the Dragonstone in advance was to avoid her but I detected her as soon as I entered the Lab.

"So, who is that employer you spoke of?" The Jarl asked the question.

"I don't know him by the name but he is someone terribly powerful. I met him in North of Cyrodiil at Bruma and he gave me some jobs, the last was to bring him the stone tablet. He is a Nord but taller than an Altmer, red haired and blue eyed with a loud voice and brash attitude but he is a mage from what I know. That's all I know of him." I said.

"Wait! Red haired… taller than an Altmer… and a Mage?" The Jarl stopped me to think, "I don't think… hey, was there anything else you noticed about him?"

The Jarl fell in my trap, this is what I was aiming for from the beginning.

"Hmm… he cracks a lot of cats and dragons jokes to the point where it is annoying sometimes… oh! And he carries a black cat with him."

"Talos!"

The Jarl shouted in surprise but muffled his voice in a second, he almost lost control of his mouth and recited the name of Talos, the outlawed Deity. As a Jarl associated with the Empire, he had to get more careful but hearing my description made him lose it for a second. He soon recovered and made sure that only the people in this room heard him.

"Ehem! You said you know that man? He is your employer? Gods!"

"Jarl Balgruuf, who is that man?" Farengar asked in surprise not expecting the level headed Jarl to lose control like this.

"Someone I don't want to offend. He is friendly to Whiterun and I wish it stays that way." The Jarl said, "If this madman has returned, Skyrim will be way noisier than it is now… Gods! I think it is about time he returns anyway."

Oh! I'm heartbroken knowing that he thinks of me that way.

"Fine. Then please lend us the Dragonstone. As soon as my mage here reads it, it will return to you right away." The Jarl changed his attitude when he spoke to me.

"Alright." I unfastened the bag that was tied on my back and put it on Farengar's desk.

"You had that large stone on you all the time?" Farengar asked.

"It is nothing heavy." I said.

Actually, it is damn heavy for a normal person. The stone itself is quite big.

"Jarl Balgruuf, we really can't afford to lose this tablet. Whoever that employer is should give it for the sake of fighting the Dragons." At that time, Farengar's associate, aka Delphine, spoke.

"I don't think that's up to you. I fund your research and return this stone to his owner. Nothing more than that." The Jarl refused.

"My Jarl, don't you think the timing is strange? Someone trying to take the stone one day before the Dragon attacks Helgen." She asked.

"Enough! This man is not to be trifled with alright but he is trustworthy. If he knows something about dragons, he will show up when the time is right."

Delphine retreated in front of the authority of Jarl Balgruuf, still, he cold gaze was directed to the [Dragonstone] on Farengar's office.

She was none of my concern now, all pieces were already in place and all I have to do is wait.

"Very well, you have finished your job before it has even begun, aye? Good, good… I'll see that you are rewarded and… deliver our best regards to your employer." The Jarl spoke to me.

"Understood." I nodded.

My Goal was finally achieved. I now have created the illusion I was after. Still, before anyone could say more, Irileth ran into Farengar's lab.

"My Jarl, Farengar… a Dragon has been sighted nearby."

And so it begins.

***

*10 Minutes Earlier*

Alina led Jullanar and Wulfur in Whiterun towards Jorrvaskr through the Wind District, Isha led Mirren and Miranda in Whiterun towards Jorrvaskr through the Plains District. Alina walked by the Temple of Kynareth and paid respect for the Elder Priestesses and the Gildergreen tree while Isha browsed the stalls in the market then headed up through the large stairway towards the Gildergreen square.

Up there, the two parties were moving almost at the same time towards the stairway leading to Jorrvaskr when they all stopped looking at one another.

Strong people could easily distinguish themselves apart from the crowd and the six of them were a terrifying monster each.

Alina's red glare and dress with the Crown of Fire Keeper on her head and the vile covering her face were distinguishing her as a woman of power and nobility.

Jullanar's dark armor and traceless presence made her feel like she would disappear if the eyes were to miss her, the eyes of mismatched-color violet and golden were the two theme colors of the shivering towns of madness Dementia and Mania.

Wulfur was large and towering as Jon but his black hair and eyes gave him a calm presence along with the Righteous and Lawful air around him. Still, his power felt like a towering mountain or an unbeatable hulk.

On the other hand, Isha's air was sharp and lethal like the warrior who has been through hell, as she was. Refined and straight like a spear, Isha was the unrelenting striker.

Mirren was becoming more recognizable than his twin sister as he grew a light beard and started working on his muscles with the new war tattoos he got from Beth. Tricky and unpredictable, the Altmer young man stood proud but behind Isha.

Alienating herself from any troublesome situation, Miranda looked away and covered her head with a hood but behind the front of "don't involve me!" was the continuation of "or else!". She was standing idly without any opening watching all, observing all, reading all.

The two groups took interest in one another but Alina and Jullanar were focusing on the one that caused them to feel a familiar scent, on the one who didn't want to involve herself, Miranda.

"You, Altmer… approach." Alina spoke to Miranda.

Miranda turned to Alina not understanding why would someone she just met order her around so haughty?

"Who are you to call me sister?" Mirren retorted at Alina.

"Keep it quiet, cutie. My sister gets to address whoever she wants." Jullanar glared at Mirren.

"Don't call my cutie a cutie." Isha pointed her spear at Jull with obvious anger.

"Don't play with your dangerous toy in front of my sisters-in-law." Wulfur effortlessly held the blade of Isha's spear by its head.

As the five spoke, Miranda couldn't seem to understand how each and every one of those five managed to start a fight for their own reason. People are truly stupid but she still had to side with her family.

"Who are you, people?" She asked.

Wulfur raised his brows, Jullanar showed a crazy smile and Alina haughtily snorted.

"We were just wondering the same thing."

———————————

• P4TRE0N:

pat×reon.com/eldokhmesy (remove × )

• YouTube:

youtube.com/channel/UCr7RT7NUojIRA0s7cjfrjDw

• Discord: discord.gg/gKcKva7

• Instagram: @don_dokhmesy

• Twitter:

@eldokhmesy22

You are reading

Dragonborn Saga

ebook which is a free download at

wWw.EbookUpdates.Net

.

Download more ebooks for free at

EbookUpdates.Net

.

511 Dragon Rising 3

A/n: Sorry about the Long Delays, I'm focusing on some Academic Studies now so it's taking most of the time but I'll find a way to return to a stable schedule once I catch up with the studies.

Also, there is an important announcement regarding your questions about the plot. This is not spoilers so rest assured. We will deviate from the game's story at some point based on the so-called changes of Fate. Based on that, each Dragon will be named and Unique not like the game's Elder and Ancient Dragons. This means there is a depth in each Dragon as most of them will interact with the Plot in the upcoming events. You will notice it from this chapter with Jarl Balgruuf.

Now, I must thank the Patrons that I didn't have the chance to thank because of my chaotic publish rate:-

@Will Turner (B-rank)

@Jack (D-rank)

@Pookleberry (D-rank)

~~~~~~~~~~

The air around the six of them intensified all of a sudden, none cared one bit of how it looked to onlookers and the onlookers were smart enough to take distance. That was a different level of power between mortals and freaks was clear and visible in this particular scene and it started.

"Get 'em." Alina spoke and everything started happening at the same time.

Isha wanted to make distance between her group and Alina's so she swung the spear in a wide slash but before she got to do her part, the spear was already gone from her hands.

Mirren wanted to take the rear of the enemies so he used the short-range instant teleportation spell [Blink] to launch a surprise attack but during the black blink of teleporting, he was already facing the ground with his lower body twisted in the wrong direction.

Miranda wanted to take distance so she gets to act as a long-ranger but without further ado, she was bound by many different kinds of magic binds.

Instant defeat!

Wulfur disarmed Isha of the [Spear of Bitter Mercy] and aimed it at her throat. Jullanar ambushed the ambusher Mirren and pinned him down in a Boston Crab submission move. Miranda was bound from moving by almost five different variations of the [Bind] spell to stop her from both teleporting, overpowering, dispelling, reflecting or resisting.

"Now… let's get to know each other." Alina said as she walked over to Miranda.

Who would have believed that capturing the Altmer twins and Isha would be this easy? Isha shuddered from the shock. She was the least one who is pinned down even though she was disarmed and her spear was pointed at her but looking at Wulfur who was just standing there with a natural look, Isha instincts were screaming at her not to move, this man holding her spear is simply at the pinnacle of spearmanship even in front of her who is a Spear Battlelord.

The truth of the instant defeat laid in Alina who took a special interest in Miranda, Alina can see many versions and possibilities of the future making her the most troublesome opponent to even consider going against. She is already winning everything once her eyes get to see it.

Alina simply put her hand on Miranda's hood and put it down. Miranda's appearance was fully revealed as an Elf beauty of flawless appearance yet deviant style, her blonde hair was trimmed from the sides and had traces of colorful dyes with some tattoos barely visible beneath her upper garment.

"I knew it!" Alina clapped her hands together, "I love your hairstyle, where did you get it done?"

"Wha…" (Isha)

"Huh?" (Wulfur)

"Wait!" (Mirren)

"Ahahaha! She's doing it again." (Jullanar)

There was a huge misunderstanding going on here but Alina cleared it right away.

"No no no, it is not what you are thinking. I just noticed her hair under the hood which looked so stylish. I'm officially bullying her here." Alina said.

Miranda was glaring at Alina trying relentlessly to break the spells she's under but it was almost impossible. Alina's magic is not just prepared but almost custom made to trap Miranda, an absurdity only someone who can predict the future can come up with.

"Let go of me!" Miranda said.

"Ask politely." Alina replied with a delighted face.

"Please, let go of me."

"No."

"…"

"What's wrong? I just told you to ask politely. Who said I am complying?"

Alina was plainly bullying Miranda but that was not her intention from the start, she could clearly tell that Jon had come in contact with that girl very lately. A day or two… she didn't know but she was sure that Jon had slept with that girl in that timeframe. It wasn't magic or her eye powers but rather her female intuition.

She was about to get serious and ask about Jon but before she got the chance to do so, something she couldn't foresee happened.

"Now!" Miranda shouted and her body shone with light, the thing happened with Mirren right away and the two disappeared from their place.

"Impossible!" Alina exclaimed.

She couldn't see through such a thing. This was completely Unforeseen for her.

At that moment, a different figure appeared and attacked Alina from behind. She was almost defenseless and in an instant, a clash happened.

"UGH!"

Myr's attack didn't land but rather, Alina was completely pressing him down with her eyes glowing red like a thirsty vampire.

"Such a nerve to hide from my sight but still… only one man can escape my eyes."

An agonizing pain struck Myr all of a sudden before he could act or react, the damage received from Alina's eyes started to weigh on his burden and his Blessing of Mephala activated on its own, splitting him back to his Aspects of Duality.

Seeing the one being become two, Alina was plainly surprised but the sudden occurrence that she couldn't understand. It was clear that two Elves escaped somehow with the appearance of this third individual but to think the two can combine themselves to create a third person with greater power that even she can't foresee his movements, there was something really interesting about the pair.

"Stop hurting them!"

Isha shouted as she ignored Wulfur and ran at Alina but Jullanar tackled her down.

"Easy there." Wulfur called, "This situation got out of hand. Alina, what on Nirn are you after?" He asked.

"Alina?" Mirren, Miranda and Isha surely heard of that name before and the description fits very perfectly.

"Stooooop!" In this chaotic situation, a seventh individual interfered to stop the fight and that individual happened to be an acquaintance of both parties, Aela the Huntress.

The two parties were about to officially be introduced to one another but as soon as the basic introductions were made by Aela, the city got too noisy all of a sudden. The Jarl's Housecarl Irileth ran into the upper city on a horse and stormed her way towards the castle, the guards behind her had one word that kept repeating on their tongues.

A Dragon!

***

"A Dragon has been sighted nearby."

"A Dragon? How exciting! Where was it seen and what was it doing?" Farengar became excited for no apparent reason.

"I'd take this more seriously if I were you." Irileth retorted at him right away and turned to Balgruuf, "My Lord, your orders!"

"Woman! You've seen a dragon?" Jarl Balgruuf, who was still in Farengar's lab, asked with a stiff face.

"No, a guard came from the western watchtower." Irileth replied.

"Well, what are you waiting for? Bring him over here." Jarl Balgruuf shouted.

Irileth nodded and went back to the hall dragging in a guard.

"So, Irileth tells me you came from the western watchtower?" Balgruuf asked the guard.

"Yes, my lord."

"Tell him what you told me. About the dragon." Irileth urged the guard to keep talking.

"Uh... that's right. We saw it coming from the south. It was fast... faster than anything I've ever seen."

"What did it do? Is it attacking the watchtower?" Balgruuf asked.

"No, my lord. It was just circling overhead when I left. I never ran so fast in my life... I thought it would come after me for sure."

The Jarl fell into silence but I still could hear Farengar and Delphine whispering to one another. The Jarl didn't mind then and spoke to the guard.

"Good work, son. We'll take it from here. Head down to the barracks for some food and rest. You've earned it."

As the guard walked away, he turned to Irileth.

"Irileth, call the other Housecarls, all the available Thanes, the Clan Heads and all the fine warriors in Whiterun. By the order of the Jarl, we are going after that Dragon."

Hm? I know the situation was different from the game but just now… it took a totally different turn, didn't it?

"I've already ordered my men to muster near the main gate." Irileth replied and went to her business.

I was still trying to recover from the massive deviation that happened in the storyline, the Jarl is going out to fight the Dragon? This didn't happen in the game at all. He just sends Irileth, the player and some guards.

"There's no time to stand on ceremony, my friend. I need your help again. I want you to come with us and help fight this Dragon. You survived Helgen, so you have more experience with dragons than anyone else here."

This was all turning out different than what I expected. The Jarl is changing the game story. I had to understand what's going on here.

"Excuse me, Jarl Balgruuf. Are you really risking yourself going against the Dragon? Isn't it dangerous to go without a force to measure the situation first?" I asked.

"What in Oblivion are you talking about?" The Jarl looked at me with an offended face, "I am the Jarl of this hold and I just said it a minute ago, I won't stand idly by when a dragon comes to me home. We will chase the beast off." The Jarl replied in the most determined Nord tone I heard in years.

Somehow, his reply made perfect sense. You are the Jarl, you won't just send some ordinary guards, a Housecarl and some stranger to fight something that is threatening your city, right? ... right?

God! What were the game writers thinking?

"I should come along. I would very much like to see this dragon." Farengar jumped in.

"I can't risk both of you and Irileth on such a dangerous mission but in the legends of those who fought dragons, there was always a mage existing. We need our clever men on this one as well but keep a safe distance, Farengar."

"Yes, my Jarl. I will bring my apprentices along."

So even Farengar is tagging along. That also didn't happen in the game.

Just what caused this change to happen?

***

Everything happened so fast afterward. The Jarl led all the able-bodied men of Whiterun outside the city towards the western watchtower and all those who volunteered to follow were appreciated as well. While the Jarl and his men were readying themselves to go, he had to send a scouting team under the lead of Irileth to check out the tower without engaging. Jon was among that team.

The eastern watchtower was one hour away from the city on the road to Greymoor fort. The place was seriously ravaged by the Civil War and the tower was clearly damaged due to some battle.

Find authorized novels in Webnovel，faster updates, better experience，Please click www.webnovel.com for visiting.

The situation in Falkreath and Riverwood may haven't been like this but the plains of Whiterun were much different from the ones in the game now that Jon took a closer look. The lands were scorched and the grass was completely ravaged while the dirt was submerged with the strong scent of iron as if a river of blood had passed through here. More to that, there were a lot of broken swords and bent banners with a lot of ashen wooden structures and traces of the dead.

"Never seen a battle's leftovers before?" Irileth asked.

"I have… it is just… I hate wars." Jon replied.

"Good."

The scout party traveled past the decayed battlefields and arrived near the watchtower where they started seeing pillars of smoke rising to the skies. They hid in the shade of a boulder right away and started watching from a distance.

"No signs of any dragon right now, but it sure looks like he's been here." Irileth said and started organizing the roles on the guards. "We've got to figure out what happened. And if that dragon is still skulking around somewhere. Spread out and look for survivors. We need to know what we're dealing with. Adventurer, you follow me."

Jon and Irileth teamed up as they started advancing sneakily through the long grass around the tower. Jon thought it was useless since sneaking on a dragon isn't something even he can do since if a Dragon is on guard, it will use the [Aura Whisper] to reveal all the enemies yet Jon didn't voice his complaint.

In actuality, the Dragon in question was using the watchtower as bait for more humans to come. After all, that's what that dragon's name means.

The guards spread out and circled the tower until they found a way in unseen. Once the voices of survivors were heard from inside, Irileth and the others started to rush into the tower.

"Is everyone alright in here?" Irileth asked as she moved the rubble blocking the tower's door.

Inside the tower, there were some guards who looked pale from fear. Once they saw Irileth, they fell to panic.

"No! Get back! It's still here somewhere! Hroki and Tor just got grabbed when they tried to make a run for it!" A Guard shouted

"Guardsman! What happened here? Where's this dragon? Quickly now!" Irileth almost slapped the panicking guard.

"I don't know. We were just patrolling around the tower and out of nowhere, it descended on us." The guard replied.

"It breathed fire on us. Gods! It killed three men in a blink of an eye then grabbed two of the men like mice and flew away." Another said.

"It's terrible! We can't fight that. We need to escape." A third guard wanted to run out of the tower but Irileth punched him to the ground.

"Get yourself together, will you? And you call yourselves Nords?" Irileth was grumpier than her usual and her Aura oppressed the other guards to fall in order.

"You! Describe that Dragon. How large was it? Can arrows pierce it?" After lining up the men, she started to gather information from the survivors.

"It was undoubtedly large. I doubt that a normal sword switch can bother it." A guard replied.

"A sword swing? Damn thing kills without even landing. It was faster than any arrow I can shoot. We need strong warriors, better archers." Another continued.

"Let's hold our ground then. The Jarl will arrive with Whiterun's finest. We will deal with that Dragon." Irileth changed her intimidating voice into the source of hope those afraid guardsmen needed.

"The Jarl is coming?"

"By Ysmir we will live."

The guards were delighted hearing that there are more reinforcements but the mood couldn't even last a couple of seconds.

"Something in the sky!" A guard called from outside.

Immediately, a terrible voice shook the world.

"JOOR, BO LUFT ZEY! THURI DU HIN SIL KO SOVNGARDE!" (Mortals, come face me! My Lord will devour your souls in Sovngarde.)

A terrible presence overtook everything in the area. The hearts of everyone almost sunk to their feet Irileth and Jon included.

"He's here." Jon spoke and walked to the nearest arrowslit in the tower.

There, he saw the dragon that starts it all. A terrible enemy, a powerful foe and an unavoidable disaster.

The Loyal Strong Hunter, Mirmulnir. (Allegiance Strong Hunt)

———————————

• P4TRE0N:pat×reon.com/eldokhmesy (remove × )

• YouTube:youtube.com/channel/UCr7RT7NUojIRA0s7cjfrjDw

• Discord: discord.gg/gKcKva7

• Instagram: @don_dokhmesy

• Twitter:@eldokhmesy22

You are reading

Dragonborn Saga

ebook which is a free download at

wWw.EbookUpdates.Net

.

Download more ebooks for free at

Ebook Updates.Net

.

512 Dragon Rising 4

Many thanks for our new patron @Timothy Hesselink.

———————————

A Dragon descending on Whiterun, now that was a reason good enough for Alina not to choke the living ghost out of the woman who accompanied her husband for two years without her permission… a temporary reason as she gracefully added.

When the Jarl descended from his palace and stood under the Gildergreen tree calling the men of Whiterun to come and fight a Dragon, all the warriors of Whiterun came running. The opportunity to fight a Dragon, now that is what those crazed Nords call Honor. Fighting a Dragon and dying is a golden ticket for Sovngarde, fighting a Dragon and slaying it is a golden ticket to becoming a legend, even just participating in a fight against a Dragon is still a big deal. At this point, few could resist the temptation of glory.

"Sis, you're awfully silent." Jullanar spoke to Alina.

"… When Jon said there will be Dragons, everyone including me didn't want to believe… no, we were too afraid to believe that what he said is true. Now… look at how things unfold."

Alina seemed to be very depressed for the fact that everyone was in denial regarding Jon's warning.

"What of it?" Jull asked, "I told you Jon wasn't lying, he introduced me to a dragon once."

"…"

"You still think I am lying? Well, you know Jon can be a swindler, a trickster and…" Jull turned to Miranda eyeing her from top to bottom, "… and a little bit unfaithful but he still doesn't like lying. In fact, he considers strength to be telling the truth without minding anyone else."

"Yes, thank you. Can I now get some time to be jealous on my own?"

"Speaking of Jon… where is he?" Wulfur asked then turned to Isha and the Altmer twins.

"He said he'll be there once it starts but he left us with a very strict order… it only applies to the three of you as well." Isha said.

"Say it."

"He said to never interact with him during the Dragon Hunt in any direct way." Isha's words were sharp like a razor on Alina, Jullanar and Wulfur.

Alina and Jull became silent but Wulfur was obviously dissatisfied.

"Why on Nirn would he say such a thing?" He glared daggers at the three newcomers.

"Wulf… be quiet. Comply with Jon's plan." Alina said and ended the conversation before it attracts more attention. After all, the six of them were all together in the public gathering where Jarl Balgruuf was talking to the people.

"… and so, I won't be saying more than this. If a dragon attacks Whiterun, it won't look good for the people who can't fight or run this we should go for the Dragon before it comes to us. With the strength of our swords and arrows with the blessings of the Divines, we shall not fail our people. Kinsmen, time to draw glory!"

The Jarl finished his speech and led the men of Whiterun towards the main gate. It wasn't just an accidental call to hunt a dragon as on the way one could see the rapid preparations that were put into this call against the dragon. It seemed that Jarl Balgruuf had prepared for a siege beforehand and kept his armory ready. Crossbows, Enchanted Weapons, Ballistas, Magic and all the necessary preparations were all at arm's length.

The Companions joined as fast as they could and Aela walked with Alina and the others.

"You six are not at each other's throats? That's progress." She said.

"Temporarily." Alina added.

"Doesn't matter, I know where Jon is." Aela said.

The others were looking all around themselves but they didn't feel a hint of Jon.

"He's already ahead with the scouts. I ran into him this morning but he was strictly keeping his identity covered. What is he waiting for?"

"Wait! You ran into him?" Wulfur said angrily.

"Calm down, big guy. He said he has a plan that will require us to work together while he acts on his own, it is for the sake of everyone… or so he stated." Mirren said.

"Alright alright." Alina let go of all her unimportant feelings for the moment and spoke, "Jon is relying on us for something important so let's not mess it up. I'll be nagging Oblivion out of him later on but let's do what he says for now. Wulfur, don't get stubborn on us now."

Wulfur snorted as he seemed a bit angry at Jon for not showing up despite being around. It was safe to say that the ones that missed Jon the most were his wife and girlfriends but the one who was itching to meet Jon no matter what was Wulfur. The half a year alone, they stopped Wulfur from going after Jon like ten times already.

Missing out on the excitement was what Wulfur hated the most but this was all away once the Dragon Hunt party left Whiterun with the Jarl heading west, there, everyone could hear the sky rumbling with a terrible mighty roar.

The Dragon has descended on the tower.

***

A few miles ahead of the Dragon Hunt party, the scouting party was witnessing the terror of its lifetime.

"TAKE COVER!"

"IT'S IN THE SKY!"

The tower was akin to a bunker under being bombarded by modern cannons, each Fire Breath shout the Dragon sent from the sky were shaking the heaven and the earth in unison. It was clear that whoever was outside the tower had met their demise if the heavens weren't merciful.

"Tell your men to retreat. They are like sheep sent to slaughter." Jon said as he walked out of the watchtower.

"Don't just stand there. Find cover you fools and make every arrow count." Irileth pulled an injured guard in the tower as she started organizing what's left of the scouting party, there was a little to no hope in this situation but those men can't die pissing themselves if the hold is to survive a Dragon.

She looked through the tower's door to see Jon standing there looking up to the sky. There was not much to do inside the tower other than shooting arrows from the arrowslits or risking to go on its top so Irileth followed Jon outside. The scene out there can only be described as something worse than what she could even imagine. The land was burning and the rocks were melting, that which was touched by the dragon fire turned charred black. Such destruction can't even be caused by those at the apex of Pyromancy.

"Where is it?" Irileth asked.

Jon only pointed towards the rising smoke south of the tower where a lot of rubble could be seen. There, a titanic silhouette moved with the land shaking beneath it. Irileth turned pale as soon as she realized the situation.

For her, who is an extremely fast fighter, she can dodge a fire breath that comes from the sky and shoot back an arrow or a spell at the moving target but now that it is on land, the range of evasion became dreadfully tight and the dragon can just walk to them.

Her imagination refused to take her to the situation where this massive creature lands and starts wrecking the place physically. She could only tighten the grasp on her sword and summon a [Thunderbolt] spell on her left readying for a bitter fight.

On the other hand, Jon was carefully watching and calculating every move done by the Dragon. Jon knew Mirmulnir from his name, a Dragon loyal to Alduin's horde that lived for a very long time on the peaks of the Reach hiding and waiting while secretly hunting. The Hunt was this dragon's hobby and a hunter loves to see his prey struggling to outsmart its predator so Mirmulnir was silently playing the scouting party to death.

"Such a bad habit playing with food. Didn't Alduin tell you it's wrong?" Jon aimed his hand forward with a small pebble in his hand launching it with his thumb towards the dragon hidden behind the smoke.

The Dragon didn't react for a second but a strange thing happened.

*BOOM*

*ROOOAAAAR!*

"Bullseye!" Jon smirked widely.

The silhouette behind the smoke finally moved ahead and showed its night appearance, a Dragon walking on four limbs covered in bronze scales with two large horns on his head and other two minor horns behind them.

"DUZIIR JOOR! (Insolent Mortal!) I will feast on your flesh."

The Dragon's wrath was real and Jon was its target. Say what you want about Magic and Aura but once the Dragon shows its anger, the world starts to shiver.

"Yep, bad idea." Jon took Irileth by the shoulder and teleported away as their spot was engulfed by a stream of raging fires.

Irileth realized what happened and looked at Jon. He can teleport indeed but that doesn't matter now.

"What have you done to the dragon?" She asked.

"Pissed him off. Kinda my thing pissing others off. Let's split, the dragon will be after me."

Jon ran from the place he was hiding in and attracted the attention of the Dragon. A moment ago when he threw a pebble at Mirmulnir, he put a [Fire Rune] on that pebble and aimed it perfectly at the dragon's nostrils. It is obvious that a dragon won't get hurt by that but imagine someone punching your nose from the inside, pretty nasty.

Irileth signaled for the guards in the watchtower to start firing arrows at the dragon but nothing would take his attention from Jon other than vaporizing the flesh of that mortal.

"Coward Mortal, run or hide, I will find you!"

Jon was fully utilizing his parkour skills to evade all the Fire Breath shouts the dragon dishes out. Still at one moment, Mirmulnir stopped shouting all of a sudden. Jon stopped at his place to see what's going on and noticed something different about the shout Mirmulnir was using this time.

It was as if the dragon was murmuring something repeatedly, Jon couldn't tell what was that at the beginning but he soon analyzed the energy flow around the dragon and a cold shiver ran through his spine.

"Is it even possible to use shouts like that?" Jon froze at his place from the shock.

This was something he never thought would be possible through shouting. Jon, who thought himself to be a genius at the science of the Dragon Shouts was about to witness a whole new realm of using the Thu'um he never got to imagine in a mere videogame.

A Cluster of Stalked Shouts.

Find authorized novels in Webnovel，faster updates, better experience，Please click www.webnovel.com for visiting.

"YOL TOOR SHUL!"

The Dragon didn't just use a shout but he added an echo to it, an echo that can repeat the shout's effect. If a normal shout was a bullet, then what Jon is up against is a shotgun shell and only one thing was within his power.

Brace for impact.

***

Are you fucking kidding me?

*Cough* *Cough*

The fucking monster! He can make his echo into more shouts. What's next? A sniper shout? Nope… let's not jinx it.

I barely pulled myself out of this crater I was in. Damn! It almost snapped a rib in that explosion.

A shout that explodes… it is worse than what I thought. Dragons are scary, man! Shouldn't have pissed it off that much.

As I walked out staggering of that cloud of dust, I started hearing distant shouts from some direction that should be where the watchtower is. I was dizzy and my senses were jumbled after this explosion. Didn't feel this shitty in a long time.

"Dragon… I'm still alive, you flying scaly-ass lizard!"

No matter what, I can't let Mirmulnir kill anyone or this will be Sovngarde for them. Not the right time at the moment to be swallowed by the World Eater.

Sadly, the dragon didn't hear my insults and was bombarding the watchtower instead.

"Nefertiti… be my eyes."

"Alright."

I needed to see through the shadows with my senses this jumbled. I also needed to fight more seriously than this. I could equip some of the gear I have but going full-geared will be against the plan else my unique artifacts will be recognized instantly especially the Ebony Blade with Irileth around.

All I could bring now was a spear with a Glass head and an Illusion Curse enchantment. This will do.

Nefertiti was done possessing my eyes and I could see the world as if it was made of shadows, what's more interesting was how I saw the dragon Mirmulnir and could spot the magic flow in his wings.

Dragons use magic to fly. Their wings are big and strong but to reach the unreachable heights, Dragons use Magicka to fly better and I can see some of the energy channels in the wings. This is a great weakness for someone like me.

"Okay, motherfucker. You screwed me once, I screw you back… I know I started it but whatever… Now, let's flip your senses."

I had a great study of Illusions the past year to perfect my weakest school of magic and I've got to admit that I regret not learning Illusion until late, this school has some cool applications like this…

I launched the spear with the Illusion Curse but I added a rune on the spearhead to modify the effect just a little bit and with Nefertiti's aim assist, the spear struck the wing not strong enough to damage it but accurate enough to make contact with the energy channels and bring the Illusion Curse to it.

"Make a Barrel Roll, bitch."

It was said that the simplest spells can be the most effective and this was just a simple spell that disturbs the senses for a second. It makes up bottom and left right, you get the gist.

Mirmulnir, who was trying to fly up, flipped on its back and flipped his wings down.

*CRASH!*

*ROOOAAAAR*

The fucker crashed down like dumb chicken that can't fly. Serves him right.

"Mortal! What have you done to me?" Mirmulnir shouted angrily.

"Wyrm! I know people are supposed to fight your kind heroically or some nonsense but this raises a question, have you dragons ever been to a dirty brawl?" I replied.

"Faazrot! You fight with no honor!" The wyrm struggled up to fix his embarrassing posture and started calling me names.

"Honor? Find that with someone of your size, you asshole."

As I insulted him more, he was already shooting at me.

"YOL TOOR SHUL!"

"Not a chance!"

This time, I retaliated faster than letting him shout. Casting [Telekinesis] on a large rock under his head, I raised it as fast as I could to hit his lower chin.

Interrupting his shout was successful as it was diverted to the sky instead. Not wasting a second, I cast [Bound Warhammer] and charged at him with my Aura being channeled through the Secret Tattoos under my armor.

"TAKE THIS!"

I put my mightiest swing in a single attack and hit that head that is larger than me by two times. I could see the dragon's head turning around from the impact but that was it… it just turned around. My hands were numb from the attack but that fucker only reacted to the attack, nothing else… he was even looking down on me.

"My bad!"

I was about to politely explain things to him when his tail struck me out of my spot. It felt like being hit by a wrecking ball but the worst part was the crash that left a long trail on the ground.

"Joor! (Mortal) you are resilient but with no honor, I will kill you and offer your hide to Thuri (my Lord)."

Yeah, I shouldn't have downloaded that Talkative Dragons mod. Well, this guy has a glib mouth for a face that only his mother can love. I stood up and faced the arrogant Wyrm.

"I don't care about your Honor but I'll play dirty like it or not. You have messed with the wrong motherfucker, motherfucker!"

And that's how it started, Me vs Mirmulnir. A full-fledged Dragon with God knows what shouts and shouting methods under his sleeves against Yours Truly with all the accomplishments under my belt.

And from the horizon, an army coming from Whiterun to my aid.

———————————

• P4TRE0N: pat×reon.com/eldokhmesy (remove × )

• Discord: discord.gg/gKcKva7

• Instagram: @don_dokhmesy

• Twitter:@eldokhmesy22

You are reading

Dragonborn Saga

ebook which is a free download at

wWw.EbookUpdates.Net

.

Download more ebooks for free at

Ebook Updates.Net

.

513 Dragon Rising 5

I added a pic for the Realistic Dragon : Human size ratio on Instagram and Discord

Also, big thanks to our New Patron: @Kevin D Evans

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

"You see that? It's a dragon!"

"Divines protect us…"

Not all who came from Whiterun were expecting the Dragon's size in mind. That creature is simply a behemoth and hacking it with a sword suddenly seemed a bit of a challenge.

"Don't falter! If you don't want to call yourselves Nords anymore, then you can hide behind me." Yet a certain voice shook the men's body and core once it said those words.

Looking back, there was a red-dressed lady coming holding a staff and donning a sword.

"Lady Alina… of Winterhold?" One man recognized the lady who was one of the most famous individuals in both Winterhold and Kyne's Cult.

She walked ahead of the men followed by the six powerful individuals. Wulfur, Jullanar, Aela, Isha, Mirren and Miranda. She only stopped when she was near the Jarl and his men.

"Jarl Balgruuf."

"Lady Crimson Moon. I saw you at the gathering…"

"I was just visiting… it seems that you have a Dragon problem."

"Aye… that's a large beast."

The two looked ahead at the Dragon who was some distance away spewing his raging flames around without.

"What is it fighting? It doesn't seem to be attacking the tower." The Jarl said.

Alina's eyes glowed as she looked around the area and soon found the answer that made her heart beat uncontrollably.

"… Kyne! There is… someone fighting the Dragon. The guards are fortifying the tower. Let's hurry!" Alina said.

Someone was dumb enough to fight the dragon amidst those flames are either a fool or a fool but either way, he's a fool who kept the guardsmen from getting burned by serving as a distraction. The Jarl was appreciative enough to draw his sword and call for advancement to aid that warrior.

Alina knew that was Jon. The appearance was not Jon but if there is someone she can't see through his magic or predict his actions then that's Jon.

As the Jarl charged ahead with the men who were brave enough to run madly at a dragon, Alina turned and faced the other men.

"Cowards now, are you?" Alina said and faced the tower's direction, "Cower behind me if you must and none shall blame you. As for these fine ladies with me, we have a role to play. Come, sisters. The Dragon won't slay itself."

Alina's domineering words left those men in shame and trapped them between the horror of fighting a real Dragon and their survival instincts that screamed for them to get away. They don't have the talent to fight like those madmen that charged at a dragon and even those ladies following Alina were monsters on their own accord. Still, they stood their grounds looking for a way to participate in this fight.

"If you have nothing better to do, go man those Ballistas! Those who can run fast should get going and help the injured. Don't stand there like helpless ducks, MOVE!" Wulfur shouted at the remaining men and they started acting with his loud call. They ran to the nearby wagons and started unloading the weapons that were left behind.

"Hey, bro. Where are you going?" Wulfur called for Mirren.

"Hm? She said follow." Mirren pointed at Alina who was leading the others ahead.

"She said 'Ladies'." Wulfur corrected him.

"Oh! … sorry… I got confused!" Mirren apologetically put on an awkward front. He was still adapting after all.

"…"

Wulfur was a bit confused by Mirren but he started guiding the men to mount the ballistas. Meanwhile, Mirren was trying to decide whether to follow the ladies to fight the dragon or do what… It is kinda hard to feel his situation but he was having one.

As Wulfur organized the ballista team, he was joined by Mirren and diverted their attention to the battle.

Away from them, the situation was much more organized than anticipated. Jarl Balgruuf and his men didn't just run towards the dragon but formed multiple lines and teams. Each line had archers and each team had warriors.

"We are advancing. No matter what, that dragon can't go further north." Jarl Balgruuf shouted as he was joined by his protection detail.

The plan of this plan was not to kill the Dragon but to push it away. If that Dragon decided to attack the city of Whiterun, things will turn into tragedy.

"My Lord, should we fire?" A guard asked.

"No. Someone is fighting the dragon closeby. It must be Irileth, this woman. Tell her to retreat at once." Jarl Balgruuf replied.

"Yes, Jar…"

As the man was about to go ahead and try to call back whoever is fighting that dragon. Alina interfered.

"Jarl Balgruuf, your men can't get close to that area. I will attack the Dragon from here." She said.

"Hm… if that's an option, then let's go with it."

Alina took a deep breath and aimed her staff forward with a brilliant cold light shining from it.

"Give me power."

***

Blinding strokes of cold lights rushed from various angles at the dragon that was breathing his flames at me. As vicious as the flames were, as terrifying as the frost was. They both canceled another in a mysterious manner.

To have enough skill and quality to extinguish the dragonsfire is a remarkable feat for a mage that even I would find challenging but the clash just now gave off the cold nature of the Magicka that has a distinctive feeling to it.

Ah! I can recognize this anywhere.

My dear wifey.

Part of me can't help but to ignore this terrible beast ahead of me and just turn around to hug that woman that I love none like in the world, to let her scold and nag me for my misdeeds like she always does but… I am a terrible husband. Just why did she marry me?

I turned around to steal a glance and my heart skipped a beat… or maybe a few. Or maybe… maybe my heart has just departed from its place racing me to her… that dirty fucker of heart!

"YOL TOOR SHUL!"

Nevermind a Dragon Breath… oh! A Dragon Breath… I thought my temperature was rising because of Alina but apparently, I am burning.

Hmmm… burning?

"Help that man!"

"Hurry, he's on fire!"

I wonder why these people are covering me with some cloaks and carrying me away but it seems that something important is happening… I am not sure what…

"Healer! Lady, this man is injured."

Somehow, the image of Alina kept getting closer.

"He was engulfed by the dragonsfire. Divines! He's still breathing."

The men who carried me left me near Alina and ran off after more injured men. Still, I can't shake off the feeling that I forgot something important.

"He looks fine." Alina said as she took a glance at me.

"Hm?"

"Send him back to the Dragonsfire. He burns well." I'm not sure what she meant but her voice was soothing. Still, when she waved her hand, I was teleported back in the middle of the fray with a voice ringing in my head.

{Jon, if you hear this, then you must know that unless you deal with that Dragon, you are not eating pussy tonight. I'm confiscating all your girlfriends including that new Elf girl.}

Hmmm… something so merciless can only be said by Alina but now that she mentions a Dragon, I remembered what was happening.

Standing up, I saw a bunch of men going through the fires and the flames in a heated battle to fight a winged over-sized lizard.

"So, a Dragon for pussy. Sounds fair!" I ran forward ahead of the men and shouted, "Dragon! It's you and me, I'll kill you and claim your pussy… I mean your… Goddammit! Whatever it is, I am claiming it. Forfeit your Soul!"

***

Never minding how his ancestors were turning in their graves, Jon ran for the Dragon with a just cause fueling his momentum.

"YOL TOOR SHUL!"

"Your shout is really losing its effect."

Jon evaded the Fire Breath relying on some sort of mysterious footwork technique. He moved as if he was unhindered by the land pushing the world instead of being bound by its laws. The Gautfang Footwork was mysterious and accurate allowing Jon to effortlessly shake off a Dragon.

With a high leap, Jon crossed the boundaries and leaped over the field towards Mirmulnir with his hands not carrying a weapon but through his ring, an unnoticeable dark matter came out and entered his gauntlets, [Ahzidal's Evil Fists]. The fists transformed into a larger variant known as [Ahzidal's Titan Hands].

With those large fist swinging forward, Jon was but a meter away from the Dragon when he added his signature spell to the attack.

"Super Thunder Cookie!"

*KABOOM!*

It was a magnificent clash that stunned both the Dragon and Jon at the same time with the men surrounding the Dragon with their spears in wonder.

The Dragon was pushed back for the first time by that magnificent fist of the Nord Warrior. It was stunningly incredible. Even Alina was blushing as she understood Jon's suicidal move of Thunder-Cookieing the Dragon. After all, this was the very same spell Jon used when he met Alina for the first time five years ago when he was turning a Thalmor Justiciar into a bloody goo.

Jon glanced towards the blushing Alina trying to see her reaction to his move.

"You guys do love each other in the craziest of ways… and you call me mad?" Jullanar wondered, "Can we focus on the Dragon now?"

There was indeed that huge ass problem that Jon and Alina needed to focus on. A Dragon that was actually hurt from an attack just now. Alina interrupted his shout and now Jon punches his face then the two make out a pink atmosphere together in such a situation. Even the Dragon was fed up by letting those two pesky humans have their way.

"MUL NAH GAAR!" (Strong Fury Unleash)

Jon heard a shout he didn't know but all his attention was back on the dragon in less than a second, the Dragon was raging, angry and furious. With that shout, a sudden red shockwave was unleashed from the Dragon's boundary blasting everyone around away.

"Bastard!"

Jon couldn't withstand the Force and put his oversized gauntlets forward to protect himself. Alina teleported back with whoever close to her and anyone who had the skill to evade this power slipped away. Those who had no power or skill were blasted away, the ones that didn't die were in a bad shape.

This angry energy of the Dragon was harmful and could cause physical damage but that wasn't the purpose of it to begin with, the Dragon was going into a berserk mode.

"Shit! Fall back! Don't get hit by him." Jon realized that every action the Dragon took from this point is lethal even for an individual of his own caliber.

Mirmulnir swung his tail sweeping the land towards Jon and the latter started moving. With the Gautfang Footwork, Jon moved around the Dragon not away from him, if he did move away, those who are injured nearby will get caught in the attack.

"Don't let that warrior die! Shoot the Dragon!" Jarl Balgruuf ordered the archers and the warriors to hinder the Dragon right away to ease the heat of Jon.

Each Archer and Warrior following the Jarl were Aura Masters, reinforcing their arrows with the simplest Strength Aura was enough for the Dragon to feel like the sting of a hundred ants.

"MOTAG!" (Annoying!) Mirmulnir wanted to let out his rage on something so he switched target from Jon to the Warriors of Whiterun.

"Not a chance!" Jarl Balgruuf was standing in the way of the dragon with a sword, once the dragon was close enough, he stabbed his sword in the Earth and took a piece of the land up to black the Dragon's way.

"Nice!" Jon was in awe of the surprising martial power of Jarl Balgruuf but at the same time, he was attacking Mirmulnir from the side.

A devastating punch landed on the left side of the Dragon's head causing it to be enraged more than usual but the dragon didn't have time to retaliate. Wulfur landed another strong bash from the other side with a massive shield; Alina threw curses instead of normal spells to weaken the Dragon; Jullanar targeted one of Mirmulnir's eyes with a dagger even though she couldn't cause damage, the blade was laced with a Neurotoxin that made seeing through this eye painful; Aela was systematically shooting the joints of the Dragon's wings trying to injure him and create a weakness to rip his wing; Isha was appearing from nowhere and everywhere delivering a nasty sting then running to another location; Miranda and Mirren were assisting all the sides and covering all the shortcomings from all parties.

This was too systematic… it was planned… it was prepared. Mirmulnir couldn't understand why those powerful individuals appeared in rapid succession and fighting as a single unit. Usually, the Humans don't have that much expert gathered in one place unless it is an important site but this is just a watchtower in the wilderness of Whiterun.

Mirmulnir could overwhelm them at first as most of them were still adapting to fight a Dragon for the first time but this is way too strange. They were prepared for him just like those days of the Dragon War.

It can't be. It shouldn't be.

Alduin was in hiding and none of the other Dragons made contact with a human in the past 26 years. Oracles and Prophecies can't predict Dragons as the being who were created of Time itself but only the Elder Scrolls can, the thing is, even with Alduin's prophecy, the Dragons shouldn't be expected this much.

"Alduin must learn of this!" This was the thought that came to Mirmulnir's head but first, he must get rid of those dangerous individuals.

"TIID KLO UL!" (Time Sand Eternity)

"Shit!"

Jon understood the disaster that was about to fall. Mirmulnir just shouted the [Slow Time] shout!

"Dammit! Retrea…"

Jon wanted to warn the others but he barely shouted. Following him, none could react to the sudden speed and accuracy the Dragon gained all of a sudden. Mirmulnir's tail flung Jon away effortlessly. A boulder was tossed at Alina, Wulfur and Isha were crushed under the wing, Jullanar and Aela were rammed by the Dragon's movements, but lastly it was Miranda who was in danger. Mirmulnir opened his mouth intending to swallow her.

"Sister!"

Mirren immediately switched places with Miranda through their inborn talent.

"No!" She shouted trying to reverse the spell but he resisted.

The situation was grim!

Mirmulnir was not giving his all till now and that's the result of angering a Dragon. Jon was helplessly looking trying to move faster. Teleporting would take time to cast and charge and with his distance, it is faster to run.

He broke from his place like a loosened arrow to save Mirren but Mirmulnir was insisting on swallowing him. Jon had to go faster, his best bet was the Arcane Tattoo.

He reinforced the tattoo with the fastest energy, Magicka. His tattoos glowed in blue with the Nordic Tattoos illuminating his arms, neck, head, upper chest and upper back.

He moved one step.

Magicka wasn't enough so he had to switch to Aura. His Madness Aura was the easiest to muster after Magicka and so he added it. His tattoos glowed in vibrant green but it was not enough.

He moved another two steps.

With the Basic-grade Aura failing to boost him, Jon switched to the Advanced-grade Tyrannical Aura. It took a second to muster but it gave him an incredible boost. His tattoos glowed in red and his steps were faster.

He moved another four steps.

All of that was not enough. There were another ten steps between him and Mirren and less than two seconds so he was forced to use it. It had to come to that after all.

He didn't need to activate anything this time… he only needed to let it out. To make it free.

Find authorized novels in Webnovel，faster updates, better experience，Please click www.webnovel.com for visiting.

Jon's tattoos turned Black.

Vivid, Living, Ominous Black.

The Black that swallows all colors.

And he was right in front of the dragon opening his maws with his bare hands.

There was no one to believe this thing but it was true. When Mirmulnir attempted to swallow Mirren, Jon stood forward and opened the dragon's mouth with his bare hands. Even Mirmulnir felt powerless in front of whatever that was.

Wulfur jumped and grabbed Mirren away as Jon let go of the dragon's jaws. It was then when Mirmulnir and Jon met eye to eye.

Mirmulnir's Draconic Eyes shimmering with rage and lust for battle while Jon's eyes were back. Pitch Black with no white as if he was a demon. Even his teeth were darkening.

Nothing natural about the current Jon. Only Evil was in control as Jon showed a twisted smile that grew wider. Only inhuman monsters were fighting from this moment on.

———————————

• P4TRE0N:

pat×reon.com/eldokhmesy (remove × )

• YouTube:

youtube.com/channel/UCr7RT7NUojIRA0s7cjfrjDw

• Discord: discord.gg/gKcKva7

• Instagram: @don_dokhmesy

• Twitter:

@eldokhmesy22

You are reading

Dragonborn Saga

ebook which is a free download at

wWw.EbookUpdates.Net

.

Download more ebooks for free at

Ebook Updates(dot)Net

.

514 Dragon Rising 6

*A Year Ago*

Before all Creation, Fate was already sat in stone and all Worlds were to emerge from Chaos and fall to it then reemerge again for the final Apocalypse.

Chaos comes in many forms and through many ways but those forms all have one source. A source that influences the whole universe beyond what any Daedra or Aedra can achieve. The source of Padomay and the form that Sithis was shaped in its shadow and molded into its frame, the Heart of Chaos.

Be it Evil, Death, Famine or War; the Heart of Chaos thrives on all these four aspects of disaster thus it is as Twisted as Evil, as Eternal as Death, as Terrifying as Famine, and most importantly as Unavoidable as War.

Throughout the ages, a few souls dared to venture this deep into the place where the Creator left his creation into its most primal form not as Cloven Asunder as all the Heavens and the Earths. It was a Sea of Chaos that no matter where one looks, it is darkness over darkness. To survive, Jon had to go through a tough choice.

For an unknowable time as time wasn't a thing in the Nu (the Sea of Chaos), Jon held Nefertiti close to himself as a simple try to escape has already exhausted her fully. There was no Magicka for the two to rely on except what is left inside their souls which without, they die. Jon did his best to keep them from disintegrating by the Chaos but he soon exhausted himself.

He may have just defeated Mannimarco and cast him inside the Void but one thing is certain and clear, Jon may have upset the balance and for it he paid a price. He can only hope for a savior to extend a hand to him. But deep into this endless void where even Sithis is nothing but one of its many extensions, who can save Jon and how much should he endure?

There was no answering this question but thanks for all the time he spent learning and researching, Jon decided to do something a sane person would never do.

He can seal himself in his own time. With [Greed] nearby, Jon created a Shadow Cocoon, an instrument of Time Manipulation. There, Jon sealed himself and Nefertiti amidst all chaos waiting for anyone or anything to get him out. He never cared about the price he must pay even if it is some Chaos Infection, he only wanted out.

Little did he know the shocking secret that was waiting for him.

[A/n: that part was just to clarify how Jon got the Chaos Infection. Still, that story will continue later.]

***

*Present Day*

Just like anything in the world, Chaos can be harnessed and despite being one of the most difficult elements in creation, it is undoubtedly the most powerful thing that can be controlled. Those who can minimize the harm of Chaos are the ones who can benefit from it the most and that's where Jon comes in.

Thanks to the [Mystical Tattoos] that Beth drew on him, Jon could channel a portion of that Chaos Infection into the tattoo and the result was like nothing anyone can expect.

A man made of flesh and bone holding the maws of a Beast identified as a Dragon and forcing them wide open.

The Altmer who was about to be devoured by the Dragon was saved and still, the man kept holding the Dragon's maws from each other. Nothing looked half as manly in the eyes of those gasping Nords. Even the Dragon was having a hard time believing he was forced into this situation.

The standoff between the Man and the Dragon came to an end when the dragon's inner throat lit with fire as he was breathing out a stream of flame. This was a show of power from the dragon that didn't need to use his mouthparts to use the Thu'um.

Jon's eyes turned cold as he reversed the situation right away, instead of forcing the dragon's jaws open, he forced them shut by holding the Dragon's head down to an eye-to-eye level. The black tattoos looked more vivid on his arms as he exerted their ability to its full potential in controlling the Chaos Infection.

The Dragon quickly regained control as he started pulling his head back out of Jon's reach.

The stalemate this time was between two terrifying creatures that were admitted by the ones surrounding them to be monsters of a different league and the two were also taking each other at the center of their full attention.

"You are brave, bahlaan hokoron (worthy opponent). Your defeat shall bring me honor." Mirmulnir spoke.

"I'll stone you to death, motherfucker!"

Jon's reply was followed by a kick to the side of the dragon's face sending the whole creature backward in a furious state. Jon wanted to keep attacking but after one step towards the Dragon, he lost power in his body and fell on one knee. At the same time, the black tattoo faded away and the Chaos Infection was deactivated.

"No! Dammit." Jon felt frustrated as his Chaos Boost seemed to have ended.

{Master! Your body can't endure more. This is bad for your heart.} A telepathic signal came from Beth who was watching from a safe distance.

Jon felt his heart which was beating so hard that it would come out of his chest at this rate, he could tell that he overused his core this time.

The Core of one's life is the Heart where the most vital Energy Points exist. The Heart is the gateway between the Body and the Soul. In Jon's case, his Training was now involving his Heart refining it into a Spiritual Spark, the condensed core of one's years of training. Despite all that, the Chaos Infection targeted the Heart in all manners of attacks and sought out to possess Jon but only for his willpower and luck was he able to survive and with the Mystical Tattoos he can even benefit from the Chaos parasite but as all powers, it comes with a price.

Utilizing the Chaos Infection would do him a lot of pain equal to what he causes. It is not a solid principal but the energy he spends through the Chaos is as troublesome as swallowing an egg through his nose. Still, it gives an overwhelming power enough to put injuries on a Dragon.

"He gets weaker after using that. Switch with him!" Mirren spoke to Wulfur as the latter was taking him away.

"You can't be serious!" Wulfur exclaimed.

He couldn't understand the reason behind that terrifying power but he sure felt it was unnatural and dark… darker than anything Jon used before but now as Jon was in trouble, he had to act.

"YOL TOOR SHUL!"

Mirmulnir gave another searing breath with his pride hurt of Jon's kick but before the flames could reach the retreating Jon, a large lump of metal got between Jon and the Fire Breath. A majestic and towering shield adorned with enchanted Rubies held by one man standing strong to face the Dragon's ire.

"Vognun, pusojur!" (Disappear, insects!)

The Dragon's Fire could melt any metal in the world thus not any ordinary iron was to be used against those Dragons but Wulfur's Shield was no ordinary shield. Each one of the red rubies was an artifact of a terrifying might that can withstand the heaviest of magical blows. All these rubies were put on a pattern of an Enchantment Rune fortifying it even further to create a Shield fit for withstanding a Dragon's attack.

The craftsmanship left Jon himself in awe but he was surprised more by the man holding the shield and facing him.

"Wulf?"

"Jon."

The look on Wulfur's face was firm for a couple of seconds until he almost lost control over his shield.

"Shit! That's hot."

Jon sprung up and held the large shield with Wulfur as the two were being showered by the Dragon's breath.

"You Asshole! You said you don't want us to interact with you?" Wulfur shoved Jon with his elbow.

"Ouch! Sorry!"

"And what's with the face you're wearing. You think we can't recognize you just because you look like that?"

"I said sorry! And no, it is not like that."

"Asshole!"

"You bastard, hold your shield tight."

Jon took enough of Wulfur's upset attitude and gave him the shield to control. Meanwhile, he called out his Magicka and dual casted a Lightning Spell into the ground. Two lines of light appeared on the ground and traveled through it around Wulfur towards the Dragon from the two sides. Once they took enough distance, two streaks of Lightning came out at the Dragon's eyes from both sides.

"Vik!" (Damnation!)

Mirmulnir shrieked in pain as he was too invested in attacking Jon not realizing the dirty sneak attack Jon prepared. At that time, Mirmulnir started rampaging around to not get sneaked on by Jon. It was a chaotic situation but the warriors of Whiterun were handling it carefully.

Meanwhile, Jon and Wulfur appeared behind the Watchtower catching their breath as one rested on his knees while the other on the tower.

Jon looked up to see Wulfur's pained expressions after withstanding the dragon for that long, he smiled cheekily at Wulfur and the latter opened his eyes while looking at Jon with a tired face.

"Heh!" Jon gave off a short laugh.

Wulfur showed an upset face as he looked down only for his shoulders to start shaking.

"Hahaha!"

The two started laughing hysterically holding one another.

"Fucker! It has been two years."

"Two fucking years and you come back with a Dragon! Hahaha! You twisted bastard."

"Yeah… heard you're a dad now."

"You heard right. I became a daddy before you."

"Asshole! Who do you think your daddy is?"

"… Nice comeback but the world is burning over there."

"Yeah… that's one big lizard with a severe case of inflammation."

Find authorized novels in Webnovel，faster updates, better experience，Please click www.webnovel.com for visiting.

"Very funny but jokes aside, how are you going to handle this?" Wulfur asked.

Jon was wrecking his brain over the current problem. The Dragon indeed has some unthinkable high firepower but that isn't the current problem, Jon can handle any kind of assault. The problem here was the Dragon's defensive power which was very troublesome. Any attack from those ones Jon dished out during the fight would turn a normal person to pieces but this dragon was simply too durable. Even Jon's magic couldn't blind him.

"I don't want to use my flashy stuff right at the get-go but I think I can kill this Dragon as soon as it is held down." Jon said.

"Held down? You can do that?" Wulfur asked.

"Me? Nope." Jon replied with a solemn face then smiled all of a sudden, "But I have a plan. Wanna see the new trick I learned?"

***

Tragedies and deaths were the current theme of Skyrim since the start of the Civil War earlier this year so the appearance of a Dragon marked an unwelcomed source of more death and destruction.

As brave and hardy the men were, it would be of great loss to see all those Warriors dying to this senseless fire breathing beast. Jarl Balgruuf solely believed in that and thankfully, many of the people around were level headed individuals who saw the horrors of the current war and wished to avoid the loss of life. If they died now then no one will defend Whiterun and all the women and children over there.

"Bring down this beast! Don't let it fly."

Hrongar shouted as he threw a hocked chain at the dragon's wings trying to entangle it through the soft scales of the wings only to find it almost impossible to hack. Frustrating as it was, the Warriors could only rely on the mages to limit the movements of the Dragon at the moment.

*ROAR*

Mirmulnir was still enraged by Jon's spell that hit his eyes and stopped breathing fire, instead, he started trying to devour some of those warriors or hurt them with his wings and tail.

The tail attack would sweep through those warriors and flatten the weak of them but before he could turn and have his sick way with them, they get teleported away by someone.

To Mirmulnir, this was one of the most frustrating fights he ever had. Not only his opponents are absurdly strong but also absurdly resourceful. They were unable to harm him but they minimized his damage to a shaming degree. He may have killed ten or so warriors since the start but if it continues at this terrible pace, he would be shamed and become the laughingstock of the other Dov.

"Hi klav pah fen dir, STRUN BAH QO!" (You ants all shall die, STORM WRATH LIGHTNING!)

Enraged, Mirmulnir let out a terrifying shout. This was not a hunt anymore but Mirmulnir wanted to overkill those insolent prey that rudely resisted him for too long thus he called for a Storm to smite them down.

Not just an ordinary Thu'um but officially the most terrifying one known to date, a shout that shifts the weather in the middle of a cloudless summer day bringing the dreadful thunder.

The sky darkened with clouds of ire and rumbled with a drumming thunder ringing in the ears of those who heard it. This was a terrible disaster about to come at them. The first few rumbles were without lightning but with the magic taking its effect, a bolt of bright lightning flashed in the sky.

"Kyne! Hear my plea!"

As the men lowered their heads cowering from certain doom, one young woman stood her ground ahead of the lines facing the anger of the sky. She raised her staff and voiced out a prayer that defied the thunder. To her presence, the flashing lightning fell away from the crowd.

Alina was the Child of Kyne, the true Daughter of the Storm. No storm harms her and with her plea, Mirmulnir lost control of the storm that is now in the hands of Kyne.

*ROAR*

Mirmulnir was now more frustrated than ever. It was too insulting for a Dragon to get his Thu'um interrupted for the second time. It was the time to put pride aside and spam all the Thu'um he can at the moment.

"YOL TOOR…"

*BOOM*

"Surprise, motherfucker!"

This was more surprising than the Dragon's storm just now, a boulder came flying and exploded at the Dragon's face.

Mirmulnir rolled his eyes realizing that the other annoying person from a while.ago has returned so he turned to Jon and released the Thu'um he successfully maintained.

"… SHUL!"

"Bastard! That's cheating." Jon didn't face the Fire Breath and turned to run as soon as he could.

"Another one!"

*BOOM*

Another Boulder came flying out of nowhere and struck the Dragon right on the head. Mirmulnir stopped his Fire Breath and faced Wulfur in a second.

Wulfur froze in his place and pointed at Jon.

"His idea!"

Mirmulnir turned to Jon only to…

*BOOM*

"That's the third one in a row. Sure you are a dragon?" Jon said.

"Joor, you are doome…"

*BOOM*

"… Meow!" Nefertiti licked her paws at a safe distance.

*Swoosh*

Mirmulnir intercepted the coming boulder and avoided it.

"Ha! You won't hit me again." Mirmulnir spread his wings flinging away the boulder.

"Damn! So you can use your head after all! And here I was going to call you Meymulnir." (Mey = Fool)

"Joor, I'll devour your flesh and send your soul to my Lord. I'll hunt every last o…"

"NOW!"

With Mirmulnir staying still to threaten Jon long enough, it gave the chance for the mages on Whiterun's side to evoke enough spell and keep them on hold. With that done, a barrage of Spells landed on Mirmulnir from all corners.

*ROAR!*

Enraged, the Dragon spread his wings to free himself from the dirty trap he fell into and with one flap, a strong wind pressure blew the mages and sent a wave of rubble at them.

"Warriors, protect the Mages! Mages, reinforce the Warriors. Archers, buy them time." Alina coped with the chaotic situation in a second and started reorganizing the forces all by herself.

"This is amazing! It's exciting how the Dragon can do all these moves." On the other hand, one mage walked off the formation and wanted to inspect the Dragon real close not minding the grim situation.

"Master Farengar, please come back." A Nord Mage called for the obsessed man.

"Shut up! We need to get any sample we can get… Whoa! Jarl Balgruuf, why are you carrying?"

"For Ysmir's sake! Get back, you fool."

The united front stood solid facing the Dragon to limit his movements while the strong heroes kept dealing damage to him. Stoning the dragon seemed fun but risky, yet it was getting the job done for some reason.

{What is the plan?} Alina asked on a telepathic signal.

{Hello, please keep doing what you're doing. Master is acting accordingly.} Beth replied to her.

{Who… what is this? Is there a child on our signal?} Jullanar wondered.

{I am Beth, this is Master's signal. Who are you?}

{Beth?}

{Master?}

A sudden misunderstanding happened on Jon's personal telepathic frequency that of course was heard by everyone on the signal.

{Dragon now, introduction later.} Isha didn't realize the situation and continued.

{Alright, the plan is to corner the Dragon beside the tower. Keep up the pressure.} Beth conveyed the plan.

{I will see to it… Bombardment!"

The mages started shooting all their Magic in a frenzied manner, with such heavy blows, the dragon was indeed retreating where Alina wanted.

Jon and Wulfur didn't spare the Dragon from the flying boulders. It was akin to a couple of living catapults holding boulders a few times their size and tossing them around.

At last, the Dragon was finally trapped at the base of the tower. The reason why Mirmulnir wasn't flying was the heavy resistance from the ground, he is invincible as long as he protects himself but if he received those attacks while taking off to fly, it may turn deadly to him. One of the weak points of dragons is the moment they take off as they become exposed.

Yet with his back to the tower, Mirmulnir couldn't imagine himself disadvantaged as it is even better to fight this way without any sneak attack coming at him. This was his thoughts until he heard that sound.

*Crackle* *Crackle* *Crackle*

The crackling sound of metallic objects colliding wasn't truly unpleasant unless those objects were chains. From above, Mirmulnir saw a man jumping off the tower with two long chains extending to that tower.

The man moved across the air as if he was flying and landed ahead of Mirmulnir then turned to him while everyone else thought, "That is his plan?"

Jon turned to Mirmulnir with a wide smile that was turning sadistic.

"I call this one, Castle Breaker!"

With his legs taking a firm a firm stance, his butt cheeks hardening, his back muscling, his shoulders intensifying, his chest broadening and his arms bulging. Jon took a bit of the chains and around his hands and took a wide step back pulling.

Many failed to understand at first including Mirmulnir but who would have thought that a Dragon tilting his head would be cute. (Only Jon though so by the way)

It was a mass revelation when the current sound was heard.

*Crack* *Crack* *Crack*

The warriors and mages looked up at the tower with pale faces while Mirmulnir turned back.

"Human… you…"

"Told you… I'll stone you to death, motherfucker!"

———————————

• P4TRE0N:

pat×reon.com/eldokhmesy (remove × )

• YouTube:

youtube.com/channel/UCr7RT7NUojIRA0s7cjfrjDw

• Discord: discord.gg/gKcKva7

• Instagram: @don_dokhmesy

• Twitter:

@eldokhmesy22

You are reading

Dragonborn Saga

ebook which is a free download at

wWw.EbookUpdates.Net

.

Download more ebooks for free at

wWw.EbookUpdates.Net

.

515 Dragon Rising 7

[A/n: I'll be adding a pic for the Realistic Dragon : Human size ratio on Instagram and Discord]

~~~~~~~~~~

Castle Breaker! A new Legend was born in Whiterun that day when the culprit of the whole mess pulled down the watchtower on the head of the Dragon. It was simply a spectacle to behold.

Regardless of anything else, all covered their heads fearing the raining rubble of the falling tower. With a cloud of dust blocking the view, the warriors of Whiterun kept their feet ready to either run forward or backward.

Alina wasn't waiting for the results to appear with the cloud of dust settling so she moved her hand causing a gust of wind to push away the dust. With that, the scene appeared vivid and clear.

Jon was standing with two long chains extending from his gauntlets to a large pile of rubble where an unimaginable scene was witnessed. The Dragon, that terrorized the people for an hour straight, was buried under the rubble with barely his wings and tail visible.

Who would have thought? Who could have imagined?

"The Beast is slain!" Someone shouted.

With this cry. All woke up from their daze.

"By Shor!"

"Is this real? I can't believe it!"

It was too Incredible to believe right away. A man… just a single man managed to pull down the tower on the head of the Dragon, killing it in the most unexpected way.

"The Dragon… it is dead."

"We made it."

"Its claws. Its claws took my son! I claim the Dragon Claws!"

"I will bathe in the blood of a Dragon tonight."

"Its heart is mine! With it, I'll rename my clan Dragon-Heart."

"I want the eyes!"

As soon as the state of disbelief was over, another state followed. No one wanted to see such a scene but seeing the corpse of the Dragon, all wanted the same thing. A Piece of the Dragon, a Piece of Glory.

All people were crazed about the Dragon before even licking their wounds. Everything about the Dragon was simply a treasure, even the Court Wizard of Whiterun, Farengar, was screaming like a madman wanting to take all the Dragon for research.

The bizarre situation left some people in shock as it left others in disbelief.

"What kind of bullshit is this? Jon is the one who slew the Dragon. Why would…" Jullanar was angrily retorting but Alina covered her mouth.

Isha stood away from the ground holding a small pebble and tossed it away to hit Wulfur's armor.

"What was that?" Wulfur asked.

"My faith in humanity." She said.

"All of you, quiet!" Alina shut them up.

All looked at her seeing seriousness in her eyes.

"What's wrong?" Wulfur asked.

"All those who step ahead of Jon in the next few seconds will die a miserable death."

Alina prophesied something that left the others in a state of confusion. Still, her words were accurate and clear as ever.

Those people who were moved by Greed ran towards the Dragon with their swords and axes wanting to cut a piece of the beast. They didn't mind Jon who was standing still while his expressions couldn't be read. Once they arrived at the ruble and started climbing it, their whole world of blunder started to shake metaphorically and in actuality.

The Dragon is still alive and oh boy, he is far from being defeated.

"Joor, hi rahgot zey!" (Mortals, you anger me!)

The supposedly dead Dragon came to life even though hindered by the rubble, it spoke another shout.

"FUS RO DAH!"

The tower that crumbled on the head of Mirmulnir became the demise of those greedy ones that wished to loot the Dragon. Thankfully the fools weren't many but the fools were dead from the impact of the Unrelenting Force. They were beyond help in all cases.

Jon finally moved from his frozen stance by following the Dragon's with his head as the latter rose with all its might about to unleash his wrath at the humans who fought him so annoyingly.

Mirmulnir was more than just annoyed, he was frustrated and his scales were carrying many injuries from that tower that fell on his head. Killing those greedy individuals was a refreshing turn but the true hunt was in that big game standing face to face with him.

"Joor, you tried your best. You fought with both honor and dishonor yet you can't kill me! You are not strong enough. It is your turn to be hunted now."

"Do your worst." Jon's reply came as swift as a challenge.

Jon knew. He could tell that Mirmulnir was bluffing, both of them were tired. The Dragon in front of him may have been a creature that lived through eras and centuries without withering or dying but that doesn't mean it is eternal. Even for a Dragon, there was a limit.

On the other hand, Jon was not only tired but also hiding some of his cards. On the Martial side, Jon didn't hold back at all but on the Magic side, Jon's identity will be exposed once he starts using his signature spells. Let alone the signature spells, few could match his skill at magic and his disguise may be seen through. On top of all that, he can't simply use the Thu'um in his first fight against a Dragon and for a good reason.

So far, he has to stick to his plan.

Unfortunately, this wasn't going to be easy as Mirmulnir wasn't going to let it be. He is now hell-bent on hunting down Jon even if it is the last thing he'd ever do. Yet with Jon's skills and power, Mirmulnir had to play dirty too.

When someone wants to hunt a strong foe, one must lay a trap. In this situation, the trap was over there across the plains, the treasure of those warriors and mages who came in a horde to earnestly defend.

Whiterun City.

"Joor, if you want to keep fighting, let's take this elsewhere?" Mirmulnir moved his wings and rose in the air towards Whiterun.

"Bastard! Who's playing dirty now?" Jon was infuriated but little could do in the situation.

Everyone else realized what was going to happen and almost panicked.

"Stop it. Shoot down the Dragon, hurry!" Jarl Balgruuf panicked seeing where the Dragon was intending to go.

Jon and everyone else started racing the Dragon to the east hoping to hinder him before he gets the chance to unleash his fires on Whiterun. That when Alina gave a signal.

"The men in the back. Shoot the Ballistas. Now!"

Her voice was heard clear and strong across the plain as if it was carried by the wind itself. Once it reached those in the back, they started preparing the heavy artillery around them. Meanwhile, Mirmulnir took the chance to descend on the retreating men burning and swallowing whoever he sees toying with the weak mortals.

"You truly are scum."

Jon couldn't tolerate any more death and finally let go of a strong Lightning bolt that hit the Dragon with a mighty blast. Mirmulnir roared in agonizing pain but he was aiming for the moment when Jon attacked him.

As the one famed for being a Hunter among the Dragons, Mirmulnir was not a direct fighter but rather a chaser and a trapper. He would hunt rather than fight and the biggest game in this field is undoubtedly Jon. That's why when Jon proved to be a resilient prey, Mirmulnir started attacking the other humans to push Jon out of his guard and lure him into a trap.

There, when Jon decreased the distance between himself and Mirmulnir, the latter was not actually focusing on anything except Jon. With Jon this close, Mirmulnir moved his tail in an unseeable speed striking Jon in a split of a second.

"Shit!"

Jon felt as if his bones were breaking apart but he soon adapted with the situation and didn't resist the attack. He rather teleported himself on the other side of Mirmulnir and landed a full-force [Thunder Cookie].

*ROAR*

It was too painful that Mirmulnir almost felt the damage deep inside his body. Thus was an unprecedented danger level that he didn't expect to suffer but the plan was to go on with, not to stop right now. Mirmulnir shook off the clingy Jon and took off one more time towards Whiterun without stopping.

"Now!" Alina shouted and terrifying mechanical sounds started sounding by as the large war machines at the back were all shooting at Mirmulnir.

"WULD NAH KEST!" (Whirlwind Fury Tempest)

Mirmulnir perceived the danger of those man-made killing machines and shouted the [Whirlwind Sprint] midair avoiding most of the Ballista Bolts. Still, he suffered a bit of damage.

"Again!" Alina shouted but Mirmulnir towards her.

"YOL TOOR SHUL!"

"WULD NAH KEST!"

Two shouts sounded almost at the same time, the first was Mirmulnir breathing fire at Alina and the latter was Alina escaping him.

'A Thu'um Master? In this day and age?' Mirmulnir was dumbfounded when Alina used the Whirlwind Sprint to avoid him.

Not only was she a Voice Master but she seemed as annoyingly powerful as that persisting Warrior. She avoided him and kept shooting spells as powerful as that man's punches. This was leaving him no more option but he kept dragging east and now that the Ballista line was not able to attack him, he can freely descend on Whiterun.

With Mirmulnir breaking away, Jon and the others seemed frustrated as they failed in almost every attempt to stop the flying brute. It was frustratingly hard just to scratch his scales.

"This can't keep going. We must stop the Dragon or else Whiterun will suffer innumerable casualties." Alina said as she broke the silence and spoke directly to Jon.

Jon sighed with a tired face and looked towards the Dragon thinking of something. He then looked behind him and saw the warriors of Whiterun broken in a sorry state.

This has to end.

"Isha… your Spear." Jon said.

Isha silently passed the [Spear of Bitter Mercy] at Jon who took it and stored it in the Cube. He then looked at Wulfur.

"Can you still launch people?" Jon asked.

"Oh! How far?" Wulfur asked back.

"That far." Jon pointed towards the Dragon.

"… Bastard!" Wulfur exclaimed looking between Jon and the Dragon then reluctantly nodded.

"Send me then."

Jon said and Wulfur carried his large metal shield up.

"Let's not waste time then."

With a mutual understanding, the two nodded and started running forward.

"You'll owe me a shield, you hear me?" Wulfur said.

"I'll bring you the bestest shield you'll ever carry."

With wide strides, the two were already ahead of the group chasing the dragon with the speed of galloping horses. Jon could indeed fly but he'll never be as fast as a Dragon, he needed the right boost for the coming launch and Wulfur was the right guy.

Wulfur had learned a unique technique that uses Shields as weapons but sacrifices all the protection they provide. This technique would cause an explosion with a violent blast that can literally make anyone on its other side fly for a fair distance. Actually, Wulfur has learned this technique by observing the Giants launching people to space and here it came.

As Jon and Wulfur gained enough momentum, Jon sped forward and Wulfur struck him from behind. The next thing seen was a human transcending the speed any human being was ever tossed at.

Wulfur was holding a broken spear with a pale face while Jon's were widened from the shock.

Jon moved towards the dragon in a straight line not controlling his flight one bit. He tried to remember how he was struck from his running speed to this level of madness but all he remembers was the sight of the world widening then stretching and finally the image of the dragon was getting larger in his sight.

"WOOOOOOOOOOOAH!"

This was beyond anything he has ever done. Getting himself blasted towards a Dragon by a giant technique used by Wulfur… this was getting too awesome even for him. The excitement gave him a sense of life as he screamed his lungs out while being a couple of seconds away from the Dragon.

Mirmulnir felt it as well. This was the most vivid hint of Danger a Dragon ever felt when he caught a glimpse of the flying maniac chasing him. Jon's appearance was terrifying in all sense as he resembled a flying arrow with his head forward and his smile visible.

Mirmulnir knew this was bad, waiting for Jon to hit him is seriously inadvisable while shouting him will take time. He had to evade at all costs.

Indeed, Mirmulnir managed to tilt aside with Jon uncontrollably charging forward. At the moment of the supposed clash, Jon didn't even bother trying to chase the Dragon. That was not the plan anyway. Instead, it was to ambush him forward.

Jon passed Mirmulnir like a loosened arrow and the Dragon fixed his destination forward once again but he saw a tiny string of metal extending to the upper limit of his sight and an uncomfortable feeling on one of his horns.

Looking forward, it was Jon throwing one of [Ahzidal's Titan Hands] again. Mirmulnir realized his blunder when Jon was raising the other hand and it was glowing with bright lightning. This time, Jon added a bit of chaos to the mix making the Mystical Tattoos on his arms appear in black.

"Sucker Cookie!"

*KWAAANG!*

The speed of Jon's flying grip pulling him towards Mirmulnir with the Dragon heading straight forward, the sound of the clash was as terrifying as it appeared. The Dragon Hunt party, the City Guards on the wall, the brave citizens who volunteered to defend their homes, the team of Winterhold, the team of the Labours, the Companions of Jorrvaskr, the Jarl and his men, even the ones who were there by mistake, all those people saw an image that was engraved in their minds for ages to come.

A man flying with a bright fist towards a dragon that charged forward all in the sky and the blinding spectacle of the clash making the bright sky of day darkens in its glamour. In that instant, the whole situation flipped and the Dragon was on the losing side. The punch sent the dragon's head in the wrong direction with the dragon himself being forced out of his trajectory backward with the punch.

It was too glorious that the men who saw it felt a massive rush of male hormones from the sight of it. Just like how Jon forced the Dragon's mouth open, his punch was another symbol of manliness to those Nords.

"HAAAAA!"

The glorious scene was enough for them to cheer madly but that didn't last long, Jon had one more trick to spare under his sleeves.

With Mirmulnir bent backward, Jon had to prevent him from fixing his position or making a comeback so he moved towards the back of the dragon's neck, chained it well then cast [Gravity Rune] on himself.

A Dragon would naturally resist this spell but as he didn't resist it, he became unexpectedly heavy for Mirmulnir to balance and the fall happened.

*THUD*

Mirmulnir was just brought down by an RKO.

A massive fall shook the world as the men, women and animals inside and outside Whiterun felt the very impact under their feet and some even tumbled from the shockwave that passed through the ground. This tiny earthquake caused by a falling Dragon may have had a strong impact on the people but the Dragon in question was greatly harmed.

Physical wounds are hard to inflict on a Dragon but this fall caused a strong inner injury that may have caused a fracture somewhere inside Mirmulnir, a welcome change to a certain Jon who managed to evade getting crushed under the dragon with a timely maneuver.

However, unlike the last time when Jon brought down the tower on Mirmulnir, none thought of anything silly or greedy. The dragon is clearly still alive but no matter what they do, none would be able to kill him. Actually, they are now scared.

Scared of the Dragon.

Scared of the Man who is standing in front of the Dragon.

Scared of what will happen next between the Man and the Dragon.

Meanwhile, Jon and Mirmulnir faced one another in an epic image of a man holding the broken Dragon with a chain in one hand and a long spear in the other hand. Mirmulnir was lying on his side trying to recover from the stun but was still l

Keeping both eyes on Jon.

"Mun (Human)… you finally fought with honor."

All of a sudden, Mirmulnir spoke but his voice wasn't loud or anything. It was weakened because of the damage that was done to his neck and only Jon could hear him.

"Zu'u fun hi wah siiv zin voth aanwo do hin raaz." (I remember telling you to find honor with someone of your size.) Jon replied back in Dovahzul, the Dragon Tongue. It came both as a shock and a surprise to Mirmulnir.

[A/n: the following conversation is going to be in the Dovahzul but I'll just write it English.]

"Mortal, so you can talk? You hid your power well."

"It was your arrogance that brought your demise, Mirmulnir. You thought no one out there is able enough to bring you down… to kill you."

"Heh! Hehehe! Now you are arrogant. Killing me is fruitless. I have long since paid tribute to my Lord. Once a tribute is paid, my Lord will bring me back and the others will keep challenging the Man powerful enough to defeat me."

"I am indeed arrogant but you are still way over your head. Alduin can reverse time and return the dead Dragons but there is always a Limit. Just like Shor to Auri-El, I am the Limit."

Jon was done talking and now hunting. Mirmulnir wanted to retreat but the [Spear of Bitter Mercy] was there to claim lives. With one overpowered stab, Jon pierced the soft spot on Mirmulnir's neck twisting the grip as the tip sinks in the Dragon's flesh.

Mirmulnir was… was… wasn't he ready?

It was a strange feeling nonetheless… getting killed… by a mere mortal.

How could he describe getting killed? It was hard to say. Mirmulnir was always a smart one even among his kind. He wasn't reckless or anything like today, after all, he is one of the few that survived in the wild for almost 4000 years. Today was just the day when he intended to celebrate Alduin's return with a glorious hunt.

But to be put down during his celebration, this was too embarrassing. Even when Alduin comes to revive him, there will be a lot of scolding.

To dragons, normal death is just slumber and with another Dragon powerful enough to bring them back, this wouldn't be a big problem aside from the price they have to pay to the dragon that revived them.

Still, this feeling of shame was soon replaced by strange emotions… feelings that didn't belong to Mirmulnir.

He felt those strange emotions that were mostly not his. There was a strong hint of admiration rather than the familiar self-pride, an unrecognized feeling of sadness and regret. Ideas of ancient majestic beings, Deities that were once worshipped, witnesses to all the events of recorded and unrecorded history. These thoughts surely referred to Dragons but weren't how the Dragon's thought of themselves… at least not Mirmulnir.

The surprise was that these emotions are that if the man killing him. But how could Mirmulnir feel what Jon was feeling?

Both Jon and Mirmulnir were experiencing something beyond them, seeing through one another beyond any wall, beyond the comfortable and uncomfortable, beyond what is all unnecessary directly at what matters.

The Dragon's perspective of seeing things where Truth and Power are equals and the same. The Mortal's perspective of seeing things where every tiny factor had an impact on the insignificant yet important lives they lived.

Aside from the differences, the similarities were more striking than anyone dared to admit. The Love, the Hate, the Fear, the Courage, the Thrill, the Boredom, the Wisdom, the Foolishness.

In one second, the two experienced each other of what they truly are beyond the barriers of privacy, awkwardness or self. Just two fragile tiny beings being pushed around by the unrelenting waves of the bigger scheme of things.

There was no need to exchange any words in this second that was elongated to feel like an age but one thing is certain, as all things, it is coming to an end.

Here, Mirmulnir understood the reason for the strange phenomenon. None of the Dragons he knew ever spoke of this but if he experienced such a state of empathic linkage, such a drive to submission, such a taste of mortality; this means that he is more than just going to a Slumber Death. Now that he thinks of it, this feeling was rarely spoken of by the Dragons of the higher ranks.

"No…"

It was that… the Taboo among the Dov… the unwritten role, the unspoken code, the hearable prayer. The one thing Dragons feel injustice towards.

The feeling when a Dragon kills Another.

"… Dovahkiin!"

———————————

• P4TRE0N:pat×reon.com/eldokhmesy (remove × )

• YouTube:youtube.com/channel/UCr7RT7NUojIRA0s7cjfrjDw

• Discord: discord.gg/gKcKva7

• Instagram: @don_dokhmesy

• Twitter:@eldokhmesy22

Find authorized novels in Webnovel，faster updates, better experience，Please click www.webnovel.com for visiting.

You are reading

Dragonborn Saga

ebook which is a free download at

wWw.EbookUpdates.Net

.

Download more ebooks for free at

Ebook Updates . Net

.

516 Identity Incognita

A/n: I read some annoyed (annoying) comments upset about Jon deceiving people with this Identity Coverage. Well, congratulations! you just earned yourself two more chapter of juicy political explanations.

Have... fun! 😈😈

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

Jarl Balgruuf the Greater, the Ruler of Whiterun and the Defender of the Domain, opened his eyes with the rays of the sun driving the sleep away. He woke up with a heavy head, tired eyes and a beaten body seeing the woman on the other side of his bed that was mostly the culprit of his current unbalance of senses.

*Sigh*

Just how much did he sigh those last few days. Even yesterday was a day that broke the record for him.

"Woman, wake up. Get my garments. It is almost noon already. Tsk! The Old Knocker got you or something?" Balgruuf spoke, waking up his wife.

"Hmmm… he'll get you before he gets me. Your things are ready. Just leave me alone." She replied as harshly as he called for her.

Old couples were friendly in most cases but as soon as age hits a certain point, they keep teasing each other with death jokes from time to time like how Balgruuf mentioned the Old Knocker, aka the Grim Reaper.

"Just wake up already, the family should come along when I receive Thane Jonhild. The man has like fifty women following him or something."

"You old leecher, go and I'll follow you already. Quit looking at women or I'll gouge your eyes out."

Jarl Balgruuf was chased out of his room by his wife. Even though the couple had it well last night, all good things were bound to never last. The Jarl walked off after carelessly putting on a new set of ornate raiments, those ones from last night should be reeking with booze.

Thinking of last night never gave Jarl Balgruuf any peace of mind. They slew a Dragon and that man absorbed the Dragon's Soul.

A Dragonborn… Jon Dare is a Dragonborn… as if he needs more excuses to power up. Just what kind of a ticking bomb was sleeping over in the Jarl's Guesthouse?

Soon, everyone in Skyrim… no, everyone in the Empire will flock to see that Dragonborn and curry favor with him. Some will even try to drag him in their political drama and use him as leverage but that won't be a tiny tad possible. Why? Because no one will ever know the identity of the Dragonborn that Jarl Balgruuf was entrusted with.

It all happened from that moment when that terrible Dragon screamed its last breath with two words.

"No…

***

"… Dovahkiin!"

A thousand men or more witnessed the fall of the Dragon Mirmulnir and we're dropping their jaws from the wild phenomenon that wasn't witnessed in centuries. Oblivion! It was barely witnessed even in the fables of old.

A man slaying a Dragon and taking his Soul.

Let alone the absurdity, let alone the logic, let alone anything else, a man slew a Dragon and gained its power. The Divines must be playing some sick joke in these dark times of distress and war.

But no, that wasn't a divine joke but something of a blessing and a slap, the simpleton commoners would celebrate the birth of a Hero but the calculative powerhouses would reorganize their cards all over again. A Dragonborn appearing in this day and age to kill a Dragon means that history is about to be written.

But who is that?

Who is the man standing over the body of a Dragon with his back to the crowd and his face so… so ordinary and easily forgettable. They just needed one look, not the calculative powerhouses but also the simpleton commoners. They just wanted to see his face and engrave it in this memory no matter how ordinary that man's face is.

But to no avail. They walked towards him from all corners wishing to greet him, venerate him, recognize him. Still, the events unfolding were faster than them.

The Dragon's Soul was being absorbed, people could see fine strands of power flowing from the dead Dragon to that Man but as soon as they got closer, everything started glowing. They thought that the man was absorbing the soul at first but it seemed that it was only the beginning. The Dragon's carcass glowed and started turning into light… and disintegrating.

"Divines!"

That Dragon, the mysterious beast with terrifying powers whose scales were unbreakable and wings were broad and proud started turning into waves of light that flowed into the body of the man.

What was left was… a mere skeleton.

There were a lot of emotions fighting each other here. On one hand, there was a legendary Hero from the Prophecies, on another, there goes the priceless carcass of the Dragon that everyone was keeping in mind all the time.

But the bones, they should be good, right? If absorbing the Dragon's Soul meant that it is impossible to recover its carcass then there is nothing to do with it, at least the bones are fabled to be better than any known metal… but hold on a second, here goes the bones as well.

Well, now that's absurd! If a Dragon kills another, then the dead Dragon loses his soul and becomes a skeleton. But why has the skeleton disappeared just now?

The answer is simply, it is obvious that the Devil is in the details or rather… he is just standing right over there taking the huge skeletal remains in the Cube making it as if the Bones disappear as well.

{Well played, Master!}

In the Cube, Beth was receiving the gigantic skeletal remains with a huge jump as she touched it in wonder. Still, Jon didn't answer her, he was busy at the moment.

It was hard to focus, too hard to control. If Beth didn't remind him to take the Dragon's Skeleton just now, he may have remained in his daze but it was only getting stronger. Jon was losing control altogether.

The Sin Artifacts, the Mystical Tattoos, the Chaos Infection, even Nefertiti in his shadow. It was all going into madness.

It was because of none other than the Dragon's Soul.

What power! What energy! What vigor!

The Dragon Soul was too powerful as it is. Too overwhelming and full of power. Even Jon lost all the confidence he had to handle such a thing. His body was bathed in pain. Not a bad pain but another kind of pain, a pain he is very familiar with.

The pain of absorbing Power and Knowledge.

The Dragon Soul was more than just the Life Energy of a Dragon but a Piece of an Aedra, a Divine Fragment of one of the Eight Pillars of the Mundus.

Dragons, Dragonborns, Akatosh the Dragon, Auri-El the Eagle, Alkosh the Cat, Alduin the World Eater. These are all faces of the same coin. The Aka (The Time) broke into fragments for the sake of creating the Beginning (Auri-El), the Present (Akatosh & Alkosh), the End (Alduin) with Dragons and Dragonborns between those bigger fragments.

Think of it as a large piece of mirror that broke into big pieces and small pieces. The big pieces are the Auri-El, Akatosh, Alkosh and Alduin while the smaller ones are the Dragons and the Dragonborns.

Unlike the Dragons who are natural small fragments, the Dragonborns were fragments created by Akatosh for the sake of gathering the Dragon Souls and returning them to the bigger pieces. The Dragons live forever as they are immune to the effect of aging so Akatosh exploited the Mortality of the Humans to create the Dragonborns that can absorb the Dragon Souls upon killing them and once those mortal humans die, Akatosh gets to reclaim all the Dragon Souls and the Time becomes more stable causing the existence of the Kalpa to be prolonged.

[A/N: the Kalpa is a Time-Loop which keeps resetting the World from the End of the Dawn Era to whenever Alduin eats the world.]

Even though Alduin has the role to come later and devour the Time of the World to end the Kalpa, it was necessary to cull down the numbers of the Dragons by returning them to Akatosh and ensure the continuation of the Present.

That is all there is to it.

That is the Role of a Dragonborn.

Jon knew so from the start but what he understood through absorbing the Soul of Mirmulnir felt like more of a magnificent knowledge and endless enlightenment. These wild flashes of memory were all over the place but Jon and the System were madly organizing them too fast. That's why Jon wasn't focusing on his surroundings one bit.

"If you want me to gather those Dragon Souls so I hand them over to you once I die, at least let me exploit all this power. I promise to abuse it to the best of my ability." Jon thought as he started dismantling the Dragon Soul on the spot.

Assimilating its Knowledge, understanding its Magnitude, using every part of it to maximize the reward. Jon was having something incredible in his hands this time. If he refines the Energy of that Dragon Soul, who knows how much power and benefits he will get. Before, he estimated it would take him another hundred years to reach the Apex of his Method of Training but he just chipped four years of intensive training and effort in one go.

It is not yet perfect but in theory, there are many things he can do with the Dragon Soul but at the time, he was focusing on something else. Something that was Awakening inside him filling him with life and power. Something he knew that it was inside him the moment he reincarnated but it started to show itself now. Capabilities beyond the realm of man, endless possibilities and overpowered strength.

< New Blessing Received! >

< [Blessing of Akatosh: Dragonborn] >

< [Blessing of Akatosh] absorbs the [Blessing of the Dragon Guardian] >

< [Blessing of the Dragon Guardian: Ashen Flame] evolves into [Blessing of Akatosh: Dragonsfire] >

< [Blessing of the Dragon Guardian: Dragon Affinity] evolves into [Blessing of Akatosh: Inner Dragon] >

If absorbing a Dragon Soul awakened his dormant Dragon Soul then that was just the beginning. Once the Dragon Soul awakened, everything started to change according to it. The old scars on his Human Soul, the bottlenecks he struggled with, the Energy Channels he painstakingly cultivated, the Energy Center where his Magicka is stored, the Astral Access, the Eternal Flesh, the Soul Spark.

Jon experienced all the power a Dragon can muster and even saw beyond what he can do. It was by no means something easy to grasp yet he did grasp it. His hard-work all those years was being Rewarded as his Dragon Soul awakened to fit his experience and his hardened body.

For a moment there, he saw a glimpse of the true power that moves this universe and gives it purpose. It was a beautiful feeling, an Awakening he never thought to experience but once it ended, Jon felt bitter as he wanted to experience it one more time yet alas, it will never be possible to experience such a Harmony twice.

And Jon opened his eyes.

Back to reality, back to the presence.

How could such a couple of seconds equal this much feeling? He wondered.

Not much has passed, no one got closer to him yet. He just stored the Dragon's Skeleton away a moment ago and just started tapping into the power of Mirmulnir when his own Dragonborn Soul was Awakening.

He is no longer a mortal now, no longer a human.

He is a Dragonborn.

Jon smiled. He saw the various system messages coming to him. He saw the Blessing of Akatosh with its overwhelming power. He kept smiling as he inspected himself further.

Dragonborn!

Dragonsfire!

Inner Dragon!

"Just what did that Akatosh add without my permission? My ultra-cool Ashen Flame? My Dragon Affinity that allows me to speak with Cats? My Carefully Cultivated Soul? Dammit! I need to study myself for a month to fully understand all that?"

That was true? Who said a new power always brought sweet things. There seemed to be a lot of sorting out. Strong Powers require more time to perfect and Jon stall has no idea what he's up against.

More to that, he can use a new Aura.

The first Aura he used was the Mad Aura, the second was the Tyrant Aura. They were Basic and Advanced Auras respectively. Now, he is entering the final stage of the Art of the Battle Spirit, the Manifested Aura.

Jon was not ready to use it yet. He hid his Aura thanks to the Mystical Tattoos but the Manifestation of the Battle Spirit is something like a signature move. He can't use it at the moment.

Right now, he needs to go to someplace secluded and start studying but… this was not the time. People were approaching him from every corner.

Find authorized novels in Webnovel，faster updates, better experience，Please click www.webnovel.com for visiting.

The first person to arrive was some warrior that participated in the battle, once he got close to Jon, he screamed madly.

"I… I can't believe it… you are… you are a Dragonborn?!"

Jon knew this line very well. He almost wanted to laugh but he held it. He wanted to turn and face the warrior but as soon as his foot moved from the ground, it hit something light. Jon wasn't bothered but he subconsciously looked towards what that was and all of a sudden, he almost lost his mind in one go.

It was a helm.

Just an iron helm, the kind of headgear made in Skyrim with a low level of craftsmanship that doesn't even resist rust.

But this helm was unique. It didn't look like anything a Craftsman would make for a warrior but seemed more like a ceremonial helm. The thing is… that helm had horns and looked exactly like the Iron Helm from the game. That helm that the Dragonborn wears on the game's poster.

Even if Jon wasn't a believer in Fate, this would have been too good to be a coincidence.

This is a sign and one he can't ignore.

The Helm of the Dragonborn was right at his feet, Jon lowered himself down, picked it up and stood back again while dusting it off, it seemed to have fallen from some warrior while fighting the Dragon.

Jon held it right to his head and put it on. It was a perfect match that covered his face well. It made him confident. He finally turned around and faced the warrior with a smile.

"Kinsman! What's a Dragonborn?"

***

And that concludes it! I am a Dragonborn.

It was safe to say that nothing went like the game from the moment the Jarl decided to go fight the Dragon. Actually, things are much more logical this way but whatever. I feel better.

"Good morning!"

"Good morning."

It was the second morning in Whiterun and my life was just perfect. Everything I hoped for is here.

"My wife, my beautiful wife."

"Stop it, will I?"

"No, I'm too happy to stop."

"Hmmm~ then keep going."

I am back between the arms of the one I love, that alone is a blessing I can't possibly deny.

My wife just moved away the curtains for the sunlight to Illuminate the room and I pulled her back in bed. I have two years worth of hunger to fulfill.

"God, I missed you." I said as I tried to undo her robe.

"I missed you too." She said as she took my hands off the robe and pushed them back.

Her face was close to mine as she was about to take the initiative and come closer for a kiss but as we were getting closer to each other, a third party decided to participate. All of a sudden, Jullanar's face was between ours.

"Psycho!"

"You two won't get to action without me." Jull said trying to get between us.

"Tsk! You insolent girl, I remember saying Jon is all mine this month." Alina jumped off me and held Jullanar down on the bed and started catfighting.

Last night, Alina chased away Jullanar, Aela and Miranda off the room and even sealed it on us but Jullanar managed to sneak in and the three of us had a wonderful night. It seemed that by the morning, Alina was pissed at Jull for sneaking in.

Seeing the fair and calm wife of mine turn childish and jump over Jull like this, I feel like I missed more than just two years. Still, maybe we made a mess of the Jarl's Guesthouse after we stayed the night here. I feel like this poor furniture won't withstand two raging girls fighting their hearts out.

I smiled as I looked away with my head returning to the deep thoughts that were bothering me.

"Hey, we'll do it or what?" Alina's voice interrupted my thoughts and I returned to them.

I could see the two girls over each other with their sleeping robes almost undone as the two were upon each other.

"Threesome it is then?" I asked.

"You bet! We're tired of being together for the last two years." Alina replied.

"I've heard about that from Aela. It seems that my beautiful wife has taken my two girlfriends as hers the time I wasn't around." I said as I approached them.

"Fufufu! You can't just leave two beautiful maidens and your ultra-gorgeous wife alone without expecting some girl on girl action." Alina replied.

"And we even have a lot of plans for you." Jull continued.

"Hehehe! I can't help but think of all those evil things we'll do together."

As I said so, the two girls pushed me back and hopped on me.

"You'll have to wait until we go home then. Psycho and I are having something special in mind." Alina tempted me more.

It was nice to get my head off things and keep myself excited about what sort of erotic dungeon has the two constructed in our basement… well, knowing the two, it is possible. While my head was sandwiched between two pairs of soft breasts I returned to my personal heaven ignoring the shit storm that was pouring outside because of what I did yesterday.

***

*Yesterday*

Frankly speaking, Jon was plotting for this day ever since he reincarnated. Everything was going according to plan.

Once he absorbed the Dragon's Soul heroically and put on the Iron Helm of the Dragonborn. The people around him started turning crazy.

A Dragonborn walking among them. That was the breaking news that was literally breaking everything.

How will the Jarls react?

How will the Empire react?

How will the war get affected?

Just as Jon was afraid, everything was turning to him.

The Nords were scary when it came to belief, everyone knew that the Dragon is an incarnation of Ysmir, also known as Ysmir Wulfharth, the most epic hero of all Nord heroes, a Shezzarine and the Nordic version of Talos. With that under his belt, things were bound to turn Chaotic wherever he goes.

Annoyingly, Jon can't let anyone know that the man they all revere as the Dragonborn is actually Jon Dare, the maniac Thane of Winterhold. The political Drama that will follow may cause an awful backlash on the economy and the political standing of Winterhold or maybe Skyrim. The plan which he made with High King Torygg would go to waste at that rate.

Still, this was just one of the reasons why Jon hid his identity. The other major reason is Winterhold in General.

The Dragons are not mindless lizards with wings. They are cunning, dangerous and absolutely manipulative. If his identity is known and his power is feared by the Dragons, they will directly attack Winterhold and he can't just handle them alone. Truth be told, he barely handled one Dragon.

Those two reasons were just the beginning of a long list. Also… wouldn't it be cool if Jon revealed his identity at the right time when he can gain the most priceless reactions to it?

Anyway, none of this meant that his identity would be an absolute secret. Some associates need to know and that includes a good friend of his, the Jarl of Whiterun, Balgruuf the Greater.

"DOOOVAAAAHKIIIIIIIIIN!"

And those guys as well.

"I can't believe it. I am hearing right?"

"It is the calling of the Greybeards… this has only happened in Legends!"

"By the Eight, Balgruuf. Let us speak with the Dragonborn. Move aside. I am Olfrid, Patron of the great clan Battle-Born. A name I'm sure you know well."

"Humph! Move aside Battle-Born. The Grey-Manes are the best smiths Skyrim has known. I am Vignar and my brother Eurlond runs Skyforge."

"Big Challenges, Real Solutions. Time to join the Empire."

"Make Skyrim Great Again!"

And let's just say that Jon's fears were way off the mark. They were already about to carry him each to his faction. With Nefertiti feeling agitated in his shadow, Jon started praying that another Dragon would spawn nearby and rid him of this mess but he got the next best thing.

"Alright, Lords and Ladies. We can't trouble the man much longer." Wulfur set the crowd apart with his massive physique intimidating all those annoying people, "Jarl Balgruuf, I am sure you were about to lead us to your keep, right? Can't leave your guest standing here."

"That's right… Kinsmen, we can't stay here longer. I'll throw a banquet at the honor of the Dragonborn here so make sure you all attend. Until then! Guards, clear us a way."

Jarl Balgruuf controlled the scene thanks to Wulfur and the remaining guards split into two teams. One that takes care of the aftermath while the other was to escort the Jarl and the Dragonborn back to Dragonsreach. The Nords were complaining but one can't deal with all those crazy fanatics at the same time without suffering from. brainrot along the way.

The situation in Whiterun was chaotic. Actually, every major city in Skyrim heard the call of the Greybeards. It was said that the thundering sound reached south until the Jerall mountains. A power that reminded everyone who the Greybeards truly are. As Whiterun was the city that heard it the clearest, the streets of the city were already littered with people who wanted to know what was happening.

Thankfully, the Jarl's men were swift enough to reach Dragonsreach without delay. There, Wulfur and Jon along with the rest of the others were all there. Jon was still in disguise refusing to remove the Helm off his head.

The Jarl took a deep breath and held a goblet of wine pouring it down his dry throat. His armor was scratched and bloody due to the fight and his appearance looked as if he had been through hell. Actually, that can be said for all even Jon.

With everyone picking a seat to rest on, the Jarl found his way to his throne and sat down exhausted. He looked at Jon and spoke.

"May the Gods watch over your path my friend! You have done Whiterun a service I can never ignore. I don't know how to reward you for this but if you be so kind and let us have a look to memorize your face and record your name, we will prepare a handsome gift worthy of your honor as Dragonborn." The Jarl said.

Jon felt troubled about showing his face but thankfully, someone had to intervene.

"A Dragonborn? What is that?" Proventus, the Jarl's Steward asked.

"You don't know?" Hrongar, the Jarl's brother joined the conversation, "In the old tales, the Dragonborn heroes would use the power of their Voice to defeat the enemies of Skyrim. Wulfharth was Dragonborn. Talos of Atmora as well."

"Hrongar, calm yourself. What does any of this Nord nonsense have to do with our friend here? Capable as he may be, I don't see any signs of him/her being this, what, 'Dragonborn.'" Proventus faced the Hrongar's excitement with skepticism.

"Nord nonsense?! You puffed-up ignorant! These are our sacred traditions that go back to the founding of the First Empire!" Hrongar should at Proventus aggressively.

"Hrongar. Don't be so hard on Avenicci." The Jarl had to stop the two from arguing.

It seemed the court of Whiterun can't have enough discord even with the Ebony Blade taken away from here.

"I meant no disrespect, of course. It's just that… I don't understand the situation! What's with that Dragon showing up and what do these Greybeards want with him?" Proventus asked.

"That's not our business. The Greybeards have called and answering them is a tremendous honor and an obligatory duty." Jarl Balgruuf concluded the talk about here.

As an Agent for the Imperials, Proventus would always try to understand Jarl Balgruuf's plans and report them to the Empire. With the appearance of the Dragon, the whole political situation was bound to be disturbed. Even a small pawn like Proventus could figure out the value that the Empire will put on the Dragonborn.

Still, something was exceedingly bothering everyone, Jon was still keeping a silent protocol and refusing to take the Helm off. Also, the people of Winterhold seemed to have been the only outsiders present in the court for some reason. Still, luck was smiling on Jon today as Irileth came running into the court.

"Jarl Balgruuf… my Lord. We have a situation." She said.

"What's it, woman? Don't run around when you're injured." Balgruuf jumped off his seat when Irileth walked in. She was supposed to be present but she was injured in the fight and had to rest in the barracks but something must have happened.

"The Clan Heads, the Imperial emissary, the Stormcloak… Everyone is at our door seeking audience. Even that clown Nazeem!" She said.

"…" Jarl Balgruuf wanted to curse out loud but he controlled himself.

Of course with the presence of the Dragonborn and away from the commoners, all the big forces will flock like birds of prey and he can't hold them out much longer. This was a bit out of his hand but thankfully, the Dragonborn seemed as stubborn as any Nord and kept his face hidden under the Helm.

Jarl Balgruuf didn't want to deal with all those troublesome people but this was out of his hands. He can only allow them in.

"Show them in… and keep Naseem out for all what's it's worth!" He said.

"Yes… my Lord." Irileth wasn't comfortable with the situation either but they were out of options.

Currently, there is a Dragonborn with an unknown identity and everyone is just going mad about him. Who knows what this man is capable of? Will he be swayed by politicians or will he be used to do the dirty work of the others? Such answers were indeed putting a lot of pressure on Jarl Balgruuf but the situation at hand was terribly unstable and he has to make sure nothing goes wrong. All he knows is that the Dragonborn was nothing but a mercenary who worked for… for…

The Jarl sank in deep thoughts instantly.

"Wait… could it be…"

Associating that man's name with anything is exceedingly uncomfortable but if Jon Dare had prior knowledge that this man is a Dragonborn and he sent him here in this time on purpose… this explains a lot.

More to that… the people of Winterhold were present in the court and during the fight. This is no coincidence.

Jarl Balgruuf looked towards the doors of his hall as the men flowed causing a lot of noise all wishing to speak with the Dragonborn and get to know him. Jarl Balgruuf paid them no heed and kept looking towards the doors of his hall with patience, making a small bet with fate.

"Could it be…" he thought of the possibility that soon started to turn into a reality in the most bizarre of scenes.

The sudden mess, the unexpected ruckus and most importantly, the cool entrance. The man who can send the most powerful figures in Skyrim early to bed.

He was walking in stealing all the spotlight off the Dragonborn that was supposed to be the savior of the day. Not only was he coming in but his sight made the guards run from his way… maybe due to the Minotaur that was following him… but that didn't matter. It is still him.

But still there is more. It can't be him if he didn't say something exceedingly cool.

"That's a lot of ugly faces gathered in one place. Let the most handsome young man in the world grace you with his presence." He said.

The Jarl stood off his seat not noticing the Dragonborn who was covering his face from the punchline that went completely off-script.

"It's really him!" The Jarl said.

While in fact that was Mirren on the Transformation Potion, Jon has successfully made sure that both his identity and that of the Dragonborn remain separate until he decides otherwise. Yet of course, the fun part (politics) is finally about to start.

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

I hope you're all staying home quarantined reading novels and playing games or even studying! Let's take this chance to pray for the world to be a better and loving place where everyone share toilet paper and hygiene products with love and reason. also no wars and other shit but we've to be realistic while praying. May God bless you all.

———————————

• P4TRE0N:pat×reon.com/eldokhmesy (remove × )

• YouTube:youtube.com/channel/UCr7RT7NUojIRA0s7cjfrjDw

• Discord: discord.gg/gKcKva7

• Instagram: @don_dokhmesy

• Twitter:@eldokhmesy22

You are reading

Dragonborn Saga

ebook which is a free download at

wWw.EbookUpdates.Net

.

Download more ebooks for free at

wWw.EbookUpdates.Net

.

517 The Man, the Myth, the Fucking Legend

Thanks for our newest Patron @James French.

———————————

A few comprehended the sudden appearance of Jon Dare and took a while to realize the situation that was absurdly unfolding into all the wrong directions.

Jon Dare, safe to say the most infamous person in Skyrim right after Ulfric Stormcloak, is gracing them with his terrible and unwanted presence. Two years ago, this young man was the center of all attention from the houses of politics to the taverns to the gatherings of mages and scholars but most importantly in the Imperial Court.

Jon Dare the Man, the Myth, and the fucking Legend.

Jon Dare the Man started his career in the Arena of Skyrim as the Junior Champion of the High King's Tournament for year 4E 196. Following his winning, he took his reward and became someone important in Winterhold rebuilding the hold from dust. None could have known that the poorest hold in Skyrim would dig out unimaginable riches in the hands of Jon Dare. This caused many to be jealous yet alas, Jon was already too powerful to contain. This and that happened and later Jon Dare was found out to be the Cursed Child of Clan Firemane, a child that was judged to be killed before he was even born, a child whose parents have gone through unimaginable lengths to fake his death for 18 years. Now that he was found alive, the enemies of his clan went out seeking his head to the point where they joined hands with the Thalmor and marched to Neo Saarthal, the city that Jon Dare reconstructed after 4000 years of its destruction. The result was the utter defeat of the allied clans and the death of 10 Thalmor Arch Wizards who were leading it. A massive uproar was bound to hit Skyrim because of that but Jon chose to avoid it and agreed with High King Torygg to be banished from the realm for as long as King Torygg lives. He then disappeared for two years.

Jon Dare the Myth was much more fearsome than the ones that are known. He is the Labourer of Azura, the Champion of both Azura and Boethiah and the Nephew of Sheogorath. These titles were all associated with a Mercenary that wears a Dragon Priest Mask and calls himself Krilon, little did anyone know that Krilon means Dare in the Dovahzul.

Jon Dare the Legend turned out to be a Dragonborn but the man himself argues that his legend is his handsomeness and bedroom prowess. The thing is… many would agree.

Jon Dare, or the one pretending to be Jon Dare, walked inside the hall of Jarl Balgruuf smiling and acting high and mighty. This seemed like a Jon Dare in a good mood unlike the Jon Dare who starts spouting Thu'um whenever someone angers him.

"Jarl Balgruuf, I salute you."

"Thane Jonhild… we are not seeing things, are we?" Jarl Balgruuf had to verify his sanity to prepare himself for whatever absurdity that may come by out of literal nowhere.

"Indeed, it is I, Jonhild Firemane. You can call me Jon… *whispering to Jax* I mean, what kind of a stupid name is Jonhild anyway?" The Pretender said as he barged in with the best impression of Jon he could muster.

Jon, the real Jon, covered his face regretting that he let Mirren play the role. He could have just asked Wulfur but sadly, Wulfur's disappearance would cause questions.

"Hahaha! This is grand! Thane Jonhild himself after two years shows up in my hall. Please, be my guest for the day." Jarl Balgruuf stood up greeting Jon.

"Thank you, it is my honor." Mirren in Jon's appearance walked in with Jax following him. Beside the 3 meters tall Jax was the 12 years old Beth who was wearing a long robe covering herself completely.

Mirren turned to Alina and the rest of Winterhold team then acted as if he was greeting the family with Alina glaring death at him. He painfully acted according to her glares and joined the Jarl later on.

Meanwhile, there was an uproar with Jon's appearance. Those who brought gifts to the Dragonborn to sway him to their friendship felt threatened by the appearance of Jon. This walking bank of a man can't just appear at the same time a Dragonborn appears, there is no way it is a coincidence! Utterly impossible!

Regardless of Jon's motive, those politicians had one mutual thought in mind and that is to never let Jon Dare be friendly with the Dragonborn. Both the Stormcloak and the Imperial agents hidden within the crowd of the flocking visitors would spare anything to never let this happen.

If there is a Dragonborn then this is the only equalizer to the freak of nature that is Jon Dare.

Those people started polishing their honeyed words and dusting off their treasured coffers to try anything they can to sway the Dragonborn but who would have thought that the next words of Jarl Balgruuf would make them feel like puking blood.

"Join us, Thane Jonhild. I have already met your protégé here."

Protégé? Just why was the Jarl saying that to Jon Dare while pointing at the Dragonborn? This is an absolutely uncomfortable thing to hear and they wanted to unhear it if they could but it didn't feel possible anymore.

What is the relationship between Jon Dare and the Dragonborn? They all almost felt like their heads were burning from the thought.

"Indeed, I was supposed to meet him at Helgen but as I crossed the Pale pass two days ago, I saw a great pillar of smoke rising to the sky. Following its source, I saw Helgen being eaten by a terrible Flame…" The pretender regretfully said.

"It was already too late." The Jarl continued in a heavy tone.

"It was a tragedy. I tried to help any way I could but there was too much death."

"It is regrettable indeed. May those who passed away with bravery in their hearts be united in Sovngarde."

"Amen!"

The voices of two great men dominated the hall as they had their conversation. The pretender has imitated Jon's behavior to almost perfection and said all he would say.

"Speaking of Dragons, I sent my friend here to recover something for me that is related to a Prophecy of Dragons but what are those rumors I heard on the streets?" The pretender asked.

"Oh! Whatever you have heard, it must be great. The Dragonborn walks among us." The Jarl replied.

"Truly?" The pretender looked at the Dragonborn acting as if shocked then continued, "Congratulations, my friend. I knew there was something special about you."

"Thank you." The Dragonborn replied to the Pretender.

All the others who were watching tried to get a hint from the conversation but the nature of their relationship was still unclear.

"How do you know one another?" The Jarl asked.

"We've met in Morrowind and traveled for some time. I hired him to do a lot of excavations for me while I was doing some extensive research here and there." The pretender said.

"Oh! So you're his employer." One of the attendants asked.

"Sponsor is the right term." The pretender replied.

A Sponsor and a Protégé. That's the image that was delivered on purpose. A relationship of mutual benefit and tact business, it was something a real Jon Dare would do. Yet this is better than the worst cases those people prepared themselves for, if the Empire or the powerful Secret Societies put their weight on it, they can turn the Dragonborn against Jon Dare with enough leverage. Jon Dare is wealthy for sure but even his wealth has its limits.

It was true, Jon didn't want himself to be pressured in any case. The Dragonborn is bound to be supported by many forces and as his current official sponsor, he holds too much power that would upset his business rival and political enemies. The Dragonborns across history were people with unfathomable power and that's the Trump Card he can imagine others would want to use against him.

Aside from protecting his true identity as the Dragonborn, Jon was making a big juicy bait to see who his enemies are at the moment. With the Thalmor unable to act freely in this War situation, they would surely unleash their pawns to hinder his growth. This is also true for the Empire that keeps a fragile peace with him and the Dragons who are 100% guaranteed to not act like the mindless beasts they were in the game.

Jon, the real Jon, smiled to himself as he felt a shit storm heading his direction. After all, he's the Dragonborn who is upon the wheel would turn. All are bound to sway with his actions so he must be in control all the time and plan ten steps ahead of anyone.

His targets weren't just those big storm blowers but also the ones who sail the hidden currents. The four factions of Skyrim that he intends to control as soon as possible. The College of Winterhold, the Companions of Whiterun, the Thieves Guild of Riften and the Dark Brotherhood of Falkreath.

Away from Jon's inner thoughts, the scene continued as the Pretender held a firm conversation with Jarl Balgruuf while the Dragonborn handled the others who came to make connections with him. It was so laughable to think that those people are not even aware of what is happening and thinking of the short term gains they can achieve by befriending the Dragonborn.

Balance is the true instrument of Wealth even in the Times of War… especially in the Times of War.

The Imperials and the Stormcloaks were on a stalemate for too long until General Tullius was assigned lately. He managed to trap Ulfric Stormcloak in a short time of constant confrontations and almost brought the war to its end but Alduin the World-Eater ruined his plans to keep the war on. Now that Ulfric survived, he is bound to be very cautious and lead the war from a safe distance which means the stalemate is back between two equal and competitive forces.

The true problem here is with the Neutral Faction which is rather very large, if this faction ends up joining a side then the war would be over but the cost would be too great. Too many will die. The heads of the Neutral Faction are Jarl Balgruuf the Greater of Whiterun, Jarl Idgrod Ravencrone of Hjaalmarch and most certainly Jon Dare of Winterhold, the wealthiest man in Skyrim.

With Three of the Nine Holds away from the war and the other six split against each other, this meant that there is a large possibility in which the Neutral Faction can be considered stronger than the other two factions.

More to that, each Faction has an Iconic Hero who are Jon Dare, Ulfric Stormcloak and General Tullius respectively. On this rate, the Dragonborn is a guaranteed candidate to break that balance.

Some saw this as Fate while others were terrified of the unknown possibilities. Jon used that to gather invaluable intel on those who were trying to end the war and those who were trying to prolong it for their agendas.

Plans upon plans with ideas upon ideas, Jon perfected many scenarios that can prove useful in the future after meeting those politicians, merchants and emissaries. They soon realized that the one they were speaking to is an up-to-date politician who understands all the political maneuvers and the hidden currents of the market making them more curious than before about the face under the Horned Helm.

Jon also made sure to feed those people all the false informations he wanted them to know from an estimation of his Fighting Power as the Dragonborn to his personal feelings regarding the War and the pain it caused leaving them with an Alert that the Dragons are far from resting after this first appearance and clarifying that the Dragon that attacked Helgen is not the same Dragon that attacked Whiterun.

To end this meeting before it takes longer, Jon signaled for Mirren so that he moves to the last phase of his act.

"My friend! I was looking for you." The Pretender called for the Dragonborn, taking him away from the others politely and speaking a bit loud so it all becomes clear.

"What is it?"

"The thing I sent you to recover, remember it?"

"The stone tablet?"

"Right."

"Oh! It's with the Jarl's Court Wizard, don't worry, they promised to give it back." The Dragonborn said.

"That's right, my friend. I will send for Farengar to bring it right away." Jarl Balgruuf spoke, "Guard, go tell Farengar to bring the Stone Tablet here."

"Yes, my Lord."

The Jarl sent one of his guardsmen to Farengar.

"Jax, accompany him. The tablet must be quite heavy." The pretender spoke to the Minotaur.

"Yes, Boss."

The towering Minotaur, that was standing silently in the background, moved after the guard who was barely half his height.

The Jarl watched the Minotaur and smiled awkwardly at Jon.

"Quite the Beast."

"That's my Coachman and Bodyguard." The pretender said.

"Oh! I see… impressive!"

There is only one guy who would do that anyway, the Jarl didn't overthink it for the sake of his peace of mind.

A minute later, Jax came followed by the Guard and Court Wizard Farengar.

"My Jarl, I am so very sorry." Farengar spoke amidst all the attention of the room.

"What happened? Speak quickly." Jarl Balgruuf felt like something bad was going to happen.

"The Dragonstone, my Lord… it was stolen." Farengar spoke.

With the face of Jarl Balgruuf turning cold, all the other people attending the scene felt like something important was happening. That level-headed Jarl is rare to be seen in a fit of anger.

He walked closer to Farengar.

"How did that happen? I remember telling you that we were only borrowing the Tablet, it should have been locked in safety. Who took it?" The Jarl asked.

"It… the truth is… when we arrived from the Dragon's Hunt. I ran to my papers to record the fight. I didn't know it was missing until the Guard and that interesting specimen…ehem! Minotaur Gentleman came asking for it." Farengar said.

The Jarl showed an upset face but he turned to Jon and spoke apologetically.

"My friend, there seems to have been a rather unfortunate event. If the tablet was stolen, there is no way it has gone outside the hold by now. I'll notify all the guards on the traveling routes to look out for it." Jarl Balgruuf said.

"That's really unfortunate." The pretender said not knowing how to react as this situation was a bit off-script.

"Could it be that Sir Farengar's associate was the one who took the tablet?" At this moment, the Dragonborn suggested in the form of a question.

"It… it can't be." Flustered, Farengar wanted to defend his associate's reputation but it seemed that Jon's words hit the nail on its head, even the Jarl agreed with him.

"Damn right! By the beard of Ysmir, that woman was reluctant to let go of the stone? Farengar, where is she?" The Jarl asked.

"I don't know, my Lord. She wasn't here once we returned… damnation!" Farengar seemed frustrated for his own reasons.

"What are you waiting for then? Disclose her identity at once." The Jarl demanded.

"But… I…"

With the Jarl demanding, Farengar was having a hard time whether to answer or not. With the glares of many pressuring him, he finally spoke.

"I don't know her but she seemed like someone who is very knowledgeable about Dragons. She said things that piqued my interest regarding my Dragon Research and I couldn't resist listening to what she had to say…"

"Farengar!" At that moment, Irileth almost jumped at Farengar, "You let a stranger into the Jarl's Court without verifying their identity?"

"What would you have me do? The Dragon Research is of utmost importance."

Farengar and Irileth were about to argue but Jarl Balgruuf stopped them.

"Enough with you two, you want to shame me in front of my guests? Off with you."

He dismissed them but he was still embarrassed about losing the Dragonstone and intended to recover it in any way possible.

"I can help with that?" At that time, the Dragonborn, aka the real Jon Dare, spoke up.

"You can?"

"I do. Sir Jon has taught me how to put a Magic Imprints on everything I fear to lose. I happened to have put one on the Dragonstone."

With the Dragonborn saying so, this caused the face of the Jarl to loosen up.

"Tell us where it is then, I'll send the guards after it right away."

"No need, I can summon it here if Sir Jon supports me with his magic." Said the Dragonborn looking at the confused pretender.

With a slight signal from Jon's eyes, Mirren understood and stretched his hand forward.

"Alright, I will assist you."

Mirren started focusing on an act of magic to impress the others while Jon was letting his senses spread across the Space in an overwhelming manner. Alina was watching from a distance as well as Beth and the two saw a glimpse of the incredible rush of mental power. As the two were the best Diviners on Jon's side, they were the ones capable enough to see through his Mystic Magic.

"Heh! This husband of mine…" Alina smiled wryly.

"Master is incredible." Beth held her breath.

At that time, Jon was looking through the Space for a specific individual. Someone he could tell that she would act rashly and steal the Dragonstone for sure. One of the last survivors of the Blades, Delphine.

Delphine is the so-called associate that wanted to use the enthusiastic mage, Farengar Secret-Fire, to get her hands on the Dragonstone, the stone tablet that is fabled to mark down all the dragons' burial mounds. This stone tablet was not just a map but as Jon understood, it is an artifact with a deep hidden power inside of it. If he wanted a map then he already has all the burial sites mapped down even before he leaves Riften for the first time. However, this stone was a different thing altogether, something the game hasn't mentioned at all.

With him looking towards the southeast, Jon could search every caravan traveling across that direction of Whiterun hold and soon he found the mark he left on the Dragonstone near the woods of Riverwood. This was almost the limit of his detection but he was still able to stretch it longer by fueling it with Magicka.

There, he could spot a rider traveling alone in a riding hood while making sure she is not traced by even beasts or birds. On her back, she was carrying something quite large and heavy for her size as a Breton. Jon never liked that woman ever since he first played the game and so did all the players, maybe that was the only thing everyone agreed on in the game.

"Let's see the look on your face now." Jon smiled slyly as he started casting a spell.

Away from Whiterun city to the south, Delphine was riding on a horse and taking a secret route through the woods towards Riverwood where her hideout is. She was always over-cautious and would look behind her shoulder every minute to make sure that she isn't trailed. If she ever found herself in such a situation, she would drive her pursuers towards a number of prepared traps she had installed around this area since she planned to nest here.

Jon was watching from above as he started to create a manifestation of his consciousness in this place, with it he would be able to cast Spells directly in that area. In the sky above Delphine, there was an incorporeal form of Jon Dare, the real one, taking form like a ghost. This was not just a simple spell that Jon would cast with one hand and be done with it, this was the legendary Master-level Mysticism spell, [Astral Projection].

This projection is not just some ghost of Jon appearing somewhere but rather Jon himself with all his powers and skills.

Feeling the malice of Jon being directed towards her, Delphine looked up at the sky to meet eyes with the ghost-like Jon. This was not a situation she is even prepared for. Without thinking, she ran.

"Wise call… but you shouldn't have stolen from me." Jon said as he cast [Telekinesis] on the Stone Tablet tied to her back.

Delphine felt the unfathomable force pulling her back off the horse and even lifting her in the air, this was worse than what she imagined.

"Let go!" She took out a small flask from her pocket and threw it on the ground causing a sudden cloud of blue mist to manifest.

"Corrupted Magicka?"

In a second, Jon almost lost control over his spell but he soon regained it with a little bit of focus. Pulling the stone in one go, Jon found out that Delphine was no longer tied to the stone and disappeared through the mist towards the south. He could spot her running and hiding amidst the trees.

"Heh! How amusing!"

Jon's eyes met with hers. He showed a hint of satisfaction while she showed unrest and fear. Knowing that she is exposed no matter where she went, Delphine finally showed herself.

"You! Return that?" She called.

Jon became annoyed by the fact that she bluntly just told him to hand his Dragonstone over after she stole it.

"Preposterous fool! Why would I?" He spoke with all his haughtiness.

"You don't understand… it is important. The Fate of the world, the Fate of Skyrim and this War, it may all depend on that stone." She said.

Jon silently looked at her with an unamused face.

"I know." He said and continued, "That's why I won't let the likes of you interfere with such a matter. Begone!"

Jon intended to cast a Fireball strong enough to blast Delphine to shreds but she intercepted his attack and used three flasks of the [Corrupted Magicka Bombs] to interfere with his spell before running away. Corrupted Magicka is a serious substance similar to Daedric Magic but is considered a taboo and a forbidden item that can only be found in the Black Market. Delphine is dangerous and in Jon's book, she must be dealt with.

"Tsk! This will be trouble. I can't go further than this so I better send someone after her else she will keep getting in my way." Jon thought as he started transferring the [Dragonstone] back with his consciousness to Dragonsreach.

Once he opened his eyes, he could see the wooden interior of the palace around him and his face being worn by Mirren who was pretending to be Jon.

"And… Hahaha! I, Jon Dare, have brought the Stone back." With the Dragonstone's appearance, the pretender made sure to take all the credit for returning it.

"So corny!" Alina whispered with a less amused face than those Nords who started complimenting the outstanding skill of Thane Jon Dare.

"Hey, I think Jon has made some good friends while he was away, don't you think so too?" The one who spoke her mind just now was Jullanar who was smiling widely.

Alina didn't seem to agree with her but she was somewhat okay Mirren who is a dude. However, someone spoke out of their turn and ruined everything for Jon in a swift instant.

"Thank goodness they are swindling people together. No longer with that scary Gay business they were on about." Isha said quietly as her worries about the two were just a bad joke that kept going for some while.

"Say what?" While in fact, that was no joke for a certain Alina.

***

*Back to the Present*

"You almost murdered half of the people who were behind us." Jon said.

"And you can't blame a wife for being too careful." Alina said as she was helping Jon dress in his official garments. "Here you go, hubby."

"To think I was living two years without those caring hands of my beautiful wifey. My soul has grown tired without you." Jon said as he caressed the cheeks of his wife.

Find authorized novels in Webnovel，faster updates, better experience，Please click www.webnovel.com for visiting.

"My my!" Alina smiled faintly and continued, "Says the man who was drinking coconut milk on the white beaches of Summerset."

Jon went pale all of a sudden.

"You didn't…"

"Oh, I did see everything so cut the bullshit, Firemane. There is a Jarl waiting for you and we girls need the room to prepare. Get out."

Jon was pushed outside the room which was interesting as the Jarl was also experiencing a similar situation. The two respected gentlemen fixed their appearance and acted in control before heading to the main hall almost at the same time.

It was almost time to appoint the new Thane of Whiterun.

———————————

• Patre0n: shorturl.at/txEI1

• YouTube: shorturl.at/bdyI8

• Discord: discord.gg/gKcKva7

• Instagram: @don_dokhmesy

• Twitter: @eldokhmesy22

You are reading

Dragonborn Saga

ebook which is a free download at

wWw.EbookUpdates.Net

.

Download more ebooks for free at

EbookUpdates(dot)Net

.

518 Explaining the Politics

A/n: this chapter was added to clarify many political points of view. I'll add a note to its end with a fair argument I read on Reddit.

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

At the Great Porch on the back of Dragonsreach Palace, there was a shed installed in the spot where the nice breeze of summer blows moderately. It was an outstanding place to have a table, chairs and some food then invite the guests to dine or drink. Jarl Balgruuf made sure that this place is used for that purpose as its massive size and open nature can't be used for anything else.

"Is the view to your liking, Lady Alina?" Jarl Balgruuf asked.

"It is indeed fascinating. Thank you, my Lord." Alina replied in a cheerful manner.

Many people learned that an upset Alina is a very scary being from the events of yesterday. After Isha's slip of tongue revealing the "little joke" that was between Jon and Mirren, Alina seemed to have not taken it well at all.

Truthfully, no one understood why Alina was so royally pissed at the Dragonborn and Jon Dare all of a sudden but as the two kept appeasing her, it was understood that they must have done something wrong. No one dared to ask especially with the overflowing rage of Alina. That girl has some real anger issues.

Meanwhile, Jon was feeding Nefertiti who was snuggling on his arm.

Not just the four of them who were present but also everyone that knows of Jon Dare's little secret being the Dragonborn. From Whiterun, it is only Jarl Balgruuf and Irileth as from Winterhold, it was basically the whole gang.

"I still don't understand why you are taking it this far with secrets, Thane Jonhild." Irileth, the Jarl's Housecarl, asked Jon directly with an upset face.

"You don't like secrets, Housecarl?" Jon replied without taking his eyes off his playful cat.

"Frankly speaking, we do not understand why you had to twist a lie within a lie?" The Jarl asked.

Jon smiled and nodded.

"You are right, allow me to express my deepest apologies regarding yesterday but as you know of trickery and maneuvers, my Lord, you have to trick those who you are close to in order to trick the rest." Jon said and the rest started remembering the situation that happened last night.

Yesterday, Jon and Mirren were directed by Alina's full anger which was on a party-crasher level. The Jarl dismissed most of the guests immediately to deal with the ticking disaster that is Alina. In a close range, the weak individuals who are directed to her anger may start losing consciousness. No one wanted that woman angry at all costs so they went away without complaining. Once someone reaches a certain level, some things become meaningless besides power and the law of "Might Makes Right" is effective right away. Alina is on that caliber.

Jon and Mirren needed to appease her so it was necessary to cancel their transformation. Jon didn't want to ruin the plan so he asked the Jarl to take them to a quiet place where as he stated "Where the walls don't have Ears". This meant that the Jarl and only his most trusted aides must be witnesses to what comes and no one else.

The Jarl chose Irileth and Farengar to accompany him and to their absolute shock, Jon Dare wasn't Jon Dare but rather an Elf and the Dragonborn was the real Jon Dare. How Jon explained it later took him a few brain cells to make everyone who is raging around just chill. It was safe to say that Irileth was the hardest to convince while Farengar was the best object of proof yet he kept asking far too many questions. Alina on the other hand, understood the situation before Jon explains it now that she got a minute to calm down.

With the messy situation out of the way, Jon made it clear that his identity as the Dragonborn can't be exposed to the other members of Whiterun Court, at least not now anyway.

Back to the present, the Jarl was slowly recovering from yesterday's headache but still asked for Jon's real reasoning to disguise his identity, the question which Jon answered with a sly smile but the Jarl knew there was more. Jon then added some of his own reasoning.

"Winterhold, Whiterun and Morthal are the three cities that will decide the Civil War. Morthal is mostly on the Imperial side, Winterhold has a lot of Stormcloak supporters and Talos worshippers which leaves Whiterun as the ninth hold with no real intention to participate in this madness that is to come. Sadly, Whiterun hold is the heart of Skyrim and many battles have already happened between the Imperial Legion and the Stormcloaks but still, you managed to keep it neutral, my Lord." Jon said.

"Indeed. It took us a lot of effort but on the cost of our economy." The Jarl replied.

"And if only you are aware of how many attempts there were on the Jarl's life." Irileth added.

"I wouldn't try to imagine how difficult your situation is but what I can imagine is how the situation will shift if something happens to Jarl Balgruuf. Who is the successor of Whiterun at the moment?" Jon asked.

"Hrongar, my brother." Jarl Balgruuf replied.

"Too hot-headed that one." Jon said.

"You have no idea." The Jarl said with a tired face, "He may argue with my steward most of the time but the two almost agree on everything that is Imperial."

"You also have the Grey-Mane and the Battle-Born clans in the city. The two have different allegiances but still hold well together after the wedding of Jon and Olfina." Jon added.

"Indeed." The Jarl thought for a while then smiled at Jon, "If I remember correctly, you made sure that the marriage happens no matter the cost. But still, I don't see how any of that related to your secret identity as the Dragonborn."

"Jarl Balgruuf, do you think it is wise for me to reveal it?" Jon asked.

"It would bring you a whole lot of benefits, all the Nords will look up to you, you will be welcomed everywhere, the Thalmor will be forced not to chase you anymore, your standing with the Empire will improve, and…"

"And?"

The two men looked at each other speaking in a language only the two of them could understand.

"So… none of this will serve you any benefit." The Jarl concluded.

"Nope. I don't need any of that." Jon shook his shoulder with a smile.

"True." The Jarl fell into silence before looking at Jon once again, "And your reputation as Jon Dare will harm your identity as the Dragonborn… and the other way around too."

"That's right. It will also make the situation too difficult to beat regarding the war." Jon nodded once again.

The two remained silent for a few seconds until Alina broke that silence.

"So your argument here is that if the Empire found out that Jon Dare is the Dragonborn, they will be threatened? Is it because of the Covenant of Akatosh?" She asked.

"That's a very dangerous thought, Lady Alina." Jarl Balgruuf almost went pale.

"But it is what Jon fears the most right now." The one who confirmed that dangerous fact was Miranda.

This whole situation is now more serious than what it seemed.

The Covenant of Akatosh or what was known as the Covenant of Saint Alessia was the whole basis on which the First, Second and Third Empires were established upon.

The Divine Right of the Dragonborn Emperor.

Saint Alessia is a Dragonborn and the Founder of the First Empire.

Reman Cyrodiil is a Dragonborn and the Founder of the Second Empire.

Tiber Septim is a Dragonborn and the Founder of the Third Empire.

Compared to the weak and failing Mede Dynasty founded by Titus Mede I, the Last Dragonborn who roams the land of Skyrim is a very suitable candidate to replace that dying Dynasty.

Back in the First Era when Saint Alessia led the Slave Rebellion and won Cyrodiil, she had to legitimize her throne by a Divine Right so she made a pact with the Imperial Chief Deity, Akatosh. That pact was that as long as Alessia and her Dragonborn descendants set on the Ruby Throne, wear the Amulet of Kings, and light the Dragonsfire in the Temple of the One; Akatosh will ward Tamriel from the tyranny of the Daedric Lords of Oblivion and their hordes of Daedra. This Pact was a blessing to the whole Tamriel and Alessia was named a Saint for it.

At the end of the Third Era, that pact was broken by the Mythic Dawn cult who worshipped the Daedric Lord Mehrunes Dagon and killed the Septim Emperor thus leaving Tamriel without protection. For that, the Last Emperor Martin Septim sacrificed himself to make the Covenant one more time and this time for good without the need of a Dragonborn Emperor to maintain it.

Now after 200 years, a Dragonborn appears while the Empire is weakened and cracking. Wouldn't the Mede Dynasty feel threatened with the existence of that Dragonborn? Wouldn't the Political Opposers of the Mede Dynasty gather around the Dragonborn as the new symbol of the Dragon Blood Right?

This idea is way more violent than the Civil War of Skyrim but very likely to cause a lot of drama that no one wants at the moment.

There is even more. The Identity of Jon Dare is much more dangerous than just a simple Dragonborn. He is the young Dragon of Winterhold, the powerhouse of the North, the richest man in Skyrim, the husband of the leader of the cult of Kyne, the Taboo Child destined with three Elder Scrolls, the Grand Champion of the Arena, the Second if not technically the First on the Thalmor's Most Wanted List but the most important point is that he is the man who revived Winterhold from dust.

Wouldn't this fearsome man fit to be the One True Emperor of Tamriel?

A natural born Ruler, a real Warlord, a revolutionary Merchant, a terrifying Warrior, a genius Mage. No one here was a fool to not understand all that in one go.

"I don't know, fam, but this whole Emperor business with the Dragon debacle is too much for one guy. I mean… Nefertiti is taking most of my time as it is." Jon shared his thoughts on the matter.

"It is just that his personality is too much." Alina frustratingly said.

It would be a nightmare just imagining Jon as Emperor. Winterhold has risen from the population of a mere Five Thousand to almost Fifty Thousand and has two major cities, a mining town, a new port town, many trade routes and lots of independent villages popping out in the snow as if it is nothing. Even with all that rising population, there is still a huge lack of workers and Jon's final plans for the hold are far from over. Imagine that guy going full sicko mode on an Empire. He even made it look like an RTS game in the system interface he keeps under his house. Thankfully, only Alina and the Augur are aware of that fact.

"So, you are trying to avoid a fight with the Imperial Throne?" The Jarl asked.

"Duh! And if that is not a good enough reason, then imagine the Dragons knowing where the guy who kills them lives and gang up on his town. I mean… Winterhold can handle a Dragon or two but it is not equipped for a Dragon Gangbang, believe me." (Jon)

"What's a Gangbang?" (Jarl Balgruuf)

"…" (Everyone Else)

"It is something if you find out, you'll be surnamed Dare." (Jon)

"Ah! I'll pass." (Jarl Balgruuf)

"Then how will you deal with this mess?" Irileth cut to the chase.

"With the help of a few of my trusted friends and allies like Jarl Balgruuf and yourself, Irileth. I hope our friendship proves most fruitful and shines like the well-tempered metal." Jon replied like a crafty politician.

"And we will put my whole trust in you, my friend." The Jarl didn't want to question Jon more than this but soon a question crossed his mind, "A while ago, you mentioned a number of Dragons. How much are we talking about here?"

This was a very sensitive question that made everyone stare at Jon while holding their breath. As far as everyone is concerned, there are two Dragons thus far. One killed by the Dragonborn and the other one that attacked Helgen.

Jon himself wasn't sure how many Dragons are out there in the wild. One thing can answer that and it is the Dragonstone. To think that idiot woman Delphine wanted to hoard for herself.

Jon retrieved the Dragonstone and kept it hanging midair by Telekinesis in front of everyone and was about to give a small lecture before being interrupted by the arrival of more people from the court of Whiterun. The Jarl's brother Hrongar; the Jarl's children Frothar, Nelkir and Dagny; the Jarl's wife Roset; the Steward Proventus and the Court Wizard Farengar.

"Oh! The Dragonstone!" Farengar saw the Dragonstone hanging midair and almost ran to hug it but Jon retrieved it instantly.

"For Shor's sake!" The Jarl sighed.

"Thane Jonhild, Lady Alina, it is absolutely nice to see you here. I brought the kids." Lady Roset spoke as soon as she saw Jon and the others.

Feeling a sudden strike of goosebumps, Jon instantly tapped to Alina.

"Lady Roset, it is fancy seeing you as well. Look at those cute kids!" Alina perfectly handled the lady talk and looked at Jon.

"It is nice to see you again, my Lady." Jon said as he acted with the utmost respect to the Lady of the Palace.

Nord Noblewomen always had that degree of respect between the men and Lady Roset was one of the few figures who had a lot of power in Whiterun despite the fact that she was never introduced in the game. She was a good looking woman and all but Jon can't handle talkative ladies thus he just left it to Alina and sat beside the Jarl drinking Mead together.

"Father father father, where is that Dragon man?" Dagny, the Jarl's youngest daughter asked.

"Oh! He left, my dear." The Jarl replied gently.

"WHAT? But I want to see him now!" She started stomping on the ground and throwing a tantrum.

Seeing the reactions of the Jarl's children, Jon had a bad feeling about them. From the game, those three were a bunch of spoiled brats that always annoyed the player with their comments but the second child Nelkir was some sort of a dark child. Thanks to Jon stealing the [Ebony Blade] two years ago, that child seems to have survived the dire fate of being enthralled by the Daedric Prince Mephala, the Lady of Whispers.

Actually, the whole palace was affected by the cursed blade but Nelkir was the one who Mephala roamed the palace through making mischief and sowing discord. Still, despite the blade being taken away, the boy seemed a bit distancing himself from the group. Jon could tell as he knew that Nelkir isn't the son of Lady Roset but apparently from one of the Jarl's affairs. Still, it was better to take the blade away and spare the boy from falling to its influence else there would be no healing for those who are kissed by Mephala.

Ignoring the chattering ladies, the parent that was trying to talk his daughter out of her stubborn phase and the other ruckus that kept happening, Jon found himself only drinking alone.

"So… that's how getting invited to a barbecue feels like?" Jon thought to himself.

It was surely a situation where he wanted to bail out from but sadly it was not possible so he could just keep petting Nefertiti like a good Hooman.

After a while, he noticed that Nelkir started to talk to Beth which was somehow strange to see Beth interested in anything. They are both of the same age so it is nice to see Beth talking to someone. Jon had to remind himself to keep taking care of that child as she has no one except him after all.

Find authorized novels in Webnovel，faster updates, better experience，Please click www.webnovel.com for visiting.

"Thane Jon, it seems that we interrupted you when you were about to say something important." Lady Roset said as she noticed Jon drinking by himself.

Jon was about to reply but it seemed that Jarl Balgruuf was troubled by the question seeing his children around and he can't just keep talking about dangerous things around those troublesome bunch. Jon knew exactly what to say in that situation.

"You know, my Lady. This Castle has a very important historical value. This Great Porch was actually constructed to trap a Dragon."

"""Wow!""" Everyone reacted.

"Indeed, perhaps you have heard of the Tale of Olaf and the Dragon." Jon said.

"Yes, we heard stories of that." Hrongar said.

"According to the Tale, Jarl Olaf One-Eyed was a terrible man but he trapped Numinex the Dragon by those shackles at the ceiling of the porch." Jon pointed up as he said.

There were indeed some gigantic shackles and a large wooden trap fixed on the ceiling but as far as the Jarls were concerned, this story is just a legend and the Dragon Trap is a mere rusty artifact. On the other hand, all the children around were interested to see the Dragon Trap.

"Hrongar, why don't you show the kids that trap. Don't do something I wouldn't do, alright?" Lady Roset was bright enough to take Jon's hint.

"Alright, sister-in-law." Hrongar to his nephews and niece to show them the Dragon Trap.

Jon returned to his explanation right after it.

"Regarding the question of how many Dragons we are to expect. I hope you will be open-minded about what I discovered during the past two years of research." Jon said and took out the Dragonstone once again.

"This Dragonstone says that in these locations lies the fallen Lords of the Dragon Cults which are the Dragons and they are numbered to be 22 so we are roughly talking about that number…"

"Kyne!"

"Divines!"

"Oh dear!"

"… for just a starter." Jon added.

Twenty-Two Dragons marked on the map was rather a scary thing. Those who were present felt the true threat of the situation.

"But, Thane Jon. You just said those locations are where the Dragons are buried, right? They are dead." Farengar noted something that made the others look at him with hope.

"I am sorry to break it to you, Farengar, but the Dragonborn walks among us for a reason. These Dragons are being resurrected, not coming out from hiding… not all of them at least."

Jon wasn't going easy on them at all.

"Please, elaborate further." The Jarl asked.

"As we know, only our Friendly Neighborhood Dragonborn can kill Dragons and steal their souls. Dragons are Eternal so they don't actually die by normal means, death to them is just a slumber. Those twenty-two Dragons are slumbering at the moment waiting for Alduin the World-Eater himself to resurrect them. By the way, Mirmulnir, the one we faced yesterday was a wild Dragon who survived by himself meaning he is not one of the Twenty Two Dragons we need to kill and there are many like him…"

"Wait! Wait!"

"Hold on."

"Jon, stop."

They were taking this worse than he imagined but it seemed that he needed to emphasize on some terms like the Twenty Two Dragon Lords aren't out yet and there are more Dragons out there in hiding and returning to and most certainly Alduin the World-Eater. It took a while but Jon repeated himself happily.

In the end, Jon came to regret it as those who were not used to him either believed him and became depressed or didn't believe him and called him mad but in the end believed him after he reminded them of yesterday's Dragon and became depressed anyway.

"So… what's the solution?" The Jarl asked.

"Not much. We keep watching out for Dragons and contact our friend the Dragonborn to come if we find any. He will deal with them with the help we can give him. We just have to make sure he kills the Dragon and that's one for the good guys. Once Whiterun and Winterhold are in total cooperation on the Dragonborn's Cause, the other Holds will also join in and we will have a wider network for hunting Dragons and rescuing the world. Meanwhile, I will personally lead the investigation of the Dragon Crisis and figure out more counter plans to share them with the whole of Skyrim." Jon presented his solutions.

He was not just making an official sponsorship to the Dragonborn but also taking a monopoly on the investigation and sending out the news. It may not sound bad as Jon Dare is known to be an excellent mage with a lot of studies regarding Dragons.

Jon wanted those people who are present to hear it very well especially when there are Imperial spies around now.

"And will the War be affected?" Proventus asked.

Jon smiled vividly.

"I hope this crisis brings the sons of man together and to reunite them brothers and sisters against one enemy. This may be our only chance to achieve World Peace." He said.

Such empty words were just a big load of bullshit but who cares, he's right either way.

"And where is the Dragonborn right now?" Lady Roset asked.

"Oh! He's busy, you know, the Greybeards called for him. It may take him a month or so to climb the seven thousand steps so he must prepare." Jon said.

Technically, that was not a lie.

"And we must prepare as well." Alina said.

"Indeed." Jarl Balgruuf agreed, "Thane Jonhild of Clan Firemane, if you may accept, I want to give you the right to operate in my Hold and guide the Dragonborn against any Dragon that may threaten this hold."

"I accept the burden." Jon replied.

The whole gathering stood up as the two most important men were up facing one another.

"In that case, allow me to name you a Thane of Whiterun. It is the highest title within my power to give, I am sure you are quite familiar with the responsibilities." Jarl Balgruuf said.

"Thank you, my Lord." Jon replied.

"I also assign you Lydia to be your Housecarl and gift you this weapon as your badge of office. May it serve you well."

Jarl Balgruuf signaled for one of his Elite Guards to step forward.

It was none other than the Legendary Maiden in Steel, Lydia herself. Jon almost wanted to burst out laughing but barely held himself. Meanwhile, Alina was watching him with warning glares.

With Lydia stepping forward and Irileth passing a large Ceremonial Axe to Jon in a wooden case, Jon stepped forward and picked up the axe.

"I will never disappoint Whiterun, my Lord." Jon said.

"Alright. That is all for now."

Jarl Balgruuf dismissed the audience and Jon took his leave. He led his group of endgame bosses out of the Palace through the city during the sunset and finally exited the Cloud District.

"Back to Winterhold?" Alina asked.

"Finally." Jon was never happier to agree with anyone on anything.

He looked back and spoke to Lydia.

"Lydia, right?" He asked.

"That's right. The Jarl has appointed me to be your housecarl. It's an honor to serve you." She said.

"Do you remember her, Wulfur?" Jon asked.

"Hm? She's quite familiar." Wulfur said.

"Indeed, do you remember me and this guy?" Jon asked her.

"I do, my Thane. Five years ago, we met in the High King's Tournament." She said.

"Oh! That's right. The Warmaidens team." Wulfur recalled right away.

"Indeed." Jon confirmed.

"You have a good memory regarding women, husband." Alina stepped in.

"Jon always does." Isha added.

"Quit it, both of you. Hey, Lydia. What does a housecarl do?" He asked.

"As my Thane, I'm sworn to your service. I'll guard you, and all you own, with my life." She replied.

"That's disturbing." Jullanar commented.

"Wait! Here comes the best part." Jon said and turned to Lydia, "Lydia, I want to trade something with you."

"I am sworn to carry your burdens." She replied.

"… Perfect!"

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

A/n: What's up, guys? It's Don here.

Most of this chapter was a bit of me spoiling the political situation as most of you are not really with great memories (not blaming you) but what follows is a bit of Spoiling about the political standing of a Dragonborn.

Another Warning: GAME SPOILER!

Q: Is the Last Dragonborn a legit candidate to the Imperial Throne?

A: My personal opinion is a Yes. He is. Why? Two Reasons.

1) Obviously the Dragon Blood in his veins is something the current Mede Dynasty lacks but think about it. In the Game, you Assassinate the Emperor (he gets assassinated either way even if you annihilated the Dark Brotherhood). There is a big theory about who is actually ending the failing Mede Dynasty here but will leave that for later, the important point of it is that we won't be seeing the Mede Dynasty anymore after this in the history of Tamriel (90% Probability).

2) In the Quest, the [Wolf Queen Awakened]. The player prevents the resurrection of Potema Septim, the terrible Necromancer and the Queen of Solitude. With her defeated, Priest Styrr who sends the player on the quest says an important thing at the end of the quest when you ask him what you need to know about Potema, to which he'll say, "A curious figure. (Skipping ahead…) if she were alive today, she'd be the only living member of the Septim bloodline. By all rights, she would now be Empress." -- The second reason means that despite the Existence of the Mede Dynasty, the Septim Dynasty still has the right for their Dragon Blood Right. If that's the case then who has the strongest Dragon Blood Right and very much alive?

Hope you enjoyed my little Lore over-analyzation. You can always argue with me in the comments. Have fun and stay safe indoors.

———————————

• Patre0n: shorturl.at/txei1

• YouTube: shorturl.at/bdyi8

• Discord: discord.gg/gKcKva7

• Instagram: @don_dokhmesy

• Twitter: @eldokhmesy22

You are reading

Dragonborn Saga

ebook which is a free download at

wWw.EbookUpdates.Net

.

Download more ebooks for free at

EbookUpdates.Net

.

519 Lord, Land Family

\"Wife, is it done?\" I asked as we stood in front of Breezehome.

\"It is done. Took us quite the resources to make, though.\" Alina replied.

What we were talking about was the project I entrusted her with. When I was in Cyrodiil, I sent many messages to my people and associates around the continent telling the specific instructions or asking for favors and information. My wife had the task of purchasing all the Player Homes across Skyrim which were five in total along with other three places for the holds that had no player homes.

\"Aside from Falkreath and Dawnstar, we have completed the network.\" She added.

\"What happened with Falkreath and Dawnstar?\" I asked.

\"The Jarls are not friendly with us, you know. Jarl Skald the Elder and Jarl Siddgeir are not your biggest fans.\"

\"I get it. Dawnstar is actually closeby and Falkreath suffered from the attack on Helgen so the situation is not that bad at all. We'll figure it out.\"

Now, inside Breezehome. We walked in as a party of twelve. It was me, Alina, Jull, Nefertiti, Wulfur, Aela, Miranda, Mirren, Isha, Jax, Beth and finally, Lydia. The house may not be vast enough but that wasn't the idea here.

Breezehome was redecorated by the careful touches of Alina who transformed the old thing into a nice and cozy place to rest in. Still, the most important thing was that gate-like object which was added in the small room on the ground floor.

A Portal Station.

This was the intended purpose of purchasing all the player homes and that is to make a Fast Travel network that takes me between the hold the fastest way possible.

\"Lydia, I know it is illegal to Teleport and Levitate inside the city but I don't give a damn, are we clear?\" Jon asked Lydia with a dangerous smile.

\"Al… alright.\"

\"Perfect. This is for the betterment of the world anyway. You will be using it a lot and also… watch out for cliffs, dear. They are so very tempting.\" I said warning her about something that may or may not happen.

\"…\"

\"Now now, husband. Don't scare our new Housecarl.\" Alina interfered after she activated the portal pushing me away then looked at Lydia, \"You report to Jullanar.\"

It seems that my dear wife will activate the policy of keeping all unauthorized females at a safe distance from me. I wasn't thinking of anything anyway.

Either way, I was now just facing the portal that will take me back to Winterhold. Truthfully, I have complicated feelings at the moment. It is just… it is complicated.

\"Just go ahead, will you?\"

Alina lightly pushed me forwards and I stepped in the portal trying to think positively.

***

Winterhold, the historical capital of Skyrim and the home of knowledge and politics that long since sank under the sea of ghosts. Winterhold of the past was a sorry place plagued by hate and skepticism between the common folks and the mages but one man reformed that waste into a power that can't be looked down upon.

Winterhold of today is a Massive Trading Hub that sits upon the coldest parts of the Sea of Ghosts and the Capital City of Magic in Skyrim. The docks have expanded further and further to rival that of Solitude and Windhelm to the point where it extended between the small islands to the north. The Shipbuilders of Winterhold now have a guild of their own separate from the Dare Dragon Company but still loyal to the House of Dare. The town expanded yet past the old walls giving birth to newer districts and slums. The buildings started to take a new form to contain more residents by stacking apartments on each other rather than building independent houses.

This was no longer a city but rather a machine powered by various races and origins. Rather than having the time to be racist against each other, work and money were the aspects of the community in Winterhold.

Either with force or reason, advancements took place when people needed it. Businesses took places outside the umbrella of the dominating Dare Dragon Company and diversity became a theme.

This, of course, wasn't the end of it. With positivity comes negativity and as money increased, so did crime. With a war raging outside the hold, refugees hoarded outside the city. With the work market endlessly demanding workers, many businesses lost and many kept struggling.

It was a merciless place yet the Haven all wanted. The original natives of Winterhold couldn't be distinguished anymore but they are now living on the better side of the community being envied for being here first.

That is the way of life in the new Winterhold.

The bloodiest image of Capitalism was incarnating in that city and everyone was getting addicted to it.

On the other hand, Whispering Town became larger and larger, taking away the stone quarry business from Saarthal. With Jarl Korir and Thane Alina instructing the southern road to be fortified, the new quarry was set up near the mine and the Dare Dragon Company hired a lot of Dunmer to start digging. Alina was even smart enough to allow the construction of a temple for Azura under the shade of Azura's gigantic statue to gather the support of the Dark Elves even though it was against Alina's own faith.

Away from the east of the hold, the heart of Winterhold was Saarthal or Neo Saarthal as officially called. Saarthal had a new Temple for the Nordic Divines and many clans moved there including the Moonblades after the destruction of their home after the Battle of Winterhold. The Firemanes also constructed a massive manor which where Jonrad and Hilda Firemane. Aside from the housing, the Nordic population of Saarthal increased massively in celebration for the revival of the Ancestral Home of Mankind itself. All was good and fine but what impacted the city the most was the Museum of Saarthal, the grand building that was under the direct supervision of the House of Dare managed by their retainer Silus Vesuius. This Museum became a hot spot for the scholars and mages around Skyrim, High Rock and Morrowind.

The three main settlements of Winterhold had a fourth town constructed half a year ago by Clan Moonblade, Hsaarik Head Town also known as Hsaarik. This town was built to the west near Dawnstar as an expansion for the overflowing dock of Winterhold and to harass Dawnstar economically. Hsaarik was a natural fortress from the sea and a very secure location on land. It already had a lighthouse constructed ages ago and run by a Redguard family that Alina managed to save from a Falmer attack. Hsaarik was not just a dock and a sea fortress but had a very significant historical value as this is the place where Ysgramor and the 500 Companions landed from Atmora, a sacred spot to the men.

Jon promised to exploit Winterhold not only by its resources but by its overall value. Alina followed those plans as the current head of the company and added her passion as a Nord to it. Following her example, many clans put their heart and soul into the land making something Jon couldn't even imagine. His dreams on the painting were beautiful but in reality, he wasn't the only painter with endless love for Skyrim and Winterhold.

On the end, not only the Humans were the ones who participated in Hsaarik but their neighbors were the giants who herded their mammoths in the artificial groves nearby. These Giants were the ones that were chased from the Pale by Jarl Skald of Dawnstar and were forced to live in the ice wastes of Winterhold until Jon and Alina grew the artificial groves for them.

The Artificial Groves is an ambitious project that Jon didn't have the chance to finish but with the help of Alina and the Cult of Kyne, it was intended to grow a forest north to Saarthal. Alina and her cult started to put the Pine saplings in the snow wasteland but it was too hard to grow anything so she asked the Guardians of the Grove, a branch of the Cult of Kyne residing in Kynesgrove, to transfer Spriggans to Winterhold. The process was dangerous and almost impossible but no one gave up on the dream of building the first artificial forest. With the ambitious project greatly helping the Giants who reside between Saarthal and Hsaarik, it was separated into multiple groves to further manage them without hindering the trade routes.

With a strong alliance with the Giants, Winterhold was no longer a place any could challenge. It hasn't just grown but overgrown and attracted all the Clans around it, swearing loyalty to the House of Dare as its banner-men and shield-thanes.

From that point, many coveted Winterhold. Organized Crime and Espionage were the main themes of Winterhold's trouble, thus steps in the guardians of Winterhold. The Black Pigeons, also known as [Team 0], the ghost that doesn't exist. Jullanar's private force and anti-espionage unit in the Dare Corps. Imperials, Stormcloaks and Thalmor spies were systematically discovered and executed through the hold. On the surface, Winterhold may be at peace with all but in the shadows, there were rivers of blood curved into the pure snow. With Alina leading Jon's dream, Jullanar was protecting it from the shadows.

Understandably, the shadow unit was not enough to protect Winterhold as it is very limited to Intel Gathering and Anti-Espionage so the main striking force of Winterhold was quite the issue. After the Battle of Winter. The Empire and Solitude realized how cunning Winterhold was in the matter of regulating recruitment in the Dare Corps which meant that not only they can break the legal limit but also muster quite the force, it led to a very strict regulation to manage and control that force and the Dare Corps wholeheartedly complied to be limited to a 1000 Dare Trooper. The Guards of Winterhold were former Dare Troopers which meant they had divided loyalty but they were also limited by law to quite the same number. This meant that the Empire was limiting Winterhold to 2000 units in total but was that truly a thing? Jonrad and Hilda Firemane were their little project behind the scene and by little project, it means the Warband of Winterhold consisting purely of the members of the new clans and sneakily a lot of former Dare Troopers. This force was unlisted and completely unofficial divided on all the clans but in the secret documents under Alina's pillow, that's 10'000 units ready to huff and buff wherever she points.

This is Winterhold.

Winterhold City, the Capital of Commerce and Magic.

The Whispering Town, the Mine of Fortune.

Saarthal, the Cultural Home and Impenetrable Bastion.

Hsaarik, the Thriving Port.

With many villages, giant settlements, training camps, work spots and unearthed treasures spurting all over; the Hold was in its best image for the arrival of its Boss… the Big Boss.

\"We are ready.\"

Alina spoke as she looked past the door of a new residence at the edge of Winterhold City. This was the new house which will be claimed by the Dragonborn in the future as his base of operation in the city.

Inside the house, everyone gathered with Jon in the center. He was immersing himself in the sensation of homecoming while the others were covering themselves with heavier clothes, it is summer alright but Winterhold is called with that name for a good reason.

\"A lot has changed… I truly missed a lot.\" Jon finally spoke as he opened his eyes.

\"No.\" Alina replied and held his hands, \"Everything you love was never misplaced. Your people, your family, your clan. It just rose up to your level, my Dragon.\"

Jon smiled and got closer to his wife.

\"You outdid me.\"

\"No. Only one person would dare to start all this and he started it alright. You know what, the past two years almost doubled our population so not all of the people know you. Why don't you go and claim the spotlight on your own?\"

Alina's words were tempting as they filled Jon with pride. He looked past the door and he could no longer resist it.

His spotlight, his stage, his scene, his crown and his rightful throne.

The town that was just some broken buildings surrounded by some walls and buried under snow and corruption. He arrived at it when it was void of hope and had nothing left to lose. He built a bathhouse to make the money circulate and invested in any trade or labor available. Even with the Jarl against him, he put him down smoothly and took the lead, establishing a company. Then the pirates came and he fought them at that cliff and in those waters, that cliff which is covered by wide stairs and those waters which are filled with trading ships. He went wider and taller expanding to every direction, he brought a master Alchemist to the town and regulated business and enhanced it. The East Empire Company tried to devour him early on but it ended in bed somehow, Windhelm and the Empire wanted to devoid the cake with him and he sent them home empty-handed with a fleet that dominated the water with no sails going against the current and defying the tide for all it cares about. He expanded further and further making his pocket reach as deep as the Royal Coffers. They called him a monster, an irregular, a beast; he took these names to the heart and never stopped. Those who hated them for no reason were gladly given some real reasons to hate him as he emptied their coffers and grew Winterhold further. And when an army came to his door, the army was buried at the gates of Saarthal.

Jon Dare and Winterhold, there was never a better match. He is its soul and she is his body. He loved her and she loved him… and he missed her so so much.

As he opened the door to meet his dear, a hand stopped him so he looked back. It was Wulfur giving him that thing.

\"Ah! Right.\"

Jon Dare had a particular robe. The red sleeveless one with red plates on it. He always wore it open. Last time he wore it was at the Battle of Winterhold and it was torn badly. He had to dress for the occasion.

\"Your beard is a bit overgrown and please let your hair loose.\" Jull said.

\"Can I go now?\" He was being held back for trivial things but the others were as excited as he is so it must be perfect at least.

\"You are perfect. Hurry before they remember anything else.\" Aela pushed him past the door and he was finally outside the manner.

Truth be told, he was barely ready.

The Manor was directly on the main street so no one stopped for him. He was noticeable for his height and clothing but seeing the Firemanes in Winterhold was something very common. Life didn't stop for him, people didn't applaud and girls didn't throw flowers in his ways.

That was nothing to him, he didn't need applauding or recognition, he only needed to see the people, the buildings, the life. He looked at every person working around, carrying wood or hammering nails with great pride. He was moved by their sight as they were the extension of his will and the echo of his work. A step further would bring him to more life and advancement. More and more, the things people built, the steps they took after him, he could see himself in them. There is nothing he wouldn't do for those people.

He walked in the street as if he was touching the air that flowed around him, he knew this place by heart even though most of the building went up by a level or two. Some eyes fell into him, he smiled even if he never saw them before. They felt him as much as he felt them. That bond was strange and powerful, they never understood it but they knew he was someone they trust. Someone who walks on a great path for all of them for selfishness and selflessness.

Jon's presence was strong in this place, he was too noticeable and too attractive. He was felt by those who feel bonded to this land like him, those who see Winterhold as home. He was also felt by those who lurk in the shadows as the shadows were strangling them. He is not just a man, inside Winterhold, Jon is the Man. The Law. The one who ascended to protect the land thus the landed ascended for him in return.

This was as anything else, a Magic.

It was not Jon's Magic or the Magic of any Mage. It was the Magic of the Land. Jon loved Winterhold and she loved him back, that is the Magic.

Talos used the same magic to convey his love for his Legion, Talos told them that he will reshape the land which is his for them. Jon was the same, he was drawing the hearts and the eyes after him.

He is no Divine but he was once a Demi. The Love that makes the Divine powers him now. He is there bathed with it and the more people see him, the stronger it gets.

There is no longer a need to point and say this is Jon Dare, it was already known. He was followed by men, women and children. He was followed by his wife and his friends. They all felt the land with him.

He walked the news streets, the old streets, Shalidor's Plaza, the Market square, the Temple of Kyne. Every place recognized him as much as he recognized them. Hundreds followed him, more watched him from the windows. Elishka recognized him right away and almost panicked, she seems to have put on a lot of weight those past couple of years, Ongeim saw Jon and dropped whatever in his hands, Trudvar was on the verge of tears, the vendors and the masons who worked with him before anyone else are now the wealthy influential the influential who came running to walk right behind him announcing that they are the first lackeys.

Everything about this cold piece of land on the northernmost edge of the continent was just warm.

Soon, Jon was in front of his house. He wanted to go in as he felt many presences there but something stopped him. Not far from the house, there was a small platform made of earth with a sword stuck on it.

\"Bloodskal?\"

Jon felt the powerful connection with that sword awakening after a long slumber. What is this sword doing here? The last time Jon had that sword was when he infused the last of his Divine Power inside of it and sent it above the Tower of Music to protect the land in his stead.

\"Not long after you left, some Nord brat from a big clan came and annoyed Alina. Seemed like he said something about you to her causing her anger to boil but before my hand or Alina's eyes got to him, a bolt of red lightning came down and split the boy in half. What we saw after was this sword stuck in the ground.\" Wulfur said.

\"We tried to remove it from the ground but it was impossible to lift. Wulfur had to spend a whole week lifting the ground under it to make an earthen platform and not harm the passers-by.\" Alina continued.

\"People came from all around the place trying to pull it out but no one ever could. The sword would then fly from its place whenever there is some big fuss, solve the trouble by creating big holes in the ground and swoosh return back.\" Jullanar demonstrated.

\"Hehehe! That's classic.\"

Jon laughed as he remembered the will he left inside the sword. It must have caused a lot of trouble but now… it was time for it to rest.

\"You exhausted too much power, didn't you?\" Jon held the handle and pulled it out, \"Time to rest, old friend.\"

With the sword being effortlessly pulled out, the earthen platform it slept in crumpled but that wasn't the only aftermath.

A strong cheer came from everyone who followed him. Many tried to pull the sword to the point where a few legends were formed about the sword but now as it is finally out, only one truth remains.

Winterhold progress will never end.

***

\"Jonhild.\"

\"Mother.\"

Here was it. The hug I waited for. I may have grown strong but I'm still overpowered by Hilda whenever she finds me. How blessed I am!

\"Cousin!\"

\"Jonhild.\"

\"Boy!\"

It was Hilda who came out first from the house. It seemed that Alina called for the whole family to gather here today. Following Hilda were my cousins and my uncles. Even my grandmother is here.

\"People! I'm back.\"

As soon as Hilda let me go, I was held by Hafthor and Vladimir who pulled me in. Uncle Tyr was there as well.

\"This is impossible! No one told us you're coming.\"

\"Man, it is really you.\"

\"Drag him in quickly. Someone send those people away.\"

The situation was too chaotic and hectic. All the relatives were here and none of them expected me.

\"It is good to be back. How are you all?\" I asked.

\"Good.\"

\"Great.\"

\"We're fine.\"

I was surrounded by my people in my house, most of us are red-haired and blue-eyed to the point where it caused the newcomers to get scared. I can see Mirren hiding behind Isha from the too much Nordness in one place.

\"Bring him some meat. He looks thin.\"

\"Grandma, wait!\"

\"Eat!\"

There is no refusing it when Grandma Jenna stuffs the food in your mouth. Just let me chew.

It was a messy yet warm situation. Everyone was here and everything was interactive. Even the kids were causing an absolute mess but it was fun to watch.

\"Hey, leave Jon alone you stupid bunch. Jon, come and see.\" Hilda who disappeared for a minute after I came in was dragging me away from the gathering.

\"Where?\"

\"Here.\"

\"Hey, Jonhild.\" The one who greeted me was Bjorna.

\"Cousin, so nice to see you. Wait! Don't tell me…\"

I saw a child in her arms and I was almost freaking out.

\"Beowulf.\" Wulfur introduced me.

\"You son of a gun. Come here.\"

I held the boy carefully from Bjorna and he seemed unwilling to be taken by unfriendly hands.

\"This is your uncle,\" Wulfur said.

\"What's up?\"

Wulfur and Bjorna had Beowulf not long after I left. The kid is two years old now and he looks like Wulfur almost to a scary point.

\"Congratulations, brother.\" I handed the boy back to his parents.

\"Thank you. Will see what kind of a demon spawn you will bring to this world.\" Wulfur joked carefreely and the other laughed but for some reason, Alina and I were facing each other at the moment and it didn't feel like a laughing matter to us.

I didn't want to be a mood killer so I smiled and nodded.

\"Hey, you still have to meet those two.\" Hilda pulled me over further in the house and there were the two she wanted me to meet.

\"Oh my God! You two are so cute I could eat you. Come 'ere.\" I ran towards Thor and Idun as soon as I saw them.

My little brother and sister. The cutest in the world.

\"Ha!\"

\"Ahah!\"

Once they saw me, they reacted right away. I can't believe how this life is mine so blessed with two little siblings like these, I feel like getting purified and will almost cry right now.

Thor and Idun are my little siblings born during my Second Labour. Say no more about other people's babies, those two are cute all the way to Aetherius.

Thor has short hair and long bangs. He seemed like the kind that likes to suck his fingers but he had the airs of a troublesome child. Idun, on the other hand, had Buffy cheeks and her hair was gathered above her head as she sat on her own and looked at me with her wide eyes.

\"Look at that little cutie. You are my little sister? How can our rotten family have such a pure being?\" I said as I teased her cheeks but Thor started hitting my hand with his toy.

It was fun to see my little siblings. I bought them a lot of gifts from Summerset and Elsweyr but I never know what is suitable for someone their age.

Still, in this harmonious air, the most undesirable voice was heard behind.

\"HANDS! OFF! MY! DAUGHTER!\"

Without any warning, I felt a large palm striking my hall back as if the wrath of Fire Titan was trying to go through me.

I almost crumbled from the sudden pain but I endured while standing up.

\"Jonrad, what are you doing? You mad?\" Hilda shouted at Jonrad.

\"Hmph! No one touches my daughter without going through the process of elimination to eliminate all the darkness of the world of their dirty hands. Only then they can come in contact with my daughter. Even Thor knows that.\" I could hear that idiot of a father talk about something as I stood up.

\"For goodness sake…\" Hilda was holding her forehead troubled from that idiot.

Fine, I'll handle him.

\"HA!\"

Out of nowhere, I buried my fist in that man's abdomen making him bend forward.

\"Co…ward!\" He said agonized from the punch in his guys.

\"Ugly me! What's up?\"

\"Abhorrent child!\" Jonrad rose up to face me only to look at each other face to face.

\"What on Nirn!\"

\"Oblivion!\"

Us two had a look at each other's faces and to our utter surprise, we had the same hair and beard styles.

\"You bastard!\"

\"Son of a…\"

This was a big taboo in our book. The two of us would never share the same style one way or the other but with the same light beard and long hair, this is bound to turn ugly.

\"I'll rip that face of yours off.\"

\"I'll tear apart your ugly mug.\"

We had each other by the face and were digging our nails into the other's skin but all of a sudden, our heads were struck down as soon as we started.

\"Stop it, both of you. You're making Idun cry.\"

We turned around to see Idun's eyes getting moisty. Seeing her father and brother fighting is clearly unsettling for the young girl.

\"Dammit!\"

\"No! Don't cry. Here, Nefertiti.\"

Jonrad held his head not knowing what to do but I cunningly offered a dose of fluff. Still, she was going to cry.

\"Your faces are confusing her. One of you must go and shave now.\" Hilda said.

\"Shave! Right! Where?\" Jonrad started running around confused causing me to roll his eyes backward.

\"Alright.\" I said as summoned [Lust] right away.

As soon as it fused with me, I manipulated my beard to disappear and my hair to grow shorter.

\"Tada!\" With my face looking younger, Idun started to settle down.

\"That… was… awesome. How did you do it?\" Jonrad was mystified by the miraculous technique I just did so as the others.

\"Hmph! It is a technique anyone can learn. The only requirement is to be at least 1% as good looking as me.\" I replied.

\"Damn you, little shit.\" Jonrad ground his teeth as this is ultimately my victory.

My little sister seemed happy with the trick of making my hair grow longer and shorter. Such a thing is nothing, guess I'll show her how to make a Daedric Titan dance on a ball.

It was too nice to see my family again but as I looked around, someone was not there. Someone I really needed to see. I could feel her getting closer in my heart and as soon as she was close enough, I went towards her as well.

The door to my house was opened and she walked in right away. No one stood in her way and cleared the way between us immediately.

I finally see her again.

I have a lot… a lot to tell her about.

\"Jon.\"

\"Nurina.\"

She is here coming at me with a smile but she suddenly stopped.

Her smile froze.

Her eyes widened.

I feared this would happen. I feared she would see my Chaos. And then again, what really happened in Chaos?

~~~~~~~~~~

• Bonus •

- Don: Gentlemen! is a Chaos recollection.

- Reader A: You're a Monster!

- Reader B: You know we don't like backflips in the narration.

- Don: Fufufu *Pushes Glasses like anime as they glow* Oh! But here's where you are mistaken. Boys, you're up.

- Jon: Next Time on Dragonborn Saga…

- Wulfur: *drum roll*

- Jon: We Defy Logic

- Mirren: *TSSS*

- Jon: And Define Nonsense

- Mirren: *TSSS*

- Jon: Even Socrates will be there

- Mirren: *TSSS*

- Jon: And go through a Mind Hive experience

- Mirren: *TSSS*

- Jon: And if that is not enough for you, we will go into the most realistic 4th Wall Breaking Experience ever!

- Wulf & Mirren: *Jazz Music*

- Jon: *Joins with a Trumpet*

- Don: Are you not entertained?

- Readers A, B, C… Z: 🤩🤩🤩🤩🤩

You are reading

Dragonborn Saga

ebook which is a free download at

wWw.EbookUpdates.Net

.

Download more ebooks for free at

Ebook Updates(dot)Net

.

520 Chaos 1 : Blank Space

Quick WARNING! The following chapter may contain the deepest shit you're going to read in your life… also an incredible amount of nonsense. It is like… Deep Nonsense, if you catch my drift. My mental state and the chapter were affecting each other and I rewrote it almost four to five times with. It almost made me go crazy like yesterday but I've finished off the monster. Just as I said, my mental state was not right while I was writing. Just read safely. Next chapter will make more sense, I promise.

———————————

*One Year Ago after the Battle with Mannimarco*

(Two)

Chaos as an element is the Origin of all elements. Only through the comprehension of Time did the Chaos dissolve into the first forms of Order. It is understandable that Chaos and Order always existed within each other and it's also acceptable that they can be turned into one another as well.

The story of Anui-El (the Spirit of Anu) creating Auri-El (the Spirit of Time) is the official myth of creation is all about turning the Chaos into Order which by its part led to the Existence of the Aurbis (the Universe).

Now let's go back way before that. Way before Anui-El or Sithis, Auri-El or Lorkhan, right exactly at the simplest of all truths. Anu and Padomay, the Is and Is-Not.

It was said that this world is a Dream that began by believing in one's self as [Value equals True] thus having a Self and truly existing. Padomay and Anu were incapable of comprehending such facts on their own as they are just some colossal amounts of cosmic energies to our understanding. They needed to create Sithis and Anui-El later on but… it seems that I have strayed from my point again. Let's go back in time a little more to when even Anu and Padomay were not existing.

Was it just a Complete Darkness? Eternal and Passive? Or maybe it is just some \"Blank White Space\" like the one I am speaking to you from right now?

You see… I believe that Anu and Padomay had an origin and that origin lies beyond the shackles of everything we know.

The One Single Truth.

The Crux of Creation enshrouded in Mystery and Enigma.

You see… if my time here has taught me anything, it would be that everything must go back to an Origin. Anu came from the Breath of Existence, Padomay came from the Waters of Creation.

How did I know that?

Silly! I don't know that, I know nothing. I am just a Madman after all. Whatever I say is pointless but let me make a point here. I am crazy… well, you already know that. The answer to everything lies within letting go of the illusion that you know anything.

Socrates once said \"True knowledge exists in knowing that you know nothing.\"

So hold my hands and be crazy with me. No homo, I swear.

Oh! These are some soft hands you have. You moisturize? What! Antiseptics? Must be pretty though these days, huh? Okay, let's not hold hands then. Then be crazy with me from a safe distance. I know everyone is on edge these days about keeping healthy social distance. Heh… Mortals!

So the first step to becoming crazy is… yes, you guessed right. No step at all. There are no guidelines or rules in the zone we're about to step into. Actually, it will get a bit hardcore from now on so in advance… just take a deep breath and sway with the music.

Socrates said \"The greatest blessing granted to mankind comes by a way of madness, which is a divine gift.\"

Oh! How I love this guy!

He also said \"I cannot teach anybody anything. I can only make them think.\"

This time, I won't tell you something you should just accept from me. So please, think without limitations.

Let's talk about the mix of Chaos and Order we call \"Existence\" and raise a few questions.

Can it be that \"Existence\" in totality was developed from \"Nothing\"?

Can it be that it wasn't something that always existed or developed by an accidental coincidence?

Is everything in existence \"Eternal Old\" or did it have a \"Beginning\"?

Confusing, right?

I'm not talking about the Elven Myth of Creation or the Big Bang Theory or any of that. As I said before, we are going way back in time.

There has to be a limit, right? A limit to how much we can go back in time. A limit to how much Existence Existed?

Doesn't this mean that at some point, this whole thing of endless numbers of stars and galaxies was \"Created\"? Chaos and Order, Existence and Nonexistence, Everything and Nothing. Was it all \"Made\" in perfect balance and design or did it just come with a bang?

Crazy question, right? If that's right then we are going on the right track.

Still, some people would come and say \"Come on! Do you even have a proof for this nonsense you just said?\"

I would say Yes, Yes indeed. A Madman doesn't simply need any proof but I'll play your game \"Sane People\".

You are the proof.

You!

Look at you!

You are perfectly and beautifully made and planned. I know your parents take most of the credit for how good-looking you are and when you were born yet all of that applies to everyone. But you must remember, we are looking at the MUCH bigger picture, remember?

Let's just let go of the Universe and Existence and all these complicated thoughts. Let's be normal mad people and get to our mortal level. The Human.

Every Human is evidence of the Perfect Blueprint. It starts with a mere Sperm that evolves into a leeching Clot of congealed blood, then to a chew-like lump called the Foetus then into Bones and Flesh and BAM!!! The super sexy you.

This transformation between Imperfection to Perfection in a very systematic and flawless way that even with the best stars aligned, it can't be accidentally sequenced.

And then, you start magically moving around. From the first baby steps to the widest strides of youth to the weakness of old age, perfection becomes imperfection and no matter what, there is nothing that you can do to reverse the process. Even delaying it requires practice and cultivation.

The more we know, the clearer things get. We look everywhere and see everything just moving perfectly, the world is not glitching or overloaded with details or sends out bug messages… the Elder Scrolls aside, okay? Apart from that, day comes out and night comes after and not a single thing out of order.

Either way, the concept of every Act has an Actor is a great concept that is proven by observation. We think of what we observed and come up with ideas like seeing and believing. If you don't want to see or believe and rather stick to whatever Order you were Told then please, leave a madman like me to his madness and carry on.

For the rest of you who stayed, if there is any, let's take one more dive together. The last one I swear.

Existence as a package is too complex. It is known that the human brain is also complex but the situation we are in here is a little too overwhelming, okay? I'll be honest, it's a mess… big time.

To revert the Existence to its most primal element, aka Chaos, this needs an act of an equal amount of complexity. Let's agree that no matter how advanced the technology went, it is still a little bit too far from that level of complexity… I mean, the neighboring planets are as far as technology has reached anyway.

But at the end of the day, Existence has all that it needs for a new tomorrow. It is not as if there is some primal apocalyptic entity that is about to jump and devour us all to Oblivion. Okay okay, I'll take that one back. But with every one of those disasters comes a solution whether that is a Hero or a Cure… or a Hero with a Cure, love that last one.

To sum all this madness up, everything exists on an accurate plan. Take the Gravitational Constant for example. It is an empirical physical constant involved in the calculation of gravitational effects in Newton's law of universal gravitation and in Einstein's general theory of relativity. Its numerical value is 6.674×10^-11 m^3 kg^-1 s^-2.

Any slight change in that value will flip the world upside down. That number is responsible for the centrifugal force for the continuation of the planet in its orbit and how far away from or close to the sun so you can imagine.

It is up to you whether you agree or disagree with a Madman like me but is all that a coincidence? I'll be an open-minded person and leave you to your opinion.

Then again, this raises a very pivotal question. What is Madness? What is Crazy?

Whoops! Those are two questions… or are they?

What gives you the sole realization of comprehending numbers. One plus One equals Two? Why is that a thing? In the place where I am in at the moment, All can equal Zero which by its part may or may not equal Anything.

Possibilities become endless where the Mind has enough power to Perceive and Analyze.

What is related to Madness in any of this?

Nothing… and Everything.

When you are Mad, anything is possible. You don't only think outside the box, you Eliminate the Box. You have no limits.

You become from Sane to Insane and from Insane to Sane once again. In my case, repeating the process a few times made me understand that both Sanity and Insanity are two sides of the same coin.

It made me open my eyes and just smile as I saw light. Don't worry, that's not the one at the end of the tunnel. That's actually the light of hope becoming a literal… light… thing.

It lit the world around me and kept me in a state I have never experienced before. I was there standing in that same Endless White Space that was in my mind.

What's on my mind became a reality which is not a thing that happens any day. The experience is incredible and I feel limitless yet the only limit I have is time.

I know you may be wondering \"What in the absolute fuck was that all about?\" and to answer all that… I just don't understand it well myself. I am the guy who was trapped in Chaos but I am also the guy who got himself out to this weird Blank Space.

You know when the things happening inside your head happen in front of your eyes, you are in a full state of control and wonder. I can just create endless clones of myself and hold conversations together but everything is pointless at the moment.

I must figure out a way before I become out of time and lose myself.

***

(One)

Was the Chaos enough to trap Jon Dare?

No, it wasn't.

The place around him had the same white image he had in his mind. This phenomenon only happens with what is known as the Godhead.

The thoughts of his head control everything. If he let his thoughts wander around, he can end up creating a universe or something.

He must be careful in this place, in the Blank Space.

Many people come to this place and even more people come following their trail. It is the most common event in history for people to exist here.

It is the Blank Space after all.

\"Okay, I get it. It is the Blank Space… thank you. Will you please shut up so I can think?\"

That was Jon shouting.

\"They know.\"

Just to clarify.

\"… Fair point… okay, keep narrating but… don't make me feel interrupted.\"

Peace of cake. Jon was trying to focus and with a slight push, he was in total focus at the moment. Everything becomes clearer and the bigger picture unfolds slowly as if a large number of domino pieces falling one after another in an artistic manner.

\"That was great!\" Said Jon referring to the large number of pieces of Domino that he imagined falling one after another in an artistic manner.

\"Yes, I had the euphoria of thoughts that felt totally awesome. Can we do that again?\"

Tick tock.

\"A large clock appears as the narrator indicated the tightness of time trying to warn Jon from the seriousness of his situation... Hold on… Did I just narrate?\"

It would seem that Jon found himself in a rather strange situation. He looked pale for a second as he finally started to take the situation very seriously.

\"Can you at least help?\"

Jon asked the air.

\"The fuck! You are bailing out on me now?\"

Alright, I'll throw you a bone. How about a riddle?

\"… Okay.\"

I have a Blank Space, I have Limitless Imagination, I have full Authority but I don't have enough Time. What am I?

\"Easy… that's me...… WAIT!\" Jon raised his hands as he realized the complexity of the question and finally understood the answer, \"You… it's You!\"

\"I know… I know where I am… I finally understand. Heh! Hehehe! You are a really tricky one, aren't you...

I understand now. It was all pieced out yet I was… stupid…

I am out!

HAHAHA!

I AM OUT!

OUTSIDE!

This is weird but it is getting weirder yet it somehow makes sense… and makes no sense at all.

It is so stupid yet clever… well, from my perspective at least.

I am outside.

Outside what?

Outside the Text, Out of Context, Lost in the Translation, Away from Keyboard.

I am in a Blank Space.

The Black Chaos I was in was the darkness of the ink. The White Blank is the Whiteness of the Paper.

Right now I am… I am way ahead of my story.

It is still Chaos you see, Chaos is the extreme sides on both edges. A black sea of ideas you can never see through or a White Blank Space you only hear the echo of your thoughts in.

Who did you think I was talking to. A third person? How? I am the only person here.

What a twist!

This Chaos is playing tricks on me.

Even time… it is not right.

Two, One, Three. Be careful!

***

(Three)

I didn't lose myself.

But it got worse than I imagined.

\"You look handsome.\"

\"You look handsome too.\"

\"I am Jon, by the way.\"

\"Pleasure. I am Jon too.\"

\"Fantastic! Double Trouble!\"

\"Excuse me, you two are Jon, right?\"

\"Oh look, it is a third Jon.\"

\"Three of us? That's a Triple Threat, Baby.\"

\"Guys, calm down. The four of us getting too excited about the number is just idiotic. By the way, it's a Wholesome Foursome now.\"

\"This is so cool.\"

\"Four of us. That's more than a single book can handle.\"

\"Indeed. But we must be careful, there is something not right about our number. Jon Dare is supposed to be one Jon Dare, four of us is simply asking for trouble.\"

\"I couldn't agree more, handsome version of me.\"

The Four Jon Dares looked at each other and thought. Actually, their thoughts were shared and synced all time but it would be a killjoy if they didn't speak them out loud.

\"So, let's put some rules. We are all equal so there is no reason to go full sicko on each other. Let's just randomly pick a number.\"

\"I got 1.\" (1)

\"I got 2.\" (2)

\"I got 3.\" (3)

\"I got 4.\" (4)

\"That's incredible. Now, why are there four of us?\" (1)

\"It is mostly because of the Chaos. Each time we fall into a situation, we start having a very troubling experience. The First experience Blank Whiteness, the second experience was an Existential Crisis, and the third experience is a multiple character disorder.\" (2)

\"Damn! That's one hell of a situation we got ourselves into.\" (3)

\"This is to be expected. After all, we are in a place that doesn't make sense. Thankfully, we are now having some control. We need to figure out a plan.\" (4)

\"Bang our way out of Chaos!\" (2)

\"With a style! And a flip once we land.\" (1)

\"Sounds like a solid plan, Gentlemen, but I'm afraid we'll need more.\" (3)

\"More Jons?\" (4)

\"God forbids!\" (3)

\"Okay, jokes aside. Who here would want to share the plan we all have in our mind right now?\" (1)

\"Okay, I'll go. So as everyone knows, we passed two phases now. Turning the Chaos into Order required us to organize Time then Get our thoughts together. This time we are in a situation with our Reality.\" (2)

\"That's one hell of a situation, guys.\" (4)

\"Well, at least with the four of us going Hive Mind… or Mind Hive… which one is this?\" (1)

\"That's strange, I agree. We are in the same person's head but we are also sharing the same head. God! That's too confusing.\" (3)

\"Either way, Reality is very unorganized right at the moment.\" (1)

\"For that, that is why this space is like this. Blank and White. We are outside the text of our story.\" (3)

\"Off text… that's like we are novel characters on a blank page. I see the irony.\" (2)

\"So, in order to fix this, we need to write ourselves in the story.\" (4)

\"We now have the power over this White Space. We can rewrite it.\" (1)

\"No no no, we need to write back.\" (2)

\"Write back. That's a good term. This means we need everything we had right at the moment we fell into the Chaos.\" (4)

\"And exactly in details about how we were at the time. But we are missing one great detail.\" (3)

\"Once we set it all back, we will return back to the chaos once again and all these events will repeat themselves unless…\" (2)

\"Unless we know what we are up against.\" (1)

\"For all that we know, we were dragged into the Chaos by some being and it may be Sithis. Either way, some being used our plan to send Mannimarco to the Void and opened up a loophole so we get devoured as well.\" (3)

\"Remember, our Fate is only restrained to our Universe, outside of it. We are weaker and we don't possess neither magic nor any sort of leverage.\" (4)

\"If anyone has this sort of power, it should be a Higher Existence from a less stable world.\" (3)

\"What we know about the Stable Worlds is that they have more reality than ours thus they possess no Powers or Magic. Earth for example.\" (1)

\"So our enemy may be that thing Shadow once talked about, the danger threatening Earth.\" (2)

\"There is a fair chance. Still, we don't know much and can't point fingers. Let's start our work now, shall we?\" (4)

The situation was much more understandable than before. The Jons managed to get themselves a destination and a threat to be wary of. With the work laid out, the four started working on recreating themselves on a well-detailed scale.

Chaos dissolves things. If the Outer Space is a vacuum to Air then Chaos is a vacuum to Time. Jon's survived but he needs to regain the time he lost, it was part of the reason he split in four. Just like Auri-El, Akatosh, Alkosh and Alduin. To exist, he needed his four aspects that maintain this Spacetime he is in. As a four-dimensional manifold, 3 Jons keep the space while one maintains Time.

With this knowledge, the four of them started recreating their own new aspect by mantling one another. They first needed to \"Write Back\" everything about themselves.

The First was Nefertiti. Their Fluffiest Friend in the whole wide world. Once she finally regained being, she experienced a four-way patting from the fluff-hungry Jons.

What came after that were definitely the Sin Artifacts. Greed had taken enough damage from the Chaos and the Jons had to 3D print it from memory, Pride was hard to pull, Lust was unstable and Wrath was inactive.

It didn't end here as the Cube was recreated too with every piece of inventory stored in it. This process required Jon almost two mental years to put all that stuff together.

Jon was left with two things he didn't recreate yet. One of them kept slipping out of his mind and the other was just something he seemed to have forgotten.

\"Why would a thing keep slipping out of our mind?\" (3)

\"Interesting question. I have a theory.\" (1)

\"Entertain us.\" (2)

\"I think the thing that keeps slipping was protected by a Disregarding Spell, you know, like the one from that time we snuck to High Hrothgar.\" (1)

\"Someone planted an item on us and protected it from others noticing it may sound like one person to me.\" (4)

\"Nurina.\" (1)

\"She's the only one who knows how to pull that one out as far as we know.\" (2)

\"Still, that is strange. We are not fully Jon so we can't remember such a thing but if there is someone who can…\" (2)

The four Jons turned around.

\"Lady of Naps.\" (1)

\"Mistress of Grace.\" (2)

\"Queen of Fluff.\" (3)

\"Her Meowjesty.\" (4)

The four of them were embarrassingly posing around the napping Nefertiti who opened her eyes knowing that her troublesome Hoomans are up to no good.

\"Hoomans. Fluff off.\"

\"Yes, but we are trying to remember something only you can remember.\" (1)

\"Fine, Hoomans. Be quick.\"

\"An item belonged to Nurina, she must have planted on Jon for a long time and he must have never parted with it.\" (2)

\"It may be big or small but at least cherished as a memento.\" (3)

\"And must have been there almost all the time.\" (4)

The Four Jons described to her something that she can never mess. Something she is 100% familiar with ever since Jon adopted her.

How could these four idiots forget about it?

The thought made her take a human form and look at them strangely.

\"You cat to be kitten me!\"

There was one item that fit the description rather very well.

\"Nurina's Enchanted Golden Ring of course.\"

The Golden Ring! The four Jons could now recollect what was slipping off their minds and became pale.

How could they ever forget about the most important thing Jon cherished more than anything.

The Ring was given to Jon way before he left Riften for the first time. Nurina gave it to him around the time she started teaching him. The Ring was simply too good for its incredible Magicka Regeneration ability but more to that, Jon could never see through that ring.

Yet the details, the texture, the carvings. He can never forget those.

The Ring was there almost everywhere he went. The Adventures, the Battles, the Heists, Even at his wedding he was wearing it. Also, when he was trapped in the Briarheart Tree, he lost some fingers but he had the finger which had that ring intact.

\"Hoomans!\"

And no one ever tried to loot it from him

\"Hoomans!\"

This is strange! It is not just gold, it is also enchanted and…

\"Hoomans!\"

There was that strange thing… he never…

He never took that ring off either.

\"HOOMAN!\"

Nefertiti jumped off her place and hugged Jon.

He never noticed but all of a sudden, he was being put back together, Jon after Jon.

He returned… as one.

\"How on…\"

He wanted to hold Nefertiti's shoulder but as soon as his eyes landed on his hand, he saw something that spooked him.

The Ring was there… back on its own.

He didn't need to write it back but it returned and with a glow on top of it.

\"Hooman, your ring is glowing.\"

\"Yeah… I can see.\"

Just what absurdity did Nurina plant on him for all these years.

\"This thing… it put me back together. I had a plan to do so but it would take time… why would it… Time?\"

Jon had an absurd idea.

\"Time? Is this ring powered by Time?\"

Jon never had the chance to see such a thing. Something that consumes time was on his hand for years… it must have… some sort of recorded him. A Recorder of a sort?

Nothing would pull a being back together to a perfect full state unless it is getting a record of him. Backup & Recovery if he wanted to put it in an accurate manner.

Nurina was incredible at everything and no matter how much more Jon learns, he finds himself understanding how an incredible mage his adoptive mother is. If Jon had the Power of an Immortal combined with that ring he…

\"Nurina, you… you've got to be kidding me.\"

If this hand landed in the hands of a Higher Existence, it can be used to…

\"Travel Back in Time.\"

Such a thing was completely out of Jon's league. Even if he could utter the words, he can't imagine the magic itself. If Nurina had created an item to go back in Time, she must have made it to return back and save her family during the Destruction of the City of Vivec.

That was Nurina's regret… her family. But she now has the means to return back in time. Even if it creates a Dragon Break and destroys 200 years' worth of World History, Jon knew that Nurina was a selfish person regarding the ones she loves. Why hasn't she done it?

Why put it around his fingers?

That is a question only she can answer. Jon dejectedly accepted that and kissed the ring.

\"I guess we just need to get done with our business here, right?\" Jon said.

Nefertiti let go of him and asked.

\"What do we need?\"

\"When we entered the Chaos, we had someone else with us. We need him around.\" Jon said.

Nefertiti frowned immediately.

\"That evil elf dog person mage.\" She said meaning Mannimarco.

\"Quite accurate, your Fluffness, but not quite right.\" Jon said.

He moved back to the table planted on the Blank White space and pulled out a quill and a paper.

\"The one who entered with us was indeed Mannimarco but we don't need him, in the Chaos, souls are irrelevant. What we need is that guy.\"

Jon started writing for some time before witnessing the Manifestation of another individual. Nefertiti hid behind Jon as she felt uncomfortable with that person being around.

On the other hand, that person opened his eyes and looked around with an expression as blank as the space they are in.

Jon stood in front of him, the last piece of getting back to the Text of the Story. Maybe, the one character who wasn't given the chance to play a fair role or have the right ending.

\"Hello, my name is Jon, you can call me Krilon. I am friends with Isha.\" Jon offered a handshake, \"You must be Zain.\"

———————————

• Patre0n: shorturl.at/txei1

• YouTube: shorturl.at/bdyi8

• Discord: discord.gg/gKcKva7

• Instagram: @don_dokhmesy

• Twitter: @eldokhmesy22

You are reading

Dragonborn Saga

ebook which is a free download at

wWw.EbookUpdates.Net

.

Download more ebooks for free at

EbookUpdates(dot)Net

.

____________________________________________________________

© Dragonborn Saga - Don_Dokhmesy - Ongoing 450 To 523. Dragonborn Saga - Don_Dokhmesy - Ongoing 450 To 523

Origin: http://samlib.ru/c/chernij_a_w/dragonbornsaga-don_dokhmesy-ongoing450to523.shtml

Создан: 15/04/2020, изменен: 15/04/2020, 2223k

Стихотворение: Foreign+Translat

Series: @Other